Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
ERISA
Public Law 93–406, as amended
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
406
117–328
Statute Compilation
United States House of Representatives
Office of the Legislative Counsel
text/xml
EN
Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain.
GPO Statute Compilations USLM converter, version 20240419
2024-06-21
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019
Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014
896
93
1974-09-02
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
[Public Law 93–406]
[As Amended Through P.L. 117–328, Enacted December 29, 2022]
[Currency: This publication is a compilation of the text of Public Law 93-406. It was last amended by the public law listed in the As Amended Through note above and below at the bottom of each page of the pdf version and reflects current law through the date of the enactment of the public law listed at https://www.govinfo.gov/app/collection/comps/]
[Note: While this publication does not represent an official version of any Federal statute, substantial efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy of its contents. The official version of Federal law is found in the United States Statutes at Large and in the United States Code. The legal effect to be given to the Statutes at Large and the United States Code is established by statute (1 U.S.C. 112, 204).]
[Material appearing in brackets and in footnotes do not appear in the Act. Numbers in brackets inserted next to section numbers are the corresponding section numbers in title 29, United States Code.]

AN ACT
To provide for pension reform.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

short title and table of contents1
Section 1.
[1001 note]
This Act may be cited as the “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974”.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Sec. 1.
Short title and table of contents.
TITLE I—
PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEE BENEFIT RIGHTS
Subtitle A—
General Provisions
Sec. 2.
Findings and declaration of policy.
Sec. 3.
Definitions.
Sec. 4.
Coverage.
Subtitle B—
Regulatory Provisions
Part 1—
Reporting and Disclosure
Sec. 101.
Duty of disclosure and reporting.
Sec. 102.
Plan description and summary plan description.
Sec. 103.
Annual reports.
Sec. 104.
Filing with Secretary and furnishing information to participants.
Sec. 105.
Reporting of participant's benefit rights.
Sec. 106.
Reports made public information.
Sec. 107.
Retention of records.
Sec. 108.
Reliance on administrative interpretations.
Sec. 109.
Forms.
Sec. 110.
Alternative methods of compliance.
Sec. 111.
Eliminating unnecessary plan requirements related to unenrolled participants.
Sec. 112.
Repeal and effective date.
Sec. 113.
Notice and disclosure requirements with respect to lump sum windows.
Part 2—
Participation and Vesting
Sec. 201.
Coverage.
Sec. 202.
Minimum participation standards.
Sec. 203.
Minimum vesting standards.
Sec. 204.
Benefit accrual requirements.
Sec. 205.
Requirement of joint and survivor annuity and preretirement survivor annuity.
Sec. 206.
Other provisions relating to form and payment of benefits.
Sec. 207.
Temporary variances from certain vesting requirements.
Sec. 208.
Mergers and consolidations of plans or transfers of plan assets.
Sec. 209.
Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
Sec. 210.
Multiple employer plans and other special rules.2
^2
The item relating to section 210 (as amended by section 903(b)(2)(B) of Public Law 109–280) applies December 31, 2009 pursuant to subsection (c) of such section 903. Prior to December 31, 2009, such item reads as follows: Sec. 210. Plans maintained by more than one employer, predecessor plans, and employer groups.
Sec. 211.
Effective dates.
Part 3—
Funding
Sec. 301.
Coverage.
Sec. 302.
Minimum funding standards.
Sec. 303.
Minimum funding standards for single-employer defined benefit pension plans.
Sec. 304.
Minimum funding standards for multiemployer plans.
Sec. 305.
Additional funding rules for multiemployer plans in endangered status or critical status.
Part 4—
Fiduciary Responsibility
Sec. 401.
Coverage.
Sec. 402.
Establishment of plan.
Sec. 403.
Establishment of trust.
Sec. 404.
Fiduciary duties.
Sec. 405.
Liability for breach by co-fiduciary.
Sec. 406.
Prohibited transactions.
Sec. 407.
10 percent limitation with respect to acquisition and holding of employer securities and employer real property by certain plans.
Sec. 408.
Exemptions from prohibited transactions.
Sec. 409.
Liability for breach of fiduciary duty.
Sec. 410.
Exculpatory provisions; insurance.
Sec. 411.
Prohibition against certain persons holding certain positions.
Sec. 412.
Bonding.
Sec. 413.
Limitation on actions.
Sec. 414.
Effective date.
Part 5—
Administration and Enforcement
Sec. 501.
Criminal penalties.
Sec. 502.
Civil enforcement.
Sec. 503.
Claims procedure.
Sec. 504.
Investigative authority.
Sec. 505.
Regulations.
Sec. 506.
Other agencies and departments. [Coordination and responsibility of agencies enforcing Employee Retirement Income Security Act and related Federal laws.]3
^3
So in original. Does not conform to actual section. Actual heading is shown in brackets.
Sec. 507.
Administration.
Sec. 508.
Appropriations.
Sec. 509.
Separability provisions.
Sec. 510.
Interference with rights protected under Act.
Sec. 511.
Coercive interference.
Sec. 512.
Advisory Council.
Sec. 513.
Research, studies, and annual report.
Sec. 514.
Effect on other laws.
Sec. 515.
Delinquent contributions.
Sec. 516.
Outreach to promote retirement income savings.
Sec. 517.
National Summit on Retirement Savings.
Sec. 518.
Authority to postpone certain deadlines by reason of Presidentially declared disaster or terroristic or military actions.
Sec. 519.
Prohibition on false statement and representations.
Sec. 520.
Applicability of State law to combat fraud and abuse.
Sec. 521.
Administrative summary cease and desist orders and summary seizure orders against health plans in financially hazardous condition. [Administrative summary cease and desist orders and summary seizure orders against multiple employer welfare arrangements in financially hazardous condition.]4
Sec. 522.
Coordination of enforcement regarding violations of certain health care provider requirements; complaint process.
Sec. 523.
Retirement Savings Lost and Found.
^4
So in original. The item relating to section 521 does not conform to actual section heading. Actual heading is shown in brackets.
Part 6—
Continuation Coverage and Additional Standards for Group Health Plans
Sec. 601.
Plans must provide continuation coverage to certain individuals.
Sec. 602.
Continuation coverage.
Sec. 603.
Qualifying event.
Sec. 604.
Applicable premium.
Sec. 605.
Election.
Sec. 606.
Notice requirements.
Sec. 607.
Definitions and special rules.
Sec. 608.
Regulations.
Sec. 609.
Additional standards for group health plans.
Part 7—
Group Health Plan Requirements
Subpart A—
Requirements Relating to Portability, Access, and Renewability
Sec. 701.
Increased portability through limitation on preexisting condition exclusions.
Sec. 702.
Prohibiting discrimination against individual participants and beneficiaries based on health status.
Sec. 703.
Guaranteed renewability in multiemployer plans and multiple employer welfare arrangements.
Subpart B—
Other Requirements
Sec. 711.
Standards relating to benefits for mothers and newborns.
Sec. 712.
Parity in mental health and substance use disorder benefits.
Sec. 713.
Required coverage reconstructive surgery following mastectomies.
Sec. 714.
Coverage of dependent students on medically necessary leave of absence.
Sec. 715. Additional market reforms.
Sec. 716.
Preventing surprise medical bills.
Sec. 719.
Maintenance of price comparison tool.5
^5
The placement of items relating to section 719 after the item relating to section 716 is so in law. And placement of the item relating to section 720 following the item relating to section 719 is so in law. See amendments made by sections 114(c)(2) and 116(d)(1) of division BB of Public Law 116–260.
Sec. 720.
Protecting patients and improving the accuracy of provider directory information.5
Sec. 718.
Continuity of care.
Sec. 722.
Other patient protections.
Sec. 723.
Air ambulance report requirements.
Sec. 724.
Increasing transparency by removing gag clauses on price and quality information.
Sec. 725.
Reporting on pharmacy benefits and drug costs.
Subpart C—
General Provisions
Sec. 731.
Preemption; State flexibility; construction.
Sec. 732.
Special rules relating to group health plans.
Sec. 733.
Definitions.
Sec. 734.
Regulations.6
^6
Section 115(b) of division BB of 116-260 provides for an amendment to add at the end of subpart C of part 7 a new section 735; however, such Public Law did not include a conforming amendment to add an item relating to section 735 in the table of contents.
Part 8. Pension-linked Emergency Savings Accounts
Sec. 801.
Pension-linked emergency savings accounts.
Sec. 802.
Preemption of State anti-garnishment laws.
Sec. 803.
Reporting and disclosure requirements.
Sec. 804.
Report to Congress on emergency savings accounts.
TITLE II—
AMENDMENTS TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE RELATING TO RETIREMENT PLANS
Sec. 1001.
Amendment of Internal Revenue Code of 1954.
Subtitle A—
Participation, Vesting, Funding, Administration, Etc.
Part 1—
Participation, Vesting, and Funding
Sec. 1011.
Minimum participation standards.
Sec. 1012.
Minimum vesting standards.
Sec. 1013.
Minimum funding standards.
Sec. 1014.
Collectively bargained plans.
Sec. 1015.
Definitions and special rules.
Sec. 1016.
Conforming and clerical amendments.
Sec. 1017.
Effective dates and transitional rules.
Part 2—
Certain Other Provisions Relating to Qualified Retirement Plans
Sec. 1021.
Additional plan requirements.
Sec. 1022.
Miscellaneous provisions.
Sec. 1023.
Retroactive changes in plan.
Sec. 1024.
Effective dates.
Part 3—
Registration and Information
Sec. 1031.
Registration and information.
Sec. 1032.
Duties of Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare [Secretary of Health and Human Services].7
^7
So in original. Heading has not been changed to conform to change in Secretary's title. Current title is shown in brackets.
Sec. 1033.
Reports by actuaries.
Sec. 1034.
Effective dates.
Part 4—
Declaratory Judgments Relating to Qualification of Certain Retirement Plans
Sec. 1041.
Tax Court procedure.
Part 5—
Internal Revenue Service
Sec. 1051.
Establishment of Office.
Sec. 1052.
Authorization of appropriations.
Subtitle B—
Other Amendments to the Internal Revenue Code Relating to Retirement Plans
Sec. 2001.
Contributions on behalf of self-employed individuals and shareholder-employees.
Sec. 2002.
Deduction for retirement savings.
Sec. 2003.
Prohibited transactions.
Sec. 2004.
Limitations on benefits and contributions.
Sec. 2005.
Taxation of certain lump sum distributions.
Sec. 2006.
Salary reduction regulations.
Sec. 2007.
Rules for certain negotiated plans.
Sec. 2008.
Certain armed forces survivor annuities.
TITLE III—
JURISDICTION, ADMINISTRATION, ENFORCEMENT; JOINT PENSION, PROFIT-SHARING, AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TASK FORCE, ETC. [JURISDICTION, ADMINISTRATION, ENFORCEMENT; JOINT PENSION TASK FORCE, ETC.]8
^8
So in original. Does not conform to actual heading for title III. Actual heading is shown in brackets.
Subtitle A—
Jurisdiction, Administration, and Enforcement
Sec. 3001.
Procedures in connection with the issuance of certain determination letters by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Sec. 3002.
Procedures with respect to continued compliance with requirements relating to participation, vesting, and funding standards.
Sec. 3003.
Procedures in connection with prohibited transactions.
Sec. 3004.
Coordination between the Department of the Treasury and the Department of Labor.
Subtitle B—
Joint Pension, Profit-Sharing, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan Task Force: Studies
Part 1—
Joint Pension, Profit-Sharing, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan Task Force
Sec. 3021.
Establishment.
Sec. 3022.
Duties.
Part 2—
Other Studies
Sec. 3031.
Congressional study.
Sec. 3032.
Protection for employees under Federal procurement, construction, and research contracts and grants.
Subtitle C—
Enrollment of Actuaries
Sec. 3041.
Establishment of Joint Board for the enrollment of actuaries.
Sec. 3042.
Enrollment by Joint Board.
Sec. 3043.
Amendment of Internal Revenue Code.
TITLE IV—
PLAN TERMINATION INSURANCE
Subtitle A—
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
Sec. 4001.
Definitions.
Sec. 4002.
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
Sec. 4003.
Investigatory authority; cooperation with other agencies; civil actions.
4004.
Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate.9
^9
So in law. The item relating to 4004 does not contain the word “Sec.”. See section 40232(c) of Division D of Public Law 112–141.
Sec. 4005.
Establishment of pension benefit guaranty funds.
Sec. 4006.
Premium rates.
Sec. 4007.
Payment of premiums.
Sec. 4008.
Report by the corporation.
Sec. 4009.
Portability assistance.
Sec. 4010.
Authority to require certain information.
Subtitle B—
Coverage
Sec. 4021.
Plans covered.
Sec. 4022.
Single-employer plan benefits guaranteed.
Sec. 4022A.
Multiemployer plan benefits guaranteed.
Sec. 4022B.
Aggregate limit on benefits guaranteed.
Sec. 4023.
Plan fiduciaries.
Subtitle C—
Terminations
Sec. 4041.
Termination of single-employer plans.
Sec. 4041A.
Termination of multiemployer plans.
Sec. 4042.
Institution of termination proceedings by the corporation.
Sec. 4043.
Reportable events.
Sec. 4044.
Allocation of assets.
Sec. 4045.
Recapture of certain payments.
Sec. 4046.
Reports to trustee.
Sec. 4047.
Restoration of plans.
Sec. 4048.
Termination date. [Date of termination.]10
^{10}
So in original. Does not conform to actual section heading. Actual heading is shown in brackets.
[ Sec. 4049. Repealed. ]
Sec. 4050.
Missing participants.
Subtitle D—
Liability
Sec. 4061.
Amounts payable by the corporation.
Sec. 4062.
Liability for termination of single-employer plans under a distress termination or a termination by the corporation.
Sec. 4063.
Liability of substantial employer for withdrawal from single-employer plans under multiple controlled groups.
Sec. 4064.
Liability on termination of single-employer plans under multiple controlled groups.
Sec. 4065.
Annual report of plan administrator.
Sec. 4066.
Annual notification of [to] substantial employers.
Sec. 4067.
Recovery of liability for plan termination.
Sec. 4068.
Lien for liability.
Sec. 4069.
Treatment of transactions to evade liability; effect of corporate reorganization.
Sec. 4070.
Enforcement authority relating to terminations of single-employer plans.
Sec. 4071.
Penalty for failure to timely provide required information.
Subtitle E—
Special Provisions for Multiemployer Plans
Part 1—
Employer Withdrawals
Sec. 4201.
Withdrawal liability established.
Sec. 4202.
Determination and collection of liability; notification of employer.
Sec. 4203.
Complete withdrawal.
Sec. 4204.
Sale of assets.
Sec. 4205.
Partial withdrawals.
Sec. 4206.
Adjustment for partial withdrawal.
Sec. 4207.
Reduction or waiver of complete withdrawal liability.
Sec. 4208.
Reduction or abatement of partial withdrawal liability. [Reduction of partial withdrawal liability.]11
^{11}
So in original. Does not conform to actual section heading. Actual heading is shown in brackets.
Sec. 4209.
De minimis rule.
Sec. 4210.
No withdrawal liability for certain temporary contribution obligation periods.
Sec. 4211.
Methods for computing withdrawal liability.
Sec. 4212.
Obligation to contribute; special rules.
Sec. 4213.
Actuarial assumptions, etc.
Sec. 4214.
Application of plan amendments.
Sec. 4215.
Plan notification to corporation of potentially significant withdrawals.
Sec. 4216.
Special rules for section 404(c) plans.
Sec. 4217.
Application of part in case of certain pre-1980 withdrawals.
Sec. 4218.
Withdrawal not to occur merely because of change in business form or suspension of contributions during labor dispute.
Sec. 4219.
Notice, collection, etc., of withdrawal liability.
Sec. 4220.
Approval of amendments.
Sec. 4221.
Resolution of disputes.
Sec. 4222.
Reimbursements for uncollectible withdrawal liability.
Sec. 4223.
Withdrawal liability payment fund.
Sec. 4224.
Alternative method of withdrawal liability payments.
Sec. 4225.
Limitation on withdrawal liability.
Part 2—
Merger or Transfer of Plan Assets or Liabilities
Sec. 4231.
Mergers and transfers between multiemployer plans.
Sec. 4232.
Transfers between a multiemployer plan and a single-employer plan.
Sec. 4233.
Partition.
Sec. 4224.
Asset transfer rules.
Sec. 4235.
Transfers pursuant to change in bargaining representative.
Part 3—
Reorganization; Minimum Contribution Requirement for Multiemployer Plans
[Items relating to sections 4241 through 4244A are repealed by section 108(a)(3)(D) of division O of Public Law 113–235.]
Sec. 4245.
Insolvent plans.
Part 4—
Financial Assistance
Sec. 4261.
Financial assistance.
Part 5—
Benefits After Termination
Sec. 4281.
Benefits under certain terminated plans.
Part 6—
Enforcement
Sec. 4301.
Civil actions.
Sec. 4302.
Penalty for failure to provide notice.
Sec. 4303.
Election of plan status.12
^{12}
So in original. The item is a reference to section 4303 appearing in subtitle F.
Subtitle F—
Transition Rules and Effective Dates
Sec. 4401.
Amendment to Internal Revenue Code of 1954.
Sec. 4402.
Transition rules and effective dates.
Sec. 4403.
Election of plan status.13
^{13}
This item refers to a section which appears in subtitle F at this point but which is erroneously designated as section 4303.
* * * * * * *
^1
For provisions of the Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1978, which was ratified and affirmed as law October 19, 1984, P.L. 98–532, 98 Stat. 2705, see note that appears at the end of the Act.
TITLE I—

PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEE BENEFIT RIGHTS 14
subtitle A—

General Provisions

FINDINGS AND DECLARATION OF POLICY
Sec. 2.
[1001]
(a)
The Congress finds that the growth in size, scope, and numbers of employee benefit plans in recent years has been rapid and substantial; that the operational scope and economic impact of such plans is increasingly interstate; that the continued well-being and security of millions of employees and their dependents are directly affected by these plans; that they are affected with a national public interest; that they have become an important factor affecting the stability of employment and the successful development of industrial relations; that they have become an important factor in commerce because of the interstate character of their activities, and of the activities of their participants, and the employers, employee organizations, and other entities by which they are established or maintained; that a large volume of the activities of such plans is carried on by means of the mails and instrumentalities of interstate commerce; that owing to the lack of employee information and adequate safeguards concerning their operation, it is desirable in the interests of employees and their beneficiaries, and to provide for the general welfare and the free flow of commerce, that disclosure be made and safeguards be provided with respect to the establishment, operation, and administration of such plans; that they substantially affect the revenues of the United States because they are afforded preferential Federal tax treatment; that despite the enormous growth in such plans many employees with long years of employment are losing anticipated retirement benefits owing to the lack of vesting provisions in such plans; that owing to the inadequacy of current minimum standards, the soundness and stability of plans with respect to adequate funds to pay promised benefits may be endangered; that owing to the termination of plans before requisite funds have been accumulated, employees and their beneficiaries have been deprived of anticipated benefits; and that it is therefore desirable in the interests of employees and their beneficiaries, for the protection of the revenue of the United States, and to provide for the free flow of commerce, that minimum standards be provided assuring the equitable character of such plans and their financial soundness.
^{14}
The administration of title I was originally placed under the Secretary of Labor. However, many functions were transferred to the Secretary of the Treasury by Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1978.
(b)
It is hereby declared to be the policy of this Act to protect interstate commerce and the interests of participants in employee benefit plans and their beneficiaries, by requiring the disclosure and reporting to participants and beneficiaries of financial and other information with respect thereto, by establishing standards of conduct, responsibility, and obligation for fiduciaries of employee benefit plans, and by providing for appropriate remedies, sanctions, and ready access to the Federal courts.
(c)
It is hereby further declared to be the policy of this Act to protect interstate commerce, the Federal taxing power, and the interests of participants in private pension plans and their beneficiaries by improving the equitable character and the soundness of such plans by requiring them to vest the accrued benefits of employees with significant periods of service, to meet minimum standards of funding, and by requiring plan termination insurance.

DEFINITIONS
Sec. 3.
[1002]
For purposes of this title:
(1)
The terms “employee welfare benefit plan” and “welfare plan” mean any plan, fund, or program which was heretofore or is hereafter established or maintained by an employer or by an employee organization, or by both, to the extent that such plan, fund, or program was established or is maintained for the purpose of providing for its participants or their beneficiaries, through the purchase of insurance or otherwise, (A) medical, surgical, or hospital care or benefits, or benefits in the event of sickness, accident, disability, death or unemployment, or vacation benefits, apprenticeship or other training programs, or day care centers, scholarship funds, or prepaid legal services, or (B) any benefit described in section 302(c) of the Labor Management Relations Act, 1947 [29 U.S.C. 186(c)] (other than pensions on retirement or death, and insurance to provide such pensions).
(2)
(A)
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the terms “employee pension benefit plan” and “pension plan” mean any plan, fund, or program which was heretofore or is hereafter established or maintained by an employer or by an employee organization, or by both, to the extent that by its express terms or as a result of surrounding circumstances such plan, fund, or program—
(i)
provides retirement income to employees, or
(ii)
results in a deferral of income by employees for periods extending to the termination of covered employment or beyond,
regardless of the method of calculating the contributions made to the plan, the method of calculating the benefits under the plan or the method of distributing benefits from the plan. A distribution from a plan, fund, or program shall not be treated as made in a form other than retirement income or as a distribution prior to termination of covered employment solely because such distribution is made to an employee who has attained age 62 and who is not separated from employment at the time of such distribution.
(B)
The Secretary may by regulation prescribe rules consistent with the standards and purposes of this Act providing one or more exempt categories under which—
(i)
severance pay arrangements, and
(ii)
supplemental retirement income payments, under which the pension benefits of retirees or their beneficiaries are supplemented to take into account some portion or all of the increases in the cost of living (as determined by the Secretary of Labor) since retirement,
shall, for purposes of this title, be treated as welfare plans rather than pension plans. In the case of any arrangement or payment a principal effect of which is the evasion of the standards or purposes of this Act applicable to pension plans, such arrangement or payment shall be treated as a pension plan. An applicable voluntary early retirement incentive plan (as defined in section 457(e)(11)(D)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) making payments or supplements described in section 457(e)(11)(D)(i) of such Code, and an applicable employment retention plan (as defined in section 457(f)(4)(C) of such Code) making payments of benefits described in section 457(f)(4)(A) of such Code, shall, for purposes of this title, be treated as a welfare plan (and not a pension plan) with respect to such payments and supplements.
(C)15
A pooled employer plan shall be treated as—
(i)
a single employee pension benefit plan or single pension plan; and
(ii)
a plan to which section 210(a) applies.
^{15}
Margin of subparagraph (C) is so in law.
(3)
The term “employee benefit plan” or “plan” means an employee welfare benefit plan or an employee pension benefit plan or a plan which is both an employee welfare benefit plan and an employee pension benefit plan.
(4)
The term “employee organization” means any labor union or any organization of any kind, or any agency or employee representation committee, association, group, or plan, in which employees participate and which exists for the purpose, in whole or in part, of dealing with employers concerning an employee benefit plan, or other matters incidental to employment relationships; or any employees' beneficiary association organized for the purpose in whole or in part, of establishing such a plan.
(5)
The term “employer” means any person acting directly as an employer, or indirectly in the interest of an employer, in relation to an employee benefit plan; and includes a group or association of employers acting for an employer in such capacity.
(6)
The term “employee” means any individual employed by an employer.
(7)
The term “participant” means any employee or former employee of an employer, or any member or former member of an employee organization, who is or may become eligible to receive a benefit of any type from an employee benefit plan which covers employees of such employer or members of such organization, or whose beneficiaries may be eligible to receive any such benefit.
(8)
The term “beneficiary” means a person designated by a participant, or by the terms of an employee benefit plan, who is or may become entitled to a benefit thereunder.
(9)
The term “person” means an individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation, mutual company, joint-stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, association, or employee organization.
(10)
The term “State” includes any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, Wake Island, and the Canal Zone. The term “United States” when used in the geographic sense means the States and the Outer Continental Shelf lands defined in the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1331–1343).
(11)
The term “commerce” means trade, traffic, commerce, transportation, or communication between any State and any place outside thereof.
(12)
The term “industry or activity affecting commerce” means any activity, business, or industry in commerce or in which a labor dispute would hinder or obstruct commerce or the free flow of commerce, and includes any activity or industry “affecting commerce” within the meaning of the Labor Management Relations Act, 1947 [29 U.S.C. 141 et seq.], or the Railway Labor Act [(45 U.S.C. 151 et seq.)].
(13)
The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Labor.16
^{16}
By reason of the reassignment of functions under Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1978, some references in title I to the “Secretary” are construed to be references to the Secretary of the Treasury. See page 289.
(14)
The term “party in interest” means, as to an employee benefit plan—
(A)
any fiduciary (including, but not limited to, any administrator, officer, trustee, or custodian), counsel, or employee of such employee benefit plan;
(B)
a person providing services to such plan;
(C)
an employer any of whose employees are covered by such plan;
(D)
an employee organization any of whose members are covered by such plan;
(E)
an owner, direct or indirect, of 50 percent or more of—
(i)
the combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote or the total value of shares of all classes of stock of a corporation,
(ii)
the capital interest or the profits interest of a partnership, or
(iii)
the beneficial interest of a trust or unincorporated enterprise,
which is an employer or an employee organization described in subparagraph (C) or (D);
(F)
a relative (as defined in paragraph (15)) of any individual described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (E);
(G)
a corporation, partnership, or trust or estate of which (or in which) 50 percent or more of—
(i)
the combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote or the total value of shares of all classes of stock of such corporation,
(ii)
the capital interest or profits interest of such partnership, or
(iii)
the beneficial interest of such trust or estate,
is owned directly or indirectly, or held by persons described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), (D), or (E);
(H)
an employee, officer, director (or an individual having powers or responsibilities similar to those of officers or directors), or a 10 percent or more shareholder directly or indirectly, of a person described in subparagraph (B), (C), (D), (E), or (G), or of the employee benefit plan; or
(I)
a 10 percent or more (directly or indirectly in capital or profits) partner or joint venturer of a person described in subparagraph (B), (C), (D), (E), or (G).
The Secretary, after consultation and coordination with the Secretary of the Treasury, may by regulation prescribe a percentage lower than 50 percent for subparagraph (E) and (G) and lower than 10 percent for subparagraph (H) or (I). The Secretary may prescribe regulations for determining the ownership (direct or indirect) of profits and beneficial interests, and the manner in which indirect stockholdings are taken into account. Any person who is a party in interest with respect to a plan to which a trust described in section 501(c)(22) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is permitted to make payments under section 4223 shall be treated as a party in interest with respect to such trust.
(15)
The term “relative” means a spouse, ancestor, lineal descendant, or spouse of a lineal descendant.
(16)
(A)
The term “administrator” means—
(i)
the person specifically so designated by the terms of the instrument under which the plan is operated;
(ii)
if an administrator is not so designated, the plan sponsor; or
(iii)
in the case of a plan for which an administrator is not designated and a plan sponsor cannot be identified, such other person as the Secretary may by regulation prescribe.
(B)
The term “plan sponsor” means (i) the employer in the case of an employee benefit plan established or maintained by a single employer, (ii) the employee organization in the case of a plan established or maintained by an employee organization, (iii) in the case of a plan established or maintained by two or more employers or jointly by one or more employers and one or more employee organizations, the association, committee, joint board of trustees, or other similar group of representatives of the parties who establish or maintain the plan, or (iv) in the case of a pooled employer plan, the pooled plan provider.
(17)
The term “separate account” means an account established or maintained by an insurance company under which income, gains, and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to such account, are, in accordance with the applicable contract, credited to or charged against such account without regard to other income, gains, or losses of the insurance company.
(18)
The term “adequate consideration” when used in part 4 of subtitle B means (A) in the case of a security for which there is a generally recognized market, either (i) the price of the security prevailing on a national securities exchange which is registered under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78f], or (ii) if the security is not traded on such a national securities exchange, a price not less favorable to the plan than the offering price for the security as established by the current bid and asked prices quoted by persons independent of the issuer and of any party in interest; and (B) in the case of an asset other than a security for which there is a generally recognized market, the fair market value of the asset as determined in good faith by the trustee or named fiduciary pursuant to the terms of the plan and in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary.
(19)
The term “nonforfeitable” when used with respect to a pension benefit or right means a claim obtained by a participant or his beneficiary to that part of an immediate or deferred benefit under a pension plan which arises from the participant's service, which is unconditional, and which is legally enforceable against the plan. For purposes of this paragraph, a right to an accrued benefit derived from employer contributions shall not be treated as forfeitable merely because the plan contains a provision described in section 203(a)(3).
(20)
The term “security” has the same meaning as such term has under section 2(1) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77b(1)).
(21)
(A)
Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (B), a person is a fiduciary with respect to a plan to the extent (i) he exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting management of such plan or exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of its assets, (ii) he renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any moneys or other property of such plan, or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or (iii) he has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of such plan. Such term includes any person designated under section 405(c)(1)(B).
(B)
If any money or other property of an employee benefit plan is invested in securities issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq.], such investment shall not by itself cause such investment company or such investment company's investment adviser or principal underwriter to be deemed to be a fiduciary or a party in interest as those terms are defined in this title, except insofar as such investment company or its investment adviser or principal underwriter acts in connection with an employee benefit plan covering employees of the investment company, the investment adviser, or its principal underwriter. Nothing contained in this subparagraph shall limit the duties imposed on such investment company, investment adviser, or principal underwriter by any other law.
(22)
The term “normal retirement benefit” means the greater of the early retirement benefit under the plan, or the benefit under the plan commencing at normal retirement age. The normal retirement benefit shall be determined without regard to—
(A)
medical benefits, and
(B)
disability benefits not in excess of the qualified disability benefit.
For purposes of this paragraph, a qualified disability benefit is a disability benefit provided by a plan which does not exceed the benefit which would be provided for the participant if he separated from the service at normal retirement age. For purposes of this paragraph, the early retirement benefit under a plan shall be determined without regard to any benefit under the plan which the Secretary of the Treasury finds to be a benefit described in section 204(b)(1)(G).
(23)
The term “accrued benefit” means—
(A)
in the case of a defined benefit plan, the individual's accrued benefit determined under the plan and, except as provided in section 204(c)(3), expressed in the form of an annual benefit commencing at normal retirement age, or
(B)
in the case of a plan which is an individual account plan, the balance of the individual's account.
The accrued benefit of an employee shall not be less than the amount determined under section 204(c)(2)(B) with respect to the employee's accumulated contribution.
(24)
The term “normal retirement age” means the earlier of—
(A)
the time a plan participant attains normal retirement age under the plan, or
(B)
the later of—
(i)
the time a plan participant attains age 65, or
(ii)
the 5th anniversary of the time a plan participant commenced participation in the plan.
(25)
The term “vested liabilities” means the present value of the immediate or deferred benefits available at normal retirement age for participants and their beneficiaries which are nonforfeitable.
(26)
The term “current value” means fair market value where available and otherwise the fair value as determined in good faith by a trustee or a named fiduciary (as defined in section 402(a)(2)) pursuant to the terms of the plan and in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, assuming an orderly liquidation at the time of such determination.
(27)
The term “present value”, with respect to a liability, means the value adjusted to reflect anticipated events. Such adjustments shall conform to such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
(28)
The term “normal service cost” or “normal cost” means the annual cost of future pension benefits and administrative expenses assigned, under an actuarial cost method, to years subsequent to a particular valuation date of a pension plan. The Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe regulations to carry out this paragraph.
(29)
The term “accrued liability” means the excess of the present value, as of a particular valuation date of a pension plan, of the projected future benefit costs and administrative expenses for all plan participants and beneficiaries over the present value of future contributions for the normal cost of all applicable plan participants and beneficiaries. The Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe regulations to carry out this paragraph.
(30)
The term “unfunded accrued liability” means the excess of the accrued liability, under an actuarial cost method which so provides, over the present value of the assets of a pension plan. The Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe regulations to carry out this paragraph.
(31)
The term “advance funding actuarial cost method” or “actuarial cost method” means a recognized actuarial technique utilized for establishing the amount and incidence of the annual actuarial cost of pension plan benefits and expenses. Acceptable actuarial cost methods shall include the accrued benefit cost method (unit credit method), the entry age normal cost method, the individual level premium cost method, the aggregate cost method, the attained age normal cost method, and the frozen initial liability cost method. The terminal funding cost method and the current funding (pay-as-you-go) cost method are not acceptable actuarial cost methods. The Secretary of the Treasury shall issue regulations to further define acceptable actuarial cost methods.
(32)
The term “governmental plan” means a plan established or maintained for its employees by the Government of the United States, by the government of any State or political subdivision thereof, or by any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing. The term “governmental plan” also includes any plan to which the Railroad Retirement Act of 1935 [45 U.S.C. 215 note] or 1937 [Railroad Retirement Act of 1974 (45 U.S.C. 231 et seq.)]17 applies, and which is financed by contributions required under that Act and any plan of an international organization which is exempt from taxation under the provisions of the International Organizations Immunities Act (59 Stat. 669) [(22 U.S.C. 288 et seq.)]. The term “governmental plan” includes a plan which is established and maintained by an Indian tribal government (as defined in section 7701(a)(40) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), a subdivision of an Indian tribal government (determined in accordance with section 7871(d) of such Code), or an agency or instrumentality of either, and all of the participants of which are employees of such entity substantially all of whose services as such an employee are in the performance of essential governmental functions but not in the performance of commercial activities (whether or not an essential government function)18
^{17}
The Railroad Retirement Act of 1935 was amended in its entirety and completely revised by the Railroad Retirement Act of 1937. Effective January 1, 1975, the Railroad Retirement Act of 1937 was itself amended in its entirety by, completely revised by, and redesignated as the Railroad Retirement Act of 1974 (Public Law 93–445; 88 Stat. 1305).
^{18}
So in law. There is no period at the end of paragraph (32). See amendment made by section 906(a)(2)(A) of Public Law 109–280.
(33)
(A)
The term “church plan” means a plan established and maintained (to the extent required in clause (ii) of subparagraph (B)) for its employees (or their beneficiaries) by a church or by a convention or association of churches which is exempt from tax under section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(B)
The term “church plan” does not include a plan—
(i)
which is established and maintained primarily for the benefit of employees (or their beneficiaries) of such church or convention or association of churches who are employed in connection with one or more unrelated trades or businesses (within the meaning of section 513 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), or
(ii)
if less than substantially all of the individuals included in the plan are individuals described in subparagraph (A) or in clause (ii) of subparagraph (C) (or their beneficiaries).
(C)
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)
A plan established and maintained for its employees (or their beneficiaries) by a church or by a convention or association of churches includes a plan maintained by an organization, whether a civil law corporation or otherwise, the principal purpose or function of which is the administration or funding of a plan or program for the provision of retirement benefits or welfare benefits, or both, for the employees of a church or a convention or association of churches, if such organization is controlled by or associated with a church or a convention or association of churches.
(ii)
The term employee of a church or a convention or association of churches includes—
(I)
a duly ordained, commissioned, or licensed minister of a church in the exercise of his ministry, regardless of the source of his compensation;
(II)
an employee of an organization, whether a civil law corporation or otherwise, which is exempt from tax under section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and which is controlled by or associated with a church or a convention or association of churches; and
(III)
an individual described in clause (v).
(iii)
A church or a convention or association of churches which is exempt from tax under section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall be deemed the employer of any individual included as an employee under clause (ii).
(iv)
An organization, whether a civil law corporation or otherwise, is associated with a church or a convention or association of churches if it shares common religious bonds and convictions with that church or convention or association of churches.
(v)
If an employee who is included in a church plan separates from the service of a church or a convention or association of churches or an organization, whether a civil law corporation or otherwise, which is exempt from tax under section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and which is controlled by or associated with a church or a convention or association of churches, the church plan shall not fail to meet the requirements of this paragraph merely because the plan—
(I)
retains the employee's accrued benefit or account for the payment of benefits to the employee or his beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the plan; or
(II)
receives contributions on the employee's behalf after the employee's separation from such service, but only for a period of 5 years after such separation, unless the employee is disabled (within the meaning of the disability provisions of the church plan or, if there are no such provisions in the church plan, within the meaning of section 72(m)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) at the time of such separation from service.
(D)
(i)
If a plan established and maintained for its employees (or their beneficiaries) by a church or by a convention or association of churches which is exempt from tax under section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 fails to meet one or more of the requirements of this paragraph and corrects its failure to meet such requirements within the correction period, the plan shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this paragraph for the year in which the correction was made and for all prior years.
(ii)
If a correction is not made within the correction period, the plan shall be deemed not to meet the requirements of this paragraph beginning with the date on which the earliest failure to meet one or more of such requirements occurred.
(iii)
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “correction period” means—
(I)
the period ending 270 days after the date of mailing by the Secretary of the Treasury of a notice of default with respect to the plan's failure to meet one or more of the requirements of this paragraph; or
(II)
any period set by a court of competent jurisdiction after a final determination that the plan fails to meet such requirements, or, if the court does not specify such period, any reasonable period determined by the Secretary of the Treasury on the basis of all the facts and circumstances, but in any event not less than 270 days after the determination has become final; or
(III)
any additional period which the Secretary of the Treasury determines is reasonable or necessary for the correction of the default,
whichever has the latest ending date.
(34)
The term “individual account plan” or “defined contribution plan” means a pension plan which provides for an individual account for each participant and for benefits based solely upon the amount contributed to the participant's account, and any income, expenses, gains and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of other participants which may be allocated to such participant's account.
(35)
The term “defined benefit plan” means a pension plan other than an individual account plan; except that a pension plan which is not an individual account plan and which provides a benefit derived from employer contributions which is based partly on the balance of the separate account of a participant—
(A)
for the purposes of section 202, shall be treated as an individual account plan, and
(B)
for the purposes of paragraph (23) of this section and section 204, shall be treated as an individual account plan to the extent benefits are based upon the separate account of a participant and as a defined benefit plan with respect to the remaining portion of benefits under the plan.
(36)
The term “excess benefit plan” means a plan maintained by an employer solely for the purpose of providing benefits for certain employees in excess of the limitations on contributions and benefits imposed by section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 on plans to which that section applies, without regard to whether the plan is funded. To the extent that a separable part of a plan (as determined by the Secretary of Labor) maintained by an employer is maintained for such purpose, that part shall be treated as a separate plan which is an excess benefit plan.
(37)
(A)
The term “multiemployer plan” means a plan—
(i)
to which more than one employer is required to contribute,
(ii)
which is maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements between one or more employee organizations and more than one employer, and
(iii)
which satisfies such other requirements as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation.
(B)
For purposes of this paragraph, all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control within the meaning of section 4001(b)(1) are considered a single employer.
(C)
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), a plan is a multiemployer plan on and after its termination date if the plan was a multiemployer plan under this paragraph for the plan year preceding its termination date.
(D)
For purposes of this title, notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this paragraph, for any plan year which began before the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980], the term “multiemployer plan” means a plan described in section 3(37) of this Act as in effect immediately before such date.
(E)
Within one year after the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980], a multiemployer plan may irrevocably elect, pursuant to procedures established by the corporation 19 and subject to the provisions of sections 4403(b) and (c)20, that the plan shall not be treated as a multiemployer plan for all purposes under this Act or the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 if for each of the last 3 plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 198021—
^{19}
So in original. The intended reference is probably to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
^{20}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to sections 4303(b) and (c).
^{21}
See section 4402 of the Act.
(i)
the plan was not a multiemployer plan because the plan was not a plan described in section 3(37)(A)(iii) of this Act and section 414(f)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (as such provisions were in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [the day before September 26, 1980]); and
(ii)
the plan had been identified as a plan that was not a multiemployer plan in substantially all its filings with the corporation 19, the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of the Treasury.
(F)
(i)
For purposes of this title a qualified football coaches plan—
(I)
shall be treated as a multiemployer plan to the extent not inconsistent with the purposes of this subparagraph; and
(II)
notwithstanding section 401(k)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, may include a qualified cash and deferred arrangement.
(ii)
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “qualified football coaches plan” means any defined contribution plan which is established and maintained by an organization—
(I)
which is described in section 501(c) of such Code;
(II)
the membership of which consists entirely of individuals who primarily coach football as full-time employees of 4-year colleges or universities described in section 170(b)(1)(A)(ii) of such Code; and
(III)
which was in existence on September 18, 1986.
(G)
(i)
Within 1 year after the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006—
(I)
an election under subparagraph (E) may be revoked, pursuant to procedures prescribed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, if, for each of the 3 plan years prior to the date of the enactment of that Act, the plan would have been a multiemployer plan but for the election under subparagraph (E), and
(II)
a plan that meets the criteria in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (A) of this paragraph or that is described in clause (vi) may, pursuant to procedures prescribed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, elect to be a multiemployer plan, if—
- (aa)
for each of the 3 plan years immediately preceding the first plan year for which the election under this paragraph is effective with respect to the plan, the plan has met those criteria or is so described,
- (bb)
substantially all of the plan's employer contributions for each of those plan years were made or required to be made by organizations that were exempt from tax under section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and
- (cc)
the plan was established prior to September 2, 1974.
(ii)
An election under this subparagraph shall be effective for all purposes under this Act and under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, starting with any plan year beginning on or after January 1, 1999, and ending before January 1, 2008, as designated by the plan in the election made under clause (i)(II).
(iii)
Once made, an election under this subparagraph shall be irrevocable, except that a plan described in clause (i)(II) shall cease to be a multiemployer plan as of the plan year beginning immediately after the first plan year for which the majority of its employer contributions were made or required to be made by organizations that were not exempt from tax under section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(iv)
The fact that a plan makes an election under clause (i)(II) does not imply that the plan was not a multiemployer plan prior to the date of the election or would not be a multiemployer plan without regard to the election.
(v)
(I)
No later than 30 days before an election is made under this subparagraph, the plan administrator shall provide notice of the pending election to each plan participant and beneficiary, each labor organization representing such participants or beneficiaries, and each employer that has an obligation to contribute to the plan, describing the principal differences between the guarantee programs under title IV and the benefit restrictions under this title for single employer and multiemployer plans, along with such other information as the plan administrator chooses to include.
(II)
Within 180 days after the date of enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the Secretary shall prescribe a model notice under this clause.
(III)
A plan administrator's failure to provide the notice required under this subparagraph shall be treated for purposes of section 502(c)(2) as a failure or refusal by the plan administrator to file the annual report required to be filed with the Secretary under section 101(b)(1).
(vi)
A plan is described in this clause if it is a plan sponsored by an organization which is described in section 501(c)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code and which was established in Chicago, Illinois, on August 12, 1881.
(vii)22
For purposes of this Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a plan making an election under this subparagraph shall be treated as maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement if a collective bargaining agreement, expressly or otherwise, provides for or permits employer contributions to the plan by one or more employers that are signatory to such agreement, or participation in the plan by one or more employees of an employer that is signatory to such agreement, regardless of whether the plan was created, established, or maintained for such employees by virtue of another document that is not a collective bargaining agreement.
^{22}
Margin for clause (vii) so in law.
(38)
The term “investment manager” means any fiduciary (other than a trustee or named fiduciary, as defined in section 402(a)(2))—
(A)
who has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any asset of a plan;
(B)
who (i) is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; (ii) is not registered as an investment adviser under such Act by reason of paragraph (1) of section 203A(a) of such Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the State (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time the fiduciary last filed the registration form most recently filed by the fiduciary with such State in order to maintain the fiduciary's registration under the laws of such State, also filed a copy of such form with the Secretary; (iii) is a bank, as defined in that Act; or (iv) is an insurance company qualified to perform services described in subparagraph (A) under the laws of more than one State; and
(C)
has acknowledged in writing that he is a fiduciary with respect to the plan.
(39)
The terms “plan year” and “fiscal year of the plan” mean, with respect to a plan, the calendar, policy, or fiscal year on which the records of the plan are kept.
(40)
(A)
The term “multiple employer welfare arrangement” means an employee welfare benefit plan, or any other arrangement (other than an employee welfare benefit plan), which is established or maintained for the purpose of offering or providing any benefit described in paragraph (1) to the employees of two or more employers (including one or more self-employed individuals), or to their beneficiaries, except that such term does not include any such plan or other arrangement which is established or maintained—
(i)
under or pursuant to one or more agreements which the Secretary finds to be collective bargaining agreements,
(ii)
by a rural electric cooperative, or
(iii)
by a rural telephone cooperative association.
(B)
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)
two or more trades or businesses, whether or not incorporated, shall be deemed a single employer if such trades or businesses are within the same control group,
(ii)
the term “control group” means a group of trades or businesses under common control,
(iii)
the determination of whether a trade or business is under “common control” with another trade or business shall be determined under regulations of the Secretary applying principles similar to the principles applied in determining whether employees of two or more trades or businesses are treated as employed by a single employer under section 4001(b), except that, for purposes of this paragraph, common control shall not be based on an interest of less than 25 percent,
(iv)
the term “rural electric cooperative” means—
(I)
any organization which is exempt from tax under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and which is engaged primarily in providing electric service on a mutual or cooperative basis, and
(II)
any organization described in paragraph (4) or (6) of section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 which is exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code and at least 80 percent of the members of which are organizations described in subclause (I), and
(v)
the term “rural telephone cooperative association” means an organization described in paragraph (4) or (6) of section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 which is exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code and at least 80 percent of the members of which are organizations engaged primarily in providing telephone service to rural areas of the United States on a mutual, cooperative, or other basis.
(41)

Single-employer plan.—
The term “single-employer plan” means an employee benefit plan other than a multiemployer plan.
(42)
the term “plan assets” means plan assets as defined by such regulations as the Secretary may prescribe, except that under such regulations the assets of any entity shall not be treated as plan assets if, immediately after the most recent acquisition of any equity interest in the entity, less than 25 percent of the total value of each class of equity interest in the entity is held by benefit plan investors. For purposes of determinations pursuant to this paragraph, the value of any equity interest held by a person (other than such a benefit plan investor) who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the entity or any person who provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets, or any affiliate of such a person, shall be disregarded for purposes of calculating the 25 percent threshold. An entity shall be considered to hold plan assets only to the extent of the percentage of the equity interest held by benefit plan investors. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “benefit plan investor” means an employee benefit plan subject to part 4, any plan to which section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 applies, and any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's investment in such entity.
(43)

Pooled employer plan.—
(A)

In general.—
The term “pooled employer plan” means a plan—
(i)
which is an individual account plan established or maintained for the purpose of providing benefits to the employees of 2 or more employers;
(ii)
which is a plan described in section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 which includes a trust exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code, a plan that consists of annuity contracts described in section 403(b) of such Code, or a plan that consists of individual retirement accounts described in section 408 of such Code (including by reason of subsection (c) thereof); and
(iii)
the terms of which meet the requirements of subparagraph (B).
Such term shall not include a plan maintained by employers which have a common interest other than having adopted the plan, but such term shall include any plan (other than a plan excepted from the application of this title by section 4(b)(2)) maintained for the benefit of the employees of more than 1 employer that consists of annuity contracts described in section 403(b) of such Code and that meets the requirements of subparagraph (B) of section 413(e)(1) of such Code.
(B)

Requirements for plan terms.—
The requirements of this subparagraph are met with respect to any plan if the terms of the plan—
(i)
designate a pooled plan provider and provide that the pooled plan provider is a named fiduciary of the plan;
(ii)
designate a named fiduciary (other than an employer in the plan) to be responsible for collecting contributions to the plan and require such fiduciary to implement written contribution collection procedures that are reasonable, diligent, and systematic;
(iii)
provide that each employer in the plan retains fiduciary responsibility for—
(I)
the selection and monitoring in accordance with section 404(a) of the person designated as the pooled plan provider and any other person who, in addition to the pooled plan provider, is designated as a named fiduciary of the plan; and
(II)
to the extent not otherwise delegated to another fiduciary by the pooled plan provider and subject to the provisions of section 404(c), the investment and management of the portion of the plan’s assets attributable to the employees of the employer (or beneficiaries of such employees);
(iv)
provide that employers in the plan, and participants and beneficiaries, are not subject to unreasonable restrictions, fees, or penalties with regard to ceasing participation, receipt of distributions, or otherwise transferring assets of the plan in accordance with section 208 or paragraph (44)(C)(i)(II);
(v)
require—
(I)
the pooled plan provider to provide to employers in the plan any disclosures or other information which the Secretary may require, including any disclosures or other information to facilitate the selection or any monitoring of the pooled plan provider by employers in the plan; and
(II)
each employer in the plan to take such actions as the Secretary or the pooled plan provider determines are necessary to administer the plan or for the plan to meet any requirement applicable under this Act or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to a plan described in section 401(a) of such Code, a plan that consists of annuity contracts described in section 403(b) of such Code, or to a plan that consists of individual retirement accounts described in section 408 of such Code (including by reason of subsection (c) thereof), whichever is applicable, including providing any disclosures or other information which the Secretary may require or which the pooled plan provider otherwise determines are necessary to administer the plan or to allow the plan to meet such requirements; and
(vi)
provide that any disclosure or other information required to be provided under clause (v) may be provided in electronic form and will be designed to ensure only reasonable costs are imposed on pooled plan providers and employers in the plan.
(C)

Exceptions.—
The term “pooled employer plan” does not include—
(i)
a multiemployer plan; or
(ii)
a plan established before the date of the enactment of the Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019 unless the plan administrator elects that the plan will be treated as a pooled employer plan and the plan meets the requirements of this title applicable to a pooled employer plan established on or after such date.
(D)

Treatment of employers as plan sponsors.—
Except with respect to the administrative duties of the pooled plan provider described in paragraph (44)(A)(i), each employer in a pooled employer plan shall be treated as the plan sponsor with respect to the portion of the plan attributable to employees of such employer (or beneficiaries of such employees).
(44)

Pooled plan provider.—
(A)

In general.—
The term “pooled plan provider” means a person who—
(i)
is designated by the terms of a pooled employer plan as a named fiduciary, as the plan administrator, and as the person responsible for the performance of all administrative duties (including conducting proper testing with respect to the plan and the employees of each employer in the plan) which are reasonably necessary to ensure that—
(I)
the plan meets any requirement applicable under this Act or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to a plan described in section 401(a) of such Code, a plan that consists of annuity contracts described in section 403(b) of such Code, or to a plan that consists of individual retirement accounts described in section 408 of such Code (including by reason of subsection (c) thereof), whichever is applicable; and
(II)
each employer in the plan takes such actions as the Secretary or pooled plan provider determines are necessary for the plan to meet the requirements described in subclause (I), including providing the disclosures and information described in paragraph (43)(B)(v)(II);
(ii)
registers as a pooled plan provider with the Secretary, and provides to the Secretary such other information as the Secretary may require, before beginning operations as a pooled plan provider;
(iii)
acknowledges in writing that such person is a named fiduciary, and the plan administrator, with respect to the pooled employer plan; and
(iv)
is responsible for ensuring that all persons who handle assets of, or who are fiduciaries of, the pooled employer plan are bonded in accordance with section 412.
(B)

Audits, examinations and investigations.—
The Secretary may perform audits, examinations, and investigations of pooled plan providers as may be necessary to enforce and carry out the purposes of this paragraph and paragraph (43).
(C)

Guidance.—
The Secretary shall issue such guidance as the Secretary determines appropriate to carry out this paragraph and paragraph (43), including guidance—
(i)
to identify the administrative duties and other actions required to be performed by a pooled plan provider under either such paragraph; and
(ii)
which requires in appropriate cases that if an employer in the plan fails to take the actions required under subparagraph (A)(i)(II)—
(I)
the assets of the plan attributable to employees of such employer (or beneficiaries of such employees) are transferred to a plan maintained only by such employer (or its successor), to an eligible retirement plan as defined in section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for each individual whose account is transferred, or to any other arrangement that the Secretary determines is appropriate in such guidance; and
(II)
such employer (and not the plan with respect to which the failure occurred or any other employer in such plan) shall, except to the extent provided in such guidance, be liable for any liabilities with respect to such plan attributable to employees of such employer (or beneficiaries of such employees).
The Secretary shall take into account under clause (ii) whether the failure of an employer or pooled plan provider to provide any disclosures or other information, or to take any other action, necessary to administer a plan or to allow a plan to meet requirements described in subparagraph (A)(i)(II) has continued over a period of time that demonstrates a lack of commitment to compliance. The Secretary may waive the requirements of subclause (ii)(I) in appropriate circumstances if the Secretary determines it is in the best interests of the employees of the employer referred to in such clause (and the beneficiaries of such employees) to retain the assets in the plan with respect to which the employer’s failure occurred.
(D)

Good faith compliance with law before guidance.—
An employer or pooled plan provider shall not be treated as failing to meet a requirement of guidance issued by the Secretary under subparagraph (C) if, before the issuance of such guidance, the employer or pooled plan provider complies in good faith with a reasonable interpretation of the provisions of this paragraph, or paragraph (43), to which such guidance relates.
(E)

Aggregation rules.—
For purposes of this paragraph, in determining whether a person meets the requirements of this paragraph to be a pooled plan provider with respect to any plan, all persons who perform services for the plan and who are treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall be treated as one person.
(45)

Pension-linked emergency savings account.—
The term “pension-linked emergency savings account” means a short-term savings account established and maintained as part of an individual account plan, in accordance with section 801, on behalf of an eligible participant (as such term is defined in section 801(b)) that—
(A)
is a designated Roth account (within the meaning of section 402A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) and accepts only participant contributions, as described in section 801(d)(1)(A), which are designated Roth contributions subject to the rules of section 402A(e) of such Code; and
(B)
meets the requirements of part 8 of subtitle B.

COVERAGE
Sec. 4.
[1003]
(a)
Except as provided in subsection (b) or (c) and in sections 201, 301, and 401, this title shall apply to any employee benefit plan if it is established or maintained—
(1)
by any employer engaged in commerce or in any industry or activity affecting commerce; or
(2)
by any employee organization or organizations representing employees engaged in commerce or in any industry or activity affecting commerce; or
(3)
by both.
(b)
The provisions of this title shall not apply to any employee benefit plan if—
(1)
such plan is a governmental plan (as defined in section 3(32));
(2)
such plan is a church plan (as defined in section 3(33)) with respect to which no election has been made under section 410(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
(3)
such plan is maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen's compensation laws or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws;
(4)
such plan is maintained outside of the United States primarily for the benefit of persons substantially all of whom are nonresident aliens; or
(5)
such plan is an excess benefit plan (as defined in section 3(36)) and is unfunded.
The provisions of part 7 of subtitle B shall not apply to a health insurance issuer (as defined in section 733(b)(2)) solely by reason of health insurance coverage (as defined in section 733(b)(1)) provided by such issuer in connection with a group health plan (as defined in section 733(a)(1)) if the provisions of this title do not apply to such group health plan.23
^{23}
Section 603(b)(3)(A) of P.L. 104–204 (110 Stat. 2938) amends the last sentence of section 4(b) , by striking “section 706(b)(2)”, “section 706(b)(1)”, and “section 706(a)(1)” and inserting “section 733(b)(2)”, “section 733(b)(1)”, and “section 733(a)(1)”, respectively. Subsection (c) of section 603 provides as follows:
(c) Effective Date.—The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to group health plans for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1998.
(c)
If a pension plan allows an employee to elect to make voluntary employee contributions to accounts and annuities as provided in section 408(q) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, such accounts and annuities (and contributions thereto) shall not be treated as part of such plan (or as a separate pension plan) for purposes of any provision of this title other than section 403(c), 404, or 405 (relating to exclusive benefit, and fiduciary and co-fiduciary responsibilities) and part 5 (relating to administration and enforcement). Such provisions shall apply to such accounts and annuities in a manner similar to their application to a simplified employee pension under section 408(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
subtitle B—

Regulatory Provisions
Part 1—

Reporting and Disclosure 24

duty of disclosure and reporting
Sec. 101.
[1021]
(a)
The administrator of each employee benefit plan shall cause to be furnished in accordance with section 104(b) to each participant covered under the plan and to each beneficiary who is receiving benefits under the plan—
^{24}
The heading for part 1 was amended December 19, 1989, P.L. 101–239, title VII, sec. 7894(b)(1), 103 Stat. 2448.
(1)
a summary plan description described in section 102(a)(1); and
(2)
the information described in subsection (f) and sections 104(b)(3) and 105(a) and (c).
(b)
The administrator shall, in accordance with section 104(a), file with the Secretary—
(1)
the annual report containing the information required by section 103; and
(2)
terminal and supplementary reports as required by subsection (c) of this section.
(c)
(1)
Each administrator of an employee pension benefit plan which is winding up its affairs (without regard to the number of participants remaining in the plan) shall, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary, file such terminal reports as the Secretary may consider necessary. A copy of such report shall also be filed with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
(2)
The Secretary may require terminal reports to be filed with regard to any employee welfare benefit plan which is winding up its affairs in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary.
(3)
The Secretary may require that a plan described in paragraph (1) or (2) file a supplementary or terminal report with the annual report in the year such plan is terminated and that a copy of such supplementary or terminal report in the case of a plan described in paragraph (1) be also filed with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
(d)

Notice of Failure to Meet Minimum Funding Standards.—
(1)

In general.—
If an employer maintaining a plan other than a multiemployer plan fails to make a required installment or other payment required to meet the minimum funding standard under section 302 to a plan before the 60th day following the due date for such installment or other payment, the employer shall notify each participant and beneficiary (including an alternate payee as defined in section 206(d)(3)(K)) of such plan of such failure. Such notice shall be made at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe.
(2)

Subsection not to apply if waier pending.—
This subsection shall not apply to any failure if the employer has filed a waiver request under section 303 or 306 with respect to a plan year to which the required installment relates, except if the waiver request is denied, notice under paragraph (1) shall be provided within 60 days after the date of such denial.
(3)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection, the terms “required installment” and “due date” have the same meanings given such terms by section 303(j) or 306(f), whichever is applicable.
(e)

Notice of Transfer of Excess Pension Assets to Health Benefits Accounts.—
(1)

Notice to participants.—
Not later than 60 days before the date of a qualified transfer by an employee pension benefit plan of excess pension assets to a health benefits account or applicable life insurance account, the administrator of the plan shall notify (in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe) each participant and beneficiary under the plan of such transfer. Such notice shall include information with respect to the amount of excess pension assets, the portion to be transferred, the amount of health benefits liabilities or applicable life insurance benefit liabilities expected to be provided with the assets transferred, and the amount of pension benefits of the participant which will be nonforfeitable immediately after the transfer.
(2)

Notice to secretaries, administrator, and employee organizations.—
(A)

In general.—
Not later than 60 days before the date of any qualified transfer by an employee pension benefit plan of excess pension assets to a health benefits account or applicable life insurance account, the employer maintaining the plan from which the transfer is made shall provide the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, the administrator, and each employee organization representing participants in the plan a written notice of such transfer. A copy of any such notice shall be available for inspection in the principal office of the administrator.
(B)

Information relating to transfer.—
Such notice shall identify the plan from which the transfer is made, the amount of the transfer, a detailed accounting of assets projected to be held by the plan immediately before and immediately after the transfer, and the current liabilities under the plan at the time of the transfer.
(C)

Authority for additional reporting requirements.—
The Secretary may prescribe such additional reporting requirements as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.
(3)

Definitions.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), any term used in such paragraph which is also used in section 420 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as in effect on the date of enactment of the SECURE 2.0 Act of 2022) shall have the same meaning as when used in such section.
(f)

Defined Benefit Plan Funding Notices.—
(1)

In general.—
The administrator of a defined benefit plan to which title IV applies shall for each plan year provide a plan funding notice to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, to each plan participant and beneficiary, to each labor organization representing such participants or beneficiaries, and, in the case of a multiemployer plan, to each employer that has an obligation to contribute to the plan.
(2)

Information contained in notices.—
(A)

Identifying information.—
Each notice required under paragraph (1) shall contain identifying information, including the name of the plan, the address and phone number of the plan administrator and the plan's principal administrative officer, each plan sponsor's employer identification number, and the plan number of the plan.
(B)

Specific information.—
A plan funding notice under paragraph (1) shall include—
(i)
(I)
in the case of a single-employer plan, a statement as to whether the plan's percentage of plan liabilities funded (as described in clause (ii)(I)(bb)) for the plan year to which the notice relates, and for the 2 preceding plan years, is at least 100 percent (and, if not, the actual percentages), or
(II)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, a statement as to whether the plan's funded percentage (as defined in section 305(i)) for the plan year to which the notice relates, and for the 2 preceding plan years, is at least 100 percent (and, if not, the actual percentages),
(ii)
(I)
in the case of a single-employer plan—
- (aa)
a statement of the value of the plan's assets and liabilities for the plan year to which the notice relates as of the last day of the plan year to which the notice relates, and for the preceding 2 plan years as of the last day of each such plan year, determined using the asset valuation under subclause (II) of section 4006(a)(3)(E)(iii) and the interest rate under section 4006(a)(3)(E)(iv),
- (bb)
for purposes of the statement in subparagraph (B)(i)(I), the percentage of plan liabilities funded, calculated as the ratio between the value of the plan’s assets and liabilities, as determined under item (aa), for the plan year to which the notice relates and for the 2 preceding plan years, and
- (cc)
if the information in (aa) and (bb) is presented in tabular form, a statement that describes that in the event of a plan termination the corporation’s calculation of plan liabilities may be greater and that references the section of the notice with the information required under clause (x), and
(II)25
in the case of a multiemployer plan, a statement, for the plan year to which the notice relates and the preceding 2 plan years, of the value of the plan assets (determined both in the same manner as under section 304 and under the rules of subclause (I)(aa)) and the value of the plan liabilities (determined in the same manner as under section 304 except that the method specified in section 305(i)(8) shall be used),
^{25}
Margin for subclause (II) so in law.
(iii)
a statement of the number of participants for the plan year to which the notice relates as of the last day of such plan year and the preceding 2 plan years, in tabular format, who are—
(I)
retired or separated from service and are receiving benefits,
(II)
retired or separated participants entitled to future benefits, and
(III)
active participants under the plan,
(iv)
a statement setting forth the funding policy of the plan, the asset allocation of investments under the plan (expressed as percentages of total assets), and the average return on assets for the plan year, as of the end of the plan year to which the notice relates,
(v)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, whether the plan was in critical or endangered status under section 305 for such plan year and, if so—
(I)
a statement describing how a person may obtain a copy of the plan's funding improvement or rehabilitation plan, as appropriate, adopted under section 305 and the actuarial and financial data that demonstrate any action taken by the plan toward fiscal improvement, and
(II)
a summary of any funding improvement plan, rehabilitation plan, or modification thereof adopted under section 305 during the plan year to which the notice relates,
(vi)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, whether the plan was in critical and declining status under section 305 for such plan year and, if so—
(I)
the projected date of insolvency;
(II)
a clear statement that such insolvency may result in benefit reductions; and
(III)
a statement describing whether the plan sponsor has taken legally permitted actions to prevent insolvency.
(vii)
in the case of any plan amendment, scheduled benefit increase or reduction, or other known event taking effect in the current plan year and having a material effect on plan liabilities or assets for the year (as defined in regulations by the Secretary), an explanation of the amendment, schedule increase or reduction, or event, and a projection to the end of such plan year of the effect of the amendment, scheduled increase or reduction, or event on plan liabilities,
(viii)
(I)
in the case of a single-employer plan, a summary of the rules governing termination of single-employer plans under subtitle C of title IV, or
(II)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, a summary of the rules governing reorganization or insolvency, including the limitations on benefit payments,
(ix)
in the case of a single-employer plan, a statement as to whether the plan’s funded status, based on the plan’s liabilities described under subclause (II) for the plan year to which the notice relates, and for the 2 preceding plan years, is at least 100 percent (and, if not, the actual percentages), that includes—
(I)
the plan’s assets, as of the last day of the plan year and for the 2 preceding plan years, as determined under clause (ii)(I)(aa),
(II)
the plan’s liabilities, as of the last day of the plan year and for the 2 preceding plan years, as determined under clause (ii)(1)(aa), and
(III)
the funded status of the plan, determined as the ratio of the plan’s assets and liabilities calculated under subclauses (I) and (II), for the plan year to which the notice relates, and for the 2 preceding plan years,
(x)
a general description of the benefits under the plan which are eligible to be guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, along with an explanation of the limitations on the guarantee and the circumstances under which such limitations applyand a statement that, in the case of a single-employer plan—
(I)
if plan assets are determined to be sufficient to pay vested benefits that are not guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, participants and beneficiaries may receive benefits in excess of the guaranteed amount, and
(II)
such a determination generally uses assumptions that result in a plan having a lower funded status as compared to the plan’s funded status disclosed in this notice.26
^{26}
The period at the end of clause (x) probably should be a comma. See amendment made by section 343(a)(8) of division T of Public Law 117–328.
(xi)
a statement that a person may obtain a copy of the annual report of the plan filed under section 104(a) upon request, through the Internet website of the Department of Labor, or through an Intranet website maintained by the applicable plan sponsor (or plan administrator on behalf of the plan sponsor), and
(xii)
if applicable, a statement that each contributing sponsor, and each member of the contributing sponsor's controlled group, of the single-employer plan was required to provide the information under section 4010 for the plan year to which the notice relates.
(C)

Other information.—
Each notice under paragraph (1) shall include—
(i)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, a statement that the plan administrator shall provide, upon written request, to any labor organization representing plan participants and beneficiaries and any employer that has an obligation to contribute to the plan, a copy of the annual report filed with the Secretary under section 104(a), and
(ii)
any additional information which the plan administrator elects to include to the extent not inconsistent with regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
(D)

Effect of segment rate stabilization on plan funding.—
(i)

In general.—
In the case of a single-employer plan for an applicable plan year, each notice under paragraph (1) shall include—
(I)
a statement that the MAP-21 , the Highway and Transportation Funding Act of 2014, , the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, , the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, and the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act modified the method for determining the interest rates used to determine the actuarial value of benefits earned under the plan, providing for a 25-year average of interest rates to be taken into account in addition to a 2-year average,
(II)
a statement that, as a result of the MAP-21 , the Highway and Transportation Funding Act of 2014, , the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, , the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, and the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, the plan sponsor may contribute less money to the plan when interest rates are at historical lows, and
(III)
a table which shows (determined both with and without regard to section 303(h)(2)(C)(iv)) the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in section 303(d)(2)), the funding shortfall (as defined in section 303(c)(4)), and the minimum required contribution (as determined under section 303), for the applicable plan year and each of the 2 preceding plan years.
(ii)

Applicable plan year.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “applicable plan year” means any plan year beginning after December 31, 2011, and before January 1, 2034, for which—
(I)
the funding target (as defined in section 303(d)(2)) is less than 95 percent of such funding target determined without regard to section 303(h)(2)(C)(iv),
(II)
the plan has a funding shortfall (as defined in section 303(c)(4) and determined without regard to section 303(h)(2)(C)(iv)) greater than $500,000, and
(III)
the plan had 50 or more participants on any day during the preceding plan year.
For purposes of any determination under subclause (III), the aggregation rule under the last sentence of section 303(g)(2)(B) shall apply.
(iii)

Special rule for plan years beginning before 2012.—
In the case of a preceding plan year referred to in clause (i)(III) which begins before January 1, 2012, the information described in such clause shall be provided only without regard to section 303(h)(2)(C)(iv).
(E)

Effect of csec plan rules on plan funding.—
In the case of a CSEC plan, each notice under paragraph (1) shall include—
(i)
a statement that different rules apply to CSEC plans than apply to single-employer plans,
(ii)
for the first 2 plan years beginning after December 31, 2013, a statement that, as a result of changes in the law made by the Cooperative and Small Employer Charity Pension Flexibility Act, the contributions to the plan may have changed, and
(iii)
in the case of a CSEC plan that is in funding restoration status for the plan year, a statement that the plan is in funding restoration status for such plan year.
A copy of the statement required under clause (iii) shall be provided to the Secretary, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Director of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
(3)

Time for providing notice.—
(A)

In general.—
Any notice under paragraph (1) shall be provided not later than 120 days after the end of the plan year to which the notice relates.
(B)

Exception for small plans.—
In the case of a small plan (as such term is used under section 303(g)(2)(B)) any notice under paragraph (1) shall be provided upon filing of the annual report under section 104(a).
(4)

Form and manner.—
Any notice under paragraph (1)—
(A)
shall be provided in a form and manner prescribed in regulations of the Secretary,
(B)
shall be written in a manner so as to be understood by the average plan participant, and
(C)
may be provided in written, electronic, or other appropriate form to the extent such form is reasonably accessible to persons to whom the notice is required to be provided.
(g)

Reporting by Certain Arrangements.—
The Secretary may 27, by regulation, require multiple employer welfare arrangements providing benefits consisting of medical care (within the meaning of section 733(a)(2)) which are not group health plans to register with the Secretary prior to operating in a State and may, by regulation, require such multiple employer welfare arrangements to report, not more frequently than annually, in such form and such manner as the Secretary may 27 require for the purpose of determining the extent to which the requirements of part 7 are being carried out in connection with such benefits.
^{27}
Section 6606(1) of Public Law 111–148 attempts to amend subsection (g) by striking “Secretary may” and inserting “Secretary shall”. The amendment could not be executed because it did not specify to which occurrence of the phrase “Secretary may” in which to strike.
(h)

Simple Retirement Accounts.—
(1)

No employer reports.—
Except as provided in this subsection, no report shall be required under this section by an employer maintaining a qualified salary reduction arrangement under section 408(p) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(2)

Summary description.—
The trustee of any simple retirement account established pursuant to a qualified salary reduction arrangement under section 408(p) of such Code shall provide to the employer maintaining the arrangement each year a description containing the following information:
(A)
The name and address of the employer and the trustee.
(B)
The requirements for eligibility for participation.
(C)
The benefits provided with respect to the arrangement.
(D)
The time and method of making elections with respect to the arrangement.
(E)
The procedures for, and effects of, withdrawals (including rollovers) from the arrangement.
(3)

Employee notification.—
The employer shall notify each employee immediately before the period for which an election described in section 408(p)(5)(C) of such Code may be made of the employee's opportunity to make such election. Such notice shall include a copy of the description described in paragraph (2).
(i)

Notice of Blackout Periods to Participant or Beneficiary Under Individual Account Plan.—
(1)

Duties of plan administrator.—
In advance of the commencement of any blackout period with respect to an individual account plan, the plan administrator shall notify the plan participants and beneficiaries who are affected by such action in accordance with this subsection.
(2)

Notice requirements.—
(A)

In general.—
The notices described in paragraph (1) shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average plan participant and shall include—
(i)
the reasons for the blackout period,
(ii)
an identification of the investments and other rights affected,
(iii)
the expected beginning date and length of the blackout period,
(iv)
in the case of investments affected, a statement that the participant or beneficiary should evaluate the appropriateness of their current investment decisions in light of their inability to direct or diversify assets credited to their accounts during the blackout period, and
(v)
such other matters as the Secretary may require by regulation.
(B)

Notice to participants and beneficiaries.—
Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, notices described in paragraph (1) shall be furnished to all participants and beneficiaries under the plan to whom the blackout period applies at least 30 days in advance of the blackout period.
(C)

Exception to 30-day notice requirement.—
In any case in which—
(i)
a deferral of the blackout period would violate the requirements of subparagraph (A) or (B) of section 404(a)(1), and a fiduciary of the plan reasonably so determines in writing, or
(ii)
the inability to provide the 30-day advance notice is due to events that were unforeseeable or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the plan administrator, and a fiduciary of the plan reasonably so determines in writing,
subparagraph (B) shall not apply, and the notice shall be furnished to all participants and beneficiaries under the plan to whom the blackout period applies as soon as reasonably possible under the circumstances unless such a notice in advance of the termination of the blackout period is impracticable.
(D)

Written notice.—
The notice required to be provided under this subsection shall be in writing, except that such notice may be in electronic or other form to the extent that such form is reasonably accessible to the recipient.
(E)

Notice to issuers of employer securities subject to blackout period.—
In the case of any blackout period in connection with an individual account plan, the plan administrator shall provide timely notice of such blackout period to the issuer of any employer securities subject to such blackout period.
(3)

Exception for blackout periods with limited applicability.—
In any case in which the blackout period applies only to 1 or more participants or beneficiaries in connection with a merger, acquisition, divestiture, or similar transaction involving the plan or plan sponsor and occurs solely in connection with becoming or ceasing to be a participant or beneficiary under the plan by reason of such merger, acquisition, divestiture, or transaction, the requirement of this subsection that the notice be provided to all participants and beneficiaries shall be treated as met if the notice required under paragraph (1) is provided to such participants or beneficiaries to whom the blackout period applies as soon as reasonably practicable.
(4)

Changes in length of blackout period.—
If, following the furnishing of the notice pursuant to this subsection, there is a change in the beginning date or length of the blackout period (specified in such notice pursuant to paragraph (2)(A)(iii)), the administrator shall provide affected participants and beneficiaries notice of the change as soon as reasonably practicable. In relation to the extended blackout period, such notice shall meet the requirements of paragraph (2)(D) and shall specify any material change in the matters referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of paragraph (2)(A).
(5)

Regulatory exceptions.—
The Secretary may provide by regulation for additional exceptions to the requirements of this subsection which the Secretary determines are in the interests of participants and beneficiaries.
(6)

Guidance and model notices.—
The Secretary shall issue guidance and model notices which meet the requirements of this subsection.
(7)

Blackout period.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
The term “blackout period” means, in connection with an individual account plan, any period for which any ability of participants or beneficiaries under the plan, which is otherwise available under the terms of such plan, to direct or diversify assets credited to their accounts, to obtain loans from the plan, or to obtain distributions from the plan is temporarily suspended, limited, or restricted, if such suspension, limitation, or restriction is for any period of more than 3 consecutive business days.
(B)

Exclusions.—
The term “blackout period” does not include a suspension, limitation, or restriction—
(i)
which occurs by reason of the application of the securities laws (as defined in section 3(a)(47) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934),
(ii)
which is a change to the plan which provides for a regularly scheduled suspension, limitation, or restriction which is disclosed to participants or beneficiaries through any summary of material modifications, any materials describing specific investment alternatives under the plan, or any changes thereto, or
(iii)
which applies only to 1 or more individuals, each of whom is the participant, an alternate payee (as defined in section 206(d)(3)(K)), or any other beneficiary pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in section 206(d)(3)(B)(i)).
(8)

Individual account plan.—
(A)

In general.—
For purposes of this subsection, the term “individual account plan” shall have the meaning provided such term in section 3(34), except that such term shall not include a one-participant retirement plan.
(B)

One-participant retirement plan.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “one-participant retirement plan” means a retirement plan that on the first day of the plan year—
(i)
covered only one individual (or the individual and the individual's spouse) and the individual (or the individual and the individual's spouse) owned 100 percent of the plan sponsor (whether or not incorporated), or
(ii)
covered only one or more partners (or partners and their spouses) in the plan sponsor.
(j)

Notice of Funding-Based Limitation on Certain Forms of Distribution.—
The plan administrator of a single-employer plan shall provide a written notice to plan participants and beneficiaries within 30 days—
(1)
after the plan has become subject to a restriction described in paragraph (1) or (3) of section 206(g)),
(2)
in the case of a plan to which section 206(g)(4) applies, after the valuation date for the plan year described in section 206(g)(4)(A) for which the plan's adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the plan year is less than 60 percent (or, if earlier, the date such percentage is deemed to be less than 60 percent under section 206(g)(7)), and
(3)
at such other time as may be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury.
The notice required to be provided under this subsection shall be in writing, except that such notice may be in electronic or other form to the extent that such form is reasonably accessible to the recipient. The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary, shall have the authority to prescribe rules applicable to the notices required under this subsection.
(k)

Multiemployer Plan Information Made Available on Request.—
(1)

In general.—
Each administrator of a defined benefit plan that is a multiemployer plan shall, upon written request, furnish to any plan participant or beneficiary, employee representative, or any employer that has an obligation to contribute to the plan a copy of—
(A)
the current plan document (including any amendments thereto),
(B)
the latest summary plan description of the plan,
(C)
the current trust agreement (including any amendments thereto), or any other instrument or agreement under which the plan is established or operated,
(D)
in the case of a request by an employer, any participation agreement with respect to the plan for such employer that relates to the employer’s plan participation during the current or any of the 5 immediately preceding plan years,
(E)
the annual report filed under section 104 for any plan year,
(F)
the plan funding notice provided under subsection (f) for any plan year,
(G)
any periodic actuarial report (including any sensitivity testing) received by the plan for any plan year which has been in the plan's possession for at least 30 days,
(H)
any quarterly, semi-annual, or annual financial report prepared for the plan by any plan investment manager or advisor or other fiduciary which has been in the plan's possession for at least 30 days,
(I)
audited financial statements of the plan for any plan year,
(J)
any application filed with the Secretary of the Treasury requesting an extension under section 304(d) of this Act or section 431(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the determination of such Secretary pursuant to such application, and
(K)
in the case of a plan which was in critical or endangered status under section 305 for a plan year, the latest funding improvement or rehabilitation plan, and the contribution schedules applicable with respect to such funding improvement or rehabilitation plan (other than a contribution schedule applicable to a specific employer).
(2)

Compliance.—
Information required to be provided under paragraph (1)—
(A)
shall be provided to the requesting participant, beneficiary, or employer within 30 days after the request in a form and manner prescribed in regulations of the Secretary,
(B)
may be provided in written, electronic, or other appropriate form to the extent such form is reasonably accessible to persons to whom the information is required to be provided, and
(C)
shall not—
(i)
include any individually identifiable information regarding any plan participant, beneficiary, employee, fiduciary, or contributing employer, or
(ii)
reveal any proprietary information regarding the plan, any contributing employer, or entity providing services to the plan.
Subparagraph (C)(i) shall not apply to individually identifiable information with respect to any plan investment manager or adviser, or with respect to any other person (other than an employee of the plan) preparing a financial report required to be included under paragraph (1)(B).
(3)

Limitations.—
In no case shall a participant, beneficiary, employee representative, or employer be entitled under this subsection to receive more than one copy of any document described in paragraph (1) during any one 12-month period, or, in the case of any document described in subparagraph (E), (F), (G), (H) or (I) of paragraph (1), a copy of any such document that as of the date on which the request is received by the administrator, has been in the administrator’s possession for 6 years or more. If the administrator provides a copy of a document described in paragraph (1) to any person upon request, the administrator shall be considered as having met any obligation the administrator may have under any other provision of this title to furnish a copy of the same document to such person upon request. The administrator may make a reasonable charge to cover copying, mailing, and other costs of furnishing copies of information pursuant to paragraph (1). The Secretary may by regulations prescribe the maximum amount which will constitute a reasonable charge under the preceding sentence.
(l)

Notice of Potential Withdrawal Liability.—
(1)

In general.—
The plan sponsor or administrator of a multiemployer plan shall, upon written request, furnish to any employer who has an obligation to contribute to the plan a notice of—
(A)
the estimated amount which would be the amount of such employer's withdrawal liability under part 1 of subtitle E of title IV if such employer withdrew on the last day of the plan year preceding the date of the request, and
(B)
an explanation of how such estimated liability amount was determined, including the actuarial assumptions and methods used to determine the value of the plan liabilities and assets, the data regarding employer contributions, unfunded vested benefits, annual changes in the plan's unfunded vested benefits, and the application of any relevant limitations on the estimated withdrawal liability.
For purposes of subparagraph (B), the term “employer contribution” means, in connection with a participant, a contribution made by an employer as an employer of such participant.
(2)

Compliance.—
Any notice required to be provided under paragraph (1)—
(A)
shall be provided in a form and manner prescribed in regulations of the Secretary to the requesting employer within—
(i)
180 days after the request, or
(ii)
subject to regulations of the Secretary, such longer time as may be necessary in the case of a plan that determines withdrawal liability based on any method described under paragraph (4) or (5) of section 4211(c); and
(B)
may be provided in written, electronic, or other appropriate form to the extent such form is reasonably accessible to employers to whom the information is required to be provided.
(3)

Limitations.—
In no case shall an employer be entitled under this subsection to receive more than one notice described in paragraph (1) during any one 12-month period. The person required to provide such notice may make a reasonable charge to cover copying, mailing, and other costs of furnishing such notice pursuant to paragraph (1). The Secretary may by regulations prescribe the maximum amount which will constitute a reasonable charge under the preceding sentence.
(m)

Notice of Right To Divest.—
Not later than 30 days before the first date on which an applicable individual of an applicable individual account plan is eligible to exercise the right under section 204(j) to direct the proceeds from the divestment of employer securities with respect to any type of contribution, the administrator shall provide to such individual a notice—
(1)
setting forth such right under such section, and
(2)
describing the importance of diversifying the investment of retirement account assets.
The notice required by this subsection shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average plan participant and may be delivered in written, electronic, or other appropriate form to the extent that such form is reasonably accessible to the recipient.
(n)

Pension-linked Emergency Savings Accounts.—
Nothing in this section shall preclude the Secretary from providing, by regulations or otherwise, simplified reporting procedures or requirements regarding such a pension-linked emergency savings account.
(o)

Cross Reference.—
For regulations relating to coordination of reports to the Secretaries of Labor and the Treasury, see section 3004.

summary plan description
Sec. 102.
[1022]
(a)
A summary plan description of any employee benefit plan shall be furnished to participants and beneficiaries as provided in section 104(b). The summary plan description shall include the information described in subsection (b), shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average plan participant, and shall be sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to reasonably apprise such participants and beneficiaries of their rights and obligations under the plan. A summary of any material modification in the terms of the plan and any change in the information required under subsection (b) shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average plan participant and shall be furnished in accordance with section 104(b)(1).
(b)
The summary plan description shall contain the following information: The name and type of administration of the plan; in the case of a group health plan (as defined in section 733(a)(1)), whether a health insurance issuer (as defined in section 733(b)(2)) is responsible for the financing or administration (including payment of claims) of the plan and (if so) the name and address of such issuer; the name and address of the person designated as agent for the service of legal process, if such person is not the administrator; the name and address of the administrator; names, titles, and addresses of any trustee or trustees (if they are persons different from the administrator); a description of the relevant provisions of any applicable collective bargaining agreement; the plan's requirements respecting eligibility for participation and benefits; a description of the provisions providing for nonforfeitable pension benefits; circumstances which may result in disqualification, ineligibility, or denial or loss of benefits; the source of financing of the plan and the identity of any organization through which benefits are provided; the date of the end of the plan year and whether the records of the plan are kept on a calendar, policy, or fiscal year basis; the procedures to be followed in presenting claims for benefits under the plan including the office at the Department of Labor through which participants and beneficiaries may seek assistance or information regarding their rights under this Act and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 with respect to health benefits that are offered through a group health plan (as defined in section 733(a)(1)), the remedies available under the plan for the redress of claims which are denied in whole or in part (including procedures required under section 503 of this Act), and if the employer so elects for purposes of complying with section 701(f)(3)(B)(i), the model notice applicable to the State in which the participants and beneficiaries reside.

ANNUAL REPORTS
Sec. 103.
[1023]
(a)
(1)
(A)
An annual report shall be published with respect to every employee benefit plan to which this part applies. Such report shall be filed with the Secretary in accordance with section 104(a), and shall be made available and furnished to participants in accordance with section 104(b).
(B)
The annual report shall include the information described in subsections (b) and (c) and where applicable subsections (d), (e), (f), and (g) and shall also include—
(i)
a financial statement and opinion, as required by paragraph (3) of this subsection, and
(ii)
an actuarial statement and opinion, as required by paragraph (4) of this subsection.
(2)
If some or all of the information necessary to enable the administrator to comply with the requirements of this title is maintained by—
(A)
an insurance carrier or other organization which provides some or all of the benefits under the plan, or holds assets of the plan in a separate account,
(B)
a bank or similar institution which holds some or all of the assets of the plan in a common or collective trust or a separate trust, or custodial account, or
(C)
a plan sponsor as defined in section 3(16)(B),
such carrier, organization, bank, institution, or plan sponsor shall transmit and certify the accuracy of such information to the administrator within 120 days after the end of the plan year (or such other date as may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary).
(3)
(A)
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), the administrator of an employee benefit plan shall engage, on behalf of all plan participants, an independent qualified public accountant, who shall conduct such an examination of any financial statements of the plan, and of other books and records of the plan, as the accountant may deem necessary to enable the accountant to form an opinion as to whether the financial statements and schedules required to be included in the annual report by subsection (b) of this section are presented fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding year. Such examination shall be conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and shall involve such tests of the books and records of the plan as are considered necessary by the independent qualified public accountant. The independent qualified public accountant shall also offer his opinion as to whether the separate schedules specified in subsection (b)(3) of this section and the summary material required under section 104(b)(3) present fairly, and in all material respects the information contained therein when considered in conjunction with the financial statements taken as a whole. The opinion by the independent qualified public accountant shall be made a part of the annual report. In a case where a plan is not required to file an annual report, the requirements of this paragraph shall not apply. In a case where by reason of section 104(a)(2) a plan is required only to file a simplified annual report, the Secretary may waive the requirements of this paragraph.
(B)
In offering his opinion under this section the accountant may rely on the correctness of any actuarial matter certified to by an enrolled actuary, if he so states his reliance.
(C)
The opinion required by subparagraph (A) need not be expressed as to any statements required by subsection (b)(3)(G) prepared by a bank or similar institution or insurance carrier regulated and supervised and subject to periodic examination by a State or Federal agency if such statements are certified by the bank, similar institution, or insurance carrier as accurate and are made a part of the annual report.
(D)
For purposes of this subchapter, the term “qualified public accountant” means—
(i)
a person who is a certified public accountant, certified by a regulatory authority of a State;
(ii)
a person who is a licensed public accountant licensed by a regulatory authority of a State; or
(iii)
a person certified by the Secretary as a qualified public accountant in accordance with regulations published by him for a person who practices in States where there is no certification or licensing procedure for accountants.
(4)
(A)
The administrator of an employee pension benefit plan subject to the reporting requirement of subsection (d) of this section shall engage, on behalf of all plan participants, an enrolled actuary who shall be responsible for the preparation of the materials comprising the actuarial statement required under subsection (d) of this section. In a case where a plan is not required to file an annual report, the requirement of this paragraph shall not apply, and, in a case where by reason of section 104(a)(2), a plan is required only to file a simplified report, the Secretary may waive the requirement of this paragraph.
(B)
The enrolled actuary shall utilize such assumptions and techniques as are necessary to enable him to form an opinion as to whether the contents of the matters reported under subsection (d) of this section—
(i)
are in the aggregate reasonably related to the experience of the plan and to reasonable expectations; and
(ii)
represent his best estimate of anticipated experience under the plan.
The opinion by the enrolled actuary shall be made with respect to, and shall be made a part of, each annual report.
(C)
For purposes of this title the term “enrolled actuary” means an actuary enrolled under subtitle C of title III of this Act.
(D)
In making a certification under this section the enrolled actuary may rely on the correctness of any accounting matter under section 103(b) as to which any qualified public accountant has expressed an opinion, if he so states his reliance.
(b)
An annual report under this section shall include a financial statement containing the following information:
(1)
With respect to an employee welfare benefit plan: a statement of assets and liabilities; a statement of changes in fund balance; and a statement of changes in financial position. In the notes to financial statements, disclosures concerning the following items shall be considered by the accountant: a description of the plan including any significant changes in the plan made during the period and the impact of such changes on benefits; a description of material lease commitments, other commitments, and contingent liabilities; a description of agreements and transactions with persons known to be parties in interest; a general description of priorities upon termination of the plan; information concerning whether or not a tax ruling or determination letter has been obtained; and any other matters necessary to fully and fairly present the financial statements of the plan.
(2)
With respect to an employee pension benefit plan: a statement of assets and liabilities, and a statement of changes in net assets available for plan benefits which shall include details of revenues and expenses and other changes aggregated by general source and application. In the notes to financial statements, disclosures concerning the following items shall be considered by the accountant: a description of the plan including any significant changes in the plan made during the period and the impact of such changes on benefits; the funding policy (including policy with respect to prior service cost), and any changes in such policies during the year; a description of any significant changes in plan benefits made during the period; a description of material lease commitments, other commitments, and contingent liabilities; a description of agreements and transactions with persons known to be parties in interest; a general description of priorities upon termination of the plan; information concerning whether or not a tax ruling or determination letter has been obtained; and any other matters necessary to fully and fairly present the financial statements of such pension plan.
(3)
With respect to all employee benefit plans, the statement required under paragraph (1) or (2) shall have attached the following information in separate schedules:
(A)
a statement of the assets and liabilities of the plan aggregated by categories and valued at their current value, and the same data displayed in comparative form for the end of the previous fiscal year of the plan;
(B)
a statement of receipts and disbursements during the preceding twelve-month period aggregated by general sources and applications;
(C)
a schedule of all assets held for investment purposes aggregated and identified by issuer, borrower, or lessor, or similar party to the transaction (including a notation as to whether such party is known to be a party in interest), maturity date, rate of interest, collateral, par or maturity value, cost, and current value;
(D)
a schedule of each transaction involving a person known to be party in interest, the identity of such party in interest and his relationship or that of any other party in interest to the plan, a description of each asset to which the transaction relates; the purchase or selling price in case of a sale or purchase, the rental in case of a lease, or the interest rate and maturity date in case of a loan; expenses incurred in connection with the transaction; the cost of the asset, the current value of the asset, and the net gain (or loss) on each transaction;
(E)
a schedule of all loans or fixed income obligations which were in default as of the close of the plan's fiscal year or were classified during the year as uncollectable and the following information with respect to each loan on such schedule (including a notation as to whether parties involved are known to be parties in interest): the original principal amount of the loan, the amount of principal and interest received during the reporting year, the unpaid balance, the identity and address of the obligor, a detailed description of the loan (including date of making and maturity, interest rate, the type and value of collateral, and other material terms), the amount of principal and interest overdue (if any) and an explanation thereof;
(F)
a list of all leases which were in default or were classified during the year as uncollectable; and the following information with respect to each lease on such schedule (including a notation as to whether parties involved are known to be parties in interest): the type of property leased (and, in the case of fixed assets such as land, buildings, leasehold, and so forth, the location of the property), the identity of the lessor or lessee from or to whom the plan is leasing, the relationship of such lessors and lessees, if any, to the plan, the employer, employee organization, or any other party in interest, the terms of the lease regarding rent, taxes, insurance, repairs, expenses, and renewal options; the date the leased property was purchased and its cost, the date the property was leased and its approximate value at such date, the gross rental receipts during the reporting period, expenses paid for the leased property during the reporting period, the net receipts from the lease, the amounts in arrears, and a statement as to what steps have been taken to collect amounts due or otherwise remedy the default;
(G)
if some or all of the assets of a plan or plans are held in a common or collective trust maintained by a bank or similar institution or in a separate account maintained by an insurance carrier or a separate trust maintained by a bank as trustee, the report shall include the most recent annual statement of assets and liabilities of such common or collective trust, and in the case of a separate account or a separate trust, such other information as is required by the administrator in order to comply with this subsection; and
(H)
a schedule of each reportable transaction, the name of each party to the transaction (except that, in the case of an acquisition or sale of a security on the market, the report need not identify the person from whom the security was acquired or to whom it was sold) and a description of each asset to which the transaction applies; the purchase or selling price in case of a sale or purchase, the rental in case of a lease, or the interest rate and maturity date in case of a loan; expenses incurred in connection with the transaction; the cost of the asset, the current value of the asset, and the net gain (or loss) on each transaction. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “reportable transaction” means a transaction to which the plan is a party if such transaction is—
(i)
a transaction involving an amount in excess of 3 percent of the current value of the assets of the plan;
(ii)
any transaction (other than a transaction respecting a security) which is part of a series of transactions with or in conjunction with a person in a plan year, if the aggregate amount of such transactions exceeds 3 percent of the current value of the assets of the plan;
(iii)
a transaction which is part of a series of transactions respecting one or more securities of the same issuer, if the aggregate amount of such transactions in the plan year exceeds 3 percent of the current value of the assets of the plan; or
(iv)
a transaction with or in conjunction with a person respecting a security, if any other transaction with or in conjunction with such person in the plan year respecting a security is required to be reported by reason of clause (i).
(4)
The Secretary may, by regulation, relieve any plan from filing a copy of a statement of assets and liabilities (or other information) described in paragraph (3)(G) if such statement and other information is filed with the Secretary by the bank or insurance carrier which maintains the common or collective trust or separate account.
(c)
The administrator shall furnish as a part of a report under this section the following information:
(1)
The number of employees covered by the plan.
(2)
The name and address of each fiduciary.
(3)
Except in the case of a person whose compensation is minimal (determined under regulations of the Secretary) and who performs solely ministerial duties (determined under such regulations), the name of each person (including but not limited to, any consultant, broker, trustee, accountant, insurance carrier, actuary, administrator, investment manager, or custodian who rendered services to the plan or who had transactions with the plan) who received directly or indirectly compensation from the plan during the preceding year for services rendered to the plan or its participants, the amount of such compensation, the nature of his services to the plan or its participants, his relationship to the employer of the employees covered by the plan, or the employee organization, and any other office, position, or employment he holds with any party in interest.
(4)
An explanation of the reason for any change in appointment of trustee, accountant, insurance carrier, enrolled actuary, administrator, investment manager, or custodian.
(5)
Such financial and actuarial information including but not limited to the material described in subsections (b) and (d) of this section as the Secretary may find necessary or appropriate.
(d)
With respect to an employee pension benefit plan (other than (A) a profit sharing, savings, or other plan, which is an individual account plan, (B) a plan described in section 301(b), or (C) a plan described both in section 4021(b) and in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (7) of section 301(a)) an annual report under this section for a plan year shall include a complete actuarial statement applicable to the plan year which shall include the following:
(1)
The date of the plan year, and the date of the actuarial valuation applicable to the plan year for which the report is filed.
(2)
The date and amount of the contribution (or contributions) received by the plan for the plan year for which the report is filed and contributions for prior plan years not previously reported.
(3)
The following information applicable to the plan year for which the report is filed: the normal costs or target normal costs, the accrued liabilities or funding target, an identification of benefits not included in the calculation; a statement of the other facts and actuarial assumptions and methods used to determine costs, and a justification for any change in actuarial assumptions or cost methods; and the minimum contribution required under section 302.
(4)
The number of participants and beneficiaries, both retired and nonretired, covered by the plan.
(5)
The current value of the assets accumulated in the plan, and the present value of the assets of the plan used by the actuary in any computation of the amount of contributions to the plan required under section 302 and a statement explaining the basis of such valuation of present value of assets.
(6)
Information required in regulations of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation with respect to:
(A)
the current value of the assets of the plan,
(B)
the present value of all nonforfeitable benefits for participants and beneficiaries receiving payments under the plan,
(C)
the present value of all nonforfeitable benefits for all other participants and beneficiaries,
(D)
the present value of all accrued benefits which are not nonforfeitable (including a separate accounting of such benefits which are benefit commitments, as defined in section 4001(a)(16)), and
(E)
the actuarial assumptions and techniques used in determining the values described in subparagraphs (A) through (D).
(7)
A certification of the contribution necessary to reduce the minimum required contribution determined under section 303, or the accumulated funding deficiency determined under section 304, to zero.
(8)
A statement by the enrolled actuary—
(A)
that to the best of his knowledge the report is complete and accurate, and
(B)
the applicable requirements of sections 303(h), 304(c)(3), and 306(c)(3) (relating to reasonable actuarial assumptions and methods) have been complied with.
(9)
A copy of the opinion required by subsection (a)(4).
(10)
A statement by the actuary which discloses—
(A)
any event which the actuary has not taken into account, and
(B)
any trend which, for purposes of the actuarial assumptions used, was not assumed to continue in the future,
but only if, to the best of the actuary's knowledge, such event or trend may require a material increase in plan costs or required contribution rates.
(11)
If the current value of the assets of the plan is less than 70 percent of—
(A)
in the case of a single-employer plan, the funding target (as defined in section 303(d)(1)) of the plan, or
(B)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, the current liability (as defined in section 304(c)(6)(D)) under the plan,
the percentage which such value is of the amount described in subparagraph (A) or (B).
(12)
A statement explaining the actuarial assumptions and methods used in projecting future retirements and forms of benefit distributions under the plan.
(13)
Such other information regarding the plan as the Secretary may by regulation require.
(14)
Such other information as may be necessary to fully and fairly disclose the actuarial position of the plan.
Such actuary shall make an actuarial valuation of the plan for every third plan year, unless he determines that a more frequent valuation is necessary to support his opinion under subsection (a)(4) of this section.
(e)
If some or all of the benefits under the plan are purchased from and guaranteed by an insurance company, insurance service, or other similar organization, a report under this section shall include a statement from such insurance company, service, or other similar organization covering the plan year and enumerating—
(1)
the premium rate or subscription charge and the total premium or subscription charges paid to each such carrier, insurance service, or other similar organization and the approximate number of persons covered by each class of such benefits; and
(2)
the total amount of premiums received, the approximate number of persons covered by each class of benefits, and the total claims paid by such company, service, or other organization; dividends or retroactive rate adjustments, commissions, and administrative service or other fees or other specific acquisition costs paid by such company, service, or other organization; any amounts held to provide benefits after retirement; the remainder of such premiums; and the names and addresses of the brokers, agents, or other persons to whom commissions or fees were paid, the amount paid to each, and for what purpose. If any such company, service, or other organization does not maintain separate experience records covering the specific groups it serves, the report shall include in lieu of the information required by the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (A) a statement as to the basis of its premium rate or subscription charge, the total amount of premiums or subscription charges received from the plan, and a copy of the financial report of the company, service, or other organization and (B) if such company, service, or organization incurs specific costs in connection with the acquisition or retention of any particular plan or plans, a detailed statement of such costs.
(f)

Additional Information With Respect to Defined Benefit Plans.—
(1)

Liabilities under 2 or more plans.—
(A)

In general.—
In any case in which any liabilities to participants or their beneficiaries under a defined benefit plan as of the end of a plan year consist (in whole or in part) of liabilities to such participants and beneficiaries under 2 or more pension plans as of immediately before such plan year, an annual report under this section for such plan year shall include the funded percentage of each of such 2 or more pension plans as of the last day of such plan year and the funded percentage of the plan with respect to which the annual report is filed as of the last day of such plan year.
(B)

Funded percentage.—
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “funded percentage”—
(i)
in the case of a single-employer plan, means the funding target attainment percentage, as defined in section 303(d)(2), and
(ii)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, has the meaning given such term in section 305(i)(2).
(2)

Additional information for multiemployer plans.—
With respect to any defined benefit plan which is a multiemployer plan, an annual report under this section for a plan year shall include, in addition to the information required under paragraph (1), the following, as of the end of the plan year to which the report relates:
(A)
The number of employers obligated to contribute to the plan.
(B)
A list of the employers that contributed more than 5 percent of the total contributions to the plan during such plan year.
(C)
The number of participants under the plan on whose behalf no contributions were made by an employer as an employer of the participant for such plan year and for each of the 2 preceding plan years.
(D)
The ratios of—
(i)
the number of participants under the plan on whose behalf no employer had an obligation to make an employer contribution during the plan year, to
(ii)
the number of participants under the plan on whose behalf no employer had an obligation to make an employer contribution during each of the 2 preceding plan years.
(E)
Whether the plan received an amortization extension under section 304(d) of this Act or section 431(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for such plan year and, if so, the amount of the difference between the minimum required contribution for the year and the minimum required contribution which would have been required without regard to the extension, and the period of such extension.
(F)
Whether the plan used the shortfall funding method (as such term is used in section 305) for such plan year and, if so, the amount of the difference between the minimum required contribution for the year and the minimum required contribution which would have been required without regard to the use of such method, and the period of use of such method.
(G)
Whether the plan was in critical or endangered status under section 305 for such plan year, and if so, a summary of any funding improvement or rehabilitation plan (or modification thereto) adopted during the plan year, and the funded percentage of the plan.
(H)
The number of employers that withdrew from the plan during the preceding plan year and the aggregate amount of withdrawal liability assessed, or estimated to be assessed, against such withdrawn employers.
(I)
In the case of a multiemployer plan that has merged with another plan or to which assets and liabilities have been transferred, the actuarial valuation of the assets and liabilities of each affected plan during the year preceding the effective date of the merger or transfer, based upon the most recent data available as of the day before the first day of the plan year, or other valuation method performed under standards and procedures as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation.
(g)

Additional Information With Respect to Pooled Employer and Multiple Employer Plans.—
An annual report under this section for a plan year shall include—
(1)
with respect to any plan to which section 210(a) applies (including a pooled employer plan), a list of employers in the plan and a good faith estimate of the percentage of total contributions made by such employers during the plan year and the aggregate account balances attributable to each employer in the plan (determined as the sum of the account balances of the employees of such employer (and the beneficiaries of such employees)); and
(2)
with respect to a pooled employer plan, the identifying information for the person designated under the terms of the plan as the pooled plan provider.

filing with secretary and furnishing information to participants and certain employers
Sec. 104.
[1024]
(a)
(1)
The administrator of any employee benefit plan subject to this part shall file with the Secretary the annual report for a plan year within 210 days after the close of such year (or within such time as may be required by regulations promulgated by the Secretary in order to reduce duplicative filing). The Secretary shall make copies of such annual reports available for inspection in the public document room of the Department of Labor.
(2)
(A)
With respect to annual reports required to be filed with the Secretary under this part, the Secretary may by regulation prescribe simplified annual reports for any pension plan that—
(i)
covers fewer than 100 participants; or
(ii)
is a plan described in section 210(a) that covers fewer than 1,000 participants, but only if no single employer in the plan has 100 or more participants covered by the plan.
(B)
Nothing contained in this paragraph shall preclude the Secretary from requiring any information or data from any such plan to which this part applies where he finds such data or information is necessary to carry out the purposes of this title nor shall the Secretary be precluded from revoking provisions for simplified reports for any such plan if he finds it necessary to do so in order to carry out the objectives of this title.
(3)
The Secretary may by regulation exempt any welfare benefit plan from all or part of the reporting and disclosure requirements of this title or may provide for simplified reporting and disclosure if he finds that such requirements are inappropriate as applied to welfare benefit plans.
(4)
The Secretary may reject any filing under this section—
(A)
if he determines that such filing is incomplete for purposes of this part; or
(B)
if he determines that there is any material qualification by an accountant or actuary contained in an opinion submitted pursuant to section 103(a)(3)(A) or section 103(a)(4)(B).
(5)
If the Secretary rejects a filing of a report under paragraph (4) and if a revised filing satisfactory to the Secretary is not submitted within 45 days after the Secretary makes his determination under paragraph (4) to reject the filing, and if the Secretary deems it in the best interest of the participants, he may take any one or more of the following actions—
(A)
retain an independent qualified public accountant (as defined in section 103(a)(3)(D)) on behalf of the participants to perform an audit,
(B)
retain an enrolled actuary (as defined in section 103(a)(4)(C) of this Act) on behalf of the plan participants, to prepare an actuarial statement,
(C)
bring a civil action for such legal or equitable relief as may be appropriate to enforce the provisions of this part, or
(D)
take any other action authorized by this title.
The administrator shall permit such accountant or actuary to inspect whatever books and records of the plan are necessary for such audit. The plan shall be liable to the Secretary for the expenses for such audit or report, and the Secretary may bring an action against the plan in any court of competent jurisdiction to recover such expenses.
(6)
The administrator of any employee benefit plan subject to this part shall furnish to the Secretary, upon request, any documents relating to the employee benefit plan, including but not limited to, the latest summary plan description (including any summaries of plan changes not contained in the summary plan description), and the bargaining agreement, trust agreement, contract, or other instrument under which the plan is established or operated.
(b)
Publication of the summary plan descriptions and annual reports shall be made to participants and beneficiaries of the particular plan as follows:
(1)
The administrator shall furnish to each participant, and each beneficiary receiving benefits under the plan, a copy of the summary plan description, and all modifications and changes referred to in section 102(a)—
(A)
within 90 days after he becomes a participant, or (in the case of a beneficiary) within 90 days after he first receives benefits, or
(B)
if later, within 120 days after the plan becomes subject to this part.
The administrator shall furnish to each participant, and each beneficiary receiving benefits under the plan, every fifth year after the plan becomes subject to this part an updated summary plan description described in section 102 which integrates all plan amendments made within such five-year period, except that in a case where no amendments have been made to a plan during such five-year period this sentence shall not apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator shall furnish to each participant, and to each beneficiary receiving benefits under the plan, the summary plan description described in section 102 every tenth year after the plan becomes subject to this part. If there is a modification or change described in section 102(a) (other than a material reduction in covered services or benefits provided in the case of a group health plan (as defined in section 733(a)(1)28)), a summary description of such modification or change shall be furnished not later than 210 days after the end of the plan year in which the change is adopted to each participant, and to each beneficiary who is receiving benefits under the plan. If there is a modification or change described in section 102(a) that is a material reduction in covered services or benefits provided under a group health plan (as defined in section 733(a)(1)28), a summary description of such modification or change shall be furnished to participants and beneficiaries not later than 60 days after the date of the adoption of the modification or change. In the alternative, the plan sponsors may provide such description at regular intervals of not more than 90 days. The Secretary shall issue regulations within 180 days after the date of enactment of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, providing alternative mechanisms to delivery by mail through which group health plans (as so defined) may notify participants and beneficiaries of material reductions in covered services or benefits.
^{28}
Section 603(b)(3)(D) of P.L. 104–204 (110 Stat. 2938) amends section 104(b)(1), by striking “section 706(a)(1)” each place it appears and inserting “section 733(a)(1)”. Subsection (c) of section 603 provides as follows:
(c) Effective Date.—The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to group health plans for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1998.
(2)
The administrator shall make copies of the latest updated summary plan description and the latest annual report and the bargaining agreement, trust agreement, contract, or other instruments under which the plan was established or is operated available for examination by any plan participant or beneficiary in the principal office of the administrator and in such other places as may be necessary to make available all pertinent information to all participants (including such places as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations).
(3)
Within 210 days after the close of the fiscal year of the plan, the administrator (other than an administrator of a defined benefit plan to which the requirements of section 101(f) applies) shall furnish to each participant, and to each beneficiary receiving benefits under the plan, a copy of the statements and schedules, for such fiscal year, described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 103(b)(3) and such other material (including the percentage determined under section 103(d)(11)) as is necessary to fairly summarize the latest annual report.
(4)
The administrator shall, upon written request of any participant or beneficiary, furnish a copy of the latest updated summary plan description,,29 and the latest annual report, any terminal report, the bargaining agreement, trust agreement, contract, or other instruments under which the plan is established or operated. The administrator may make a reasonable charge to cover the cost of furnishing such complete copies. The Secretary may by regulation prescribe the maximum amount which will constitute a reasonable charge under the preceding sentence.
^{29}
The amendment made by section 1503(d)(3) of Public Law 105–34 (111 Stat. 1062) struck out “plan description”. It should have struck out “plan description,”.
(5)
Identification and basic plan information and actuarial information included in the annual report for any plan year shall be filed with the Secretary in an electronic format which accommodates display on the Internet, in accordance with regulations which shall be prescribed by the Secretary. The Secretary shall provide for display of such information included in the annual report, within 90 days after the date of the filing of the annual report, on an Internet website maintained by the Secretary and other appropriate media. Such information shall also be displayed on any Intranet website maintained by the plan sponsor (or by the plan administrator on behalf of the plan sponsor) for the purpose of communicating with employees and not the public, in accordance with regulations which shall be prescribed by the Secretary.
(c)
The Secretary may by regulation require that the administrator of any employee benefit plan furnish to each participant and to each beneficiary receiving benefits under the plan a statement of the rights of participants and beneficiaries under this title.
(d)

Furnishing Summary Plan Information to Employers and Employee Representatives of Multiemployer Plans.—
(1)

In general.—
With respect to a multiemployer plan subject to this section, within 30 days after the due date under subsection (a)(1) for the filing of the annual report for the fiscal year of the plan, the administrators shall furnish to each employee organization and to each employer with an obligation to contribute to the plan a report that contains—
(A)
a description of the contribution schedules and benefit formulas under the plan, and any modification to such schedules and formulas, during such plan year;
(B)
the number of employers obligated to contribute to the plan;
(C)
a list of the employers that contributed more than 5 percent of the total contributions to the plan during such plan year;
(D)
the number of participants under the plan on whose behalf no contributions were made by an employer as an employer of the participant for such plan year and for each of the 2 preceding plan years;
(E)
whether the plan was in critical or endangered status under section 305 for such plan year and, if so, include—
(i)
a list of the actions taken by the plan to improve its funding status; and
(ii)
a statement describing how a person may obtain a copy of the plan's funding improvement or rehabilitation plan, as applicable, adopted under section 305 and the actuarial and financial data that demonstrate any action taken by the plan toward fiscal improvement;
(F)
the number of employers that withdrew from the plan during the preceding plan year and the aggregate amount of withdrawal liability assessed, or estimated to be assessed, against such withdrawn employers, as reported on the annual report for the plan year to which the report under this subsection relates;
(G)
in the case of a multiemployer plan that has merged with another plan or to which assets and liabilities have been transferred, the actuarial valuation of the assets and liabilities of each affected plan during the year preceding the effective date of the merger or transfer, based upon the most recent data available as of the day before the first day of the plan year, or other valuation method performed under standards and procedures as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation;
(H)
a description as to whether the plan—
(i)
sought or received an amortization extension under section 304(d) of this Act or section 431(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for such plan year; or
(ii)
used the shortfall funding method (as such term is used in section 305) for such plan year; and
(I)
notification of the right under this section of the recipient to a copy of the annual report filed with the Secretary under subsection (a), summary plan description, summary of any material modification of the plan, upon written request, but that—
(i)
in no case shall a recipient be entitled to receive more than one copy of any such document described during any one 12-month period; and
(ii)
the administrator may make a reasonable charge to cover copying, mailing, and other costs of furnishing copies of information pursuant to this subparagraph.
(2)

Effect of subsection.—
Nothing in this subsection waives any other provision under this title requiring plan administrators to provide, upon request, information to employers that have an obligation to contribute under the plan.
(e)

Cross Reference.—
For regulations respecting coordination of reports to the Secretaries of Labor and the Treasury, see section 3004.

REPORTING OF PARTICIPANT'S BENEFIT RIGHTS
Sec. 105.
[1025]
(a)

Requirements To Provide Pension Benefit Statements.—
(1)

Requirements.—
(A)

Individual account plan.—
The administrator of an individual account plan (other than a one-participant retirement plan described in section 101(i)(8)(B)) shall furnish a pension benefit statement—
(i)
at least once each calendar quarter to a participant or beneficiary who has the right to direct the investment of assets in his or her account under the plan,
(ii)
at least once each calendar year to a participant or beneficiary who has his or her own account under the plan but does not have the right to direct the investment of assets in that account, and
(iii)
upon written request to a plan beneficiary not described in clause (i) or (ii).
(B)

Defined benefit plan.—
The administrator of a defined benefit plan (other than a one-participant retirement plan described in section 101(i)(8)(B)) shall furnish a pension benefit statement—
(i)
at least once every 3 years to each participant with a nonforfeitable accrued benefit and who is employed by the employer maintaining the plan at the time the statement is to be furnished, and
(ii)
to a participant or beneficiary of the plan upon written request.
Information furnished under clause (i) to a participant may be based on reasonable estimates determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
(2)

Statements.—
(A)

In general.—
A pension benefit statement under paragraph (1)—
(i)
shall indicate, on the basis of the latest available information—
(I)
the total benefits accrued, and
(II)
the nonforfeitable pension benefits, if any, which have accrued, or the earliest date on which benefits will become nonforfeitable,
(ii)
shall include an explanation of any permitted disparity under section 401(l) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any floor-offset arrangement that may be applied in determining any accrued benefits described in clause (i),
(iii)
shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average plan participant, and
(iv)
subject to subparagraph (E), may be delivered in written, electronic, or other appropriate form to the extent such form is reasonably accessible to the participant or beneficiary.
(B)

Additional information.—
In the case of an individual account plan, any pension benefit statement under clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (1)(A) shall include—
(i)
the value of each investment to which assets in the individual account have been allocated, determined as of the most recent valuation date under the plan, including the value of any assets held in the form of employer securities, without regard to whether such securities were contributed by the plan sponsor or acquired at the direction of the plan or of the participant or beneficiary,
(ii)
in the case of a pension benefit statement under paragraph (1)(A)(i)—
(I)
an explanation of any limitations or restrictions on any right of the participant or beneficiary under the plan to direct an investment,
(II)
an explanation, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average plan participant, of the importance, for the long-term retirement security of participants and beneficiaries, of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio, including a statement of the risk that holding more than 20 percent of a portfolio in the security of one entity (such as employer securities) may not be adequately diversified, and
(III)
a notice directing the participant or beneficiary to the Internet website of the Department of Labor for sources of information on individual investing and diversification, and
(iii)
the lifetime income disclosure described in subparagraph (D)(i).
In the case of pension benefit statements described in clause (i) of paragraph (1)(A), a lifetime income disclosure under clause (iii) of this subparagraph shall be required to be included in only one pension benefit statement during any one 12-month period.
(C)

Alternative notice.—
The requirements of subparagraph (A)(i)(II) are met if, at least annually and in accordance with requirements of the Secretary, the plan—
(i)
updates the information described in such paragraph which is provided in the pension benefit statement, or
(ii)
provides in a separate statement such information as is necessary to enable a participant or beneficiary to determine their nonforfeitable vested benefits.
(D)

Lifetime income disclosure.—
(i)

In general.—
(I)

Disclosure.—
A lifetime income disclosure shall set forth the lifetime income stream equivalent of the total benefits accrued with respect to the participant or beneficiary.
(II)

Lifetime income stream equivalent of the total benefits accrued.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “lifetime income stream equivalent of the total benefits accrued” means the amount of monthly payments the participant or beneficiary would receive if the total accrued benefits of such participant or beneficiary were used to provide lifetime income streams described in subclause (III), based on assumptions specified in rules prescribed by the Secretary.
(III)

Lifetime income streams.—
The lifetime income streams described in this subclause are a qualified joint and survivor annuity (as defined in section 205(d)), based on assumptions specified in rules prescribed by the Secretary, including the assumption that the participant or beneficiary has a spouse of equal age, and a single life annuity. Such lifetime income streams may have a term certain or other features to the extent permitted under rules prescribed by the Secretary.
(ii)

Model disclosure.—
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of the Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019, the Secretary shall issue a model lifetime income disclosure, written in a manner so as to be understood by the average plan participant, which—
(I)
explains that the lifetime income stream equivalent is only provided as an illustration;
(II)
explains that the actual payments under the lifetime income stream described in clause (i)(III) which may be purchased with the total benefits accrued will depend on numerous factors and may vary substantially from the lifetime income stream equivalent in the disclosures;
(III)
explains the assumptions upon which the lifetime income stream equivalent was determined; and
(IV)
provides such other similar explanations as the Secretary considers appropriate.
(iii)

Assumptions and rules.—
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of the Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019, the Secretary shall—
(I)
prescribe assumptions which administrators of individual account plans may use in converting total accrued benefits into lifetime income stream equivalents for purposes of this subparagraph; and
(II)
issue interim final rules under clause (i).
In prescribing assumptions under subclause (I), the Secretary may prescribe a single set of specific assumptions (in which case the Secretary may issue tables or factors which facilitate such conversions), or ranges of permissible assumptions. To the extent that an accrued benefit is or may be invested in a lifetime income stream described in clause (i)(III), the assumptions prescribed under subclause (I) shall, to the extent appropriate, permit administrators of individual account plans to use the amounts payable under such lifetime income stream as a lifetime income stream equivalent.
(iv)

Limitation on liability.—
No plan fiduciary, plan sponsor, or other person shall have any liability under this title solely by reason of the provision of lifetime income stream equivalents which are derived in accordance with the assumptions and rules described in clause (iii) and which include the explanations contained in the model lifetime income disclosure described in clause (ii). This clause shall apply without regard to whether the provision of such lifetime income stream equivalent is required by subparagraph (B)(iii).
(v)

Effective date.—
The requirement in subparagraph (B)(iii) shall apply to pension benefit statements furnished more than 12 months after the latest of the issuance by the Secretary of—
(I)
interim final rules under clause (i);
(II)
the model disclosure under clause (ii); or
(III)
the assumptions under clause (iii).
(E)

Provision of paper statements.—
With respect to at least 1 pension benefit statement furnished for a calendar year with respect to an individual account plan under paragraph (1)(A), and with respect to at least 1 pension benefit statement furnished every 3 calendar years with respect to a defined benefit plan under paragraph (1)(B), such statement shall be furnished on paper in written form except—
(i)
in the case of a plan that furnishes such statement in accordance with section 2520.104b-1(c) of title 29, Code of Federal Regulations; or
(ii)
in the case of a plan that permits a participant or beneficiary to request that the statements referred to in the matter preceding clause (i) be furnished by electronic delivery, if the participant or beneficiary requests that such statements be delivered electronically and the statements are so delivered.
(3)

Defined benefit plans.—
(A)

Alternative notice.—
In the case of a defined benefit plan, the requirements of paragraph (1)(B)(i) shall be treated as met with respect to a participant if at least once each year the administrator provides to the participant notice of the availability of the pension benefit statement and the ways in which the participant may obtain such statement. Such notice may be delivered in written, electronic, or other appropriate form to the extent such form is reasonably accessible to the participant.
(B)

Years in which no benefits accrue.—
The Secretary may provide that years in which no employee or former employee benefits (within the meaning of section 410(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) under the plan need not be taken into account in determining the 3-year period under paragraph (1)(B)(i).
(b)

Limitation on Number of Statements.—
In no case shall a participant or beneficiary of a plan be entitled to more than 1 statement described in subparagraph (A)(iii) or (B)(ii) of subsection (a)(1), whichever is applicable, in any 12-month period.
(c)
Each administrator required to register under section 6057 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall, before the expiration of the time prescribed for such registration, furnish to each participant described in subsection (a)(2)(C) of such section, an individual statement setting forth the information with respect to such participant required to be contained in the registration statement required by section 6057(a)(2) of such Code. Such statement shall also include a notice to the participant of any benefits which are forfeitable if the participant dies before a certain date.

reports made public information
Sec. 106.
[1026]
(a)
Except as provided in subsection (b), the contents of the annual reports, statements, and other documents filed with the Secretary pursuant to this part shall be public information and the Secretary shall make any such information and data available for inspection in the public document room of the Department of Labor. The Secretary may use the information and data for statistical and research purposes, and compile and publish such studies, analyses, reports, and surveys based thereon as he may deem appropriate.
(b)
Information described in sections 105(a) and 105(c) with respect to a participant may be disclosed only to the extent that information respecting that participant's benefits under title II of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 401 et seq.] may be disclosed under such Act.

retention of records
Sec. 107.
[1027]
Every person subject to a requirement to file any report (including the documents described in subparagraphs (E) through (I) of section 101(k)) or to certify any information therefor under this title or who would be subject to such a requirement but for an exemption or simplified reporting requirement under section 104(a)(2) or (3) of this title shall maintain a copy of such report and records on the matters of which disclosure is required which will provide in sufficient detail the necessary basic information and data from which the documents thus required may be verified, explained, or clarified, and checked for accuracy and completeness, and shall include vouchers, worksheets, receipts, and applicable resolutions, and shall keep such records available for examination for a period of not less than six years after the filing date of the documents based on the information which they contain, or six years after the date on which such documents would have been filed but for an exemption or simplified reporting requirement under section 104(a)(2) or (3).

reliance on administrative interpretations
Sec. 108.
[1028]
In any criminal proceeding under section 501 based on any act or omission in alleged violation of this part or section 412, no person shall be subject to any liability or punishment for or on account of the failure of such person to (1) comply with this part or section 412, if he pleads and proves that the act or omission complained of was in good faith, in conformity with, and in reliance on any regulation or written ruling of the Secretary, or (2) publish and file any information required by any provision of this part if he pleads and proves that he published and filed such information in good faith, and in conformity with any regulation or written ruling of the Secretary issued under this part regarding the filing of such reports. Such a defense, if established, shall be a bar to the action or proceeding, notwithstanding that (A) after such act or omission, such interpretation or opinion is modified or rescinded or is determined by judicial authority to be invalid or of no legal effect, or (B) after publishing or filing the plan description,30 annual reports, and other reports required by this title, such publication or filing is determined by judicial authority not to be in conformity with the requirements of this part.
^{30}
The amendment by section 1503(d)(6) of Public Law 105–34 (111 Stat. 1062) to strike “plan descriptions, annual reports,” and insert “annual reports” was not carried out because it should have struck “plan description, annual reports,”.

FORMS
Sec. 109.
[1029]
(a)
Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, the Secretary may require that any information required under this title to be submitted to him, including but not limited to the information required to be filed by the administrator pursuant to section 103(b)(3) and (c), must be submitted on such forms as he may prescribe.
(b)
The financial statement and opinion required to be prepared by an independent qualified public accountant pursuant to section 103(a)(3)(A), the actuarial statement required to be prepared by an enrolled actuary pursuant to section 103(a)(4)(A) and the summary plan description required by section 102(a) shall not be required to be submitted on forms.
(c)
The Secretary may prescribe the format and content of the summary plan description, the summary of the annual report described in section 104(b)(3) and any other report, statements or documents (other than the bargaining agreement, trust agreement, contract, or other instrument under which the plan is established or operated), which are required to be furnished or made available to plan participants and beneficiaries receiving benefits under the plan.

ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF COMPLIANCE
Sec. 110.
[1030]
(a)
The Secretary on his own motion or after having received the petition of an administrator may prescribe an alternative method for satisfying any requirement of this part with respect to any pension plan, or class of pension plans (including pension-linked emergency savings account features within a pension plan), subject to such requirement if he determines—
(1)
that the use of such alternative method is consistent with the purposes of this title and that it provides adequate disclosure to the participants and beneficiaries in the plan, and adequate reporting to the Secretary,
(2)
that the application of such requirement of this part would—
(A)
increase the costs to the plan, or
(B)
impose unreasonable administrative burdens with respect to the operation of the plan, having regard to the particular characteristics of the plan or the type of plan involved; and
(3)
that the application of this part would be adverse to the interests of plan participants in the aggregate.
(b)
An alternative method may be prescribed under subsection (a) by regulation or otherwise. If an alternative method is prescribed other than by regulation, the Secretary shall provide notice and an opportunity for interested persons to present their views, and shall publish in the Federal Register the provisions of such alternative method.
SEC. 111.
[1030a]

ELIMINATING UNNECESSARY PLAN REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO UNENROLLED PARTICIPANTS.
(a)

In General.—
Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, with respect to any individual account plan, no disclosure, notice, or other plan document (other than the notices and documents described in paragraphs (1) and (2)) shall be required to be furnished under this title to any unenrolled participant if the unenrolled participant is furnished—
(1)
an annual reminder notice of such participant’s eligibility to participate in such plan and any applicable election deadlines under the plan; and
(2)
any document requested by such participant that the participant would be entitled to receive notwithstanding this section.
(b)

Unenrolled Participant.—
For purposes of this section, the term “unenrolled participant” means an employee who—
(1)
is eligible to participate in an individual account plan;
(2)
has been furnished—
(A)
the summary plan description pursuant to section 104(b), and
(B)
any other notices related to eligibility under the plan required to be furnished under this title, or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, in connection with such participant’s initial eligibility to participate in such plan;
(3)
is not participating in such plan; and
(4)
satisfies such other criteria as the Secretary of Labor may determine appropriate, as prescribed in guidance issued in consultation with the Secretary of Treasury.
For purposes of this section, any eligibility to participate in the plan following any period for which such employee was not eligible to participate shall be treated as initial eligibility.
(c)

Annual Reminder Notice.—
For purposes of this section, the term “annual reminder notice” means a notice provided in accordance with section 2520.104b–1 of title 29, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation), which—
(1)
is furnished in connection with the annual open season election period with respect to the plan or, if there is no such period, is furnished within a reasonable period prior to the beginning of each plan year;
(2)
notifies the unenrolled participant of—
(A)
the unenrolled participant’s eligibility to participate in the plan; and
(B)
the key benefits and rights under the plan, with a focus on employer contributions and vesting provisions; and
(3)
provides such information in a prominent manner calculated to be understood by the average participant.

REPEAL AND EFFECTIVE DATE
Sec. 112.
[1031]
(a)
(1)
The Welfare and Pension Plans Disclosure Act [29 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] is repealed except that such Act shall continue to apply to any conduct and events which occurred before the effective date of this part.
(2)
[Omitted.31]
^{31}
The omitted provisions consist of conforming amendments to sections 664, 1027, and 1954 of title 18 of the United States Code, and to section 211 of the Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1959 (29 U.S.C. 441).
(b)
(1)
Except as provided in paragraph (2), this part (including the amendments and repeals made by subsection (a)) shall take effect on January 1, 1975.
(2)
In the case of a plan which has a plan year which begins before January 1, 1975, and ends after December 31, 1974, the Secretary may postpone by regulation the effective date of the repeal of any provision of the Welfare and Pension Plans Disclosure Act [29 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] (and of any amendment made by subsection (a)(2)) and the effective date of any provision of this part, until the beginning of the first plan year of such plan which begins after January 1, 1975.
(c)
The provisions of this title authorizing the Secretary to promulgate regulations shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974].
(d)
Subsections (b) and (c) shall not apply with respect to amendments made to this part in provisions enacted after the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974].
SEC. 113.
[1032]

NOTICE AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS WITH RESPECT TO LUMP SUMS.
(a)

In General.—
A plan administrator of a pension plan that amends the plan to provide a period of time during which a participant or beneficiary may elect to receive a lump sum, instead of future monthly payments, shall furnish notice—
(1)
to each participant or beneficiary offered such lump sum amount, in the manner in which the participant and beneficiary receives the lump sum offer from the plan sponsor, not later than 90 days prior to the first day on which the participant or beneficiary may make an election with respect to such lump sum; and
(2)
to the Secretary and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, not later than 30 days prior to the first day on which participants and beneficiaries may make an election with respect to such lump sum.
(b)

Notice to Participants and Beneficiaries.—
(1)

Content.—
The notice required under subsection (a)(1) shall include the following:
(A)
Available benefit options, including the estimated monthly benefit that the participant or beneficiary would receive at normal retirement age, whether there is a subsidized early retirement option or qualified joint and survivor annuity that is fully subsidized (in accordance with section 417(a)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the monthly benefit amount if payments begin immediately, and the lump sum amount available if the participant or beneficiary takes the option.
(B)
An explanation of how the lump sum was calculated, including the interest rate, mortality assumptions, and whether any additional plan benefits were included in the lump sum, such as early retirement subsidies.
(C)
In a manner consistent with the manner in which a written explanation is required to be given under 417(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the relative value of the lump sum option for a terminated vested participant compared to the value of—
(i)
the single life annuity, (or other standard form of benefit); and
(ii)
the qualified joint and survivor annuity (as defined in section 205(d)(1));
(D)
A statement that—
(i)
a commercial annuity comparable to the annuity available from the plan may cost more than the amount of the lump sum amount, and
(ii)
it may be advisable to consult an advisor regarding this point if the participant or beneficiary is considering purchasing a commercial annuity.
(E)
The potential ramifications of accepting the lump sum, including longevity risks, loss of protections guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (with an explanation of the monthly benefit amount that would be protected by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation if the plan is terminated with insufficient assets to pay benefits), loss of protection from creditors, loss of spousal protections, and other protections under this Act that would be lost.
(F)
General tax rules related to accepting a lump sum, including rollover options and early distribution penalties with a disclaimer that the plan does not provide tax, legal, or accounting advice, and a suggestion that participants and beneficiaries consult with their own tax, legal, and accounting advisors before determining whether to accept the offer.
(G)
How to accept or reject the offer, the deadline for response, and whether a spouse is required to consent to the election.
(H)
Contact information for the point of contact at the plan administrator for participants and beneficiaries to get more information or ask questions about the options.
(2)

Plain language.—
The notice under this subsection shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average plan participant.
(3)

Model notice.—
The Secretary shall issue a model notice for purposes of the notice under subsection (a)(1), including for information required under subparagraphs (C) through (F) of paragraph (1).
(c)

Notice to the Secretary and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.—
The notice required under subsection (a)(2) shall include the following:
(1)
The total number of participants and beneficiaries eligible for such lump sum option.
(2)
The length of the limited period during which the lump sum is offered.
(3)
An explanation of how the lump sum was calculated, including the interest rate, mortality assumptions, and whether any additional plan benefits were included in the lump sum, such as early retirement subsidies.
(4)
A sample of the notice provided to participants and beneficiaries under subsection (a)(1), if otherwise required.
(d)

Post-Offer Report to the Secretary and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.—
Not later than 90 days after the conclusion of the limited period during which participants and beneficiaries in a plan may accept a plan’s offer of a lump sum, a plan sponsor shall submit a report to the Secretary and the Director of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation that includes the number of participants and beneficiaries who accepted the lump sum offer and such other information as the Secretary may require.
(e)

Public Availability.—
The Secretary shall make the information provided in the notice to the Secretary required under subsection (a)(2) and in the post-offer reports submitted under subsection (d) publicly available in a form that protects the confidentiality of the information provided.
(f)

Biennial Report.—
Not later than the last day of the second calendar year after the calendar year including the applicability date of the final rules under section 342(e) of the SECURE 2.0 Act of 2022, and every 2 years thereafter, so long as the Secretary has received notices and post-offer reports under subsections (c) and (d) of this section, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that summarizes such notices and post-offer reports during the applicable reporting period. The applicable reporting period begins on the first day of the second calendar year preceding the calendar year that the report is submitted to Congress and ends on the last day of the calendar year preceding the calendar year the report is due.
Part 2—

Participation and Vesting

COVERAGE
Sec. 201.
[1051]
This part shall apply to any employee benefit plan described in section 4(a) (and not exempted under section 4(b)) other than—
(1)
an employee welfare benefit plan;
(2)
a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees;
(3)
(A)
a plan established and maintained by a society, order, or association described in section 501(c)(8) or (9) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, if no part of the contributions to or under such plan are made by employers of participants in such plan, or
(B)
a trust described in section 501(c)(18) of such Code;
(4)
a plan which is established and maintained by a labor organization described in section 501(c)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and which does not at any time after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] provide for employer contributions;
(5)
any agreement providing payments to a retired partner or a deceased partner's successor in interest, as described in section 736 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
(6)
an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or a retirement bond described in section 409 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (as effective for obligations issued before January 1, 1984);
(7)
an excess benefit plan; or
(8)
any plan, fund or program under which an employer, all of whose stock is directly or indirectly owned by employees, former employees or their beneficiaries, proposes through an unfunded arrangement to compensate retired employees for benefits which were forfeited by such employees under a pension plan maintained by a former employer prior to the date such pension plan became subject to this Act.

MINIMUM PARTICIPATION STANDARDS
Sec. 202.
[1052]
(a)
(1)
(A)
No pension plan may require, as a condition of participation in the plan, that an employee complete a period of service with the employer or employers maintaining the plan extending beyond the later of the following dates—
(i)
the date on which the employee attains the age of 21; or
(ii)
the date on which he completes 1 year of service.
(B)
(i)
In the case of any plan which provides that after not more than 2 years of service each participant has a right to 100 percent of his accrued benefit under the plan which is nonforfeitable at the time such benefit accrues, clause (ii) of subparagraph (A) shall be applied by substituting “2 years of service” for “1 year of service”.
(ii)
In the case of any plan maintained exclusively for employees of an educational organization (as defined in section 170(b)(1)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) by an employer which is exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code, which provides that each participant having at least 1 year of service has a right to 100 percent of his accrued benefit under the plan which is nonforfeitable at the time such benefit accrues, clause (i) of subparagraph (A) shall be applied by substituting “26” for “21”. This clause shall not apply to any plan to which clause (i) applies.
(2)
No pension plan may exclude from participation (on the basis of age) employees who have attained a specified age.
(3)
(A)
For purposes of this section, the term “year of service” means a 12-month period during which the employee has not less than 1,000 hours of service. For purposes of this paragraph, computation of any 12-month period shall be made with reference to the date on which the employee's employment commenced, except that, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary, such computation may be made by reference to the first day of a plan year in the case of an employee who does not complete 1,000 hours of service during the 12-month period beginning on the date his employment commenced.
(B)
In the case of any seasonal industry where the customary period of employment is less than 1,000 hours during a calendar year, the term “year of service” shall be such period as may be determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
(C)
For purposes of this section, the term “hour of service” means a time of service determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
(D)
For purposes of this section, in the case of any maritime industry, 125 days of service shall be treated as 1,000 hours of service. The Secretary may prescribe regulations to carry out the purposes of this subparagraph.
(4)
A plan shall be treated as not meeting the requirements of paragraph (1) unless it provides that any employee who has satisfied the minimum age and service requirements specified in such paragraph, and who is otherwise entitled to participate in the plan, commences participation in the plan no later than the earlier of—
(A)
the first day of the first plan year beginning after the date on which such employee satisfied such requirements, or
(B)
the date 6 months after the date on which he satisfied such requirements,
unless such employee was separated from the service before the date referred to in subparagraph (A) or (B), whichever is applicable.
(b)
(1)
Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4), all years of service with the employer or employers maintaining the plan shall be taken into account in computing the period of service for purposes of subsection (a)(1).
(2)
In the case of any employee who has any 1-year break in service (as defined in section 203(b)(3)(A)) under a plan to which the service requirements of clause (i) of subsection (a)(1)(B) apply, if such employee has not satisfied such requirements, service before such break shall not be required to be taken into account.
(3)
In computing an employee's period of service for purposes of subsection (a)(1) in the case of any participant who has any 1-year break in service (as defined in section 203(b)(3)(A)), service before such break shall not be required to be taken into account under the plan until he has completed a year of service (as defined in subsection (a)(3)) after his return.
(4)
(A)
For purposes of paragraph (1), in the case of a nonvested participant, years of service with the employer or employers maintaining the plan before any period of consecutive 1-year breaks in service shall not be required to be taken into account in computing the period of service if the number of consecutive 1-year breaks in service within such period equals or exceeds the greater of—
(i)
5, or
(ii)
the aggregate number of years of service before such period.
(B)
If any years of service are not required to be taken into account by reason of a period of breaks in service to which subparagraph (A) applies, such years of service shall not be taken into account in applying subparagraph (A) to a subsequent period of breaks in service.
(C)
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “nonvested participant” means a participant who does not have any nonforfeitable right under the plan to an accrued benefit derived from employer contributions.
(5)
(A)
In the case of each individual who is absent from work for any period—
(i)
by reason of the pregnancy of the individual,
(ii)
by reason of the birth of a child of the individual,
(iii)
by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or
(iv)
for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement,
the plan shall treat as hours of service, solely for purposes of determining under this subsection whether a 1-year break in service (as defined in section 203(b)(3)(A)) has occurred, the hours described in subparagraph (B).
(B)
The hours described in this subparagraph are—
(i)
the hours of service which otherwise would normally have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or
(ii)
in any case in which the plan is unable to determine the hours described in clause (i), 8 hours of service per day of such absence,
except that the total number of hours treated as hours of service under this subparagraph by reason of any such pregnancy or placement shall not exceed 501 hours.
(C)
The hours described in subparagraph (B) shall be treated as hours of service as provided in this paragraph—
(i)
only in the year in which the absence from work begins, if a participant would be prevented from incurring a 1-year break in service in such year solely because the period of absence is treated as hours of service as provided in subparagraph (A); or
(ii)
in any other case, in the immediately following year.
(D)
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “year” means the period used in computations pursuant to section 202(a)(3)(A).
(E)
A plan may provide that no credit will be given pursuant to this paragraph unless the individual furnishes to the plan administrator such timely information as the plan may reasonably require to establish—
(i)
that the absence from work is for rasons referred to in subparagraph (A), and
(ii)
the number of days for which there was such an absence.
(c)

Special Rule for Certain Part-time Employees.—
(1)

In general.—
A pension plan that includes either a qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) or a salary reduction agreement (as described in section 403(b) of such Code) shall not require, as a condition of participation in the arrangement or agreement, that an employee complete a period of service with the employer (or employers) maintaining the plan extending beyond the close of the earlier of—
(A)
the period permitted under subsection (a)(1) (determined without regard to subparagraph (B)(i) thereof); or
(B)
the first 24-month period—
(i)
consisting of 2 consecutive 12-month periods during each of which the employee has at least 500 hours of service; and
(ii)
by the close of which the employee has met the requirement of subsection (a)(1)(A)(i).
(2)

Exception.—
Paragraph (1)(B) shall not apply to any employee described in section 410(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(3)

Coordination with time of participation rules.—
In the case of employees who are eligible to participate in the arrangement or agreement solely by reason of paragraph (1)(B), or by reason of such paragraph and section 401(k)(2)(D)(ii) of such Code, the rules of subsection (a)(4) shall apply to such employees.
(4)

12-month period.—
For purposes of this subsection, 12-month periods shall be determined in the same manner as under the last sentence of subsection (a)(3)(A), except that 12-month periods beginning before January 1, 2023, shall not be taken into account.

MINIMUM VESTING STANDARDS
Sec. 203.
[1053]
(a)
Each pension plan shall provide that an employee's right to his normal retirement benefit is nonforfeitable upon the attainment of normal retirement age and in addition shall satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection.
(1)
A plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph if an employee's rights in his accrued benefit derived from his own contributions are nonforfeitable.
(2)
(A)
(i)
In the case of a defined benefit plan, a plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph if it satisfies the requirements of clause (ii) or (iii).
(ii)
A plan satisfies the requirements of this clause if an employee who has completed at least 5 years of service has a nonforfeitable right to 100 percent of the employee's accrued benefit derived from employer contributions.
(iii)
A plan satisfies the requirements of this clause if an employee has a nonforfeitable right to a percentage of the employee's accrued benefit derived from employer contributions determined under the following table:
Years of service: | The nonforfeitable
| percentage is:
3 | 20
4 | 40
5 | 60
6 | 80
7 or more | 100.
(B)
(i)
In the case of an individual account plan, a plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph if it satisfies the requirements of clause (ii) or (iii).
(ii)
A plan satisfies the requirements of this clause if an employee who has completed at least 3 years of service has a nonforfeitable right to 100 percent of the employee's accrued benefit derived from employer contributions.
(iii)
A plan satisfies the requirements of this clause if an employee has a nonforfeitable right to a percentage of the employee's accrued benefit derived from employer contributions determined under the following table:
Years of service: | The nonforfeitable
| percentage is:
2 | 20
3 | 40
4 | 60
5 | 80
6 or more | 100.
(3)
(A)
A right to an accrued benefit derived from employer contributions shall not be treated as forfeitable solely because the plan provides that it is not payable if the participant dies (except in the case of a survivor annuity which is payable as provided in section 205).
(B)
A right to an accrued benefit derived from employer contributions shall not be treated as forfeitable solely because the plan provides that the payment of benefits is suspended for such period as the employee is employed, subsequent to the commencement of payment of such benefits—
(i)
in the case of a plan other than a multiemployer plan, by an employer who maintains the plan under which such benefits were being paid; and
(ii)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, in the same industry, in the same trade or craft, and the same geographic area covered by the plan, as when such benefits commenced.
The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this subparagraph, including regulations with respect to the meaning of the term “employed”.
(C)
A right to an accrued benefit derived from employer contributions shall not be treated as forfeitable solely because plan amendments may be given retroactive application as provided in section 302(d)(2).
(D)
(i)
A right to an accrued benefit derived from employer contributions shall not be treated as forfeitable solely because the plan provides that, in the case of a participant who does not have a nonforfeitable right to at least 50 percent of his accrued benefit derived from employer contributions, such accrued benefit may be forfeited on account of the withdrawal by the participant of any amount attributable to the benefit derived from mandatory contributions (as defined in the last sentence of section 204(c)(2)(C)) made by such participant.
(ii)
Clause (i) shall not apply to a plan unless the plan provides that any accrued benefit forfeited under a plan provision described in such clause shall be restored upon repayment by the participant of the full amount of the withdrawal described in such clause plus, in the case of a defined benefit plan, interest. Such interest shall be computed on such amount at the rate determined for purposes of section 204(c)(2)(C) (if such subsection applies) on the date of such repayment (computed annually from the date of such withdrawal). The plan provision required under this clause may provide that such repayment must be made (I) in the case of a withdrawal on account of separation from service, before the earlier of 5 years after the first date on which the participant is subsequently re-employed by the employer, or the close of the first period of 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service commencing after the withdrawal; or (II) in the case of any other withdrawal, 5 years after the date of the withdrawal.
(iii)
In the case of accrued benefits derived from employer contributions which accrued before the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], a right to such accrued benefit derived from employer contributions shall not be treated as forfeitable solely because the plan provides that an amount of such accrued benefit may be forfeited on account of the withdrawal by the participant of an amount attributable to the benefit derived from mandatory contributions, made by such participant before the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] if such amount forfeited is proportional to such amount withdrawn. This clause shall not apply to any plan to which any mandatory contribution is made after the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974]. The Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this clause.
(iv)
For purposes of this subparagraph, in the case of any class-year plan, a withdrawal of employee contributions shall be treated as a withdrawal of such contributions on a plan year by plan year basis in succeeding order of time.
(v)

Cross Reference.—
For nonforfeitability where the employee has a nonforfeitable right to at least 50 percent of his accrued benefit, see section 206(c).
(E)
(i)
A right to an accrued benefit derived from employer contributions under a multiemployer plan shall not be treated as forfeitable solely because the plan provides that benefits accrued as a result of service with the participant's employer before the employer had an obligation to contribute under the plan may not be payable if the employer ceases contributions to the multiemployer plan.
(ii)
A participant's right to an accrued benefit derived from employer contributions under a multiemployer plan shall not be treated as forfeitable solely because—
(I)
the plan is amended to reduce benefits under section 4244A or 4281, or
(II)
benefit payments under the plan may be suspended under section 4245 or 4281.
(F)
A matching contribution (within the meaning of section 401(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) shall not be treated as forfeitable merely because such contribution is forfeitable if the contribution to which the matching contribution relates is treated as an excess contribution under section 401(k)(8)(B) of such Code, an excess deferral under section 402(g)(2)(A) of such Code, an erroneous automatic contribution under section 414(w) of such Code, or an excess aggregate contribution under section 401(m)(6)(B) of such Code.
(b)
(1)
In computing the period of service under the plan for purposes of determining the nonforfeitable percentage under subsection (a)(2), all of an employee's years of service with the employer or employers maintaining the plan shall be taken into account, except that the following may be disregarded:
(A)
years of service before age 18,32
^{32}
So in original. Margination is incorrect, and it appears that the comma should be a semicolon.
(B)
years of service during a period for which the employee declined to contribute to a plan requiring employee contributions;
(C)
years of service with an employer during any period for which the employer did not maintain the plan or a predecessor plan, defined by the Secretary of the Treasury;
(D)
service not required to be taken into account under paragraph (3);
(E)
years of service before January 1, 1971, unless the employee has had at least 3 years of service after December 31, 1970;
(F)
years of service before this part first applies to the plan if such service would have been disregarded under the rules of the plan with regard to breaks in service, as in effect on the applicable date; and
(G)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, years of service—
(i)
with an employer after—
(I)
a complete withdrawal of such employer from the plan (within the meaning of section 4203), or
(II)
to the extent permitted by regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, a partial withdrawal described in section 4205(b)(2)(A)(i) of this title in connection with the decertification of the collective bargaining representative; and
(ii)
with any employer under the plan after the termination date of the plan under section 4048.
(2)
(A)
For purposes of this section, except as provided in subparagraph (C), the term “year of service” means a calendar year, plan year, or other 12-consecutive month period designated by the plan (and not prohibited under regulations prescribed by the Secretary) during which the participant has completed 1,000 hours of service.
(B)
For purposes of this section, the term “hour of service” has the meaning provided by section 202(a)(3)(C).
(C)
In the case of any seasonal industry where the customary period of employment is less than 1,000 hours during a calendar year, the term “year of service” shall be such period as determined under regulations of the Secretary.
(D)
For purposes of this section, in the case of any maritime industry, 125 days of service shall be treated as 1,000 hours of service. The Secretary may prescribe regulations to carry out the purposes of this subparagraph.
(3)
(A)
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “1-year break in service” means a calendar year, plan year, or other 12-consecutive-month period designated by the plan (and not prohibited under regulations prescribed by the Secretary) during which the participant has not completed more than 500 hours of service.
(B)
For purposes of paragraph (1), in the case of any employee who has any 1-year break in service, years of service before such break shall not be required to be taken into account until he has completed a year of service after his return.
(C)
For purposes of paragraph (1), in the case of any participant in an individual account plan or an insured defined benefit plan which satisfies the requirements of subsection 204(b)(1)(F) who has 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service, years of service after such 5-year period shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining the nonforfeitable percentage of his accrued benefit derived from employer contributions which accrued before such break.
(D)
(i)
For purposes of paragraph (1), in the case of a nonvested participant, years of service with the employer or employers maintaining the plan before any period of consecutive 1-year breaks in service shall not be required to be taken into account if the number of consecutive 1-year breaks in service within such period equals or exceeds the greater of—
(I)
5, or
(II)
the aggregate number of years of service before such period.
(ii)
If any years of service are not required to be taken into account by reason of a period of breaks in service to which clause (i) applies, such years of service shall not be taken into account in applying clause (i) to a subsequent period of breaks in service.
(iii)
For purposes of clause (i), the term “nonvested participant” means a participant who does not have any nonforfeitable right under the plan to an accrued benefit derived from employer contributions.
(E)
(i)
In the case of each individual who is absent from work for any period—
(I)
by reason of the pregnancy of the individual,
(II)
by reason of the birth of a child of the individual,
(III)
by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or
(IV)
for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement,
the plan shall treat as hours of service, solely for purposes of determining under this paragraph whether a 1-year break in service has occurred, the hours described in clause (ii).
(ii)
The hours described in this clause are—
(I)
the hours of service which otherwise would normally have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or
(II)
in any case in which the plan is unable to determine the hours described in subclause (I), 8 hours of service per day of absence,
except that the total number of hours treated as hours of service under this clause by reason of such pregnancy or placement shall not exceed 501 hours.
(iii)
The hours described in clause (ii) shall be treated as hours of service as provided in this subparagraph—
(I)
only in the year in which the absence from work begins, if a participant would be prevented from incurring a 1-year break in service in such year solely because the period of absence is treated as hours of service as provided in clause (i); or
(II)
in any other case, in the immediately following year.
(iv)
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “year” means the period used in computations pursuant to paragraph (2).
(v)
A plan may provide that no credit will be given pursuant to this subparagraph unless the individual furnishes to the plan administrator such timely information as the plan may reasonably require to establish—
(I)
that the absence from work is for reasons referred to in clause (i), and
(II)
the number of days for which there was such an absence.
(4)

Part-time employees.—
For purposes of determining whether an employee who became eligible to participate in a qualified cash or deferred arrangement or a salary reduction agreement under a plan solely by reason of section 202(c)(1)(B) has a nonforfeitable right to employer contributions—
(A)
except as provided in subparagraph (B), each 12-month period for which the employee has at least 500 hours of service shall be treated as a year of service; and
(B)
paragraph (3) shall be applied by substituting “at least 500 hours of service” for “more than 500 hours of service” in subparagraph (A) thereof.
For purposes of this paragraph, 12-month periods shall be determined in the same manner as under the last sentence of section 202(a)(3)(A), except that 12-month periods beginning before January 1, 2023, shall not be taken into account.
(5)

Cross References.—
(A)
For definitions of “accrued benefit” and “normal retirement age”, see sections 3(23) and (24).
(B)
For effect of certain cash out distributions, see section 204(d)(1).
(c)
(1)
(A)
A plan amendment changing any vesting schedule under this plan shall be treated as not satisfying the requirements of subsection (a)(2) if the nonforfeitable percentage of the accrued benefit derived from employer contributions (determined as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted, or the date such amendment becomes effective) of any employee who is a participant in the plan is less than such nonforfeitable percentage computed under the plan without regard to such amendment.
(B)
A plan amendment changing any vesting schedule under the plan shall be treated as not satisfying the requirements of subsection (a)(2) unless each participant having not less than 3 years of service is permitted to elect, within a reasonable period after adoption of such amendment, to have his nonforfeitable percentage computed under the plan without regard to such amendment.
(2)
Subsection (a) shall not apply to benefits which may not be provided for designated employees in the event of early termination of the plan under provisions of the plan adopted pursuant to regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury to preclude the discrimination prohibited by section 401(a)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(d)
A pension plan may allow for nonforfeitable benefits after a lesser period and in greater amounts than are required by this part.
(e)
(1)
If the present value of any nonforfeitable benefit with respect to a participant in a plan exceeds $7,000, the plan shall provide that such benefit may not be immediately distributed without the consent of the participant.
(2)33
For purposes of paragraph (1), the present value shall be calculated in accordance with section 205(g)(3).
^{33}
Margination so in law.
(3)
This subsection shall not apply to any distribution of dividends to which section 404(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 applies.
(4)
A plan shall not fail to meet the requirements of this subsection if, under the terms of the plan, the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit is determined without regard to that portion of such benefit which is attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto). For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “rollover contributions” means any rollover contribution under sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(f)

Special Rules for Plans Computing Accrued Benefits by Reference to Hypothetical Account Balance or Equivalent Amounts.—
(1)

In general.—
An applicable defined benefit plan shall not be treated as failing to meet—
(A)
subject to paragraph (2), the requirements of subsection (a)(2), or
(B)
the requirements of section 204(c) or 205(g), or the requirements of subsection (e), with respect to accrued benefits derived from employer contributions,
solely because the present value of the accrued benefit (or any portion thereof) of any participant is, under the terms of the plan, equal to the amount expressed as the balance in the hypothetical account described in paragraph (3) or as an accumulated percentage of the participant's final average compensation.
(2)

3-year vesting.—
In the case of an applicable defined benefit plan, such plan shall be treated as meeting the requirements of subsection (a)(2) only if an employee who has completed at least 3 years of service has a nonforfeitable right to 100 percent of the employee's accrued benefit derived from employer contributions.
(3)

Applicable defined benefit plan and related rules.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
The term “applicable defined benefit plan” means a defined benefit plan under which the accrued benefit (or any portion thereof) is calculated as the balance of a hypothetical account maintained for the participant or as an accumulated percentage of the participant's final average compensation.
(B)

Regulations to include similar plans.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall issue regulations which include in the definition of an applicable defined benefit plan any defined benefit plan (or any portion of such a plan) which has an effect similar to an applicable defined benefit plan.

BENEFIT ACCRUAL REQUIREMENTS
Sec. 204.
[1054]
(a)
Each pension plan shall satisfy the requirements of subsection (b)(3), and—
(1)
in the case of a defined benefit plan, shall satisfy the requirements of subsection (b)(1); and
(2)
in the case of a defined contribution plan, shall satisfy the requirements of subsection (b)(2).
(b)
(1)
(A)
A defined benefit plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph if the accrued benefit to which each participant is entitled upon his separation from the service is not less than—
(i)
3 percent of the normal retirement benefit to which he would be entitled at the normal retirement age if he commenced participation at the earliest possible entry age under the plan and served continuously until the earlier of age 65 or the normal retirement age specified under the plan, multiplied by
(ii)
the number of years (not in excess of 33⅓) of his participation in the plan.
In the case of a plan providing retirement benefits based on compensation during any period, the normal retirement benefit to which a participant would be entitled shall be determined as if he continued to earn annually the average rate of compensation which he earned during consecutive years of service, not in excess of 10, for which his compensation was the highest. For purposes of this subparagraph, social security benefits and all other relevant factors used to compute benefits shall be treated as remaining constant as of the current year for all years after such current year.
(B)
A defined benefit plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph of a particular plan year if under the plan the accrued benefit payable at the normal retirement age is equal to the normal retirement benefit and the annual rate at which any individual who is or could be a participant can accrue the retirement benefits payable at normal retirement age under the plan for any later plan year is not more than 133⅓ percent of the annual rate at which he can accrue benefits for any plan year beginning on or after such particular plan year and before such later plan year. For purposes of this subparagraph—
(i)
any amendment to the plan which is in effect for the current year shall be treated as in effect for all other plan years;
(ii)
any change in an accrual rate which does not apply to any individual who is or could be a participant in the current year shall be disregarded;
(iii)
the fact that benefits under the plan may be payable to certain employees before normal retirement age shall be disregarded; and
(iv)
social security benefits and all other relevant factors used to compute benefits shall be treated as remaining constant as of the current year for all years after the current year.
(C)
A defined benefit plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph if the accrued benefit to which any participant is entitled upon his separation from the service is not less than a fraction of the annual benefit commencing at normal retirement age to which he would be entitled under the plan as in effect on the date of his separation if he continued to earn annually until normal retirement age the same rate of compensation upon which his normal retirement benefit would be computed under the plan, determined as if he had attained normal retirement age on the date any such determination is made (but taking into account no more than the 10 years of service immediately preceding his separation from service). Such fraction shall be a fraction, not exceeding 1, the numerator of which is the total number of his years of participation in the plan (as of the date of his separation from the service) and the denominator of which is the total number of years he would have participated in the plan if he separated from the service at the normal retirement age. For purposes of this subparagraph, social security benefits and all other relevant factors used to compute benefits shall be treated as remaining constant as of the current year for all years after such current year.
(D)
Subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) shall not apply with respect to years of participation before the first plan year to which this section applies but a defined benefit plan satisfies the requirements of this subparagraph with respect to such years of participation only if the accrued benefit of any participant with respect to such years of participation is not less than the greater of—
(i)
his accrued benefit determined under the plan, as in effect from time to time prior to the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], or
(ii)
an accrued benefit which is not less than one-half of the accrued benefit to which such participant would have been entitled if subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) applied with respect to such years of participation.
(E)
Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of this paragraph, a plan shall not be treated as not satisfying the requirements of this paragraph solely because the accrual of benefits under the plan does not become effective until the employee has two continuous years of service. For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “year of service” has the meaning provided by section 202(a)(3)(A).
(F)
Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C), a defined benefit plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph if such plan—
(i)
is funded exclusively by the purchase of insurance contracts, and
(ii)
satisfies the requirements of paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 301(b) (relating to certain insurance contract plans),
but only if an employee's accrued benefit as of any applicable date is not less than the cash surrender value his insurance contracts would have on such applicable date if the requirements of paragraphs (4), (5), and (6) of section 301(b) were satisfied.
(G)
Notwithstanding the preceding subparagraphs, a defined benefit plan shall be treated as not satisfying the requirements of this paragraph if the participant's accrued benefit is reduced on account of any increase in his age or service. The preceding sentence shall not apply to benefits under the plan commencing before benefits payable under title II of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 401 et seq.] which benefits under the plan—
(i)
do not exceed social security benefits, and
(ii)
terminate when such social security benefits commence.
(H)
(i)
Notwithstanding the preceding subparagraphs, a defined benefit plan shall be treated as not satisfying the requirements of this paragraph if, under the plan, an employee's benefit accrual is ceased, or the rate of an employee's benefit accrual is reduced, because of the attainment of any age.
(ii)
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of this subparagraph solely because the plan imposes (without regard to age) a limitation on the amount of benefits that the plan provides or a limitation on the number of years of service or years of participation which are taken into account for purposes of determining benefit accrual under the plan.
(iii)
In the case of any employee who, as of the end of any plan year under a defined benefit plan, has attained normal retirement age under such plan—
(I)
if distribution of benefits under such plan with respect to such employee has commenced as of the end of such plan year, then any requirement of this subparagraph for continued accrual of benefits under such plan with respect to such employee during such plan year shall be treated as satisfied to the extent of the actuarial equivalent of in-service distribution of benefits, and
(II)
if distribution of benefits under such plan with respect to such employee has not commenced as of the end of such year in accordance with section 206(a)(3), and the payment of benefits under such plan with respect to such employee is not suspended during such plan year pursuant to section 203(a)(3)(B), then any requirement of this subparagraph for continued accrual of benefits under such plan with respect to such employee during such plan year shall be treated as satisfied to the extent of any adjustment in the benefit payable under the plan during such plan year attributable to the delay in the distribution of benefits after the attainment of normal retirement age.
The preceding provisions of this clause shall apply in accordance with regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury. Such regulations may provide for the application of the preceding provisions of this clause, in the case of any such employee, with respect to any period of time within a plan year.
(iv)
Clause (i) shall not apply with respect to any employee who is a highly compensated employee (within the meaning of section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for purposes of precluding discrimination in favor of highly compensated employees within the meaning of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(v)
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of clause (i) solely because the subsidized portion of any early retirement benefit is disregarded in determining benefit accruals.
(vi)
Any regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to clause (v) of section 411(b)(1)(H) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall apply with respect to the requirements of this subparagraph in the same manner and to the same extent as such regulations apply with respect to the requirements of such section 411(b)(1)(H).
(2)
(A)
A defined contribution plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph if, under the plan, allocations to the employee's account are not ceased, and the rate at which amounts are allocated to the employee's account is not reduced, because of the attainment of any age.
(B)
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of subparagraph (A) solely because the subsidized portion of any early retirement benefit is disregarded in determining benefit accruals.
(C)
Any regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to subparagraphs (B) and (C) of section 411(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall apply with respect to the requirements of this paragraph in the same manner and to the same extent as such regulations apply with respect to the requirements of such section 411(b)(2).
(3)
A plan satisfies the requirements of this paragraph if—
(A)
in the case of a defined benefit plan, the plan requires separate accounting for the portion of each employee's accrued benefit derived from any voluntary employee contributions permitted under the plan; and
(B)
in the case of any plan which is not a defined benefit plan, the plan requires separate accounting for each employee's accrued benefit.
(4)
(A)
For purposes of determining an employee's accrued benefit, the term “year of participation” means a period of service (beginning at the earliest date on which the employee is a participant in the plan and which is included in a period of service required to be taken into account under section 202(b), determined without regard to section 202(b)(5)) as determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary which provide for the calculation of such period on any reasonable and consistent basis.
(B)
For purposes of this paragraph, except as provided in subparagraph (C), in the case of any employee whose customary employment is less than full time, the calculation of such employee's service on any basis which provides less than a ratable portion of the accrued benefit to which he would be entitled under the plan if his customary employment were full time shall not be treated as made on a reasonable and consistent basis.
(C)
For purposes of this paragraph, in the case of any employee whose service is less than 1,000 hours during any calendar year, plan year or other 12-consecutive-month period designated by the plan (and not prohibited under regulations prescribed by the Secretary) the calculation of his period of service shall not be treated as not made on a reasonable and consistent basis merely because such service is not taken into account.
(D)
In the case of any seasonal industry where the customary period of employment is less than 1,000 hours during a calendar year, the term “year of participation” shall be such period as determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
(E)
For purposes of this subsection in the case of any maritime industry, 125 days of service shall be treated as a year of participation. The Secretary may prescribe regulations to carry out the purposes of this subparagraph.
(5)34

Special rules relating to age.—
^{34}
Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) section 701 provides generally that the provisions apply to periods after 6/29/05, but allows for delay of the effective date for collectively bargained plans until as late as 1/1/2010.
(A)

Comparison to similarly situated younger individual.—
(i)

In general.—
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of paragraph (1)(H)(i) if a participant's accrued benefit, as determined as of any date under the terms of the plan, would be equal to or greater than that of any similarly situated, younger individual who is or could be a participant.
(ii)

Similarly situated.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, a participant is similarly situated to any other individual if such participant is identical to such other individual in every respect (including period of service, compensation, position, date of hire, work history, and any other respect) except for age.
(iii)

Disregard of subsidized early retirement benefits.—
In determining the accrued benefit as of any date for purposes of this subparagraph, the subsidized portion of any early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy shall be disregarded.
(iv)

Accrued benefit.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, the accrued benefit may, under the terms of the plan, be expressed as an annuity payable at normal retirement age, the balance of a hypothetical account, or the current value of the accumulated percentage of the employee's final average compensation.
(B)

Applicable defined benefit plans.—
(i)

Interest credits.—
(I)

In general.—
An applicable defined benefit plan shall be treated as failing to meet the requirements of paragraph (1)(H) unless the terms of the plan provide that any interest credit (or an equivalent amount) for any plan year shall be at a rate which is not greater than a market rate of return. A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of this subclause merely because the plan provides for a reasonable minimum guaranteed rate of return or for a rate of return that is equal to the greater of a fixed or variable rate of return.
(II)

Preservation of capital.—
An applicable defined benefit plan shall be treated as failing to meet the requirements of paragraph (1)(H) unless the plan provides that an interest credit (or equivalent amount) of less than zero shall in no event result in the account balance or similar amount being less than the aggregate amount of contributions credited to the account.
(III)

Market rate of return.—
The Secretary of the Treasury may provide by regulation for rules governing the calculation of a market rate of return for purposes of subclause (I) and for permissible methods of crediting interest to the account (including fixed or variable interest rates) resulting in effective rates of return meeting the requirements of subclause (I).
(ii)

Special rule for plan conversions.—
If, after June 29, 2005, an applicable plan amendment is adopted, the plan shall be treated as failing to meet the requirements of paragraph (1)(H) unless the requirements of clause (iii) are met with respect to each individual who was a participant in the plan immediately before the adoption of the amendment.
(iii)

Rate of benefit accrual.—
Subject to clause (iv), the requirements of this clause are met with respect to any participant if the accrued benefit of the participant under the terms of the plan as in effect after the amendment is not less than the sum of—
(I)
the participant's accrued benefit for years of service before the effective date of the amendment, determined under the terms of the plan as in effect before the amendment, plus
(II)
the participant's accrued benefit for years of service after the effective date of the amendment, determined under the terms of the plan as in effect after the amendment.
(iv)

Special rules for early retirement subsidies.—
For purposes of clause (iii)(I), the plan shall credit the accumulation account or similar amount with the amount of any early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy for the plan year in which the participant retires if, as of such time, the participant has met the age, years of service, and other requirements under the plan for entitlement to such benefit or subsidy.
(v)

Applicable plan amendment.—
For purposes of this subparagraph—
(I)

In general.—
The term “applicable plan amendment” means an amendment to a defined benefit plan which has the effect of converting the plan to an applicable defined benefit plan.
(II)

Special rule for coordinated benefits.—
If the benefits of 2 or more defined benefit plans established or maintained by an employer are coordinated in such a manner as to have the effect of the adoption of an amendment described in subclause (I), the sponsor of the defined benefit plan or plans providing for such coordination shall be treated as having adopted such a plan amendment as of the date such coordination begins.
(III)

Multiple amendments.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall issue regulations to prevent the avoidance of the purposes of this subparagraph through the use of 2 or more plan amendments rather than a single amendment.
(IV)

Applicable defined benefit plan.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “applicable defined benefit plan” has the meaning given such term by section 203(f)(3).
(vi)

Termination requirements.—
An applicable defined benefit plan shall not be treated as meeting the requirements of clause (i) unless the plan provides that, upon the termination of the plan—
(I)
if the interest credit rate (or an equivalent amount) under the plan is a variable rate, the rate of interest used to determine accrued benefits under the plan shall be equal to the average of the rates of interest used under the plan during the 5-year period ending on the termination date, and
(II)
the interest rate and mortality table used to determine the amount of any benefit under the plan payable in the form of an annuity payable at normal retirement age shall be the rate and table specified under the plan for such purpose as of the termination date, except that if such interest rate is a variable rate, the interest rate shall be determined under the rules of subclause (I).
(C)

Certain offsets permitted.—
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of paragraph (1)(H)(i) solely because the plan provides offsets against benefits under the plan to the extent such offsets are otherwise allowable in applying the requirements of section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(D)

Permitted disparities in plan contributions or benefits.—
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of paragraph (1)(H) solely because the plan provides a disparity in contributions or benefits with respect to which the requirements of section 401(l) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are met.
(E)

Indexing permitted.—
(i)

In general.—
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of paragraph (1)(H) solely because the plan provides for indexing of accrued benefits under the plan.
(ii)

Protection against loss.—
Except in the case of any benefit provided in the form of a variable annuity, clause (i) shall not apply with respect to any indexing which results in an accrued benefit less than the accrued benefit determined without regard to such indexing.
(iii)

Indexing.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “indexing” means, in connection with an accrued benefit, the periodic adjustment of the accrued benefit by means of the application of a recognized investment index or methodology.
(F)

Early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy.—
For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “early retirement benefit” and “retirement-type subsidy” have the meaning given such terms in subsection (g)(2)(A).
(G)

Benefit accrued to date.—
For purposes of this paragraph, any reference to the accrued benefit shall be a reference to such benefit accrued to date.
(6)

Projected interest crediting rate.—
For purposes of subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of paragraph (1), in the case of an applicable defined benefit plan (within the meaning of section 203(f)(3)) which provides variable interest crediting rates, the interest crediting rate which is treated as in effect and as the projected interest crediting rate shall be a reasonable projection of such variable interest crediting rate, not to exceed 6 percent.
(c)
(1)
For purposes of this section and section 203 an employee's accrued benefit derived from employer contributions as of any applicable date is the excess (if any) of the accrued benefit for such employee as of such applicable date over the accrued benefit derived from contributions made by such employee as of such date.
(2)
(A)
In the case of a plan other than a defined benefit plan, the accrued benefit derived from contributions made by an employee as of any applicable date is—
(i)
except as provided in clause (ii), the balance of the employee's separate account consisting only of his contributions and the income, expenses, gains, and losses attributable thereto, or
(ii)
if a separate account is not maintained with respect to an employee's contributions under such a plan, the amount which bears the same ratio to his total accrued benefit as the total amount of the employee's contributions (less withdrawals) bears to the sum of such contributions and the contributions made on his behalf by the employer (less withdrawals).
(B)

Defined benefit plans.—
In the case of a defined benefit plan, the accrued benefit derived from contributions made by an employee as of any applicable date is the amount equal to the employee's accumulated contributions expressed as an annual benefit commencing at normal retirement age, using an interest rate which would be used under the plan under section 205(g)(3) (as of the determination date).
(C)
For purposes of this subsection, the term “accumulated contributions” means the total of—
(i)
all mandatory contributions made by the employee,
(ii)
interest (if any) under the plan to the end of the last plan year to which section 203(a)(2) does not apply (by reason of the applicable effective date), and
(iii)35
interest on the sum of the amounts determined under clauses (i) and (ii) compounded annually—
^{35}
So in original. Margination is incorrect.
(I)
at the rate of 120 percent of the Federal mid-term rate (as in effect under section 1274 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for the 1st month of a plan year for the period beginning with the 1st plan year to which subsection (a)(2) applies by reason of the applicable effective date) and ending with the date on which the determination is being made, and
(II)
at the interest rate which would be used under the plan under section 205(g)(3) (as of the determination date) for the period beginning with the determination date and ending on the date on which the employee attains normal retirement age.
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “mandatory contributions” means amounts contributed to the plan by the employee which are required as a condition of employment, as a condition of participation in such plan, or as a condition of obtaining benefits under the plan attributable to employer contributions.
(D)
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to adjust by regulation the conversion factor described in subparagraph (B) from time to time as he may deem necessary. No such adjustment shall be effective for a plan year beginning before the expiration of 1 year after such adjustment is determined and published.
(3)
For purposes of this section, in the case of any defined benefit plan, if an employee's accrued benefit is to be determined as an amount other than an annual benefit commencing at normal retirement age, or if the accrued benefit derived from contributions made by an employee is to be determined with respect to a benefit other than an annual benefit in the form of a single life annuity (without ancillary benefits) commencing at normal retirement age, the employee's accrued benefit, or the accrued benefits derived from contributions made by an employee, as the case may be, shall be the actuarial equivalent of such benefit or amount determined under paragraph (1) or (2).
(4)
In the case of a defined benefit plan which permits voluntary employee contributions, the portion of an employee's accrued benefit derived from such contributions shall be treated as an accrued benefit derived from employee contributions under a plan other than a defined benefit plan.
(d)
Notwithstanding section 203(b)(1), for purposes of determining the employee's accrued benefit under the plan, the plan may disregard service performed by the employee with respect to which he has received—
(1)
a distribution of the present value of his entire nonforfeitable benefit if such distribution was in an amount (not more than the dollar limit under section 203(e)(1)) permitted under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, or
(2)
a distribution of the present value of his nonforfeitable benefit attributable to such service which he elected to receive.
Paragraph (1) shall apply only if such distribution was made on termination of the employee's participation in the plan. Paragraph (2) shall apply only if such distribution was made on termination of the employee's participation in the plan or under such other circumstances as may be provided under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(e)
For purposes of determining the employee's accrued benefit, the plan shall not disregard service as provided in subsection (d) unless the plan provides an opportunity for the participant to repay the full amount of a distribution described in subsection (d) with, in the case of a defined benefit plan, interest at the rate determined for purposes of subsection (c)(2)(C) and provides that upon such repayment the employee's accrued benefit shall be recomputed by taking into account service so disregarded. This subsection shall apply only in the case of a participant who—
(1)
received such a distribution in any plan year to which this section applies, which distribution was less than the present value of his accrued benefit,
(2)
resumes employment covered under the plan, and
(3)
repays the full amount of such distribution with, in the case of a defined benefit plan, interest at the rate determined for purposes of subsection (c)(2)(C).
The plan provision required under this subsection may provide that such repayment must be made (A) in the case of a withdrawal on account of separation from service, before the earlier of 5 years after the first date on which the participant is subsequently re-employed by the employer, or the close of the first period of 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service commencing after the withdrawal; or (B) in the case of any other withdrawal, 5 years after the date of the withdrawal.
(f)
For the purposes of this part, an employer shall be treated as maintaining a plan if any employee of such employer accrues benefits under such plan by reason of service with such employer.
(g)
(1)
The accrued benefit of a participant under a plan may not be decreased by an amendment of the plan, other than an amendment described in section 302(d)(2) or 4281.
(2)
For purposes of paragraph (1), a plan amendment which has the effect of—
(A)
eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or a retirement-type subsidy (as defined in regulations), or
(B)
eliminating an optional form of benefit,
with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing accrued benefits. In the case of a retirement-type subsidy, the preceding sentence shall apply only with respect to a participant who satisfies (either before or after the amendment) the preamendment conditions for the subsidy. The Secretary of the Treasury shall by regulations provide that this paragraph shall not apply to any plan amendment which reduces or eliminates benefits or subsidies which create significant burdens or complexities for the plan and plan participants, unless such amendment adversely affects the rights of any participant in a more than de minimis manner. The Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations provide that this subparagraph shall not apply to a plan amendment described in subparagraph (B) (other than a plan amendment having an effect described in subparagraph (A)).
(3)
For purposes of this subsection, any—
(A)
tax credit employee stock ownership plan (as defined in section 409(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), or
(B)
employee stock ownership plan (as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of such Code),
shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of this subsection merely because it modifies distribution options in a nondiscriminatory manner.
(4)
(A)
A defined contribution plan (in this subparagraph referred to as the “transferee plan”) shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of this subsection merely because the transferee plan does not provide some or all of the forms of distribution previously available under another defined contribution plan (in this subparagraph referred to as the “transferor plan”) to the extent that—
(i)
the forms of distribution previously available under the transferor plan applied to the account of a participant or beneficiary under the transferor plan that was transferred from the transferor plan to the transferee plan pursuant to a direct transfer rather than pursuant to a distribution from the transferor plan;
(ii)
the terms of both the transferor plan and the transferee plan authorize the transfer described in clause (i);
(iii)
the transfer described in clause (i) was made pursuant to a voluntary election by the participant or beneficiary whose account was transferred to the transferee plan;
(iv)
the election described in clause (iii) was made after the participant or beneficiary received a notice describing the consequences of making the election; and
(v)
the transferee plan allows the participant or beneficiary described in clause (iii) to receive any distribution to which the participant or beneficiary is entitled under the transferee plan in the form of a single sum distribution.
(B)
Subparagraph (A) shall apply to plan mergers and other transactions having the effect of a direct transfer, including consolidations of benefits attributable to different employers within a multiple employer plan.
(5)
Except to the extent provided in regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury, a defined contribution plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of this subsection merely because of the elimination of a form of distribution previously available thereunder. This paragraph shall not apply to the elimination of a form of distribution with respect to any participant unless—
(A)
a single sum payment is available to such participant at the same time or times as the form of distribution being eliminated; and
(B)
such single sum payment is based on the same or greater portion of the participant's account as the form of distribution being eliminated.
(h)
(1)
An applicable pension plan may not be amended so as to provide for a significant reduction in the rate of future benefit accrual unless the plan administrator provides the notice described in paragraph (2) to each applicable individual (and to each employee organization representing applicable individuals) and to each employer who has an obligation to contribute to the plan.
(2)
The notice required by paragraph (1) shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average plan participant and shall provide sufficient information (as determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury) to allow applicable individuals to understand the effect of the plan amendment. The Secretary of the Treasury may provide a simplified form of notice for, or exempt from any notice requirement, a plan—
(A)
which has fewer than 100 participants who have accrued a benefit under the plan, or
(B)
which offers participants the option to choose between the new benefit formula and the old benefit formula.
(3)
Except as provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, the notice required by paragraph (1) shall be provided within a reasonable time before the effective date of the plan amendment.
(4)
Any notice under paragraph (1) may be provided to a person designated, in writing, by the person to which it would otherwise be provided.
(5)
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of paragraph (1) merely because notice is provided before the adoption of the plan amendment if no material modification of the amendment occurs before the amendment is adopted.
(6)
(A)
In the case of any egregious failure to meet any requirement of this subsection with respect to any plan amendment, the provisions of the applicable pension plan shall be applied as if such plan amendment entitled all applicable individuals to the greater of—
(i)
the benefits to which they would have been entitled without regard to such amendment, or
(ii)
the benefits under the plan with regard to such amendment.
(B)
For purposes of subparagraph (A), there is an egregious failure to meet the requirements of this subsection if such failure is within the control of the plan sponsor and is—
(i)
an intentional failure (including any failure to promptly provide the required notice or information after the plan administrator discovers an unintentional failure to meet the requirements of this subsection),
(ii)
a failure to provide most of the individuals with most of the information they are entitled to receive under this subsection, or
(iii)
a failure which is determined to be egregious under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(7)
The Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations allow any notice under this subsection to be provided by using new technologies.
(8)
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)
The term “applicable individual” means, with respect to any plan amendment—
(i)
each participant in the plan; and
(ii)
any beneficiary who is an alternate payee (within the meaning of section 206(d)(3)(K)) under an applicable qualified domestic relations order (within the meaning of section 206(d)(3)(B)(i)),
whose rate of future benefit accrual under the plan may reasonably be expected to be significantly reduced by such plan amendment.
(B)
The term “applicable pension plan” means—
(i)
any defined benefit plan; or
(ii)
an individual account plan which is subject to the funding standards of section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(9)
For purposes of this subsection, a plan amendment which eliminates or reduces any early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy (within the meaning of subsection (g)(2)(A)) shall be treated as having the effect of reducing the rate of future benefit accrual.
(i)
(1)
In the case of a plan described in paragraph (3) which is maintained by an employer that is a debtor in a case under title 11, United States Code, or similar Federal or State law, no amendment of the plan which increases the liabilities of the plan by reason of—
(A)
any increase in benefits,
(B)
any change in the accrual of benefits, or
(C)
any change in the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable under the plan,
with respect to employees of the debtor, shall be effective prior to the effective date of such employer's plan of reorganization.
(2)
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any plan amendment that—
(A)
the Secretary of the Treasury determines to be reasonable and that provides for only de minimis increases in the liabilities of the plan with respect to employees of the debtor,
(B)
only repeals an amendment described in section 302(d)(2),
(C)
is required as a condition of qualification under part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or
(D)
was adopted prior to, or pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement entered into prior to, the date on which the employer became a debtor in a case under title 11, United States Code, or similar Federal or State law.
(3)
This subsection shall apply only to plans (other than multiemployer plans or CSEC plans) covered under section 4021 of this Act for which the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in section 303(d)(2)) is less than 100 percent after taking into account the effect of the amendment.
(4)
For purposes of this subsection, the term “employer” has the meaning set forth in section 302(b)(1), without regard to section 302(b)(2).
(j)

Diversification Requirements for Certain Individual Account Plans.—
(1)

In general.—
An applicable individual account plan shall meet the diversification requirements of paragraphs (2), (3), and (4).
(2)

Employee contributions and elective deferrals invested in employer securities.—
In the case of the portion of an applicable individual's account attributable to employee contributions and elective deferrals which is invested in employer securities, a plan meets the requirements of this paragraph if the applicable individual may elect to direct the plan to divest any such securities and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options meeting the requirements of paragraph (4).
(3)

Employer contributions invested in employer securities.—
In the case of the portion of the account attributable to employer contributions other than elective deferrals which is invested in employer securities, a plan meets the requirements of this paragraph if each applicable individual who—
(A)
is a participant who has completed at least 3 years of service, or
(B)
is a beneficiary of a participant described in subparagraph (A) or of a deceased participant,
may elect to direct the plan to divest any such securities and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options meeting the requirements of paragraph (4).
(4)

Investment options.—
(A)

In general.—
The requirements of this paragraph are met if the plan offers not less than 3 investment options, other than employer securities, to which an applicable individual may direct the proceeds from the divestment of employer securities pursuant to this subsection, each of which is diversified and has materially different risk and return characteristics.
(B)

Treatment of certain restrictions and conditions.—
(i)

Time for making investment choices.—
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of this paragraph merely because the plan limits the time for divestment and reinvestment to periodic, reasonable opportunities occurring no less frequently than quarterly.
(ii)

Certain restrictions and conditions not allowed.—
Except as provided in regulations, a plan shall not meet the requirements of this paragraph if the plan imposes restrictions or conditions with respect to the investment of employer securities which are not imposed on the investment of other assets of the plan. This subparagraph shall not apply to any restrictions or conditions imposed by reason of the application of securities laws.
(5)

Applicable individual account plan.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
The term “applicable individual account plan” means any individual account plan (as defined in section 3(34)) which holds any publicly traded employer securities.
(B)

Exception for certain esops.—
Such term does not include an employee stock ownership plan if—
(i)
there are no contributions to such plan (or earnings thereunder) which are held within such plan and are subject to subsection (k) or (m) of section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and
(ii)
such plan is a separate plan (for purposes of section 414(l) of such Code) with respect to any other defined benefit plan or individual account plan maintained by the same employer or employers.
(C)

Exception for one participant plans.—
Such term shall not include a one-participant retirement plan (as defined in section 101(i)(8)(B)).
(D)

Certain plans treated as holding publicly traded employer securities.—
(i)

In general.—
Except as provided in regulations or in clause (ii), a plan holding employer securities which are not publicly traded employer securities shall be treated as holding publicly traded employer securities if any employer corporation, or any member of a controlled group of corporations which includes such employer corporation, has issued a class of stock which is a publicly traded employer security.
(ii)

Exception for certain controlled groups with publicly traded securities.—
Clause (i) shall not apply to a plan if—
(I)
no employer corporation, or parent corporation of an employer corporation, has issued any publicly traded employer security, and
(II)
no employer corporation, or parent corporation of an employer corporation, has issued any special class of stock which grants particular rights to, or bears particular risks for, the holder or issuer with respect to any corporation described in clause (i) which has issued any publicly traded employer security.
(iii)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term—
(I)
“controlled group of corporations” has the meaning given such term by section 1563(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, except that “50 percent” shall be substituted for “80 percent” each place it appears,
(II)
“employer corporation” means a corporation which is an employer maintaining the plan, and
(III)
“parent corporation” has the meaning given such term by section 424(e) of such Code.
(6)

Other definitions.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(A)

Applicable individual.—
The term “applicable individual” means—
(i)
any participant in the plan, and
(ii)
any beneficiary who has an account under the plan with respect to which the beneficiary is entitled to exercise the rights of a participant.
(B)

Elective deferral.—
The term “elective deferral” means an employer contribution described in section 402(g)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(C)

Employer security.—
The term “employer security” has the meaning given such term by section 407(d)(1).
(D)

Employee stock ownership plan.—
The term “employee stock ownership plan” has the meaning given such term by section 4975(e)(7) of such Code.
(E)

Publicly traded employer securities.—
The term “publicly traded employer securities” means employer securities which are readily tradable on an established securities market.
(F)

Year of service.—
The term “year of service” has the meaning given such term by section 203(b)(2).
(7)

Transition rule for securities attributable to employer contributions.—
(A)

Rules phased in over 3 years.—
(i)

In general.—
In the case of the portion of an account to which paragraph (3) applies and which consists of employer securities acquired in a plan year beginning before January 1, 2007, paragraph (3) shall only apply to the applicable percentage of such securities. This subparagraph shall be applied separately with respect to each class of securities.
(ii)

Exception for certain participants aged 55 or over.—
Clause (i) shall not apply to an applicable individual who is a participant who has attained age 55 and completed at least 3 years of service before the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2005.
(B)

Applicable percentage.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the applicable percentage shall be determined as follows:
Plan year to which | The applicable
paragraph (3) applies: | percentage is:
1st | 33
2d | 66
3d | 100.
(k)

Special Rule for Determining Normal Retirement Age for Certain Existing Defined Benefit Plans.—
(1)

In general.—
Notwithstanding section 3(24), an applicable plan shall not be treated as failing to meet any requirement of this title, or as failing to have a uniform normal retirement age for purposes of this title, solely because the plan provides for a normal retirement age described in paragraph (2).
(2)

Applicable plan.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
The term “applicable plan” means a defined benefit plan the terms of which, on or before December 8, 2014, provided for a normal retirement age which is the earlier of—
(i)
an age otherwise permitted under section 3(24), or
(ii)
the age at which a participant completes the number of years (not less than 30 years) of benefit accrual service specified by the plan.
A plan shall not fail to be treated as an applicable plan solely because the normal retirement age described in the preceding sentence only applied to certain participants or only applied to employees of certain employers in the case of a plan maintained by more than 1 employer.
(B)

Expanded application.—
Subject to subparagraph (C), if, after December 8, 2014, an applicable plan is amended to expand the application of the normal retirement age described in subparagraph (A) to additional participants or to employees of additional employers maintaining the plan, such plan shall also be treated as an applicable plan with respect to such participants or employees.
(C)

Limitation on expanded application.—
A defined benefit plan shall be an applicable plan only with respect to an individual who—
(i)
is a participant in the plan on or before January 1, 2017, or
(ii)
is an employee at any time on or before January 1, 2017, of any employer maintaining the plan, and who becomes a participant in such plan after such date.
(l)

Cross Reference.—
For special rules relating to plan provisions adopted to preclude discrimination, see section 203(c)(2).

requirement of joint and survivor annuity and preretirement survivor annuity
Sec. 205.
[1055]
(a)
Each pension plan to which this section applies shall provide that—
(1)
in the case of a vested participant who does not die before the annuity starting date, the accrued benefit payable to such participant shall be provided in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity, and
(2)
in the case of a vested participant who dies before the annuity starting date and who has a surviving spouse, a qualified preretirement survivor annuity shall be provided to the surviving spouse of such participant.
(b)
(1)
This section shall apply to—
(A)
any defined benefit plan,
(B)
any individual account plan which is subject to the funding standards of section 302, and
(C)
any participant under any other individual account plan unless—
(i)
such plan provides that the participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit (reduced by any security interest held by the plan by reason of a loan outstanding to such participant) is payable in full, on the death of the participant, to the participant's surviving spouse (or, if there is no surviving spouse or the surviving spouse consents in the manner required under subsection (c)(2), to a designated beneficiary),
(ii)
such participant does not elect the payment of benefits in the form of a life annuity, and
(iii)
with respect to such participant, such plan is not a direct or indirect transferee (in a transfer after December 31, 1984) of a plan which is described in subparagraph (A) or (B) or to which this clause applied with respect to the participant.
Clause (iii) of subparagraph (C) shall apply only with respect to the transferred assets (and income therefrom) if the plan separately accounts for such assets and any income therefrom.
(2)
(A)
In the case of—
(i)
a tax credit employee stock ownership plan (as defined in section 409(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), or
(ii)
an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of such Code),
subsection (a) shall not apply to that portion of the employee's accrued benefit to which the requirements of section 409(h) of such Code apply.
(B)
Subparagraph (A) shall not apply with respect to any participant unless the requirements of clause 36 (i), (ii), and (iii) of paragraph (1)(C) are met with respect to such participant.
^{36}
So in original.
(4)37
This section shall not apply to a plan which the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate has determined is a plan described in section 404(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (or a continuation thereof) in which participation is substantially limited to individuals who, before January 1, 1976, ceased employment covered by the plan.
^{37}
So in original. Sections 7861(d)(1) and 7862(d)(9)(B) of P.L. 101–239 redesignated the two subsection (b)(3)'s as subsection (b)(4)'s .
(4)37
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of paragraph (1)(C) or (2) merely because the plan provides that benefits will not be payable to the surviving spouse of the participant unless the participant and such spouse had been married throughout the 1-year period ending on the earlier of the participant's annuity starting date or the date of the participant's death.
(c)
(1)
A plan meets the requirements of this section only if—
(A)38
under the plan, each participant—
^{38}
Subparagraph (A) of subsection (c)(1) (as amended by section 1004(b)(1) of Public Law 109–280) applies December 31, 2007 pursuant to subsection (c)(1) of such section 1004. Prior to December 31, 2007, such suparagraph reads as follows:
(A) under the plan, each participant—
(i) may elect at any time during the applicable election period to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity form of benefit or the qualified preretirement survivor annuity form of benefit (or both), and
(ii) may revoke any such election at any time during the applicable election period, and
(i)
may elect at any time during the applicable election period to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity form of benefit or the qualified preretirement survivor annuity form of benefit (or both),
(ii)
if the participant elects a waiver under clause (i), may elect the qualified optional survivor annuity at any time during the applicable election period, and
(iii)
may revoke any such election at any time during the applicable election period, and
(B)
the plan meets the requirements of paragraphs (2), (3), and (4).
(2)
Each plan shall provide that an election under paragraph (1)(A)(i) shall not take effect unless—
(A)
(i)
the spouse of the participant consents in writing to such election, (ii) such election designates a beneficiary (or a form of benefits) which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the participant without any requirement of further consent by the spouse), and (iii) the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of such election and is witnessed by a plan representative or a notary public, or
(B)
it is established to the satisfaction of a plan representative that the consent required under subparagraph (A) may not be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe.
Any consent by a spouse (or establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained) under the preceding sentence shall be effective only with respect to such spouse.
(3)
(A)
Each plan shall provide to each participant, within a reasonable period of time before the annuity starting date (and consistent with such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe) a written explanation of—
(i)
the terms and conditions of the qualified joint and survivor annuity and of the qualified optional survivor annuity 39,
^{39}
The amendment to insert “and of the qualified optional survivor annuity” after “annuity” made by section 1004(b)(3) of Public Law 109–280 applies December 31, 2007 pursuant to subsection (c)(1) of such section 1004.
(ii)
the participant's right to make, and the effect of, an election under paragraph (1) to waive the joint and survivor annuity form of benefit,
(iii)
the rights of the participant's spouse under paragraph (2), and
(iv)
the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of an election under paragraph (1).
(B)
(i)
Each plan shall provide to each participant, within the applicable period with respect to such participant (and consistent with such regulations as the Secretary may prescribe), a written explanation with respect to the qualified preretirement survivor annuity comparable to that required under subparagraph (A).
(ii)
For purposes of clause (i), the term “applicable period” means, with respect to a participant, whichever of the following periods ends last:
(I)
The period beginning with the first day of the plan year in which the participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the participant attains age 35.
(II)
A reasonable period after the individual becomes a participant.
(III)
A reasonable period ending after paragraph (5) ceases to apply to the participant.
(IV)
A reasonable period ending after section 205 applies to the participant.
In the case of a participant who separates from service before attaining age 35, the applicable period shall be a reasonable period after separation.
(4)
Each plan shall provide that, if this section applies to a participant when part or all of the participant's accrued benefit is to be used as security for a loan, no portion of the participant's accrued benefit may be used as security for such loan unless—
(A)
the spouse of the participant (if any) consents in writing to such use during the 90-day period ending on the date on which the loan is to be so secured, and
(B)
requirements comparable to the requirements of paragraph (2) are met with respect to such consent.
(5)
(A)
The requirements of this subsection shall not apply with respect to the qualified joint and survivor annuity form of benefit or the qualified preretirement survivor annuity form of benefit, as the case may be, if such benefit may not be waived (or another beneficiary selected) and if the plan fully subsidizes the costs of such benefit.
(B)
For purposes of subparagraph (A), a plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if under the plan the failure to waive such benefit by a participant would not result in a decrease in any plan benefits with respect to such participant and would not result in increased contributions from such participant.
(6)
If a plan fiduciary acts in accordance with part 4 of this subtitle in—
(A)
relying on a consent or revocation referred to in paragraph (1)(A), or
(B)
making a determination under paragraph (2),
then such consent, revocation, or determination shall be treated as valid for purposes of discharging the plan from liability to the extent of payments made pursuant to such Act.40
^{40}
So in original. The word “Act” appears to be referring back to an action taken by the plan fiduciary and therefore should not be capitalized.
(7)
For purposes of this subsection, the term “applicable election period” means—
(A)
in the case of an election to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity form of benefit, the 180-day period ending on the annuity starting date, or
(B)
in the case of an election to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity, the period which begins on the first day of the plan year in which the participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of the participant's death.
In the case of a participant who is separated from service, the applicable election period under subparagraph (B) with respect to benefits accrued before the date of such separation from service shall not begin later than such date.
(8)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection—
(A)
(i)
A plan may provide the written explanation described in paragraph (3)(A) after the annuity starting date. In any case to which this subparagraph applies, the applicable election period under paragraph (7) shall not end before the 30th day after the date on which such explanation is provided.
(ii)
The Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations limit the application of clause (i), except that such regulations may not limit the period of time by which the annuity starting date precedes the provision of the written explanation other than by providing that the annuity starting date may not be earlier than termination of employment.
(B)
A plan may permit a participant to elect (with any applicable spousal consent) to waive any requirement that the written explanation be provided at least 30 days before the annuity starting date (or to waive the 30-day requirement under subparagraph (A)) if the distribution commences more than 7 days after such explanation is provided.
(d)
(1)41
For purposes of this section, the term “qualified joint and survivor annuity” means an annuity—
^{41}
Subsection (d) (as amended by section 1004(b)(2) of Public Law 109–280) applies December 31, 2007 pursuant to subsection (c)(1) of such section 1004. Prior to December 31, 2007, such subsection reads as follows:
(d) For purposes of this section, the term “qualified joint and survivor annuity” means an annuity—
(1) for the life of the participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse which is not less than 50 percent of (and is not greater than 100 percent of) the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the participant and the spouse, and
(2) which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the participant.
Such term also includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity described in the preceding sentence.
(A)
for the life of the participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse which is not less than 50 percent of (and is not greater than 100 percent of) the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the participant and the spouse, and
(B)
which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the participant.
Such term also includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity described in the preceding sentence.
(2)
(A)
For purposes of this section, the term “qualified optional survivor annuity” means an annuity—
(i)
for the life of the participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse which is equal to the applicable percentage of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the participant and the spouse, and
(ii)
which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the participant.
Such term also includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity described in the preceding sentence.
(B)
(i)
For purposes of subparagraph (A), if the survivor annuity percentage—
(I)
is less than 75 percent, the applicable percentage is 75 percent, and
(II)
is greater than or equal to 75 percent, the applicable percentage is 50 percent.
(ii)
For purposes of clause (i), the term “survivor annuity percentage” means the percentage which the survivor annuity under the plan's qualified joint and survivor annuity bears to the annuity payable during the joint lives of the participant and the spouse.
(e)
For purposes of this section—
(1)
Except as provided in paragraph (2), the term “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” means a survivor annuity for the life of the surviving spouse of the participant if—
(A)
the payments to the surviving spouse under such annuity are not less than the amounts which would be payable as a survivor annuity under the qualified joint and survivor annuity under the plan (or the actuarial equivalent thereof) if—
(i)
in the case of a participant who dies after the date on which the participant attained the earliest retirement age, such participant had retired with an immediate qualified joint and survivor annuity on the day before the participant's date of death, or
(ii)
in the case of a participant who dies on or before the date on which the participant would have attained the earliest retirement age, such participant had—
(I)
separated from service on the date of death,
(II)
survived to the earliest retirement age,
(III)
retired with an immediate qualified joint and survivor annuity at the earliest retirement age, and
(IV)
died on the day after the day on which such participant would have attained the earliest retirement age, and
(B)
under the plan, the earliest period for which the surviving spouse may receive a payment under such annuity is not later than the month in which the participant would have attained the earliest retirement age under the plan.
In the case of an individual who separated from service before the date of such individual's death, subparagraph (A)(ii)(I) shall not apply.
(2)
In the case of any individual account plan or participant described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of subsection (b)(1), the term “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” means an annuity for the life of the surviving spouse the actuarial equivalent of which is not less than 50 percent of the portion of the account balance of the participant (as of the date of death) to which the participant had a nonforfeitable right (within the meaning of section 203).
(3)
For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), any security interest held by the plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the participant shall be taken into account in determining the amount of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity.
(f)
(1)
Except as provided in paragraph (2), a plan may provide that a qualified joint and survivor annuity (or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity) will not be provided unless the participant and spouse had been married throughout the 1-year period ending on the earlier of—
(A)
the participant's annuity starting date, or
(B)
the date of the participant's death.
(2)
For purposes of paragraph (1), if—
(A)
a participant marries within 1 year before the annuity starting date, and
(B)
the participant and the participant's spouse in such marriage have been married for at least a 1-year period ending on or before the date of the participant's death,
such participant and such spouse shall be treated as having been married throughout the 1-year period ending on the participant's annuity starting date.
(g)
(1)
A plan may provide that the present value of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity will be immediately distributed if such value does not exceed the amount that can be distributed without the participant's consent under section 203(e). No distribution may be made under the preceding sentence after the annuity starting date unless the participant and the spouse of the participant (or where the participant has died, the surviving spouse) consent in writing to such distribution.
(2)
If—
(A)
the present value of the qualified joint and survivor annuity or the qualified preretirement survivor annuity exceeds the amount that can be distributed without the participant's consent under section 203(e), and
(B)
the participant and the spouse of the participant (or where the participant has died, the surviving spouse) consent in writing to the distribution,
the plan may immediately distribute the present value of such annuity.
(3)
(A)
For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), the present value shall not be less than the present value calculated by using the applicable mortality table and the applicable interest rate.
(B)
For purposes of subparagraph (A)—
(i)
The term “applicable mortality table” means a mortality table, modified as appropriate by the Secretary of the Treasury, based on the mortality table specified for the plan year under subparagraph (A) of section 303(h)(3) (without regard to subparagraph (C) or (D) of such section).
(ii)
The term “applicable interest rate” means the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates applied under rules similar to the rules of section 303(h)(2)(C) (determined by not taking into account any adjustment under clause (iv) thereof) for the month before the date of the distribution or such other time as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe.
(iii)
For purposes of clause (ii), the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates are the first, second, and third segment rates which would be determined under section 303(h)(2)(C) (determined by not taking into account any adjustment under clause (iv) thereof) if section 303(h)(2)(D) were applied by substituting the average yields for the month described in clause (ii) for the average yields for the 24-month period described in such section.
(h)
For purposes of this section—
(1)
The term “vested participant” means any participant who has a nonforfeitable right (within the meaning of section 3(19)) to any portion of such participant's accrued benefit.
(2)
(A)
The term “annuity starting date” means—
(i)
the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity, or
(ii)
in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the participant to such benefit.
(B)
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the first day of the first period for which a benefit is to be received by reason of disability shall be treated as the annuity starting date only if such benefit is not an auxiliary benefit.
(3)
The term “earliest retirement age” means the earliest date on which, under the plan, the participant could elect to receive retirement benefits.
(i)
A plan may take into account in any equitable manner (as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury) any increased costs resulting from providing a qualified joint or survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity.
(j)
If the use of any participant's accrued benefit (or any portion thereof) as security for a loan meets the requirements of subsection (c)(4), nothing in this section shall prevent any distribution required by reason of a failure to comply with the terms of such loan.
(k)
No consent of a spouse shall be effective for purposes of subsection (g)(1) or (g)(2) (as the case may be) unless requirements comparable to the requirements for spousal consent to an election under subsection (c)(1)(A) are met.
(l)
In prescribing regulations under this section, the Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with the Secretary of Labor.

other provisions relating to form and payment of benefits
Sec. 206.
[1056]
(a)
Each pension plan shall provide that unless the participant otherwise elects, the payment of benefits under the plan to the participant shall begin not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the plan year in which—
(1)
occurs the date on which the participant attains the earlier of age 65 or the normal retirement age specified under the plan,
(2)
occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the participant commenced participation in the plan, or
(3)
the participant terminates his service with the employer.
In the case of a plan which provides for the payment of an early retirement benefit, such plan shall provide that a participant who satisfied the service requirements for such early retirement benefit, but separated from the service (with any nonforfeitable right to an accrued benefit) before satisfying the age requirement for such early retirement benefit, is entitled upon satisfaction of such age requirement to receive a benefit not less than the benefit to which he would be entitled at the normal retirement age, actuarially reduced under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(b)
If—
(1)
a participant or beneficiary is receiving benefits under a pension plan, or
(2)
a participant is separated from the service and has non-forfeitable rights to benefits,
a plan may not decrease benefits of such a participant by reason of any increase in the benefit levels payable under title II of the Social Security Act [(42 U.S.C. 401 et seq.)] or the Railroad Retirement Act of 1937 [Railroad Retirement Act of 1974 (45 U.S.C. 231 et seq.)]42 or any increase in the wage base 43 under such title II, if such increase takes place after the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] or (if later) the earlier of the date of first entitlement of such benefits or the date of such separation.
^{42}
By reason of the reassignment of functions under Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1978, some references in title I to the ‘‘Secretary’’ are construed to be references to the Secretary of the Treasury.
^{43}
The current correct reference is to the contribution and benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security Act.
(c)
No pension plan may provide that any part of a participant's accrued benefit derived from employer contributions (whether or not otherwise nonforfeitable) is forfeitable solely because of withdrawal by such participant of any amount attributable to the benefit derived from contributions made by such participant. The preceding sentence shall not apply (1) to the accrued benefit of any participant unless, at the time of such withdrawal, such participant has a nonforfeitable right to at least 50 percent of such accrued benefit, or (2) to the extent that an accrued benefit is permitted to be forfeited in accordance with section 203(a)(3)(D)(iii).
(d)
(1)
Each pension plan shall provide that benefits provided under the plan may not be assigned or alienated.
(2)
For the purposes of paragraph (1) of this subsection, there shall not be taken into account any voluntary and revocable assignment of not to exceed 10 percent of any benefit payment, or of any irrevocable assignment or alienation of benefits executed before the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974]. The preceding sentence shall not apply to any assignment or alienation made for the purposes of defraying plan administration costs. For purposes of this paragraph a loan made to a participant or beneficiary shall not be treated as an assignment or alienation if such loan is secured by the participant's accrued nonforfeitable benefit and is exempt from the tax imposed by section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to tax on prohibited transactions) by reason of section 4975(d)(1) of such Code.
(3)
(A)
Paragraph (1) shall apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, except that paragraph (1) shall not apply if the order is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. Each pension plan shall provide for the payment of benefits in accordance with the applicable requirements of any qualified domestic relations order.
(B)
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)
the term “qualified domestic relations order” means a domestic relations order—
(I)
which creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee's right to, or assigns to an alternate payee the right to, receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a participant under a plan, and
(II)
with respect to which the requirements of subparagraphs (C) and (D) are met, and
(ii)
the term “domestic relations order” means any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which—
(I)
relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a participant, and
(II)
is made pursuant to a State or Tribal domestic relations law (including a community property law).
For purposes of clause (ii), the term “Tribal” with respect to a domestic relations law means such a law which is issued by or under the laws of an Indian tribal government, a subdivision of such an Indian tribal government, or an agency or instrumentality of either.
(C)
A domestic relations order meets the requirements of this subparagraph only if such order clearly specifies—
(i)
the name and the last known mailing address (if any) of the participant and the name and mailing address of each alternate payee covered by the order,
(ii)
the amount or percentage of the participant's benefits to be paid by the plan to each such alternate payee, or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined,
(iii)
the number of payments or period to which such order applies, and
(iv)
each plan to which such order applies.
(D)
A domestic relations order meets the requirements of this subparagraph only if such order—
(i)
does not require a plan to provide any type or form of benefit, or any option, not otherwise provided under the plan,
(ii)
does not require the plan to provide increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial value), and
(iii)
does not require the payment of benefits to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee under another order previously determined to be a qualified domestic relations order.
(E)
(i)
A domestic relations order shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of clause (i) of subparagraph (D) solely because such order requires that payment of benefits be made to an alternate payee—
(I)
in the case of any payment before a participant has separated from service, on or after the date on which the participant attains (or would have attained) the earliest retirement age,
(II)
as if the participant had retired on the date on which such payment is to begin under such order (but taking into account only the present value of benefits actually accrued and not taking into account the present value of any employer subsidy for early retirement), and
(III)
in any form in which such benefits may be paid under the plan to the participant (other than in the form of a joint and survivor annuity with respect to the alternate payee and his or her subsequent spouse).
For purposes of subclause (II), the interest rate assumption used in determining the present value shall be the interest rate specified in the plan or, if no rate is specified, 5 percent.
(ii)
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “earliest retirement age” means the earlier of—
(I)
the date on which the participant is entitled to a distribution under the plan, or
(II)
the later of the date of the participant attains age 50 or the earliest date on which the participant could begin receiving benefits under the plan if the participant separated from service.
(F)
To the extent provided in any qualified domestic relations order—
(i)
the former spouse of a participant shall be treated as a surviving spouse of such participant for purposes of section 205 (and any spouse of the participant shall not be treated as a spouse of the participant for such purposes), and
(ii)
if married for at least 1 year, the surviving former spouse shall be treated as meeting the requirements of section 205(f).
(G)
(i)
In the case of any domestic relations order received by a plan—
(I)
the plan administrator shall promptly notify the participant and each alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the plan's procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and
(II)
within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the plan administrator shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the participant and each alternate payee of such determination.
(ii)
Each plan shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders. Such procedures—
(I)
shall be in writing,
(II)
shall provide for the notification of each person specified in a domestic relations order as entitled to payment of benefits under the plan (at the address included in the domestic relations order) of such procedures promptly upon receipt by the plan of the domestic relations order, and
(III)
shall permit an alternate payee to designate a representative for receipt of copies of notices that are sent to the alternate payee with respect to a domestic relations order.
(H)
(i)
During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the plan administrator, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the plan administrator shall separately account for the amounts (hereinafter in this subparagraph referred to as the “segregated amounts”) which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order.
(ii)
If within the 18-month period described in clause (v) the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the plan administrator shall pay the segregated amounts (including any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto.
(iii)
If within the 18-month period described in clause (v)—
(I)
it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or
(II)
the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved,
then the plan administrator shall pay the segregated amounts (including any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order.
(iv)
Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the 18-month period described in clause (v) shall be applied prospectively only.
(v)
For purposes of this subparagraph, the 18-month period described in this clause is the 18-month period beginning with the date on which the first payment would be required to be made under the domestic relations order.
(I)
If a plan fiduciary acts in accordance with part 4 of this subtitle in—
(i)
treating a domestic relations order as being (or not being) a qualified domestic relations order, or
(ii)
taking action under subparagraph (H),
then the plan's obligation to the participant and each alternate payee shall be discharged to the extent of any payment made pursuant to such Act.44
^{44}
So in original. The word “Act” appears to be referring back to the an action taken by the plan fidaciary and therefore should not be capitalized.
(J)
A person who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order shall be considered for purposes of any provision of this Act a beneficiary under the plan. Nothing in the preceding sentence shall permit a requirement under section 4001 of the payment of more than 1 premium with respect to a participant for any period.
(K)
The term “alternate payee” means any spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under a plan with respect to such participant.
(L)
This paragraph shall not apply to any plan to which paragraph (1) does not apply.
(M)
Payment of benefits by a pension plan in accordance with the applicable requirements of a qualified domestic relations order shall not be treated as garnishment for purposes of section 303(a) of the Consumer Credit Protection Act [15 U.S.C. 1673(a)].
(N)
In prescribing regulations under this paragraph, the Secretary shall consult with the Secretary of the Treasury.
(4)
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any offset of a participant's benefits provided under an employee pension benefit plan against an amount that the participant is ordered or required to pay to the plan if—
(A)
the order or requirement to pay arises—
(i)
under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving such plan,
(ii)
under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of this subtitle, or
(iii)
pursuant to a settlement agreement between the Secretary and the participant, or a settlement agreement between the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the participant, in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of this subtitle by a fiduciary or any other person,
(B)
the judgment, order, decree, or settlement agreement expressly provides for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the plan against the participant's benefits provided under the plan, and
(C)
in a case in which the survivor annuity requirements of section 205 apply with respect to distributions from the plan to the participant, if the participant has a spouse at the time at which the offset is to be made—
(i)
either—
(I)
such spouse has consented in writing to such offset and such consent is witnessed by a notary public or representative of the plan (or it is established to the satisfaction of a plan representative that such consent may not be obtained by reason of circumstances described in section 205(c)(2)(B)), or
(II)
an election to waive the right of the spouse to a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified preretirement survivor annuity is in effect in accordance with the requirements of section 205(c),
(ii)
such spouse is ordered or required in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement to pay an amount to the plan in connection with a violation of part 4 of this subtitle, or
(iii)
in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement, such spouse retains the right to receive the survivor annuity under a qualified joint and survivor annuity provided pursuant to section 205(a)(1) and under a qualified preretirement survivor annuity provided pursuant to section 205(a)(2), determined in accordance with paragraph (5).
A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of section 205 solely by reason of an offset under this paragraph.
(5)
(A)
The survivor annuity described in paragraph (4)(C)(iii) shall be determined as if—
(i)
the participant terminated employment on the date of the offset,
(ii)
there was no offset,
(iii)
the plan permitted commencement of benefits only on or after normal retirement age,
(iv)
the plan provided only the minimum-required qualified joint and survivor annuity, and
(v)
the amount of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity under the plan is equal to the amount of the survivor annuity payable under the minimum-required qualified joint and survivor annuity.
(B)
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “minimum-required qualified joint and survivor annuity” means the qualified joint and survivor annuity which is the actuarial equivalent of the participant's accrued benefit (within the meaning of section 3(23)) and under which the survivor annuity is 50 percent of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the participant and the spouse.
(e)

Limitation on Distributions Other Than Life Annuities Paid By The Plan.—
(1)

In general.—
Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the fiduciary of a pension plan that is subject to the additional funding requirements of section 303(j)(4) shall not permit a prohibited payment to be made from a plan during a period in which such plan has a liquidity shortfall (as defined in section 303(j)(4)(E)(i)).
(2)

Prohibited payment.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), the term “prohibited payment” means—
(A)
any payment, in excess of the monthly amount paid under a single life annuity (plus any social security supplements described in the last sentence of section 204(b)(1)(G)), to a participant or beneficiary whose annuity starting date (as defined in section 205(h)(2)), that occurs during the period referred to in paragraph (1),
(B)
any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits, and
(C)
any other payment specified by the Secretary of the Treasury by regulations.
(3)

Period of shortfall.—
For purposes of this subsection, a plan has a liquidity shortfall during the period that there is an underpayment of an installment under section 303(j)(3) by reason of section 303(j)(4)(A).
(4)

Coordination with other provisions.—
Compliance with this subsection shall not constitute a violation of any other provision of this Act.
(f)

Missing Participants in Terminated Plans.—
In the case of a plan covered by section 4050, upon termination of the plan, benefits of missing participants shall be treated in accordance with section 4050.
(g)45

Funding-Based Limits on Benefits and Benefit Accruals Under Single-Employer Plans.—
^{45}
PPA section 104(a) provides for a delayed effective date for multiple employer plans of certain cooperatives until as late as plan years beginning on or after 1/1/2017, with a special interest rate applicable prior to the effective date. PPA section 105(a) provides for a delayed effective date for certain PBGC settlement plans until plan years beginning on or after 1/1/2014. PPA section 106(a) provides for a delayed effective date for plans of certain government contractors until plan years beginning on or after 1/1/2011, with a special interest rate applicable prior to the effective date.
(1)

Funding-based limitation on shutdown benefits and other unpredictable contingent event benefits under single-employer plans.—
(A)

In general.—
If a participant of a defined benefit plan which is a single-employer plan is entitled to an unpredictable contingent event benefit payable with respect to any event occurring during any plan year, the plan shall provide that such benefit may not be provided if the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for such plan year—
(i)
is less than 60 percent, or
(ii)
would be less than 60 percent taking into account such occurrence.
(B)

Exemption.—
Subparagraph (A) shall cease to apply with respect to any plan year, effective as of the first day of the plan year, upon payment by the plan sponsor of a contribution (in addition to any minimum required contribution under section 303) equal to—
(i)
in the case of subparagraph (A)(i), the amount of the increase in the funding target of the plan (under section 303) for the plan year attributable to the occurrence referred to in subparagraph (A), and
(ii)
in the case of subparagraph (A)(ii), the amount sufficient to result in an adjusted funding target attainment percentage of 60 percent.
(C)

Unpredictable contingent event benefit.—
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “unpredictable contingent event benefit” means any benefit payable solely by reason of—
(i)
a plant shutdown (or similar event, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury), or
(ii)
an event other than the attainment of any age, performance of any service, receipt or derivation of any compensation, or occurrence of death or disability.
(2)

Limitations on plan amendments increasing liability for benefits.—
(A)

In general.—
No amendment to a defined benefit plan which is a single-employer plan which has the effect of increasing liabilities of the plan by reason of increases in benefits, establishment of new benefits, changing the rate of benefit accrual, or changing the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable may take effect during any plan year if the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for such plan year is—
(i)
less than 80 percent, or
(ii)
would be less than 80 percent taking into account such amendment.
(B)

Exemption.—
Subparagraph (A) shall cease to apply with respect to any plan year, effective as of the first day of the plan year (or if later, the effective date of the amendment), upon payment by the plan sponsor of a contribution (in addition to any minimum required contribution under section 303) equal to—
(i)
in the case of subparagraph (A)(i), the amount of the increase in the funding target of the plan (under section 303) for the plan year attributable to the amendment, and
(ii)
in the case of subparagraph (A)(ii), the amount sufficient to result in an adjusted funding target attainment percentage of 80 percent.
(C)

Exception for certain benefit increases.—
Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any amendment which provides for an increase in benefits under a formula which is not based on a participant's compensation, but only if the rate of such increase is not in excess of the contemporaneous rate of increase in average wages of participants covered by the amendment.
(3)

Limitations on accelerated benefit distributions.—
(A)

Funding percentage less than 60 percent.—
A defined benefit plan which is a single-employer plan shall provide that, in any case in which the plan's adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a plan year is less than 60 percent, the plan may not pay any prohibited payment after the valuation date for the plan year.
(B)

Bankruptcy.—
A defined benefit plan which is a single-employer plan shall provide that, during any period in which the plan sponsor is a debtor in a case under title 11, United States Code, or similar Federal or State law, the plan may not pay any prohibited payment. The preceding sentence shall not apply on or after the date on which the enrolled actuary of the plan certifies that the adjusted funding target attainment percentage of such plan (determined by not taking into account any adjustment of segment rates under section 303(h)(2)(C)(iv)) is not less than 100 percent.
(C)

Limited payment if percentage at least 60 percent but less than 80 percent.—
(i)

In general.—
A defined benefit plan which is a single-employer plan shall provide that, in any case in which the plan's adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a plan year is 60 percent or greater but less than 80 percent, the plan may not pay any prohibited payment after the valuation date for the plan year to the extent the amount of the payment exceeds the lesser of—
(I)
50 percent of the amount of the payment which could be made without regard to this subsection, or
(II)
the present value (determined under guidance prescribed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, using the interest and mortality assumptions under section 205(g)) of the maximum guarantee with respect to the participant under section 4022.
(ii)

One-time application.—
(I)

In general.—
The plan shall also provide that only 1 prohibited payment meeting the requirements of clause (i) may be made with respect to any participant during any period of consecutive plan years to which the limitations under either subparagraph (A) or (B) or this subparagraph applies.
(II)

Treatment of beneficiaries.—
For purposes of this clause, a participant and any beneficiary on his behalf (including an alternate payee, as defined in section 206(d)(3)(K)) shall be treated as 1 participant. If the accrued benefit of a participant is allocated to such an alternate payee and 1 or more other persons, the amount under clause (i) shall be allocated among such persons in the same manner as the accrued benefit is allocated unless the qualified domestic relations order (as defined in section 206(d)(3)(B)(i)) provides otherwise.
(D)

Exception.—
This paragraph shall not apply to any plan for any plan year if the terms of such plan (as in effect for the period beginning on September 1, 2005, and ending with such plan year) provide for no benefit accruals with respect to any participant during such period.
(E)

Prohibited payment.—
For purpose of this paragraph, the term “prohibited payment” means—
(i)
any payment, in excess of the monthly amount paid under a single life annuity (plus any social security supplements described in the last sentence of section 204(b)(1)(G)), to a participant or beneficiary whose annuity starting date (as defined in section 205(h)(2)) occurs during any period a limitation under subparagraph (A) or (B) is in effect,
(ii)
any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits, and
(iii)
any other payment specified by the Secretary of the Treasury by regulations.
Such term shall not include the payment of a benefit which under section 203(e) may be immediately distributed without the consent of the participant.
(4)

Limitation on benefit accruals for plans with severe funding shortfalls.—
(A)

In general.—
A defined benefit plan which is a single-employer plan shall provide that, in any case in which the plan's adjusted funding target attainment percentage for a plan year is less than 60 percent, benefit accruals under the plan shall cease as of the valuation date for the plan year.
(B)

Exemption.—
Subparagraph (A) shall cease to apply with respect to any plan year, effective as of the first day of the plan year, upon payment by the plan sponsor of a contribution (in addition to any minimum required contribution under section 303) equal to the amount sufficient to result in an adjusted funding target attainment percentage of 60 percent.
(5)

Rules relating to contributions required to avoid benefit limitations.—
(A)

Security may be provided.—
(i)

In general.—
For purposes of this subsection, the adjusted funding target attainment percentage shall be determined by treating as an asset of the plan any security provided by a plan sponsor in a form meeting the requirements of clause (ii).
(ii)

Form of security.—
The security required under clause (i) shall consist of—
(I)
a bond issued by a corporate surety company that is an acceptable surety for purposes of section 412 of this Act,
(II)
cash, or United States obligations which mature in 3 years or less, held in escrow by a bank or similar financial institution, or
(III)
such other form of security as is satisfactory to the Secretary of the Treasury and the parties involved.
(iii)

Enforcement.—
Any security provided under clause (i) may be perfected and enforced at any time after the earlier of—
(I)
the date on which the plan terminates,
(II)
if there is a failure to make a payment of the minimum required contribution for any plan year beginning after the security is provided, the due date for the payment under section 303(j), or
(III)
if the adjusted funding target attainment percentage is less than 60 percent for a consecutive period of 7 years, the valuation date for the last year in the period.
(iv)

Release of security.—
The security shall be released (and any amounts thereunder shall be refunded together with any interest accrued thereon) at such time as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe in regulations, including regulations for partial releases of the security by reason of increases in the adjusted funding target attainment percentage.
(B)

Prefunding balance or funding standard carryover balance may not be used.—
No prefunding balance or funding standard carryover balance under section 303(f) may be used under paragraph (1), (2), or (4) to satisfy any payment an employer may make under any such paragraph to avoid or terminate the application of any limitation under such paragraph.
(C)

Deemed reduction of funding balances.—
(i)

In general.—
Subject to clause (iii), in any case in which a benefit limitation under paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) would (but for this subparagraph and determined without regard to paragraph (1)(B), (2)(B), or (4)(B)) apply to such plan for the plan year, the plan sponsor of such plan shall be treated for purposes of this Act as having made an election under section 303(f) to reduce the prefunding balance or funding standard carryover balance by such amount as is necessary for such benefit limitation to not apply to the plan for such plan year.
(ii)

Exception for insufficient funding balances.—
Clause (i) shall not apply with respect to a benefit limitation for any plan year if the application of clause (i) would not result in the benefit limitation not applying for such plan year.
(iii)

Restrictions of certain rules to collectively bargained plans.—
With respect to any benefit limitation under paragraph (1), (2), or (4), clause (i) shall only apply in the case of a plan maintained pursuant to 1 or more collective bargaining agreements between employee representatives and 1 or more employers.
(6)

New plans.—
Paragraphs (1), (2), and (4) shall not apply to a plan for the first 5 plan years of the plan. For purposes of this paragraph, the reference in this paragraph to a plan shall include a reference to any predecessor plan.
(7)

Presumed underfunding for purposes of benefit limitations.—
(A)

Presumption of continued underfunding.—
In any case in which a benefit limitation under paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) has been applied to a plan with respect to the plan year preceding the current plan year, the adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the plan for the current plan year shall be presumed to be equal to the adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the plan for the preceding plan year until the enrolled actuary of the plan certifies the actual adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the plan for the current plan year.
(B)

Presumption of underfunding after 10th month.—
In any case in which no certification of the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the current plan year is made with respect to the plan before the first day of the 10th month of such year, for purposes of paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and (4), such first day shall be deemed, for purposes of such paragraph, to be the valuation date of the plan for the current plan year and the plan's adjusted funding target attainment percentage shall be conclusively presumed to be less than 60 percent as of such first day.
(C)

Presumption of underfunding after 4th month for nearly underfunded plans.—
In any case in which—
(i)
a benefit limitation under paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) did not apply to a plan with respect to the plan year preceding the current plan year, but the adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the plan for such preceding plan year was not more than 10 percentage points greater than the percentage which would have caused such paragraph to apply to the plan with respect to such preceding plan year, and
(ii)
as of the first day of the 4th month of the current plan year, the enrolled actuary of the plan has not certified the actual adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the plan for the current plan year,
until the enrolled actuary so certifies, such first day shall be deemed, for purposes of such paragraph, to be the valuation date of the plan for the current plan year and the adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the plan as of such first day shall, for purposes of such paragraph, be presumed to be equal to 10 percentage points less than the adjusted funding target attainment percentage of the plan for such preceding plan year.
(8)

Treatment of plan as of close of prohibited or cessation period.—
For purposes of applying this part—
(A)

Operation of plan after period.—
Unless the plan provides otherwise, payments and accruals will resume effective as of the day following the close of the period for which any limitation of payment or accrual of benefits under paragraph (3) or (4) applies.
(B)

Treatment of affected benefits.—
Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as affecting the plan's treatment of benefits which would have been paid or accrued but for this subsection.
(9)

Terms relating to funding target attainment percentage.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
The term “funding target attainment percentage” has the same meaning given such term by section 303(d)(2).
(B)

Adjusted funding target attainment percentage.—
The term “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” means the funding target attainment percentage which is determined under subparagraph (A) by increasing each of the amounts under subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 303(d)(2) by the aggregate amount of purchases of annuities for employees other than highly compensated employees (as defined in section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) which were made by the plan during the preceding 2 plan years.
(C)

Application to plans which are fully funded without regard to reductions for funding balances.—
In the case of a plan for any plan year, if the funding target attainment percentage is 100 percent or more (determined without regard to the reduction in the value of assets under section 303(f)(4)), the funding target attainment percentage for purposes of subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall be determined without regard to such reduction.
(10)

Secretarial authority for plans with alternate valuation date.—
In the case of a plan which has designated a valuation date other than the first day of the plan year, the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe rules for the application of this subsection which are necessary to reflect the alternate valuation date.
[Paragraph (11) repealed by section 221(a)(57)(G)(ii) of division A of Public Law 113–295.]
(12)

CSEC plans.—
This subsection shall not apply to a CSEC plan (as defined in section 210(f)).
(h)

Special Rules Applicable to Benefit Overpayments.—
(1)

General rule.—
In the case of an inadvertent benefit overpayment by any pension plan, the responsible plan fiduciary shall not be considered to have failed to comply with the requirements of this title merely because such fiduciary determines, in the exercise of its discretion, not to seek recovery of all or part of such overpayment from—
(A)
any participant or beneficiary,
(B)
any plan sponsor of, or contributing employer to—
(i)
an individual account plan, provided that the amount needed to prevent or restore any impermissible forfeiture from any participant’s or beneficiary’s account arising in connection with the overpayment is, separately from and independently of the overpayment, allocated to such account pursuant to the nonforfeitability requirements of section 203 (for example, out of the plan’s forfeiture account, additional employer contributions, or recoveries from those responsible for the overpayment), or
(ii)
a defined benefit pension plan subject to the funding rules in part 3 of this subtitle B, unless the responsible plan fiduciary determines, in the exercise of its fiduciary discretion, that failure to recover all or part of the overpayment faster than required under such funding rules would materially affect the plan’s ability to pay benefits due to other participants and beneficiaries, or
(C)
any fiduciary of the plan, other than a fiduciary (including a plan sponsor or contributing employer acting in a fiduciary capacity) whose breach of its fiduciary duties resulted in such overpayment, provided that if the plan has established prudent procedures to prevent and minimize overpayment of benefits and the relevant plan fiduciaries have followed such procedures, an inadvertent benefit overpayment will not give rise to a breach of fiduciary duty.
(2)

Reduction in future benefit payments and recovery from responsible party.—
Paragraph (1) shall not fail to apply with respect to any inadvertent benefit overpayment merely because, after discovering such overpayment, the responsible plan fiduciary—
(A)
reduces future benefit payments to the correct amount provided for under the terms of the plan, or
(B)
seeks recovery from the person or persons responsible for the overpayment.
(3)

Employer funding obligations.—
Nothing in this subsection shall relieve an employer of any obligation imposed on it to make contributions to a plan to meet the minimum funding standards under part 3 of this subtitle B or to prevent or restore an impermissible forfeiture in accordance with section 203.
(4)

Recoupment from participants and beneficiaries.—
If the responsible plan fiduciary, in the exercise of its fiduciary discretion, decides to seek recoupment from a participant or beneficiary of all or part of an inadvertent benefit overpayment made by the plan to such participant or beneficiary, it may do so, subject to the following conditions:
(A)
No interest or other additional amounts (such as collection costs or fees) are sought on overpaid amounts for any period.
(B)
If the plan seeks to recoup past overpayments of a non-decreasing annuity by reducing future benefit payments—
(i)
the reduction ceases after the plan has recovered the full dollar amount of the overpayment,
(ii)
the amount recouped each calendar year does not exceed 10 percent of the full dollar amount of the overpayment, and
(iii)
future benefit payments are not reduced to below 90 percent of the periodic amount otherwise payable under the terms of the plan.
Alternatively, if the plan seeks to recoup past overpayments of a non-decreasing annuity through one or more installment payments, the sum of such installment payments in any calendar year does not exceed the sum of the reductions that would be permitted in such year under the preceding sentence.
(C)
If the plan seeks to recoup past overpayments of a benefit other than a non-decreasing annuity, the plan satisfies requirements developed by the Secretary of Labor for purposes of this subparagraph.
(D)
Efforts to recoup overpayments are—
(i)
not accompanied by threats of litigation, unless the responsible plan fiduciary makes a determination that there is a reasonable likelihood of success to recover an amount greater than the cost of recovery, and
(ii)
not made through a collection agency or similar third party, unless the participant or beneficiary ignores or rejects efforts to recoup the overpayment following either a final judgment in Federal or State court or a settlement between the participant or beneficiary and the plan, in either case authorizing such recoupment.
(E)
Recoupment of past overpayments to a participant is not sought from any beneficiary of the participant, including a spouse, surviving spouse, former spouse, or other beneficiary.
(F)
Recoupment may not be sought if the first overpayment occurred more than 3 years before the participant or beneficiary is first notified in writing of the error, except in the case of fraud or misrepresentation by the participant.
(G)
A participant or beneficiary from whom recoupment is sought is entitled to contest all or part of the recoupment pursuant to the claims procedures of the plan that made the overpayment to the extent such procedures are consistent with section 503 of this title and in the case of an inadvertent benefit overpayment from a plan to which paragraph (1) applies that is transferred to an eligible retirement plan (as defined in section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) by or on behalf of a participant or beneficiary—
(i)
such plan shall notify the plan receiving the rollover of such dispute,
(ii)
the plan receiving the rollover shall retain such overpayment on behalf of the participant or beneficiary (and shall be entitled to treat such overpayment as plan assets) pending the outcome of such procedures, and
(iii)
the portion of such overpayment with respect to which recoupment is sought on behalf of the plan shall be permitted to be returned to such plan if it is determined to be an overpayment (and the plans making and receiving such transfer shall be treated as permitting such transfer).
(H)
In determining the amount of recoupment to seek, the responsible plan fiduciary may take into account the hardship that recoupment likely would impose on the participant or beneficiary.
(5)

Effect of culpability.—
Subparagraphs (A) through (F) of paragraph (4) shall not apply to protect a participant or beneficiary who is culpable. For purposes of this paragraph, a participant or beneficiary is culpable if the individual bears responsibility for the overpayment (such as through misrepresentations or omissions that led to the overpayment), or if the individual knew that the benefit payment or payments were materially in excess of the correct amount. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an individual is not culpable merely because the individual believed the benefit payment or payments were or might be in excess of the correct amount, if the individual raised that question with an authorized plan representative and was told the payment or payments were not in excess of the correct amount.
[Section 207 repealed by section 107(d) of Public Law 109–280, August 17, 2006]

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS OF PLANS OR TRANSFERS OF PLAN ASSETS
Sec. 208.
[1058]
A pension plan may not merge or consolidate with, or transfer its assets or liabilities to, any other plan after the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], unless each participant in the plan would (if the plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the plan had then terminated). The preceding sentence shall not apply to any transaction to the extent that participants either before or after the transaction are covered under a multiemployer plan to which title IV of this Act applies.

RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Sec. 209.
[1059]
(a)
(1)
Except as provided by paragraph (2) every employer shall, in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary may prescribe, maintain records with respect to each of his employees sufficient to determine the benefits due or which may become due to such employees. The plan administrator shall make a report, in such manner and at such time as may be provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, to each employee who is a participant under the plan and who—
(A)
requests such report, in such manner and at such time as may be provided in such regulations,
(B)
terminates his service with the employer, or
(C)
has a 1-year break in service (as defined in section 203(b)(3)(A)).
The employer shall furnish to the plan administrator the information necessary for the administrator to make the reports required by the preceding sentence. Not more than one report shall be required under subparagraph (A) in any 12-month period. Not more than one report shall be required under subparagraph (C) with respect to consecutive 1-year breaks in service. The report required under this paragraph shall be in the same form, and contain the same information, as periodic benefit statements under section 105(a).
(2)46
If more than one employer adopts a plan, each such employer shall furnish to the plan administrator the information necessary for the administrator to maintain the records, and make the reports, required by paragraph (1). Such administrator shall maintain the records, and make the reports, required by paragraph (1).
^{46}
Margin for paragraph (2) so in law.
(b)
If any person who is required, under subsection (a) to furnish information or maintain records for any plan year fails to comply with such requirement, he shall pay to the Secretary a civil penalty of $10 for each employee with respect to whom such failure occurs, unless it is shown that such failure is due to reasonable cause.
SEC. 210.47
[1060]

MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLANS AND OTHER SPECIAL RULES.
(a)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this part or part 3, the following provisions of this subsection shall apply to a plan maintained by more than one employer:
(1)
Section 202 shall be applied as if all employees of each of the employers were employed by a single employer.
^{47}
The heading for section 210 (as amended by section 903(b)(2)(A) of Public Law 109–280) applies December 31, 2009 pursuant to subsection (c) of such section 903. Prior to December 31, 2009, the heading reads as follows:
plans maintained by more than one employer, predecessor plans, and employer groups
(2)
Sections 203 and 204 shall be applied as if all such employers constituted a single employer, except that the application of any rules with respect to breaks in service shall be made under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
(3)
The minimum funding standard provided by section 302 shall be determined as if all participants in the plan were employed by a single employer.
(b)
For purposes of this part and part 3—
(1)
in any case in which the employer maintains a plan of a predecessor employer, service for such predecessor shall be treated as service for the employer, and
(2)
in any case in which the employer maintains a plan which is not the plan maintained by a predecessor employer, service for such predecessor shall, to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, be treated as service for the employer.
(c)
For purposes of sections 202, 203, and 204, all corporations which are members of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of section 1563(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, determined without regard to section 1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C) of such Code) shall be treated as employed by a single employer. With respect to a plan adopted by more than one such corporation, the minimum funding standard of section 302 shall be determined as if all such employers were a single employer, and allocated to each employer in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(d)
For purposes of sections 202, 203, and 204, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, all employees of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control shall be treated as employed by a single employer. The regulations prescribed under this subsection shall be based on principles similar to the principles which apply in the case of subsection (c).
(e)48

Special Rules for Eligible Combined Defined Benefit Plans and Qualified Cash or Deferred Arrangements.—
^{48}
Subsection (e) (as added by section 903(b)(1) of Public Law 109–280) applies December 31, 2009 pursuant to subsection (c) of such section 903.
(1)

General rule.—
Except as provided in this subsection, this Act shall be applied to any defined benefit plan or applicable individual account plan which are part of an eligible combined plan in the same manner as if each such plan were not a part of the eligible combined plan.
(2)

Eligible combined plan.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
The term “eligible combined plan” means a plan—
(i)
which is maintained by an employer which, at the time the plan is established, is a small employer,
(ii)
which consists of a defined benefit plan and an applicable individual account plan each of which qualifies under section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
(iii)
the assets of which are held in a single trust forming part of the plan and are clearly identified and allocated to the defined benefit plan and the applicable individual account plan to the extent necessary for the separate application of this Act under paragraph (1), and
(iv)
with respect to which the benefit, contribution, vesting, and nondiscrimination requirements of subparagraphs (B), (C), (D), (E), and (F) are met.
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “small employer” has the meaning given such term by section 4980D(d)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, except that such section shall be applied by substituting “500” for “50” each place it appears.
(B)

Benefit requirements.—
(i)

In general.—
The benefit requirements of this subparagraph are met with respect to the defined benefit plan forming part of the eligible combined plan if the accrued benefit of each participant derived from employer contributions, when expressed as an annual retirement benefit, is not less than the applicable percentage of the participant's final average pay. For purposes of this clause, final average pay shall be determined using the period of consecutive years (not exceeding 5) during which the participant had the greatest aggregate compensation from the employer.
(ii)

Applicable percentage.—
For purposes of clause (i), the applicable percentage is the lesser of—
(I)
1 percent multiplied by the number of years of service with the employer, or
(II)
20 percent.
(iii)

Special rule for applicable defined benefit plans.—
If the defined benefit plan under clause (i) is an applicable defined benefit plan as defined in section 203(f)(3)(B) which meets the interest credit requirements of section 204(b)(5)(B)(i), the plan shall be treated as meeting the requirements of clause (i) with respect to any plan year if each participant receives pay credit for the year which is not less than the percentage of compensation determined in accordance with the following table:
If the participant's age as of the |
beginning of the year is— | The percentage is—
30 or less | 2
Over 30 but less than 40 | 4
40 or over but less than 50 | 6
50 or over | 8.
(iv)

Years of service.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, years of service shall be determined under the rules of paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of section 203(b), except that the plan may not disregard any year of service because of a participant making, or failing to make, any elective deferral with respect to the qualified cash or deferred arrangement to which subparagraph (C) applies.
(C)

Contribution requirements.—
(i)

In general.—
The contribution requirements of this subparagraph with respect to any applicable individual account plan forming part of an eligible combined plan are met if—
(I)
the qualified cash or deferred arrangement included in such plan constitutes an automatic contribution arrangement, and
(II)
the employer is required to make matching contributions on behalf of each employee eligible to participate in the arrangement in an amount equal to 50 percent of the elective contributions of the employee to the extent such elective contributions do not exceed 4 percent of compensation.
Rules similar to the rules of clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 401(k)(12)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall apply for purposes of this clause.
(ii)

Nonelective contributions.—
An applicable individual account plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of clause (i) because the employer makes nonelective contributions under the plan but such contributions shall not be taken into account in determining whether the requirements of clause (i)(II) are met.
(D)

Vesting requirements.—
The vesting requirements of this subparagraph are met if—
(i)
in the case of a defined benefit plan forming part of an eligible combined plan an employee who has completed at least 3 years of service has a nonforfeitable right to 100 percent of the employee's accrued benefit under the plan derived from employer contributions, and
(ii)
in the case of an applicable individual account plan forming part of eligible combined plan—
(I)
an employee has a nonforfeitable right to any matching contribution made under the qualified cash or deferred arrangement included in such plan by an employer with respect to any elective contribution, including matching contributions in excess of the contributions required under subparagraph (C)(i)(II), and
(II)
an employee who has completed at least 3 years of service has a nonforfeitable right to 100 percent of the employee's accrued benefit derived under the arrangement from nonelective contributions of the employer.
For purposes of this subparagraph, the rules of section 203 shall apply to the extent not inconsistent with this subparagraph.
(E)

Uniform provision of contributions and benefits.—
In the case of a defined benefit plan or applicable individual account plan forming part of an eligible combined plan, the requirements of this subparagraph are met if all contributions and benefits under each such plan, and all rights and features under each such plan, must be provided uniformly to all participants.
(F)

Requirements must be met without taking into account social security and similar contributions and benefits or other plans.—
(i)

In general.—
The requirements of this subparagraph are met if the requirements of clauses (ii) and (iii) are met.
(ii)

Social security and similar contributions.—
The requirements of this clause are met if—
(I)
the requirements of subparagraphs (B) and (C) are met without regard to section 401(l) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and
(II)
the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are met with respect to both the applicable defined contribution plan and defined benefit plan forming part of an eligible combined plan without regard to section 401(l) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(iii)

Other plans and arrangements.—
The requirements of this clause are met if the applicable defined contribution plan and defined benefit plan forming part of an eligible combined plan meet the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 without being combined with any other plan.
(3)

Nondiscrimination requirements for qualified cash or deferred arrangement.—
(A)

In general.—
A qualified cash or deferred arrangement which is included in an applicable individual account plan forming part of an eligible combined plan shall be treated as meeting the requirements of section 401(k)(3)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 if the requirements of paragraph (2) are met with respect to such arrangement.
(B)

Matching contributions.—
In applying section 401(m)(11) of such Code to any matching contribution with respect to a contribution to which paragraph (2)(C) applies, the contribution requirement of paragraph (2)(C) and the notice requirements of paragraph (5)(B) shall be substituted for the requirements otherwise applicable under clauses (i) and (ii) of section 401(m)(11)(A) of such Code.
(4)

Automatic contribution arrangement.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
A qualified cash or deferred arrangement shall be treated as an automatic contribution arrangement if the arrangement—
(i)
provides that each employee eligible to participate in the arrangement is treated as having elected to have the employer make elective contributions in an amount equal to 4 percent of the employee's compensation unless the employee specifically elects not to have such contributions made or to have such contributions made at a different rate, and
(ii)
meets the notice requirements under subparagraph (B).
(B)

Notice requirements.—
(i)

In general.—
The requirements of this subparagraph are met if the requirements of clauses (ii) and (iii) are met.
(ii)

Reasonable period to make election.—
The requirements of this clause are met if each employee to whom subparagraph (A)(i) applies—
(I)
receives a notice explaining the employee's right under the arrangement to elect not to have elective contributions made on the employee's behalf or to have the contributions made at a different rate, and
(II)
has a reasonable period of time after receipt of such notice and before the first elective contribution is made to make such election.
(iii)

Annual notice of rights and obligations.—
The requirements of this clause are met if each employee eligible to participate in the arrangement is, within a reasonable period before any year, given notice of the employee's rights and obligations under the arrangement.
The requirements of this subparagraph shall not be treated as met unless the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of section 401(k)(12)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are met with respect to the notices described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of this subparagraph.
(5)

Coordination with other requirements.—
(A)

Treatment of separate plans.—
The except clause in section 3(35) shall not apply to an eligible combined plan.
(B)

Reporting.—
An eligible combined plan shall be treated as a single plan for purposes of section 103.
(6)

Applicable individual account plan.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
The term “applicable individual account plan” means an individual account plan which includes a qualified cash or deferred arrangement.
(B)

Qualified cash or deferred arrangement.—
The term “qualified cash or deferred arrangement” has the meaning given such term by section 401(k)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(f)

Cooperative and Small Employer Charity Pension Plans.—
(1)

In general.—
For purposes of this title, except as provided in this subsection, a CSEC plan is an employee pension benefit plan (other than a multiemployer plan) that is a defined benefit plan—
(A)
to which section 104 of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 applies, without regard to—
(i)
section 104(a)(2) of such Act;
(ii)
the amendments to such section 104 by section 202(b) of the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010; and
(iii)
paragraph (3)(B);
(B)
that, as of June 25, 2010, was maintained by more than one employer and all of the employers were organizations described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
(C)
that, as of June 25, 2010, was maintained by an employer—
(i)
described in section 501(c)(3) of such Code,
(ii)
chartered under part B of subtitle II of title 36, United States Code,
(iii)
with employees in at least 40 States, and
(iv)
whose primary exempt purpose is to provide services with respect to children; or
(D)
that, as of January 1, 2000, was maintained by an employer—
(i)
described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
(ii)
who has been in existence since at least 1938,
(iii)
who conducts medical research directly or indirectly through grant making, and
(iv)
whose primary exempt purpose is to provide services with respect to mothers and children.
(2)

Aggregation.—
All employers that are treated as a single employer under subsection (b) or (c) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall be treated as a single employer for purposes of determining if a plan was maintained by more than one employer under subparagraph (B) and (C) of paragraph (1)49.
^{49}
So in law. The reference to “subparagraph (B) and (C) of paragraph (1)” in subsection (f)(2) probably should read “subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (1)”. See amendment made by section 3(a)(2) of division P of Public Law 113–235.
(3)

Election.—
(A)

In general.—
If a plan falls within the definition of a CSEC plan under this subsection (without regard to this paragraph), such plan shall be a CSEC plan unless the plan sponsor elects not later than the close of the first plan year of the plan beginning after December 31, 2013, not to be treated as a CSEC plan. An election under the preceding sentence shall take effect for such plan year and, once made, may be revoked only with the consent of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(B)

Special rule.—
If a plan described in subparagraph (A) is treated as a CSEC plan, section 104 of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended by the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010, shall cease to apply to such plan as of the first date as of which such plan is treated as a CSEC plan.

EFFECTIVE DATES
Sec. 211.
[1061]
(a)
Except as otherwise provided in this section, this part shall apply in the case of plan years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974].
(b)
(1)
Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d), sections 205, 206(d), and 208 shall apply with respect to plan years beginning after December 31, 1975.
(2)
Except as otherwise provided in subsections (c) and (d) in the case of a plan in existence on January 1, 1974, this part shall apply in the case of plan years beginning after December 31, 1975.
(c)
(1)
In the case of a plan maintained on January 1, 1974, pursuant to one or more agreements which the Secretary finds to be collective bargaining agreements between employee organizations and one or more employers, no plan shall be treated as not meeting the requirements of sections 204 and 205 solely by reason of a supplementary or special plan provision (within the meaning of paragraph (2)) for any plan year before the year which begins after the earlier of—
(A)
the date on which the last of such agreements relating to the plan terminates (determined without regard to any extension thereof agreed to after the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974]), or
(B)
December 31, 1980.
For purposes of subparagraph (A) and section 307(c), any plan amendment made pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement relating to the plan which amends the plan solely to conform to any requirement contained in this Act or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall not be treated as a termination of such collective bargaining agreement. This paragraph shall not apply unless the Secretary determines that the participation and vesting rules in effect on the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] are not less favorable to participants, in the aggregate, than the rules provided under sections 202, 203, and 204.
(2)
For purposes of paragraph (1), the term “supplementary or special plan provision” means any plan provision which—
(A)
provides supplementary benefits, not in excess of one-third of the basic benefit, in the form of an annuity for the life of the participant, or
(B)
provides that, under a contractual agreement based on medical evidence as to the effects of working in an adverse environment for an extended period of time, a participant having 25 years of service is to be treated as having 30 years of service.
(3)
This subsection shall apply with respect to a plan if (and only if) the application of this subsection results in a later effective date for this part than the effective date required by subsection (b).
(d)
If the administrator of a plan elects under section 1017(d) of this Act to make applicable to a plan year and to all subsequent plan years the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 198650 relating to participation, vesting, funding, and form of benefit, this part shall apply to the first plan year to which such election applies and to all subsequent plan years.
^{50}
The original reference here to the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 was changed in a global amendment (with other similar references in the Act) to the current reference to the 1986 Code.
(e)
(1)
No pension plan to which section 202 applies may make effective any plan amendment with respect to breaks in service (which amendment is made or becomes effective after January 1, 1974, and before the date on which section 202 first becomes effective with respect to such plan) which provides that any employee's participation in the plan would commence at any date later than the later of—
(A)
the date on which his participation would commence under the break in service rules of section 202(b), or
(B)
the date on which his participation would commence under the plan as in effect on January 1, 1974.
(2)
No pension plan to which section 203 applies may make effective any plan amendment with respect to breaks in service (which amendment is made or becomes effective after January 1, 1974, and before the date on which section 203 first becomes effective with respect to such plan) if such amendment provides that the nonforfeitable benefit derived from employer contributions to which any employee would be entitled is less than the lesser of the nonforfeitable benefit derived from employer contributions to which he would be entitled under—
(A)
the break in service rules of section 202(b)(3), or
(B)
the plan as in effect on January 1, 1974.
Subparagraph (B) shall not apply if the break in service rules under the plan would have been in violation of any law or rule of law in effect on January 1, 1974.
(f)
The preceding provisions of this section shall not apply with respect to amendments made to this part in provisions enacted after the date of the enactment of this Act.
Part 3—

Funding 51
^{51}
For provisions of law for sections 301 through 308 in effect prior to the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (Public Law 109–280), see appendix at the end of this Act.

COVERAGE
Sec. 301.
[1081]
(a)
This part shall apply to any employee pension benefit plan described in section 4(a), (and not exempted under section 4(b)), other than—
(1)
an employee welfare benefit plan;
(2)
an insurance contract plan described in subsection (b);
(3)
a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees;
(4)
(A)
a plan which is established and maintained by a society, order, or association described in section 501(c)(8) or (9) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, if no part of the contributions to or under such plan are made by employers of participants in such plan; or
(B)
a trust described in section 501(c)(18) of such Code;
(5)
a plan which has not at any time after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] provided for employer contributions;
(6)
an agreement providing payments to a retired partner or deceased partner or a deceased partner's successor in interest as described in section 736 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
(7)
an individual retirement account or annuity as described in section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 195452, or a retirement bond described in section 409 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (as effective for obligations issued before January 1, 1984);
^{52}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 in the first instance in this paragraph and to the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 in the second instance.
(8)
an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan) and a defined benefit plan to the extent it is treated as an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan) under section 3(35)(B) of this title;
(9)
an excess benefit plan; or
(10)
any plan, fund or program under which an employer, all of whose stock is directly or indirectly owned by employees, former employees or their beneficiaries, proposes through an unfunded arrangement to compensate retired employees for benefits which were forfeited by such employees under a pension plan maintained by a former employer prior to the date such pension plan became subject to this Act.
(b)
For the purposes of paragraph (2) of subsection (a) a plan is an “insurance contract plan” if—
(1)
the plan is funded exclusively by the purchase of individual insurance contracts,
(2)
such contracts provide for level annual premium payments to be paid extending not later than the retirement age for each individual participating in the plan, and commencing with the date the individual became a participant in the plan (or, in the case of an increase in benefits, commencing at the time such increase becomes effective),
(3)
benefits provided by the plan are equal to the benefits provided under each contract at normal retirement age under the plan and are guaranteed by an insurance carrier (licensed under the laws of a State to do business with the plan) to the extent premiums have been paid,
(4)
premiums payable for the plan year, and all prior plan years under such contracts have been paid before lapse or there is reinstatement of the policy,
(5)
no rights under such contracts have been subject to a security interest at any time during the plan year, and
(6)
no policy loans are outstanding at any time during the plan year.
A plan funded exclusively by the purchase of group insurance contracts which is determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury to have the same characteristics as contracts described in the preceding sentence shall be treated as a plan described in this subsection.
(c)
This part applies, with respect to a terminated multiemployer plan to which section 4021 applies, until the last day of the plan year in which the plan terminates, within the meaning of section 4041A(a)(2).
SEC. 302.
[1082]

MINIMUM FUNDING STANDARDS.53
^{53}
PPA section 104(a) provides for a delayed effective date for multiple employer plans of certain cooperatives until as late as plan years beginning on or after 1/1/2017, with a special interest rate applicable prior to the effective date. PPA section 105(a) provides for a delayed effective date for certain PBGC settlement plans until plan years beginning on or after 1/1/2014. PPA section 106(a) provides for a delayed effective date for plans of certain government contractors until plan years beginning on or after 1/1/2011, with a special interest rate applicable prior to the effective date.
(a)

Requirement To Meet Minimum Funding Standard.—
(1)

In general.—
A plan to which this part applies shall satisfy the minimum funding standard applicable to the plan for any plan year.
(2)

Minimum funding standard.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), a plan shall be treated as satisfying the minimum funding standard for a plan year if—
(A)
in the case of a defined benefit plan which is a single-employer plan (other than a CSEC plan), the employer makes contributions to or under the plan for the plan year which, in the aggregate, are not less than the minimum required contribution determined under section 303 for the plan for the plan year,
(B)
in the case of a money purchase plan which is a single-employer plan, the employer makes contributions to or under the plan for the plan year which are required under the terms of the plan,
(C)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, the employers make contributions to or under the plan for any plan year which, in the aggregate, are sufficient to ensure that the plan does not have an accumulated funding deficiency under section 304 as of the end of the plan year, and
(D)
in the case of a CSEC plan, the employers make contributions to or under the plan for any plan year which, in the aggregate, are sufficient to ensure that the plan does not have an accumulated funding deficiency under section 306 as of the end of the plan year.
(b)

Liability for Contributions.—
(1)

In general.—
Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amount of any contribution required by this section (including any required installments under paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 303(j) or under section 306(f)) shall be paid by the employer responsible for making contributions to or under the plan.
(2)

Joint and several liability where employer member of controlled group.—
If the employer referred to in paragraph (1) is a member of a controlled group, each member of such group shall be jointly and severally liable for payment of such contributions.
(3)

Multiemployer plans in critical status.—
Paragraph (1) shall not apply in the case of a multiemployer plan for any plan year in which the plan is in critical status pursuant to section 305. This paragraph shall only apply if the plan sponsor adopts a rehabilitation plan in accordance with section 305(e) and complies with the terms of such rehabilitation plan (and any updates or modifications of the plan).
(c)

Variance From Minimum Funding Standards.—
(1)

Waiver in case of business hardship.—
(A)

In general.—
If—
(i)
an employer is (or in the case of a multiemployer plan or a CSEC plan, 10 percent or more of the number of employers contributing to or under the plan are) unable to satisfy the minimum funding standard for a plan year without temporary substantial business hardship (substantial business hardship in the case of a multiemployer plan), and
(ii)
application of the standard would be adverse to the interests of plan participants in the aggregate,
the Secretary of the Treasury may, subject to subparagraph (C), waive the requirements of subsection (a) for such year with respect to all or any portion of the minimum funding standard. The Secretary of the Treasury shall not waive the minimum funding standard with respect to a plan for more than 3 of any 15 (5 of any 15 in the case of a multiemployer plan) consecutive plan years.
(B)

Effects of waiver.—
If a waiver is granted under subparagraph (A) for any plan year—
(i)
in the case of a single-employer plan (other than a CSEC plan), the minimum required contribution under section 303 for the plan year shall be reduced by the amount of the waived funding deficiency and such amount shall be amortized as required under section 303(e),
(ii)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, the funding standard account shall be credited under section 304(b)(3)(C) with the amount of the waived funding deficiency and such amount shall be amortized as required under section 304(b)(2)(C), and
(iii)
in the case of a CSEC plan, the funding standard account shall be credited under section 306(b)(3)(C) with the amount of the waived funding deficiency and such amount shall be amortized as required under section 306(b)(2)(C).
(C)

Waiver of amortized portion not allowed.—
The Secretary of the Treasury may not waive under subparagraph (A) any portion of the minimum funding standard under subsection (a) for a plan year which is attributable to any waived funding deficiency for any preceding plan year.
(2)

Determination of business hardship.—
For purposes of this subsection, the factors taken into account in determining temporary substantial business hardship (substantial business hardship in the case of a multiemployer plan) shall include (but shall not be limited to) whether or not—
(A)
the employer is operating at an economic loss,
(B)
there is substantial unemployment or underemployment in the trade or business and in the industry concerned,
(C)
the sales and profits of the industry concerned are depressed or declining, and
(D)
it is reasonable to expect that the plan will be continued only if the waiver is granted.
(3)

Waived funding deficiency.—
For purposes of this part, the term “waived funding deficiency” means the portion of the minimum funding standard under subsection (a) (determined without regard to the waiver) for a plan year waived by the Secretary of the Treasury and not satisfied by employer contributions.
(4)

Security for waivers for single-employer plans, consultations.—
(A)

Security may be required.—
(i)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), the Secretary of the Treasury may require an employer maintaining a defined benefit plan which is a single-employer plan (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(15)) to provide security to such plan as a condition for granting or modifying a waiver under paragraph (1) or for granting an extension under section 306(d).
(ii)

Special rules.—
Any security provided under clause (i) may be perfected and enforced only by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or at the direction of the Corporation, by a contributing sponsor (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(13)), or a member of such sponsor's controlled group (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(14)).
(B)

Consultation with the pension benefit guaranty corporation.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), the Secretary of the Treasury shall, before granting or modifying a waiver under this subsection or an extension under 306(d)54 with respect to a plan described in subparagraph (A)(i)—
^{54}
So in law. Should read “section 306(d)”.
(i)
provide the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation with—
(I)
notice of the completed application for any waiver, modification, or extension, and
(II)
an opportunity to comment on such application within 30 days after receipt of such notice, and
(ii)
consider—
(I)
any comments of the Corporation under clause (i)(II), and
(II)
any views of any employee organization (within the meaning of section 3(4)) representing participants in the plan which are submitted in writing to the Secretary of the Treasury in connection with such application.
Information provided to the Corporation under this subparagraph shall be considered tax return information and subject to the safeguarding and reporting requirements of section 6103(p) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(C)

Exception for certain waivers or extensions.—55
(i)

In general.—
The preceding provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any plan with respect to which the sum of—
^{55}
The phrase ''or extensions'' was added to the heading by the amendment provided for by section 102(b)(2)(G) of Public Law 113–97 even though the proper casing wasn't reflected in the amending law.
(I)
the aggregate unpaid minimum required contributions for the plan year and all preceding plan years, or the accumulated funding deficiency under section 306, whichever is applicable,
(II)
the present value of all waiver amortization installments determined for the plan year and succeeding plan years under section 303(e)(2) or 306(b)(2)(C), whichever is applicable, and
(III)
the total amounts not paid by reason of an extension in effect under section 306(d),
is less than $1,000,000.
(ii)

Treatment of waivers or extensions for which applications are pending.—55
The amount described in clause (i)(I) shall include any increase in such amount which would result if all applications for waivers or extensions with respect to the minimum funding standard under this subsection which are pending with respect to such plan were denied.
(iii)

Unpaid minimum required contribution.—
For purposes of this subparagraph—
(I)

In general.—
The term “unpaid minimum required contribution” means, with respect to any plan year, any minimum required contribution under section 303 for the plan year which is not paid on or before the due date (as determined under section 303(j)(1)) for the plan year.
(II)

Ordering rule.—
For purposes of subclause (I), any payment to or under a plan for any plan year shall be allocated first to unpaid minimum required contributions for all preceding plan years on a first-in, first-out basis and then to the minimum required contribution under section 303 for the plan year.
(5)

Special rules for single-employer plans.—
(A)

Application must be submitted before date 2½ months after close of year.—
In the case of a single-employer plan, no waiver may be granted under this subsection with respect to any plan for any plan year unless an application therefor is submitted to the Secretary of the Treasury not later than the 15th day of the 3rd month beginning after the close of such plan year.
(B)

Special rule if employer is member of controlled group.—
In the case of a single-employer plan, if an employer is a member of a controlled group, the temporary substantial business hardship requirements of paragraph (1) shall be treated as met only if such requirements are met—
(i)
with respect to such employer, and
(ii)
with respect to the controlled group of which such employer is a member (determined by treating all members of such group as a single employer).
The Secretary of the Treasury may provide that an analysis of a trade or business or industry of a member need not be conducted if such Secretary determines such analysis is not necessary because the taking into account of such member would not significantly affect the determination under this paragraph.
(6)

Advance notice.—
(A)

In general.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall, before granting a waiver under this subsection, require each applicant to provide evidence satisfactory to such Secretary that the applicant has provided notice of the filing of the application for such waiver to each affected party (as defined in section 4001(a)(21)). Such notice shall include a description of the extent to which the plan is funded for benefits which are guaranteed under title IV and for benefit liabilities.
(B)

Consideration of relevant information.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall consider any relevant information provided by a person to whom notice was given under subparagraph (A).
(7)

Restriction on plan amendments.—
(A)

In general.—
No amendment of a plan which increases the liabilities of the plan by reason of any increase in benefits, any change in the accrual of benefits, or any change in the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable under the plan shall be adopted if a waiver under this subsection or an extension of time under section 304(d) or section 306(d) is in effect with respect to the plan, or if a plan amendment described in subsection (d)(2) which reduces the accrued benefit of any participant has been made at any time in the preceding 12 months (24 months in the case of a multiemployer plan). If a plan is amended in violation of the preceding sentence, any such waiver, or extension of time, shall not apply to any plan year ending on or after the date on which such amendment is adopted.
(B)

Exception.—
Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any plan amendment which—
(i)
the Secretary of the Treasury determines to be reasonable and which provides for only de minimis increases in the liabilities of the plan,
(ii)
only repeals an amendment described in subsection (d)(2), or
(iii)
is required as a condition of qualification under part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(8)

Cross reference.—
For corresponding duties of the Secretary of the Treasury with regard to implementation of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, see section 412(c) of such Code.
(d)

Miscellaneous Rules.—
(1)

Change in method or year.—
If the funding method or a plan year for a plan is changed, the change shall take effect only if approved by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(2)

Certain retroactive plan amendments.—
For purposes of this section, any amendment applying to a plan year which—
(A)
is adopted after the close of such plan year but no later than 2½ months after the close of the plan year (or, in the case of a multiemployer plan, no later than 2 years after the close of such plan year),
(B)
does not reduce the accrued benefit of any participant determined as of the beginning of the first plan year to which the amendment applies, and
(C)
does not reduce the accrued benefit of any participant determined as of the time of adoption except to the extent required by the circumstances,
shall, at the election of the plan administrator, be deemed to have been made on the first day of such plan year. No amendment described in this paragraph which reduces the accrued benefits of any participant shall take effect unless the plan administrator files a notice with the Secretary of the Treasury notifying him of such amendment and such Secretary has approved such amendment, or within 90 days after the date on which such notice was filed, failed to disapprove such amendment. No amendment described in this subsection shall be approved by the Secretary of the Treasury unless such Secretary determines that such amendment is necessary because of a temporary substantial business hardship (as determined under subsection (c)(2)) or a substantial business hardship (as so determined) in the case of a multiemployer plan and that a waiver under subsection (c) (or, in the case of a multiemployer plan or a CSEC plan, any extension of the amortization period under section 304(d) or section 306(d)) is unavailable or inadequate.
(3)

Controlled group.—
For purposes of this section, the term “controlled group” means any group treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
SEC. 303.
[1083]

MINIMUM FUNDING STANDARDS FOR SINGLE-EMPLOYER DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANS.56
^{56}
PPA section 104(a) provides for a delayed effective date for multiple employer plans of certain cooperatives until as late as plan years beginning on or after 1/1/2017, with a special interest rate applicable prior to the effective date. PPA section 105(a) provides for a delayed effective date for certain PBGC settlement plans until plan years beginning on or after 1/1/2014. PPA section 106(a) provides for a delayed effective date for plans of certain government contractors until plan years beginning on or after 1/1/2011, with a special interest rate applicable prior to the effective date. PPA section 402 provides special rules for applying the provisions to certain commercial airlines.
(a)

Minimum Required Contribution.—
For purposes of this section and section 302(a)(2)(A), except as provided in subsection (f), the term “minimum required contribution” means, with respect to any plan year of a single-employer plan—
(1)
in any case in which the value of plan assets of the plan (as reduced under subsection (f)(4)(B)) is less than the funding target of the plan for the plan year, the sum of—
(A)
the target normal cost of the plan for the plan year,
(B)
the shortfall amortization charge (if any) for the plan for the plan year determined under subsection (c), and
(C)
the waiver amortization charge (if any) for the plan for the plan year as determined under subsection (e); or
(2)
in any case in which the value of plan assets of the plan (as reduced under subsection (f)(4)(B)) equals or exceeds the funding target of the plan for the plan year, the target normal cost of the plan for the plan year reduced (but not below zero) by such excess.
(b)

Target Normal Cost.—
For purposes of this section:
(1)

In general.—
Except as provided in subsection (i)(2) with respect to plans in at-risk status, the term “target normal cost” means, for any plan year, the excess of—
(A)
the sum of—
(i)
the present value of all benefits which are expected to accrue or to be earned under the plan during the plan year, plus
(ii)
the amount of plan-related expenses expected to be paid from plan assets during the plan year, over
(B)
the amount of mandatory employee contributions expected to be made during the plan year.
(2)

Special rule for increase in compensation.—
For purposes of this subsection, if any benefit attributable to services performed in a preceding plan year is increased by reason of any increase in compensation during the current plan year, the increase in such benefit shall be treated as having accrued during the current plan year.
(c)

Shortfall Amortization Charge.—
(1)

In general.—
For purposes of this section, the shortfall amortization charge for a plan for any plan year is the aggregate total (not less than zero) of the shortfall amortization installments for such plan year with respect to any shortfall amortization base which has not been fully amortized under this subsection.
(2)

Shortfall amortization installment.—
For purposes of paragraph (1)—
(A)

Determination.—
The shortfall amortization installments are the amounts necessary to amortize the shortfall amortization base of the plan for any plan year in level annual installments over the 7-plan-year period beginning with such plan year.
(B)

Shortfall installment.—
The shortfall amortization installment for any plan year in the 7-plan-year period under subparagraph (A) with respect to any shortfall amortization base is the annual installment determined under subparagraph (A) for that year for that base.
(C)

Segment rates.—
In determining any shortfall amortization installment under this paragraph, the plan sponsor shall use the segment rates determined under subparagraph (C) of subsection (h)(2), applied under rules similar to the rules of subparagraph (B) of subsection (h)(2).
(D)

Special election for eligible plan years.—
(i)

In general.—
If a plan sponsor elects to apply this subparagraph with respect to the shortfall amortization base of a plan for any eligible plan year (in this subparagraph and paragraph (7) referred to as an “election year”), then, notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B)—
(I)
the shortfall amortization installments with respect to such base shall be determined under clause (ii) or (iii), whichever is specified in the election, and
(II)
the shortfall amortization installment for any plan year in the 9-plan-year period described in clause (ii) or the 15-plan-year period described in clause (iii), respectively, with respect to such shortfall amortization base is the annual installment determined under the applicable clause for that year for that base.
(ii)

2 plus 7 amortization schedule.—
The shortfall amortization installments determined under this clause are—
(I)
in the case of the first 2 plan years in the 9-plan-year period beginning with the election year, interest on the shortfall amortization base of the plan for the election year (determined using the effective interest rate for the plan for the election year), and
(II)
in the case of the last 7 plan years in such 9-plan-year period, the amounts necessary to amortize the remaining balance of the shortfall amortization base of the plan for the election year in level annual installments over such last 7 plan years (using the segment rates under subparagraph (C) for the election year).
(iii)

15-year amortization.—
The shortfall amortization installments determined under this subparagraph are the amounts necessary to amortize the shortfall amortization base of the plan for the election year in level annual installments over the 15-plan-year period beginning with the election year (using the segment rates under subparagraph (C) for the election year).
(iv)

Election.—
(I)

In general.—
The plan sponsor of a plan may elect to have this subparagraph apply to not more than 2 eligible plan years with respect to the plan, except that in the case of a plan described in section 106 of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the plan sponsor may only elect to have this subparagraph apply to a plan year beginning in 2011.
(II)

Amortization schedule.—
Such election shall specify whether the amortization schedule under clause (ii) or (iii) shall apply to an election year, except that if a plan sponsor elects to have this subparagraph apply to 2 eligible plan years, the plan sponsor must elect the same schedule for both years.
(III)

Other rules.—
Such election shall be made at such time, and in such form and manner, as shall be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, and may be revoked only with the consent of the Secretary of the Treasury. The Secretary of the Treasury shall, before granting a revocation request, provide the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation an opportunity to comment on the conditions applicable to the treatment of any portion of the election year shortfall amortization base that remains unamortized as of the revocation date.
(v)

Eligible plan year.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “eligible plan year” means any plan year beginning in 2008, 2009, 2010, or 2011, except that a plan year shall only be treated as an eligible plan year if the due date under subsection (j)(1) for the payment of the minimum required contribution for such plan year occurs on or after the date of the enactment of this subparagraph.
(vi)

Reporting.—
A plan sponsor of a plan who makes an election under clause (i) shall—
(I)
give notice of the election to participants and beneficiaries of the plan, and
(II)
inform the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of such election in such form and manner as the Director of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation may prescribe.
(vii)

Increases in required installments in certain cases.—
For increases in required contributions in cases of excess compensation or extraordinary dividends or stock redemptions, see paragraph (7).
(3)

Shortfall amortization base.—
For purposes of this section, the shortfall amortization base of a plan for a plan year is—
(A)
the funding shortfall of such plan for such plan year, minus
(B)
the present value (determined using the segment rates determined under subparagraph (C) of subsection (h)(2), applied under rules similar to the rules of subparagraph (B) of subsection (h)(2)) of the aggregate total of the shortfall amortization installments and waiver amortization installments which have been determined for such plan year and any succeeding plan year with respect to the shortfall amortization bases and waiver amortization bases of the plan for any plan year preceding such plan year.
(4)

Funding shortfall.—
For purposes of this section, the funding shortfall of a plan for any plan year is the excess (if any) of—
(A)
the funding target of the plan for the plan year, over
(B)
the value of plan assets of the plan (as reduced under subsection (f)(4)(B)) for the plan year which are held by the plan on the valuation date.
(5)

Exemption from new shortfall amortization base.—
In any case in which the value of plan assets of the plan (as reduced under subsection (f)(4)(A)) is equal to or greater than the funding target of the plan for the plan year, the shortfall amortization base of the plan for such plan year shall be zero.
(6)

Early deemed amortization upon attainment of funding target.—
In any case in which the funding shortfall of a plan for a plan year is zero, for purposes of determining the shortfall amortization charge for such plan year and succeeding plan years, the shortfall amortization bases for all preceding plan years (and all shortfall amortization installments determined with respect to such bases) shall be reduced to zero.
(7)

Increases in alternate required installments in cases of excess compensation or extraordinary dividends or stock redemptions.—
(A)

In general.—
If there is an installment acceleration amount with respect to a plan for any plan year in the restriction period with respect to an election year under paragraph (2)(D), then the shortfall amortization installment otherwise determined and payable under such paragraph for such plan year shall, subject to the limitation under subparagraph (B), be increased by such amount.
(B)

Total installments limited to shortfall base.—
Subject to rules prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, if a shortfall amortization installment with respect to any shortfall amortization base for an election year is required to be increased for any plan year under subparagraph (A)—
(i)
such increase shall not result in the amount of such installment exceeding the present value of such installment and all succeeding installments with respect to such base (determined without regard to such increase but after application of clause (ii)), and
(ii)
subsequent shortfall amortization installments with respect to such base shall, in reverse order of the otherwise required installments, be reduced to the extent necessary to limit the present value of such subsequent shortfall amortization installments (after application of this paragraph) to the present value of the remaining unamortized shortfall amortization base.
(C)

Installment acceleration amount.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

In general.—
The term “installment acceleration amount” means, with respect to any plan year in a restriction period with respect to an election year, the sum of—
(I)
the aggregate amount of excess employee compensation determined under subparagraph (D) with respect to all employees for the plan year, plus
(II)
the aggregate amount of extraordinary dividends and redemptions determined under subparagraph (E) for the plan year.
(ii)

Annual limitation.—
The installment acceleration amount for any plan year shall not exceed the excess (if any) of—
(I)
the sum of the shortfall amortization installments for the plan year and all preceding plan years in the amortization period elected under paragraph (2)(D) with respect to the shortfall amortization base with respect to an election year, determined without regard to paragraph (2)(D) and this paragraph, over
(II)
the sum of the shortfall amortization installments for such plan year and all such preceding plan years, determined after application of paragraph (2)(D) (and in the case of any preceding plan year, after application of this paragraph).
(iii)

Carryover of excess installment acceleration amounts.—
(I)

In general.—
If the installment acceleration amount for any plan year (determined without regard to clause (ii)) exceeds the limitation under clause (ii), then, subject to subclause (II), such excess shall be treated as an installment acceleration amount with respect to the succeeding plan year.
(II)

Cap to apply.—
If any amount treated as an installment acceleration amount under subclause (I) or this subclause with respect any succeeding plan year, when added to other installment acceleration amounts (determined without regard to clause (ii)) with respect to the plan year, exceeds the limitation under clause (ii), the portion of such amount representing such excess shall be treated as an installment acceleration amount with respect to the next succeeding plan year.
(III)

Limitation on years to which amounts carried for.—
No amount shall be carried under subclause (I) or (II) to a plan year which begins after the first plan year following the last plan year in the restriction period (or after the second plan year following such last plan year in the case of an election year with respect to which 15-year amortization was elected under paragraph (2)(D)).
(IV)

Ordering rules.—
For purposes of applying subclause (II), installment acceleration amounts for the plan year (determined without regard to any carryover under this clause) shall be applied first against the limitation under clause (ii) and then carryovers to such plan year shall be applied against such limitation on a first-in, first-out basis.
(D)

Excess employee compensation.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

In general.—
The term “excess employee compensation” means, with respect to any employee for any plan year, the excess (if any) of—
(I)
the aggregate amount includible in income under chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for remuneration during the calendar year in which such plan year begins for services performed by the employee for the plan sponsor (whether or not performed during such calendar year), over
(II)
$1,000,000.
(ii)

Amounts set aside for nonqualified deferred compensation.—
If during any calendar year assets are set aside or reserved (directly or indirectly) in a trust (or other arrangement as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury), or transferred to such a trust or other arrangement, by a plan sponsor for purposes of paying deferred compensation of an employee under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (as defined in section 409A of such Code) of the plan sponsor, then, for purposes of clause (i), the amount of such assets shall be treated as remuneration of the employee includible in income for the calendar year unless such amount is otherwise includible in income for such year. An amount to which the preceding sentence applies shall not be taken into account under this paragraph for any subsequent calendar year.
(iii)

Only remuneration for certain post-2009 services counted.—
Remuneration shall be taken into account under clause (i) only to the extent attributable to services performed by the employee for the plan sponsor after February 28, 2010.
(iv)

Exception for certain equity payments.—
(I)

In general.—
There shall not be taken into account under clause (i)(I) any amount includible in income with respect to the granting after February 28, 2010, of service recipient stock (within the meaning of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) that, upon such grant, is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (as defined under section 83(c)(1) of such Code) for at least 5 years from the date of such grant.
(II)

Secretarial authority.—
The Secretary of the Treasury may by regulation provide for the application of this clause in the case of a person other than a corporation.
(v)

Other exceptions.—
The following amounts includible in income shall not be taken into account under clause (i)(I):
(I)

Commissions.—
Any remuneration payable on a commission basis solely on account of income directly generated by the individual performance of the individual to whom such remuneration is payable.
(II)

Certain payments under existing contracts.—
Any remuneration consisting of nonqualified deferred compensation, restricted stock, stock options, or stock appreciation rights payable or granted under a written binding contract that was in effect on March 1, 2010, and which was not modified in any material respect before such remuneration is paid.
(vi)

Self-employed individual treated as employee.—
The term “employee” includes, with respect to a calendar year, a self-employed individual who is treated as an employee under section 401(c) of such Code for the taxable year ending during such calendar year, and the term “compensation” shall include earned income of such individual with respect to such self-employment.
(vii)

Indexing of amount.—
In the case of any calendar year beginning after 2010, the dollar amount under clause (i)(II) shall be increased by an amount equal to—
(I)
such dollar amount, multiplied by
(II)
the cost-of-living adjustment determined under section 1(f)(3) of such Code for the calendar year, determined by substituting “calendar year 2009” for “calendar year 1992” in subparagraph (B) thereof.
If the amount of any increase under clause (i) is not a multiple of $1,000, such increase shall be rounded to the next lowest multiple of $1,000.
(E)

Extraordinary dividends and redemptions.—
(i)

In general.—
The amount determined under this subparagraph for any plan year is the excess (if any) of the sum of the dividends declared during the plan year by the plan sponsor plus the aggregate amount paid for the redemption of stock of the plan sponsor redeemed during the plan year over the greater of—
(I)
the adjusted net income (within the meaning of section 4043) of the plan sponsor for the preceding plan year, determined without regard to any reduction by reason of interest, taxes, depreciation, or amortization, or
(II)
in the case of a plan sponsor that determined and declared dividends in the same manner for at least 5 consecutive years immediately preceding such plan year, the aggregate amount of dividends determined and declared for such plan year using such manner.
(ii)

Only certain post-2009 dividends and redemptions counted.—
For purposes of clause (i), there shall only be taken into account dividends declared, and redemptions occurring, after February 28, 2010.
(iii)

Exception for intra-group dividends.—
Dividends paid by one member of a controlled group (as defined in section 302(d)(3)) to another member of such group shall not be taken into account under clause (i).
(iv)

Exception for certain redemptions.—
Redemptions that are made pursuant to a plan maintained with respect to employees, or that are made on account of the death, disability, or termination of employment of an employee or shareholder, shall not be taken into account under clause (i).
(v)

Exception for certain preferred stock.—
(I)

In general.—
Dividends and redemptions with respect to applicable preferred stock shall not be taken into account under clause (i) to the extent that dividends accrue with respect to such stock at a specified rate in all events and without regard to the plan sponsor's income, and interest accrues on any unpaid dividends with respect to such stock.
(II)

Applicable preferred stock.—
For purposes of subclause (I), the term “applicable preferred stock” means preferred stock which was issued before March 1, 2010 (or which was issued after such date and is held by an employee benefit plan subject to the provisions of this title).
(F)

Other definitions and rules.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

Plan sponsor.—
The term “plan sponsor” includes any member of the plan sponsor's controlled group (as defined in section 302(d)(3)).
(ii)

Restriction period.—
The term “restriction period” means, with respect to any election year—
(I)
except as provided in subclause (II), the 3-year period beginning with the election year (or, if later, the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2009), and
(II)
if the plan sponsor elects 15-year amortization for the shortfall amortization base for the election year, the 5-year period beginning with the election year (or, if later, the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2009).
(iii)

Elections for multiple plans.—
If a plan sponsor makes elections under paragraph (2)(D) with respect to 2 or more plans, the Secretary of the Treasury shall provide rules for the application of this paragraph to such plans, including rules for the ratable allocation of any installment acceleration amount among such plans on the basis of each plan's relative reduction in the plan's shortfall amortization installment for the first plan year in the amortization period described in subparagraph (A) (determined without regard to this paragraph).
(iv)

Mergers and acquisitions.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe rules for the application of paragraph (2)(D) and this paragraph in any case where there is a merger or acquisition involving a plan sponsor making the election under paragraph (2)(D).
(8)

15-year amortization.—
With respect to plan years beginning after December 31, 2021 (or, at the election of the plan sponsor, plan years beginning after December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019, or December 31, 2020)—
(A)
the shortfall amortization bases for all plan years preceding the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2021 (or after whichever earlier date is elected pursuant to this paragraph), and all shortfall amortization installments determined with respect to such bases, shall be reduced to zero, and
(B)
subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2) shall each be applied by substituting “15-plan-year period” for “7-plan-year period”.
(d)

Rules Relating to Funding Target.—
For purposes of this section—
(1)

Funding target.—
Except as provided in subsection (i)(1) with respect to plans in at-risk status, the funding target of a plan for a plan year is the present value of all benefits accrued or earned under the plan as of the beginning of the plan year.
(2)

Funding target attainment percentage.—
The “funding target attainment percentage” of a plan for a plan year is the ratio (expressed as a percentage) which—
(A)
the value of plan assets for the plan year (as reduced under subsection (f)(4)(B)), bears to
(B)
the funding target of the plan for the plan year (determined without regard to subsection (i)(1)).
(e)

Waiver Amortization Charge.—
(1)

Determination of waiver amortization charge.—
The waiver amortization charge (if any) for a plan for any plan year is the aggregate total of the waiver amortization installments for such plan year with respect to the waiver amortization bases for each of the 5 preceding plan years.
(2)

Waiver amortization installment.—
For purposes of paragraph (1)—
(A)

Determination.—
The waiver amortization installments are the amounts necessary to amortize the waiver amortization base of the plan for any plan year in level annual installments over a period of 5 plan years beginning with the succeeding plan year.
(B)

Waiver installment.—
The waiver amortization installment for any plan year in the 5-year period under subparagraph (A) with respect to any waiver amortization base is the annual installment determined under subparagraph (A) for that year for that base.
(3)

Interest rate.—
In determining any waiver amortization installment under this subsection, the plan sponsor shall use the segment rates determined under subparagraph (C) of subsection (h)(2), applied under rules similar to the rules of subparagraph (B) of subsection (h)(2).
(4)

Waiver amortization base.—
The waiver amortization base of a plan for a plan year is the amount of the waived funding deficiency (if any) for such plan year under section 302(c).
(5)

Early deemed amortization upon attainment of funding target.—
In any case in which the funding shortfall of a plan for a plan year is zero, for purposes of determining the waiver amortization charge for such plan year and succeeding plan years, the waiver amortization bases for all preceding plan years (and all waiver amortization installments determined with respect to such bases) shall be reduced to zero.
(f)

Reduction of Minimum Required Contribution by Prefunding Balance and Funding Standard Carryover Balance.—
(1)

Election to maintain balances.—
(A)

Prefunding balance.—
The plan sponsor of a single-employer plan may elect to maintain a prefunding balance.
(B)

Funding standard carryover balance.—
(i)

In general.—
In the case of a single-employer plan described in clause (ii), the plan sponsor may elect to maintain a funding standard carryover balance, until such balance is reduced to zero.
(ii)

Plans maintaining funding standard account in 2007.—
A plan is described in this clause if the plan—
(I)
was in effect for a plan year beginning in 2007, and
(II)
had a positive balance in the funding standard account under section 302(b) as in effect for such plan year and determined as of the end of such plan year.
(2)

Application of balances.—
A prefunding balance and a funding standard carryover balance maintained pursuant to this paragraph—
(A)
shall be available for crediting against the minimum required contribution, pursuant to an election under paragraph (3),
(B)
shall be applied as a reduction in the amount treated as the value of plan assets for purposes of this section, to the extent provided in paragraph (4), and
(C)
may be reduced at any time, pursuant to an election under paragraph (5).
(3)

Election to apply balances against minimum required contribution.—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C), in the case of any plan year in which the plan sponsor elects to credit against the minimum required contribution for the current plan year all or a portion of the prefunding balance or the funding standard carryover balance for the current plan year (not in excess of such minimum required contribution), the minimum required contribution for the plan year shall be reduced as of the first day of the plan year by the amount so credited by the plan sponsor. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the minimum required contribution shall be determined after taking into account any waiver under section 302(c).
(B)

Coordination with funding standard carryover balance.—
To the extent that any plan has a funding standard carryover balance greater than zero, no amount of the prefunding balance of such plan may be credited under this paragraph in reducing the minimum required contribution.
(C)

Limitation for underfunded plans.—
The preceding provisions of this paragraph shall not apply for any plan year if the ratio (expressed as a percentage) which—
(i)
the value of plan assets for the preceding plan year (as reduced under paragraph (4)(C)), bears to
(ii)
the funding target of the plan for the preceding plan year (determined without regard to subsection (i)(1)),
is less than 80 percent. In the case of plan years beginning in 2008, the ratio under this subparagraph may be determined using such methods of estimation as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
(D)

Special rule for certain years of plans maintained by charities.—
(i)

In general.—
For purposes of applying subparagraph (C) for plan years beginning after August 31, 2009, and before September 1, 2011, the ratio determined under such subparagraph for the preceding plan year shall be the greater of—
(I)
such ratio, as determined without regard to this subparagraph, or
(II)
the ratio for such plan for the plan year beginning after August 31, 2007, and before September 1, 2008, as determined under rules prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(ii)

Special rule.—
In the case of a plan for which the valuation date is not the first day of the plan year—
(I)
clause (i) shall apply to plan years beginning after December 31, 2008, and before January 1, 2011, and
(II)
clause (i)(II) shall apply based on the last plan year beginning before September 1, 2007, as determined under rules prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(iii)

Limitation to charities.—
This subparagraph shall not apply to any plan unless such plan is maintained exclusively by one or more organizations described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(4)

Effect of balances on amounts treated as value of plan assets.—
In the case of any plan maintaining a prefunding balance or a funding standard carryover balance pursuant to this subsection, the amount treated as the value of plan assets shall be deemed to be such amount, reduced as provided in the following subparagraphs:
(A)

Applicability of shortfall amortization base.—
For purposes of subsection (c)(5), the value of plan assets is deemed to be such amount, reduced by the amount of the prefunding balance, but only if an election under paragraph (3) applying any portion of the prefunding balance in reducing the minimum required contribution is in effect for the plan year.
(B)

Determination of excess assets, funding shortfall, and funding target attainment percentage.—
(i)

In general.—
For purposes of subsections (a), (c)(4)(B), and (d)(2)(A), the value of plan assets is deemed to be such amount, reduced by the amount of the prefunding balance and the funding standard carryover balance.
(ii)

Special rule for certain binding agreements with pbgc.—
For purposes of subsection (c)(4)(B), the value of plan assets shall not be deemed to be reduced for a plan year by the amount of the specified balance if, with respect to such balance, there is in effect for a plan year a binding written agreement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation which provides that such balance is not available to reduce the minimum required contribution for the plan year. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “specified balance” means the prefunding balance or the funding standard carryover balance, as the case may be.
(C)

Availability of balances in plan year for crediting against minimum required contribution.—
For purposes of paragraph (3)(C)(i) of this subsection, the value of plan assets is deemed to be such amount, reduced by the amount of the prefunding balance.
(5)

Election to reduce balance prior to determinations of value of plan assets and crediting against minimum required contribution.—
(A)

In general.—
The plan sponsor may elect to reduce by any amount the balance of the prefunding balance and the funding standard carryover balance for any plan year (but not below zero). Such reduction shall be effective prior to any determination of the value of plan assets for such plan year under this section and application of the balance in reducing the minimum required contribution for such plan for such plan year pursuant to an election under paragraph (2).
(B)

Coordination between prefunding balance and funding standard carryover balance.—
To the extent that any plan has a funding standard carryover balance greater than zero, no election may be made under subparagraph (A) with respect to the prefunding balance.
(6)

Prefunding balance.—
(A)

In general.—
A prefunding balance maintained by a plan shall consist of a beginning balance of zero, increased and decreased to the extent provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C), and adjusted further as provided in paragraph (8).
(B)

Increases.—
(i)

In general.—
As of the first day of each plan year beginning after 2008, the prefunding balance of a plan shall be increased by the amount elected by the plan sponsor for the plan year. Such amount shall not exceed the excess (if any) of—
(I)
the aggregate total of employer contributions to the plan for the preceding plan year, over—
(II)
the minimum required contribution for such preceding plan year.
(ii)

Adjustments for interest.—
Any excess contributions under clause (i) shall be properly adjusted for interest accruing for the periods between the first day of the current plan year and the dates on which the excess contributions were made, determined by using the effective interest rate for the preceding plan year and by treating contributions as being first used to satisfy the minimum required contribution.
(iii)

Certain contributions necessary to avoid benefit limitations disregarded.—
The excess described in clause (i) with respect to any preceding plan year shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of contributions an employer would be required to make under paragraph (1), (2), or (4) of section 206(g) to avoid a benefit limitation which would otherwise be imposed under such paragraph for the preceding plan year. Any contribution which may be taken into account in satisfying the requirements of more than 1 of such paragraphs shall be taken into account only once for purposes of this clause.
(C)

Decrease.—
The prefunding balance of a plan shall be decreased (but not below zero) by—
(i)
as of the first day of each plan year after 2008, the amount of such balance credited under paragraph (2) (if any) in reducing the minimum required contribution of the plan for the preceding plan year, and
(ii)
as of the time specified in paragraph (5)(A), any reduction in such balance elected under paragraph (5).
(7)

Funding standard carryover balance.—
(A)

In general.—
A funding standard carryover balance maintained by a plan shall consist of a beginning balance determined under subparagraph (B), decreased to the extent provided in subparagraph (C), and adjusted further as provided in paragraph (8).
(B)

Beginning balance.—
The beginning balance of the funding standard carryover balance shall be the positive balance described in paragraph (1)(B)(ii)(II).
(C)

Decreases.—
The funding standard carryover balance of a plan shall be decreased (but not below zero) by—
(i)
as of the first day of each plan year after 2008, the amount of such balance credited under paragraph (2) (if any) in reducing the minimum required contribution of the plan for the preceding plan year, and
(ii)
as of the time specified in paragraph (5)(A), any reduction in such balance elected under paragraph (5).
(8)

Adjustments for investment experience.—
In determining the prefunding balance or the funding standard carryover balance of a plan as of the first day of the plan year, the plan sponsor shall, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, adjust such balance to reflect the rate of return on plan assets for the preceding plan year. Notwithstanding subsection (g)(3), such rate of return shall be determined on the basis of fair market value and shall properly take into account, in accordance with such regulations, all contributions, distributions, and other plan payments made during such period.
(9)

Elections.—
Elections under this subsection shall be made at such times, and in such form and manner, as shall be prescribed in regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(g)

Valuation of Plan Assets and Liabilities.—
(1)

Timing of determinations.—
Except as otherwise provided under this subsection, all determinations under this section for a plan year shall be made as of the valuation date of the plan for such plan year.
(2)

Valuation date.—
For purposes of this section—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the valuation date of a plan for any plan year shall be the first day of the plan year.
(B)

Exception for small plans.—
If, on each day during the preceding plan year, a plan had 100 or fewer participants, the plan may designate any day during the plan year as its valuation date for such plan year and succeeding plan years. For purposes of this subparagraph, all defined benefit plans which are single-employer plans and are maintained by the same employer (or any member of such employer's controlled group) shall be treated as 1 plan, but only participants with respect to such employer or member shall be taken into account.
(C)

Application of certain rules in determination of plan size.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

Plans not in existence in preceding year.—
In the case of the first plan year of any plan, subparagraph (B) shall apply to such plan by taking into account the number of participants that the plan is reasonably expected to have on days during such first plan year.
(ii)

Predecessors.—
Any reference in subparagraph (B) to an employer shall include a reference to any predecessor of such employer.
(3)

Determination of value of plan assets.—
For purposes of this section—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the value of plan assets shall be the fair market value of the assets.
(B)

Averaging allowed.—
A plan may determine the value of plan assets on the basis of the averaging of fair market values, but only if such method—
(i)
is permitted under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury,
(ii)
does not provide for averaging of such values over more than the period beginning on the last day of the 25th month preceding the month in which the valuation date occurs and ending on the valuation date (or a similar period in the case of a valuation date which is not the 1st day of a month), and
(iii)
does not result in a determination of the value of plan assets which, at any time, is lower than 90 percent or greater than 110 percent of the fair market value of such assets at such time.
Any such averaging shall be adjusted for contributions, distributions, and expected earnings (as determined by the plan's actuary on the basis of an assumed earnings rate specified by the actuary but not in excess of the third segment rate applicable under subsection (h)(2)(C)(iii)), as specified by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(4)

Accounting for contribution receipts.—
For purposes of determining the value of assets under paragraph (3)—
(A)

Prior year contributions.—
If—
(i)
an employer makes any contribution to the plan after the valuation date for the plan year in which the contribution is made, and
(ii)
the contribution is for a preceding plan year,
the contribution shall be taken into account as an asset of the plan as of the valuation date, except that in the case of any plan year beginning after 2008, only the present value (determined as of the valuation date) of such contribution may be taken into account. For purposes of the preceding sentence, present value shall be determined using the effective interest rate for the preceding plan year to which the contribution is properly allocable.
(B)

Special rule for current year contributions made before valuation date.—
If any contributions for any plan year are made to or under the plan during the plan year but before the valuation date for the plan year, the assets of the plan as of the valuation date shall not include—
(i)
such contributions, and
(ii)
interest on such contributions for the period between the date of the contributions and the valuation date, determined by using the effective interest rate for the plan year.
(h)

Actuarial Assumptions and Methods.—
(1)

In general.—
Subject to this subsection, the determination of any present value or other computation under this section shall be made on the basis of actuarial assumptions and methods—
(A)
each of which is reasonable (taking into account the experience of the plan and reasonable expectations), and
(B)
which, in combination, offer the actuary's best estimate of anticipated experience under the plan.
(2)

Interest rates.—
(A)

Effective interest rate.—
For purposes of this section, the term “effective interest rate” means, with respect to any plan for any plan year, the single rate of interest which, if used to determine the present value of the plan's accrued or earned benefits referred to in subsection (d)(1), would result in an amount equal to the funding target of the plan for such plan year.
(B)

Interest rates for determining funding target.—
For purposes of determining the funding target and normal cost of a plan for any plan year, the interest rate used in determining the present value of the benefits of the plan shall be—
(i)
in the case of benefits reasonably determined to be payable during the 5-year period beginning on the valuation date for the plan year, the first segment rate with respect to the applicable month,
(ii)
in the case of benefits reasonably determined to be payable during the 15-year period beginning at the end of the period described in clause (i), the second segment rate with respect to the applicable month, and
(iii)
in the case of benefits reasonably determined to be payable after the period described in clause (ii), the third segment rate with respect to the applicable month.
(C)

Segment rates.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

First segment rate.—
The term “first segment rate” means, with respect to any month, the single rate of interest which shall be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury for such month on the basis of the corporate bond yield curve for such month, taking into account only that portion of such yield curve which is based on bonds maturing during the 5-year period commencing with such month.
(ii)

Second segment rate.—
The term “second segment rate” means, with respect to any month, the single rate of interest which shall be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury for such month on the basis of the corporate bond yield curve for such month, taking into account only that portion of such yield curve which is based on bonds maturing during the 15-year period beginning at the end of the period described in clause (i).
(iii)

Third segment rate.—
The term “third segment rate” means, with respect to any month, the single rate of interest which shall be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury for such month on the basis of the corporate bond yield curve for such month, taking into account only that portion of such yield curve which is based on bonds maturing during periods beginning after the period described in clause (ii).
(iv)

Segment rate stabilization.—
(I)

In general.—
If a segment rate described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) with respect to any applicable month (determined without regard to this clause) is less than the applicable minimum percentage, or more than the applicable maximum percentage, of the average of the segment rates described in such clause for years in the 25-year period ending with September 30 of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the plan year begins, then the segment rate described in such clause with respect to the applicable month shall be equal to the applicable minimum percentage or the applicable maximum percentage of such average, whichever is closest. The Secretary of the Treasury shall determine such average on an annual basis and may prescribe equivalent rates for years in any such 25-year period for which the rates described in any such clause are not available. Notwithstanding anything in this subclause, if the average of the first, second, or third segment rate for any 25-year period is less than 5 percent, such average shall be deemed to be 5 percent.
(II)

Applicable minimum percentage; applicable maximum percentage.—
For purposes of subclause (I), the applicable minimum percentage and the applicable maximum percentage for a plan year beginning in a calendar year shall be determined in accordance with the following table:
If the calendar year is: | The applicable minimum percentage is: | The applicable maximum percentage is:
Any year in the period starting in 2012 and ending in 2019 | 90% | 110%
Any year in the period starting in 2020 and ending in 2030 | 95% | 105%
2031 | 90% | 110%
2032 | 85% | 115%
2033 | 80% | 120%
2034 | 75% | 125%
After 2034 | 70% | 130%.
(D)

Corporate bond yield curve.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

In general.—
The term “corporate bond yield curve” means, with respect to any month, a yield curve which is prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for such month and which reflects the average, for the 24-month period ending with the month preceding such month, of monthly yields on investment grade corporate bonds with varying maturities and that are in the top 3 quality levels available.
(ii)

Election to use yield curve.—
Solely for purposes of determining the minimum required contribution under this section, the plan sponsor may, in lieu of the segment rates determined under subparagraph (C), elect to use interest rates under the corporate bond yield curve. For purposes of the preceding sentence such curve shall be determined without regard to the 24-month averaging described in clause (i). Such election, once made, may be revoked only with the consent of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(E)

Applicable month.—
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “applicable month” means, with respect to any plan for any plan year, the month which includes the valuation date of such plan for such plan year or, at the election of the plan sponsor, any of the 4 months which precede such month. Any election made under this subparagraph shall apply to the plan year for which the election is made and all succeeding plan years, unless the election is revoked with the consent of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(F)

Publication requirements.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall publish for each month the corporate bond yield curve (and the corporate bond yield curve reflecting the modification described in section 205(g)(3)(B)(iii)(I) for such month) and each of the rates determined under subparagraph (C) and the averages determined under subparagraph (C)(iv) for such month. The Secretary of the Treasury shall also publish a description of the methodology used to determine such yield curve and such rates which is sufficiently detailed to enable plans to make reasonable projections regarding the yield curve and such rates for future months based on the plan's projection of future interest rates.
(3)

Mortality tables.—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (C) or (D), the Secretary of the Treasury shall by regulation prescribe mortality tables to be used in determining any present value or making any computation under this section. Such tables shall be based on the actual experience of pension plans and projected trends in such experience. In prescribing such tables, the Secretary of the Treasury shall take into account results of available independent studies of mortality of individuals covered by pension plans.
(B)

Periodic revision.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall (at least every 10 years) make revisions in any table in effect under subparagraph (A) to reflect the actual experience of pension plans and projected trends in such experience.
(C)

Substitute mortality table.—
(i)

In general.—
Upon request by the plan sponsor and approval by the Secretary of the Treasury, a mortality table which meets the requirements of clause (iii) shall be used in determining any present value or making any computation under this section during the period of consecutive plan years (not to exceed 10) specified in the request.
(ii)

Early termination of period.—
Notwithstanding clause (i), a mortality table described in clause (i) shall cease to be in effect as of the earliest of—
(I)
the date on which there is a significant change in the participants in the plan by reason of a plan spinoff or merger or otherwise, or
(II)
the date on which the plan actuary determines that such table does not meet the requirements of clause (iii).
(iii)

Requirements.—
A mortality table meets the requirements of this clause if—
(I)
there is a sufficient number of plan participants, and the pension plans have been maintained for a sufficient period of time, to have credible information necessary for purposes of subclause (II), and
(II)
such table reflects the actual experience of the pension plans maintained by the sponsor and projected trends in general mortality experience.
(iv)

All plans in controlled group must use separate table.—
Except as provided by the Secretary of the Treasury, a plan sponsor may not use a mortality table under this subparagraph for any plan maintained by the plan sponsor unless—
(I)
a separate mortality table is established and used under this subparagraph for each other plan maintained by the plan sponsor and if the plan sponsor is a member of a controlled group, each member of the controlled group, and
(II)
the requirements of clause (iii) are met separately with respect to the table so established for each such plan, determined by only taking into account the participants of such plan, the time such plan has been in existence, and the actual experience of such plan.
(v)

Deadline for submission and disposition of application.—
(I)

Submission.—
The plan sponsor shall submit a mortality table to the Secretary of the Treasury for approval under this subparagraph at least 7 months before the 1st day of the period described in clause (i).
(II)

Disposition.—
Any mortality table submitted to the Secretary of the Treasury for approval under this subparagraph shall be treated as in effect as of the 1st day of the period described in clause (i) unless the Secretary of the Treasury, during the 180-day period beginning on the date of such submission, disapproves of such table and provides the reasons that such table fails to meet the requirements of clause (iii). The 180-day period shall be extended upon mutual agreement of the Secretary of the Treasury and the plan sponsor.
(D)

Separate mortality tables for the disabled.—
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A)—
(i)

In general.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall establish mortality tables which may be used (in lieu of the tables under subparagraph (A)) under this subsection for individuals who are entitled to benefits under the plan on account of disability. The Secretary of the Treasury shall establish separate tables for individuals whose disabilities occur in plan years beginning before January 1, 1995, and for individuals whose disabilities occur in plan years beginning on or after such date.
(ii)

Special rule for disabilities occurring after 1994.—
In the case of disabilities occurring in plan years beginning after December 31, 1994, the tables under clause (i) shall apply only with respect to individuals described in such subclause who are disabled within the meaning of title II of the Social Security Act and the regulations thereunder.
(iii)

Periodic revision.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall (at least every 10 years) make revisions in any table in effect under clause (i) to reflect the actual experience of pension plans and projected trends in such experience.
(4)

Probability of benefit payments in the form of lump sums or other optional forms.—
For purposes of determining any present value or making any computation under this section, there shall be taken into account—
(A)
the probability that future benefit payments under the plan will be made in the form of optional forms of benefits provided under the plan (including lump sum distributions, determined on the basis of the plan's experience and other related assumptions), and
(B)
any difference in the present value of such future benefit payments resulting from the use of actuarial assumptions, in determining benefit payments in any such optional form of benefits, which are different from those specified in this subsection.
(5)

Approval of large changes in actuarial assumptions.—
(A)

In general.—
No actuarial assumption used to determine the funding target for a plan to which this paragraph applies may be changed without the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(B)

Plans to which paragraph applies.—
This paragraph shall apply to a plan only if—
(i)
the plan is a single-employer plan to which title IV applies,
(ii)
the aggregate unfunded vested benefits as of the close of the preceding plan year (as determined under section 4006(a)(3)(E)(iii)) of such plan and all other plans maintained by the contributing sponsors (as defined in section 4001(a)(13)) and members of such sponsors' controlled groups (as defined in section 4001(a)(14)) which are covered by title IV (disregarding plans with no unfunded vested benefits) exceed $50,000,000, and
(iii)
the change in assumptions (determined after taking into account any changes in interest rate and mortality table) results in a decrease in the funding shortfall of the plan for the current plan year that exceeds $50,000,000, or that exceeds $5,000,000 and that is 5 percent or more of the funding target of the plan before such change.
(i)

Special Rules for At-Risk Plans.—
(1)

Funding target for plans in at-risk status.—
(A)

In general.—
In the case of a plan which is in at-risk status for a plan year, the funding target of the plan for the plan year shall be equal to the sum of—
(i)
the present value of all benefits accrued or earned under the plan as of the beginning of the plan year, as determined by using the additional actuarial assumptions described in subparagraph (B), and
(ii)
in the case of a plan which also has been in at-risk status for at least 2 of the 4 preceding plan years, a loading factor determined under subparagraph (C).
(B)

Additional actuarial assumptions.—
The actuarial assumptions described in this subparagraph are as follows:
(i)
All employees who are not otherwise assumed to retire as of the valuation date but who will be eligible to elect benefits during the plan year and the 10 succeeding plan years shall be assumed to retire at the earliest retirement date under the plan but not before the end of the plan year for which the at-risk funding target and at-risk target normal cost are being determined.
(ii)
All employees shall be assumed to elect the retirement benefit available under the plan at the assumed retirement age (determined after application of clause (i)) which would result in the highest present value of benefits.
(C)

Loading factor.—
The loading factor applied with respect to a plan under this paragraph for any plan year is the sum of—
(i)
$700, times the number of participants in the plan, plus
(ii)
4 percent of the funding target (determined without regard to this paragraph) of the plan for the plan year.
(2)

Target normal cost of at-risk plans.—
In the case of a plan which is in at-risk status for a plan year, the target normal cost of the plan for such plan year shall be equal to the sum of—
(A)
the excess of—
(i)
the sum of—
(I)
the present value of all benefits which are expected to accrue or to be earned under the plan during the plan year, determined using the additional actuarial assumptions described in paragraph (1)(B), plus
(II)
the amount of plan-related expenses expected to be paid from plan assets during the plan year, over
(ii)
the amount of mandatory employee contributions expected to be made during the plan year, plus
(B)
in the case of a plan which also has been in at-risk status for at least 2 of the 4 preceding plan years, a loading factor equal to 4 percent of the amount determined under subsection (b)(1)(A)(i) with respect to the plan for the plan year.
(3)

Minimum amount.—
In no event shall—
(A)
the at-risk funding target be less than the funding target, as determined without regard to this subsection, or
(B)
the at-risk target normal cost be less than the target normal cost, as determined without regard to this subsection.
(4)

Determination of at-risk status.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
A plan is in at-risk status for a plan year if—
(i)
the funding target attainment percentage for the preceding plan year (determined under this section without regard to this subsection) is less than 80 percent, and
(ii)
the funding target attainment percentage for the preceding plan year (determined under this section by using the additional actuarial assumptions described in paragraph (1)(B) in computing the funding target) is less than 70 percent.
(B)

Transition rule.—
In the case of plan years beginning in 2008, 2009, and 2010, subparagraph (A)(i) shall be applied by substituting the following percentages for “80 percent”:
(i)
65 percent in the case of 2008.
(ii)
70 percent in the case of 2009.
(iii)
75 percent in the case of 2010.
In the case of plan years beginning in 2008, the funding target attainment percentage for the preceding plan year under subparagraph (A) may be determined using such methods of estimation as the Secretary of the Treasury may provide.
(C)

Special rule for employees offered early retirement in 2006.—
(i)

In general.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii), the additional actuarial assumptions described in paragraph (1)(B) shall not be taken into account with respect to any employee if—
(I)
such employee is employed by a specified automobile manufacturer,
(II)
such employee is offered a substantial amount of additional cash compensation, substantially enhanced retirement benefits under the plan, or materially reduced employment duties on the condition that by a specified date (not later than December 31, 2010) the employee retires (as defined under the terms of the plan),
(III)
such offer is made during 2006 and pursuant to a bona fide retirement incentive program and requires, by the terms of the offer, that such offer can be accepted not later than a specified date (not later than December 31, 2006), and
(IV)
such employee does not elect to accept such offer before the specified date on which the offer expires.
(ii)

Specified automobile manufacturer.—
For purposes of clause (i), the term “specified automobile manufacturer” means—
(I)
any manufacturer of automobiles, and
(II)
any manufacturer of automobile parts which supplies such parts directly to a manufacturer of automobiles and which, after a transaction or series of transactions ending in 1999, ceased to be a member of a controlled group which included such manufacturer of automobiles.
(5)

Transition between applicable funding targets and between applicable target normal costs.—
(A)

In general.—
In any case in which a plan which is in at-risk status for a plan year has been in such status for a consecutive period of fewer than 5 plan years, the applicable amount of the funding target and of the target normal cost shall be, in lieu of the amount determined without regard to this paragraph, the sum of—
(i)
the amount determined under this section without regard to this subsection, plus
(ii)
the transition percentage for such plan year of the excess of the amount determined under this subsection (without regard to this paragraph) over the amount determined under this section without regard to this subsection.
(B)

Transition percentage.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the transition percentage shall be determined in accordance with the following table:
If the consecutive number of |
years (including the plan year) | The transition
the plan is in at-risk status is— | percentage is—
1 | 20
2 | 40
3 | 60
4 | 80.
(C)

Years before effective date.—
For purposes of this paragraph, plan years beginning before 2008 shall not be taken into account.
(6)

Small plan exception.—
If, on each day during the preceding plan year, a plan had 500 or fewer participants, the plan shall not be treated as in at-risk status for the plan year. For purposes of this paragraph, all defined benefit plans (other than multiemployer plans) maintained by the same employer (or any member of such employer's controlled group) shall be treated as 1 plan, but only participants with respect to such employer or member shall be taken into account and the rules of subsection (g)(2)(C) shall apply.
(j)

Payment of Minimum Required Contributions.—
(1)

In general.—
For purposes of this section, the due date for any payment of any minimum required contribution for any plan year shall be 8½ months after the close of the plan year.
(2)

Interest.—
Any payment required under paragraph (1) for a plan year that is made on a date other than the valuation date for such plan year shall be adjusted for interest accruing for the period between the valuation date and the payment date, at the effective rate of interest for the plan for such plan year.
(3)

Accelerated quarterly contribution schedule for underfunded plans.—
(A)

Failure to timely make required installment.—
In any case in which the plan has a funding shortfall for the preceding plan year, the employer maintaining the plan shall make the required installments under this paragraph and if the employer fails to pay the full amount of a required installment for the plan year, then the amount of interest charged under paragraph (2) on the underpayment for the period of underpayment shall be determined by using a rate of interest equal to the rate otherwise used under paragraph (2) plus 5 percentage points. In the case of plan years beginning in 2008, the funding shortfall for the preceding plan year may be determined using such methods of estimation as the Secretary of the Treasury may provide.
(B)

Amount of underpayment, period of underpayment.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A)—
(i)

Amount.—
The amount of the underpayment shall be the excess of—
(I)
the required installment, over
(II)
the amount (if any) of the installment contributed to or under the plan on or before the due date for the installment.
(ii)

Period of underpayment.—
The period for which any interest is charged under this paragraph with respect to any portion of the underpayment shall run from the due date for the installment to the date on which such portion is contributed to or under the plan.
(iii)

Order of crediting contributions.—
For purposes of clause (i)(II), contributions shall be credited against unpaid required installments in the order in which such installments are required to be paid.
(C)

Number of required installments; due dates.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

Payable in 4 installments.—
There shall be 4 required installments for each plan year.
(ii)

Time for payment of installments.—
The due dates for required installments are set forth in the following table:
In the case of the following required installment: | The due date is:
1st | April 15
2nd | July 15
3rd | October 15
4th | January 15 of the following year.
(D)

Amount of required installment.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

In general.—
The amount of any required installment shall be 25 percent of the required annual payment.
(ii)

Required annual payment.—
For purposes of clause (i), the term “required annual payment” means the lesser of—
(I)
90 percent of the minimum required contribution (determined without regard to this subsection) to the plan for the plan year under this section, or
(II)
100 percent of the minimum required contribution (determined without regard to this subsection or to any waiver under section 302(c)) to the plan for the preceding plan year.
Subclause (II) shall not apply if the preceding plan year referred to in such clause was not a year of 12 months.
(E)

Fiscal years, short years, and years with alternate valuation date.—
(i)

Fiscal years.—
In applying this paragraph to a plan year beginning on any date other than January 1, there shall be substituted for the months specified in this paragraph, the months which correspond thereto.
(ii)

Short plan year.—
This subparagraph shall be applied to plan years of less than 12 months in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(iii)

Plan with alternate valuation date.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe regulations for the application of this paragraph in the case of a plan which has a valuation date other than the first day of the plan year.
(F)

Quarterly contributions not to include certain increased contributions.—
Subparagraph (D) shall be applied without regard to any increase under subsection (c)(7).
(4)

Liquidity requirement in connection with quarterly contributions.—
(A)

In general.—
A plan to which this paragraph applies shall be treated as failing to pay the full amount of any required installment under paragraph (3) to the extent that the value of the liquid assets paid in such installment is less than the liquidity shortfall (whether or not such liquidity shortfall exceeds the amount of such installment required to be paid but for this paragraph).
(B)

Plans to which paragraph applies.—
This paragraph shall apply to a plan (other than a plan described in subsection (g)(2)(B)) which—
(i)
is required to pay installments under paragraph (3) for a plan year, and
(ii)
has a liquidity shortfall for any quarter during such plan year.
(C)

Period of underpayment.—
For purposes of paragraph (3)(A), any portion of an installment that is treated as not paid under subparagraph (A) shall continue to be treated as unpaid until the close of the quarter in which the due date for such installment occurs.
(D)

Limitation on increase.—
If the amount of any required installment is increased by reason of subparagraph (A), in no event shall such increase exceed the amount which, when added to prior installments for the plan year, is necessary to increase the funding target attainment percentage of the plan for the plan year (taking into account the expected increase in funding target due to benefits accruing or earned during the plan year) to 100 percent.
(E)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

Liquidity shortfall.—
The term “liquidity shortfall” means, with respect to any required installment, an amount equal to the excess (as of the last day of the quarter for which such installment is made) of—
(I)
the base amount with respect to such quarter, over
(II)
the value (as of such last day) of the plan's liquid assets.
(ii)

Base amount.—
(I)

In general.—
The term “base amount” means, with respect to any quarter, an amount equal to 3 times the sum of the adjusted disbursements from the plan for the 12 months ending on the last day of such quarter.
(II)

Special rule.—
If the amount determined under subclause (I) exceeds an amount equal to 2 times the sum of the adjusted disbursements from the plan for the 36 months ending on the last day of the quarter and an enrolled actuary certifies to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Treasury that such excess is the result of nonrecurring circumstances, the base amount with respect to such quarter shall be determined without regard to amounts related to those nonrecurring circumstances.
(iii)

Disbursements from the plan.—
The term “disbursements from the plan” means all disbursements from the trust, including purchases of annuities, payments of single sums and other benefits, and administrative expenses.
(iv)

Adjusted disbursements.—
The term “adjusted disbursements” means disbursements from the plan reduced by the product of—
(I)
the plan's funding target attainment percentage for the plan year, and
(II)
the sum of the purchases of annuities, payments of single sums, and such other disbursements as the Secretary of the Treasury shall provide in regulations.
(v)

Liquid assets.—
The term “liquid assets” means cash, marketable securities, and such other assets as specified by the Secretary of the Treasury in regulations.
(vi)

Quarter.—
The term “quarter” means, with respect to any required installment, the 3-month period preceding the month in which the due date for such installment occurs.
(F)

Regulations.—
The Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe such regulations as are necessary to carry out this paragraph.
(k)

Imposition of Lien Where Failure to Make Required Contributions.—
(1)

In general.—
In the case of a plan to which this subsection applies (as provided under paragraph (2)), if—
(A)
any person fails to make a contribution payment required by section 302 and this section before the due date for such payment, and
(B)
the unpaid balance of such payment (including interest), when added to the aggregate unpaid balance of all preceding such payments for which payment was not made before the due date (including interest), exceeds $1,000,000,
then there shall be a lien in favor of the plan in the amount determined under paragraph (3) upon all property and rights to property, whether real or personal, belonging to such person and any other person who is a member of the same controlled group of which such person is a member.
(2)

Plans to which subsection applies.—
This subsection shall apply to a single-employer plan covered under section 4021 for any plan year for which the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in subsection (d)(2)) of such plan is less than 100 percent.
(3)

Amount of lien.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), the amount of the lien shall be equal to the aggregate unpaid balance of contribution payments required under this section and section 302 for which payment has not been made before the due date.
(4)

Notice of failure; lien.—
(A)

Notice of failure.—
A person committing a failure described in paragraph (1) shall notify the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of such failure within 10 days of the due date for the required contribution payment.
(B)

Period of lien.—
The lien imposed by paragraph (1) shall arise on the due date for the required contribution payment and shall continue until the last day of the first plan year in which the plan ceases to be described in paragraph (1)(B). Such lien shall continue to run without regard to whether such plan continues to be described in paragraph (2) during the period referred to in the preceding sentence.
(C)

Certain rules to apply.—
Any amount with respect to which a lien is imposed under paragraph (1) shall be treated as taxes due and owing the United States and rules similar to the rules of subsections (c), (d), and (e) of section 4068 shall apply with respect to a lien imposed by subsection (a) and the amount with respect to such lien.
(5)

Enforcement.—
Any lien created under paragraph (1) may be perfected and enforced only by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or at the direction of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, by the contributing sponsor (or any member of the controlled group of the contributing sponsor).
(6)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

Contribution payment.—
The term “contribution payment” means, in connection with a plan, a contribution payment required to be made to the plan, including any required installment under paragraphs (3) and (4) of subsection (j).
(B)

Due date; required installment.—
The terms “due date” and “required installment” have the meanings given such terms by subsection (j).
(C)

Controlled group.—
The term “controlled group” means any group treated as a single employer under subsections (b), (c), (m), and (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(l)

Qualified Transfers to Health Benefit Accounts.—
In the case of a qualified transfer (as defined in section 420 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), any assets so transferred shall not, for purposes of this section, be treated as assets in the plan.
(m)

Special Rules for Community Newspaper Plans.—
(1)

In general.—
An eligible newspaper plan sponsor of a plan under which no participant has had the participant’s accrued benefit increased (whether because of service or compensation) after April 2, 2019, may elect to have the alternative standards described in paragraph (4) apply to such plan.
(2)

Eligible newspaper plan sponsor.—
The term “eligible newspaper plan sponsor” means the plan sponsor of—
(A)
any community newspaper plan, or
(B)
any other plan sponsored, as of April 2, 2019, by a member of the same controlled group of a plan sponsor of a community newspaper plan if such member is in the trade or business of publishing 1 or more newspapers.
(3)

Election.—
An election under paragraph (1) shall be made at such time and in such manner as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. Such election, once made with respect to a plan year, shall apply to all subsequent plan years unless revoked with the consent of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(4)

Alternative minimum funding standards.—
The alternative standards described in this paragraph are the following:
(A)

Interest rates.—
(i)

In general.—
Notwithstanding subsection (h)(2)(C) and except as provided in clause (ii), the first, second, and third segment rates in effect for any month for purposes of this section shall be 8 percent.
(ii)

New benefit accruals.—
Notwithstanding subsection (h)(2), for purposes of determining the funding target and normal cost of a plan for any plan year, the present value of any benefits accrued or earned under the plan for a plan year with respect to which an election under paragraph (1) is in effect shall be determined on the basis of the United States Treasury obligation yield curve for the day that is the valuation date of such plan for such plan year.
(iii)

United states treasury obligation yield curve.—
For purposes of this subsection, the term “United States Treasury obligation yield curve” means, with respect to any day, a yield curve which shall be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for such day on interest-bearing obligations of the United States.
(B)

Shortfall amortization base.—
(i)

Previous shortfall amortization bases.—
The shortfall amortization bases determined under subsection (c)(3) for all plan years preceding the first plan year to which the election under paragraph (1) applies (and all shortfall amortization installments determined with respect to such bases) shall be reduced to zero under rules similar to the rules of subsection (c)(6).
(ii)

New shortfall amortization base.—
Notwithstanding subsection (c)(3), the shortfall amortization base for the first plan year to which the election under paragraph (1) applies shall be the funding shortfall of such plan for such plan year (determined using the interest rates as modified under subparagraph (A)).
(C)

Determination of shortfall amortization installments.—
(i)

30-year period.—
Subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (c)(2) shall be applied by substituting “30-plan-year” for “7-plan-year” each place it appears.
(ii)

No special election.—
The election under subparagraph (D) of subsection (c)(2) shall not apply to any plan year to which the election under paragraph (1) applies.
(D)

Exemption from at-risk treatment.—
Subsection (i) shall not apply.
(5)

Community newspaper plan.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
The term “community newspaper plan” means a plan to which this section applies maintained as of December 31, 2018, by an employer which—
(i)
maintains the plan on behalf of participants and beneficiaries with respect to employment in the trade or business of publishing 1 or more newspapers which were published by the employer at any time during the 11-year period ending on December 20, 2019,
(ii)
(I)
is not a company the stock of which is publicly traded (on a stock exchange or in an over-the-counter market), and is not controlled, directly or indirectly, by such a company, or
(II)
is controlled, directly, or indirectly, during the entire 30-year period ending on December 20, 2019, by individuals who are members of the same family, and does not publish or distribute a daily newspaper that is carrier-distributed in printed form in more than 5 States, and
(iii)
is controlled, directly, or indirectly—
(I)
by 1 or more persons residing primarily in a State in which the community newspaper has been published on newsprint or carrier-distributed,
(II)
during the entire 30-year period ending on December 20, 2019, by individuals who are members of the same family,
(III)
by 1 or more trusts, the sole trustees of which are persons described in subclause (I) or (II), or
(IV)
by a combination of persons described in subclause (I), (II), or (III).
(B)

Newspaper.—
The term “newspaper” does not include any newspaper (determined without regard to this subparagraph) to which any of the following apply:
(i)
Is not in general circulation.
(ii)
Is published (on newsprint or electronically) less frequently than 3 times per week.
(iii)
Has not ever been regularly published on newsprint.
(iv)
Does not have a bona fide list of paid subscribers.
(C)

Control.—
A person shall be treated as controlled by another person if such other person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction and management of such person (including the power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of such person) through the ownership of voting securities.
(6)

Controlled group.—
For purposes of this subsection, the term “controlled group” means all persons treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as of December 20, 2019.
(7)

Effect on premium rate calculation.—
In the case of a plan for which an election is made to apply the alternative standards described in paragraph (3), the additional premium under section 4006(a)(3)(E) shall be determined as if such election had not been made.

MINIMUM FUNDING STANDARDS FOR MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS 57
Sec. 304.
[1084]
(a)

In General.—
For purposes of section 302, the accumulated funding deficiency of a multiemployer plan for any plan year is the amount, determined as of the end of the plan year, equal to the excess (if any) of the total charges to the funding standard account of the plan for all plan years (beginning with the first plan year for which this part applies to the plan) over the total credits to such account for such years.
^{57}
PPA section 201(d)(2) allows certain existing amortization extensions to continue beyond the general effective date of plan years beginning on or after 1/1/2007. PPA section 206 provides that the provisions are not applicable to certain benefit increases prior to 6/30/2005 under agreements approved by the PBGC prior to 6/30/2005.
(b)

Funding Standard Account.—
(1)

Account required.—
Each multiemployer plan to which this part applies shall establish and maintain a funding standard account. Such account shall be credited and charged solely as provided in this section.
(2)

Charges to account.—
For a plan year, the funding standard account shall be charged with the sum of—
(A)
the normal cost of the plan for the plan year,
(B)
the amounts necessary to amortize in equal annual installments (until fully amortized)—
(i)
in the case of a plan which comes into existence on or after January 1, 2008, the unfunded past service liability under the plan on the first day of the first plan year to which this section applies, over a period of 15 plan years,
(ii)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net increase (if any) in unfunded past service liability under the plan arising from plan amendments adopted in such year, over a period of 15 plan years,
(iii)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net experience loss (if any) under the plan, over a period of 15 plan years, and
(iv)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net loss (if any) resulting from changes in actuarial assumptions used under the plan, over a period of 15 plan years,
(C)
the amount necessary to amortize each waived funding deficiency (within the meaning of section 302(c)(3)) for each prior plan year in equal annual installments (until fully amortized) over a period of 15 plan years,
(D)
the amount necessary to amortize in equal annual installments (until fully amortized) over a period of 5 plan years any amount credited to the funding standard account under section 302(b)(3)(D) (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006), and
(E)
the amount necessary to amortize in equal annual installments (until fully amortized) over a period of 20 years the contributions which would be required to be made under the plan but for the provisions of section 302(c)(7)(A)(i)(I) (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006).
(3)

Credits to account.—
For a plan year, the funding standard account shall be credited with the sum of—
(A)
the amount considered contributed by the employer to or under the plan for the plan year,
(B)
the amount necessary to amortize in equal annual installments (until fully amortized)—
(i)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net decrease (if any) in unfunded past service liability under the plan arising from plan amendments adopted in such year, over a period of 15 plan years,
(ii)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net experience gain (if any) under the plan, over a period of 15 plan years, and
(iii)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net gain (if any) resulting from changes in actuarial assumptions used under the plan, over a period of 15 plan years,
(C)
the amount of the waived funding deficiency (within the meaning of section 302(c)(3)) for the plan year, and
(D)
in the case of a plan year for which the accumulated funding deficiency is determined under the funding standard account if such plan year follows a plan year for which such deficiency was determined under the alternative minimum funding standard under section 305 (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006), the excess (if any) of any debit balance in the funding standard account (determined without regard to this subparagraph) over any debit balance in the alternative minimum funding standard account.
(4)

Special rule for amounts first amortized in plan years before 2008.—
In the case of any amount amortized under section 302(b) (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006) over any period beginning with a plan year beginning before 2008, in lieu of the amortization described in paragraphs (2)(B) and (3)(B), such amount shall continue to be amortized under such section as so in effect.
(5)

Combining and offsetting amounts to be amortized.—
Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, amounts required to be amortized under paragraph (2) or paragraph (3), as the case may be—
(A)
may be combined into one amount under such paragraph to be amortized over a period determined on the basis of the remaining amortization period for all items entering into such combined amount, and
(B)
may be offset against amounts required to be amortized under the other such paragraph, with the resulting amount to be amortized over a period determined on the basis of the remaining amortization periods for all items entering into whichever of the two amounts being offset is the greater.
(6)

Interest.—
The funding standard account (and items therein) shall be charged or credited (as determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury) with interest at the appropriate rate consistent with the rate or rates of interest used under the plan to determine costs.
(7)

Special rules relating to charges and credits to funding standard account.—
For purposes of this part—
(A)

Withdrawal liability.—
Any amount received by a multiemployer plan in payment of all or part of an employer's withdrawal liability under part 1 of subtitle E of title IV shall be considered an amount contributed by the employer to or under the plan. The Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulation additional charges and credits to a multiemployer plan's funding standard account to the extent necessary to prevent withdrawal liability payments from being unduly reflected as advance funding for plan liabilities.
(B)

Adjustments when a multiemployer plan leaves reorganization.—
If a multiemployer plan is not in reorganization in the plan year but was in reorganization in the immediately preceding plan year, any balance in the funding standard account at the close of such immediately preceding plan year—
(i)
shall be eliminated by an offsetting credit or charge (as the case may be), but
(ii)
shall be taken into account in subsequent plan years by being amortized in equal annual installments (until fully amortized) over 30 plan years.
The preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent of any accumulated funding deficiency under section 4243(a) as of the end of the last plan year that the plan was in reorganization.
(C)

Plan payments to supplemental program or withdrawal liability payment fund.—
Any amount paid by a plan during a plan year to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation pursuant to section 4222 of this Act or to a fund exempt under section 501(c)(22) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 pursuant to section 4223 of this Act shall reduce the amount of contributions considered received by the plan for the plan year.
(D)

Interim withdrawal liability payments.—
Any amount paid by an employer pending a final determination of the employer's withdrawal liability under part 1 of subtitle E of title IV and subsequently refunded to the employer by the plan shall be charged to the funding standard account in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(E)

Election for deferral of charge for portion of net experience loss.—
If an election is in effect under section 302(b)(7)(F) (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006) for any plan year, the funding standard account shall be charged in the plan year to which the portion of the net experience loss deferred by such election was deferred with the amount so deferred (and paragraph (2)(B)(iii) shall not apply to the amount so charged).
(F)

Financial assistance.—
Any amount of any financial assistance from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to any plan, and any repayment of such amount, shall be taken into account under this section and section 302 in such manner as is determined by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(G)

Short-term benefits.—
To the extent that any plan amendment increases the unfunded past service liability under the plan by reason of an increase in benefits which are not payable as a life annuity but are payable under the terms of the plan for a period that does not exceed 14 years from the effective date of the amendment, paragraph (2)(B)(ii) shall be applied separately with respect to such increase in unfunded past service liability by substituting the number of years of the period during which such benefits are payable for “15”.
(8)

Special relief rules.—
Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection—
(A)

Amortization of net investment losses.—
(i)

In general.—
A multiemployer plan with respect to which the solvency test under subparagraph (C) is met may treat the portion of any experience loss or gain attributable to net investment losses incurred in either or both of the first two plan years ending after August 31, 2008, as an item separate from other experience losses, to be amortized in equal annual installments (until fully amortized) over the period —
(I)
beginning with the plan year in which such portion is first recognized in the actuarial value of assets, and
(II)
ending with the last plan year in the 30-plan year period beginning with the plan year in which such net investment loss was incurred.
(ii)

Coordination with extensions.—
If this subparagraph applies for any plan year—
(I)
no extension of the amortization period under clause (i) shall be allowed under subsection (d), and
(II)
if an extension was granted under subsection (d) for any plan year before the election to have this subparagraph apply to the plan year, such extension shall not result in such amortization period exceeding 30 years.
(iii)

Net investment losses.—
For purposes of this subparagraph—
(I)

In general.—
Net investment losses shall be determined in the manner prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury on the basis of the difference between actual and expected returns (including any difference attributable to any criminally fraudulent investment arrangement).
(II)

Criminally fraudulent investment arrangements.—
The determination as to whether an arrangement is a criminally fraudulent investment arrangement shall be made under rules substantially similar to the rules prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for purposes of section 165 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(B)

Expanded smoothing period.—
(i)

In general.—
A multiemployer plan with respect to which the solvency test under subparagraph (C) is met may change its asset valuation method in a manner which—
(I)
spreads the difference between expected and actual returns for either or both of the first 2 plan years ending after August 31, 2008, over a period of not more than 10 years,
(II)
provides that for either or both of the first 2 plan years beginning after August 31, 2008, the value of plan assets at any time shall not be less than 80 percent or greater than 130 percent of the fair market value of such assets at such time, or
(III)
makes both changes described in subclauses (I) and (II) to such method.
(ii)

Asset valuation methods.—
If this subparagraph applies for any plan year—
(I)
the Secretary of the Treasury shall not treat the asset valuation method of the plan as unreasonable solely because of the changes in such method described in clause (i), and
(II)
such changes shall be deemed approved by such Secretary under section 302(d)(1) and section 412(d)(1) of such Code.
(iii)

Amortization of reduction in unfunded accrued liability.—
If this subparagraph and subparagraph (A) both apply for any plan year, the plan shall treat any reduction in unfunded accrued liability resulting from the application of this subparagraph as a separate experience amortization base, to be amortized in equal annual installments (until fully amortized) over a period of 30 plan years rather than the period such liability would otherwise be amortized over.
(C)

Solvency test.—
The solvency test under this paragraph is met only if the plan actuary certifies that the plan is projected to have sufficient assets to timely pay expected benefits and anticipated expenditures over the amortization period, taking into account the changes in the funding standard account under this paragraph.
(D)

Restriction on benefit increases.—
If subparagraph (A) or (B) apply to a multiemployer plan for any plan year, then, in addition to any other applicable restrictions on benefit increases, a plan amendment increasing benefits may not go into effect during either of the 2 plan years immediately following such plan year unless—
(i)
the plan actuary certifies that—
(I)
any such increase is paid for out of additional contributions not allocated to the plan immediately before the application of this paragraph to the plan, and
(II)
the plan's funded percentage and projected credit balances for such 2 plan years are reasonably expected to be at least as high as such percentage and balances would have been if the benefit increase had not been adopted, or
(ii)
the amendment is required as a condition of qualification under part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or to comply with other applicable law.
(E)

Reporting.—
A plan sponsor of a plan to which this paragraph applies shall—
(i)
give notice of such application to participants and beneficiaries of the plan, and
(ii)
inform the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of such application in such form and manner as the Director of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation may prescribe.
[The (F) added below by section 9703(a)(1) of Public Law 117-2 shall take effect as of the first day of the first plan year ending on or after February 29, 2020, except that any election a plan makes pursuant to this section that affects the plan’s funding standard account for the first plan year beginning after February 29, 2020, shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the provisions of section 305 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and section 432 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to such plan year.]
(F)

Relief for 2020 and 2021.—
A multiemployer plan with respect to which the solvency test under subparagraph (C) is met as of February 29, 2020, may elect to apply this paragraph (without regard to whether such plan previously elected the application of this paragraph)—
(i)
by substituting “February 29, 2020” for “August 31, 2008” each place it appears in subparagraphs (A)(i), (B)(i)(I), and (B)(i)(II),
(ii)
by inserting “and other losses related to the virus SARS–CoV–2 or coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–19) (including experience losses related to reductions in contributions, reductions in employment, and deviations from anticipated retirement rates, as determined by the plan sponsor)” after “net investment losses” in subparagraph (A)(i), and
(iii)
by substituting “this subparagraph or subparagraph (A)” for “this subparagraph and subparagraph (A) both” in subparagraph (B)(iii).
The preceding sentence shall not apply to a plan to which special financial assistance is granted under section 4262. For purposes of the application of this subparagraph, the Secretary of the Treasury shall rely on the plan sponsor's calculations of plan losses unless such calculations are clearly erroneous.
(c)

Additional Rules.—
(1)

Determinations to be made under funding method.—
For purposes of this part, normal costs, accrued liability, past service liabilities, and experience gains and losses shall be determined under the funding method used to determine costs under the plan.
(2)

Valuation of assets.—
(A)

In general.—
For purposes of this part, the value of the plan's assets shall be determined on the basis of any reasonable actuarial method of valuation which takes into account fair market value and which is permitted under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(B)

Election with respect to bonds.—
The value of a bond or other evidence of indebtedness which is not in default as to principal or interest may, at the election of the plan administrator, be determined on an amortized basis running from initial cost at purchase to par value at maturity or earliest call date. Any election under this subparagraph shall be made at such time and in such manner as the Secretary of the Treasury shall by regulations provide, shall apply to all such evidences of indebtedness, and may be revoked only with the consent of such Secretary.
(3)

Actuarial assumptions must be reasonable.—
For purposes of this section, all costs, liabilities, rates of interest, and other factors under the plan shall be determined on the basis of actuarial assumptions and methods—
(A)
each of which is reasonable (taking into account the experience of the plan and reasonable expectations), and
(B)
which, in combination, offer the actuary's best estimate of anticipated experience under the plan.
(4)

Treatment of certain changes as experience gain or loss.—
For purposes of this section, if—
(A)
a change in benefits under the Social Security Act or in other retirement benefits created under Federal or State law, or
(B)
a change in the definition of the term “wages” under section 3121 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or a change in the amount of such wages taken into account under regulations prescribed for purposes of section 401(a)(5) of such Code,
results in an increase or decrease in accrued liability under a plan, such increase or decrease shall be treated as an experience loss or gain.
(5)

Full funding.—
If, as of the close of a plan year, a plan would (without regard to this paragraph) have an accumulated funding deficiency in excess of the full funding limitation—
(A)
the funding standard account shall be credited with the amount of such excess, and
(B)
all amounts described in subparagraphs (B), (C), and (D) of subsection (b) (2) and subparagraph (B) of subsection (b)(3) which are required to be amortized shall be considered fully amortized for purposes of such subparagraphs.
(6)

Full-funding limitation.—
(A)

In general.—
For purposes of paragraph (5), the term “full-funding limitation” means the excess (if any) of—
(i)
the accrued liability (including normal cost) under the plan (determined under the entry age normal funding method if such accrued liability cannot be directly calculated under the funding method used for the plan), over
(ii)
the lesser of—
(I)
the fair market value of the plan's assets, or
(II)
the value of such assets determined under paragraph (2).
(B)

Minimum amount.—
(i)

In general.—
In no event shall the full-funding limitation determined under subparagraph (A) be less than the excess (if any) of—
(I)
90 percent of the current liability of the plan (including the expected increase in current liability due to benefits accruing during the plan year), over
(II)
the value of the plan's assets determined under paragraph (2).
(ii)

Assets.—
For purposes of clause (i), assets shall not be reduced by any credit balance in the funding standard account.
(C)

Full funding limitation.—
For purposes of this paragraph, unless otherwise provided by the plan, the accrued liability under a multiemployer plan shall not include benefits which are not nonforfeitable under the plan after the termination of the plan (taking into consideration section 411(d)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986).
(D)

Current liability.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

In general.—
The term “current liability” means all liabilities to employees and their beneficiaries under the plan.
(ii)

Treatment of unpredictable contingent event benefits.—
For purposes of clause (i), any benefit contingent on an event other than—
(I)
age, service, compensation, death, or disability, or
(II)
an event which is reasonably and reliably predictable (as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury),
shall not be taken into account until the event on which the benefit is contingent occurs.
(iii)

Interest rate used.—
The rate of interest used to determine current liability under this paragraph shall be the rate of interest determined under subparagraph (E).
(iv)

Mortality tables.—
(I)

Commissioners' standard table.—
In the case of plan years beginning before the first plan year to which the first tables prescribed under subclause (II) apply, the mortality table used in determining current liability under this paragraph shall be the table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury which is based on the prevailing commissioners' standard table (described in section 807(d)(5)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) used to determine reserves for group annuity contracts issued on January 1, 1993.
(II)

Secretarial authority.—
The Secretary of the Treasury may by regulation prescribe for plan years beginning after December 31, 1999, mortality tables to be used in determining current liability under this subsection. Such tables shall be based upon the actual experience of pension plans and projected trends in such experience. In prescribing such tables, such Secretary shall take into account results of available independent studies of mortality of individuals covered by pension plans.
(v)

Separate mortality tables for the disabled.—
Notwithstanding clause (iv)—
(I)

In general.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall establish mortality tables which may be used (in lieu of the tables under clause (iv)) to determine current liability under this subsection for individuals who are entitled to benefits under the plan on account of disability. Such Secretary shall establish separate tables for individuals whose disabilities occur in plan years beginning before January 1, 1995, and for individuals whose disabilities occur in plan years beginning on or after such date.
(II)

Special rule for disabilities occurring after 1994.—
In the case of disabilities occurring in plan years beginning after December 31, 1994, the tables under subclause (I) shall apply only with respect to individuals described in such subclause who are disabled within the meaning of title II of the Social Security Act and the regulations thereunder.
(vi)

Periodic review.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall periodically (at least every 5 years) review any tables in effect under this subparagraph and shall, to the extent such Secretary determines necessary, by regulation update the tables to reflect the actual experience of pension plans and projected trends in such experience.
(E)

Required change of interest rate.—
For purposes of determining a plan's current liability for purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

In general.—
If any rate of interest used under the plan under subsection (b)(6) to determine cost is not within the permissible range, the plan shall establish a new rate of interest within the permissible range.
(ii)

Permissible range.—
For purposes of this subparagraph—
(I)

In general.—
Except as provided in subclause (II), the term “permissible range” means a rate of interest which is not more than 5 percent above, and not more than 10 percent below, the weighted average of the rates of interest on 30-year Treasury securities during the 4-year period ending on the last day before the beginning of the plan year.
(II)

Secretarial authority.—
If the Secretary of the Treasury finds that the lowest rate of interest permissible under subclause (I) is unreasonably high, such Secretary may prescribe a lower rate of interest, except that such rate may not be less than 80 percent of the average rate determined under such subclause.
(iii)

Assumptions.—
Notwithstanding paragraph (3)(A), the interest rate used under the plan shall be—
(I)
determined without taking into account the experience of the plan and reasonable expectations, but
(II)
consistent with the assumptions which reflect the purchase rates which would be used by insurance companies to satisfy the liabilities under the plan.
(7)

Annual valuation.—
(A)

In general.—
For purposes of this section, a determination of experience gains and losses and a valuation of the plan's liability shall be made not less frequently than once every year, except that such determination shall be made more frequently to the extent required in particular cases under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(B)

Valuation date.—
(i)

Current year.—
Except as provided in clause (ii), the valuation referred to in subparagraph (A) shall be made as of a date within the plan year to which the valuation refers or within one month prior to the beginning of such year.
(ii)

Use of prior year valuation.—
The valuation referred to in subparagraph (A) may be made as of a date within the plan year prior to the year to which the valuation refers if, as of such date, the value of the assets of the plan are not less than 100 percent of the plan's current liability (as defined in paragraph (6)(D) without regard to clause (iv) thereof).
(iii)

Adjustments.—
Information under clause (ii) shall, in accordance with regulations, be actuarially adjusted to reflect significant differences in participants.
(iv)

Limitation.—
A change in funding method to use a prior year valuation, as provided in clause (ii), may not be made unless as of the valuation date within the prior plan year, the value of the assets of the plan are not less than 125 percent of the plan's current liability (as defined in paragraph (6)(D) without regard to clause (iv) thereof).
(8)

Time when certain contributions deemed made.—
For purposes of this section, any contributions for a plan year made by an employer after the last day of such plan year, but not later than two and one-half months after such day, shall be deemed to have been made on such last day. For purposes of this subparagraph, such two and one-half month period may be extended for not more than six months under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(d)

Extension of Amortization Periods for Multiemployer Plans.—
(1)

Automatic extension upon application by certain plans.—
(A)

In general.—
If the plan sponsor of a multiemployer plan—
(i)
submits to the Secretary of the Treasury an application for an extension of the period of years required to amortize any unfunded liability described in any clause of subsection (b)(2)(B) or described in subsection (b)(4), and
(ii)
includes with the application a certification by the plan's actuary described in subparagraph (B),
the Secretary of the Treasury shall extend the amortization period for the period of time (not in excess of 5 years) specified in the application. Such extension shall be in addition to any extension under paragraph (2).
(B)

Criteria.—
A certification with respect to a multiemployer plan is described in this subparagraph if the plan's actuary certifies that, based on reasonable assumptions—
(i)
absent the extension under subparagraph (A), the plan would have an accumulated funding deficiency in the current plan year or any of the 9 succeeding plan years,
(ii)
the plan sponsor has adopted a plan to improve the plan's funding status,
(iii)
the plan is projected to have sufficient assets to timely pay expected benefits and anticipated expenditures over the amortization period as extended, and
(iv)
the notice required under paragraph (3)(A) has been provided.
(2)

Alternative extension.—
(A)

In general.—
If the plan sponsor of a multiemployer plan submits to the Secretary of the Treasury an application for an extension of the period of years required to amortize any unfunded liability described in any clause of subsection (b)(2)(B) or described in subsection (b)(4), the Secretary of the Treasury may extend the amortization period for a period of time (not in excess of 10 years reduced by the number of years of any extension under paragraph (1) with respect to such unfunded liability) if the Secretary of the Treasury makes the determination described in subparagraph (B). Such extension shall be in addition to any extension under paragraph (1).
(B)

Determination.—
The Secretary of the Treasury may grant an extension under subparagraph (A) if such Secretary determines that—
(i)
such extension would carry out the purposes of this Act and would provide adequate protection for participants under the plan and their beneficiaries, and
(ii)
the failure to permit such extension would—
(I)
result in a substantial risk to the voluntary continuation of the plan, or a substantial curtailment of pension benefit levels or employee compensation, and
(II)
be adverse to the interests of plan participants in the aggregate.
(C)

Action by secretary of the treasury.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall act upon any application for an extension under this paragraph within 180 days of the submission of such application. If such Secretary rejects the application for an extension under this paragraph, such Secretary shall provide notice to the plan detailing the specific reasons for the rejection, including references to the criteria set forth above.
(3)

Advance notice.—
(A)

In general.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall, before granting an extension under this subsection, require each applicant to provide evidence satisfactory to such Secretary that the applicant has provided notice of the filing of the application for such extension to each affected party (as defined in section 4001(a)(21)) with respect to the affected plan. Such notice shall include a description of the extent to which the plan is funded for benefits which are guaranteed under title IV and for benefit liabilities.
(B)

Consideration of relevant information.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall consider any relevant information provided by a person to whom notice was given under paragraph (1).

ADDITIONAL FUNDING RULES FOR MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS IN ENDANGERED STATUS OR CRITICAL STATUS 58
^{58}
PPA section 206 provides that the provisions are not applicable to certain benefit increases prior to 6/30/2005 under agreements approved by the PBGC prior to 6/30/2005.
Sec. 305.
[1085]
(a)

General Rule.—
For purposes of this part, in the case of a multiemployer plan in effect on July 16, 2006—
(1)
if the plan is in endangered status—
(A)
the plan sponsor shall adopt and implement a funding improvement plan in accordance with the requirements of subsection (c), and
(B)
the requirements of subsection (d) shall apply during the funding plan adoption period and the funding improvement period,
(2)
if the plan is in critical status—
(A)
the plan sponsor shall adopt and implement a rehabilitation plan in accordance with the requirements of subsection (e), and
(B)
the requirements of subsection (f) shall apply during the rehabilitation plan adoption period and the rehabilitation period, and
(3)
if the plan is in critical and declining status—
(A)
the requirements of paragraph (2) shall apply to the plan; and
(B)
the plan sponsor may, by plan amendment, suspend benefits in accordance with the requirements of subsection (e)(9).
(b)

Determination of Endangered and Critical Status.—
For purposes of this section—
(1)

Endangered status.—
A multiemployer plan is in endangered status for a plan year if, as determined by the plan actuary under paragraph (3), the plan is not in critical status for the plan year and is not described in paragraph (5), and, as of the beginning of the plan year, either—
(A)
the plan's funded percentage for such plan year is less than 80 percent, or
(B)
the plan has an accumulated funding deficiency for such plan year, or is projected to have such an accumulated funding deficiency for any of the 6 succeeding plan years, taking into account any extension of amortization periods under section 304(d).
For purposes of this section, a plan shall be treated as in seriously endangered status for a plan year if the plan is described in both subparagraphs (A) and (B).
(2)

Critical status.—
A multiemployer plan is in critical status for a plan year if, as determined by the plan actuary under paragraph (3), the plan is described in 1 or more of the following subparagraphs as of the beginning of the plan year:
(A)
A plan is described in this subparagraph if—
(i)
the funded percentage of the plan is less than 65 percent, and
(ii)
the sum of—
(I)
the fair market value of plan assets, plus
(II)
the present value of the reasonably anticipated employer contributions for the current plan year and each of the 6 succeeding plan years, assuming that the terms of all collective bargaining agreements pursuant to which the plan is maintained for the current plan year continue in effect for succeeding plan years,
is less than the present value of all nonforfeitable benefits projected to be payable under the plan during the current plan year and each of the 6 succeeding plan years (plus administrative expenses for such plan years).
(B)
A plan is described in this subparagraph if—
(i)
the plan has an accumulated funding deficiency for the current plan year, not taking into account any extension of amortization periods under section 304(d), or
(ii)
the plan is projected to have an accumulated funding deficiency for any of the 3 succeeding plan years (4 succeeding plan years if the funded percentage of the plan is 65 percent or less), not taking into account any extension of amortization periods under section 304(d).
(C)
A plan is described in this subparagraph if—
(i)
(I)
the plan's normal cost for the current plan year, plus interest (determined at the rate used for determining costs under the plan) for the current plan year on the amount of unfunded benefit liabilities under the plan as of the last date of the preceding plan year, exceeds
(II)
the present value of the reasonably anticipated employer and employee contributions for the current plan year,
(ii)
the present value, as of the beginning of the current plan year, of nonforfeitable benefits of inactive participants is greater than the present value of nonforfeitable benefits of active participants, and
(iii)
the plan has an accumulated funding deficiency for the current plan year, or is projected to have such a deficiency for any of the 4 succeeding plan years, not taking into account any extension of amortization periods under section 304(d).
(D)
A plan is described in this subparagraph if the sum of—
(i)
the fair market value of plan assets, plus
(ii)
the present value of the reasonably anticipated employer contributions for the current plan year and each of the 4 succeeding plan years, assuming that the terms of all collective bargaining agreements pursuant to which the plan is maintained for the current plan year continue in effect for succeeding plan years,
is less than the present value of all benefits projected to be payable under the plan during the current plan year and each of the 4 succeeding plan years (plus administrative expenses for such plan years).
(3)

Annual certification by plan actuary.—
(A)

In general.—
Not later than the 90th day of each plan year of a multiemployer plan, the plan actuary shall certify to the Secretary of the Treasury and to the plan sponsor—
(i)
whether or not the plan is in endangered status for such plan year 59, whether or not the plan is or will be in critical status for such plan yearor for any of the succeeding 5 plan years, and whether or not the plan is or will be in critical and declining status for such plan year, and
^{59}
Section 104(a)(3) of division O of Public Law 113–235 provides an amendment as follows: “Section 305(b)(3)(A)(i) of such Act (29 U.S.C. 1085(b)(3)(A)(i)) is amended by inserting after ‘endangered status for a plan year’ the following: ‘, or would be in endangered status for such plan year but for paragraph (5),’ ”. Such amendment could not be carried out because the phrase “...such plan year” appears in law.
(ii)
in the case of a plan which is in a funding improvement or rehabilitation period, whether or not the plan is making the scheduled progress in meeting the requirements of its funding improvement or rehabilitation plan.
(B)

Actuarial projections of assets and liabilities.—
(i)

In general.—
Except as provided in clause (iv), in making the determinations and projections under this subsection, the plan actuary shall make projections required for the current and succeeding plan years of the current value of the assets of the plan and the present value of all liabilities to participants and beneficiaries under the plan for the current plan year as of the beginning of such year. The actuary's projections shall be based on reasonable actuarial estimates, assumptions, and methods that, except as provided in clause (iii), offer the actuary's best estimate of anticipated experience under the plan. The projected present value of liabilities as of the beginning of such year shall be determined based on the most recent of either—
(I)
the actuarial statement required under section 103(d) with respect to the most recently filed annual report, or
(II)
the actuarial valuation for the preceding plan year.
(ii)

Determinations of future contributions.—
Any actuarial projection of plan assets shall assume—
(I)
reasonably anticipated employer contributions for the current and succeeding plan years, assuming that the terms of the one or more collective bargaining agreements pursuant to which the plan is maintained for the current plan year continue in effect for succeeding plan years, or
(II)
that employer contributions for the most recent plan year will continue indefinitely, but only if the plan actuary determines there have been no significant demographic changes that would make such assumption unreasonable.
(iii)

Projected industry activity.—
Any projection of activity in the industry or industries covered by the plan, including future covered employment and contribution levels, shall be based on information provided by the plan sponsor, which shall act reasonably and in good faith.
(iv)

Projections relating to critical status in succeeding plan years.—
Clauses (i) and (ii) (other than the 2nd sentence of clause (i)) may be disregarded by a plan actuary in the case of any certification of whether a plan will be in critical status in a succeeding plan year, except that a plan sponsor may not elect to be in critical status for a plan year under paragraph (4) in any case in which the certification upon which such election would be based is made without regard to such clauses.
^{60}
Two clause (iv)s’ in law. See amendments made by sections 102(a)(2)(B(ii) and 201(a)(5) of division O of Public Law 113–235.
(iv)60

Projections of critical and declining status.—
In determining whether a plan is in critical and declining status as described in subsection (e)(9), clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) shall apply, except that—
(I)
if reasonable, the plan actuary shall assume that each contributing employer in compliance continues to comply through the end of the rehabilitation period or such later time as provided in subsection (e)(3)(A)(ii) with the terms of the rehabilitation plan that correspond to the schedule adopted or imposed under subsection (e), and
(II)
the plan actuary shall take into account any suspensions of benefits described in subsection (e)(9) adopted in a prior plan year that are still in effect.
(C)

Penalty for failure to secure timely actuarial certification.—
Any failure of the plan's actuary to certify the plan's status under this subsection by the date specified in subparagraph (A) shall be treated for purposes of section 502(c)(2) as a failure or refusal by the plan administrator to file the annual report required to be filed with the Secretary under section 101(b)(1).
(D)

Notice.—
(i)

In general.—
In any case in which it is certified under subparagraph (A) that a multiemployer plan is or will be in endangered or critical status for a plan year or in which a plan sponsor elects to be in critical status for a plan year under paragraph (4), the plan sponsor shall, not later than 30 days after the date of the certification, provide notification of the endangered or critical status to the participants and beneficiaries, the bargaining parties, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and the Secretary. In any case in which a plan sponsor elects to be in critical status for a plan year under paragraph (4), the plan sponsor shall notify the Secretary of the Treasury of such election not later than 30 days after the date of such certification or such other time as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulations or other guidance.
(ii)

Plans in critical status.—
If it is certified under subparagraph (A) that a multiemployer plan is or will be in critical status, the plan sponsor shall include in the notice under clause (i) an explanation of the possibility that—
(I)
adjustable benefits (as defined in subsection (e)(8)) may be reduced, and
(II)
such reductions may apply to participants and beneficiaries whose benefit commencement date is on or after the date such notice is provided for the first plan year in which the plan is in critical status.
(iii)
In the case of a multiemployer plan that would be in endangered status but for paragraph (5), the plan sponsor shall provide notice to the bargaining parties and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation that the plan would be in endangered status but for such paragraph.
(iv)

Model notice.—
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary shall prescribe a model notice that a multiemployer plan may use to satisfy the requirements under clauses (ii) and (iii).
(v)

Notice of projection to be in critical status in a future plan year.—
In any case in which it is certified under subparagraph (A)(i) that a multiemployer plan will be in critical status for any of 5 succeeding plan years (but not for the current plan year) and the plan sponsor of such plan has not made an election to be in critical status for the plan year under paragraph (4), the plan sponsor shall, not later than 30 days after the date of the certification, provide notification of the projected critical status to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
(4)

Election to be in critical status.—
Notwithstanding paragraph (2) and subject to paragraph (3)(B)(iv)—
(A)
the plan sponsor of a multiemployer plan that is not in critical status for a plan year but that is projected by the plan actuary, pursuant to the determination under paragraph (3), to be in critical status in any of the succeeding 5 plan years may, not later than 30 days after the date of the certification under paragraph (3)(A), elect to be in critical status effective for the current plan year,
(B)
the plan year in which the plan sponsor elects to be in critical status under subparagraph (A) shall be treated for purposes of this section as the first year in which the plan is in critical status, regardless of the date on which the plan first satisfies the criteria for critical status under paragraph (2), and
(C)
a plan that is in critical status under this paragraph shall not emerge from critical status except in accordance with subsection (e)(4)(B).
(5)

Special rule.—
A plan is described in this paragraph if—
(A)
as part of the actuarial certification of endangered status under paragraph (3)(A) for the plan year, the plan actuary certifies that the plan is projected to no longer be described in either paragraph (1)(A) or paragraph (1)(B) as of the end of the tenth plan year ending after the plan year to which the certification relates, and
(B)
the plan was not in critical or endangered status for the immediately preceding plan year.
(6)

Critical and declining status.—
For purposes of this section, a plan in critical status shall be treated as in critical and declining status if the plan is described in one or more of subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of paragraph (2) and the plan is projected to become insolvent within the meaning of section 4245 during the current plan year or any of the 14 succeeding plan years (19 succeeding plan years if the plan has a ratio of inactive participants to active participants that exceeds 2 to 1 or if the funded percentage of the plan is less than 80 percent).
(c)

Funding Improvement Plan Must Be Adopted for Multiemployer Plans in Endangered Status.—
(1)

In general.—
In any case in which a multiemployer plan is in endangered status for a plan year, the plan sponsor, in accordance with this subsection—
(A)
shall adopt a funding improvement plan not later than 240 days following the required date for the actuarial certification of endangered status under subsection (b)(3)(A), and
(B)
within 30 days after the adoption of the funding improvement plan—
(i)
shall provide to the bargaining parties 1 or more schedules showing revised benefit structures, revised contribution structures, or both, which, if adopted, may reasonably be expected to enable the multiemployer plan to meet the applicable benchmarks in accordance with the funding improvement plan, including—
(I)
one proposal for reductions in the amount of future benefit accruals necessary to achieve the applicable benchmarks, assuming no amendments increasing contributions under the plan (other than amendments increasing contributions necessary to achieve the applicable benchmarks after amendments have reduced future benefit accruals to the maximum extent permitted by law), and
(II)
one proposal for increases in contributions under the plan necessary to achieve the applicable benchmarks, assuming no amendments reducing future benefit accruals under the plan, and
(ii)
may, if the plan sponsor deems appropriate, prepare and provide the bargaining parties with additional information relating to contribution rates or benefit reductions, alternative schedules, or other information relevant to achieving the applicable benchmarks in accordance with the funding improvement plan.
For purposes of this section, the term “applicable benchmarks” means the requirements applicable to the multiemployer plan under paragraph (3) (as modified by paragraph (5)).
(2)

Exception for years after process begins.—
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a plan year if such year is in a funding plan adoption period or funding improvement period by reason of the plan being in endangered status for a preceding plan year. For purposes of this section, such preceding plan year shall be the initial determination year with respect to the funding improvement plan to which it relates.
(3)

Funding improvement plan.—
For purposes of this section—
(A)

In general.—
A funding improvement plan is a plan which consists of the actions, including options or a range of options to be proposed to the bargaining parties, formulated to provide, based on reasonably anticipated experience and reasonable actuarial assumptions, for the attainment by the plan during the funding improvement period of the following requirements:
(i)

Increase in plan's funding percentage.—
The plan's funded percentage as of the close of the funding improvement period equals or exceeds a percentage equal to the sum of—
(I)
such percentage as of the beginning of the first plan year for which the plan is certified to be in endangered status pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)61, plus
^{61}
So in law. The reference to “paragraph (b)(3)” probably should read “paragraph (3) of subsection (b)” or “subsection (b)(3)” .
(II)
33 percent of the difference between 100 percent and the percentage under subclause (I).
(ii)

Avoidance of accumulated funding deficiencies.—
No accumulated funding deficiency for the last plan year during the funding improvement period (taking into account any extension of amortization periods under section 304(d)).
(B)

Seriously endangered plans.—
In the case of a plan in seriously endangered status, except as provided in paragraph (5), subparagraph (A)(i)(II) shall be applied by substituting “20 percent” for “33 percent”.
(4)

Funding improvement period.—
For purposes of this section—
(A)

In general.—
The funding improvement period for any funding improvement plan adopted pursuant to this subsection is the 10-year period beginning on the first day of the first plan year of the multiemployer plan beginning after the earlier of—
(i)
the second anniversary of the date of the adoption of the funding improvement plan, or
(ii)
the expiration of the collective bargaining agreements in effect on the due date for the actuarial certification of endangered status for the initial determination year under subsection (b)(3)(A) and covering, as of such due date, at least 75 percent of the active participants in such multiemployer plan.
(B)

Seriously endangered plans.—
In the case of a plan in seriously endangered status, except as provided in paragraph (5), subparagraph (A) shall be applied by substituting “15-year period” for “10-year period”.
(C)

Coordination with changes in status.—
(i)

Plans no longer in endangered status.—
If the plan's actuary certifies under subsection (b)(3)(A) for a plan year in any funding plan adoption period or funding improvement period that the plan is no longer in endangered status and is not in critical status, the funding plan adoption period or funding improvement period, whichever is applicable, shall end as of the close of the preceding plan year.
(ii)

Plans in critical status.—
If the plan's actuary certifies under subsection (b)(3)(A) for a plan year in any funding plan adoption period or funding improvement period that the plan is in critical status, the funding plan adoption period or funding improvement period, whichever is applicable, shall end as of the close of the plan year preceding the first plan year in the rehabilitation period with respect to such status.
(D)

Plans in endangered status at end of period.—
If the plan's actuary certifies under subsection (b)(3)(A) for the first plan year following the close of the period described in subparagraph (A) that the plan is in endangered status, the provisions of this subsection and subsection (d) shall be applied as if such first plan year were an initial determination year, except that the plan may not be amended in a manner inconsistent with the funding improvement plan in effect for the preceding plan year until a new funding improvement plan is adopted.
(5)

Special rules for seriously endangered plans more than 70 percent funded.—
(A)

In general.—
If the funded percentage of a plan in seriously endangered status was more than 70 percent as of the beginning of the initial determination year—
(i)
paragraphs (3)(B) and (4)(B) shall apply only if the plan's actuary certifies, within 30 days after the certification under subsection (b)(3)(A) for the initial determination year, that, based on the terms of the plan and the collective bargaining agreements in effect at the time of such certification, the plan is not projected to meet the requirements of paragraph (3)(A) (without regard to paragraphs (3)(B) and (4)(B)), and
(ii)
if there is a certification under clause (i), the plan may, in formulating its funding improvement plan, only take into account the rules of paragraph (3)(B) and (4)(B) for plan years in the funding improvement period beginning on or before the date on which the last of the collective bargaining agreements described in paragraph (4)(A)(ii) expires.
(B)

Special rule after expiration of agreements.—
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A)(ii), if, for any plan year ending after the date described in subparagraph (A)(ii), the plan actuary certifies (at the time of the annual certification under subsection (b)(3)(A) for such plan year) that, based on the terms of the plan and collective bargaining agreements in effect at the time of that annual certification, the plan is not projected to be able to meet the requirements of paragraph (3)(A) (without regard to paragraphs (3)(B) and (4)(B)), paragraphs (3)(B) and (4)(B) shall continue to apply for such year.
(6)

Updates to funding improvement plan and schedules.—
(A)

Funding improvement plan.—
The plan sponsor shall annually update the funding improvement plan and shall file the update with the plan's annual report under section 104.
(B)

Schedules.—
The plan sponsor shall annually update any schedule of contribution rates provided under this subsection to reflect the experience of the plan.
(C)

Duration of schedule.—
A schedule of contribution rates provided by the plan sponsor and relied upon by bargaining parties in negotiating a collective bargaining agreement shall remain in effect for the duration of that collective bargaining agreement.
(7)

Imposition of schedule where failure to adopt funding improvement plan.—
(A)

Initial contribution schedule.—
If—
(i)
a collective bargaining agreement providing for contributions under a multiemployer plan that was in effect at the time the plan entered endangered status expires, and
(ii)
after receiving one or more schedules from the plan sponsor under paragraph (1)(B), the bargaining parties with respect to such agreement fail to adopt a contribution schedule with terms consistent with the funding improvement plan and a schedule from the plan sponsor,
the plan sponsor shall implement the schedule described in paragraph (1)(B)(i)(I) beginning on the date specified in subparagraph (C).
(B)

Subsequent contribution schedule.—
If—
(i)
a collective bargaining agreement providing for contributions under a multiemployer plan in accordance with a schedule provided by the plan sponsor pursuant to a funding improvement plan (or imposed under subparagraph (A)) expires while the plan is still in endangered status, and
(ii)
after receiving one or more updated schedules from the plan sponsor under paragraph (6)(B), the bargaining parties with respect to such agreement fail to adopt a contribution schedule with terms consistent with the updated funding improvement plan and a schedule from the plan sponsor,
then the contribution schedule applicable under the expired collective bargaining agreement, as updated and in effect on the date the collective bargaining agreement expires, shall be implemented by the plan sponsor beginning on the date specified in subparagraph (C).
(C)

Date of implementation.—
The date specified in this subparagraph is the date which is 180 days after the date on which the collective bargaining agreement described in subparagraph (A) or (B) expires.
(D)

Failure to make scheduled contributions.—
Any failure to make a contribution under a schedule of contribution rates provided under this paragraph shall be treated as a delinquent contribution under section 515 and shall be enforceable as such.
(8)

Funding plan adoption period.—
For purposes of this section, the term “funding plan adoption period” means the period beginning on the date of the certification under subsection (b)(3)(A) for the initial determination year and ending on the day before the first day of the funding improvement period.
(d)

Rules for Operation of Plan During Adoption and Improvement Periods.—
(1)

Compliance with funding improvement plan.—
(A)

In general.—
A plan may not be amended after the date of the adoption of a funding improvement plan under subsection (c) so as to be inconsistent with the funding improvement plan.
(B)

Special rules for benefit increases.—
A plan may not be amended after the date of the adoption of a funding improvement plan under subsection (c) so as to increase benefits, including future benefit accruals, unless the plan actuary certifies that such increase is paid for out of additional contributions not contemplated by the funding improvement plan, and, after taking into account the benefit increase, the multiemployer plan still is reasonably expected to meet the applicable benchmark on the schedule contemplated in the funding improvement plan.
(2)

Special rules for plan adoption period.—
During the period beginning on the date of the certification under subsection (b)(3)(A) for the initial determination year and ending on the date of the adoption of a funding improvement plan—
(A)
the plan sponsor may not accept a collective bargaining agreement or participation agreement with respect to the multiemployer plan that provides for—
(i)
a reduction in the level of contributions for any participants,
(ii)
a suspension of contributions with respect to any period of service, or
(iii)
any new direct or indirect exclusion of younger or newly hired employees from plan participation, and
(B)
no amendment of the plan which increases the liabilities of the plan by reason of any increase in benefits, any change in the accrual of benefits, or any change in the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable under the plan may be adopted unless the amendment is required as a condition of qualification under part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or to comply with other applicable law.
(e)

Rehabilitation Plan Must Be Adopted for Multiemployer Plans in Critical Status.—
(1)

In general.—
In any case in which a multiemployer plan is in critical status for a plan year, the plan sponsor, in accordance with this subsection—
(A)
shall adopt a rehabilitation plan not later than 240 days following the required date for the actuarial certification of critical status under subsection (b)(3)(A), and
(B)
within 30 days after the adoption of the rehabilitation plan—
(i)
shall provide to the bargaining parties 1 or more schedules showing revised benefit structures, revised contribution structures, or both, which, if adopted, may reasonably be expected to enable the multiemployer plan to emerge from critical status in accordance with the rehabilitation plan, and
(ii)
may, if the plan sponsor deems appropriate, prepare and provide the bargaining parties with additional information relating to contribution rates or benefit reductions, alternative schedules, or other information relevant to emerging from critical status in accordance with the rehabilitation plan.
The schedule or schedules described in subparagraph (B)(i) shall reflect reductions in future benefit accruals and adjustable benefits, and increases in contributions, that the plan sponsor determines are reasonably necessary to emerge from critical status. One schedule shall be designated as the default schedule and such schedule shall assume that there are no increases in contributions under the plan other than the increases necessary to emerge from critical status after future benefit accruals and other benefits (other than benefits the reduction or elimination of which are not permitted under section 204(g)) have been reduced to the maximum extent permitted by law.
(2)

Exception for years after process begins.—
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a plan year if such year is in a rehabilitation plan adoption period or rehabilitation period by reason of the plan being in critical status for a preceding plan year. For purposes of this section, such preceding plan year shall be the initial critical year with respect to the rehabilitation plan to which it relates.
(3)

Rehabilitation plan.—
For purposes of this section—
(A)

In general.—
A rehabilitation plan is a plan which consists of—
(i)
actions, including options or a range of options to be proposed to the bargaining parties, formulated, based on reasonably anticipated experience and reasonable actuarial assumptions, to enable the plan to cease to be in critical status by the end of the rehabilitation period and may include reductions in plan expenditures (including plan mergers and consolidations), reductions in future benefit accruals or increases in contributions, if agreed to by the bargaining parties, or any combination of such actions, or
(ii)
if the plan sponsor determines that, based on reasonable actuarial assumptions and upon exhaustion of all reasonable measures, the plan can not reasonably be expected to emerge from critical status by the end of the rehabilitation period, reasonable measures to emerge from critical status at a later time or to forestall possible insolvency (within the meaning of section 4245).
A rehabilitation plan must provide annual standards for meeting the requirements of such rehabilitation plan. Such plan shall also include the schedules required to be provided under paragraph (1)(B)(i) and if clause (ii) applies, shall set forth the alternatives considered, explain why the plan is not reasonably expected to emerge from critical status by the end of the rehabilitation period, and specify when, if ever, the plan is expected to emerge from critical status in accordance with the rehabilitation plan.
(B)

Updates to rehabilitation plan and schedules.—
(i)

Rehabilitation plan.—
The plan sponsor shall annually update the rehabilitation plan and shall file the update with the plan's annual report under section 104.
(ii)

Schedules.—
The plan sponsor shall annually update any schedule of contribution rates provided under this subsection to reflect the experience of the plan.
(iii)

Duration of schedule.—
A schedule of contribution rates provided by the plan sponsor and relied upon by bargaining parties in negotiating a collective bargaining agreement shall remain in effect for the duration of that collective bargaining agreement.
(C)

Imposition of schedule where failure to adopt rehabilitation plan.—
(i)

Initial contribution schedule.—
If—
(I)
a collective bargaining agreement providing for contributions under a multiemployer plan that was in effect at the time the plan entered critical status expires, and
(II)
after receiving one or more schedules from the plan sponsor under paragraph (1)(B), the bargaining parties with respect to such agreement fail to adopt a contribution schedule with terms consistent with the rehabilitation plan and a schedule from the plan sponsor under paragraph (1)(B)(i),
the plan sponsor shall implement the schedule described in the last sentence of paragraph (1) beginning on the date specified in clause (iii).
(ii)

Subsequent contribution schedule.—
If—
(I)
a collective bargaining agreement providing for contributions under a multiemployer plan in accordance with a schedule provided by the plan sponsor pursuant to a rehabilitation plan (or imposed under subparagraph (C)(i)) expires while the plan is still in critical status, and
(II)
after receiving one or more updated schedules from the plan sponsor under subparagraph (B)(ii), the bargaining parties with respect to such agreement fail to adopt a contribution schedule with terms consistent with the updated rehabilitation plan and a schedule from the plan sponsor,
then the contribution schedule applicable under the expired collective bargaining agreement, as updated and in effect on the date the collective bargaining agreement expires, shall be implemented by the plan sponsor beginning on the date specified in clause (iii).
(iii)

Date of implementation.—
The date specified in this subparagraph is the date which is 180 days after the date on which the collective bargaining agreement described in clause (i) or (ii) expires.
(iv)

Failure to make scheduled contributions.—
Any failure to make a contribution under a schedule of contribution rates provided under this subsection shall be treated as a delinquent contribution under section 515 and shall be enforceable as such.
(4)

Rehabilitation period.—
For purposes of this section—
(A)

In general.—
The rehabilitation period for a plan in critical status is the 10-year period beginning on the first day of the first plan year of the multiemployer plan following the earlier of—
(i)
the second anniversary of the date of the adoption of the rehabilitation plan, or
(ii)
the expiration of the collective bargaining agreements in effect on the due date for the actuarial certification of critical status for the initial critical year under subsection (a)(1) and covering, as of such date at least 75 percent of the active participants in such multiemployer plan.
If a plan emerges from critical status as provided under subparagraph (B) before the end of such 10-year period, the rehabilitation period shall end with the plan year preceding the plan year for which the determination under subparagraph (B) is made.
(B)

Emergence.—
(i)

In general.—
A plan in critical status shall remain in such status until a plan year for which the plan actuary certifies, in accordance with subsection (b)(3)(A), that—
(I)
the plan is not described in one or more of the subparagraphs in subsection (b)(2) as of the beginning of the plan year;
(II)
the plan is not projected to have an accumulated funding deficiency for the plan year or any of the 9 succeeding plan years, without regard to the use of the shortfall method but taking into account any extension of amortization periods under section 304(d)(2) or section 304 (as in effect prior to the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006); and
(III)
the plan is not projected to become insolvent within the meaning of section 4245 for any of the 30 succeeding plan years.
(ii)

Plans with certain amortization extensions.—
(I)

Special emergence rule.—
Notwithstanding clause (i), a plan in critical status that has an automatic extension of amortization periods under section 304(d)(1) shall no longer be in critical status if the plan actuary certifies for a plan year, in accordance with subsection (b)(3)(A), that—
- (aa)
the plan is not projected to have an accumulated funding deficiency for the plan year or any of the 9 succeeding plan years, without regard to the use of the shortfall method but taking into account any extension of amortization periods under section 304(d)(1); and
- (bb)
the plan is not projected to become insolvent within the meaning of section 4245 for any of the 30 succeeding plan years,
regardless of whether the plan is described in one or more of the subparagraphs in subsection (b)(2) as of the beginning of the plan year.
(II)

Reentry into critical status.—
A plan that emerges from critical status under subclause (I) shall not reenter critical status for any subsequent plan year unless—
- (aa)
the plan is projected to have an accumulated funding deficiency for the plan year or any of the 9 succeeding plan years, without regard to the use of the shortfall method but taking into account any extension of amortization periods under section 304(d); or
- (bb)
the plan is projected to become insolvent within the meaning of section 4245 for any of the 30 succeeding plan years.
(5)

Rehabilitation plan adoption period.—
For purposes of this section, the term “rehabilitation plan adoption period” means the period beginning on the date of the certification under subsection (b)(3)(A) for the initial critical year and ending on the day before the first day of the rehabilitation period.
(6)

Limitation on reduction in rates of future accruals.—
Any reduction in the rate of future accruals under the default schedule described in the last sentence of paragraph (1) shall not reduce the rate of future accruals below—
(A)
a monthly benefit (payable as a single life annuity commencing at the participant's normal retirement age) equal to 1 percent of the contributions required to be made with respect to a participant, or the equivalent standard accrual rate for a participant or group of participants under the collective bargaining agreements in effect as of the first day of the initial critical year, or
(B)
if lower, the accrual rate under the plan on such first day.
The equivalent standard accrual rate shall be determined by the plan sponsor based on the standard or average contribution base units which the plan sponsor determines to be representative for active participants and such other factors as the plan sponsor determines to be relevant. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as limiting the ability of the plan sponsor to prepare and provide the bargaining parties with alternative schedules to the default schedule that establish lower or higher accrual and contribution rates than the rates otherwise described in this paragraph.
(7)

Automatic employer surcharge.—
(A)

Imposition of surcharge.—
Each employer otherwise obligated to make contributions for the initial critical year shall be obligated to pay to the plan for such year a surcharge equal to 5 percent of the contributions otherwise required under the applicable collective bargaining agreement (or other agreement pursuant to which the employer contributes). For each succeeding plan year in which the plan is in critical status for a consecutive period of years beginning with the initial critical year, the surcharge shall be 10 percent of the contributions otherwise so required.
(B)

Enforcement of surcharge.—
The surcharges under subparagraph (A) shall be due and payable on the same schedule as the contributions on which the surcharges are based. Any failure to make a surcharge payment shall be treated as a delinquent contribution under section 515 and shall be enforceable as such.
(C)

Surcharge to terminate upon collective bargaining agreement renegotiation.—
The surcharge under this paragraph shall cease to be effective with respect to employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement (or other agreement pursuant to which the employer contributes), beginning on the effective date of a collective bargaining agreement (or other such agreement) that includes terms consistent with a schedule presented by the plan sponsor under paragraph (1)(B)(i), as modified under subparagraph (B) of paragraph (3).
(D)

Surcharge not to apply until employer receives notice.—
The surcharge under this paragraph shall not apply to an employer until 30 days after the employer has been notified by the plan sponsor that the plan is in critical status and that the surcharge is in effect.
(E)

Surcharge not to generate increased benefit accruals.—
Notwithstanding any provision of a plan to the contrary, the amount of any surcharge under this paragraph shall not be the basis for any benefit accrual under the plan.
(8)

Benefit adjustments.—
(A)

Adjustable benefits.—
(i)

In general.—
Notwithstanding section 204(g), the plan sponsor shall, subject to the notice requirements in subparagraph (C), make any reductions to adjustable benefits which the plan sponsor deems appropriate, based upon the outcome of collective bargaining over the schedule or schedules provided under paragraph (1)(B)(i).
(ii)

Exception for retirees.—
Except in the case of adjustable benefits described in clause (iv)(III), the plan sponsor of a plan in critical status shall not reduce adjustable benefits of any participant or beneficiary whose benefit commencement date is before the date on which the plan provides notice to the participant or beneficiary under subsection (b)(3)(D) for the initial critical year.
(iii)

Plan sponsor flexibility.—
The plan sponsor shall include in the schedules provided to the bargaining parties an allowance for funding the benefits of participants with respect to whom contributions are not currently required to be made, and shall reduce their benefits to the extent permitted under this title and considered appropriate by the plan sponsor based on the plan's then current overall funding status.
(iv)

Adjustable benefit defined.—
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “adjustable benefit” means—
(I)
benefits, rights, and features under the plan, including post-retirement death benefits, 60-month guarantees, disability benefits not yet in pay status, and similar benefits,
(II)
any early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy (within the meaning of section 204(g)(2)(A)) and any benefit payment option (other than the qualified joint and survivor annuity), and
(III)
benefit increases that would not be eligible for a guarantee under section 4022A on the first day of initial critical year because the increases were adopted (or, if later, took effect) less than 60 months before such first day.
(B)

Normal retirement benefits protected.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (A)(iv)(III), nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to permit a plan to reduce the level of a participant's accrued benefit payable at normal retirement age.
(C)

Notice requirements.—
(i)

In general.—
No reduction may be made to adjustable benefits under subparagraph (A) unless notice of such reduction has been given at least 30 days before the general effective date of such reduction for all participants and beneficiaries to—
(I)
plan participants and beneficiaries,
(II)
each employer who has an obligation to contribute (within the meaning of section 4212(a)) under the plan, and
(III)
each employee organization which, for purposes of collective bargaining, represents plan participants employed by such an employer.
(ii)

Content of notice.—
The notice under clause (i) shall contain—
(I)
sufficient information to enable participants and beneficiaries to understand the effect of any reduction on their benefits, including an estimate (on an annual or monthly basis) of any affected adjustable benefit that a participant or beneficiary would otherwise have been eligible for as of the general effective date described in clause (i), and
(II)
information as to the rights and remedies of plan participants and beneficiaries as well as how to contact the Department of Labor for further information and assistance where appropriate.
(iii)

Form and manner.—
Any notice under clause (i)—
(I)
shall be provided in a form and manner prescribed in regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary,
(II)
shall be written in a manner so as to be understood by the average plan participant, and
(III)
may be provided in written, electronic, or other appropriate form to the extent such form is reasonably accessible to persons to whom the notice is required to be provided.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall in the regulations prescribed under subclause (I) establish a model notice that a plan sponsor may use to meet the requirements of this subparagraph.
(9)

Benefit suspensions for multiemployer plans in critical and declining status.—
(A)

In general.—
Notwithstanding section 204(g) and subject to subparagraphs (B) through (I), the plan sponsor of a plan in critical and declining status may, by plan amendment, suspend benefits which the sponsor deems appropriate.
(B)

Suspension of benefits.—
(i)

Suspension of benefits defined.—
For purposes of this subsection, the term “suspension of benefits” means the temporary or permanent reduction of any current or future payment obligation of the plan to any participant or beneficiary under the plan, whether or not in pay status at the time of the suspension of benefits.
(ii)

Length of suspensions.—
Any suspension of benefits made under subparagraph (A) shall remain in effect until the earlier of when the plan sponsor provides benefit improvements in accordance with subparagraph (E) or the suspension of benefits expires by its own terms.
(iii)

No liability.—
The plan shall not be liable for any benefit payments not made as a result of a suspension of benefits under this paragraph.
(iv)

Applicability.—
For purposes of this paragraph, all references to suspensions of benefits, increases in benefits, or resumptions of suspended benefits with respect to participants shall also apply with respect to benefits of beneficiaries or alternative payees of participants.
(v)

Retiree representative.—
(I)

In general.—
In the case of a plan with 10,000 or more participants, not later than 60 days prior to the plan sponsor submitting an application to suspend benefits, the plan sponsor shall select a participant of the plan in pay status to act as a retiree representative. The retiree representative shall advocate for the interests of the retired and deferred vested participants and beneficiaries of the plan throughout the suspension approval process.
(II)

Reasonable expenses from plan.—
The plan shall provide for reasonable expenses by the retiree representative, including reasonable legal and actuarial support, commensurate with the plan's size and funded status.
(III)

Special rule relating to fiduciary status.—
Duties performed pursuant to subclause (I) shall not be subject to section 404(a). The preceding sentence shall not apply to those duties associated with an application to suspend benefits pursuant to subparagraph (G) that are performed by the retiree representative who is also a plan trustee.
(C)

Conditions for suspensions.—
The plan sponsor of a plan in critical and declining status for a plan year may suspend benefits only if the following conditions are met:
(i)
Taking into account the proposed suspensions of benefits (and, if applicable, a proposed partition of the plan under section 4233), the plan actuary certifies that the plan is projected to avoid insolvency within the meaning of section 4245, assuming the suspensions of benefits continue until the suspensions of benefits expire by their own terms or if no such expiration date is set, indefinitely.
(ii)
The plan sponsor determines, in a written record to be maintained throughout the period of the benefit suspension, that the plan is still projected to become insolvent unless benefits are suspended under this paragraph, although all reasonable measures to avoid insolvency have been taken (and continue to be taken during the period of the benefit suspension). In its determination, the plan sponsor may take into account factors including the following:
(I)
Current and past contribution levels.
(II)
Levels of benefit accruals (including any prior reductions in the rate of benefit accruals).
(III)
Prior reductions (if any) of adjustable benefits.
(IV)
Prior suspensions (if any) of benefits under this subsection.
(V)
The impact on plan solvency of the subsidies and ancillary benefits available to active participants.
(VI)
Compensation levels of active participants relative to employees in the participants’ industry generally.
(VII)
Competitive and other economic factors facing contributing employers.
(VIII)
The impact of benefit and contribution levels on retaining active participants and bargaining groups under the plan.
(IX)
The impact of past and anticipated contribution increases under the plan on employer attrition and retention levels.
(X)
Measures undertaken by the plan sponsor to retain or attract contributing employers.
(D)

Limitations on suspensions.—
Any suspensions of benefits made by a plan sponsor pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the following limitations:
(i)
The monthly benefit of any participant or beneficiary may not be reduced below 110 percent of the monthly benefit which is guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under section 4022A on the date of the suspension.
(ii)
(I)
In the case of a participant or beneficiary who has attained 75 years of age as of the effective date of the suspension, not more than the applicable percentage of the maximum suspendable benefits of such participant or beneficiary may be suspended under this paragraph.
(II)
For purposes of subclause (I), the maximum suspendable benefits of a participant or beneficiary is the portion of the benefits of such participant or beneficiary that would be suspended pursuant to this paragraph without regard to this clause;
(III)
For purposes of subclause (I), the applicable percentage is a percentage equal to the quotient obtained by dividing—
- (aa)
the number of months during the period beginning with the month after the month in which occurs the effective date of the suspension and ending with the month during which the participant or beneficiary attains the age of 80, by
- (bb)
60 months.
(iii)
No benefits based on disability (as defined under the plan) may be suspended under this paragraph.
(iv)
Any suspensions of benefits, in the aggregate (and, if applicable, considered in combination with a partition of the plan under section 4233), shall be reasonably estimated to achieve, but not materially exceed, the level that is necessary to avoid insolvency.
(v)
In any case in which a suspension of benefits with respect to a plan is made in combination with a partition of the plan under section 4233, the suspension of benefits may not take effect prior to the effective date of such partition.
(vi)
Any suspensions of benefits shall be equitably distributed across the participant and beneficiary population, taking into account factors, with respect to participants and beneficiaries and their benefits, that may include one or more of the following:
(I)
Age and life expectancy.
(II)
Length of time in pay status.
(III)
Amount of benefit.
(IV)
Type of benefit: survivor, normal retirement, early retirement.
(V)
Extent to which participant or beneficiary is receiving a subsidized benefit.
(VI)
Extent to which participant or beneficiary has received post-retirement benefit increases.
(VII)
History of benefit increases and reductions.
(VIII)
Years to retirement for active employees.
(IX)
Any discrepancies between active and retiree benefits.
(X)
Extent to which active participants are reasonably likely to withdraw support for the plan, accelerating employer withdrawals from the plan and increasing the risk of additional benefit reductions for participants in and out of pay status.
(XI)
Extent to which benefits are attributed to service with an employer that failed to pay its full withdrawal liability.
(vii)
In the case of a plan that includes the benefits described in clause (III), benefits suspended under this paragraph shall—
(I)
first, be applied to the maximum extent permissible to benefits attributable to a participant’s service for an employer which withdrew from the plan and failed to pay (or is delinquent with respect to paying) the full amount of its withdrawal liability under section 4201(b)(1) or an agreement with the plan,
(II)
second, except as provided by subclause (III), be applied to all other benefits that may be suspended under this paragraph, and
(III)
third, be applied to benefits under a plan that are directly attributable to a participant’s service with any employer which has, prior to the date of enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014—
- (aa)
withdrawn from the plan in a complete withdrawal under section 4203 and has paid the full amount of the employer’s withdrawal liability under section 4201(b)(1) or an agreement with the plan, and
- (bb)
pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement, assumed liability for providing benefits to participants and beneficiaries of the plan under a separate, single-employer plan sponsored by the employer, in an amount equal to any amount of benefits for such participants and beneficiaries reduced as a result of the financial status of the plan.
(E)

Benefit improvements.—
(i)

In general.—
The plan sponsor may, in its sole discretion, provide benefit improvements while any suspension of benefits under the plan remains in effect, except that the plan sponsor may not increase the liabilities of the plan by reason of any benefit improvement for any participant or beneficiary not in pay status by the first day of the plan year for which the benefit improvement takes effect, unless—
(I)
such action is accompanied by equitable benefit improvements in accordance with clause (ii) for all participants and beneficiaries whose benefit commencement dates were before the first day of the plan year for which the benefit improvement for such participant or beneficiary not in pay status took effect; and
(II)
the plan actuary certifies that after taking into account such benefits improvements the plan is projected to avoid insolvency indefinitely under section 4245.
(ii)

Equitable distribution of benefit improvements.—
(I)

Limitation.—
The projected value of the total liabilities for benefit improvements for participants and beneficiaries not in pay status by the date of the first day of the plan year in which the benefit improvements are proposed to take effect, as determined as of such date, may not exceed the projected value of the liabilities arising from benefit improvements for participants and beneficiaries with benefit commencement dates prior to the first day of such plan year, as so determined.
(II)

Equitable distribution of benefits.—
The plan sponsor shall equitably distribute any increase in total liabilities for benefit improvements in clause (i) to some or all of the participants and beneficiaries whose benefit commencement date is before the date of the first day of the plan year in which the benefit improvements are proposed to take effect, taking into account the relevant factors described in subparagraph (D)(vi) and the extent to which the benefits of the participants and beneficiaries were suspended.
(iii)

Special rule for resumptions of benefits only for participants in pay status.—
The plan sponsor may increase liabilities of the plan through a resumption of benefits for participants and beneficiaries in pay status only if the plan sponsor equitably distributes the value of resumed benefits to some or all of the participants and beneficiaries in pay status, taking into account the relevant factors described in subparagraph (D)(vi).
(iv)

Special rule for certain benefit increases.—
This subparagraph shall not apply to a resumption of suspended benefits or plan amendment which increases liabilities with respect to participants and beneficiaries not in pay status by the first day of the plan year in which the benefit improvements took effect which—
(I)
the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, determines to be reasonable and which provides for only de minimis increases in the liabilities of the plan, or
(II)
is required as a condition of qualification under part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or to comply with other applicable law, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(v)

Additional limitations.—
Except for resumptions of suspended benefits described in clause (iii), the limitations on benefit improvements while a suspension of benefits is in effect under this paragraph shall be in addition to any other applicable limitations on increases in benefits imposed on a plan.
(vi)

Definition of benefit improvement.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “benefit improvement” means, with respect to a plan, a resumption of suspended benefits, an increase in benefits, an increase in the rate at which benefits accrue, or an increase in the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable under the plan.
(F)

Notice requirements.—
(i)

In general.—
No suspension of benefits may be made pursuant to this paragraph unless notice of such proposed suspension has been given by the plan sponsor concurrently with an application for approval of such suspension submitted under subparagraph (G) to the Secretary of the Treasury to—
(I)
such plan participants and beneficiaries who may be contacted by reasonable efforts,
(II)
each employer who has an obligation to contribute (within the meaning of section 4212(a)) under the plan, and
(III)
each employee organization which, for purposes of collective bargaining, represents plan participants employed by such an employer.
(ii)

Content of notice.—
The notice under clause (i) shall contain—
(I)
sufficient information to enable participants and beneficiaries to understand the effect of any suspensions of benefits, including an individualized estimate (on an annual or monthly basis) of such effect on each participant or beneficiary,
(II)
a description of the factors considered by the plan sponsor in designing the benefit suspensions,
(III)
a statement that the application for approval of any suspension of benefits shall be available on the website of the Department of the Treasury and that comments on such application will be accepted,
(IV)
information as to the rights and remedies of plan participants and beneficiaries,
(V)
if applicable, a statement describing the appointment of a retiree representative, the date of appointment of such representative, identifying information about the retiree representative (including whether the representative is a plan trustee), and how to contact such representative, and
(VI)
information on how to contact the Department of the Treasury for further information and assistance where appropriate.
(iii)

Form and manner.—
Any notice under clause (i)—
(I)
shall be provided in a form and manner prescribed in guidance by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, notwithstanding any other provision of law,
(II)
shall be written in a manner so as to be understood by the average plan participant, and
(III)
may be provided in written, electronic, or other appropriate form to the extent such form is reasonably accessible to persons to whom the notice is required to be provided.
(iv)

Other notice requirement.—
Any notice provided under clause (i) shall fulfill the requirement for notice of a significant reduction in benefits described in section 204(h).
(v)

Model notice.—
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, shall in the guidance prescribed under clause (iii)(I) establish a model notice that a plan sponsor may use to meet the requirements of this subparagraph.
(G)

Approval process by the secretary of the treasury in consultation with the pension benefit guaranty corporation and the secretary of labor.—
(i)

In general.—
The plan sponsor of a plan in critical and declining status for a plan year that seeks to suspend benefits must submit an application to the Secretary of the Treasury for approval of the suspensions of benefits. If the plan sponsor submits an application for approval of the suspensions, the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, shall approve the application upon finding that the plan is eligible for the suspensions and has satisfied the criteria of subparagraphs (C), (D), (E), and (F).
(ii)

Solicitation of comments.—
Not later than 30 days after receipt of the application under clause (i), the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, shall publish a notice in the Federal Register soliciting comments from contributing employers, employee organizations, and participants and beneficiaries of the plan for which an application was made and other interested parties. The application for approval of the suspension of benefits shall be published on the website of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(iii)

Required action; deemed approval.—
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, shall approve or deny any application for suspensions of benefits under this paragraph within 225 days after the submission of such application. An application for suspension of benefits shall be deemed approved unless, within such 225 days, the Secretary of the Treasury notifies the plan sponsor that it has failed to satisfy one or more of the criteria described in this paragraph. If the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, rejects a plan sponsor’s application, the Secretary of the Treasury shall provide notice to the plan sponsor detailing the specific reasons for the rejection, including reference to the specific requirement not satisfied. Approval or denial by the Secretary of the Treasury of an application shall be treated as a final agency action for purposes of section 704 of title 5, United States Code.
(iv)

Agency review.—
In evaluating whether the plan sponsor has met the criteria specified in clause (ii) of subparagraph (C), the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, shall review the plan sponsor’s consideration of factors under such clause.
(v)

Standard for accepting plan sponsor determinations.—
In evaluating the plan sponsor’s application, the Secretary of the Treasury shall accept the plan sponsor’s determinations unless it concludes, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, that the plan sponsor’s determinations were clearly erroneous.
(H)

Participant ratification process.—
(i)

In general.—
No suspension of benefits may take effect pursuant to this paragraph prior to a vote of the participants of the plan with respect to the suspension.
(ii)

Administration of vote.—
Not later than 30 days after approval of the suspension by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, under subparagraph (G), the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, shall administer a vote of participants and beneficiaries of the plan. Except as provided in clause (v), the suspension shall go into effect following the vote unless a majority of all participants and beneficiaries of the plan vote to reject the suspension. The plan sponsor may submit a new suspension application to the Secretary of the Treasury for approval in any case in which a suspension is prohibited from taking effect pursuant to a vote under this subparagraph.
(iii)

Ballots.—
The plan sponsor shall provide a ballot for the vote (subject to approval by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor) that includes the following:
(I)
A statement from the plan sponsor in support of the suspension.
(II)
A statement in opposition to the suspension compiled from comments received pursuant to subparagraph (G)(ii).
(III)
A statement that the suspension has been approved by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor.
(IV)
A statement that the plan sponsor has determined that the plan will become insolvent unless the suspension takes effect.
(V)
A statement that insolvency of the plan could result in benefits lower than benefits paid under the suspension.
(VI)
A statement that insolvency of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation would result in benefits lower than benefits paid in the case of plan insolvency.
(iv)

Communication by plan sponsor.—
It is the sense of Congress that, depending on the size and resources of the plan and geographic distribution of the plan’s participants, the plan sponsor should take such steps as may be necessary to inform participants about proposed benefit suspensions through in-person meetings, telephone or internet-based communications, mailed information, or by other means.
(v)

Systemically important plans.—
(I)

In general.—
Not later than 14 days after a vote under this subparagraph rejecting a suspension, the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, shall determine whether the plan is a systemically important plan. If the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, determines that the plan is a systemically important plan, not later than the end of the 90-day period beginning on the date the results of the vote are certified, the Secretary of the Treasury shall, notwithstanding such adverse vote—
- (aa)
permit the implementation of the suspension proposed by the plan sponsor; or
- (bb)
permit the implementation of a modification by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, of such suspension (so long as the plan is projected to avoid insolvency within the meaning of section 4245 under such modification).
(II)

Recommendations.—
Not later than 30 days after a determination by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, that the plan is systemically important, the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate selected under section 4004 may submit recommendations to the Secretary of the Treasury with respect to the suspension or any revisions to the suspension.
(III)

Systemically important plan defined.—
- (aa)

In general.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, a systemically important plan is a plan with respect to which the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation projects the present value of projected financial assistance payments exceeds $1,000,000,000 if suspensions are not implemented.
- (bb)

Indexing.—
For calendar years beginning after 2015, there shall be substituted for the dollar amount specified in item (aa) an amount equal to the product of such dollar amount and a fraction, the numerator of which is the contribution and benefit base (determined under section 230 of the Social Security Act) for the preceding calendar year and the denominator of which is such contribution and benefit base for calendar year 2014. If the amount otherwise determined under this item is not a multiple of $1,000,000, such amount shall be rounded to the next lowest multiple of $1,000,000.
(vi)

Final authorization to suspend.—
In any case in which a suspension goes into effect following a vote pursuant to clause (ii) (or following a determination under clause (v) that the plan is a systemically important plan), the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, shall issue a final authorization to suspend with respect to the suspension not later than 7 days after such vote (or, in the case of a suspension that goes into effect under clause (v), at a time sufficient to allow the implementation of the suspension prior to the end of the 90-day period described in clause (v)(I)).
(I)

Judicial review.—
(i)

Denial of application.—
An action by the plan sponsor challenging the denial of an application for suspension of benefits by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, may only be brought following such denial.
(ii)

Approval of suspension of benefits.—
(I)

Timing of action.—
An action challenging a suspension of benefits under this paragraph may only be brought following a final authorization to suspend by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Secretary of Labor, under subparagraph (H)(vi).
(II)

Standards of review.—
- (aa)

In general.—
A court shall review an action challenging a suspension of benefits under this paragraph in accordance with section 706 of title 5, United States Code.
- (bb)

Temporary injunction.—
A court reviewing an action challenging a suspension of benefits under this paragraph may not grant a temporary injunction with respect to such suspension unless the court finds a clear and convincing likelihood that the plaintiff will prevail on the merits of the case.
(iii)

Restricted cause of action.—
A participant or beneficiary affected by a benefit suspension under this paragraph shall not have a cause of action under this title.
(iv)

Limitation on action to suspend benefits.—
No action challenging a suspension of benefits following the final authorization to suspend or the denial of an application for suspension of benefits pursuant to this paragraph may be brought after one year after the earliest date on which the plaintiff acquired or should have acquired actual knowledge of the existence of such cause of action.
(J)

Special rule for emergence from critical status.—
A plan certified to be in critical and declining status pursuant to projections made under subsection (b)(3) for which a suspension of benefits has been made by the plan sponsor pursuant to this paragraph shall not emerge from critical status under paragraph (4)(B), until such time as—
(i)
the plan is no longer certified to be in critical or endangered status under paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b), and
(ii)
the plan is projected to avoid insolvency under section 4245.
(f)

Rules for Operation of Plan During Adoption and Rehabilitation Period.—
(1)

Compliance with rehabilitation plan.—
(A)

In general.—
A plan may not be amended after the date of the adoption of a rehabilitation plan under subsection (e) so as to be inconsistent with the rehabilitation plan.
(B)

Special rules for benefit increases.—
A plan may not be amended after the date of the adoption of a rehabilitation plan under subsection (e) so as to increase benefits, including future benefit accruals, unless the plan actuary certifies that such increase is paid for out of additional contributions not contemplated by the rehabilitation plan, and, after taking into account the benefit increase, the multiemployer plan still is reasonably expected to emerge from critical status by the end of the rehabilitation period on the schedule contemplated in the rehabilitation plan.
(2)

Restriction on lump sums and similar benefits.—
(A)

In general.—
Effective on the date the notice of certification of the plan's critical status for the initial critical year under subsection (b)(3)(D) is sent, and notwithstanding section 204(g), the plan shall not pay—
(i)
any payment, in excess of the monthly amount paid under a single life annuity (plus any social security supplements described in the last sentence of section 204(b)(1)(G)), to a participant or beneficiary whose annuity starting date (as defined in section 205(h)(2)) occurs after the date such notice is sent,
(ii)
any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits, and
(iii)
any other payment specified by the Secretary of the Treasury by regulations.
(B)

Exception.—
Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to a benefit which under section 203(e) may be immediately distributed without the consent of the participant or to any makeup payment in the case of a retroactive annuity starting date or any similar payment of benefits owed with respect to a prior period.
(3)

Special rules for plan adoption period.—
During the period beginning on the date of the certification under subsection (b)(3)(A) for the initial critical year and ending on the date of the adoption of a rehabilitation plan—
(A)
the plan sponsor may not accept a collective bargaining agreement or participation agreement with respect to the multiemployer plan that provides for—
(i)
a reduction in the level of contributions for any participants,
(ii)
a suspension of contributions with respect to any period of service, or
(iii)
any new direct or indirect exclusion of younger or newly hired employees from plan participation, and
(B)
no amendment of the plan which increases the liabilities of the plan by reason of any increase in benefits, any change in the accrual of benefits, or any change in the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable under the plan may be adopted unless the amendment is required as a condition of qualification under part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or to comply with other applicable law.
(g)

Adjustments Disregarded in Withdrawal Liability Determination.—
(1)

Benefit reduction.—
Any benefit reductions under subsection (e)(8) or (f) or benefit reductions or suspensions while in critical and declining status under subsection (e)(9)), unless the withdrawal occurs more than ten years after the effective date of a benefit suspension by a plan in critical and declining status, shall be disregarded in determining a plan’s unfunded vested benefits for purposes of determining an employer’s withdrawal liability under section 4201.
(2)

Surcharges.—
Any surcharges under subsection (e)(7) shall be disregarded in determining the allocation of unfunded vested benefits to an employer under section 4211 and in determining the highest contribution rate under section 4219(c), except for purposes of determining the unfunded vested benefits attributable to an employer under section 4211(c)(4) or a comparable method approved under section 4211(c)(5).
(3)

Contribution increases required by funding improvement or rehabilitation plan.—
(A)

In general.—
Any increase in the contribution rate (or other increase in contribution requirements unless due to increased levels of work, employment, or periods for which compensation is provided) that is required or made in order to enable the plan to meet the requirement of the funding improvement plan or rehabilitation plan shall be disregarded in determining the allocation of unfunded vested benefits to an employer under section 4211 and in determining the highest contribution rate under section 4219(c), except for purposes of determining the unfunded vested benefits attributable to an employer under section 4211(c)(4) or a comparable method approved under section 4211(c)(5).
(B)

Special rules.—
For purposes of this paragraph, any increase in the contribution rate (or other increase in contribution requirements) shall be deemed to be required or made in order to enable the plan to meet the requirement of the funding improvement plan or rehabilitation plan except for increases in contribution requirements due to increased levels of work, employment, or periods for which compensation is provided or additional contributions are used to provide an increase in benefits, including an increase in future benefit accruals, permitted by subsection (d)(1)(B) or (f)(1)(B).
(4)

Emergence from endangered or critical status.—
In the case of increases in the contribution rate (or other increases in contribution requirements unless due to increased levels of work, employment, or periods for which compensation is provided) disregarded pursuant to paragraph (3), this subsection shall cease to apply as of the expiration date of the collective bargaining agreement in effect when the plan emerges from endangered or critical status. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, once the plan emerges from critical or endangered status, increases in the contribution rate disregarded pursuant to paragraph (3) shall continue to be disregarded in determining the highest contribution rate under section 4219(c) for plan years during which the plan was in endangered or critical status.
(5)

Simplified calculations.—
The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall prescribe simplified methods for the application of this subsection in determining withdrawal liability and payment amounts under section 4219(c).
(h)

Expedited Resolution of Plan Sponsor Decisions.—
If, within 60 days of the due date for adoption of a funding improvement plan under subsection (c) or a rehabilitation plan under subsection (e), the plan sponsor of a plan in endangered status or a plan in critical status has not agreed on a funding improvement plan or rehabilitation plan, then any member of the board or group that constitutes the plan sponsor may require that the plan sponsor enter into an expedited dispute resolution procedure for the development and adoption of a funding improvement plan or rehabilitation plan.
(i)

Nonbargained Participation.—
(1)

Both bargained and nonbargained employee-participants.—
In the case of an employer that contributes to a multiemployer plan with respect to both employees who are covered by one or more collective bargaining agreements and employees who are not so covered, if the plan is in endangered status or in critical status, benefits of and contributions for the nonbargained employees, including surcharges on those contributions, shall be determined as if those nonbargained employees were covered under the first to expire of the employer's collective bargaining agreements in effect when the plan entered endangered or critical status.
(2)

Nonbargained employees only.—
In the case of an employer that contributes to a multiemployer plan only with respect to employees who are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement, this section shall be applied as if the employer were the bargaining party, and its participation agreement with the plan were a collective bargaining agreement with a term ending on the first day of the plan year beginning after the employer is provided the schedule or schedules described in subsections (c) and (e).
(j)

Definitions; Actuarial Method.—
For purposes of this section—
(1)

Bargaining party.—
The term “bargaining party” means—
(A)
(i)
except as provided in clause (ii), an employer who has an obligation to contribute under the plan; or
(ii)
in the case of a plan described under section 404(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or a continuation of such a plan, the association of employers that is the employer settlor of the plan; and
(B)
an employee organization which, for purposes of collective bargaining, represents plan participants employed by an employer who has an obligation to contribute under the plan.
(2)

Funded percentage.—
The term “funded percentage” means the percentage equal to a fraction—
(A)
the numerator of which is the value of the plan's assets, as determined under section 304(c)(2), and
(B)
the denominator of which is the accrued liability of the plan, determined using actuarial assumptions described in section 304(c)(3).
(3)

Accumulated funding deficiency.—
The term “accumulated funding deficiency” has the meaning given such term in section 304(a).
(4)

Active participant.—
The term “active participant” means, in connection with a multiemployer plan, a participant who is in covered service under the plan.
(5)

Inactive participant.—
The term “inactive participant” means, in connection with a multiemployer plan, a participant, or the beneficiary or alternate payee of a participant, who—
(A)
is not in covered service under the plan, and
(B)
is in pay status under the plan or has a nonforfeitable right to benefits under the plan.
(6)

Pay status.—
A person is in pay status under a multiemployer plan if—
(A)
at any time during the current plan year, such person is a participant or beneficiary under the plan and is paid an early, late, normal, or disability retirement benefit under the plan (or a death benefit under the plan related to a retirement benefit), or
(B)
to the extent provided in regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury, such person is entitled to such a benefit under the plan.
(7)

Obligation to contribute.—
The term “obligation to contribute” has the meaning given such term under section 4212(a).
(8)

Actuarial method.—
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the actuary's determinations with respect to a plan's normal cost, actuarial accrued liability, and improvements in a plan's funded percentage under this section shall be based upon the unit credit funding method (whether or not that method is used for the plan's actuarial valuation).
(9)

Plan sponsor.—
In the case of a plan described under section 404(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or a continuation of such a plan, the term “plan sponsor” means the bargaining parties described under paragraph (1).
(10)

Benefit commencement date.—
The term “benefit commencement date” means the annuity starting date (or in the case of a retroactive annuity starting date, the date on which benefit payments begin).
SEC. 306.
[1085a]

MINIMUM FUNDING STANDARDS.
(a)

General Rule.—
For purposes of section 302, the term “accumulated funding deficiency” for a CSEC plan means the excess of the total charges to the funding standard account for all plan years (beginning with the first plan year to which section 302 applies) over the total credits to such account for such years or, if less, the excess of the total charges to the alternative minimum funding standard account for such plan years over the total credits to such account for such years.
(b)

Funding Standard Account.—
(1)

Account required.—
Each plan to which this section applies shall establish and maintain a funding standard account. Such account shall be credited and charged solely as provided in this section.
(2)

Charges to account.—
For a plan year, the funding standard account shall be charged with the sum of—
(A)
the normal cost of the plan for the plan year,
(B)
the amounts necessary to amortize in equal annual installments (until fully amortized)—
(i)
in the case of a plan in existence on January 1, 1974, the unfunded past service liability under the plan on the first day of the first plan year to which section 302 applies, over a period of 40 plan years,
(ii)
in the case of a plan which comes into existence after January 1, 1974, but before the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2013, the unfunded past service liability under the plan on the first day of the first plan year to which section 302 applies, over a period of 30 plan years,
(iii)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net increase (if any) in unfunded past service liability under the plan arising from plan amendments adopted in such year, over a period of 15 plan years,
(iv)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net experience loss (if any) under the plan, over a period of 5 plan years, and
(v)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net loss (if any) resulting from changes in actuarial assumptions used under the plan, over a period of 10 plan years,
(C)
the amount necessary to amortize each waived funding deficiency (within the meaning of section 302(c)(3)) for each prior plan year in equal annual installments (until fully amortized) over a period of 5 plan years,
(D)
the amount necessary to amortize in equal annual installments (until fully amortized) over a period of 5 plan years any amount credited to the funding standard account under paragraph (3)(D), and
(E)
the amount necessary to amortize in equal annual installments (until fully amortized) over a period of 20 years the contributions which would be required to be made under the plan but for the provisions of section 302(c)(7)(A)(i)(I) (as in effect on the day before the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006).
(3)

Credits to account.—
For a plan year, the funding standard account shall be credited with the sum of—
(A)
the amount considered contributed by the employer to or under the plan for the plan year,
(B)
the amount necessary to amortize in equal annual installments (until fully amortized)—
(i)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net decrease (if any) in unfunded past service liability under the plan arising from plan amendments adopted in such year, over a period of 15 plan years,
(ii)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net experience gain (if any) under the plan, over a period of 5 plan years, and
(iii)
separately, with respect to each plan year, the net gain (if any) resulting from changes in actuarial assumptions used under the plan, over a period of 10 plan years,
(C)
the amount of the waived funding deficiency (within the meaning of section 302(c)(3)) for the plan year, and
(D)
in the case of a plan year for which the accumulated funding deficiency is determined under the funding standard account if such plan year follows a plan year for which such deficiency was determined under the alternative minimum funding standard, the excess (if any) of any debit balance in the funding standard account (determined without regard to this subparagraph) over any debit balance in the alternative minimum funding standard account.
(4)

Combining and offsetting amounts to be amortized.—
Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, amounts required to be amortized under paragraph (2) or paragraph (3), as the case may be—
(A)
may be combined into one amount under such paragraph to be amortized over a period determined on the basis of the remaining amortization period for all items entering into such combined amount, and
(B)
may be offset against amounts required to be amortized under the other such paragraph, with the resulting amount to be amortized over a period determined on the basis of the remaining amortization periods for all items entering into whichever of the two amounts being offset is the greater.
(5)

Interest.—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the funding standard account (and items therein) shall be charged or credited (as determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury) with interest at the appropriate rate consistent with the rate or rates of interest used under the plan to determine costs.
(B)

Exception.—
The interest rate used for purposes of computing the amortization charge described in subsection (b)(2)(C) or for purposes of any arrangement under subsection (d) for any plan year shall be the greater of—
(i)
150 percent of the Federal mid-term rate (as in effect under section 1274 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for the 1st month of such plan year), or
(ii)
the rate of interest determined under subparagraph (A).
(6)

Amortization schedules in effect.—
Amortization schedules for amounts described in paragraphs (2) and (3) that are in effect as of the last day of the last plan year beginning before January 1, 2014, by reason of section 104 of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 shall remain in effect pursuant to their terms and this section, except that such amounts shall not be amortized again under this section.
(c)

Special Rules.—
(1)

Determinations to be made under funding method.—
For purposes of this section, normal costs, accrued liability, past service liabilities, and experience gains and losses shall be determined under the funding method used to determine costs under the plan.
(2)

Valuation of assets.—
(A)

In general.—
For purposes of this section, the value of the plan's assets shall be determined on the basis of any reasonable actuarial method of valuation which takes into account fair market value and which is permitted under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(B)

Dedicated bond portfolio.—
The Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations provide that the value of any dedicated bond portfolio of a plan shall be determined by using the interest rate under section 302(b)(5) (as in effect on the day before the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006).
(3)

Actuarial assumptions must be reasonable.—
For purposes of this section, all costs, liabilities, rates of interest, and other factors under the plan shall be determined on the basis of actuarial assumptions and methods—
(A)
each of which is reasonable (taking into account the experience of the plan and reasonable expectations), and
(B)
which, in combination, offer the actuary's best estimate of anticipated experience under the plan.
(4)

Treatment of certain changes as experience gain or loss.—
For purposes of this section, if—
(A)
a change in benefits under the Social Security Act or in other retirement benefits created under Federal or State law, or
(B)
a change in the definition of the term “wages” under section 3121 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or a change in the amount of such wages taken into account under regulations prescribed for purposes of section 401(a)(5) of such Code,
results in an increase or decrease in accrued liability under a plan, such increase or decrease shall be treated as an experience loss or gain.
(5)

Funding method and plan year.—
(A)

Funding methods available.—
All funding methods available to CSEC plans under section 302 (as in effect on the day before the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006) shall continue to be available under this section.
(B)

Changes.—
If the funding method for a plan is changed, the new funding method shall become the funding method used to determine costs and liabilities under the plan only if the change is approved by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the plan year for a plan is changed, the new plan year shall become the plan year for the plan only if the change is approved by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(C)

Approval required for certain changes in assumptions by certain single-employer plans subject to additional funding requirement.—
(i)

In general.—
No actuarial assumption (other than the assumptions described in subsection (h)(3)) used to determine the current liability for a plan to which this subparagraph applies may be changed without the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(ii)

Plans to which subparagraph applies.—
This subparagraph shall apply to a plan only if—
(I)
the plan is a CSEC plan,
(II)
the aggregate unfunded vested benefits as of the close of the preceding plan year (as determined under section 4006(a)(3)(E)(iii)) of such plan and all other plans maintained by the contributing sponsors (as defined in section 4001(a)(13)) and members of such sponsors' controlled groups (as defined in section 4001(a)(14)) which are covered by title IV (disregarding plans with no unfunded vested benefits) exceed $50,000,000, and
(III)
the change in assumptions (determined after taking into account any changes in interest rate and mortality table) results in a decrease in the funding shortfall of the plan for the current plan year that exceeds $50,000,000, or that exceeds $5,000,000 and that is 5 percent or more of the current liability of the plan before such change.
(6)

Full funding.—
If, as of the close of a plan year, a plan would (without regard to this paragraph) have an accumulated funding deficiency (determined without regard to the alternative minimum funding standard account permitted under subsection (e)) in excess of the full funding limitation—
(A)
the funding standard account shall be credited with the amount of such excess, and
(B)
all amounts described in paragraphs (2)(B), (C), and (D) and (3)(B) of subsection (b) which are required to be amortized shall be considered fully amortized for purposes of such paragraphs.
(7)

Full-funding limitation.—
For purposes of paragraph (6), the term “full-funding limitation” means the excess (if any) of—
(A)
the accrued liability (including normal cost) under the plan (determined under the entry age normal funding method if such accrued liability cannot be directly calculated under the funding method used for the plan), over
(B)
the lesser of—
(i)
the fair market value of the plan's assets, or
(ii)
the value of such assets determined under paragraph (2).
(C)

Minimum amount.—
(i)

In general.—
In no event shall the full-funding limitation determined under subparagraph (A) be less than the excess (if any) of—
(I)
90 percent of the current liability (determined without regard to paragraph (4) of subsection (h)) of the plan (including the expected increase in such current liability due to benefits accruing during the plan year), over
(II)
the value of the plan's assets determined under paragraph (2).
(ii)

Assets.—
For purposes of clause (i), assets shall not be reduced by any credit balance in the funding standard account.
(8)

Annual valuation.—
(A)

In general.—
For purposes of this section, a determination of experience gains and losses and a valuation of the plan's liability shall be made not less frequently than once every year, except that such determination shall be made more frequently to the extent required in particular cases under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(B)

Valuation date.—
(i)

Current year.—
Except as provided in clause (ii), the valuation referred to in subparagraph (A) shall be made as of a date within the plan year to which the valuation refers or within one month prior to the beginning of such year.
(ii)

Use of prior year valuation.—
The valuation referred to in subparagraph (A) may be made as of a date within the plan year prior to the year to which the valuation refers if, as of such date, the value of the assets of the plan are not less than 100 percent of the plan's current liability.
(iii)

Adjustments.—
Information under clause (ii) shall, in accordance with regulations, be actuarially adjusted to reflect significant differences in participants.
(iv)

Limitation.—
A change in funding method to use a prior year valuation, as provided in clause (ii), may not be made unless as of the valuation date within the prior plan year, the value of the assets of the plan are not less than 125 percent of the plan's current liability.
(9)

Time when certain contributions deemed made.—
For purposes of this section, any contributions for a plan year made by an employer during the period—
(A)
beginning on the day after the last day of such plan year, and
(B)
ending on the day which is 8½ months after the close of the plan year,
shall be deemed to have been made on such last day.
(10)

Anticipation of benefit increases effective in the future.—
In determining projected benefits, the funding method of a collectively bargained CSEC plan described in section 413(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall anticipate benefit increases scheduled to take effect during the term of the collective bargaining agreement applicable to the plan.
(d)

Extension of Amortization Periods.—
The period of years required to amortize any unfunded liability (described in any clause of subsection (b)(2)(B)) of any plan may be extended by the Secretary of the Treasury for a period of time (not in excess of 10 years) if such Secretary determines that such extension would carry out the purposes of this Act and provide adequate protection for participants under the plan and their beneficiaries, and if such Secretary determines that the failure to permit such extension would result in—
(1)
a substantial risk to the voluntary continuation of the plan, or
(2)
a substantial curtailment of pension benefit levels or employee compensation.
(e)

Alternative Minimum Funding Standard.—
(1)

In general.—
A CSEC plan which uses a funding method that requires contributions in all years not less than those required under the entry age normal funding method may maintain an alternative minimum funding standard account for any plan year. Such account shall be credited and charged solely as provided in this subsection.
(2)

Charges and credits to account.—
For a plan year the alternative minimum funding standard account shall be—
(A)
charged with the sum of—
(i)
the lesser of normal cost under the funding method used under the plan or normal cost determined under the unit credit method,
(ii)
the excess, if any, of the present value of accrued benefits under the plan over the fair market value of the assets, and
(iii)
an amount equal to the excess (if any) of credits to the alternative minimum standard account for all prior plan years over charges to such account for all such years, and
(B)
credited with the amount considered contributed by the employer to or under the plan for the plan year.
(3)

Interest.—
The alternative minimum funding standard account (and items therein) shall be charged or credited with interest in the manner provided under subsection (b)(5) with respect to the funding standard account.
(f)

Quarterly Contributions Required.—
(1)

In general.—
If a CSEC plan which has a funded current liability percentage for the preceding plan year of less than 100 percent fails to pay the full amount of a required installment for the plan year, then the rate of interest charged to the funding standard account under subsection (b)(5) with respect to the amount of the underpayment for the period of the underpayment shall be equal to the greater of—
(A)
175 percent of the Federal mid-term rate (as in effect under section 1274 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for the 1st month of such plan year), or
(B)
the rate of interest used under the plan in determining costs.
(2)

Amount of underpayment, period of underpayment.—
For purposes of paragraph (1)—
(A)

Amount.—
The amount of the underpayment shall be the excess of—
(i)
the required installment, over
(ii)
the amount (if any) of the installment contributed to or under the plan on or before the due date for the installment.
(B)

Period of underpayment.—
The period for which interest is charged under this subsection with regard to any portion of the underpayment shall run from the due date for the installment to the date on which such portion is contributed to or under the plan (determined without regard to subsection (c)(9)).
(C)

Order of crediting contributions.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii), contributions shall be credited against unpaid required installments in the order in which such installments are required to be paid.
(3)

Number of required installments; due dates.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

Payable in 4 installments.—
There shall be 4 required installments for each plan year.
(B)

Time for payment of installments.—
In the case of the following required installments: | The due date is:
1st | April 15
2nd | July 15
3rd | October 15
4th | January 15 of the following year.
(4)

Amount of required installment.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
The amount of any required installment shall be 25 percent of the required annual payment.
(B)

Required annual payment.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “required annual payment” means the lesser of—
(i)
90 percent of the amount required to be contributed to or under the plan by the employer for the plan year under section 302 (without regard to any waiver under subsection (c) thereof), or
(ii)
100 percent of the amount so required for the preceding plan year.
Clause (ii) shall not apply if the preceding plan year was not a year of 12 months.
(5)

Liquidity requirement.—
(A)

In general.—
A plan to which this paragraph applies shall be treated as failing to pay the full amount of any required installment to the extent that the value of the liquid assets paid in such installment is less than the liquidity shortfall (whether or not such liquidity shortfall exceeds the amount of such installment required to be paid but for this paragraph).
(B)

Plans to which paragraph applies.—
This paragraph shall apply to a CSEC plan other than a plan described in section 302(d)(6)(A) (as in effect on the day before the enactment of the Pension Protection Act of 2006) which—
(i)
is required to pay installments under this subsection for a plan year, and
(ii)
has a liquidity shortfall for any quarter during such plan year.
(C)

Period of underpayment.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), any portion of an installment that is treated as not paid under subparagraph (A) shall continue to be treated as unpaid until the close of the quarter in which the due date for such installment occurs.
(D)

Limitation on increase.—
If the amount of any required installment is increased by reason of subparagraph (A), in no event shall such increase exceed the amount which, when added to prior installments for the plan year, is necessary to increase the funded current liability percentage (taking into account the expected increase in current liability due to benefits accruing during the plan year) to 100 percent.
(E)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

Liquidity shortfall.—
The term “liquidity shortfall” means, with respect to any required installment, an amount equal to the excess (as of the last day of the quarter for which such installment is made) of the base amount with respect to such quarter over the value (as of such last day) of the plan's liquid assets.
(ii)

Base amount.—
(I)

In general.—
The term “base amount” means, with respect to any quarter, an amount equal to 3 times the sum of the adjusted disbursements from the plan for the 12 months ending on the last day of such quarter.
(II)

Special rule.—
If the amount determined under subclause (I) exceeds an amount equal to 2 times the sum of the adjusted disbursements from the plan for the 36 months ending on the last day of the quarter and an enrolled actuary certifies to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Treasury that such excess is the result of nonrecurring circumstances, the base amount with respect to such quarter shall be determined without regard to amounts related to those nonrecurring circumstances.
(iii)

Disbursements from the plan.—
The term “disbursements from the plan” means all disbursements from the trust, including purchases of annuities, payments of single sums and other benefits, and administrative expenses.
(iv)

Adjusted disbursements.—
The term “adjusted disbursements” means disbursements from the plan reduced by the product of—
(I)
the plan's funded current liability percentage for the plan year, and
(II)
the sum of the purchases of annuities, payments of single sums, and such other disbursements as the Secretary of the Treasury shall provide in regulations.
(v)

Liquid assets.—
The term “liquid assets” means cash, marketable securities and such other assets as specified by the Secretary of the Treasury in regulations.
(vi)

Quarter.—
The term “quarter” means, with respect to any required installment, the 3-month period preceding the month in which the due date for such installment occurs.
(F)

Regulations.—
The Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe such regulations as are necessary to carry out this paragraph.
(6)

Fiscal years and short years.—
(A)

Fiscal years.—
In applying this subsection to a plan year beginning on any date other than January 1, there shall be substituted for the months specified in this subsection, the months which correspond thereto.
(B)

Short plan year.—
This subsection shall be applied to plan years of less than 12 months in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(g)

Imposition of Lien Where Failure To Make Required Contributions.—
(1)

In general.—
In the case of a plan to which this section applies, if—
(A)
any person fails to make a required installment under subsection (f) or any other payment required under this section before the due date for such installment or other payment, and
(B)
the unpaid balance of such installment or other payment (including interest), when added to the aggregate unpaid balance of all preceding such installments or other payments for which payment was not made before the due date (including interest), exceeds $1,000,000,
then there shall be a lien in favor of the plan in the amount determined under paragraph (3) upon all property and rights to property, whether real or personal, belonging to such person and any other person who is a member of the same controlled group of which such person is a member.
(2)

Plans to which subsection applies.—
This subsection shall apply to a CSEC plan for any plan year for which the funded current liability percentage of such plan is less than 100 percent. This subsection shall not apply to any plan to which section 4021 does not apply (as such section is in effect on the date of the enactment of the Retirement Protection Act of 1994).
(3)

Amount of lien.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), the amount of the lien shall be equal to the aggregate unpaid balance of required installments and other payments required under this section (including interest)—
(A)
for plan years beginning after 1987, and
(B)
for which payment has not been made before the due date.
(4)

Notice of failure; lien.—
(A)

Notice of failure.—
A person committing a failure described in paragraph (1) shall notify the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of such failure within 10 days of the due date for the required installment or other payment.
(B)

Period of lien.—
The lien imposed by paragraph (1) shall arise on the due date for the required installment or other payment and shall continue until the last day of the first plan year in which the plan ceases to be described in paragraph (1)(B). Such lien shall continue to run without regard to whether such plan continues to be described in paragraph (2) during the period referred to in the preceding sentence.
(C)

Certain rules to apply.—
Any amount with respect to which a lien is imposed under paragraph (1) shall be treated as taxes due and owing the United States and rules similar to the rules of subsections (c), (d), and (e) of section 4068 shall apply with respect to a lien imposed by subsection (a) and the amount with respect to such lien.
(5)

Enforcement.—
Any lien created under paragraph (1) may be perfected and enforced only by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or at the direction of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, by any contributing employer (or any member of the controlled group of the contributing employer).
(6)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

Due date; required installment.—
The terms “due date” and “required installment” have the meanings given such terms by subsection (f), except that in the case of a payment other than a required installment, the due date shall be the date such payment is required to be made under this section.
(B)

Controlled group.—
The term “controlled group” means any group treated as a single employer under subsections (b), (c), (m), and (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(h)

Current Liability.—
For purposes of this section—
(1)

In general.—
The term “current liability” means all liabilities to employees and their beneficiaries under the plan.
(2)

Treatment of unpredictable contingent event benefits.—
(A)

In general.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), any unpredictable contingent event benefit shall not be taken into account until the event on which the benefit is contingent occurs.
(B)

Unpredictable contingent event benefit.—
The term “unpredictable contingent event benefit” means any benefit contingent on an event other than—
(i)
age, service, compensation, death, or disability, or
(ii)
an event which is reasonably and reliably predictable (as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury).
(3)

Interest rate and mortality assumptions used.—
(A)

Interest rate.—
The rate of interest used to determine current liability under this section shall be the third segment rate determined under section 303(h)(2)(C).
(B)

Mortality tables.—
(i)

Secretarial authority.—
The Secretary of the Treasury may by regulation prescribe mortality tables to be used in determining current liability under this subsection. Such tables shall be based upon the actual experience of pension plans and projected trends in such experience. In prescribing such tables, the Secretary of the Treasury shall take into account results of available independent studies of mortality of individuals covered by pension plans.
(ii)

Periodic review.—
The Secretary of the Treasury shall periodically (at least every 5 years) review any tables in effect under this subsection and shall, to the extent the Secretary of the Treasury determines necessary, by regulation update the tables to reflect the actual experience of pension plans and projected trends in such experience.
(C)

Separate mortality tables for the disabled.—
Notwithstanding subparagraph (B)—
(i)

In general.—
In the case of plan years beginning after December 31, 1995, the Secretary of the Treasury shall establish mortality tables which may be used (in lieu of the tables under subparagraph (B)) to determine current liability under this subsection for individuals who are entitled to benefits under the plan on account of disability. The Secretary of the Treasury shall establish separate tables for individuals whose disabilities occur in plan years beginning before January 1, 1995, and for individuals whose disabilities occur in plan years beginning on or after such date.
(ii)

Special rule for disabilities occurring after 1994.—
In the case of disabilities occurring in plan years beginning after December 31, 1994, the tables under clause (i) shall apply only with respect to individuals described in such subclause who are disabled within the meaning of title II of the Social Security Act and the regulations thereunder.
(4)

Certain service disregarded.—
(A)

In general.—
In the case of a participant to whom this paragraph applies, only the applicable percentage of the years of service before such individual became a participant shall be taken into account in computing the current liability of the plan.
(B)

Applicable percentage.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, the applicable percentage shall be determined as follows:
If the years of participation are: | The applicable percentage is:
1 | 20
2 | 40
3 | 60
4 | 80
5 or more | 100.
(C)

Participants to whom paragraph applies.—
This subparagraph shall apply to any participant who, at the time of becoming a participant—
(i)
has not accrued any other benefit under any defined benefit plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by the employer or a member of the same controlled group of which the employer is a member,
(ii)
who first becomes a participant under the plan in a plan year beginning after December 31, 1987, and
(iii)
has years of service greater than the minimum years of service necessary for eligibility to participate in the plan.
(D)

Election.—
An employer may elect not to have this subparagraph apply. Such an election, once made, may be revoked only with the consent of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(i)

Funded Current Liability Percentage.—
For purposes of this section, the term “funded current liability percentage” means, with respect to any plan year, the percentage which—
(1)
the value of the plan's assets determined under subsection (c)(2), is of
(2)
the current liability under the plan.
(j)

Funding Restoration Status.—
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section—
(1)

Normal cost payment.—
(A)

In general.—
In the case of a CSEC plan that is in funding restoration status for a plan year, for purposes of section 302, the term “accumulated funding deficiency” means, for such plan year, the greater of—
(i)
the amount described in subsection (a), or
(ii)
the excess of the normal cost of the plan for the plan year over the amount actually contributed to or under the plan for the plan year.
(B)

Normal cost.—
In the case of a CSEC plan that uses a spread gain funding method, for purposes of this subsection, the term “normal cost” means normal cost as determined under the entry age normal funding method.
(2)

Plan amendments.—
In the case of a CSEC plan that is in funding restoration status for a plan year, no amendment to such plan may take effect during such plan year if such amendment has the effect of increasing liabilities of the plan by means of increases in benefits, establishment of new benefits, changing the rate of benefit accrual, or changing the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable. This paragraph shall not apply to any plan amendment that is required to comply with any applicable law. This paragraph shall cease to apply with respect to any plan year, effective as of the first day of the plan year (or if later, the effective date of the amendment) upon payment by the plan sponsor of a contribution to the plan (in addition to any contribution required under this section without regard to this paragraph) in an amount equal to the increase in the funding liability of the plan attributable to the plan amendment.
(3)

Funding restoration plan.—
The sponsor of a CSEC plan shall establish a written funding restoration plan within 180 days of the receipt by the plan sponsor of a certification from the plan actuary that the plan is in funding restoration status for a plan year. Such funding restoration plan shall consist of actions that are calculated, based on reasonably anticipated experience and reasonable actuarial assumptions, to increase the plan's funded percentage to 100 percent over a period that is not longer than the greater of 7 years or the shortest amount of time practicable. Such funding restoration plan shall take into account contributions required under this section (without regard to this paragraph). If a plan remains in funding restoration status for 2 or more years, such funding restoration plan shall be updated each year after the 1st such year within 180 days of receipt by the plan sponsor of a certification from the plan actuary that the plan remains in funding restoration status for the plan year.
(4)

Annual certification by plan actuary.—
Not later than the 90th day of each plan year of a CSEC plan, the plan actuary shall certify to the plan sponsor whether or not the plan is in funding restoration status for the plan year, based on the plan's funded percentage as of the beginning of the plan year. For this purpose, the actuary may conclusively rely on an estimate of—
(A)
the plan's funding liability, based on the funding liability of the plan for the preceding plan year and on reasonable actuarial estimates, assumptions, and methods, and
(B)
the amount of any contributions reasonably anticipated to be made for the preceding plan year.
Contributions described in subparagraph (B) shall be taken into account in determining the plan's funded percentage as of the beginning of the plan year.
(5)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

Funding restoration status.—
A CSEC plan shall be treated as in funding restoration status for a plan year if the plan's funded percentage as of the beginning of such plan year is less than 80 percent.
(B)

Funded percentage.—
The term “funded percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) which—
(i)
the value of plan assets (as determined under subsection (c)(2)), bears to
(ii)
the plan's funding liability.
(C)

Funding liability.—
The term “funding liability” for a plan year means the present value of all benefits accrued or earned under the plan as of the beginning of the plan year, based on the assumptions used by the plan pursuant to this section, including the interest rate described in subsection (b)(5)(A) (without regard to subsection (b)(5)(B)).
(D)

Spread gain funding method.—
The term “spread gain funding method” has the meaning given such term under rules and forms issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Part 4—

Fiduciary Responsibility

COVERAGE
Sec. 401.
[1101]
(a)
This part shall apply to any employee benefit plan described in section 4(a) (and not exempted under section 4(b)), other than—
(1)
a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees; or
(2)
any agreement described in section 736 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, which provides payments to a retired partner or deceased partner or a deceased partner's successor in interest.
(b)
For purposes of this part:
(1)
In the case of a plan which invests in any security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.], the assets of such plan shall be deemed to include such security but shall not, solely by reason of such investment, be deemed to include any assets of such investment company.
(2)
In the case of a plan to which a guaranteed benefit policy is issued by an insurer, the assets of such plan shall be deemed to include such policy, but shall not, solely by reason of the issuance of such policy, be deemed to include any assets of such insurer. For purposes of this paragraph:
(A)
The term “insurer” means an insurance company, insurance service, or insurance organization, qualified to do business in a State.
(B)
The term “guaranteed benefit policy” means an insurance policy or contract to the extent that such policy or contract provides for benefits the amount of which is guaranteed by the insurer. Such term includes any surplus in a separate account, but excludes any other portion of a separate account.
(c)
(1)
(A)
Not later than June 30, 1997, the Secretary shall issue proposed regulations to provide guidance for the purpose of determining, in cases where an insurer issues 1 or more policies to or for the benefit of an employee benefit plan (and such policies are supported by assets of such insurer's general account), which assets held by the insurer (other than plan assets held in its separate accounts) constitute assets of the plan for purposes of this part and section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and to provide guidance with respect to the application of this title to the general account assets of insurers.
(B)
The proposed regulations under subparagraph (A) shall be subject to public notice and comment until September 30, 1997.
(C)
The Secretary shall issue final regulations providing the guidance described in subparagraph (A) not later than December 31, 1997.
(D)
Such regulations shall only apply with respect to policies which are issued by an insurer on or before December 31, 1998, to or for the benefit of an employee benefit plan which is supported by assets of such insurer's general account. With respect to policies issued on or before December 31, 1998, such regulations shall take effect at the end of the 18-month period following the date on which such regulations become final.
(2)
The Secretary shall ensure that the regulations issued under paragraph (1)—
(A)
are administratively feasible, and
(B)
protect the interests and rights of the plan and of its participants and beneficiaries (including meeting the requirements of paragraph (3)).
(3)
The regulations prescribed by the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (1) shall require, in connection with any policy issued by an insurer to or for the benefit of an employee benefit plan to the extent that the policy is not a guaranteed benefit policy (as defined in subsection (b)(2)(B))—
(A)
that a plan fiduciary totally independent of the insurer authorize the purchase of such policy (unless such purchase is a transaction exempt under section 408(b)(5)),
(B)
that the insurer describe (in such form and manner as shall be prescribed in such regulations), in annual reports and in policies issued to the policyholder after the date on which such regulations are issued in final form pursuant to paragraph (1)(C)—
(i)
a description of the method by which any income and expenses of the insurer's general account are allocated to the policy during the term of the policy and upon the termination of the policy, and
(ii)
for each report, the actual return to the plan under the policy and such other financial information as the Secretary may deem appropriate for the period covered by each such annual report,
(C)
that the insurer disclose to the plan fiduciary the extent to which alternative arrangements supported by assets of separate accounts of the insurer (which generally hold plan assets) are available, whether there is a right under the policy to transfer funds to a separate account and the terms governing any such right, and the extent to which support by assets of the insurer's general account and support by assets of separate accounts of the insurer might pose differing risks to the plan, and
(D)
that the insurer manage those assets of the insurer which are assets of such insurer's general account (irrespective of whether any such assets are plan assets) with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, taking into account all obligations supported by such enterprise.
(4)
Compliance by the insurer with all requirements of the regulations issued by the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be deemed compliance by such insurer with sections 404, 406, and 407 with respect to those assets of the insurer's general account which support a policy described in paragraph (3).
(5)
(A)
Subject to subparagraph (B), any regulations issued under paragraph (1) shall not take effect before the date on which such regulations become final.
(B)
No person shall be subject to liability under this part or section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for conduct which occurred before the date which is 18 months following the date described in subparagraph (A) on the basis of a claim that the assets of an insurer (other than plan assets held in a separate account) constitute assets of the plan, except—
(i)
as otherwise provided by the Secretary in regulations intended to prevent avoidance of the regulations issued under paragraph (1), or
(ii)
as provided in an action brought by the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (2) or (5) of section 502(a) for a breach of fiduciary responsibilities which would also constitute a violation of Federal or State criminal law.
The Secretary shall bring a cause of action described in clause (ii) if a participant, beneficiary, or fiduciary demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that a breach described in clause (ii) has occurred.
(6)
Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the application of any Federal criminal law.
(7)
For purposes of this subsection, the term “policy” includes a contract.

ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN
Sec. 402.
[1102]
(a)
(1)
Every employee benefit plan shall be established and maintained pursuant to a written instrument. Such instrument shall provide for one or more named fiduciaries who jointly or severally shall have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the plan.
(2)
For purposes of this title, the term “named fiduciary” means a fiduciary who is named in the plan instrument, or who, pursuant to a procedure specified in the plan, is identified as a fiduciary (A) by a person who is an employer or employee organization with respect to the plan or (B) by such an employer and such an employee organization acting jointly.
(b)
Every employee benefit plan shall—
(1)
provide a procedure for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of the plan and the requirements of this title,
(2)
describe any procedure under the plan for the allocation of responsibilities for the operation and administration of the plan (including any procedure described in section 405(c)(1)),
(3)
provide a procedure for amending such plan, and for identifying the persons who have authority to amend the plan, and
(4)
specify the basis on which payments are made to and from the plan.
(c)
Any employee benefit plan may provide—
(1)
that any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the plan (including service both as trustee and administrator);
(2)
that a named fiduciary, or a fiduciary designated by a named fiduciary pursuant to a plan procedure described in section 405(c)(1), may employ one or more persons to render advice with regard to any responsibility such fiduciary has under the plan; or
(3)
that a person who is a named fiduciary with respect to control or management of the assets of the plan may appoint an investment manager or managers to manage (including the power to acquire and dispose of) any assets of a plan.

ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST
Sec. 403.
[1103]
(a)
Except as provided in subsection (b), all assets of an employee benefit plan shall be held in trust by one or more trustees. Such trustee or trustees shall be either named in the trust instrument or in the plan instrument described in section 402(a) or appointed by a person who is a named fiduciary, and upon acceptance of being named or appointed, the trustee or trustees shall have exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the assets of the plan, except to the extent that—
(1)
the plan expressly provides that the trustee or trustees are subject to the direction of a named fiduciary who is not a trustee, in which case the trustees shall be subject to proper directions of such fiduciary which are made in accordance with the terms of the plan and which are not contrary to this Act, or
(2)
authority to manage, acquire, or dispose of assets of the plan is delegated to one or more investment managers pursuant to section 402(c)(3).
(b)
The requirements of subsection (a) of this section shall not apply—
(1)
to any assets of a plan which consist of insurance contracts or policies issued by an insurance company qualified to do business in a State;
(2)
to any assets of such an insurance company or any assets of a plan which are held by such an insurance company;
(3)
to a plan—
(A)
some or all of the participants of which are employees described in section 401(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; or
(B)
which consists of one or more individual retirement accounts described in section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
to the extent that such plan's assets are held in one or more custodial accounts which qualify under section 401(f) or 408(h) of such Code, whichever is applicable.62
^{62}
So in original. The period appears to have been intended to be a semicolon.
(4)
to a plan which the Secretary exempts from the requirement of subsection (a) and which is not subject to any of the following provisions of this Act—
(A)
part 2 of this subtitle,
(B)
part 3 of this subtitle, or
(C)
title IV of this Act; or 63
^{63}
So in original. The word “or” is superfluous.
(5)
to a contract established and maintained under section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to the extent that the assets of the contract are held in one or more custodial accounts pursuant to section 403(b)(7) of such Code.64
^{64}
So in original. The period appears to have been intended to be replaced by “; or”.
(6)
Any 65 plan, fund or program under which an employer, all of whose stock is directly or indirectly owned by employees, former employees or their beneficiaries, proposes through an unfunded arrangement to compensate retired employees for benefits which were forfeited by such employees under a pension plan maintained by a former employer prior to the date such pension plan became subject to this Act.
^{65}
So in original. The phase “to any” appears to have been intended in lieu of “Any”.
(c)
(1)
Except as provided in paragraph (2), (3), or (4) or subsection (d), or under section 4042 and 4044 (relating to termination of insured plans), or under section 420 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as in effect on the date of enactment of the SECURE 2.0 Act of 2022), the assets of a plan shall never inure to the benefit of any employer and shall be held for the exclusive purposes of providing benefits to participants in the plan and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the plan.
(2)
(A)
In the case of a contribution, or a payment of withdrawal liability under part 1 of subtitle E of title IV—
(i)
if such contribution or payment is made by an employer to a plan (other than a multiemployer plan) by a mistake of fact, paragraph (1) shall not prohibit the return of such contribution to the employer within one year after the payment of the contribution, and
(ii)
if such contribution or payment is made by an employer to a multiemployer plan by a mistake of fact or law (other than a mistake relating to whether the plan is described in section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or the trust which is part of such plan is exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code), paragraph (1) shall not prohibit the return of such contribution or payment to the employer within 6 months after the plan administrator determines that the contribution was made by such a mistake.
(B)
If a contribution is conditioned on initial qualification of the plan under section 401 or 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and if the plan receives an adverse determination with respect to its initial qualification, then paragraph (1) shall not prohibit the return of such contribution to the employer within one year after such determination, but only if the application for the determination is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the employer's return for the taxable year in which such plan was adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
(C)
If a contribution is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution under section 404 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, then, to the extent the deduction is disallowed, paragraph (1) shall not prohibit the return to the employer of such contribution (to the extent disallowed) within one year after the disallowance of the deduction.
(3)
In the case of a withdrawal liability payment which has been determined to be an overpayment, paragraph (1) shall not prohibit the return of such payment to the employer within 6 months after the date of such determination.
(d)
(1)
Upon termination of a pension plan to which section 4021 does not apply at the time of termination and to which this part applies (other than a plan to which no employer contributions have been made) the assets of the plan shall be allocated in accordance with the provisions of section 4044 of this Act, except as otherwise provided in regulations of the Secretary.
(2)
The assets of a welfare plan which terminates shall be distributed in accordance with the terms of the plan, except as otherwise provided in regulations of the Secretary.

FIDUCIARY DUTIES
Sec. 404.
[1104]
(a)
(1)
Subject to sections 403(c) and (d), 4042, and 4044, a fiduciary shall discharge his duties with respect to a plan solely in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries and—
(A)
for the exclusive purpose of:
(i)
providing benefits to participants and their beneficiaries; and
(ii)
defraying reasonable expenses of administering the plan;
(B)
with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims;
(C)
by diversifying the investments of the plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and
(D)
in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of this title and title IV.
(2)
In the case of an eligible individual account plan (as defined in section 407(d)(3)), the diversification requirement of paragraph (1)(C) and the prudence requirement (only to the extent that it requires diversification) of paragraph (1)(B) is not violated by acquisition or holding of qualifying employer real property or qualifying employer securities (as defined in section 407(d)(4) and (5)).
(b)
Except as authorized by the Secretary by regulation, no fiduciary may maintain the indicia of ownership of any assets of a plan outside the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United States.
(c)
(1)
(A)66
In the case of a pension plan which provides for individual accounts and permits a participant or beneficiary to exercise control over assets in his account, if a participant or beneficiary exercises control over the assets in his account (as determined under regulations of the Secretary)—
^{66}
Section 621(a)(1) of Public Law 109–280 provides for amendments to section 404(c)(1) by inserting text at the end of clause (ii) (as redesignated), redesignates subparagraphs (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively and adds new subparagraphs (B)–(C). Subsection (b)(1) of section 621 of such public law provides “[t]he amendments made by this section shall apply to plan years beginning after December 31, 2007.”.
(i)
such participant or beneficiary shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary by reason of such exercise, and
(ii)
no person who is otherwise a fiduciary shall be liable under this part for any loss, or by reason of any breach, which results from such participant's or beneficiary's exercise of control, except that this clause shall not apply in connection with such participant or beneficiary for any blackout period during which the ability of such participant or beneficiary to direct the investment of the assets in his or her account is suspended by a plan sponsor or fiduciary.
(B)
If a person referred to in subparagraph (A)(ii) meets the requirements of this title in connection with authorizing and implementing the blackout period, any person who is otherwise a fiduciary shall not be liable under this title for any loss occurring during such period.
(C)
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “blackout period” has the meaning given such term by section 101(i)(7).
(2)
In the case of a simple retirement account established pursuant to a qualified salary reduction arrangement under section 408(p) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a participant or beneficiary shall, for purposes of paragraph (1), be treated as exercising control over the assets in the account upon the earliest of—
(A)
an affirmative election among investment options with respect to the initial investment of any contribution,
(B)
a rollover to any other simple retirement account or individual retirement plan, or
(C)
one year after the simple retirement account is established.
No reports, other than those required under section 101(g), shall be required with respect to a simple retirement account established pursuant to such a qualified salary reduction arrangement.
(3)
In the case of a pension plan which makes a transfer to an individual retirement account or annuity of a designated trustee or issuer under section 401(a)(31)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the participant or beneficiary shall, for purposes of paragraph (1), be treated as exercising control over the assets in the account or annuity upon—
(A)
the earlier of—
(i)
a rollover of all or a portion of the amount to another individual retirement account or annuity; or
(ii)
one year after the transfer is made; or
(B)
a transfer that is made in a manner consistent with guidance provided by the Secretary.
(4)
(A)67
In any case in which a qualified change in investment options occurs in connection with an individual account plan, a participant or beneficiary shall not be treated for purposes of paragraph (1) as not exercising control over the assets in his account in connection with such change if the requirements of subparagraph (C) are met in connection with such change.
^{67}
Paragraph (4) of section 404(c) (as amended by section 621(a)(2) of Public Law 109–280) applies December 31, 2007 pursuant to subsection (b) of such section 621.
(B)
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “qualified change in investment options” means, in connection with an individual account plan, a change in the investment options offered to the participant or beneficiary under the terms of the plan, under which—
(i)
the account of the participant or beneficiary is reallocated among one or more remaining or new investment options which are offered in lieu of one or more investment options offered immediately prior to the effective date of the change, and
(ii)
the stated characteristics of the remaining or new investment options provided under clause (i), including characteristics relating to risk and rate of return, are, as of immediately after the change, reasonably similar to those of the existing investment options as of immediately before the change.
(C)
The requirements of this subparagraph are met in connection with a qualified change in investment options if—
(i)
at least 30 days and no more than 60 days prior to the effective date of the change, the plan administrator furnishes written notice of the change to the participants and beneficiaries, including information comparing the existing and new investment options and an explanation that, in the absence of affirmative investment instructions from the participant or beneficiary to the contrary, the account of the participant or beneficiary will be invested in the manner described in subparagraph (B),
(ii)
the participant or beneficiary has not provided to the plan administrator, in advance of the effective date of the change, affirmative investment instructions contrary to the change, and
(iii)
the investments under the plan of the participant or beneficiary as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of the change were the product of the exercise by such participant or beneficiary of control over the assets of the account within the meaning of paragraph (1).
(5)

Default investment arrangements.—
(A)

In general.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), a participant or beneficiary in an individual account plan meeting the notice requirements of subparagraph (B) shall be treated as exercising control over the assets in the account with respect to the amount of contributions and earnings which, in the absence of an investment election by the participant or beneficiary, are invested by the plan in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary. The regulations under this subparagraph shall provide guidance on the appropriateness of designating default investments that include a mix of asset classes consistent with capital preservation or long-term capital appreciation, or a blend of both.
(B)

Notice requirements.—
(i)

In general.—
The requirements of this subparagraph are met if each participant or beneficiary—
(I)
receives, within a reasonable period of time before each plan year, a notice explaining the employee's right under the plan to designate how contributions and earnings will be invested and explaining how, in the absence of any investment election by the participant or beneficiary, such contributions and earnings will be invested, and
(II)
has a reasonable period of time after receipt of such notice and before the beginning of the plan year to make such designation.
(ii)

Form of notice.—
The requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of section 401(k)(12)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall apply with respect to the notices described in this subparagraph.
(6)

Default investment arrangements for a pension-linked emergency savings account.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), a participant in a pension-linked emergency savings account shall be treated as exercising control over the assets in the account with respect to the amount of contributions and earnings which are invested in accordance with section 801(c)(1)(A)(iii).
(d)
(1)
If, in connection with the termination of a pension plan which is a single-employer plan, there is an election to establish or maintain a qualified replacement plan, or to increase benefits, as provided under section 4980(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a fiduciary shall discharge the fiduciary's duties under this title and title IV in accordance with the following requirements:
(A)
In the case of a fiduciary of the terminated plan, any requirement—
(i)
under section 4980(d)(2)(B) of such Code with respect to the transfer of assets from the terminated plan to a qualified replacement plan, and
(ii)
under section 4980(d)(2)(B)(ii) or 4980(d)(3) of such Code with respect to any increase in benefits under the terminated plan.
(B)
In the case of a fiduciary of a qualified replacement plan, any requirement—
(i)
under section 4980(d)(2)(A) of such Code with respect to participation in the qualified replacement plan of active participants in the terminated plan,
(ii)
under section 4980(d)(2)(B) of such Code with respect to the receipt of assets from the terminated plan, and
(iii)
under section 4980(d)(2)(C) of such Code with respect to the allocation of assets to participants of the qualified replacement plan.
(2)
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)
any term used in this subsection which is also used in section 4980(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall have the same meaning as when used in such section, and
(B)
any reference in this subsection to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall be a reference to such Code as in effect immediately after the enactment of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990.
(e)

Safe Harbor for Annuity Selection.—
(1)

In general.—
With respect to the selection of an insurer for a guaranteed retirement income contract, the requirements of subsection (a)(1)(B) will be deemed to be satisfied if a fiduciary—
(A)
engages in an objective, thorough, and analytical search for the purpose of identifying insurers from which to purchase such contracts;
(B)
with respect to each insurer identified under subparagraph (A)—
(i)
considers the financial capability of such insurer to satisfy its obligations under the guaranteed retirement income contract; and
(ii)
considers the cost (including fees and commissions) of the guaranteed retirement income contract offered by the insurer in relation to the benefits and product features of the contract and administrative services to be provided under such contract; and
(C)
on the basis of such consideration, concludes that—
(i)
at the time of the selection, the insurer is financially capable of satisfying its obligations under the guaranteed retirement income contract; and
(ii)
the relative cost of the selected guaranteed retirement income contract as described in subparagraph (B)(ii) is reasonable.
(2)

Financial capability of the insurer.—
A fiduciary will be deemed to satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (1)(B)(i) and (1)(C)(i) if—
(A)
the fiduciary obtains written representations from the insurer that—
(i)
the insurer is licensed to offer guaranteed retirement income contracts;
(ii)
the insurer, at the time of selection and for each of the immediately preceding 7 plan years—
(I)
operates under a certificate of authority from the insurance commissioner of its domiciliary State which has not been revoked or suspended;
(II)
has filed audited financial statements in accordance with the laws of its domiciliary State under applicable statutory accounting principles;
(III)
maintains (and has maintained) reserves which satisfies all the statutory requirements of all States where the insurer does business; and
(IV)
is not operating under an order of supervision, rehabilitation, or liquidation;
(iii)
the insurer undergoes, at least every 5 years, a financial examination (within the meaning of the law of its domiciliary State) by the insurance commissioner of the domiciliary State (or representative, designee, or other party approved by such commissioner); and
(iv)
the insurer will notify the fiduciary of any change in circumstances occurring after the provision of the representations in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) which would preclude the insurer from making such representations at the time of issuance of the guaranteed retirement income contract; and
(B)
after receiving such representations and as of the time of selection, the fiduciary has not received any notice described in subparagraph (A)(iv) and is in possession of no other information which would cause the fiduciary to question the representations provided.
(3)

No requirement to select lowest cost.—
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to require a fiduciary to select the lowest cost contract. A fiduciary may consider the value of a contract, including features and benefits of the contract and attributes of the insurer (including, without limitation, the insurer's financial strength) in conjunction with the cost of the contract.
(4)

Time of selection.—
(A)

In general.—
For purposes of this subsection, the time of selection is—
(i)
the time that the insurer and the contract are selected for distribution of benefits to a specific participant or beneficiary; or
(ii)
if the fiduciary periodically reviews the continuing appropriateness of the conclusion described in paragraph (1)(C) with respect to a selected insurer, taking into account the considerations described in such paragraph, the time that the insurer and the contract are selected to provide benefits at future dates to participants or beneficiaries under the plan.
Nothing in the preceding sentence shall be construed to require the fiduciary to review the appropriateness of a selection after the purchase of a contract for a participant or beneficiary.
(B)

Periodic review.—
A fiduciary will be deemed to have conducted the periodic review described in subparagraph (A)(ii) if the fiduciary obtains the written representations described in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of paragraph (2)(A) from the insurer on an annual basis, unless the fiduciary receives any notice described in paragraph (2)(A)(iv) or otherwise becomes aware of facts that would cause the fiduciary to question such representations.
(5)

Limited liability.—
A fiduciary which satisfies the requirements of this subsection shall not be liable following the distribution of any benefit, or the investment by or on behalf of a participant or beneficiary pursuant to the selected guaranteed retirement income contract, for any losses that may result to the participant or beneficiary due to an insurer’s inability to satisfy its financial obligations under the terms of such contract.
(6)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

Insurer.—
The term “insurer” means an insurance company, insurance service, or insurance organization, including affiliates of such companies.
(B)

Guaranteed retirement income contract.—
The term “guaranteed retirement income contract” means an annuity contract for a fixed term or a contract (or provision or feature thereof) which provides guaranteed benefits annually (or more frequently) for at least the remainder of the life of the participant or the joint lives of the participant and the participant’s designated beneficiary as part of an individual account plan.

LIABILITY FOR BREACH BY CO-FIDUCIARY
Sec. 405.
[1105]
(a)
In addition to any liability which he may have under any other provision of this part, a fiduciary with respect to a plan shall be liable for a breach of fiduciary responsibility of another fiduciary with respect to the same plan in the following circumstances:
(1)
if he participates knowingly in, or knowingly undertakes to conceal, an act or omission of such other fiduciary, knowing such act or omission is a breach;
(2)
if, by his failure to comply with section 404(a)(1) in the administration of his specific responsibilities which give rise to his status as a fiduciary, he has enabled such other fiduciary to commit a breach; or
(3)
if he has knowledge of a breach by such other fiduciary, unless he makes reasonable efforts under the circumstances to remedy the breach.
(b)
(1)
Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d) and in section 403(a)(1) and (2), if the assets of a plan are held by two or more trustees—
(A)
each shall use reasonable care to prevent a co-trustee from committing a breach; and
(B)
they shall jointly manage and control the assets of the plan, except that nothing in this subparagraph (B) shall preclude any agreement, authorized by the trust instrument, allocating specific responsibilities, obligations, or duties among trustees, in which event a trustee to whom certain responsibilities, obligations, or duties have not been allocated shall not be liable by reason of this subparagraph (B) either individually or as a trustee for any loss resulting to the plan arising from the acts or omissions on the part of another trustee to whom such responsibilities, obligations, or duties have been allocated.
(2)
Nothing in this subsection shall limit any liability that a fiduciary may have under subsection (a) or any other provision of this part.
(3)
(A)
In the case of a plan the assets of which are held in more than one trust, a trustee shall not be liable under paragraph (1) except with respect to an act or omission of a trustee of a trust of which he is a trustee.
(B)
No trustee shall be liable under this subsection for following instructions referred to in section 403(a)(1).
(c)
(1)
The instrument under which a plan is maintained may expressly provide for procedures (A) for allocating fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities) among named fiduciaries, and (B) for named fiduciaries to designate persons other than named fiduciaries to carry out fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities) under the plan.
(2)
If a plan expressly provides for a procedure described in paragraph (1), and pursuant to such procedure any fiduciary responsibility of a named fiduciary is allocated to any person, or a person is designated to carry out any such responsibility, then such named fiduciary shall not be liable for an act or omission of such person in carrying out such responsibility except to the extent that—
(A)
the named fiduciary violated section 404(a)(1)—
(i)
with respect to such allocation or designation,
(ii)
with respect to the establishment or implementation of the procedure under paragraph (1), or
(iii)
in continuing the allocation or designation; or
(B)
the named fiduciary would otherwise be liable in accordance with subsection (a).
(3)
For purposes of this subsection, the term “trustee responsibility” means any responsibility provided in the plan's trust instrument (if any) to manage or control the assets of the plan, other than a power under the trust instrument of a named fiduciary to appoint an investment manager in accordance with section 402(c)(3).
(d)
(1)
If an investment manager or managers have been appointed under section 402(c)(3), then, notwithstanding subsections (a)(2) and (3) and subsection (b), no trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions of such investment manager or managers, or be under an obligation to invest or otherwise manage any asset of the plan which is subject to the management of such investment manager.
(2)
Nothing in this subsection shall relieve any trustee of any liability under this part for any act of such trustee.

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS
Sec. 406.
[1106]
(a)
Except as provided in section 408:
(1)
A fiduciary with respect to a plan shall not cause the plan to engage in a transaction, if he knows or should know that such transaction constitutes a direct or indirect—
(A)
sale or exchange, or leasing, of any property between the plan and a party in interest;
(B)
lending of money or other extension of credit between the plan and a party in interest;
(C)
furnishing of goods, services, or facilities between the plan and a party in interest;
(D)
transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of, a party in interest, of any assets of the plan; or
(E)
acquisition, on behalf of the plan, of any employer security or employer real property in violation of section 407(a).
(2)
No fiduciary who has authority or discretion to control or manage the assets of a plan shall permit the plan to hold any employer security or employer real property if he knows or should know that holding such security or real property violates section 407(a).
(b)
A fiduciary with respect to a plan shall not—
(1)
deal with the assets of the plan in his own interest or for his own account,
(2)
in his individual or in any other capacity act in any transaction involving the plan on behalf of a party (or represent a party) whose interests are adverse to the interests of the plan or the interests of its participants or beneficiaries, or
(3)
receive any consideration for his own personal account from any party dealing with such plan in connection with a transaction involving the assets of the plan.
(c)
A transfer of real or personal property by a party in interest to a plan shall be treated as a sale or exchange if the property is subject to a mortgage or similar lien which the plan assumes or if it is subject to a mortgage or similar lien which a party-in-interest placed on the property within the 10-year period ending on the date of the transfer.

10 percent limitation with respect to acquisition and holding of employer securities and employer real property by certain plans
Sec. 407.
[1107]
(a)
Except as otherwise provided in this section and section 414:
(1)
A plan may not acquire or hold—
(A)
any employer security which is not a qualifying employer security, or
(B)
any employer real property which is not qualifying employer real property.
(2)
A plan may not acquire any qualifying employer security or qualifying employer real property, if immediately after such acquisition the aggregate fair market value of employer securities and employer real property held by the plan exceeds 10 percent of the fair market value of the assets of the plan.
(3)
(A)
After December 31, 1984, a plan may not hold any qualifying employer securities or qualifying employer real property (or both) to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of such securities and property determined on December 31, 1984, exceeds 10 percent of the greater of—
(i)
the fair market value of the assets of the plan, determined on December 31, 1984, or
(ii)
the fair market value of the assets of the plan determined on January 1, 1975.
(B)
Subparagraph (A) of this paragraph shall not apply to any plan which on any date after December 31, 1974; and before January 1, 1985, did not hold employer securities or employer real property (or both) the aggregate fair market value of which determined on such date exceeded 10 percent of the greater of 68
^{68}
So in original. The text is lacking a dash.
(i)
the fair market value of the assets of the plan, determined on such date, or
(ii)
the fair market value of the assets of the plan determined on January 1, 1975.
(4)
(A)
After December 31, 1979, a plan may not hold any employer securities or employer real property in excess of the amount specified in regulations under subparagraph (B). This subparagraph shall not apply to a plan after the earliest date after December 31, 1974, on which it complies with such regulations.
(B)
Not later than December 31, 1976, the Secretary shall prescribe regulations which shall have the effect of requiring that a plan divest itself of 50 percent of the holdings of employer securities and employer real property which the plan would be required to divest before January 1, 1985, under paragraph (2) or subsection (c) (whichever is applicable).
(b)
(1)
Subsection (a) of this section shall not apply to any acquisition or holding of qualifying employer securities or qualifying employer real property by an eligible individual account plan.
(2)
(A)
If this paragraph applies to an eligible individual account plan, the portion of such plan which consists of applicable elective deferrals (and earnings allocable thereto) shall be treated as a separate plan—
(i)
which is not an eligible individual account plan, and
(ii)
to which the requirements of this section apply.
(B)
(i)
This paragraph shall apply to any eligible individual account plan if any portion of the plan's applicable elective deferrals (or earnings allocable thereto) are required to be invested in qualifying employer securities or qualifying employer real property or both—
(I)
pursuant to the terms of the plan, or
(II)
at the direction of a person other than the participant on whose behalf such elective deferrals are made to the plan (or a beneficiary).
(ii)
This paragraph shall not apply to an individual account plan for a plan year if, on the last day of the preceding plan year, the fair market value of the assets of all individual account plans maintained by the employer equals not more than 10 percent of the fair market value of the assets of all pension plans (other than multiemployer plans) maintained by the employer.
(iii)
This paragraph shall not apply to an individual account plan that is an employee stock ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(iv)
This paragraph shall not apply to an individual account plan if, pursuant to the terms of the plan, the portion of any employee's applicable elective deferrals which is required to be invested in qualifying employer securities and qualifying employer real property for any year may not exceed 1 percent of the employee's compensation which is taken into account under the plan in determining the maximum amount of the employee's applicable elective deferrals for such year.
(C)
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “applicable elective deferral” means any elective deferral (as defined in section 402(g)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) which is made pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement as defined in section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(3)

Cross References.—
(A)
For exemption from diversification requirements for holding of qualifying employer securities and qualifying employer real property by eligible individual account plans, see section 404(a)(2).
(B)
For exemption from prohibited transactions for certain acquisitions of qualifying employer securities and qualifying employer real property which are not in violation of 10 percent limitation, see section 408(e).
(C)
For transitional rules respecting securities or real property subject to binding contracts in effect on June 30, 1974, see section 414(c)
(D)
For diversification requirements for qualifying employer securities held in certain individual account plans, see section 204(j).
(c)
(1)
A plan which makes the election, under paragraph (3) shall be treated as satisfying the requirement of subsection (a)(3) if and only if employer securities held on any date after December 31, 197469 and before January 1, 198570 have a fair market value, determined as of December 31, 1974, not in excess of 10 percent of the lesser of—
^{69}
So in original. The text is lacking a comma.
^{70}
See note 407–2.
(A)
the fair market value of the assets of the plan determined on such date (disregarding any portion of the fair market value of employer securities which is attributable to appreciation of such securities after December 31, 1974) but not less than the fair market value of plan assets on January 1, 1975, or
(B)
an amount equal to the sum of (i) the total amount of the contributions to the plan received after December 31, 1974, and prior to such date, plus (ii) the fair market value of the assets of the plan, determined on January 1, 1975.
(2)
For purposes of this subsection, in the case of an employer security held by a plan after January 1, 1975, the ownership of which is derived from ownership of employer securities held by the plan on January 1, 1975, or from the exercise of rights derived from such ownership, the value of such security held after January 1, 1975, shall be based on the value as of January 1, 1975, of the security from which ownership was derived. The Secretary shall prescribe regulations to carry out this paragraph.
(3)
An election under this paragraph may not be made after December 31, 1975. Such an election shall be made in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary, and shall be irrevocable. A plan may make an election under this paragraph only if on January 1, 1975, the plan holds no employer real property. After such election and before January 1, 198571 the plan may not acquire any employer real property.
^{71}
See note 407–2.
(d)
For purposes of this section—
(1)
The term “employer security” means a security issued by an employer of employees covered by the plan, or by an affiliate of such employer. A contract to which section 408(b)(5) applies shall not be treated as a security for purposes of this section.
(2)
The term “employer real property” means real property (and related personal property) which is leased to an employer of employees covered by the plan, or to an affiliate of such employer. For purposes of determining the time at which a plan acquires employer real property for purposes of this section, such property shall be deemed to be acquired by the plan on the date on which the plan acquires the property or on the date on which the lease to the employer (or affiliate) is entered into, whichever is later.
(3)
(A)
The term “eligible individual account plan” means an individual account plan which is (i) a profit-sharing, stock bonus, thrift, or savings plan; (ii) an employee stock ownership plan; or (iii) a money purchase plan which was in existence on the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] and which on such date invested primarily in qualifying employer securities. Such term excludes an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(B)
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), a plan shall be treated as an eligible individual account plan with respect to the acquisition or holding of qualifying employer real property or qualifying employer securities only if such plan explicitly provides for acquisition and holding of qualifying employer securities or qualifying employer real property (as the case may be). In the case of a plan in existence on the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], this subparagraph shall not take effect until January 1, 1976.
(C)
The term “eligible individual account plan” does not include any individual account plan the benefits of which are taken into account in determining the benefits payable to a participant under any defined benefit plan.
(4)
The term “qualifying employer real property” means parcels of employer real property—
(A)
if a substantial number of the parcels are dispersed geographically;
(B)
if each parcel of real property and the improvements thereon are suitable (or adaptable without excessive cost) for more than one use;
(C)
even if all of such real property is leased to one lessee (which may be an employer, or an affiliate of an employer); and
(D)
if the acquisition and retention of such property comply with the provisions of this part (other than section 404(a)(1)(B) to the extent it requires diversification, and sections 404(a)(1)(C), 406, and subsection (a) of this section).
(5)
The term “qualifying employer security” means an employer security which is—
(A)
stock,
(B)
a marketable obligation (as defined in subsection (e)), or
(C)
an interest in a publicly traded partnership (as defined in section 7704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), but only if such partnership is an existing partnership as defined in section 10211(c)(2)(A) of the Revenue Act of 1987 (Public Law 100–203). [26 U.S.C. 7704 note; 101 Stat. 1330–405].
After December 17, 1987, in the case of a plan other than an eligible individual account plan, an employer security described in subparagraph (A) or (C) shall be considered a qualifying employer security only if such employer security satisfies the requirements of subsection (f)(1).
(6)
The term “employee stock ownership plan” means an individual account plan—
(A)
which is a stock bonus plan which is qualified, or a stock bonus plan and money purchase plan both of which are qualified, under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and which is designed to invest primarily in qualifying employer securities, and
(B)
which meets such other requirements as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulation.
(7)
A corporation is an affiliate of an employer if it is a member of any controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 1563(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, except that “applicable percentage” shall be substituted for “80 percent” wherever the latter percentage appears in such section) of which the employer who maintains the plan is a member. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “applicable percentage” means 50 percent, or such lower percentage as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation. A person other than a corporation shall be treated as an affiliate of an employer to the extent provided in regulations of the Secretary. An employer which is a person other than a corporation shall be treated as affiliated with another person to the extent provided by regulations of the Secretary. Regulations under this paragraph shall be prescribed only after consultation and coordination with the Secretary of the Treasury.
(8)
The Secretary may prescribe regulations specifying the extent to which conversions, splits, the exercise of rights, and similar transactions are not treated as acquisitions.
(9)
For purposes of this section, an arrangement which consists of a defined benefit plan and an individual account plan shall be treated as 1 plan if the benefits of such individual account plan are taken into account in determining the benefits payable under such defined benefit plan.
(e)
For purposes of subsection (d)(5), the term “marketable obligation” means a bond, debenture, note, or certificate, or other evidence of indebtedness (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as “obligation”) if—
(1)
such obligation is acquired—
(A)
on the market, either (i) at the price of the obligation prevailing on a national securities exchange which is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or (ii) if the obligation is not traded on such a national securities exchange, at a price not less favorable to the plan than the offering price for the obligation as established by current bid and asked prices quoted by persons independent of the issuer;
(B)
from an underwriter, at a price (i) not in excess of the public offering price for the obligation as set forth in a prospectus or offering circular filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and (ii) at which a substantial portion of the same issue is acquired by persons independent of the issuer; or
(C)
directly from the issuer, at a price not less favorable to the plan than the price paid currently for a substantial portion of the same issue by persons independent of the issuer;
(2)
immediately following acquisition of such obligation—
(A)
not more than 25 percent of the aggregate amount of obligations issued in such issue and outstanding at the time of acquisition is held by the plan, and
(B)
at least 50 percent of the aggregate amount referred to in subparagraph (A) is held by persons independent of the issuer; and
(3)
immediately following acquisition of the obligation, not more than 25 percent of the assets of the plan is invested in obligations of the employer or an affiliate of the employer.
(f)
(1)
Stock satisfies the requirements of this paragraph if, immediately following the acquisition of such stock—
(A)
no more than 25 percent of the aggregate amount of stock of the same class issued and outstanding at the time of acquisition is held by the plan, and
(B)
at least 50 percent of the aggregate amount referred to in subparagraph (A) is held by persons independent of the issuer.
(2)
Until January 1, 1993, a plan shall not be treated as violating subsection (a) solely by holding stock which fails to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (1) if such stock—
(A)
has been so held since December 17, 1987, or
(B)
was acquired after December 17, 1987, pursuant to a legally binding contract in effect on December 17, 1987, and has been so held at all times after the acquisition.

EXEMPTIONS FROM PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS
Sec. 408.
[1108]
(a)
The Secretary shall establish an exemption procedure for purposes of this subsection. Pursuant to such procedure, he may grant a conditional or unconditional exemption of any fiduciary or transaction, or class of fiduciaries or transactions, from all or part of the restrictions imposed by sections 406 and 407(a). Action under this subsection may be taken only after consultation and coordination with the Secretary of the Treasury. An exemption granted under this section shall not relieve a fiduciary from any other applicable provision of this Act. The Secretary may not grant an exemption under this subsection unless he finds that such exemption is—
(1)
administratively feasible,
(2)
in the interests of the plan and of its participants and beneficiaries, and
(3)
protective of the rights of participants and beneficiaries of such plan.
Before granting an exemption under this subsection from section 406(a) or 407(a), the Secretary shall publish notice in the Federal Register of the pendency of the exemption, shall require that adequate notice be given to interested persons, and shall afford interested persons opportunity to present views. The Secretary may not grant an exemption under this subsection from section 406(b) unless he affords an opportunity for a hearing and makes a determination on the record with respect to the findings required by paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of this subsection.
(b)
The prohibitions provided in section 406 shall not apply to any of the following transactions:
(1)
Any loans made by the plan to parties in interest who are participants or beneficiaries of the plan if such loans (A) are available to all such participants and beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis, (B) are not made available to highly compensated employees (within the meaning of section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) in an amount greater than the amount made available to other employees, (C) are made in accordance with specific provisions regarding such loans set forth in the plan, (D) bear a reasonable rate of interest, and (E) are adequately secured. A loan made by a plan shall not fail to meet the requirements of the preceding sentence by reason of a loan repayment suspension described under section 414(u)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(2)
(A)
Contracting or making reasonable arrangements with a party in interest for office space, or legal, accounting, or other services necessary for the establishment or operation of the plan, if no more than reasonable compensation is paid therefor.
(B)
(i)
No contract or arrangement for services between a covered plan and a covered service provider, and no extension or renewal of such a contract or arrangement, is reasonable within the meaning of this paragraph unless the requirements of this clause are met.
(ii)
(I)
For purposes of this subparagraph:
- (aa)
The term “covered plan” means a group health plan as defined section 733(a).
- (bb)
The term “covered service provider” means a service provider that enters into a contract or arrangement with the covered plan and reasonably expects $1,000 (or such amount as the Secretary may establish in regulations to account for inflation since the date of enactment of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, as appropriate) or more in compensation, direct or indirect, to be received in connection with providing one or more of the following services, pursuant to the contract or arrangement, regardless of whether such services will be performed, or such compensation received, by the covered service provider, an affiliate, or a subcontractor:
(AA)
Brokerage services, for which the covered service provider, an affiliate, or a subcontractor reasonably expects to receive indirect compensation or direct compensation described in item (dd), provided to a covered plan with respect to selection of insurance products (including vision and dental), recordkeeping services, medical management vendor, benefits administration (including vision and dental), stop-loss insurance, pharmacy benefit management services, wellness services, transparency tools and vendors, group purchasing organization preferred vendor panels, disease management vendors and products, compliance services, employee assistance programs, or third party administration services.
(BB)
Consulting, for which the covered service provider, an affiliate, or a subcontractor reasonably expects to receive indirect compensation or direct compensation described in item (dd), related to the development or implementation of plan design, insurance or insurance product selection (including vision and dental), recordkeeping, medical management, benefits administration selection (including vision and dental), stop-loss insurance, pharmacy benefit management services, wellness design and management services, transparency tools, group purchasing organization agreements and services, participation in and services from preferred vendor panels, disease management, compliance services, employee assistance programs, or third party administration services.
- (cc)
The term “affiliate”, with respect to a covered service provider, means an entity that directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries) controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such provider, or is an officer, director, or employee of, or partner in, such provider.
- (dd)
(AA)
The term “compensation” means anything of monetary value, but does not include non-monetary compensation valued at $250 (or such amount as the Secretary may establish in regulations to account for inflation since the date of enactment of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, as appropriate) or less, in the aggregate, during the term of the contract or arrangement.
(BB)
The term “direct compensation” means compensation received directly from a covered plan.
(CC)
The term “indirect compensation” means compensation received from any source other than the covered plan, the plan sponsor, the covered service provider, or an affiliate. Compensation received from a subcontractor is indirect compensation, unless it is received in connection with services performed under a contract or arrangement with a subcontractor.
- (ee)
The term “responsible plan fiduciary” means a fiduciary with authority to cause the covered plan to enter into, or extend or renew, the contract or arrangement.
- (ff)
The term “subcontractor” means any person or entity (or an affiliate of such person or entity) that is not an affiliate of the covered service provider and that, pursuant to a contract or arrangement with the covered service provider or an affiliate, reasonably expects to receive $1,000 (or such amount as the Secretary may establish in regulations to account for inflation since the date of enactment of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, as appropriate) or more in compensation for performing one or more services described in item (bb) under a contract or arrangement with the covered plan.
(II)
For purposes of this subparagraph, a description of compensation or cost may be expressed as a monetary amount, formula, or a per capita charge for each enrollee or, if the compensation or cost cannot reasonably be expressed in such terms, by any other reasonable method, including a disclosure that additional compensation may be earned but may not be calculated at the time of contract if such a disclosure includes a description of the circumstances under which the additional compensation may be earned and a reasonable and good faith estimate if the covered service provider cannot otherwise readily describe compensation or cost and explains the methodology and assumptions used to prepare such estimate. Any such description shall contain sufficient information to permit evaluation of the reasonableness of the compensation or cost.
(III)
No person or entity is a “covered service provider” within the meaning of subclause (I)(bb) solely on the basis of providing services as an affiliate or a subcontractor that is performing one or more of the services described in subitem (AA) or (BB) of such subclause under the contract or arrangement with the covered plan.
(iii)
A covered service provider shall disclose to a responsible plan fiduciary, in writing, the following:
(I)
A description of the services to be provided to the covered plan pursuant to the contract or arrangement.
(II)
If applicable, a statement that the covered service provider, an affiliate, or a subcontractor will provide, or reasonably expects to provide, services pursuant to the contract or arrangement directly to the covered plan as a fiduciary (within the meaning of section 3(21)).
(III)
A description of all direct compensation, either in the aggregate or by service, that the covered service provider, an affiliate, or a subcontractor reasonably expects to receive in connection with the services described in subclause (I).
(IV)
- (aa)
A description of all indirect compensation that the covered service provider, an affiliate, or a subcontractor reasonably expects to receive in connection with the services described in subclause (I)—
(AA)
including compensation from a vendor to a brokerage firm based on a structure of incentives not solely related to the contract with the covered plan; and
(BB)
not including compensation received by an employee from an employer on account of work performed by the employee.
- (bb)
A description of the arrangement between the payer and the covered service provider, an affiliate, or a subcontractor, as applicable, pursuant to which such indirect compensation is paid.
- (cc)
Identification of the services for which the indirect compensation will be received, if applicable.
- (dd)
Identification of the payer of the indirect compensation.
(V)
A description of any compensation that will be paid among the covered service provider, an affiliate, or a subcontractor, in connection with the services described in subclause (I) if such compensation is set on a transaction basis (such as commissions, finder’s fees, or other similar incentive compensation based on business placed or retained), including identification of the services for which such compensation will be paid and identification of the payers and recipients of such compensation (including the status of a payer or recipient as an affiliate or a subcontractor), regardless of whether such compensation also is disclosed pursuant to subclause (III) or (IV).
(VI)
A description of any compensation that the covered service provider, an affiliate, or a subcontractor reasonably expects to receive in connection with termination of the contract or arrangement, and how any prepaid amounts will be calculated and refunded upon such termination.
(iv)
A covered service provider shall disclose to a responsible plan fiduciary, in writing a description of the manner in which the compensation described in clause (iii), as applicable, will be received.
(v)
(I)
A covered service provider shall disclose the information required under clauses (iii) and (iv) to the responsible plan fiduciary not later than the date that is reasonably in advance of the date on which the contract or arrangement is entered into, and extended or renewed.
(II)
A covered service provider shall disclose any change to the information required under clause (iii) and (iv) as soon as practicable, but not later than 60 days from the date on which the covered service provider is informed of such change, unless such disclosure is precluded due to extraordinary circumstances beyond the covered service provider's control, in which case the information shall be disclosed as soon as practicable.
(vi)
(I)
Upon the written request of the responsible plan fiduciary or covered plan administrator, a covered service provider shall furnish any other information relating to the compensation received in connection with the contract or arrangement that is required for the covered plan to comply with the reporting and disclosure requirements under this Act.
(II)
The covered service provider shall disclose the information required under clause (iii)(I) reasonably in advance of the date upon which such responsible plan fiduciary or covered plan administrator states that it is required to comply with the applicable reporting or disclosure requirement, unless such disclosure is precluded due to extraordinary circumstances beyond the covered service provider's control, in which case the information shall be disclosed as soon as practicable.
(vii)
No contract or arrangement will fail to be reasonable under this subparagraph solely because the covered service provider, acting in good faith and with reasonable diligence, makes an error or omission in disclosing the information required pursuant to clause (iii) (or a change to such information disclosed pursuant to clause (v)(II)) or clause (vi), provided that the covered service provider discloses the correct information to the responsible plan fiduciary as soon as practicable, but not later than 30 days from the date on which the covered service provider knows of such error or omission.
(viii)
(I)
Pursuant to subsection (a), subparagraphs (C) and (D) of section 406(a)(1) shall not apply to a responsible plan fiduciary, notwithstanding any failure by a covered service provider to disclose information required under clause (iii), if the following conditions are met:
- (aa)
The responsible plan fiduciary did not know that the covered service provider failed or would fail to make required disclosures and reasonably believed that the covered service provider disclosed the information required to be disclosed.
- (bb)
The responsible plan fiduciary, upon discovering that the covered service provider failed to disclose the required information, requests in writing that the covered service provider furnish such information.
- (cc)
If the covered service provider fails to comply with a written request described in subclause (II) within 90 days of the request, the responsible plan fiduciary notifies the Secretary of the covered service provider's failure, in accordance with subclauses (II) and (III).
(II)
A notice described in subclause (I)(cc) shall contain—
- (aa)
the name of the covered plan;
- (bb)
the plan number used for the annual report on the covered plan;
- (cc)
the plan sponsor's name, address, and employer identification number;
- (dd)
the name, address, and telephone number of the responsible plan fiduciary;
- (ee)
the name, address, phone number, and, if known, employer identification number of the covered service provider;
- (ff)
a description of the services provided to the covered plan;
- (gg)
a description of the information that the covered service provider failed to disclose;
- (hh)
the date on which such information was requested in writing from the covered service provider; and
- (ii)
a statement as to whether the covered service provider continues to provide services to the plan.
(III)
A notice described in subclause (I)(cc) shall be filed with the Department not later than 30 days following the earlier of—
- (aa)
The covered service provider's refusal to furnish the information requested by the written request described in subclause (I)(bb); or
- (bb)
90 days after the written request referred to in subclause (I)(cc) is made.
(IV)
If the covered service provider fails to comply with the written request under subclause (I)(bb) within 90 days of such request, the responsible plan fiduciary shall determine whether to terminate or continue the contract or arrangement under section 404. If the requested information relates to future services and is not disclosed promptly after the end of the 90-day period, the responsible plan fiduciary shall terminate the contract or arrangement as expeditiously as possible, consistent with such duty of prudence.
(ix)
Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed to supersede any provision of State law that governs disclosures by parties that provide the services described in this section, except to the extent that such law prevents the application of a requirement of this section.
(3)
A loan to an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in section 407(d)(6)), if—
(A)
such loan is primarily for the benefit of participants and beneficiaries of the plan, and
(B)
such loan is at an interest rate which is not in excess of a reasonable rate.
If the plan gives collateral to a party in interest for such loan, such collateral may consist only of qualifying employer securities (as defined in section 407(d)(5)).
(4)
The investment of all or part of a plan's assets in deposits which bear a reasonable interest rate in a bank or similar financial institution supervised by the United States or a State, if such bank or other institution is a fiduciary of such plan and if—
(A)
the plan covers only employees of such bank or other institution and employees of affiliates of such bank or other institution, or
(B)
such investment is expressly authorized by a provision of the plan or by a fiduciary (other than such bank or institution or affiliate thereof) who is expressly empowered by the plan to so instruct the trustee with respect to such investment.
(5)
Any contract for life insurance, health insurance, or annuities with one or more insurers which are qualified to do business in a State, if the plan pays no more than adequate consideration, and if each such insurer or insurers is—
(A)
the employer maintaining the plan, or
(B)
a party in interest which is wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by the employer maintaining the plan, or by any person which is a party in interest with respect to the plan, but only if the total premiums and annuity considerations written by such insurers for life insurance, health insurance, or annuities for all plans (and their employers) with respect to which such insurers are parties in interest (not including premiums or annuity considerations written by the employer maintaining the plan) do not exceed 5 percent of the total premiums and annuity considerations written for all lines of insurance in that year by such insurers (not including premiums or annuity considerations written by the employer maintaining the plan).
(6)
The providing of any ancillary service by a bank or similar financial institution supervised by the United States or a State, if such bank or other institution is a fiduciary of such plan, and if—
(A)
such bank or similar financial institution has adopted adequate internal safeguards which assure that the providing of such ancillary service is consistent with sound banking and financial practice, as determined by Federal or State supervisory authority, and
(B)
the extent to which such ancillary service is provided is subject to specific guidelines issued by such bank or similar financial institution (as determined by the Secretary after consultation with Federal and State supervisory authority), and adherence to such guidelines would reasonably preclude such bank or similar financial institution from providing such ancillary service (i) in an excessive or unreasonable manner, and (ii) in a manner that would be inconsistent with the best interests of participants and beneficiaries of employee benefit plans.
Such ancillary services shall not be provided at more than reasonable compensation.
(7)
The exercise of a privilege to convert securities, to the extent provided in regulations of the Secretary, but only if the plan receives no less than adequate consideration pursuant to such conversion.
(8)
Any transaction between a plan and (i) a common or collective trust fund or pooled investment fund maintained by a party in interest which is a bank or trust company supervised by a State or Federal agency or (ii) a pooled investment fund of an insurance company qualified to do business in a State, if—
(A)
the transaction is a sale or purchase of an interest in the fund,
(B)
the bank, trust company, or insurance company receives not more than reasonable compensation, and
(C)
such transaction is expressly permitted by the instrument under which the plan is maintained, or by a fiduciary (other than the bank, trust company, or insurance company, or an affiliate thereof) who has authority to manage and control the assets of the plan.
(9)
The making by a fiduciary of a distribution of the assets of the plan in accordance with the terms of the plan if such assets are distributed in the same manner as provided under section 4044 of this Act (relating to allocation of assets).
(10)
Any transaction required or permitted under part 1 of subtitle E of title IV.
(11)
A merger of multiemployer plans, or the transfer of assets or liabilities between multiemployer plans, determined by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to meet the requirements of section 4231.
(12)
The sale by a plan to a party in interest on or after December 18, 1987, of any stock, if—
(A)
the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (e) are met with respect to such stock,
(B)
on the later of the date on which the stock was acquired by the plan, or January 1, 1975, such stock constituted a qualifying employer security (as defined in section 407(d)(5) as then in effect), and
(C)
such stock does not constitute a qualifying employer security (as defined in section 407(d)(5) as in effect at the time of the sale).
(13)
Any transfer made before January 1, 2033, of excess pension assets from a defined benefit plan to a retiree health account in a qualified transfer permitted under section 420 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as in effect on the date of enactment of the SECURE 2.0 Act of 2022).
(14)
Any transaction in connection with the provision of investment advice described in section 3(21)(A)(ii) to a participant or beneficiary of an individual account plan that permits such participant or beneficiary to direct the investment of assets in their individual account, if—
(A)
the transaction is—
(i)
the provision of the investment advice to the participant or beneficiary of the plan with respect to a security or other property available as an investment under the plan,
(ii)
the acquisition, holding, or sale of a security or other property available as an investment under the plan pursuant to the investment advice, or
(iii)
the direct or indirect receipt of fees or other compensation by the fiduciary adviser or an affiliate thereof (or any employee, agent, or registered representative of the fiduciary adviser or affiliate) in connection with the provision of the advice or in connection with an acquisition, holding, or sale of a security or other property available as an investment under the plan pursuant to the investment advice; and
(B)
the requirements of subsection (g) are met.
(15)
(A)
Any transaction involving the purchase or sale of securities, or other property (as determined by the Secretary), between a plan and a party in interest (other than a fiduciary described in section 3(21)(A)) with respect to a plan if—
(i)
the transaction involves a block trade,
(ii)
at the time of the transaction, the interest of the plan (together with the interests of any other plans maintained by the same plan sponsor), does not exceed 10 percent of the aggregate size of the block trade,
(iii)
the terms of the transaction, including the price, are at least as favorable to the plan as an arm's length transaction, and
(iv)
the compensation associated with the purchase and sale is not greater than the compensation associated with an arm's length transaction with an unrelated party.
(B)
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “block trade” means any trade of at least 10,000 shares or with a market value of at least $200,000 which will be allocated across two or more unrelated client accounts of a fiduciary.
(16)
Any transaction involving the purchase or sale of securities, or other property (as determined by the Secretary), between a plan and a party in interest if—
(A)
the transaction is executed through an electronic communication network, alternative trading system, or similar execution system or trading venue subject to regulation and oversight by—
(i)
the applicable Federal regulating entity, or
(ii)
such foreign regulatory entity as the Secretary may determine by regulation,
(B)
either—
(i)
the transaction is effected pursuant to rules designed to match purchases and sales at the best price available through the execution system in accordance with applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or other relevant governmental authority, or
(ii)
neither the execution system nor the parties to the transaction take into account the identity of the parties in the execution of trades,
(C)
the price and compensation associated with the purchase and sale are not greater than the price and compensation associated with an arm's length transaction with an unrelated party,
(D)
if the party in interest has an ownership interest in the system or venue described in subparagraph (A), the system or venue has been authorized by the plan sponsor or other independent fiduciary for transactions described in this paragraph, and
(E)
not less than 30 days prior to the initial transaction described in this paragraph executed through any system or venue described in subparagraph (A), a plan fiduciary is provided written or electronic notice of the execution of such transaction through such system or venue.
(17)
(A)
Transactions described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (D) of section 406(a)(1) between a plan and a person that is a party in interest other than a fiduciary (or an affiliate) who has or exercises any discretionary authority or control with respect to the investment of the plan assets involved in the transaction or renders investment advice (within the meaning of section 3(21)(A)(ii)) with respect to those assets, solely by reason of providing services to the plan or solely by reason of a relationship to such a service provider described in subparagraph (F), (G), (H), or (I) of section 3(14), or both, but only if in connection with such transaction the plan receives no less, nor pays no more, than adequate consideration.
(B)
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “adequate consideration” means—
(i)
in the case of a security for which there is a generally recognized market—
(I)
the price of the security prevailing on a national securities exchange which is registered under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, taking into account factors such as the size of the transaction and marketability of the security, or
(II)
if the security is not traded on such a national securities exchange, a price not less favorable to the plan than the offering price for the security as established by the current bid and asked prices quoted by persons independent of the issuer and of the party in interest, taking into account factors such as the size of the transaction and marketability of the security, and
(ii)
in the case of an asset other than a security for which there is a generally recognized market, the fair market value of the asset as determined in good faith by a fiduciary or fiduciaries in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary.
(18)

Foreign exchange transactions.—
Any foreign exchange transactions, between a bank or broker-dealer (or any affiliate of either), and a plan (as defined in section 3(3)) with respect to which such bank or broker-dealer (or affiliate) is a trustee, custodian, fiduciary, or other party in interest, if—
(A)
the transaction is in connection with the purchase, holding, or sale of securities or other investment assets (other than a foreign exchange transaction unrelated to any other investment in securities or other investment assets),
(B)
at the time the foreign exchange transaction is entered into, the terms of the transaction are not less favorable to the plan than the terms generally available in comparable arm's length foreign exchange transactions between unrelated parties, or the terms afforded by the bank or broker-dealer (or any affiliate of either) in comparable arm's-length foreign exchange transactions involving unrelated parties,
(C)
the exchange rate used by such bank or broker-dealer (or affiliate) for a particular foreign exchange transaction does not deviate by more than 3 percent from the interbank bid and asked rates for transactions of comparable size and maturity at the time of the transaction as displayed on an independent service that reports rates of exchange in the foreign currency market for such currency, and
(D)
the bank or broker-dealer (or any affiliate of either) does not have investment discretion, or provide investment advice, with respect to the transaction.
(19)

Cross trading.—
Any transaction described in sections 406(a)(1)(A) and 406(b)(2) involving the purchase and sale of a security between a plan and any other account managed by the same investment manager, if—
(A)
the transaction is a purchase or sale, for no consideration other than cash payment against prompt delivery of a security for which market quotations are readily available,
(B)
the transaction is effected at the independent current market price of the security (within the meaning of section 270.17a–7(b) of title 17, Code of Federal Regulations),
(C)
no brokerage commission, fee (except for customary transfer fees, the fact of which is disclosed pursuant to subparagraph (D)), or other remuneration is paid in connection with the transaction,
(D)
a fiduciary (other than the investment manager engaging in the cross-trades or any affiliate) for each plan participating in the transaction authorizes in advance of any cross-trades (in a document that is separate from any other written agreement of the parties) the investment manager to engage in cross trades at the investment manager's discretion, after such fiduciary has received disclosure regarding the conditions under which cross trades may take place (but only if such disclosure is separate from any other agreement or disclosure involving the asset management relationship), including the written policies and procedures of the investment manager described in subparagraph (H),
(E)
each plan participating in the transaction has assets of at least $100,000,000, except that if the assets of a plan are invested in a master trust containing the assets of plans maintained by employers in the same controlled group (as defined in section 407(d)(7)), the master trust has assets of at least $100,000,000,
(F)
the investment manager provides to the plan fiduciary who authorized cross trading under subparagraph (D) a quarterly report detailing all cross trades executed by the investment manager in which the plan participated during such quarter, including the following information, as applicable: (i) the identity of each security bought or sold; (ii) the number of shares or units traded; (iii) the parties involved in the cross-trade; and (iv) trade price and the method used to establish the trade price,
(G)
the investment manager does not base its fee schedule on the plan's consent to cross trading, and no other service (other than the investment opportunities and cost savings available through a cross trade) is conditioned on the plan's consent to cross trading,
(H)
the investment manager has adopted, and cross-trades are effected in accordance with, written cross-trading policies and procedures that are fair and equitable to all accounts participating in the cross-trading program, and that include a description of the manager's pricing policies and procedures, and the manager's policies and procedures for allocating cross trades in an objective manner among accounts participating in the cross-trading program, and
(I)
the investment manager has designated an individual responsible for periodically reviewing such purchases and sales to ensure compliance with the written policies and procedures described in subparagraph (H), and following such review, the individual shall issue an annual written report no later than 90 days following the period to which it relates signed under penalty of perjury to the plan fiduciary who authorized cross trading under subparagraph (D) describing the steps performed during the course of the review, the level of compliance, and any specific instances of non-compliance.
The written report under subparagraph (I) shall also notify the plan fiduciary of the plan's right to terminate participation in the investment manager's cross-trading program at any time.
(20)
(A)
Except as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C), a transaction described in section 406(a) in connection with the acquisition, holding, or disposition of any security or commodity, if the transaction is corrected before the end of the correction period.
(B)
Subparagraph (A) does not apply to any transaction between a plan and a plan sponsor or its affiliates that involves the acquisition or sale of an employer security (as defined in section 407(d)(1)) or the acquisition, sale, or lease of employer real property (as defined in section 407(d)(2)).
(C)
In the case of any fiduciary or other party in interest (or any other person knowingly participating in such transaction), subparagraph (A) does not apply to any transaction if, at the time the transaction occurs, such fiduciary or party in interest (or other person) knew (or reasonably should have known) that the transaction would (without regard to this paragraph) constitute a violation of section 406(a).
(D)
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “correction period” means, in connection with a fiduciary or party in interest (or other person knowingly participating in the transaction), the 14-day period beginning on the date on which such fiduciary or party in interest (or other person) discovers, or reasonably should have discovered, that the transaction would (without regard to this paragraph) constitute a violation of section 406(a).
(E)
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)
The term “security” has the meaning given such term by section 475(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (without regard to subparagraph (F)(iii) and the last sentence thereof).
(ii)
The term “commodity” has the meaning given such term by section 475(e)(2) of such Code (without regard to subparagraph (D)(iii) thereof).
(iii)
The term “correct” means, with respect to a transaction—
(I)
to undo the transaction to the extent possible and in any case to make good to the plan or affected account any losses resulting from the transaction, and
(II)
to restore to the plan or affected account any profits made through the use of assets of the plan.
(21)
The provision of a de minimis financial incentive described in section 401(k)(4)(A) or section 403(b)(12)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(c)
Nothing in section 406 shall be construed to prohibit any fiduciary from—
(1)
receiving any benefit to which he may be entitled as a participant or beneficiary in the plan, so long as the benefit is computed and paid on a basis which is consistent with the terms of the plan as applied to all other participants and beneficiaries;
(2)
receiving any reasonable compensation for services rendered, or for the reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred, in the performance of his duties with the plan; except that no person so serving who already receives full time pay from an employer or an association of employers, whose employees are participants in the plan, or from an employee organization whose members are participants in such plan shall receive compensation from such plan, except for reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred; or
(3)
serving as a fiduciary in addition to being an officer, employee, agent, or other representative of a party in interest.
(d)
(1)
Section 407(b) and subsections (b), (c), and (e) of this section shall not apply to a transaction in which a plan directly or indirectly—
(A)
lends any part of the corpus or income of the plan to,
(B)
pays any compensation for personal services rendered to the plan to, or
(C)
acquires for the plan any property from, or sells any property to,
any person who is with respect to the plan an owner-employee (as defined in section 401(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), a member of the family (as defined in section 267(c)(4) of such Code) of any such owner-employee, or any corporation in which any such owner-employee owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote or 50 percent or more of the total value of shares of all classes of stock of the corporation.
(2)
(A)
For purposes of paragraph (1), the following shall be treated as owner-employees:
(i)
A shareholder-employee.
(ii)
A participant or beneficiary of an individual retirement plan (as defined in section 7701(a)(37) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986).
(iii)
An employer or association of employees which establishes such an individual retirement plan under section 408(c) of such Code.
(B)
Paragraph (1)(C) shall not apply to a transaction which consists of a sale of employer securities to an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in section 407(d)(6)) by a shareholder-employee, a member of the family (as defined in section 267(c)(4) of such Code) of any such owner-employee, or a corporation in which such a shareholder-employee owns stock representing a 50 percent or greater interest described in paragraph (1).
(C)
For purposes of paragraph (1)(A), the term “owner-employee” shall only include a person described in clause (ii) or (iii) of subparagraph (A).
(3)
For purposes of paragraph (2), the term “shareholder-employee” means an employee or officer of an S corporation (as defined in section 1361(a)(1) of such Code) who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of section 318(a)(1) of such Code) more than 5 percent of the outstanding stock of the corporation on any day during the taxable year of such corporation.
(e)
Sections 406 and 407 shall not apply to the acquisition or sale by a plan of qualifying employer securities (as defined in section 407(d)(5)) or acquisition, sale or lease by a plan of qualifying employer real property (as defined in section 407(d)(4))—
(1)
if such acquisition, sale, or lease is for adequate consideration (or in the case of a marketable obligation, at a price not less favorable to the plan than the price determined under section 407(e)(1)),
(2)
if no commission is charged with respect thereto, and
(3)
if—
(A)
the plan is an eligible individual account plan (as defined in section 407(d)(3)), or
(B)
in the case of an acquisition or lease of qualifying employer real property by a plan which is not an eligible individual account plan, or of an acquisition of qualifying employer securities by such a plan, the lease or acquisition is not prohibited by section 407(a).
(f)
Section 406(b)(2) shall not apply to any merger or transfer described in subsection (b)(11).
(g)

Provision of Investment Advice to Participant and Beneficiaries.—
(1)

In general.—
The prohibitions provided in section 406 shall not apply to transactions described in subsection (b)(14) if the investment advice provided by a fiduciary adviser is provided under an eligible investment advice arrangement.
(2)

Eligible investment advice arrangement.—
For purposes of this subsection, the term “eligible investment advice arrangement” means an arrangement—
(A)
which either—
(i)
provides that any fees (including any commission or other compensation) received by the fiduciary adviser for investment advice or with respect to the sale, holding, or acquisition of any security or other property for purposes of investment of plan assets do not vary depending on the basis of any investment option selected, or
(ii)
uses a computer model under an investment advice program meeting the requirements of paragraph (3) in connection with the provision of investment advice by a fiduciary adviser to a participant or beneficiary, and
(B)
with respect to which the requirements of paragraph (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), and (9) are met.
(3)

Investment advice program using computer model.—
(A)

In general.—
An investment advice program meets the requirements of this paragraph if the requirements of subparagraphs (B), (C), and (D) are met.
(B)

Computer model.—
The requirements of this subparagraph are met if the investment advice provided under the investment advice program is provided pursuant to a computer model that—
(i)
applies generally accepted investment theories that take into account the historic returns of different asset classes over defined periods of time,
(ii)
utilizes relevant information about the participant, which may include age, life expectancy, retirement age, risk tolerance, other assets or sources of income, and preferences as to certain types of investments,
(iii)
utilizes prescribed objective criteria to provide asset allocation portfolios comprised of investment options available under the plan,
(iv)
operates in a manner that is not biased in favor of investments offered by the fiduciary adviser or a person with a material affiliation or contractual relationship with the fiduciary adviser, and
(v)
takes into account all investment options under the plan in specifying how a participant's account balance should be invested and is not inappropriately weighted with respect to any investment option.
(C)

Certification.—
(i)

In general.—
The requirements of this subparagraph are met with respect to any investment advice program if an eligible investment expert certifies, prior to the utilization of the computer model and in accordance with rules prescribed by the Secretary, that the computer model meets the requirements of subparagraph (B).
(ii)

Renewal of certifications.—
If, as determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, there are material modifications to a computer model, the requirements of this subparagraph are met only if a certification described in clause (i) is obtained with respect to the computer model as so modified.
(iii)

Eligible investment expert.—
The term “eligible investment expert” means any person—
(I)
which meets such requirements as the Secretary may provide, and
(II)
does not bear any material affiliation or contractual relationship with any investment adviser or a related person thereof (or any employee, agent, or registered representative of the investment adviser or related person).
(D)

Exclusivity of recommendation.—
The requirements of this subparagraph are met with respect to any investment advice program if—
(i)
the only investment advice provided under the program is the advice generated by the computer model described in subparagraph (B), and
(ii)
any transaction described in subsection (b)(14)(A)(ii) occurs solely at the direction of the participant or beneficiary.
Nothing in the preceding sentence shall preclude the participant or beneficiary from requesting investment advice other than that described in subparagraph (A), but only if such request has not been solicited by any person connected with carrying out the arrangement.
(4)

Express authorization by separate fiduciary.—
The requirements of this paragraph are met with respect to an arrangement if the arrangement is expressly authorized by a plan fiduciary other than the person offering the investment advice program, any person providing investment options under the plan, or any affiliate of either.
(5)

Annual audit.—
The requirements of this paragraph are met if an independent auditor, who has appropriate technical training or experience and proficiency and so represents in writing—
(A)
conducts an annual audit of the arrangement for compliance with the requirements of this subsection, and
(B)
following completion of the annual audit, issues a written report to the fiduciary who authorized use of the arrangement which presents its specific findings regarding compliance of the arrangement with the requirements of this subsection.
For purposes of this paragraph, an auditor is considered independent if it is not related to the person offering the arrangement to the plan and is not related to any person providing investment options under the plan.
(6)

Disclosure.—
The requirements of this paragraph are met if—
(A)
the fiduciary adviser provides to a participant or a beneficiary before the initial provision of the investment advice with regard to any security or other property offered as an investment option, a written notification (which may consist of notification by means of electronic communication)—
(i)
of the role of any party that has a material affiliation or contractual relationship with the fiduciary adviser in the development of the investment advice program and in the selection of investment options available under the plan,
(ii)
of the past performance and historical rates of return of the investment options available under the plan,
(iii)
of all fees or other compensation relating to the advice that the fiduciary adviser or any affiliate thereof is to receive (including compensation provided by any third party) in connection with the provision of the advice or in connection with the sale, acquisition, or holding of the security or other property,
(iv)
of any material affiliation or contractual relationship of the fiduciary adviser or affiliates thereof in the security or other property,
(v)
the manner, and under what circumstances, any participant or beneficiary information provided under the arrangement will be used or disclosed,
(vi)
of the types of services provided by the fiduciary adviser in connection with the provision of investment advice by the fiduciary adviser,
(vii)
that the adviser is acting as a fiduciary of the plan in connection with the provision of the advice, and
(viii)
that a recipient of the advice may separately arrange for the provision of advice by another adviser, that could have no material affiliation with and receive no fees or other compensation in connection with the security or other property, and
(B)
at all times during the provision of advisory services to the participant or beneficiary, the fiduciary adviser—
(i)
maintains the information described in subparagraph (A) in accurate form and in the manner described in paragraph (8),
(ii)
provides, without charge, accurate information to the recipient of the advice no less frequently than annually,
(iii)
provides, without charge, accurate information to the recipient of the advice upon request of the recipient, and
(iv)
provides, without charge, accurate information to the recipient of the advice concerning any material change to the information required to be provided to the recipient of the advice at a time reasonably contemporaneous to the change in information.
(7)

Other conditions.—
The requirements of this paragraph are met if—
(A)
the fiduciary adviser provides appropriate disclosure, in connection with the sale, acquisition, or holding of the security or other property, in accordance with all applicable securities laws,
(B)
the sale, acquisition, or holding occurs solely at the direction of the recipient of the advice,
(C)
the compensation received by the fiduciary adviser and affiliates thereof in connection with the sale, acquisition, or holding of the security or other property is reasonable, and
(D)
the terms of the sale, acquisition, or holding of the security or other property are at least as favorable to the plan as an arm's length transaction would be.
(8)

Standards for presentation of information.—
(A)

In general.—
The requirements of this paragraph are met if the notification required to be provided to participants and beneficiaries under paragraph (6)(A) is written in a clear and conspicuous manner and in a manner calculated to be understood by the average plan participant and is sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to reasonably apprise such participants and beneficiaries of the information required to be provided in the notification.
(B)

Model form for disclosure of fees and other compensation.—
The Secretary shall issue a model form for the disclosure of fees and other compensation required in paragraph (6)(A)(iii) which meets the requirements of subparagraph (A).
(9)

Maintenance for 6 years of evidence of compliance.—
The requirements of this paragraph are met if a fiduciary adviser who has provided advice referred to in paragraph (1) maintains, for a period of not less than 6 years after the provision of the advice, any records necessary for determining whether the requirements of the preceding provisions of this subsection and of subsection (b)(14) have been met. A transaction prohibited under section 406 shall not be considered to have occurred solely because the records are lost or destroyed prior to the end of the 6-year period due to circumstances beyond the control of the fiduciary adviser.
(10)

Exemption for plan sponsor and certain other fiduciaries.—
(A)

In general.—
Subject to subparagraph (B), a plan sponsor or other person who is a fiduciary (other than a fiduciary adviser) shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of this part solely by reason of the provision of investment advice referred to in section 3(21)(A)(ii) (or solely by reason of contracting for or otherwise arranging for the provision of the advice), if—
(i)
the advice is provided by a fiduciary adviser pursuant to an eligible investment advice arrangement between the plan sponsor or other fiduciary and the fiduciary adviser for the provision by the fiduciary adviser of investment advice referred to in such section,
(ii)
the terms of the eligible investment advice arrangement require compliance by the fiduciary adviser with the requirements of this subsection, and
(iii)
the terms of the eligible investment advice arrangement include a written acknowledgment by the fiduciary adviser that the fiduciary adviser is a fiduciary of the plan with respect to the provision of the advice.
(B)

Continued duty of prudent selection of adviser and periodic review.—
Nothing in subparagraph (A) shall be construed to exempt a plan sponsor or other person who is a fiduciary from any requirement of this part for the prudent selection and periodic review of a fiduciary adviser with whom the plan sponsor or other person enters into an eligible investment advice arrangement for the provision of investment advice referred to in section 3(21)(A)(ii). The plan sponsor or other person who is a fiduciary has no duty under this part to monitor the specific investment advice given by the fiduciary adviser to any particular recipient of the advice.
(C)

Availability of plan assets for payment for advice.—
Nothing in this part shall be construed to preclude the use of plan assets to pay for reasonable expenses in providing investment advice referred to in section 3(21)(A)(ii).
(11)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection and subsection (b)(14)—
(A)

Fiduciary adviser.—
The term “fiduciary adviser” means, with respect to a plan, a person who is a fiduciary of the plan by reason of the provision of investment advice referred to in section 3(21)(A)(ii) by the person to a participant or beneficiary of the plan and who is—
(i)
registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–1 et seq.) or under the laws of the State in which the fiduciary maintains its principal office and place of business,
(ii)
a bank or similar financial institution referred to in subsection (b)(4) or a savings association (as defined in section 3(b)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(b)(1)), but only if the advice is provided through a trust department of the bank or similar financial institution or savings association which is subject to periodic examination and review by Federal or State banking authorities,
(iii)
an insurance company qualified to do business under the laws of a State,
(iv)
a person registered as a broker or dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.),
(v)
an affiliate of a person described in any of clauses (i) through (iv), or
(vi)
an employee, agent, or registered representative of a person described in clauses (i) through (v) who satisfies the requirements of applicable insurance, banking, and securities laws relating to the provision of the advice.
For purposes of this part, a person who develops the computer model described in paragraph (3)(B) or markets the investment advice program or computer model shall be treated as a person who is a fiduciary of the plan by reason of the provision of investment advice referred to in section 3(21)(A)(ii) to a participant or beneficiary and shall be treated as a fiduciary adviser for purposes of this subsection and subsection (b)(14), except that the Secretary may prescribe rules under which only 1 fiduciary adviser may elect to be treated as a fiduciary with respect to the plan.
(B)

Affiliate.—
The term “affiliate” of another entity means an affiliated person of the entity (as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(3))).
(C)

Registered representative.—
The term “registered representative” of another entity means a person described in section 3(a)(18) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(18)) (substituting the entity for the broker or dealer referred to in such section) or a person described in section 202(a)(17) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)(17)) (substituting the entity for the investment adviser referred to in such section).
(h)

Provision of Pharmacy Benefit Services.—
(1)

In general.—
Provided that all of the conditions described in paragraph (2) are met, the restrictions imposed by subsections (a), (b)(1), and (b)(2) of section 406 shall not apply to—
(A)
the offering of pharmacy benefit services to a group health plan that is sponsored by an entity described in section 3(37)(G)(vi) or to any other group health plan that is sponsored by a regional council, local union, or other labor organization affiliated with such entity;
(B)
the purchase of pharmacy benefit services by plan participants and beneficiaries of a group health plan that is sponsored by an entity described in section 3(37)(G)(vi) or of any other group health plan that is sponsored by a regional council, local union, or other labor organization affiliated with such entity; or
(C)
the operation or implementation of pharmacy benefit services by an entity described in section 3(37)(G)(vi) or by any other group health plan that is sponsored by a regional council, local union, or other labor organization affiliated with such entity,
in any arrangement where such entity described in section 3(37)(G)(vi) or any related organization or subsidiary of such entity provides pharmacy benefit services that include prior authorization and appeals, a retail pharmacy network, pharmacy benefit administration, mail order fulfillment, formulary support, manufacturer payments, audits, and specialty pharmacy and goods, to any such group health plan.
(2)

Conditions.—
The conditions described in this paragraph are the following:
(A)
The terms of the arrangement are at least as favorable to the group health plan as such group health plan could obtain in a similar arm’s length arrangement with an unrelated third party.
(B)
At least 50 percent of the providers participating in the pharmacy benefit services offered by the arrangement are unrelated to the contributing employers or any other party in interest with respect to the group health plan.
(C)
The group health plan retains an independent fiduciary who will be responsible for monitoring the group health plan's consultants, contractors, subcontractors, and other service providers for purposes of pharmacy benefit services described in paragraph (1) offered by such entity or any of its related organizations or subsidiaries and monitors the transactions of such entity and any of its related organizations or subsidiaries to ensure that all conditions of this exemption are satisfied during each plan year.
(D)
Any decisions regarding the provision of pharmacy benefit services described in paragraph (1) are made by the group health plan's independent fiduciary, based on objective standards developed by the independent fiduciary in reliance on information provided by the arrangement.
(E)
The independent fiduciary of the group health plan provides an annual report to the Secretary and the congressional committees of jurisdiction attesting that the conditions described in subparagraphs (C) and (D) have been met for the applicable plan year, together with a statement that use of the arrangement’s services are in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries in the aggregate for that plan year compared to other similar arrangements the group health plan could have obtained in transactions with an unrelated third party.
(F)
The arrangement is not designed to benefit any party in interest with respect to the group health plan.
(3)

Violations.—
In the event an entity described in section 3(37)(G)(vi) or any affiliate of such entity violates any of the conditions of such exemption, such exemption shall not apply with respect to such entity or affiliate and all enforcement and claims available under this Act shall apply with respect to such entity or affiliate.
(4)

Rule of construction.—
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to modify any obligation of a group health plan otherwise set forth in this Act.
(5)

Group health plan.—
In this subsection, the term “group health plan” has the meaning given such term in section 733(a).

LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF FIDUCIARY DUTY
Sec. 409.
[1109]
(a)
Any person who is a fiduciary with respect to a plan who breaches any of the responsibilities, obligations, or duties imposed upon fiduciaries by this title shall be personally liable to make good to such plan any losses to the plan resulting from each such breach, and to restore to such plan any profits of such fiduciary which have been made through use of assets of the plan by the fiduciary, and shall be subject to such other equitable or remedial relief as the court may deem appropriate, including removal of such fiduciary. A fiduciary may also be removed for a violation of section 411 of this Act.
(b)
No fiduciary shall be liable with respect to a breach of fiduciary duty under this title if such breach was committed before he became a fiduciary or after he ceased to be a fiduciary.

EXCULPATORY PROVISIONS; INSURANCE
Sec. 410.
[1110]
(a)
Except as provided in sections 405(b)(1) and 405(d), any provision in an agreement or instrument which purports to relieve a fiduciary from responsibility or liability for any responsibility, obligation, or duty under this part shall be void as against public policy.
(b)
Nothing in this subpart shall preclude—
(1)
a plan from purchasing insurance for its fiduciaries or for itself to cover liability or losses occurring by reason of the act or omission of a fiduciary, if such insurance permits recourse by the insurer against the fiduciary in the case of a breach of a fiduciary obligation by such fiduciary;
(2)
a fiduciary from purchasing insurance to cover liability under this part from and for his own account; or
(3)
an employer or an employee organization from purchasing insurance to cover potential liability of one or more persons who serve in a fiduciary capacity with regard to an employee benefit plan.

PROHIBITION AGAINST CERTAIN PERSONS HOLDING CERTAIN POSITIONS
Sec. 411.
[1111]
(a)
No person who has been convicted of, or has been imprisoned as a result of his conviction of, robbery, bribery, extortion, embezzlement, fraud, grand larceny, burglary, arson, a felony violation of Federal or State law involving substances defined in section 102(6) of the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970 [21 U.S.C. 802(6], murder, rape, kidnaping, perjury, assault with intent to kill, any crime described in section 9(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–9(a)(1)), a violation of any provision of this Act, a violation of section 302 of the Labor-Management 72 Relations Act, 1947 (29 U.S.C. 186), a violation of chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code, a violation of section 874, 1027, 1503, 1505, 1506, 1510, 1951, or 1986 of title 18, United States Code, a violation of the Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1959 (29 U.S.C. 401 et seq.), any felony involving abuse or misuse of such person's position or employment in a labor organization or employee benefit plan to seek or obtain an illegal gain at the expense of the members of the labor organization or the beneficiaries of the employee benefit plan, or conspiracy to commit any such crimes or attempt to commit any such crimes, or a crime in which any of the foregoing crimes is an element, shall serve or be permitted to serve—
^{72}
So in original. There should be no hyphen.
(1)
as an administrator, fiduciary, officer, trustee, custodian, counsel, agent, employee, or representative in any capacity of any employee benefit plan,
(2)
as a consultant or adviser to an employee benefit plan, including but not limited to any entity whose activities are in whole or substantial part devoted to providing goods or services to any employee benefit plan, or
(3)
in any capacity that involves decisionmaking authority or custody or control of the moneys, funds, assets, or property of any employee benefit plan,
during or for the period of thirteen years after such conviction or after the end of such imprisonment, whichever is later, unless the sentencing court on the motion of the person convicted sets a lesser period of at least three years after such conviction or after the end of such imprisonment, whichever is later, or unless prior to the end of such period, in the case of a person so convicted or imprisoned (A) his citizenship rights, having been revoked as a result of such conviction, have been fully restored, or (B) if the offense is a Federal offense, the sentencing judge or, if the offense is a State or local offense, the United States district court for the district in which the offense was committed, pursuant to sentencing guidelines and policy statements under section 994(a) of title 28, United States Code, determines that such person's service in any capacity referred to in paragraphs (1) through (3) would not be contrary to the purposes of this title. Prior to making any such determination the court shall hold a hearing and shall give notice to such proceeding by certified mail to the Secretary of Labor and to State, county, and Federal prosecuting officials in the jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which such person was convicted. The court's determination in any such proceeding shall be final. No person shall knowingly hire, retain, employ, or otherwise place any other person to serve in any capacity in violation of this subsection. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subsection, no corporation or partnership will be precluded from acting as an administrator, fiduciary, officer, trustee, custodian, counsel, agent, or employee of any employee benefit plan or as a consultant to any employee benefit plan without a notice, hearing, and determination by such court that such service would be inconsistent with the intention of this section.
(b)
Any person who intentionally violates this section shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned for not more than five years, or both.
(c)
For the purpose of this section—
(1)
A person shall be deemed to have been “convicted” and under the disability of “conviction” from the date of the judgment of the trial court, regardless of whether that judgment remains under appeal.
(2)
The term “consultant” means any person who, for compensation, advises, or represents an employee benefit plan or who provides other assistance to such plan, concerning the establishment or operation of such plan.
(3)
A period of parole or supervised release shall not be considered as part of a period of imprisonment.
(d)
Whenever any person—
(1)
by operation of this section, has been barred from office or other position in an employee benefit plan as a result of a conviction, and
(2)
has filed an appeal of that conviction,
any salary which would be otherwise due such person by virtue of such office or position, shall be placed in escrow by the individual or organization responsible for payment of such salary. Payment of such salary into escrow shall continue for the duration of the appeal or for the period of time during which such salary would be otherwise due, whichever period is shorter. Upon the final reversal of such person's conviction on appeal, the amounts in escrow shall be paid to such person. Upon the final sustaining of that person's conviction on appeal, the amounts in escrow shall be returned to the individual or organization responsible for payments of those amounts. Upon final reversal of such person's conviction, such person shall no longer be barred by this statute from assuming any position from which such person was previously barred.

BONDING
Sec. 412.
[1112]
(a)
Every fiduciary of an employee benefit plan and every person who handles funds or other property of such a plan (hereafter in this section referred to as “plan official”) shall be bonded as provided in this section; except that—
(1)
where such plan is one under which the only assets from which benefits are paid are the general assets of a union or of an employer, the administrator, officers, and employees of such plan shall be exempt from the bonding requirements of this section,
(2)
no bond shall be required of any entity which is registered as a broker or a dealer under section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)) if the broker or dealer is subject to the fidelity bond requirements of a self-regulatory organization (within the meaning of section 3(a)(26) of such Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26)).
(3)
no bond shall be required of a fiduciary (or of any director, officer, or employee of such fiduciary) if such fiduciary—
(A)
is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any State;
(B)
is authorized under such laws to exercise trust powers or to conduct an insurance business;
(C)
is subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority; and
(D)
has at all times a combined capital and surplus in excess of such a minimum amount as may be established by regulations issued by the Secretary, which amount shall be at least $1,000,000. Paragraph (2) shall apply to a bank or other financial institution which is authorized to exercise trust powers and the deposits of which are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, only if such bank or institution meets bonding or similar requirements under State law which the Secretary determines are at least equivalent to those imposed on banks by Federal law.
The amount of such bond shall be fixed at the beginning of each fiscal year of the plan. Such amount shall be not less than 10 per centum of the amount of funds handled. In no case shall such bond be less than $1,000 nor more than $500,000, except that the Secretary, after due notice and opportunity for hearing to all interested parties, and after consideration of the record, may prescribe an amount in excess of $500,000, subject to the 10 per centum limitation of the preceding sentence. For purposes of fixing the amount of such bond, the amount of funds handled shall be determined by the funds handled by the person, group, or class to be covered by such bond and by their predecessor or predecessors, if any, during the preceding reporting year, or if the plan has no preceding reporting year, the amount of funds to be handled during the current reporting year by such person, group, or class, estimated as provided in regulations of the Secretary. Such bond shall provide protection to the plan against loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty on the part of the plan official, directly or through connivance with others. Any bond shall have as surety thereon a corporate surety company which is an acceptable surety on Federal bonds under authority granted by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to sections 6 through 13 of title 6, United States Code [sections 9304 through 9308 of title 31, United States Code].73 Any bond shall be in a form or of a type approved by the Secretary, including individual bonds or schedule or blanket forms of bonds which cover a group or class. In the case of a plan that holds employer securities (within the meaning of section 407(d)(1)) or in the case of a pooled employer plan (as defined in section 3(43)), this subsection shall be applied by substituting “$1,000,000” for “$500,000” each place it appears.
^{73}
The provisions previously codified to sections 6 through 13 of title 6, United States Code, were repealed and replaced by sections 9304 through 9308 of title 31, United States Code, on September 13, 1982, by P.L. 97–258, sec. 5(b), 96 Stat. 1068. See also P.L. 97–258, sec. 4(b), 96 Stat. 1067.
(b)
It shall be unlawful for any plan official to whom subsection (a) applies, to receive, handle, disburse, or otherwise exercise custody or control of any of the funds or other property of any employee benefit plan, without being bonded as required by subsection (a) and it shall be unlawful for any plan official of such plan, or any other person having authority to direct the performance of such functions, to permit such functions, or any of them, to be performed by any plan official, with respect to whom the requirements of subsection (a) have not been met.
(c)
It shall be unlawful for any person to procure any bond required by subsection (a) from any surety or other company or through any agent or broker in whose business operations such plan or any party in interest in such plan has any control or significant financial interest, direct or indirect.
(d)
Nothing in any other provision of law shall require any person, required to be bonded as provided in subsection (a) because he handles funds or other property of an employee benefit plan, to be bonded insofar as the handling by such person of the funds or other property of such plan is concerned.
(e)
The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section including exempting a plan from the requirements of this section where he finds that (1) other bonding arrangements or (2) the overall financial condition of the plan would be adequate to protect the interests of the beneficiaries and participants. When, in the opinion of the Secretary, the administrator of a plan offers adequate evidence of the financial responsibility of the plan, or that other bonding arrangements would provide adequate protection of the beneficiaries and participants, he may exempt such plan from the requirements of this section.

LIMITATION OF ACTIONS
Sec. 413.
[1113]
No action may be commenced under this title with respect to a fiduciary's breach of any responsibility, duty, or obligation under this part, or with respect to a violation of this part, after the earlier of—
(1)
six years after (A) the date of the last action which constituted a part of the breach or violation, or (B) in the case of an omission the latest date on which the fiduciary could have cured the breach or violation, or
(2)
three years after the earliest date on which the plaintiff had actual knowledge of the breach or violation;
except that in the case of fraud or concealment, such action may be commenced not later than six years after the date of discovery of such breach or violation.

EFFECTIVE DATE
Sec. 414.
[1114]
(a)
Except as provided in subsections (b), (c), and (d), this part shall take effect on January 1, 1975.
(b)
(1)
The provisions of this part authorizing the Secretary to promulgate regulations shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974].
(2)
Upon application of a plan, the Secretary may postpone until not later than January 1, 1976, the applicability of any provision of sections 402, 403 (other than 403(c)), 405 (other than 405(a) and (d)), and 410(a), as it applies to any plan in existence on the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] if he determines such postponement is (A) necessary to amend the instrument establishing the plan under which the plan is maintained and (B) not adverse to the interest of participants and beneficiaries.
(3)
This part shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], with respect to a plan which terminates after June 30, 1974, and before January 1, 1975, and to which at the time of termination section 4021 applies.
(c)
Sections 406 and 407(a) (relating to prohibited transactions) shall not apply—
(1)
until June 30, 1984, to a loan of money or other extension of credit between a plan and a party in interest under a binding contract in effect on July 1, 1974 (or pursuant to renewals of such a contract), if such loan or other extension of credit remains at least as favorable to the plan as an arm's-length transaction with an unrelated party would be, and if the execution of the contract, the making of the loan, or the extension of credit was not, at the time of such execution, making, or extension, a prohibited transaction (within the meaning of section 503(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 or the corresponding provisions of prior law);
(2)
until June 30, 1984, to a lease or joint use of property involving the plan and a party in interest pursuant to a binding contract in effect on July 1, 1974 (or pursuant to renewals of such a contract), if such lease or joint use remains at least as favorable to the plan as an arm's-length transaction with an unrelated party would be and if the execution of the contract was not, at the time of such execution, a prohibited transaction (within the meaning of section 503(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or the corresponding provisions of prior law);
(3)
until June 30, 1984, to the sale, exchange or other disposition of property described in paragraph (2) between a plan and a party in interest if—
(A)
in the case of a sale, exchange, or other disposition of the property by the plan to the party in interest, the plan receives an amount which is not less than the fair market value of the property at the time of such disposition; and
(B)
in the case of the acquisition of the property by the plan, the plan pays an amount which is not in excess of the fair market value of the property at the time of such acquisition;
(4)
Until June 30, 1977, to the provision of services, to which paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) do not apply between a plan and a party in interest—
(A)
under a binding contract in effect on July 1, 1974 (or pursuant to renewals of such contract), or
(B)
if the party in interest ordinarily and customarily furnished such services on June 30, 1974, if such provision of services remains at least as favorable to the plan as an arm's-length transaction with an unrelated party would be and if such provision of services was not, at the time of such provision, a prohibited transaction (within the meaning of section 503(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954) or the corresponding provisions of prior law; or
(5)
the sale, exchange, or other disposition of property which is owned by a plan on June 30, 1974, and all times thereafter, to a party in interest, if such plan is required to dispose of such property in order to comply with the provisions of section 407(a) (relating to the prohibition against holding excess employer securities and employer real property), and if the plan receives not less than adequate consideration.
(d)
Any election, or failure to elect, by a disqualified person under section 2003(c)(1)(B) of this Act shall be treated for purposes of this part (but not for purposes of section 514) as an act or omission occurring before the effective date of this part.
(e)
The preceding provisions of this section shall not apply with respect to amendments made to this part in provisions enacted after the date of the enactment of this Act.
Part 5—

Administration and Enforcement

CRIMINAL PENALTIES
Sec. 501.
[1131]
(a)
Any person who willfully violates any provision of part 1 of this subtitle, or any regulation or order issued under any such provision, shall upon conviction be fined not more than $100,000 or imprisoned not more than 10 years, or both; except that in the case of such violation by a person not an individual, the fine imposed upon such person shall be a fine not exceeding $500,000.
(b)
Any person that violates section 519 shall upon conviction be imprisoned not more than 10 years or fined under title 18, United States Code, or both.

civil enforcement
Sec. 502.
[1132]
(a)
A civil action may be brought—
(1)
by a participant or beneficiary—
(A)
for the relief provided for in subsection (c) of this section, or
(B)
to recover benefits due to him under the terms of his plan, to enforce his rights under the terms of the plan, or to clarify his rights to future benefits under the terms of the plan;
(2)
by the Secretary, or by a participant, beneficiary or fiduciary for appropriate relief under section 409;
(3)
by a participant, beneficiary, or fiduciary (A) to enjoin any act or practice which violates any provision of this title or the terms of the plan, or (B) to obtain other appropriate equitable relief (i) to redress such violations or (ii) to enforce any provisions of this title or the terms of the plan;
(4)
by the Secretary, or by a participant, or beneficiary for appropriate relief in the case of a violation of section 105(c) or 113(a);
(5)
except as otherwise provided in subsection (b), by the Secretary (A) to enjoin any act or practice which violates any provision of this title, or (B) to obtain other appropriate equitable relief (i) to redress such violation or (ii) to enforce any provision of this title;
(6)
by the Secretary to collect any civil penalty under paragraph (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), or (9)74 of subsection (c) or under subsection (i) or (l);
^{74}
The amendment by section 311(b)(1)(E)(i) of Public Law 111–3 to strike “or (8)” and insert “(8), or (9)” was not carried out because the text to be struck does not appear. See amendment made by section 101(e)(1) of Public Law 110–233 (122 Stat. 886).
(7)
by a State to enforce compliance with a qualified medical child support order (as defined in section 609(a)(2)(A));
(8)
by the Secretary, or by an employer or other person referred to in section 101(f)(1), (A) to enjoin any act or practice which violates subsection (f) of section 101, or (B) to obtain appropriate equitable relief (i) to redress such violation or (ii) to enforce such subsection;
(9)
in the event that the purchase of an insurance contract or insurance annuity in connection with termination of an individual's status as a participant covered under a pension plan with respect to all or any portion of the participant's pension benefit under such plan constitutes a violation of part 4 of this title or the terms of the plan, by the Secretary, by any individual who was a participant or beneficiary at the time of the alleged violation, or by a fiduciary, to obtain appropriate relief, including the posting of security if necessary, to assure receipt by the participant or beneficiary of the amounts provided or to be provided by such insurance contract or annuity, plus reasonable prejudgment interest on such amounts;
(10)
in the case of a multiemployer plan that has been certified by the actuary to be in endangered or critical status under section 305, if the plan sponsor—
(A)
has not adopted a funding improvement or rehabilitation plan under that section by the deadline established in such section, or
(B)
fails to update or comply with the terms of the funding improvement or rehabilitation plan in accordance with the requirements of such section,
by an employer that has an obligation to contribute with respect to the multiemployer plan or an employee organization that represents active participants in the multiemployer plan, for an order compelling the plan sponsor to adopt a funding improvement or rehabilitation plan or to update or comply with the terms of the funding improvement or rehabilitation plan in accordance with the requirements of such section and the funding improvement or rehabilitation plan; or
(11)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, by an employee representative, or any employer that has an obligation to contribute to the plan, (A) to enjoin any act or practice which violates subsection (k) of section 101 (or, in the case of an employer, subsection (l) of such section), or (B) to obtain appropriate equitable relief (i) to redress such violation or (ii) to enforce such subsection.
(b)
(1)
In the case of a plan which is qualified under section 401(a), 403(a), or 405(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (or with respect to which an application to so qualify has been filed and has not been finally determined) the Secretary may exercise his authority under subsection (a)(5) with respect to a violation of, or the enforcement of, parts 2 and 3 of this subtitle (relating to participation, vesting, and funding), only if—
(A)
requested by the Secretary of the Treasury, or
(B)
one or more participants, beneficiaries, or fiduciaries, of such plan request in writing (in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe by regulation) that he exercise such authority on their behalf. In the case of such a request under this paragraph he may exercise such authority only if he determines that such violation affects, or such enforcement is necessary to protect, claims of participants or beneficiaries to benefits under the plan.
(2)
The Secretary shall not initiate an action to enforce section 515.
(3)
Except as provided in subsections (c)(9) and (a)(6) (with respect to collecting civil penalties under subsection (c)(9)), the Secretary is not authorized to enforce under this part any requirement of part 7 against a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan (as defined in section 733(a)(1)). Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the authority of the Secretary to issue regulations to carry out such part.
(c)
(1)
Any administrator (A) who fails to meet the requirements of paragraph (1) or (4) of section 606, section 101(e)(1), section 101(f),,75 section 105(a), or section 113(a) with respect to a participant or beneficiary, or (B) who fails or refuses to comply with a request for any information which such administrator is required by this title to furnish to a participant or beneficiary (unless such failure or refusal results from matters reasonably beyond the control of the administrator) by mailing the material requested to the last known address of the requesting participant or beneficiary within 30 days after such request may in the court's discretion be personally liable to such participant or beneficiary in the amount of up to $100 a day from the date of such failure or refusal, and the court may in its discretion order such other relief as it deems proper. For purposes of this paragraph, each violation described in subparagraph (A) with respect to any single participant, and each violation described in subparagraph (B) with respect to any single participant or beneficiary, shall be treated as a separate violation.
^{75}
Double commas are so in law. See amendment made by section 342(c)(1) of division T of Public Law 117–328.
(2)
The Secretary may assess a civil penalty against any plan administrator of up to $1,000 a day from the date of such plan administrator's failure or refusal to file the annual report required to be filed with the Secretary under section 101(b)(1). For purposes of this paragraph, an annual report that has been rejected under section 104(a)(4) for failure to provide material information shall not be treated as having been filed with the Secretary.
(3)
Any employer maintaining a plan who fails to meet the notice requirement of section 101(d) with respect to any participant or beneficiary or who fails to meet the requirements of section 101(e)(2) with respect to any person or who fails to meet the requirements of section 302(d)(12)(E) with respect to any person may in the court's discretion be liable to such participant or beneficiary or to such person in the amount of up to $100 a day from the date of such failure, and the court may in its discretion order such other relief as it deems proper.
(4)
The Secretary may assess a civil penalty of not more than $1,000 a day for each violation by any person of subsection (j), (k), or (l) of section 101 or section 514(e)(3).
(5)
The Secretary may assess a civil penalty against any person of up to $1,000 a day from the date of the person's failure or refusal to file the information required to be filed by such person with the Secretary under regulations prescribed pursuant to section 101(g).
(6)
If, within 30 days of a request by the Secretary to a plan administrator for documents under section 104(a)(6), the plan administrator fails to furnish the material requested to the Secretary, the Secretary may assess a civil penalty against the plan administrator of up to $100 a day from the date of such failure (but in no event in excess of $1,000 per request). No penalty shall be imposed under this paragraph for any failure resulting from matters reasonably beyond the control of the plan administrator.
(7)
The Secretary may assess a civil penalty against a plan administrator of up to $100 a day from the date of the plan administrator's failure or refusal to provide notice to participants and beneficiaries in accordance with subsection (i) or (m) of section 101. For purposes of this paragraph, each violation with respect to any single participant or beneficiary shall be treated as a separate violation.
(8)
The Secretary may assess against any plan sponsor of a multiemployer plan a civil penalty of not more than $1,100 per day—
(A)
for each violation by such sponsor of the requirement under section 305 to adopt by the deadline established in that section a funding improvement plan or rehabilitation plan with respect to a multiemployer plan which is in endangered or critical status, or
(B)
in the case of a plan in endangered status which is not in seriously endangered status, for failure by the plan to meet the applicable benchmarks under section 305 by the end of the funding improvement period with respect to the plan.
(9)
(A)
The Secretary may assess a civil penalty against any employer of up to $100 a day from the date of the employer's failure to meet the notice requirement of section 701(f)(3)(B)(i)(I). For purposes of this subparagraph, each violation with respect to any single employee shall be treated as a separate violation.
(B)
The Secretary may assess a civil penalty against any plan administrator of up to $100 a day from the date of the plan administrator's failure to timely provide to any State the information required to be disclosed under section 701(f)(3)(B)(ii). For purposes of this subparagraph, each violation with respect to any single participant or beneficiary shall be treated as a separate violation.
(10)

Secretarial enforcement authority relating to use of genetic information.—
(A)

General rule.—
The Secretary may impose a penalty against any plan sponsor of a group health plan, or any health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with the plan, for any failure by such sponsor or issuer to meet the requirements of subsection (a)(1)(F), (b)(3), (c), or (d) of section 702 or section 701 or 702(b)(1) with respect to genetic information, in connection with the plan.
(B)

Amount.—
(i)

In general.—
The amount of the penalty imposed by subparagraph (A) shall be $100 for each day in the noncompliance period with respect to each participant or beneficiary to whom such failure relates.
(ii)

Noncompliance period.—
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “noncompliance period” means, with respect to any failure, the period—
(I)
beginning on the date such failure first occurs; and
(II)
ending on the date the failure is corrected.
(C)

Minimum penalties where failure discovered.—
Notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (D):
(i)

In general.—
In the case of 1 or more failures with respect to a participant or beneficiary—
(I)
which are not corrected before the date on which the plan receives a notice from the Secretary of such violation; and
(II)
which occurred or continued during the period involved;
the amount of penalty imposed by subparagraph (A) by reason of such failures with respect to such participant or beneficiary shall not be less than $2,500.
(ii)

Higher minimum penalty where violations are more than de minimis.—
To the extent violations for which any person is liable under this paragraph for any year are more than de minimis, clause (i) shall be applied by substituting “$15,000” for “$2,500” with respect to such person.
(D)

Limitations.—
(i)

Penalty not to apply where failure not discovered exercising reasonable diligence.—
No penalty shall be imposed by subparagraph (A) on any failure during any period for which it is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the person otherwise liable for such penalty did not know, and exercising reasonable diligence would not have known, that such failure existed.
(ii)

Penalty not to apply to failures corrected within certain periods.—
No penalty shall be imposed by subparagraph (A) on any failure if—
(I)
such failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect; and
(II)
such failure is corrected during the 30-day period beginning on the first date the person otherwise liable for such penalty knew, or exercising reasonable diligence would have known, that such failure existed.
(iii)

Overall limitation for unintentional failures.—
In the case of failures which are due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, the penalty imposed by subparagraph (A) for failures shall not exceed the amount equal to the lesser of—
(I)
10 percent of the aggregate amount paid or incurred by the plan sponsor (or predecessor plan sponsor) during the preceding taxable year for group health plans; or
(II)
$500,000.
(E)

Waiver by secretary.—
In the case of a failure which is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, the Secretary may waive part or all of the penalty imposed by subparagraph (A) to the extent that the payment of such penalty would be excessive relative to the failure involved.
(F)

Definitions.—
Terms used in this paragraph which are defined in section 733 shall have the meanings provided such terms in such section.
(11)
The Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall maintain such ongoing consultation as may be necessary and appropriate to coordinate enforcement under this subsection with enforcement under section 1144(c)(8) of the Social Security Act.
(12)
The Secretary may assess a civil penalty against any sponsor of a CSEC plan of up to $100 a day from the date of the plan sponsor's failure to comply with the requirements of section 306(j)(3) to establish or update a funding restoration plan.
(d)
(1)
An employee benefit plan may sue or be sued under this title as an entity. Service of summons, subpena, or other legal process of a court upon a trustee or an administrator of an employee benefit plan in his capacity as such shall constitute service upon the employee benefit plan. In a case where a plan has not designated in the summary plan description of the plan an individual as agent for the service of legal process, service upon the Secretary shall constitute such service. The Secretary, not later than 15 days after receipt of service under the preceding sentence, shall notify the administrator or any trustee of the plan of receipt of such service.
(2)
Any money judgment under this title against an employee benefit plan shall be enforceable only against the plan as an entity and shall not be enforceable against any other person unless liability against such person is established in his individual capacity under this title.
(e)
(1)
Except for actions under subsection (a)(1)(B) of this section, the district courts of the United States shall have exclusive jurisdiction of civil actions under this title brought by the Secretary or by a participant, beneficiary, fiduciary, or any person referred to in section 101(f)(1). State courts of competent jurisdiction and district courts of the United States shall have concurrent jurisdiction of actions under paragraphs (1)(B) and (7) of subsection (a) of this section.
(2)
Where an action under this title is brought in a district court of the United States, it may be brought in the district where the plan is administered, where the breach took place, or where a defendant resides or may be found, and process may be served in any other district where a defendant resides or may be found.
(f)
The district courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction, without respect to the amount in controversy or the citizenship of the parties, to grant the relief provided for in subsection (a) of this section in any action.
(g)
(1)
In any action under this title (other than an action described in paragraph (2)) by a participant, beneficiary, or fiduciary, the court in its discretion may allow a reasonable attorney's fee and costs of action to either party.
(2)
In any action under this title by a fiduciary for or on behalf of a plan to enforce section 515 in which a judgment in favor of the plan is awarded, the court shall award the plan—
(A)
the unpaid contributions,
(B)
interest on the unpaid contributions,
(C)
an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
interest on the unpaid contributions, or
(ii)
liquidated damages provided for under the plan in an amount not in excess of 20 percent (or such higher percentage as may be permitted under Federal or State law) of the amount determined by the court under subparagraph (A),
(D)
reasonable attorney's fees and costs of the action, to be paid by the defendant, and
(E)
such other legal or equitable relief as the court deems appropriate.
For purposes of this paragraph, interest on unpaid contributions shall be determined by using the rate provided under the plan, or, if none, the rate prescribed under section 6621 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(h)
A copy of the complaint in any action under this title by a participant, beneficiary, or fiduciary (other than an action brought by one or more participants or beneficiaries under subsection (a)(1)(B) which is solely for the purpose of recovering benefits due such participants under the terms of the plan) shall be served upon the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury by certified mail. Either Secretary shall have the right in his discretion to intervene in any action, except that the Secretary of the Treasury may not intervene in any action under part 4 of this subtitle. If the Secretary brings an action under subsection (a) on behalf of a participant or beneficiary, he shall notify the Secretary of the Treasury.
(i)
In the case of a transaction prohibited by section 406 by a party in interest with respect to a plan to which this part applies, the Secretary may assess a civil penalty against such party in interest. The amount of such penalty may not exceed 5 percent of the amount involved in each such transaction (as defined in section 4975(f)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) for each year or part thereof during which the prohibited transaction continues, except that, if the transaction is not corrected (in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe in regulations which shall be consistent with section 4975(f)(5) of such Code) within 90 days after notice from the Secretary (or such longer period as the Secretary may permit), such penalty may be in an amount not more than 100 percent of the amount involved. This subsection shall not apply to a transaction with respect to a plan described in section 4975(e)(1) of such Code.
(j)
In all civil actions under this title, attorneys appointed by the Secretary may represent the Secretary (except as provided in section 518(a) of title 28, United States Code), but all such litigation shall be subject to the direction and control of the Attorney General.
(k)
Suits by an administrator, fiduciary, participant, or beneficiary of an employee benefit plan to review a final order of the Secretary, to restrain the Secretary from taking any action contrary to the provisions of this Act, or to compel him to take action required under this title, may be brought in the district court of the United States for the district where the plan has its principal office, or in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia.
(l)
(1)
In the case of—
(A)
any breach of fiduciary responsibility under (or other violation of) part 4 by a fiduciary, or
(B)
any knowing participation in such a breach or violation by any other person,
the Secretary shall assess a civil penalty against such fiduciary or other person in an amount equal to 20 percent of the applicable recovery amount.
(2)
For purposes of paragraph (1), the term “applicable recovery amount” means any amount which is recovered from a fiduciary or other person with respect to a breach or violation described in paragraph (1)—
(A)
pursuant to any settlement agreement with the Secretary, or
(B)
ordered by a court to be paid by such fiduciary or other person to a plan or its participants and beneficiaries in a judicial proceeding instituted by the Secretary under subsection (a)(2) or (a)(5).
(3)
The Secretary may, in the Secretary's sole discretion, waive or reduce the penalty under paragraph (1) if the Secretary determines in writing that—
(A)
the fiduciary or other person acted reasonably and in good faith, or
(B)
it is reasonable to expect that the fiduciary or other person will not be able to restore all losses to the plan (or to provide the relief ordered pursuant to subsection (a)(9)) without severe financial hardship unless such waiver or reduction is granted.
(4)
The penalty imposed on a fiduciary or other person under this subsection with respect to any transaction shall be reduced by the amount of any penalty or tax imposed on such fiduciary or other person with respect to such transaction under subsection (i) of this section and section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(m)
In the case of a distribution to a pension plan participant or beneficiary in violation of section 206(e) by a plan fiduciary, the Secretary shall assess a penalty against such fiduciary in an amount equal to the value of the distribution. Such penalty shall not exceed $10,000 for each such distribution.

CLAIMS PROCEDURE
Sec. 503.
[1133]
In accordance with regulations of the Secretary, every employee benefit plan shall—
(1)
provide adequate notice in writing to any participant or beneficiary whose claim for benefits under the plan has been denied, setting forth the specific reasons for such denial, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the participant, and
(2)
afford a reasonable opportunity to any participant whose claim for benefits has been denied for a full and fair review by the appropriate named fiduciary of the decision denying the claim.

INVESTIGATIVE AUTHORITY
Sec. 504.
[1134]
(a)
The Secretary shall have the power, in order to determine whether any person has violated or is about to violate any provision of this title or any regulation or order thereunder—
(1)
to make an investigation, and in connection therewith to require the submission of reports, books, and records, and the filing of data in support of any information required to be filed with the Secretary under this title, and
(2)
to enter such places, inspect such books and records and question such persons as he may deem necessary to enable him to determine the facts relative to such investigation, if he has reasonable cause to believe there may exist a violation of this title or any rule or regulation issued thereunder or if the entry is pursuant to an agreement with the plan.
The Secretary may make available to any person actually affected by any matter which is the subject of an investigation under this section, and to any department or agency of the United States, information concerning any matter which may be the subject of such investigation; except that any information obtained by the Secretary pursuant to section 6103(g) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall be made available only in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(b)
The Secretary may not under the authority of this section require any plan to submit to the Secretary any books or records of the plan more than once in any 12 month period, unless the Secretary has reasonable cause to believe there may exist a violation of this title or any regulation or order thereunder.
(c)
For the purposes of any investigation provided for in this title, the provisions of sections 9 and 10 (relating to the attendance of witnesses and the production of books, records, and documents) of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 49, 50) are hereby made applicable (without regard to any limitation in such sections respecting persons, partnerships, banks, or common carriers) to the jurisdiction, powers, and duties of the Secretary or any officers designated by him. To the extent he considers appropriate, the Secretary may delegate his investigative functions under this section with respect to insured banks acting as fiduciaries of employee benefit plans to the appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)).
(d)
The Secretary may promulgate a regulation that provides an evidentiary privilege for, and provides for the confidentiality of communications between or among, any of the following entities or their agents, consultants, or employees:
(1)
A State insurance department.
(2)
A State attorney general.
(3)
The National Association of Insurance Commissioners.
(4)
The Department of Labor.
(5)
The Department of the Treasury.
(6)
The Department of Justice.
(7)
The Department of Health and Human Services.
(8)
Any other Federal or State authority that the Secretary determines is appropriate for the purposes of enforcing the provisions of this title.
(e)
The privilege established under subsection (d) shall apply to communications related to any investigation, audit, examination, or inquiry conducted or coordinated by any of the agencies. A communication that is privileged under subsection (d) shall not waive any privilege otherwise available to the communicating agency or to any person who provided the information that is communicated.

REGULATIONS
Sec. 505.
[1135]
Subject to title III and section 109, the Secretary may prescribe such regulations as he finds necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this title. Among other things, such regulations may define accounting, technical and trade terms used in such provisions; may prescribe forms; and may provide for the keeping of books and records, and for the inspection of such books and records (subject to section 504(a) and (b)).

COORDINATION AND RESPONSIBILITY OF AGENCIES ENFORCING EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT AND RELATED FEDERAL LAWS
Sec. 506.
[1136]
(a)

Coordination With Other Agencies and Departments.—
In order to avoid unnecessary expense and duplication of functions among Government agencies, the Secretary may make such arrangements or agreements for cooperation or mutual assistance in the performance of his functions under this title and the functions of any such agency as he may find to be practicable and consistent with law. The Secretary may utilize, on a reimbursable or other basis, the facilities or services of any department, agency, or establishment of the United States or of any State or political subdivision of a State, including the services of any of its employees, with the lawful consent of such department, agency, or establishment; and each department, agency, or establishment of the United States is authorized and directed to cooperate with the Secretary and, to the extent permitted by law, to provide such information and facilities as he may request for his assistance in the performance of his functions under this title. The Attorney General or his representative shall receive from the Secretary for appropriate action such evidence developed in the performance of his functions under this title as may be found to warrant consideration for criminal prosecution under the provisions of this title or other Federal law.
(b)

Responsibility for Detecting and Investigating Civil and Criminal Violations of Employee Retirement Income Security Act and Related Federal Laws.—
The Secretary shall have the responsibility and authority to detect and investigate and refer, where appropriate, civil and criminal violations related to the provisions of this title and other related Federal laws, including the detection, investigation, and appropriate referrals of related violations of title 18 of the United States Code. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to preclude other appropriate Federal agencies from detecting and investigating civil and criminal violations of this title and other related Federal laws.
(c)76

Coordination of Enforcement With States With Respect to Certain Arrangements.—
A State may enter into an agreement with the Secretary for delegation to the State of some or all of the Secretary's authority under sections 502 and 504 to enforce the requirements under part 7 in connection with multiple employer welfare arrangements, providing medical care (within the meaning of section 733(a)(2)77), which are not group health plans.
^{76}
Section 101(e)(3) of P.L. 104–191 added at the end of section 506 this subsection. Subsection (g)(1) of section 101 of such Act provides the following:
(g) Effective Dates.—
(1) In general.—Except as provided in this section, this section (and the amendments made by this section) shall apply with respect to group health plans for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997.
^{77}
Section 603(b)(3)(F) of P.L. 104–204 (110 Stat. 2938) amends section 506(c), by striking “section 706(a)(2)” and inserting “section 733(a)(2)”. Subsection (c) of section 603 provides as follows:
(c) Effective Date.—The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to group health plans for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1998.

ADMINISTRATION
Sec. 507.
[1137]
(a)
Subchapter II of chapter 5, and chapter 7, of title 5, United States Code (relating to administrative procedure), shall be applicable to this title.
(b)
[Omitted.78]
^{78}
The omitted provision added a new subsection (f) to section 5108 of title 5, United States Code, relating to authorization for certain positions in the Department of Labor. The new subsection (f) was subsequently repealed October 13, 1978, P.L. 95–454, §414(a)(1)(A)(ii), 92 Stat. 1177.
(c)
No employee of the Department of Labor or the Department of the Treasury shall administer or enforce this title or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 with respect to any employee benefit plan under which he is a participant or beneficiary, any employee organization of which he is a member, or any employer organization in which he has an interest. This subsection does not apply to an employee benefit plan which covers only employees of the United States.

APPROPRIATIONS
Sec. 508.
[1138]
There are hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to enable the Secretary to carry out his functions and duties under this Act.

SEPARABILITY PROVISIONS
Sec. 509.
[1139]
If any provision of this Act, or the application of such provision to any person or circumstances, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Act, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

INTERFERENCE WITH RIGHTS PROTECTED UNDER ACT
Sec. 510.
[1140]
It shall be unlawful for any person to discharge, fine, suspend, expel, discipline, or discriminate against a participant or beneficiary for exercising any right to which he is entitled under the provisions of an employee benefit plan, this title, section 3001, or the Welfare and Pension Plans Disclosure Act [29 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] or for the purpose of interfering with the attainment of any right to which such participant may become entitled under the plan, this title, or the Welfare and Pension Plans Disclosure Act. It shall be unlawful for any person to discharge, fine, suspend, expel, or discriminate against any person because he has given information or has testified or is about to testify in any inquiry or proceeding relating to this Act or the Welfare and Pension Plans Disclosure Act. In the case of a multiemployer plan, it shall be unlawful for the plan sponsor or any other person to discriminate against any contributing employer for exercising rights under this Act or for giving information or testifying in any inquiry or proceeding relating to this Act before Congress. The provisions of section 502 shall be applicable in the enforcement of this section.

COERCIVE INTERFERENCE
Sec. 511.
[1141]
It shall be unlawful for any person through the use of fraud, force, violence, or threat of the use of force or violence, to restrain, coerce, intimidate, or attempt to restrain, coerce, or intimidate any participant or beneficiary for the purpose of interfering with or preventing the exercise of any right to which he is or may become entitled under the plan, this title, section 3001, or the Welfare and Pension Plans Disclosure Act [29 U.S.C. 301 et seq.]. Any person who willfully violates this section shall be fined $100,000 or imprisoned for not more than 10 years, or both.

ADVISORY COUNCIL
Sec. 512.
[1142]
(a)
(1)
There is hereby established an Advisory Council on Employee Welfare and Pension Benefit Plans (hereinafter in this section referred to as the “Council”) consisting of fifteen members appointed by the Secretary. Not more than eight members of the Council shall be members of the same political party.
(2)
Members shall be persons qualified to appraise the programs instituted under this Act.
(3)
Of the members appointed, three shall be representatives of employee organizations (at least one of whom shall be representative of any organization members of which are participants in a multiemployer plan); three shall be representatives of employers (at least one of whom shall be representative of employers maintaining or contributing to multi-employer plans); three representatives shall be appointed from the general public, one of whom shall be a person representing those receiving benefits from a pension plan; and there shall be one representative each from the field of insurance, corporate trust, actuarial counseling, investment counseling, investment management, and the accounting field.
(4)
Members shall serve for terms of three years except that of those first appointed, five shall be appointed for terms of one year, five shall be appointed for terms of two years, and five shall be appointed for terms of three years. A member may be reappointed. A member appointed to fill a vacancy shall be appointed only for the remainder of such term. A majority of members shall constitute a quorum and action shall be taken only by a majority vote of those present and voting.
(b)
It shall be the duty of the Council to advise the Secretary with respect to the carrying out of his functions under this Act and to submit to the Secretary recommendations with respect thereto. The Council shall meet at least four times each year and at such other times as the Secretary requests. In his annual report submitted pursuant to section 513(b), the Secretary shall include each recommendation which he has received from the Council during the preceding calendar year.
(c)
The Secretary shall furnish to the Council an executive secretary and such secretarial, clerical, and other services as are deemed necessary to conduct its business. The Secretary may call upon other agencies of the Government for statistical data, reports, and other information which will assist the Council in the performance of its duties.
(d)
(1)
Members of the Council shall each be entitled to receive the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay in effect for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule for each day (including travel time) during which they are engaged in the actual performance of duties vested in the Council.
(2)
While away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for Council, members of the Council shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in the same manner as persons employed intermittently in the Government service are allowed expenses under section 5703(b) of title 5 of the United States Code.
(e)
Section 1013(a) of title 5, United States Code (relating to termination), shall not apply to the Council.

RESEARCH, STUDIES, AND ANNUAL REPORT
Sec. 513.
[1143]
(a)
(1)
The Secretary is authorized to undertake research and surveys and in connection therewith to collect, compile, analyze and publish data, information, and statistics relating to employee benefit plans, including retirement, deferred compensation, and welfare plans, and types of plans not subject to this Act.
(2)
The Secretary is authorized and directed to undertake research studies relating to pension plans, including but not limited to (A) the effects of this title upon the provisions and costs of pension plans, (B) the role of private pensions in meeting the economic security needs of the Nation, and (C) the operation of private pension plans including types and levels of benefits, degree of reciprocity or portability, and financial and actuarial characteristics and practices, and methods of encouraging the growth of the private pension system.
(3)
The Secretary may, as he deems appropriate or necessary, undertake other studies relating to employee benefit plans, the matters regulated by this title, and the enforcement procedures provided for under this title.
(4)
The research, surveys, studies, and publications referred to in this subsection may be conducted directly, or indirectly through grant or contract arrangements.
(b)
The Secretary shall submit annually a report to the Congress covering his administration of this title for the preceding year, and including (1) an explanation of any variances or extensions granted under section 110, 207, 303, or 304 and the projected date for terminating the variance; (2) the status of cases in enforcement status; (3) recommendations received from the Advisory Council during the preceding year; and (4) such information, data, research findings, studies, and recommendations for further legislation in connection with the matters covered by this title as he may find advisable.
(c)
The Secretary is authorized and directed to cooperate with the Congress and its appropriate committees, subcommittees, and staff in supplying data and any other information, and personnel and services, required by the Congress in any study, examination, or report by the Congress relating to pension benefit plans established or maintained by States or their political subdivisions.

EFFECT ON OTHER LAWS
Sec. 514.
[1144]
(a)
Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, the provisions of this title and title IV shall supersede any and all State laws insofar as they may now or hereafter relate to any employee benefit plan described in section 4(a) and not exempt under section 4(b). This section shall take effect on January 1, 1975.
(b)
(1)
This section shall not apply with respect to any cause of action which arose, or any act or omission which occurred, before January 1, 1975.
(2)
(A)
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), nothing in this title shall be construed to exempt or relieve any person from any law of any State which regulates insurance, banking, or securities.
(B)
Neither an employee benefit plan described in section 4(a), which is not exempt under section 4(b) (other than a plan established primarily for the purpose of providing death benefits), nor any trust established under such a plan, shall be deemed to be an insurance company or other insurer, bank, trust company, or investment company or to be engaged in the business of insurance or banking for purposes of any law of any State purporting to regulate insurance companies, insurance contracts, banks, trust companies, or investment companies.
(3)
Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit use by the Secretary of services or facilities of a State agency as permitted under section 506 of this Act.
(4)
Subsection (a) shall not apply to any generally applicable criminal law of a State.
(5)
(A)
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), subsection (a) shall not apply to the Hawaii Prepaid Health Care Act (Haw. Rev. Stat. §§393–1 through 393–51).
(B)
Nothing in subparagraph (A) shall be construed to exempt from subsection (a)—
(i)
any State tax law relating to employee benefit plans, or
(ii)
any amendment of the Hawaii Prepaid Health Care Act enacted after September 2, 1974, to the extent it provides for more than the effective administration of such Act as in effect on such date.
(C)
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), parts 1 and 4 of this subtitle, and the preceding sections of this part to the extent they govern matters which are governed by the provisions of such parts 1 and 4, shall supersede the Hawaii Prepaid Health Care Act (as in effect on or after the date of the enactment of this paragraph [January 14, 1983]), but the Secretary may enter into cooperative arrangements under this paragraph and section 506 with officials of the State of Hawaii to assist them in effectuating the policies of provisions of such Act which are superseded by such parts 1 and 4 and the preceding sections of this part.
(6)
(A)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section—
(i)
in the case of an employee welfare benefit plan which is a multiple employer welfare arrangement and is fully insured (or which is a multiple employer welfare arrangement subject to an exemption under subparagraph (B)), any law of any State which regulates insurance may apply to such arrangement to the extent that such law provides—
(I)
standards, requiring the maintenance of specified levels of reserves and specified levels of contributions, which any such plan, or any trust established under such a plan, must meet in order to be considered under such law able to pay benefits in full when due, and
(II)
provisions to enforce such standards, and
(ii)
in the case of any other employee welfare benefit plan which is a multiple employer welfare arrangement, in addition to this title, any law of any State which regulates insurance may apply to the extent not inconsistent with the preceding sections of this title.
(B)
The Secretary may, under regulations which may be prescribed by the Secretary, exempt from subparagraph (A)(ii), individually or by class, multiple employer welfare arrangements which are not fully insured. Any such exemption may be granted with respect to any arrangement or class of arrangements only if such arrangement or each arrangement which is a member of such class meets the requirements of section 3(1) and section 4 necessary to be considered an employee welfare benefit plan to which this title applies.
(C)
Nothing in subparagraph (A) shall affect the manner or extent to which the provisions of this title apply to an employee welfare benefit plan which is not a multiple employer welfare arrangement and which is a plan, fund, or program participating in, subscribing to, or otherwise using a multiple employer welfare arrangement to fund or administer benefits to such plan's participants and beneficiaries.
(D)
For purposes of this paragraph, a multiple employer welfare arrangement shall be considered fully insured only if the terms of the arrangement provide for benefits the amount of all of which the Secretary determines are guaranteed under a contract, or policy of insurance, issued by an insurance company, insurance service, or insurance organization, qualified to conduct business in a State.
(7)
Subsection (a) shall not apply to qualified domestic relations orders (within the meaning of section 206(d)(3)(B)(i)), qualified medical child support orders (within the meaning of section 609(a)(2)(A)), and the provisions of law referred to in section 609(a)(2)(B)(ii) to the extent they apply to qualified medical child support orders.
(8)
Subsection (a) of this section shall not be construed to preclude any State cause of action—
(A)
with respect to which the State exercises its acquired rights under section 609(b)(3) with respect to a group health plan (as defined in section 607(1)), or
(B)
for recoupment of payment with respect to items or services pursuant to a State plan for medical assistance approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act which would not have been payable if such acquired rights had been executed before payment with respect to such items or services by the group health plan.
(9)79
For additional provisions relating to group health plans, see section 73180.
^{79}
Section 101(f)(1) of P.L. 104–191 added at the end of subsection (b) this paragraph. Subsection (g)(1) of section 101 of such Act provides the following:
(g) Effective Dates.—
(1) In general.—Except as provided in this section, this section (and the amendments made by this section) shall apply with respect to group health plans for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997.
^{80}
Section 603(b)(3)(G) of P.L. 104–204 (110 Stat. 2938) amends section 514(b)(9) by striking “section 704” and inserting “section 731”. Subsection (c) of section 603 provides as follows:
(c) Effective Date.—The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to group health plans for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1998.
(c)
For purposes of this section:
(1)
The term “State law” includes all laws, decisions, rules, regulations, or other State action having the effect of law, of any State. A law of the United States applicable only to the District of Columbia shall be treated as a State law rather than a law of the United States.
(2)
The term “State” includes a State, any political subdivisions thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of either, which purports to regulate, directly or indirectly, the terms and conditions of employee benefit plans covered by this title.
(d)
Nothing in this title shall be construed to alter, amend, modify, invalidate, impair, or supersede any law of the United States (except as provided in sections 111 and 507(b)) or any rule or regulation issued under any such law.
(e)
(1)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, this title shall supersede any law of a State which would directly or indirectly prohibit or restrict the inclusion in any plan of an automatic contribution arrangement. The Secretary may prescribe regulations which would establish minimum standards that such an arrangement would be required to satisfy in order for this subsection to apply in the case of such arrangement.
(2)
For purposes of this subsection, the term “automatic contribution arrangement” means an arrangement—
(A)
under which a participant may elect to have the plan sponsor make payments as contributions under the plan on behalf of the participant, or to the participant directly in cash,
(B)
under which a participant is treated as having elected to have the plan sponsor make such contributions in an amount equal to a uniform percentage of compensation provided under the plan until the participant specifically elects not to have such contributions made (or specifically elects to have such contributions made at a different percentage), and
(C)
under which such contributions are invested in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary under section 404(c)(5).
(3)
(A)
The plan administrator of an automatic contribution arrangement shall, within a reasonable period before such plan year, provide to each participant to whom the arrangement applies for such plan year notice of the participant's rights and obligations under the arrangement which—
(i)
is sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to apprise the participant of such rights and obligations, and
(ii)
is written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average participant to whom the arrangement applies.
(B)
A notice shall not be treated as meeting the requirements of subparagraph (A) with respect to a participant unless—
(i)
the notice includes an explanation of the participant's right under the arrangement not to have elective contributions made on the participant's behalf (or to elect to have such contributions made at a different percentage),
(ii)
the participant has a reasonable period of time, after receipt of the notice described in clause (i) and before the first elective contribution is made, to make such election, and
(iii)
the notice explains how contributions made under the arrangement will be invested in the absence of any investment election by the participant.

DELINQUENT CONTRIBUTIONS
Sec. 515.
[1145]
Every employer who is obligated to make contributions to a multiemployer plan under the terms of the plan or under the terms of a collectively bargained agreement shall, to the extent not inconsistent with law, make such contributions in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plan or such agreement.

outreach to promote retirement income savings
Sec. 516.
[1146]
(a)

In General.—
The Secretary shall maintain an ongoing program of outreach to the public designed to effectively promote retirement income savings by the public.
(b)

Methods.—
The Secretary shall carry out the requirements of subsection (a) by means which shall ensure effective communication to the public, including publication of public service announcements, public meetings, creation of educational materials, and establishment of a site on the Internet.
(c)

Information To Be Made Available.—
The information to be made available by the Secretary as part of the program of outreach required under subsection (a) shall include the following:
(1)
a description of the vehicles currently available to individuals and employers for creating and maintaining
retirement income savings, specifically including information explaining to employers, in simple terms, the characteristics and operation of the different retirement savings vehicles, including the steps to establish each such vehicle; and
(2)
information regarding matters relevant to establishing retirement income savings, such as—
(A)
the forms of retirement income savings;
(B)
the concept of compound interest;
(C)
the importance of commencing savings early in life;
(D)
savings principles;
(E)
the importance of prudence and diversification in investing;
(F)
the importance of the timing of investments; and
(G)
the impact on retirement savings of life's uncertainties, such as living beyond one's life expectancy.
(d)

Establishment of Site on the Internet.—
The Secretary shall establish a permanent site on the Internet concerning retirement income savings. The site shall contain at least the following information:
(1)
a means for individuals to calculate their estimated retirement savings needs, based on their retirement income goal as a percentage of their preretirement income;
(2)
a description in simple terms of the common types of retirement income savings arrangements available to both individuals and employers (specifically including small employers), including information on the amount of money that can be placed into a given vehicle, the tax treatment of the money, the amount of accumulation possible through different typical investment options and interest rate projections, and a directory of resources of more descriptive information;
(3)
materials explaining to employers in simple terms, the characteristics and operation of the different retirement savings arrangements for their workers and what the basic legal requirements are under this Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including the steps to establish each such arrangement;
(4)
copies of all educational materials developed by the Department of Labor, and by other Federal agencies in consultation with such Department, to promote retirement income savings by workers and employers; and
(5)
links to other sites maintained on the Internet by governmental agencies and nonprofit organizations that provide additional detail on retirement income savings arrangements and related topics on savings or investing.
(e)

Coordination.—
The Secretary shall coordinate the outreach program under this section with similar efforts undertaken by other public and private entities.

national summit on retirement savings
Sec. 517.
[1147]
(a)

Authority To Call Summit.—
Not later than July 15, 1998, the President shall convene a National Summit on Retirement Income Savings at the White House, to be co-hosted by the President and the Speaker and the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives and the Majority Leader and Minority Leader of the Senate. Such a National Summit shall be convened thereafter in 2001 and 2005 on or after September 1 of each year involved. Such a National Summit shall—
(1)
advance the public's knowledge and understanding of retirement savings and its critical importance to the future well-being of American workers and their families;
(2)
facilitate the development of a broad-based, public education program to encourage and enhance individual commitment to a personal retirement savings strategy;
(3)
develop recommendations for additional research, reforms, and actions in the field of private pensions and individual retirement savings; and
(4)
disseminate the report of, and information obtained by, the National Summit and exhibit materials and works of the National Summit.
(b)

Planning and Direction.—
The National Summit shall be planned and conducted under the direction of the Secretary, in consultation with, and with the assistance of, the heads of such other Federal departments and agencies as the President may designate. Such assistance may include the assignment of personnel. The Secretary shall, in planning and conducting the National Summit, consult with the congressional leaders specified in subsection (e)(2). The Secretary shall also, in carrying out the Secretary's duties under this subsection, consult and coordinate with at least one organization made up of private sector businesses and associations partnered with Government entities to promote long-term financial security in retirement through savings.
(c)

Purpose of National Summit.—
The purpose of the National Summit shall be—
(1)
to increase the public awareness of the value of
personal savings for retirement;
(2)
to advance the public's knowledge and understanding of retirement savings and its critical importance to the future well-being of American workers and their families;
(3)
to facilitate the development of a broad-based, public education program to encourage and enhance individual commitment to a personal retirement savings strategy;
(4)
to identify the problems workers have in setting aside adequate savings for retirement;
(5)
to identify the barriers which employers, especially small employers, face in assisting their workers in accumulating retirement savings;
(6)
to examine the impact and effectiveness of individual employers to promote personal savings for retirement among their workers and to promote participation in company savings options;
(7)
to examine the impact and effectiveness of government programs at the Federal, State, and local levels to educate the public about, and to encourage, retirement income savings;
(8)
to develop such specific and comprehensive recommendations for the legislative and executive branches of the Government and for private sector action as may be appropriate for promoting private pensions and individual retirement savings; and
(9)
to develop recommendations for the coordination of Federal, State, and local retirement income savings initiatives among the Federal, State, and local levels of government and for the coordination of such initiatives.
(d)

Scope of National Summit.—
The scope of the National Summit shall consist of issues relating to individual and employer-based retirement savings and shall not include issues relating to the old-age, survivors, and disability insurance program under title II of the Social Security Act.
(e)

National Summit Participants.—
(1)

In general.—
To carry out the purposes of the National Summit, the National Summit shall bring together—
(A)
professionals and other individuals working in the fields of employee benefits and retirement savings;
(B)
Members of Congress and officials in the executive branch;
(C)
representatives of State and local governments;
(D)
representatives of private sector institutions, including individual employers, concerned about promoting the issue of retirement savings and facilitating savings among American workers; and
(E)
representatives of the general public.
(2)

Statutorily required participation.—
The participants in the National Summit shall include the following individuals or their designees:
(A)
the Speaker and the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives;
(B)
the Majority Leader and the Minority Leader of the Senate;
(C)
the Chairman and ranking Member of the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives;
(D)
the Chairman and ranking Member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate;
(E)
the Chairman and ranking Member of the Special Committee on Aging of the Senate;
(F)
the Chairman and ranking Member of the Subcommittees on Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education of the Senate and House of Representatives; and
(G)
the parties referred to in subsection (b).
(3)

Additional participants.—
(A)

In general.—
There shall be not more than 200 additional participants. Of such additional participants—
(i)
one-half shall be appointed by the President, in consultation with the elected leaders of the President's party in Congress (either the Speaker of the House of Representatives or the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, and either the Majority Leader or the Minority Leader of the Senate; and
(ii)
one-half shall be appointed by the elected leaders of Congress of the party to which the President does not belong (one-half of that allotment to be appointed by either the Speaker of the House of Representatives or the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, and one-half of that allotment to be appointed by either the Majority Leader or the Minority Leader of the Senate).
(B)

Appointment requirements.—
The additional participants described in subparagraph (A) shall be—
(i)
appointed not later than January 31, 1998;
(ii)
selected without regard to political affiliation or past partisan activity; and
(iii)
representative of the diversity of thought in the fields of employee benefits and retirement income savings.
(4)

Presiding officers.—
The National Summit shall be presided over equally by representatives of the executive and legislative branches.
(f)

National Summit Administration.—
(1)

Administration.—
In administering this section, the Secretary shall—
(A)
request the cooperation and assistance of such other Federal departments and agencies and other parties referred to in subsection (b) as may be appropriate in the carrying out of this section;
(B)
furnish all reasonable assistance to State agencies, area agencies, and other appropriate organizations to enable them to organize and conduct conferences in conjunction with the National Summit;
(C)
make available for public comment a proposed agenda for the National Summit that reflects to the greatest extent possible the purposes for the National Summit set out in this section;
(D)
prepare and make available background materials for the use of participants in the National Summit that the Secretary considers necessary; and
(E)
appoint and fix the pay of such additional personnel as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section without regard to provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, and without regard to chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.
(2)

Duties.—
The Secretary shall, in carrying out the responsibilities and functions of the Secretary under this section, and as part of the National Summit, ensure that—
(A)
the National Summit shall be conducted in a manner that ensures broad participation of Federal, State, and local agencies and private organizations, professionals, and others involved in retirement income savings and provides a strong basis for assistance to be provided under paragraph (1)(B);
(B)
the agenda prepared under paragraph (1)(C) for the National Summit is published in the Federal Register; and
(C)
the personnel appointed under paragraph (1)(E) shall be fairly balanced in terms of points of views represented and shall be appointed without regard to political affiliation or previous partisan activities.
(3)

Nonapplication of chapter 10 of title 5, united states code.—
The provisions of chapter 10 of title 5, United States Code, shall not apply to the National Summit.
(g)

Report.—
The Secretary shall prepare a report describing the activities of the National Summit and shall submit the report to the President, the Speaker and Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, the Majority and Minority Leaders of the Senate, and the chief executive officers of the States not later than 90 days after the date on which the National Summit is adjourned.
(h)

Definition.—
For purposes of this section, the term “State” means a State, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, and any other territory or possession of the United States.
(i)

Authorization of Appropriations.—
(1)

In general.—
There is authorized to be appropriated for fiscal years beginning on or after October 1, 1997, such sums as are necessary to carry out this section.
(2)

Authorization to accept private contributions.—
In order to facilitate the National Summit as a public-private partnership, the Secretary may accept private contributions, in the form of money, supplies, or services, to defray the costs of the National Summit.
(j)

Financial Obligation for Fiscal Year 1998.—
The financial obligation for the Department of Labor for fiscal year 1998 shall not exceed the lesser of—
(1)
one-half of the costs of the National Summit; or
(2)
$250,000.
The private sector organization described in subsection (b) and contracted with by the Secretary shall be obligated for the balance of the cost of the National Summit.
(k)

Contracts.—
The Secretary may enter into contracts to carry out the Secretary's responsibilities under this section. The Secretary shall enter into a contract on a sole-source basis to ensure the timely completion of the National Summit in fiscal year 1998.
SEC. 518.
[1148]

AUTHORITY TO POSTPONE CERTAIN DEADLINES BY REASON OF PRESIDENTIALLY DECLARED DISASTER OR TERRORISTIC OR MILITARY ACTIONS.
In the case of a pension or other employee benefit plan, or any sponsor, administrator, participant, beneficiary, or other person with respect to such plan, affected by a Presidentially declared disaster (as defined in section 1033(h)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) a terroristic or military action (as defined in section 692(c)(2) of such Code), or a public health emergency declared by the Secretary of Health and Human Services pursuant to section 319 of the Public Health Service Act, the Secretary may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, prescribe, by notice or otherwise, a period of up to 1 year which may be disregarded in determining the date by which any action is required or permitted to be completed under this Act. No plan shall be treated as failing to be operated in accordance with the terms of the plan solely as the result of disregarding any period by reason of the preceding sentence.
SEC. 519.
[1149]

PROHIBITION ON FALSE STATEMENTS AND REPRESENTATIONS.
No person, in connection with a plan or other arrangement that is multiple employer welfare arrangement described in section 3(40), shall make a false statement or false representation of fact, knowing it to be false, in connection with the marketing or sale of such plan or arrangement, to any employee, any member of an employee organization, any beneficiary, any employer, any employee organization, the Secretary, or any State, or the representative or agent of any such person, State, or the Secretary, concerning—
(1)
the financial condition or solvency of such plan or arrangement;
(2)
the benefits provided by such plan or arrangement;
(3)
the regulatory status of such plan or other arrangement under any Federal or State law governing collective bargaining, labor management relations, or intern union affairs; or
(4)
the regulatory status of such plan or other arrangement regarding exemption from state regulatory authority under this Act.
This section shall not apply to any plan or arrangement that does not fall within the meaning of the term “multiple employer welfare arrangement” under section 3(40)(A).
SEC. 520.
[1150]

APPLICABILITY OF STATE LAW TO COMBAT FRAUD AND ABUSE.
The Secretary may, for the purpose of identifying, preventing, or prosecuting fraud and abuse, adopt regulatory standards establishing, or issue an order relating to a specific person establishing, that a person engaged in the business of providing insurance through a multiple employer welfare arrangement described in section 3(40) is subject to the laws of the States in which such person operates which regulate insurance in such State, notwithstanding section 514(b)(6) of this Act or the Liability Risk Retention Act of 1986, and regardless of whether the law of the State is otherwise preempted under any of such provisions. This section shall not apply to any plan or arrangement that does not fall within the meaning of the term “multiple employer welfare arrangement” under section 3(40)(A).
SEC. 521.
[1151]

ADMINISTRATIVE SUMMARY CEASE AND DESIST ORDERS AND SUMMARY SEIZURE ORDERS AGAINST MULTIPLE EMPLOYER WELFARE ARRANGEMENTS IN FINANCIALLY HAZARDOUS CONDITION.
(a)

In General.—
The Secretary may issue a cease and desist (ex parte) order under this title if it appears to the Secretary that the alleged conduct of a multiple employer welfare arrangement described in section 3(40), other than a plan or arrangement described in subsection (g), is fraudulent, or creates an immediate danger to the public safety or welfare, or is causing or can be reasonably expected to cause significant, imminent, and irreparable public injury.
(b)

Hearing.—
A person that is adversely affected by the issuance of a cease and desist order under subsection (a) may request a hearing by the Secretary regarding such order. The Secretary may require that a proceeding under this section, including all related information and evidence, be conducted in a confidential manner.
(c)

Burden of Proof.—
The burden of proof in any hearing conducted under subsection (b) shall be on the party requesting the hearing to show cause why the cease and desist order should be set aside.
(d)

Determination.—
Based upon the evidence presented at a hearing under subsection (b), the cease and desist order involved may be affirmed, modified, or set aside by the Secretary in whole or in part.
(e)

Seizure.—
The Secretary may issue a summary seizure order under this title if it appears that a multiple employer welfare arrangement is in a financially hazardous condition.
(f)

Regulations.—
The Secretary may promulgate such regulations or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out this section.
(g)

Exception.—
This section shall not apply to any plan or arrangement that does not fall within the meaning of the term “multiple employer welfare arrangement” under section 3(40)(A).
SEC. 522.
[1152]

COORDINATION OF ENFORCEMENT REGARDING VIOLATIONS OF CERTAIN HEALTH CARE PROVIDER REQUIREMENTS; COMPLAINT PROCESS.
(a)

Investigating Violations.—
Upon receiving a notice from a State or the Secretary of Health and Human Services of violations of sections 2799B–1, 2799B–2, or 2799B–5 of the Public Health Service Act, the Secretary of Labor shall identify patterns of such violations with respect to participants or beneficiaries under a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer and conduct an investigation pursuant to section 504 where appropriate, as determined by the Secretary. The Secretary shall coordinate with States and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, in accordance with section 506 and with section 104 of Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, where appropriate, as determined by the Secretary, to ensure that appropriate measures have been taken to correct such violations retrospectively and prospectively with respect to participants or beneficiaries under a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer.
(b)

Complaint Process.—
Not later than January 1, 2022, the Secretary shall ensure a process under which the Secretary—
(1)
may receive complaints from participants and beneficiaries of group health plans or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer relating to alleged violations of the sections specified in subsection (a); and
(2)
transmits such complaints to States or the Secretary of Health and Human Services (as determined appropriate by the Secretary) for potential enforcement actions.
SEC. 523.
[1153]

RETIREMENT SAVINGS LOST AND FOUND.
(a)

Establishment.—
(1)

In general.—
Not later than 2 years after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, shall establish an online searchable database (to be managed by the Secretary in accordance with this section) to be known as the “Retirement Savings Lost and Found”. The Retirement Savings Lost and Found shall—
(A)
allow an individual to search for information that enables the individual to locate the administrator of any plan described in paragraph (2) with respect to which the individual is or was a participant or beneficiary, and provide contact information for the administrator of any such plan;
(B)
allow the Secretary to assist such an individual in locating any such plan of the individual; and
(C)
allow the Secretary to make any necessary changes to contact information on record for the administrator based on any changes to the plan due to merger or consolidation of the plan with any other plan, division of the plan into two or more plans, bankruptcy, termination, change in name of the plan, change in name or address of the administrator, or other causes.
(2)

Plans described.—
A plan described in this paragraph is a plan to which the vesting standards of section 203 apply.
(b)

Administration.—
The Retirement Savings Lost and Found established under subsection (a) shall provide individuals described in subsection (a)(1) only with the ability to search for information that enables the individual to locate the administrator and contact information for the administrator of any plan with respect to which the individual is or was a participant or beneficiary, sufficient to allow the individual to locate the individual’s plan in order to make a claim for benefits owing to the individual under the plan.
(c)

Safeguarding Participant Privacy and Security.—
In establishing the Retirement Savings Lost and Found under subsection (a), the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, shall take all necessary and proper precautions to—
(1)
ensure that individuals’ plan and personal information maintained by the Retirement Savings Lost and Found is protected; and
(2)
allow any individual to contact the Secretary to opt out of inclusion in the Retirement Savings Lost and Found.
(d)

Definition of Administrator.—
For purposes of this section, the term “administrator” has the meaning given such term in section 3(16)(A).
(e)

Information Collection From Plans.—
Effective with respect to plan years beginning after the second December 31 occurring after the date of the enactment of this subsection, the administrator of a plan to which the vesting standards of section 203 apply shall submit to the Secretary, at such time and in such form and manner as is prescribed in regulations—
(1)
the information described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of section 6057(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
(2)
the information described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 6057(a)(2) of such Code;
(3)
the name and taxpayer identifying number of each participant or former participant in the plan—
(A)
who, during the current plan year or any previous plan year, was reported under section 6057(a)(2)(C) of such Code, and with respect to whom the benefits described in clause (ii) thereof were fully paid during the plan year;
(B)
with respect to whom any amount was distributed under section 401(a)(31)(B) of such Code during the plan year; or
(C)
with respect to whom a deferred annuity contract was distributed during the plan year; and
(4)
in the case of a participant or former participant to whom paragraph (3) applies—
(A)
in the case of a participant described in subparagraph (B) thereof, the name and address of the designated trustee or issuer described in section 401(a)(31)(B)(i) of such Code and the account number of the individual retirement plan to which the amount was distributed; and
(B)
in the case of a participant described in subparagraph (C) thereof, the name and address of the issuer of such annuity contract and the contract or certificate number.
(f)

Use of Information Collected.—
The Secretary—
(1)
may use or disclose information collected under this section only for the purpose described in subsection (a)(1)(B), and
(2)
may disclose such information only to such employees of the Department of Labor whose official duties relate to the purpose described in such subsection.
(g)

Program Integrity Audit.—
On an annual basis for each of the first 5 years beginning one year after the establishment of the database in subsection (a)(1) and every 5 years thereafter, the Inspector General of the Department of Labor shall—
(1)
conduct an audit of the administration of the Retirement Savings Lost and Found; and
(2)
submit a report on such audit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Finance of the Senate and the Committee on Ways and Means and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives.
Part 6—

Continuation Coverage and Additional Standards for Group Health Plans
SEC. 601.
[1161]

PLANS MUST PROVIDE CONTINUATION COVERAGE TO CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS.
(a)

In General.—
The plan sponsor of each group health plan shall provide, in accordance with this part, that each qualified beneficiary who would lose coverage under the plan as a result of a qualifying event is entitled, under the plan, to elect, within the election period, continuation coverage under the plan.
(b)

Exception for Certain Plans.—
Subsection (a) shall not apply to any group health plan for any calendar year if all employers maintaining such plan normally employed fewer than 20 employees on a typical business day during the preceding calendar year.
SEC. 602.
[1162]

CONTINUATION COVERAGE.
For purposes of section 601, the term “continuation coverage” means coverage under the plan which meets the following requirements:
(1)

Type of benefit coverage.—
The coverage must consist of coverage which, as of the time the coverage is being provided, is identical to the coverage provided under the plan to similarly situated beneficiaries under the plan with respect to whom a qualifying event has not occurred. If coverage is modified under the plan for any group of similarly situated beneficiaries, such coverage shall also be modified in the same manner for all individuals who are qualified beneficiaries under the plan pursuant to this part in connection with such group.
(2)

Period of coverage.—
The coverage must extend for at least the period beginning on the date of the qualifying event and ending not earlier than the earliest of the following:
(A)

Maximum required period.—
(i)

General rule for terminations and reduced hours.—
In the case of a qualifying event described in section 603(2), except as provided in clause (ii), the date which is 18 months after the date of the qualifying event.
(ii)

Special rule for multiple qualifying events.—
If a qualifying event (other than a qualifying event described in section 603(6)) occurs during the 18 months after the date of a qualifying event described in section 603(2), the date which is 36 months after the date of the qualifying event described in section 603(2).
(iii)

Special rule for certain bankruptcy proceedings.—
In the case of a qualifying event described in section 603(6) (relating to bankruptcy proceedings), the date of the death of the covered employee or qualified beneficiary (described in section 607(3)(C)(iii)), or in the case of the surviving spouse or dependent children of the covered employee, 36 months after the date of the death of the covered employee.
(iv)

General rule for other qualifying events.—
In the case of a qualifying event not described in section 603(2) or 603(6), the date which is 36 months after the date of the qualifying event.
(v)

Special rule for pbgc recipients.—
In the case of a qualifying event described in section 603(2) with respect to a covered employee who (as of such qualifying event) has a nonforfeitable right to a benefit any portion of which is to be paid by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under title IV, notwithstanding clause (i) or (ii), the date of the death of the covered employee, or in the case of the surviving spouse or dependent children of the covered employee, 24 months after the date of the death of the covered employee. The preceding sentence shall not require any period of coverage to extend beyond January 1, 2014.
(vi)

Special rule for taa-eligible individuals.—
In the case of a qualifying event described in section 603(2) with respect to a covered employee who is (as of the date that the period of coverage would, but for this clause or clause (vii), otherwise terminate under clause (i) or (ii)) a TAA-eligible individual (as defined in section 605(b)(4)(B)), the period of coverage shall not terminate by reason of clause (i) or (ii), as the case may be, before the later of the date specified in such clause or the date on which such individual ceases to be such a TAA-eligible individual. The preceding sentence shall not require any period of coverage to extend beyond January 1, 2014.
(vii)

Medicare entitlement followed by qualifying event.—
In the case of a qualifying event described in section 603(2) that occurs less than 18 months after the date the covered employee became entitled to benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, the period of coverage for qualified beneficiaries other than the covered employee shall not terminate under this subparagraph before the close of the 36-month period beginning on the date the covered employee became so entitled.
(viii)

Special rule for disability.—
In the case of a qualified beneficiary who is determined, under title II or XVI of the Social Security Act, to have been disabled at any time during the first 60 days of continuation coverage under this part, any reference in clause (i) or (ii) to 18 months is deemed a reference to 29 months (with respect to all qualified beneficiaries), but only if the qualified beneficiary has provided notice of such determination under section 606(3) before the end of such 18 months.
(B)

End of plan.—
The date on which the employer ceases to provide any group health plan to any employee.
(C)

Failure to pay premium.—
The date on which coverage ceases under the plan by reason of a failure to make timely payment of any premium required under the plan with respect to the qualified beneficiary. The payment of any premium (other than any payment referred to in the last sentence of paragraph (3)) shall be considered to be timely if made within 30 days after the date due or within such longer period as applies to or under the plan.
(D)

Group health plan coverage or medicare entitlement.—
The date on which the qualified beneficiary first becomes, after the date of the election—
(i)
covered under any other group health plan (as an employee or otherwise) which does not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect to any preesxisting condition of such beneficiary (other than such an exclusion or limitation which does not apply to (or is satisfied by) such beneficiary by reason of chapter 100 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, part 7 of this subtitle, or title XXVII of the Public Health Service Act), or
(ii)
in the case of a qualified beneficiary other than a qualified beneficiary described in section 607(3)(C), entitled to benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act.
(E)

Termination of extended coverage for disability.—
In the case of a qualified beneficiary who is disabled at any time during the first 60 days of continuation coverage under this part, the month that begins more than 30 days after the date of the final determination under title II or XVI of the Social Security Act that the qualified beneficiary is no longer disabled.
(3)

Premium requirements.—
The plan may require payment of a premium for any period of continuation coverage, except that such premium—
(A)
shall not exceed 102 percent of the applicable premium for such period, and
(B)
may, at the election of the payor, be made in monthly installments.
In no event may the plan require the payment of any premium before the day which is 45 days after the day on which the qualified beneficiary made the initial election for continuation coverage. In the case of an individual described in the last sentence of paragraph (2)(A), any reference in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph to “102 percent” is deemed a reference to “150 percent” for any month after the 18th month of continuation coverage described in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (2)(A).81
^{81}
Section 6703(b) of P.L. 101–239 (103 Stat. 2296) adds new language at the end of section 602(3) of ERISA, while section 7862(c)(4)(A) of the same Public Law (103 Stat. 2433) amends the “last sentence” of the same provision. This compilation executes the amendments in accordance with the presumed intent of the Congress.
(4)

No requirement of insurability.—
The coverage may not be conditioned upon, or discriminate on the basis of lack of, evidence of insurability.
(5)

Conversion option.—
In the case of a qualified beneficiary whose period of continuation coverage expires under paragraph (2)(A), the plan must, during the 180-day period ending on such expiration date, provide to the qualified beneficiary the option of enrollment under a conversion health plan otherwise generally available under the plan.
SEC. 603.
[1163]

QUALIFYING EVENT.
For purposes of this part, the term “qualifying event” means, with respect to any covered employee, any of the following events which, but for the continuation coverage required under this part, would result in the loss of coverage of a qualified beneficiary:
(1)
The death of the covered employee.
(2)
The termination (other than by reason of such employee's gross misconduct), or reduction of hours, of the covered employee's employment.
(3)
The divorce or legal separation of the covered employee from the employee's spouse.
(4)
The covered employee becoming entitled to benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act.
(5)
A dependent child ceasing to be a dependent child under the generally applicable requirements of the plan.
(6)
A proceeding in a case under title 11, United States Code, commencing on or after July 1, 1986, with respect to the employer from whose employment the covered employee retired at any time.
In the case of an event described in paragraph (6), a loss of coverage includes a substantial elimination of coverage with respect to a qualified beneficiary described in section 607(3)(C) within one year before or after the date of commencement of the proceeding.
SEC. 604.
[1164]

APPLICABLE PREMIUM.
For purposes of this part—
(1)

In general.—
The term “applicable premium” means, with respect to any period of continuation coverage of qualified beneficiaries, the cost to the plan for such period of the coverage for similarly situated beneficiaries with respect to whom a qualifying event has not occurred (without regard to whether such cost is paid by the employer or employee).
(2)

Special rule for self-insured plans.—
To the extent that a plan is a self-insured plan—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the applicable premium for any period of continuation coverage of qualified beneficiaries shall be equal to a reasonable estimate of the cost of providing coverage for such period for similarly situated beneficiaries which—
(i)
is determined on an actuarial basis, and
(ii)
takes into account such factors as the Secretary may prescribe in regulations.
(B)

Determination on basis of past cost.—
If an administrator elects to have this subparagraph apply, the applicable premium for any period of continuation coverage of qualified beneficiaries shall be equal to—
(i)
the cost to the plan for similarly situated beneficiaries for the same period occurring during the preceding determination period under paragraph (3), adjusted by
(ii)
the percentage increase or decrease in the implicit price deflator of the gross national product (calculated by the Department of Commerce and published in the Survey of Current Business) for the 12-month period ending on the last day of the sixth month of such preceding determination period.
(C)

Subparagraph (b) not to apply where significant change.—
An administrator may not elect to have subparagraph (B) apply in any case in which there is any significant difference, between the determination period and the preceding determination period, in coverage under, or in employees covered by, the plan. The determination under the preceding sentence for any determination period shall be made at the same time as the determination under paragraph (3).
(3)

Determination period.—
The determination of any applicable premium shall be made for a period of 12 months and shall be made before the beginning of such period.
SEC. 605.
[1165]

ELECTION.
(a)

In General.—
For purposes of this part—
(1)

Election period.—
The term “election period” means the period which—
(A)
begins not later than the date on which coverage terminates under the plan by reason of a qualifying event,
(B)
is of at least 60 days' duration, and
(C)
ends not earlier than 60 days after the later of—
(i)
the date described in subparagraph (A), or
(ii)
in the case of any qualified beneficiary who receives notice under section 606(4), the date of such notice.
(2)

Effect of election on other beneficiaries.—
Except as otherwise specified in an election, any election of continuation coverage by a qualified beneficiary described in subparagraph (A)(i) or (B) of section 607(3) shall be deemed to include an election of continuation coverage on behalf of any other qualified beneficiary who would lose coverage under the plan by reason of the qualifying event. If there is a choice among types of coverage under the plan, each qualified beneficiary is entitled to make a separate selection among such types of coverage.
(b)

Temporary Extension of COBRA Election Period for Certain Individuals.—
(1)

In general.—
In the case of a nonelecting TAA-eligible individual and notwithstanding subsection (a), such individual may elect continuation coverage under this part during the 60-day period that begins on the first day of the month in which the individual becomes a TAA-eligible individual, but only if such election is made not later than 6 months after the date of the TAA-related loss of coverage.
(2)

Commencement of coverage; no reach-back.—
Any continuation coverage elected by a TAA-eligible individual under paragraph (1) shall commence at the beginning of the 60-day election period described in such paragraph and shall not include any period prior to such 60-day election period.
(3)

Preexisting conditions.—
With respect to an individual who elects continuation coverage pursuant to paragraph (1), the period—
(A)
beginning on the date of the TAA-related loss of coverage, and
(B)
ending on the first day of the 60-day election period described in paragraph (1),
shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the 63-day periods referred to in section 701(c)(2), section 2701(c)(2) of the Public Health Service Act, and section 9801(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(4)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection:
(A)

Nonelecting taa-eligible individual.—
The term “nonelecting TAA-eligible individual” means a TAA-eligible individual who—
(i)
has a TAA-related loss of coverage; and
(ii)
did not elect continuation coverage under this part during the TAA-related election period.
(B)

TAA-eligible individual.—
The term “TAA-eligible individual” means—
(i)
an eligible TAA recipient (as defined in paragraph (2) of section 35(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), and
(ii)
an eligible alternative TAA recipient (as defined in paragraph (3) of such section).
(C)

TAA-related election period.—
The term “TAA-related election period” means, with respect to a TAA-related loss of coverage, the 60-day election period under this part which is a direct consequence of such loss.
(D)

TAA-related loss of coverage.—
The term “TAA-related loss of coverage” means, with respect to an individual whose separation from employment gives rise to being an TAA-eligible individual, the loss of health benefits coverage associated with such separation.
SEC. 606.
[1166]

NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.
(a)

In General.—
In accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary—
(1)
the group health plan shall provide, at the time of commencement of coverage under the plan, written notice to each covered employee and spouse of the employee (if any) of the rights provided under this subsection,82
^{82}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to “this part”.
(2)
the employer of an employee under a plan must notify the administrator of a qualifying event described in paragraph (1), (2), (4), or (6) of section 603 within 30 days (or, in the case of a group health plan which is a multiemployer plan, such longer period of time as may be provided in the terms of the plan) of the date of the qualifying event,
(3)
each covered employee or qualified beneficiary is responsible for notifying the administrator of the occurrence of any qualifying event described in paragraph (3) or (5) of section 603 within 60 days after the date of the qualifying event and each qualified beneficiary who is determined, under title II or XVI of the Social Security Act, to have been disabled at any time during the first 60 days of continuation coverage under this part is responsible for notifying the plan administrator of such determination within 60 days after the date of the determination and for notifying the plan administrator within 30 days after the date of any final determination under such title or titles that the qualified beneficiary is no longer disabled, and 83
^{83}
Section 6703(c) of P.L. 101–239 (103 Stat. 2296) amends section 606(3) of ERISA while section 7891(d)(1)(A) of the same Public Law (103 Stat. 2445) redesignates the same provision as section 606(a)(3). This compilation executes the amendments in accordance with the presumed intent of the Congress.
(4)
the administrator shall notify—
(A)
in the case of a qualifying event described in paragraph (1), (2), (4), or (6) of section 603, any qualified beneficiary with respect to such event, and
(B)
in the case of a qualifying event described in paragraph (3) or (5) of section 603 where the covered employee notifies the administrator under paragraph (3), any qualified beneficiary with respect to such event,
of such beneficiary's rights under this subsection 84.
^{84}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to “this part”.
(b)

Alternative Means of Compliance with Requirement for Notification of Multiemployer Plans by Employers.—
The requirements of subsection (a)(2) shall be considered satisfied in the case of a multiemployer plan in connection with a qualifying event described in paragraph (2) of section 603 if the plan provides that the determination of the occurrence of such qualifying event will be made by the plan administrator.
(c)

Rules Relating to Notification of Qualified Beneficiaries by Plan Administrator.—
For purposes of subsection (a)(4), any notification shall be made within 14 days (or, in the case of a group health plan which is a multiemployer plan, such longer period of time as may be provided in the terms of the plan) of the date on which the administrator is notified under paragraph (2) or (3), whichever is applicable, and any such notification to an individual who is a qualified beneficiary as the spouse of the covered employee shall be treated as notification to all other qualified beneficiaries residing with such spouse at the time such notification is made.
SEC. 607.
[1167]

DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.
For purposes of this part—
(1)

Group health plan.—
The term “group health plan” means an employee welfare benefit plan providing medical care (as defined in section 213(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) to participants or beneficiaries directly or through insurance, reimbursement, or otherwise. Such term shall not include any plan substantially all of the coverage under which is for qualified long-term care services (as defined in section 7702B(c) of such Code). Such term shall not include any qualified small employer health reimbursement arrangement (as defined in section 9831(d)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986).
(2)

Covered employee.—
The term “covered employee” means an individual who is (or was) provided coverage under a group health plan by virtue of the performance of services by the individual for 1 or more persons maintaining the plan (including as an employee defined in section 401(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986).
(3)

Qualified beneficiary.—
(A)

In general.—
The term “qualified beneficiary” means, with respect to a covered employee under a group health plan, any other individual who, on the day before the qualifying event for that employee, is a beneficiary under the plan—
(i)
as the spouse of the covered employee, or
(ii)
as the dependent child of the employee.
Such term shall also include a child who is born to or placed for adoption with the covered employee during the period of continuation coverage under this part.85
^{85}
Indentation so in law. Probably should be moved two ems to the right.
(B)

Special rule for terminations and reduced employment.—
In the case of a qualifying event described in section 603(2), the term “qualified beneficiary” includes the covered employee.
(C)

Special rule for retirees and widows.—
In the case of a qualifying event described in section 603(6), the term “qualified beneficiary” includes a covered employee who had retired on or before the date of substantial elimination of coverage and any other individual who, on the day before such qualifying event, is a beneficiary under the plan—
(i)
as the spouse of the covered employee,
(ii)
as the dependent child of the employee, or
(iii)
as the surviving spouse of the covered employee.
(4)

Employer.—
Subsection (n) (relating to leased employees) and subsection (t) (relating to application of controlled group rules to certain employee benefits) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall apply for purposes of this part in the same manner and to the same extent as such subsections apply for purposes of section 106 of such Code. Any regulations prescribed by the Secretary pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be consistent and coextensive with any regulations prescribed for similar purposes by the Secretary of the Treasury (or such Secretary's delegate) under such subsections.
(5)

Optional extension of required periods.—
A group health plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of this part solely because the plan provides both—
(A)
that the period of extended coverage referred to in section 602(2) commences with the date of the loss of coverage, and
(B)
that the applicable notice period provided under section 606(a)(2) commences with the date of the loss of coverage.
SEC. 608.
[1168]

REGULATIONS.
The Secretary may prescribe regulations to carry out the provisions of this part.

additional standards for group health plans
Sec. 609.
[1169]
(a)

Group Health Plan Coverage Pursuant to Medical Child Support Orders.—
(1)

In general.—
Each group health plan shall provide benefits in accordance with the applicable requirements of any qualified medical child support order. A qualified medical child support order with respect to any participant or beneficiary shall be deemed to apply to each group health plan which has received such order, from which the participant or beneficiary is eligible to receive benefits, and with respect to which the requirements of paragraph (4) are met.
(2)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

Qualified medical child support order.—
The term “qualified medical child support order” means a medical child support order—
(i)
which creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate recipient's right to, or assigns to an alternate recipient the right to, receive benefits for which a participant or beneficiary is eligible under a group health plan, and
(ii)
with respect to which the requirements of paragraphs (3) and (4) are met.
(B)

Medical child support order.—
The term “medical child support order” means any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a settlement agreement) which—
(i)
provides for child support with respect to a child of a participant under a group health plan or provides for health benefit coverage to such a child, is made pursuant to a State domestic relations law (including a community property law), and relates to benefits under such plan, or
(ii)
is made pursuant to a law relating to medical child support described in section 1908 of the Social Security Act (as added by section 13822 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993) with respect to a group health plan,
if such judgment, decree, or order (I) is issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or (II) is issued through an administrative process established under State law and has the force and effect of law under applicable State law. For purposes of this subparagraph, an administrative notice which is issued pursuant to an administrative process referred to in subclause (II) of the preceding sentence and which has the effect of an order described in clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence shall be treated as such an order.
(C)

Alternate recipient.—
The term “alternate recipient” means any child of a participant who is recognized under a medical child support order as having a right to enrollment under a group health plan with respect to such participant.
(D)

Child.—
The term “child” includes any child adopted by, or placed for adoption with, a participant of a group health plan.
(3)

Information to be included in qualified order.—
A medical child support order meets the requirements of this paragraph only if such order clearly specifies—
(A)
the name and the last known mailing address (if any) of the participant and the name and mailing address of each alternate recipient covered by the order, except that, to the extent provided in the order, the name and mailing address of an official of a State or a political subdivision thereof may be substituted for the mailing address of any such alternate recipient,
(B)
a reasonable description of the type of coverage to be provided to each such alternate recipient, or the manner in which such type of coverage is to be determined, and
(C)
the period to which such order applies.
(4)

Restriction on new types or forms of benefits.—
A medical child support order meets the requirements of this paragraph only if such order does not require a plan to provide any type or form of benefit, or any option, not otherwise provided under the plan, except to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of a law relating to medical child support described in section 1908 of the Social Security Act (as added by section 13822 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993).
(5)

Procedural requirements.—
(A)

Timely notifications and determinations.—
In the case of any medical child support order received by a group health plan—
(i)
the plan administrator shall promptly notify the participant and each alternate recipient of the receipt of such order and the plan's procedures for determining whether medical child support orders are qualified medical child support orders, and
(ii)
within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the plan administrator shall determine whether such order is a qualified medical child support order and notify the participant and each alternate recipient of such determination.
(B)

Establishment of procedures for determining qualified status of orders.—
Each group health plan shall establish reasonable procedures to determine whether medical child support orders are qualified medical child support orders and to administer the provision of benefits under such qualified orders. Such procedures—
(i)
shall be in writing,
(ii)
shall provide for the notification of each person specified in a medical child support order as eligible to receive benefits under the plan (at the address included in the medical child support order) of such procedures promptly upon receipt by the plan of the medical child support order, and
(iii)
shall permit an alternate recipient to designate a representative for receipt of copies of notices that are sent to the alternate recipient with respect to a medical child support order.
(C)

National medical support notice deemed to be a qualified medical child support order.—
(i)

In general.—
If the plan administrator of a group health plan which is maintained by the employer of a noncustodial parent of a child or to which such an employer contributes receives an appropriately completed National Medical Support Notice promulgated pursuant to section 401(b) of the Child Support Performance and Incentive Act of 1998 in the case of such child, and the Notice meets the requirements of paragraphs (3) and (4), the Notice shall be deemed to be a qualified medical child support order in the case of such child.
(ii)

Enrollment of child in plan.—
In any case in which an appropriately completed National Medical Support Notice is issued in the case of a child of a participant under a group health plan who is a noncustodial parent of the child, and the Notice is deemed under clause (i) to be a qualified medical child support order, the plan administrator, within 40 business days after the date of the Notice, shall—
(I)
notify the State agency issuing the Notice with respect to such child whether coverage of the child is available under the terms of the plan and, if so, whether such child is covered under the plan and either the effective date of the coverage or, if necessary, any steps to be taken by the custodial parent (or by the official of a State or political subdivision thereof substituted for the name of such child pursuant to paragraph (3)(A)) to effectuate the coverage; and
(II)
provide to the custodial parent (or such substituted official) a description of the coverage available and any forms or documents necessary to effectuate such coverage.
(iii)

Rule of construction.—
Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed as requiring a group health plan, upon receipt of a National Medical Support Notice, to provide benefits under the plan (or eligibility for such benefits) in addition to benefits (or eligibility for benefits) provided under the terms of the plan as of immediately before receipt of such Notice.
(6)

Actions taken by fiduciaries.—
If a plan fiduciary acts in accordance with part 4 of this subtitle in treating a medical child support order as being (or not being) a qualified medical child support order, then the plan's obligation to the participant and each alternate recipient shall be discharged to the extent of any payment made pursuant to such act of the fiduciary.
(7)

Treatment of alternate recipients.—
(A)

Treatment as beneficiary generally.—
A person who is an alternate recipient under a qualified medical child support order shall be considered a beneficiary under the plan for purposes of any provision of this Act.
(B)

Treatment as participant for purposes of reporting and disclosure requirements.—
A person who is an alternate recipient under any medical child support order shall be considered a participant under the plan for purposes of the reporting and disclosure requirements of part 1.
(8)

Direct provision of benefits provided to alternate recipients.—
Any payment for benefits made by a group health plan pursuant to a medical child support order in reimbursement for expenses paid by an alternate recipient or an alternate recipient's custodial parent or legal guardian shall be made to the alternate recipient or the alternate recipient's custodial parent or legal guardian.
(9)

Payment to state official treated as satisfaction of plan's obligation to make payment to alternate recipient.—
Payment of benefits by a group health plan to an official of a State or a political subdivision thereof whose name and address have been substituted for the address of an alternate recipient in a qualified medical child support order, pursuant to paragraph (3)(A), shall be treated, for purposes of this title, as payment of benefits to the alternate recipient.
(b)

Rights of States with Respect to Group Health Plans Where Participants or Beneficiaries Thereunder Are Eligible for Medicaid Benefits.—
(1)

Compliance by plans with assignment of rights.—
A group health plan shall provide that payment for benefits with respect to a participant under the plan will be made in accordance with any assignment of rights made by or on behalf of such participant or a beneficiary of the participant as required by a State plan for medical assistance approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act pursuant to section 1912(a)(1)(A) of such Act (as in effect on the date of the enactment of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993).
(2)

Enrollment and provision of benefits without regard to medicaid eligibility.—
A group health plan shall provide that, in enrolling an individual as a participant or beneficiary or in determining or making any payments for benefits of an individual as a participant or beneficiary, the fact that the individual is eligible for or is provided medical assistance under a State plan for medical assistance approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act will not be taken into account.
(3)

Acquisition by states of rights of third parties.—
A group health plan shall provide that, to the extent that payment has been made under a State plan for medical assistance approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act in any case in which a group health plan has a legal liability to make payment for items or services constituting such assistance, payment for benefits under the plan will be made in accordance with any State law which provides that the State has acquired the rights with respect to a participant to such payment for such items or services.
(c)

Group Health Plan Coverage of Dependent Children in Cases of Adoption.—
(1)

Coverage effective upon placement for adoption.—
In any case in which a group health plan provides coverage for dependent children of participants or beneficiaries, such plan shall provide benefits to dependent children placed with participants or beneficiaries for adoption under the same terms and conditions as apply in the case of dependent children who are natural children of participants or beneficiaries under the plan, irrespective of whether the adoption has become final.
(2)

Restrictions based on preexisting conditions at time of placement for adoption prohibited.—
A group health plan may not restrict coverage under the plan of any dependent child adopted by a participant or beneficiary, or placed with a participant or beneficiary for adoption, solely on the basis of a preexisting condition of such child at the time that such child would otherwise become eligible for coverage under the plan, if the adoption or placement for adoption occurs while the participant or beneficiary is eligible for coverage under the plan.
(3)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

Child.—
The term “child” means, in connection with any adoption, or placement for adoption, of the child, an individual who has not attained age 18 as of the date of such adoption or placement for adoption.
(B)

Placement for adoption.—
The term “placement”, or being “placed”, for adoption, in connection with any placement for adoption of a child with any person, means the assumption and retention by such person of a legal obligation for total or partial support of such child in anticipation of adoption of such child. The child's placement with such person terminates upon the termination of such legal obligation.
(d)

Continued Coverage of Costs of a Pediatric Vaccine Under Group Health Plans.—
A group health plan may not reduce its coverage of the costs of pediatric vaccines (as defined under section 1928(h)(6) of the Social Security Act as amended by section 13830 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993) below the coverage it provided as of May 1, 1993.
(e)

Regulations.—
Any regulations prescribed under this section shall be prescribed by the Secretary of Labor, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
Part 7—

Group Health Plan Requirements 86
subpart A—

Requirements Relating to Portability, Access, and Renewability
SEC. 701.
[1181]

INCREASED PORTABILITY THROUGH LIMITATION ON PREEXISTING CONDITION EXCLUSIONS.
(a)

Limitation on Preexisting Condition Exclusion Period; Crediting for Periods of Previous Coverage.—
Subject to subsection (d), a group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, may, with respect to a participant or beneficiary, impose a preexisting condition exclusion only if—
^{86}
Section 101(a) of P.L. 104–191 (110 Stat. 1939) added this part to subtitle B of title I. Subsection (g)(1) of such section provides an effective date as follows:
(g) Effective Dates.—
(1) In general.—Except as provided in this section, this section (and the amendments made by this section) shall apply with respect to group health plans for plan years beginning after June 30, 1997.
This part is amended by section 603 of P.L. 104–204 (110 Stat. 2935). Subsection (c) of such section provides as follows:
(c) Effective Date.—The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to group health plans for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1998.
(1)
such exclusion relates to a condition (whether physical or mental), regardless of the cause of the condition, for which medical advice, diagnosis, care, or treatment was recommended or received within the 6-month period ending on the enrollment date;
(2)
such exclusion extends for a period of not more than 12 months (or 18 months in the case of a late enrollee) after the enrollment date; and
(3)
the period of any such preexisting condition exclusion is reduced by the aggregate of the periods of creditable coverage (if any, as defined in subsection (c)(1)) applicable to the participant or beneficiary as of the enrollment date.
(b)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this part—
(1)

Preexisting condition exclusion.—
(A)

In general.—
The term “preexisting condition exclusion” means, with respect to coverage, a limitation or exclusion of benefits relating to a condition based on the fact that the condition was present before the date of enrollment for such coverage, whether or not any medical advice, diagnosis, care, or treatment was recommended or received before such date.
(B)

Treatment of genetic information.—
Genetic information shall not be treated as a condition described in subsection (a)(1) in the absence of a diagnosis of the condition related to such information.
(2)

Enrollment date.—
The term “enrollment date” means, with respect to an individual covered under a group health plan or health insurance coverage, the date of enrollment of the individual in the plan or coverage or, if earlier, the first day of the waiting period for such enrollment.
(3)

Late enrollee.—
The term “late enrollee” means, with respect to coverage under a group health plan, a participant or beneficiary who enrolls under the plan other than during—
(A)
the first period in which the individual is eligible to enroll under the plan, or
(B)
a special enrollment period under subsection (f).
(4)

Waiting period.—
The term “waiting period” means, with respect to a group health plan and an individual who is a potential participant or beneficiary in the plan, the period that must pass with respect to the individual before the individual is eligible to be covered for benefits under the terms of the plan.
(c)

Rules Relating to Crediting Previous Coverage.—
(1)

Creditable coverage defined.—
For purposes of this part, the term “creditable coverage” means, with respect to an individual, coverage of the individual under any of the following:
(A)
A group health plan.
(B)
Health insurance coverage.
(C)
Part A or part B of title XVIII of the Social Security Act.
(D)
Title XIX of the Social Security Act, other than coverage consisting solely of benefits under section 1928.
(E)
Chapter 55 of title 10, United States Code.
(F)
A medical care program of the Indian Health Service or of a tribal organization.
(G)
A State health benefits risk pool.
(H)
A health plan offered under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code.
(I)
A public health plan (as defined in regulations).
(J)
A health benefit plan under section 5(e) of the Peace Corps Act (22 U.S.C. 2504(e)).
Such term does not include coverage consisting solely of coverage of excepted benefits (as defined in section 733(c)).
(2)

Not counting periods before significant breaks in coverage.—
(A)

In general.—
A period of creditable coverage shall not be counted, with respect to enrollment of an individual under a group health plan, if, after such period and before the enrollment date, there was a 63-day period during all of which the individual was not covered under any creditable coverage.
(B)

Waiting period not treated as a break in coverage.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A) and subsection (d)(4), any period that an individual is in a waiting period for any coverage under a group health plan (or for group health insurance coverage) or is in an affiliation period (as defined in subsection (g)(2)) shall not be taken into account in determining the continuous period under subparagraph (A).
(C)

TAA-eligible individuals.—
In the case of plan years beginning before January 1, 2014—
(i)

TAA pre-certification period rule.—
In the case of a TAA-eligible individual, the period beginning on the date the individual has a TAA-related loss of coverage and ending on the date that is 7 days after the date of the issuance by the Secretary (or by any person or entity designated by the Secretary) of a qualified health insurance costs credit eligibility certificate for such individual for purposes of section 7527 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall not be taken into account in determining the continuous period under subparagraph (A).
(ii)

Definitions.—
The terms “TAA-eligible individual” and “TAA-related loss of coverage” have the meanings given such terms in section 605(b)(4).
(3)

Method of crediting coverage.—
(A)

Standard method.—
Except as otherwise provided under subparagraph (B), for purposes of applying subsection (a)(3), a group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, shall count a period of creditable coverage without regard to the specific benefits covered during the period.
(B)

Election of alternative method.—
A group health plan, or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, may elect to apply subsection (a)(3) based on coverage of benefits within each of several classes or categories of benefits specified in regulations rather than as provided under subparagraph (A). Such election shall be made on a uniform basis for all participants and beneficiaries. Under such election a group health plan or issuer shall count a period of creditable coverage with respect to any class or category of benefits if any level of benefits is covered within such class or category.
(C)

Plan notice.—
In the case of an election with respect to a group health plan under subparagraph (B) (whether or not health insurance coverage is provided in connection with such plan), the plan shall—
(i)
prominently state in any disclosure statements concerning the plan, and state to each enrollee at the time of enrollment under the plan, that the plan has made such election, and
(ii)
include in such statements a description of the effect of this election.
(4)

Establishment of period.—
Periods of creditable coverage with respect to an individual shall be established through presentation of certifications described in subsection (e) or in such other manner as may be specified in regulations.
(d)

Exceptions.—
(1)

Exclusion not applicable to certain newborns.—
Subject to paragraph (4), a group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, may not impose any preexisting condition exclusion in the case of an individual who, as of the last day of the 30-day period beginning with the date of birth, is covered under creditable coverage.
(2)

Exclusion not applicable to certain adopted children.—
Subject to paragraph (4), a group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, may not impose any preexisting condition exclusion in the case of a child who is adopted or placed for adoption before attaining 18 years of age and who, as of the last day of the 30-day period beginning on the date of the adoption or placement for adoption, is covered under creditable coverage. The previous sentence shall not apply to coverage before the date of such adoption or placement for adoption.
(3)

Exclusion not applicable to pregnancy.—
A group health plan, and health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, may not impose any preexisting condition exclusion relating to pregnancy as a preexisting condition.
(4)

Loss if break in coverage.—
Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall no longer apply to an individual after the end of the first 63-day period during all of which the individual was not covered under any creditable coverage.
(e)

Certifications and Disclosure of Coverage.—
(1)

Requirement for certification of period of creditable coverage.—
(A)

In general.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurancecoverage, shall provide the certification described in subparagraph (B)—
(i)
at the time an individual ceases to be covered under the plan or otherwise becomes covered under a COBRA continuation provision,
(ii)
in the case of an individual becoming covered under such a provision, at the time the individual ceases to be covered under such provision, and
(iii)
on the request on behalf of an individual made not later than 24 months after the date of cessation of the coverage described in clause (i) or (ii), whichever is later.
The certification under clause (i) may be provided, to the extent practicable, at a time consistent with notices required under any applicable COBRA continuation provision.
(B)

Certification.—
The certification described in this subparagraph is a written certification of—
(i)
the period of creditable coverage of the individual under such plan and the coverage (if any) under such COBRA continuation provision, and
(ii)
the waiting period (if any) (and affiliation period, if applicable) imposed with respect to the individual for any coverage under such plan.
(C)

Issuer compliance.—
To the extent that medical care under a group health plan consists of group health insurance coverage, the plan is deemed to have satisfied the certification requirement under this paragraph if the health insurance issuer offering the coverage provides for such certification in accordance with this paragraph.
(2)

Disclosure of information on previous benefits.—
In the case of an election described in subsection (c)(3)(B) by a group health plan or health insurance issuer, if the plan or issuer enrolls an individual for coverage under the plan and the individual provides a certification of coverage of the individual under paragraph (1)—
(A)
upon request of such plan or issuer, the entity which issued the certification provided by the individual shall promptly disclose to such requesting plan or issuer information on coverage of classes and categories of health benefits available under such entity's plan or coverage, and
(B)
such entity may charge the requesting plan or issuer for the reasonable cost of disclosing such information.
(3)

Regulations.—
The Secretary shall establish rules to prevent an entity's failure to provide information under paragraph (1) or (2) with respect to previous coverage of an individual from adversely affecting any subsequent coverage of the individual under another group health plan or health insurance coverage.
(f)

Special Enrollment Periods.—
(1)

Individuals losing other coverage.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, shall permit an employee who is eligible, but not enrolled, for coverage under the terms of the plan (or a dependent of such an employee if the dependent is eligible, but not enrolled, for coverage under such terms) to enroll for coverage under the terms of the plan if each of the following conditions is met:
(A)
The employee or dependent was covered under a group health plan or had health insurance coverage at the time coverage was previously offered to the employee or dependent.
(B)
The employee stated in writing at such time that coverage under a group health plan or health insurance coverage was the reason for declining enrollment, but only if the plan sponsor or issuer (if applicable) required such a statement at such time and provided the employee with notice of such requirement (and the consequences of such requirement) at such time.
(C)
The employee's or dependent's coverage described in subparagraph (A)—
(i)
was under a COBRA continuation provision and the coverage under such provision was exhausted; or
(ii)
was not under such a provision and either the coverage was terminated as a result of loss of eligibility for the coverage (including as a result of legal separation, divorce, death, termination of employment, or reduction in the number of hours of employment) or employer contributions toward such coverage were terminated.
(D)
Under the terms of the plan, the employee requests such enrollment not later than 30 days after the date of exhaustion of coverage described in subparagraph (C)(i) or termination of coverage or employer contribution described in subparagraph (C)(ii).
(2)

For dependent beneficiaries.—
(A)

In general.—
If—
(i)
a group health plan makes coverage available with respect to a dependent of an individual,
(ii)
the individual is a participant under the plan (or has met any waiting period applicable to becoming a participant under the plan and is eligible to be enrolled under the plan but for a failure to enroll during a previous enrollment period), and
(iii)
a person becomes such a dependent of the individual through marriage, birth, or adoption or placement for adoption,
the group health plan shall provide for a dependent special enrollment period described in subparagraph (B) during which the person (or, if not otherwise enrolled, the individual) may be enrolled under the plan as a dependent of the individual, and in the case of the birth or adoption of a child, the spouse of the individual may be enrolled as a dependent of the individual if such spouse is otherwise eligible for coverage.
(B)

Dependent special enrollment period.—
A dependent special enrollment period under this subparagraph shall be a period of not less than 30 days and shall begin on the later of—
(i)
the date dependent coverage is made
available, or
(ii)
the date of the marriage, birth, or adoption or placement for adoption (as the case may be) described in subparagraph (A)(iii).
(C)

No waiting period.—
If an individual seeks to enroll a dependent during the first 30 days of such a dependent special enrollment period, the coverage of the dependent shall become effective—
(i)
in the case of marriage, not later than the first day of the first month beginning after the date the completed request for enrollment is received;
(ii)
in the case of a dependent's birth, as of the date of such birth; or
(iii)
in the case of a dependent's adoption or placement for adoption, the date of such adoption or placement for adoption.
(3)

Special rules for application in case of medicaid and chip.—
(A)

In general.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, shall permit an employee who is eligible, but not enrolled, for coverage under the terms of the plan (or a dependent of such an employee if the dependent is eligible, but not enrolled, for coverage under such terms) to enroll for coverage under the terms of the plan if either of the following conditions is met:
(i)

Termination of medicaid or chip coverage.—
The employee or dependent is covered under a Medicaid plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act or under a State child health plan under title XXI of such Act and coverage of the employee or dependent under such a plan is terminated as a result of loss of eligibility for such coverage and the employee requests coverage under the group health plan (or health insurance coverage) not later than 60 days after the date of termination of such coverage.
(ii)

Eligibility for employment assistance under medicaid or chip.—
The employee or dependent becomes eligible for assistance, with respect to coverage under the group health plan or health insurance coverage, under such Medicaid plan or State child health plan (including under any waiver or demonstration project conducted under or in relation to such a plan), if the employee requests coverage under the group health plan or health insurance coverage not later than 60 days after the date the employee or dependent is determined to be eligible for such assistance.
(B)

Coordination with medicaid and chip.—
(i)

Outreach to employees regarding availability of medicaid and chip coverage.—
(I)

In general.—
Each employer that maintains a group health plan in a State that provides medical assistance under a State Medicaid plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act, or child health assistance under a State child health plan under title XXI of such Act, in the form of premium assistance for the purchase of coverage under a group health plan, shall provide to each employee a written notice informing the employee of potential opportunities then currently available in the State in which the employee resides for premium assistance under such plans for health coverage of the employee or the employee's dependents.
(II)

Model notice.—
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Children's Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2009, the Secretary and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, in consultation with Directors of State Medicaid agencies under title XIX of the Social Security Act and Directors of State CHIP agencies under title XXI of such Act, shall jointly develop national and State-specific model notices for purposes of subparagraph (A). The Secretary shall provide employers with such model notices so as to enable employers to timely comply with the requirements of subparagraph (A). Such model notices shall include information regarding how an employee may contact the State in which the employee resides for additional information regarding potential opportunities for such premium assistance, including how to apply for such assistance.
(III)

Option to provide concurrent with provision of plan materials to employee.—
An employer may provide the model notice applicable to the State in which an employee resides concurrent with the furnishing of materials notifying the employee of health plan eligibility, concurrent with materials provided to the employee in connection with an open season or election process conducted under the plan, or concurrent with the furnishing of the summary plan description as provided in section 104(b).
(ii)

Disclosure about group health plan benefits to states for medicaid and chip eligible individuals.—
In the case of a participant or beneficiary of a group health plan who is covered under a Medicaid plan of a State under title XIX of the Social Security Act or under a State child health plan under title XXI of such Act, the plan administrator of the group health plan shall disclose to the State, upon request, information about the benefits available under the group health plan in sufficient specificity, as determined under regulations of the Secretary of Health and Human Services in consultation with the Secretary that require use of the model coverage coordination disclosure form developed under section 311(b)(1)(C) of the Children's Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2009, so as to permit the State to make a determination (under paragraph (2)(B), (3), or (10) of section 2105(c) of the Social Security Act or otherwise) concerning the cost-effectiveness of the State providing medical or child health assistance through premium assistance for the purchase of coverage under such group health plan and in order for the State to provide supplemental benefits required under paragraph (10)(E) of such section or other authority.
(g)

Use of Affiliation Period by HMOs as Alternative to Preexisting Condition Exclusion.—
(1)

In general.—
In the case of a group health plan that offers medical care through health insurance coverage offered by a health maintenance organization, the plan may provide for an affiliation period with respect to coverage through the organization only if—
(A)
no preexisting condition exclusion is imposed with respect to coverage through the organization,
(B)
the period is applied uniformly without regard to any health status-related factors, and
(C)
such period does not exceed 2 months (or 3 months in the case of a late enrollee).
(2)

Affiliation period.—
(A)

Defined.—
For purposes of this part, the term “affiliation period” means a period which, under the terms of the health insurance coverage offered by the health maintenance organization, must expire before the health insurance coverage becomes effective. The organization is not required to provide health care services or benefits during such period and no premium shall be charged to the participant or beneficiary for any coverage during the period.
(B)

Beginning.—
Such period shall begin on the enrollment date.
(C)

Runs concurrently with waiting periods.—
An affiliation period under a plan shall run concurrently with any waiting period under the plan.
(3)

Alternative methods.—
A health maintenance organization described in paragraph (1) may use alternative methods, from those described in such paragraph, to address adverse selection as approved by the State insurance commissioner or official or officials designated by the State to enforce the requirements of part A of title XXVII of the Public Health Service Act for the State involved with respect to such issuer.
SEC. 702.
[1182]

PROHIBITING DISCRIMINATION AGAINST INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES BASED ON HEALTH STATUS.
(a)

In Eligibility To Enroll.—
(1)

In general.—
Subject to paragraph (2), a group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, may not establish rules for eligibility (including continued eligibility) of any individual to enroll under the terms of the plan based on any of the following health status-related factors in relation to the individual or a dependent of the individual:
(A)
Health status.
(B)
Medical condition (including both physical and mental illnesses).
(C)
Claims experience.
(D)
Receipt of health care.
(E)
Medical history.
(F)
Genetic information.
(G)
Evidence of insurability (including conditions arising out of acts of domestic violence).
(H)
Disability.
(2)

No application to benefits or exclusions.—
To the extent consistent with section 701, paragraph (1) shall not be construed—
(A)
to require a group health plan, or group health insurance coverage, to provide particular benefits other than those provided under the terms of such plan or coverage, or
(B)
to prevent such a plan or coverage from establishing limitations or restrictions on the amount, level, extent, or nature of the benefits or coverage for similarly situated individuals enrolled in the plan or coverage.
(3)

Construction.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), rules for eligibility to enroll under a plan include rules defining any applicable waiting periods for such enrollment.
(b)

In Premium Contributions.—
(1)

In general.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, may not require any individual (as a condition of enrollment or continued enrollment under the plan) to pay a premium or contribution which is greater than such premium or contribution for a similarly situated individual enrolled in the plan on the basis of any health status-related factor in relation to the individual or to an individual enrolled under the plan as a dependent of the individual.
(2)

Construction.—
Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed—
(A)
to restrict the amount that an employer may be charged for coverage under a group health plan except as provided in paragraph (3); or
(B)
to prevent a group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, from establishing premium discounts or rebates or modifying otherwise applicable copayments or deductibles in return for adherence to programs of health promotion and disease prevention.
(3)

No group-based discrimination on basis of genetic information.—
(A)

In general.—
For purposes of this section, a group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, may not adjust premium or contribution amounts for the group covered under such plan on the basis of genetic information.
(B)

Rule of construction.—
Nothing in subparagraph (A) or in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (d) shall be construed to limit the ability of a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan to increase the premium for an employer based on the manifestation of a disease or disorder of an individual who is enrolled in the plan. In such case, the manifestation of a disease or disorder in one individual cannot also be used as genetic information about other group members and to further increase the premium for the employer.
(c)

Genetic Testing.—
(1)

Limitation on requesting or requiring genetic testing.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, shall not request or require an individual or a family member of such individual to undergo a genetic test.
(2)

Rule of construction.—
Paragraph (1) shall not be construed to limit the authority of a health care professional who is providing health care services to an individual to request that such individual undergo a genetic test.
(3)

Rule of construction regarding payment.—
(A)

In general.—
Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed to preclude a group health plan, or a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, from obtaining and using the results of a genetic test in making a determination regarding payment (as such term is defined for the purposes of applying the regulations promulgated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under part C of title XI of the Social Security Act and section 264 of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as may be revised from time to time) consistent with subsection (a).
(B)

Limitation.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), a group health plan, or a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, may request only the minimum amount of information necessary to accomplish the intended purpose.
(4)

Research exception.—
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a group health plan, or a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, may request, but not require, that a participant or beneficiary undergo a genetic test if each of the following conditions is met:
(A)
The request is made, in writing, pursuant to research that complies with part 46 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations, or equivalent Federal regulations, and any applicable State or local law or regulations for the protection of human subjects in research.
(B)
The plan or issuer clearly indicates to each participant or beneficiary, or in the case of a minor child, to the legal guardian of such beneficiary, to whom the request is made that—
(i)
compliance with the request is voluntary; and
(ii)
non-compliance will have no effect on enrollment status or premium or contribution amounts.
(C)
No genetic information collected or acquired under this paragraph shall be used for underwriting purposes.
(D)
The plan or issuer notifies the Secretary in writing that the plan or issuer is conducting activities pursuant to the exception provided for under this paragraph, including a description of the activities conducted.
(E)
The plan or issuer complies with such other conditions as the Secretary may by regulation require for activities conducted under this paragraph.
(d)

Prohibition on Collection of Genetic Information.—
(1)

In general.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, shall not request, require, or purchase genetic information for underwriting purposes (as defined in section 733).
(2)

Prohibition on collection of genetic information prior to enrollment.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, shall not request, require, or purchase genetic information with respect to any individual prior to such individual's enrollment under the plan or coverage in connection with such enrollment.
(3)

Incidental collection.—
If a group health plan, or a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, obtains genetic information incidental to the requesting, requiring, or purchasing of other information concerning any individual, such request, requirement, or purchase shall not be considered a violation of paragraph (2) if such request, requirement, or purchase is not in violation of paragraph (1).
(e)

Application to All Plans.—
The provisions of subsections (a)(1)(F), (b)(3), (c), and (d), and subsection (b)(1) and section 701 with respect to genetic information, shall apply to group health plans and health insurance issuers without regard to section 732(a).
(f)

Genetic Information of a Fetus or Embryo.—
Any reference in this part to genetic information concerning an individual or family member of an individual shall—
(1)
with respect to such an individual or family member of an individual who is a pregnant woman, include genetic information of any fetus carried by such pregnant woman; and
(2)
with respect to an individual or family member utilizing an assisted reproductive technology, include genetic information of any embryo legally held by the individual or family member.
SEC. 703.
[1183]

GUARANTEED RENEWABILITY IN MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS AND MULTIPLE EMPLOYER WELFARE ARRANGEMENTS.
A group health plan which is a multiemployer plan or which is a multiple employer welfare arrangement may not deny an employer whose employees are covered under such a plan continued access to the same or different coverage under the terms of such a plan, other than—
(1)
for nonpayment of contributions;
(2)
for fraud or other intentional misrepresentation of material fact by the employer;
(3)
for noncompliance with material plan provisions;
(4)
because the plan is ceasing to offer any coverage in a geographic area;
(5)
in the case of a plan that offers benefits through a network plan, there is no longer any individual enrolled through the employer who lives, resides, or works in the service area of the network plan and the plan applies this paragraph uniformly without regard to the claims experience of employers or any health status-related factor in relation to such individuals or their dependents; and
(6)
for failure to meet the terms of an applicable collective bargaining agreement, to renew a collective bargaining or other agreement requiring or authorizing contributions to the plan, or to employ employees covered by such an agreement.
subpart B—

Other Requirements
SEC. 711.
[1185]

STANDARDS RELATING TO BENEFITS FOR MOTHERS AND NEWBORNS.
(a)

Requirements for Minimum Hospital Stay Following Birth.—
(1)

In general.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, may not—
(A)
except as provided in paragraph (2)—
(i)
restrict benefits for any hospital length of stay in connection with childbirth for the mother or newborn child, following a normal vaginal delivery, to less than 48 hours, or
(ii)
restrict benefits for any hospital length of stay in connection with childbirth for the mother or newborn child, following a cesarean section, to less than 96 hours; or
(B)
require that a provider obtain authorization from the plan or the issuer for prescribing any length of stay required under subparagraph (A) (without regard to paragraph (2)).
(2)

Exception.—
Paragraph (1)(A) shall not apply in connection with any group health plan or health insurance issuer in any case in which the decision to discharge the mother or her newborn child prior to the expiration of the minimum length of stay otherwise required under paragraph (1)(A) is made by an attending provider in consultation with the mother.
(b)

Prohibitions.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, may not—
(1)
deny to the mother or her newborn child eligibility, or continued eligibility, to enroll or to renew coverage under the terms of the plan, solely for the purpose of avoiding the requirements of this section;
(2)
provide monetary payments or rebates to mothers to encourage such mothers to accept less than the minimum protections available under this section;
(3)
penalize or otherwise reduce or limit the reimbursement of an attending provider because such provider provided care to an individual participant or beneficiary in accordance with this section;
(4)
provide incentives (monetary or otherwise) to an attending provider to induce such provider to provide care to an individual participant or beneficiary in a manner inconsistent with this section; or
(5)
subject to subsection (c)(3), restrict benefits for any portion of a period within a hospital length of stay required under subsection (a) in a manner which is less favorable than the benefits provided for any preceding portion of such stay.
(c)

Rules of Construction.—
(1)
Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a mother who is a participant or beneficiary—
(A)
to give birth in a hospital; or
(B)
to stay in the hospital for a fixed period of time following the birth of her child.
(2)
This section shall not apply with respect to any group health plan, or any group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer, which does not provide benefits for hospital lengths of stay in connection with childbirth for a mother or her newborn child.
(3)
Nothing in this section shall be construed as preventing a group health plan or issuer from imposing deductibles, coinsurance, or other cost-sharing in relation to benefits for hospital lengths of stay in connection with childbirth for a mother or newborn child under the plan (or under health insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan), except that such coinsurance or other cost-sharing for any portion of a period within a hospital length of stay required under subsection (a) may not be greater than such coinsurance or cost-sharing for any preceding portion of such stay.
(d)

Notice Under Group Health Plan.—
The imposition of the requirements of this section shall be treated as a material modification in the terms of the plan described in section 102(a)(1), for purposes of assuring notice of such requirements under the plan; except that the summary description required to be provided under the last sentence of section 104(b)(1) with respect to such modification shall be provided by not later than 60 days after the first day of the first plan year in which such requirements apply.
(e)

Level and Type of Reimbursements.—
Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage from negotiating the level and type of reimbursement with a provider for care provided in accordance with this section.
(f)

Preemption; Exception for Health Insurance Coverage in Certain States.—
(1)

In general.—
The requirements of this section shall not apply with respect to health insurance coverage if there is a State law (as defined in section 731(d)(1)) for a State that regulates such coverage that is described in any of the following subparagraphs:
(A)
Such State law requires such coverage to provide for at least a 48-hour hospital length of stay following a normal vaginal delivery and at least a 96-hour hospital length of stay following a cesarean section.
(B)
Such State law requires such coverage to provide for maternity and pediatric care in accordance with guidelines established by the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, the American Academy of Pediatrics, or other established professional medical associations.
(C)
Such State law requires, in connection with such coverage for maternity care, that the hospital length of stay for such care is left to the decision of (or required to be made by) the attending provider in consultation with the mother.
(2)

Construction.—
Section 731(a)(1) shall not be construed as superseding a State law described in paragraph (1).
SEC. 712.
[1185a]

PARITY IN MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER BENEFITS.
(a)

In General.—
(1)

Aggregate lifetime limits.—
In the case of a group health plan (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan) that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits—
(A)

No lifetime limit.—
If the plan or coverage does not include an aggregate lifetime limit on substantially all medical and surgical benefits, the plan or coverage may not impose any aggregate lifetime limit on mental health or substance use disorder benefits.
(B)

Lifetime limit.—
If the plan or coverage includes an aggregate lifetime limit on substantially all medical and surgical benefits (in this paragraph referred to as the “applicable lifetime limit”), the plan or coverage shall either—
(i)
apply the applicable lifetime limit both to the medical and surgical benefits to which it otherwise would apply and to mental health and substance use disorder benefits and not distinguish in the application of such limit between such medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits; or
(ii)
not include any aggregate lifetime limit on mental health or substance use disorder benefits that is less than the applicable lifetime limit.
(C)

Rule in case of different limits.—
In the case of a plan or coverage that is not described in subparagraph (A) or (B) and that includes no or different aggregate lifetime limits on different categories of medical and surgical benefits, the Secretary shall establish rules under which subparagraph (B) is applied to such plan or coverage with respect to mental health and substance use disorder benefits by substituting for the applicable lifetime limit an average aggregate lifetime limit that is computed taking into account the weighted average of the aggregate lifetime limits applicable to such categories.
(2)

Annual limits.—
In the case of a group health plan (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan) that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits—
(A)

No annual limit.—
If the plan or coverage does not include an annual limit on substantially all medical and surgical benefits, the plan or coverage may not impose any annual limit on mental health or substance use disorder benefits.
(B)

Annual limit.—
If the plan or coverage includes an annual limit on substantially all medical and surgical benefits (in this paragraph referred to as the “applicable annual limit”), the plan or coverage shall either—
(i)
apply the applicable annual limit both to medical and surgical benefits to which it otherwise would apply and to mental health and substance use disorder benefits and not distinguish in the application of such limit between such medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits; or
(ii)
not include any annual limit on mental health or substance use disorder benefits that is less than the applicable annual limit.
(C)

Rule in case of different limits.—
In the case of a plan or coverage that is not described in subparagraph (A) or (B) and that includes no or different annual limits on different categories of medical and surgical benefits, the Secretary shall establish rules under which subparagraph (B) is applied to such plan or coverage with respect to mental health and substance use disorder benefits by substituting for the applicable annual limit an average annual limit that is computed taking into account the weighted average of the annual limits applicable to such categories.
(3)

Financial requirements and treatment limitations.—
(A)

In general.—
In the case of a group health plan (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan) that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits, such plan or coverage shall ensure that—
(i)
the financial requirements applicable to such mental health or substance use disorder benefits are no more restrictive than the predominant financial requirements applied to substantially all medical and surgical benefits covered by the plan (or coverage), and there are no separate cost sharing requirements that are applicable only with respect to mental health or substance use disorder benefits; and
(ii)
the treatment limitations applicable to such mental health or substance use disorder benefits are no more restrictive than the predominant treatment limitations applied to substantially all medical and surgical benefits covered by the plan (or coverage) and there are no separate treatment limitations that are applicable only with respect to mental health or substance use disorder benefits.
(B)

Definitions.—
In this paragraph:
(i)

Financial requirement.—
The term “financial requirement” includes deductibles, copayments, coinsurance, and out-of-pocket expenses, but excludes an aggregate lifetime limit and an annual limit subject to paragraphs (1) and (2),
(ii)

Predominant.—
A financial requirement or treatment limit is considered to be predominant if it is the most common or frequent of such type of limit or requirement.
(iii)

Treatment limitation.—
The term “treatment limitation” includes limits on the frequency of treatment, number of visits, days of coverage, or other similar limits on the scope or duration of treatment.
(4)

Availability of plan information.—
The criteria for medical necessity determinations made under the plan with respect to mental health or substance use disorder benefits (or the health insurance coverage offered in connection with the plan with respect to such benefits) shall be made available by the plan administrator (or the health insurance issuer offering such coverage) in accordance with regulations to any current or potential participant, beneficiary, or contracting provider upon request. The reason for any denial under the plan (or coverage) of reimbursement or payment for services with respect to mental health or substance use disorder benefits in the case of any participant or beneficiary shall, on request or as otherwise required, be made available by the plan administrator (or the health insurance issuer offering such coverage) to the participant or beneficiary in accordance with regulations.
(5)

Out-of-network providers.—
In the case of a plan or coverage that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits, if the plan or coverage provides coverage for medical or surgical benefits provided by out-of-network providers, the plan or coverage shall provide coverage for mental health or substance use disorder benefits provided by out-of-network providers in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of this section.
(6)

Compliance program guidance document.—
(A)

In general.—
The Secretary, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Inspector General of the Department of Labor, and the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury, shall issue a compliance program guidance document to help improve compliance with this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, and section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable. In carrying out this paragraph, the Secretaries may take into consideration the 2016 publication of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Department of Labor, entitled “Warning Signs - Plan or Policy Non-Quantitative Treatment Limitations (NQTLs) that Require Additional Analysis to Determine Mental Health Parity Compliance”.
(B)

Examples illustrating compliance and noncompliance.—
(i)

In general.—
The compliance program guidance document required under this paragraph shall provide illustrative, de-identified examples (that do not disclose any protected health information or individually identifiable information) of previous findings of compliance and noncompliance with this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable, based on investigations of violations of such sections, including—
(I)
examples illustrating requirements for information disclosures and nonquantitative treatment limitations; and
(II)
descriptions of the violations uncovered during the course of such investigations.
(ii)

Nonquantitative treatment limitations.—
To the extent that any example described in clause (i) involves a finding of compliance or noncompliance with regard to any requirement for nonquantitative treatment limitations, the example shall provide sufficient detail to fully explain such finding, including a full description of the criteria involved for approving medical and surgical benefits and the criteria involved for approving mental health and substance use disorder benefits.
(iii)

Access to additional information regarding compliance.—
In developing and issuing the compliance program guidance document required under this paragraph, the Secretaries specified in subparagraph (A)—
(I)
shall enter into interagency agreements with the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Inspector General of the Department of Labor, and the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury to share findings of compliance and noncompliance with this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable; and
(II)
shall seek to enter into an agreement with a State to share information on findings of compliance and noncompliance with this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable.
(C)

Recommendations.—
The compliance program guidance document shall include recommendations to advance compliance with this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable, and encourage the development and use of internal controls to monitor adherence to applicable statutes, regulations, and program requirements. Such internal controls may include illustrative examples of nonquantitative treatment limitations on mental health and substance use disorder benefits, which may fail to comply with this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable, in relation to nonquantitative treatment limitations on medical and surgical benefits.
(D)

Updating the compliance program guidance document.—
The Secretary, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Inspector General of the Department of Labor, and the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury, shall update the compliance program guidance document every 2 years to include illustrative, de-identified examples (that do not disclose any protected health information or individually identifiable information) of previous findings of compliance and noncompliance with this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable.
(7)

Additional guidance.—
(A)

In general.—
The Secretary, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of the Treasury shall issue guidance to group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group health insurance coverage to assist such plans and issuers in satisfying the requirements of this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable.
(B)

Disclosure.—
(i)

Guidance for plans and issuers.—
The guidance issued under this paragraph shall include clarifying information and illustrative examples of methods that group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group or individual health insurance coverage may use for disclosing information to ensure compliance with the requirements under this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable, (and any regulations promulgated pursuant to such sections, as applicable).
(ii)

Documents for participants, beneficiaries, contracting providers, or authorized representatives.—
The guidance issued under this paragraph shall include clarifying information and illustrative examples of methods that group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group health insurance coverage may use to provide any participant, beneficiary, contracting provider, or authorized representative, as applicable, with documents containing information that the health plans or issuers are required to disclose to participants, beneficiaries, contracting providers, or authorized representatives to ensure compliance with this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable, compliance with any regulation issued pursuant to such respective section, or compliance with any other applicable law or regulation. Such guidance shall include information that is comparative in nature with respect to—
(I)
nonquantitative treatment limitations for both medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits;
(II)
the processes, strategies, evidentiary standards, and other factors used to apply the limitations described in subclause (I); and
(III)
the application of the limitations described in subclause (I) to ensure that such limitations are applied in parity with respect to both medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits.
(C)

Nonquantitative treatment limitations.—
The guidance issued under this paragraph shall include clarifying information and illustrative examples of methods, processes, strategies, evidentiary standards, and other factors that group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group health insurance coverage may use regarding the development and application of nonquantitative treatment limitations to ensure compliance with this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable, (and any regulations promulgated pursuant to such respective section), including—
(i)
examples of methods of determining appropriate types of nonquantitative treatment limitations with respect to both medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits, including nonquantitative treatment limitations pertaining to—
(I)
medical management standards based on medical necessity or appropriateness, or whether a treatment is experimental or investigative;
(II)
limitations with respect to prescription drug formulary design; and
(III)
use of fail-first or step therapy protocols;
(ii)
examples of methods of determining—
(I)
network admission standards (such as credentialing); and
(II)
factors used in provider reimbursement methodologies (such as service type, geographic market, demand for services, and provider supply, practice size, training, experience, and licensure) as such factors apply to network adequacy;
(iii)
examples of sources of information that may serve as evidentiary standards for the purposes of making determinations regarding the development and application of nonquantitative treatment limitations;
(iv)
examples of specific factors, and the evidentiary standards used to evaluate such factors, used by such plans or issuers in performing a nonquantitative treatment limitation analysis;
(v)
examples of how specific evidentiary standards may be used to determine whether treatments are considered experimental or investigative;
(vi)
examples of how specific evidentiary standards may be applied to each service category or classification of benefits;
(vii)
examples of methods of reaching appropriate coverage determinations for new mental health or substance use disorder treatments, such as evidence-based early intervention programs for individuals with a serious mental illness and types of medical management techniques;
(viii)
examples of methods of reaching appropriate coverage determinations for which there is an indirect relationship between the covered mental health or substance use disorder benefit and a traditional covered medical and surgical benefit, such as residential treatment or hospitalizations involving voluntary or involuntary commitment; and
(ix)
additional illustrative examples of methods, processes, strategies, evidentiary standards, and other factors for which the Secretary determines that additional guidance is necessary to improve compliance with this section, section 2726 of the Public Health Service Act, or section 9812 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as applicable.
(D)

Public comment.—
Prior to issuing any final guidance under this paragraph, the Secretary shall provide a public comment period of not less than 60 days during which any member of the public may provide comments on a draft of the guidance.
(8)

Compliance requirements.—
(A)

Nonquantitative treatment limitation (nqtl) requirements.—
In the case of a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits and that imposes nonquantitative treatment limitations (referred to in this section as “NQTLs”) on mental health or substance use disorder benefits, such plan or issuer shall perform and document comparative analyses of the design and application of NQTLs and, beginning 45 days after the date of enactment of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, make available to the Secretary, upon request, the comparative analyses and the following information:
(i)
The specific plan or coverage terms or other relevant terms regarding the NQTLs, that applies to such plan or coverage, and a description of all mental health or substance use disorder and medical or surgical benefits to which each such term applies in each respective benefits classification.
(ii)
The factors used to determine that the NQTLs will apply to mental health or substance use disorder benefits and medical or surgical benefits.
(iii)
The evidentiary standards used for the factors identified in clause (ii), when applicable, provided that every factor shall be defined, and any other source or evidence relied upon to design and apply the NQTLs to mental health or substance use disorder benefits and medical or surgical benefits.
(iv)
The comparative analyses demonstrating that the processes, strategies, evidentiary standards, and other factors used to apply the NQTLs to mental health or substance use disorder benefits, as written and in operation, are comparable to, and are applied no more stringently than, the processes, strategies, evidentiary standards, and other factors used to apply the NQTLs to medical or surgical benefits in the benefits classification.
(v)
The specific findings and conclusions reached by the group health plan or health insurance issuer with respect to the health insurance coverage, including any results of the analyses described in this subparagraph that indicate that the plan or coverage is or is not in compliance with this section.
(B)

Secretary request process.—
(i)

Submission upon request.—
The Secretary shall request that a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage submit the comparative analyses described in subparagraph (A) for plans that involve potential violations of this section or complaints regarding noncompliance with this section that concern NQTLs and any other instances in which the Secretary determines appropriate. The Secretary shall request not fewer than 20 such analyses per year.
(ii)

Additional information
In instances in which the Secretary has concluded that the group health plan or health insurance issuer with respect to group health insurance coverage has not submitted sufficient information for the Secretary to review the comparative analyses described in subparagraph (A), as requested under clause (i), the Secretary shall specify to the plan or issuer the information the plan or issuer must submit to be responsive to the request under clause (i) for the Secretary to review the comparative analyses described in subparagraph (A) for compliance with this section. Nothing in this paragraph shall require the Secretary to conclude that a group health plan or health insurance issuer is in compliance with this section solely based upon the inspection of the comparative analyses described in subparagraph (A), as requested under clause (i).
(iii)

Required action.—
(I)

In general.—
In instances in which the Secretary has reviewed the comparative analyses described in subparagraph (A), as requested under clause (i), and determined that the group health plan or health insurance issuer is not in compliance with this section, the plan or issuer—
- (aa)
shall specify to the Secretary the actions the plan or issuer will take to be in compliance with this section and provide to the Secretary additional comparative analyses described in subparagraph (A) that demonstrate compliance with this section not later than 45 days after the initial determination by the Secretary that the plan or issuer is not in compliance; and
- (bb)
following the 45-day corrective action period under item (aa), if the Secretary makes a final determination that the plan or issuer still is not in compliance with this section, not later than 7 days after such determination, shall notify all individuals enrolled in the plan or applicable health insurance coverage offered by the issuer that the plan or issuer, with respect to such coverage, has been determined to be not in compliance with this section.
(II)

Exemption from disclosure.—
Documents or communications produced in connection with the Secretary’s recommendations to a group health plan or health insurance issuer shall not be subject to disclosure pursuant to section 552 of title 5, United States Code.
(iv)

Report.—
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this paragraph, and not later than October 1 of each year thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to Congress, and make publicly available, a report that contains—
(I)
a summary of the comparative analyses requested under clause (i), including the identity of each group health plan or health insurance issuer, with respect to certain health insurance coverage that is determined to be not in compliance after the final determination by the Secretary described in clause (iii)(I)(bb);
(II)
the Secretary’s conclusions as to whether each group health plan or health insurance issuer submitted sufficient information for the Secretary to review the comparative analyses requested under clause (i) for compliance with this section;
(III)
for each group health plan or health insurance issuer that did submit sufficient information for the Secretary to review the comparative analyses requested under clause (i), the Secretary’s conclusions as to whether and why the plan or issuer is in compliance with the disclosure requirements under this section;
(IV)
the Secretary’s specifications described in clause (ii) for each group health plan or health insurance issuer that the Secretary determined did not submit sufficient information for the Secretary to review the comparative analyses requested under clause (i) for compliance with this section; and
(V)
the Secretary’s specifications described in clause (iii) of the actions each group health plan or health insurance issuer that the Secretary determined is not in compliance with this section must take to be in compliance with this section, including the reason why the Secretary determined the plan or issuer is not in compliance.
(C)

Compliance program guidance document update process.—
(i)

In general.—
The Secretary shall include instances of noncompliance that the Secretary discovers upon reviewing the comparative analyses requested under subparagraph (B)(i) in the compliance program guidance document described in paragraph (6), as it is updated every 2 years, except that such instances shall not disclose any protected health information or individually identifiable information.
(ii)

Guidance and regulations.—
Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this paragraph, the Secretary shall finalize any draft or interim guidance and regulations relating to mental health parity under this section. Such draft guidance shall include guidance to clarify the process and timeline for current and potential participants and beneficiaries (and authorized representatives and health care providers of such participants and beneficiaries) with respect to plans to file complaints of such plans or issuers being in violation of this section, including guidance, by plan type, on the relevant State, regional, or national office with which such complaints should be filed.
(iii)

State.—
The Secretary shall share information on findings of compliance and noncompliance discovered upon reviewing the comparative analyses requested under subparagraph (B)(i) shall be shared with the State where the group health plan is located or the State where the health insurance issuer is licensed to do business for coverage offered by a health insurance issuer in the group market, in accordance with paragraph (6)(B)(iii)(II).
(b)

Construction.—
Nothing in this section shall be
construed—
(1)
as requiring a group health plan (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan) to provide any mental health or substance use disorder benefits; or
(2)
in the case of a group health plan (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan) that provides mental health or substance use disorder benefits, as affecting the terms and conditions of the plan or coverage relating to such benefits under the plan or coverage, except as provided in subsection (a).
(c)

Exemptions.—
(1)

Small employer exemption.—
(A)

In general.—
This section shall not apply to any group health plan (and group health insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan) for any plan year of a small employer.
(B)

Small employer.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “small employer” means, in connection with a group health plan with respect to a calendar year and a plan year, an employer who employed an average of at least 2 (or 1 in the case of an employer residing in a State that permits small groups to include a single individual) but not more than 50 employees on business days during the preceding calendar year.
(C)

Application of certain rules in determination of employer size.—
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)

Application of aggregation rule for employers.—
Rules similar to the rules under subsections (b), (c), (m), and (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall apply for purposes of treating persons as a single employer.
(ii)

Employers not in existence in preceding year.—
In the case of an employer which was not in existence throughout the preceding calendar year, the determination of whether such employer is a small employer shall be based on the average number of employees that it is reasonably expected such employer will employ on business days in the current calendar year.
(iii)

Predecessors.—
Any reference in this paragraph to an employer shall include a reference to any predecessor of such employer.
(2)

Cost exemption.—
(A)

In general.—
With respect to a group health plan (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan), if the application of this section to such plan (or coverage) results in an increase for the plan year involved of the actual total costs of coverage with respect to medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits under the plan (as determined and certified under subparagraph (C)) by an amount that exceeds the applicable percentage described in subparagraph (B) of the actual total plan costs, the provisions of this section shall not apply to such plan (or coverage) during the following plan year, and such exemption shall apply to the plan (or coverage) for 1 plan year. An employer may elect to continue to apply mental health and substance use disorder parity pursuant to this section with respect to the group health plan (or coverage) involved regardless of any increase in total costs.
(B)

Applicable percentage.—
With respect to a plan (or coverage), the applicable percentage described in this subparagraph shall be—
(i)
2 percent in the case of the first plan year in which this section is applied; and
(ii)
1 percent in the case of each subsequent plan year.
(C)

Determinations by actuaries.—
Determinations as to increases in actual costs under a plan (or coverage) for purposes of this section shall be made and certified by a qualified and licensed actuary who is a member in good standing of the American Academy of Actuaries. All such determinations shall be in a written report prepared by the actuary. The report, and all underlying documentation relied upon by the actuary, shall be maintained by the group health plan or health insurance issuer for a period of 6 years following the notification made under subparagraph (E).
(D)

6-month determinations.—
If a group health plan (or a health insurance issuer offering coverage in connection with a group health plan) seeks an exemption under this paragraph, determinations under subparagraph (A) shall be made after such plan (or coverage) has complied with this section for the first 6 months of the plan year involved.
(E)

Notification.—
(i)

In general.—
A group health plan (or a health insurance issuer offering coverage in connection with a group health plan) that, based upon a certification described under subparagraph (C), qualifies for an exemption under this paragraph, and elects to implement the exemption, shall promptly notify the Secretary, the appropriate State agencies, and participants and beneficiaries in the plan of such election.
(ii)

Requirement.—
A notification to the Secretary under clause (i) shall include—
(I)
a description of the number of covered lives under the plan (or coverage) involved at the time of the notification, and as applicable, at the time of any prior election of the cost-exemption under this paragraph by such plan (or coverage);
(II)
for both the plan year upon which a cost exemption is sought and the year prior, a description of the actual total costs of coverage with respect to medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits under the plan; and
(III)
for both the plan year upon which a cost exemption is sought and the year prior, the actual total costs of coverage with respect to mental health and substance use disorder benefits under the plan.
(iii)

Confidentiality.—
A notification to the Secretary under clause (i) shall be confidential. The Secretary shall make available, upon request and on not more than an annual basis, an anonymous itemization of such notifications, that includes—
(I)
a breakdown of States by the size and type of employers submitting such notification; and
(II)
a summary of the data received under clause (ii).
(F)

Audits by appropriate agencies.—
To determine compliance with this paragraph, the Secretary may audit the books and records of a group health plan or health insurance issuer relating to an exemption, including any actuarial reports prepared pursuant to subparagraph (C), during the 6 year period following the notification of such exemption under subparagraph (E). A State agency receiving a notification under subparagraph (E) may also conduct such an audit with respect to an exemption covered by such notification.
(d)

Separate Application to Each Option Offered.—
In the case of a group health plan that offers a participant or beneficiary two or more benefit package options under the plan, the requirements of this section shall be applied separately with respect to each such option.
(e)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this section—
(1)

Aggregate lifetime limit.—
The term “aggregate lifetime limit” means, with respect to benefits under a group health plan or health insurance coverage, a dollar limitation on the total amount that may be paid with respect to such benefits under the plan or health insurance coverage with respect to an individual or other coverage unit.
(2)

Annual limit.—
The term “annual limit” means, with respect to benefits under a group health plan or health insurance coverage, a dollar limitation on the total amount of
benefits that may be paid with respect to such benefits in a 12-month period under the plan or health insurance coverage with respect to an individual or other coverage unit.
(3)

Medical or surgical benefits.—
The term “medical or surgical benefits” means benefits with respect to
medical or surgical services, as defined under the terms of the plan or coverage (as the case may be), but does not include mental health or substance use disorder benefits.
(4)

Mental health benefits.—
The term “mental health benefits” means benefits with respect to services for mental health conditions, as defined under the terms of the plan and in accordance with applicable Federal and State law.
(5)

Substance use disorder benefits.—
The term “substance use disorder benefits” means benefits with respect to services for substance use disorders, as defined under the terms of the plan and in accordance with applicable Federal and State law.
(f)

Secretary Report.—
The Secretary shall, by January 1, 2012, and every two years thereafter, submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report on compliance of group health plans (and health insurance coverage offered in connection with such plans) with the requirements of this section. Such report shall include the results of any surveys or audits on compliance of group health plans (and health insurance coverage offered in connection with such plans) with such requirements and an analysis of the reasons for any failures to comply.
(g)

Notice and Assistance.—
The Secretary, in cooperation with the Secretaries of Health and Human Services and Treasury, as appropriate, shall publish and widely disseminate guidance and information for group health plans, participants and beneficiaries, applicable State and local regulatory bodies, and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners concerning the requirements of this section and shall provide assistance concerning such requirements and the continued operation of applicable State law. Such guidance and information shall inform participants and beneficiaries of how they may obtain assistance under this section, including, where appropriate, assistance from State consumer and insurance agencies.
SEC. 713.
[1185b]

REQUIRED COVERAGE FOR RECONSTRUCTIVE SURGERY FOLLOWING MASTECTOMIES.
(a)

In General.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer providing health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, that provides medical and surgical benefits with respect to a mastectomy shall provide, in a case of a participant or beneficiary who is receiving benefits in connection with a mastectomy and who elects breast reconstruction in connection with such mastectomy, coverage for—
(1)
all stages of reconstruction of the breast on which the mastectomy has been performed;
(2)
surgery and reconstruction of the other breast to produce a symmetrical appearance; and
(3)
prostheses and physical complications of mastectomy, including lymphedemas;
in a manner determined in consultation with the attending physician and the patient. Such coverage may be subject to annual deductibles and coinsurance provisions as may be deemed appropriate and as are consistent with those established for other benefits under the plan or coverage. Written notice of the availability of such coverage shall be delivered to the participant upon enrollment and annually thereafter.
(b)

Notice.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer providing health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan shall provide notice to each participant and beneficiary under such plan regarding the coverage required by this section in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary. Such notice shall be in writing and prominently positioned in any literature or correspondence made available or distributed by the plan or issuer and shall be transmitted—
(1)
in the next mailing made by the plan or issuer to the participant or beneficiary;
(2)
as part of any yearly informational packet sent to the participant or beneficiary; or
(3)
not later than January 1, 1999;
whichever is earlier.
(c)

Prohibitions.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, may not—
(1)
deny to a patient eligibility, or continued eligibility, to enroll or to renew coverage under the terms of the plan, solely for the purpose of avoiding the requirements of this section; and
(2)
penalize or otherwise reduce or limit the reimbursement of an attending provider, or provide incentives (monetary or otherwise) to an attending provider, to induce such provider to provide care to an individual participant or beneficiary in a manner inconsistent with this section.
(d)

Rule of Construction.—
Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage from negotiating the level and type of reimbursement with a provider for care provided in accordance with this section.
(e)

Preemption, Relation to State Laws.—
(1)

In general.—
Nothing in this section shall be construed to preempt any State law in effect on the date of enactment of this section with respect to health insurance coverage that requires coverage of at least the coverage of reconstructive breast surgery otherwise required under this section.
(2)

ERISA.—
Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect or modify the provisions of section 514 with respect to group health plans.
SEC. 714.
[1185c]

COVERAGE OF DEPENDENT STUDENTS ON MEDICALLY NECESSARY LEAVE OF ABSENCE.
(a)

Medically Necessary Leave of Absence.—
In this section, the term “medically necessary leave of absence” means, with respect to a dependent child described in subsection (b)(2) in connection with a group health plan or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such plan, a leave of absence of such child from a postsecondary educational institution (including an institution of higher education as defined in section 102 of the Higher Education Act of 1965), or any other change in enrollment of such child at such an institution, that—
(1)
commences while such child is suffering from a serious illness or injury;
(2)
is medically necessary; and
(3)
causes such child to lose student status for purposes of coverage under the terms of the plan or coverage.
(b)

Requirement To Continue Coverage.—
(1)

In general.—
In the case of a dependent child described in paragraph (2), a group health plan, or a health insurance issuer that provides health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, shall not terminate coverage of such child under such plan or health insurance coverage due to a medically necessary leave of absence before the date that is the earlier of—
(A)
the date that is 1 year after the first day of the medically necessary leave of absence; or
(B)
the date on which such coverage would otherwise terminate under the terms of the plan or health insurance coverage.
(2)

Dependent child described.—
A dependent child described in this paragraph is, with respect to a group health plan or health insurance coverage offered in connection with the plan, a beneficiary under the plan who—
(A)
is a dependent child, under the terms of the plan or coverage, of a participant or beneficiary under the plan or coverage; and
(B)
was enrolled in the plan or coverage, on the basis of being a student at a postsecondary educational institution (as described in subsection (a)), immediately before the first day of the medically necessary leave of absence involved.
(3)

Certification by physician.—
Paragraph (1) shall apply to a group health plan or health insurance coverage offered by an issuer in connection with such plan only if the plan or issuer of the coverage has received written certification by a treating physician of the dependent child which states that the child is suffering from a serious illness or injury and that the leave of absence (or other change of enrollment) described in subsection (a) is medically necessary.
(c)

Notice.—
A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer providing health insurance coverage in connection with a group health plan, shall include, with any notice regarding a requirement for certification of student status for coverage under the plan or coverage, a description of the terms of this section for continued coverage during medically necessary leaves of absence. Such description shall be in language which is understandable to the typical plan participant.
(d)

No Change in Benefits.—
A dependent child whose benefits are continued under this section shall be entitled to the same benefits as if (during the medically necessary leave of absence) the child continued to be a covered student at the institution of higher education and was not on a medically necessary leave of absence.
(e)

Continued Application in Case of Changed Coverage.—
If—
(1)
a dependent child of a participant or beneficiary is in a period of coverage under a group health plan or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan, pursuant to a medically necessary leave of absence of the child described in subsection (b);
(2)
the manner in which the participant or beneficiary is covered under the plan changes, whether through a change in health insurance coverage or health insurance issuer, a change between health insurance coverage and self-insured coverage, or otherwise; and
(3)
the coverage as so changed continues to provide coverage of beneficiaries as dependent children,
this section shall apply to coverage of the child under the changed coverage for the remainder of the period of the medically necessary leave of absence of the dependent child under the plan in the same manner as it would have applied if the changed coverage had been the previous coverage.
SEC. 715.
[1185d]

ADDITIONAL MARKET REFORMS.
(a)

General Rule.—
Except as provided in subsection (b)—
(1)
the provisions of part A of title XXVII of the Public Health Service Act (as amended by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act) shall apply to group health plans, and health insurance issuers providing health insurance coverage in connection with group health plans, as if included in this subpart; and
(2)
to the extent that any provision of this part conflicts with a provision of such part A with respect to group health plans, or health insurance issuers providing health insurance coverage in connection with group health plans, the provisions of such part A shall apply.
(b)

Exception.—
Notwithstanding subsection (a), the provisions of sections 2716 and 2718 of title XXVII of the Public Health Service Act (as amended by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act) shall not apply with respect to self-insured group health plans, and the provisions of this part shall continue to apply to such plans as if such sections of the Public Health Service Act (as so amended) had not been enacted.
SEC. 716.
[1185e]

PREVENTING SURPRISE MEDICAL BILLS.
(a)

Coverage of Emergency Services.—
(1)

In general.—
If a group health plan, or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, provides or covers any benefits with respect to services in an emergency department of a hospital or with respect to emergency services in an independent freestanding emergency department (as defined in paragraph (3)(D)), the plan or issuer shall cover emergency services (as defined in paragraph (3)(C))—
(A)
without the need for any prior authorization determination;
(B)
whether the health care provider furnishing such services is a participating provider or a participating emergency facility, as applicable, with respect to such services;
(C)
in a manner so that, if such services are provided to a participant or beneficiary by a nonparticipating provider or a nonparticipating emergency facility—
(i)
such services will be provided without imposing any requirement under the plan for prior authorization of services or any limitation on coverage that is more restrictive than the requirements or limitations that apply to emergency services received from participating providers and participating emergency facilities with respect to such plan or coverage, respectively;
(ii)
the cost-sharing requirement is not greater than the requirement that would apply if such services were provided by a participating provider or a participating emergency facility;
(iii)
such cost-sharing requirement is calculated as if the total amount that would have been charged for such services by such participating provider or participating emergency facility were equal to the recognized amount (as defined in paragraph (3)(H)) for such services, plan or coverage, and year;
(iv)
the group health plan or health insurance issuer, respectively—
(I)
not later than 30 calendar days after the bill for such services is transmitted by such provider or facility, sends to the provider or facility, as applicable, an initial payment or notice of denial of payment; and
(II)
pays a total plan or coverage payment directly to such provider or facility, respectively (in accordance, if applicable, with the timing requirement described in subsection (c)(6)) that is, with application of any initial payment under subclause (I), equal to the amount by which the out-of-network rate (as defined in paragraph (3)(K)) for such services exceeds the cost-sharing amount for such services (as determined in accordance with clauses (ii) and (iii)) and year; and
(v)
any cost-sharing payments made by the participant or beneficiary with respect to such emergency services so furnished shall be counted toward any in-network deductible or out-of-pocket maximums applied under the plan or coverage, respectively (and such in-network deductible and out-of-pocket maximums shall be applied) in the same manner as if such cost-sharing payments were made with respect to emergency services furnished by a participating provider or a participating emergency facility; and
(D)
without regard to any other term or condition of such coverage (other than exclusion or coordination of benefits, or an affiliation or waiting period, permitted under section 2704 of the Public Health Service Act, including as incorporated pursuant to section 715 of this Act and section 9815 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and other than applicable cost-sharing).
(2)

Regulations for qualifying payment amounts.—
Not later than July 1, 2021, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall establish through rulemaking—
(A)
the methodology the group health plan or health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the group market shall use to determine the qualifying payment amount, differentiating by large group market, and small group market;
(B)
the information such plan or issuer, respectively, shall share with the nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating facility, as applicable, when making such a determination;
(C)
the geographic regions applied for purposes of this subparagraph, taking into account access to items and services in rural and underserved areas, including health professional shortage areas, as defined in section 332 of the Public Health Service Act; and
(D)
a process to receive complaints of violations of the requirements described in subclauses (I) and (II) of subparagraph (A)(i) by group health plans and health insurance issuers offering health insurance coverage in the group market.
Such rulemaking shall take into account payments that are made by such plan or issuer, respectively, that are not on a fee-for-service basis. Such methodology may account for relevant payment adjustments that take into account quality or facility type (including higher acuity settings and the case-mix of various facility types) that are otherwise taken into account for purposes of determining payment amounts with respect to participating facilities. In carrying out clause (iii), the Secretary shall consult with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners to establish the geographic regions under such clause and shall periodically update such regions, as appropriate, taking into account the findings of the report submitted under section 109(a) of the No Surprises Act.
(3)

Definitions.—
In this subpart:
(A)

Emergency department of a hospital.—
The term “emergency department of a hospital” includes a hospital outpatient department that provides emergency services (as defined in subparagraph (C)(i)).
(B)

Emergency medical condition.—
The term “emergency medical condition” means a medical condition manifesting itself by acute symptoms of sufficient severity (including severe pain) such that a prudent layperson, who possesses an average knowledge of health and medicine, could reasonably expect the absence of immediate medical attention to result in a condition described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of section 1867(e)(1)(A) of the Social Security Act.
(C)

Emergency services.—
(i)

In general.—
The term “emergency services”, with respect to an emergency medical condition, means—
(I)
a medical screening examination (as required under section 1867 of the Social Security Act, or as would be required under such section if such section applied to an independent freestanding emergency department) that is within the capability of the emergency department of a hospital or of an independent freestanding emergency department, as applicable, including ancillary services routinely available to the emergency department to evaluate such emergency medical condition; and
(II)
within the capabilities of the staff and facilities available at the hospital or the independent freestanding emergency department, as applicable, such further medical examination and treatment as are required under section 1867 of such Act, or as would be required under such section if such section applied to an independent freestanding emergency department, to stabilize the patient (regardless of the department of the hospital in which such further examination or treatment is furnished).
(ii)

Inclusion of additional services.—
(I)

In general.—
For purposes of this subsection and section 2799B–1 of the Public Health Service Act, in the case of a participant or beneficiary who is enrolled in a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer and who is furnished services described in clause (i) with respect to an emergency medical condition, the term “emergency services” shall include, unless each of the conditions described in subclause (II) are met, in addition to the items and services described in clause (i), items and services—
- (aa)
for which benefits are provided or covered under the plan or coverage, respectively; and
- (bb)
that are furnished by a nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating emergency facility (regardless of the department of the hospital in which such items or services are furnished) after the participant or beneficiary is stabilized and as part of outpatient observation or an inpatient or outpatient stay with respect to the visit in which the services described in clause (i) are furnished.
(II)

Conditions.—
For purposes of subclause (I), the conditions described in this subclause, with respect to a participant or beneficiary who is stabilized and furnished additional items and services described in subclause (I) after such stabilization by a provider or facility described in subclause (I), are the following;
- (aa)
Such provider or facility determines such individual is able to travel using nonmedical transportation or nonemergency medical transportation.
- (bb)
Such provider furnishing such additional items and services satisfies the notice and consent criteria of section 2799B–2(d) with respect to such items and services.
- (cc)
Such individual is in a condition to receive (as determined in accordance with guidelines issued by the Secretary pursuant to rulemaking) the information described in section 2799B–2 and to provide informed consent under such section, in accordance with applicable State law.
- (dd)
Such other conditions, as specified by the Secretary, such as conditions relating to coordinating care transitions to participating providers and facilities.
(D)

Independent freestanding emergency department.—
The term “independent freestanding emergency department” means a health care facility that—
(i)
is geographically separate and distinct and licensed separately from a hospital under applicable State law; and
(ii)
provides any of the emergency services (as defined in subparagraph (C)(i)).
(E)

Qualifying payment amount.—
(i)

In general.—
The term “qualifying payment amount” means, subject to clauses (ii) and (iii), with respect to a sponsor of a group health plan and health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage—
(I)
for an item or service furnished during 2022, the median of the contracted rates recognized by the plan or issuer, respectively (determined with respect to all such plans of such sponsor or all such coverage offered by such issuer that are offered within the same insurance market (specified in subclause (I), (II), or (III) of clause (iv)) as the plan or coverage) as the total maximum payment (including the cost-sharing amount imposed for such item or service and the amount to be paid by the plan or issuer, respectively) under such plans or coverage, respectively, on January 31, 2019, for the same or a similar item or service that is provided by a provider in the same or similar specialty and provided in the geographic region in which the item or service is furnished, consistent with the methodology established by the Secretary under paragraph (2), increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (United States city average) over 2019, such percentage increase over 2020, and such percentage increase over 2021; and
(II)
for an item or service furnished during 2023 or a subsequent year, the qualifying payment amount determined under this clause for such an item or service furnished in the previous year, increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (United States city average) over such previous year.
(ii)

New plans and coverage.—
The term “qualifying payment amount” means, with respect to a sponsor of a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage in a geographic region in which such sponsor or issuer, respectively, did not offer any group health plan or health insurance coverage during 2019—
(I)
for the first year in which such group health plan or health insurance coverage, respectively, is offered in such region, a rate (determined in accordance with a methodology established by the Secretary) for items and services that are covered by such plan and furnished during such first year; and
(II)
for each subsequent year such group health plan or health insurance coverage, respectively, is offered in such region, the qualifying payment amount determined under this clause for such items and services furnished in the previous year, increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (United States city average) over such previous year.
(iii)

Insufficient information; newly covered items and services.—
In the case of a sponsor of a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage that does not have sufficient information to calculate the median of the contracted rates described in clause (i)(I) in 2019 (or, in the case of a newly covered item or service (as defined in clause (v)(III)), in the first coverage year (as defined in clause (v)(I)) for such item or service with respect to such plan or coverage) for an item or service (including with respect to provider type, or amount, of claims for items or services (as determined by the Secretary) provided in a particular geographic region (other than in a case with respect to which clause (ii) applies)) the term “qualifying payment amount”—
(I)
for an item or service furnished during 2022 (or, in the case of a newly covered item or service, during the first coverage year for such item or service with respect to such plan or coverage), means such rate for such item or service determined by the sponsor or issuer, respectively, through use of any database that is determined, in accordance with rulemaking described in paragraph (2), to not have any conflicts of interest and to have sufficient information reflecting allowed amounts paid to a health care provider or facility for relevant services furnished in the applicable geographic region (such as a State all-payer claims database);
(II)
for an item or service furnished in a subsequent year (before the first sufficient information year (as defined in clause (v)(II)) for such item or service with respect to such plan or coverage), means the rate determined under subclause (I) or this subclause, as applicable, for such item or service for the year previous to such subsequent year, increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (United States city average) over such previous year;
(III)
for an item or service furnished in the first sufficient information year for such item or service with respect to such plan or coverage, has the meaning given the term qualifying payment amount in clause (i)(I), except that in applying such clause to such item or service, the reference to “furnished during 2022” shall be treated as a reference to furnished during such first sufficient information year, the reference to “in 2019” shall be treated as a reference to such sufficient information year, and the increase described in such clause shall not be applied; and
(IV)
for an item or service furnished in any year subsequent to the first sufficient information year for such item or service with respect to such plan or coverage, has the meaning given such term in clause (i)(II), except that in applying such clause to such item or service, the reference to “furnished during 2023 or a subsequent year” shall be treated as a reference to furnished during the year after such first sufficient information year or a subsequent year.
(iv)

Insurance market.—
For purposes of clause (i)(I), a health insurance market specified in this clause is one of the following:
(I)
The large group market (other than plans described in subclause (III)).
(II)
The small group market (other than plans described in subclause (III)).
(III)
In the case of a self-insured group health plan, other self-insured group health plans.
(v)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subparagraph:
(I)

First coverage year.—
The term “first coverage year” means, with respect to a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer and an item or service for which coverage is not offered in 2019 under such plan or coverage, the first year after 2019 for which coverage for such item or service is offered under such plan or health insurance coverage.
(II)

First sufficient information year.—
The term “first sufficient information year” means, with respect to a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer—
- (aa)
in the case of an item or service for which the plan or coverage does not have sufficient information to calculate the median of the contracted rates described in clause (i)(I) in 2019, the first year subsequent to 2022 for which such sponsor or issuer has such sufficient information to calculate the median of such contracted rates in the year previous to such first subsequent year; and
- (bb)
in the case of a newly covered item or service, the first year subsequent to the first coverage year for such item or service with respect to such plan or coverage for which the sponsor or issuer has sufficient information to calculate the median of the contracted rates described in clause (i)(I) in the year previous to such first subsequent year.
(III)

Newly covered item or service.—
The term “newly covered item or service” means, with respect to a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, an item or service for which coverage was not offered in 2019 under such plan or coverage, but is offered under such plan or coverage in a year after 2019.
(F)

Nonparticipating emergency facility; participating emergency facility.—
(i)

Nonparticipating emergency facility.—
The term “nonparticipating emergency facility” means, with respect to an item or service and a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer, an emergency department of a hospital, or an independent freestanding emergency department, that does not have a contractual relationship directly or indirectly with the plan or issuer, respectively, for furnishing such item or service under the plan or coverage, respectively.
(ii)

Participating emergency facility.—
The term “participating emergency facility” means, with respect to an item or service and a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer, an emergency department of a hospital, or an independent freestanding emergency department, that has a contractual relationship directly or indirectly with the plan or issuer, respectively, with respect to the furnishing of such an item or service at such facility.
(G)

Nonparticipating providers; participating providers.—
(i)

Nonparticipating provider.—
The term “nonparticipating provider” means, with respect to an item or service and a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer, a physician or other health care provider who is acting within the scope of practice of that provider’s license or certification under applicable State law and who does not have a contractual relationship with the plan or issuer, respectively, for furnishing such item or service under the plan or coverage, respectively.
(ii)

Participating provider.—
The term “participating provider” means, with respect to an item or service and a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer, a physician or other health care provider who is acting within the scope of practice of that provider’s license or certification under applicable State law and who has a contractual relationship with the plan or issuer, respectively, for furnishing such item or service under the plan or coverage, respectively.
(H)

Recognized amount.—
The term “recognized amount” means, with respect to an item or service furnished by a nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating emergency facility during a year and a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer—
(i)
subject to clause (iii), in the case of such item or service furnished in a State that has in effect a specified State law with respect to such plan, coverage, or issuer, respectively; such a nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating emergency facility; and such an item or service, the amount determined in accordance with such law;
(ii)
subject to clause (iii), in the case of such item or service furnished in a State that does not have in effect a specified State law, with respect to such plan, coverage, or issuer, respectively; such a nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating emergency facility; and such an item or service, the amount that is the qualifying payment amount (as defined in subparagraph (E)) for such year and determined in accordance with rulemaking described in paragraph (2)) for such item or service; or
(iii)
in the case of such item or service furnished in a State with an All-Payer Model Agreement under section 1115A of the Social Security Act, the amount that the State approves under such system for such item or service so furnished.
(I)

Specified state law.—
The term “specified State law” means, with respect to a State, an item or service furnished by a nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating emergency facility during a year and a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer, a State law that provides for a method for determining the total amount payable under such a plan, coverage, or issuer, respectively (to the extent such State law applies to such plan, coverage, or issuer, subject to section 514) in the case of a participant or beneficiary covered under such plan or coverage and receiving such item or service from such a nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating emergency facility.
(J)

Stabilize.—
The term “to stabilize”, with respect to an emergency medical condition (as defined in subparagraph (B)), has the meaning give in section 1867(e)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395dd(e)(3)).
(K)

Out-of-network rate.—
The term “out-of-network rate” means, with respect to an item or service furnished in a State during a year to a participant or beneficiary of a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer receiving such item or service from a nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating emergency facility—
(i)
subject to clause (iii), in the case of such item or service furnished in a State that has in effect a specified State law with respect to such plan, coverage, or issuer, respectively; such a nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating emergency facility; and such an item or service, the amount determined in accordance with such law;
(ii)
subject to clause (iii), in the case such State does not have in effect such a law with respect to such item or service, plan, and provider or facility—
(I)
subject to subclause (II), if the provider or facility (as applicable) and such plan or coverage agree on an amount of payment (including if such agreed on amount is the initial payment sent by the plan under subsection (a)(1)(C)(iv)(I), subsection (b)(1)(C), or section 717(a)(3)(A), as applicable, or is agreed on through open negotiations under subsection (c)(1)) with respect to such item or service, such agreed on amount; or
(II)
if such provider or facility (as applicable) and such plan or coverage enter the independent dispute resolution process under subsection (c) and do not so agree before the date on which a certified IDR entity (as defined in paragraph (4) of such subsection) makes a determination with respect to such item or service under such subsection, the amount of such determination; or
(iii)
in the case such State has an All-Payer Model Agreement under section 1115A of the Social Security Act, the amount that the State approves under such system for such item or service so furnished.
(L)

Cost-sharing.—
The term “cost-sharing” includes copayments, coinsurance, and deductibles.
(b)

Coverage of Non-emergency Services Performed by Nonparticipating Providers at Certain Participating Facilities.—
(1)

In general.—
In the case of items or services (other than emergency services to which subsection (a) applies) for which any benefits are provided or covered by a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage furnished to a participant or beneficiary of such plan or coverage by a nonparticipating provider (as defined in subsection (a)(3)(G)(i)) (and who, with respect to such items and services, has not satisfied the notice and consent criteria of section 2799B–2(d) of the Public Health Service Act) with respect to a visit (as defined by the Secretary in accordance with paragraph (2)(B)) at a participating health care facility (as defined in paragraph (2)(A)), with respect to such plan or coverage, respectively, the plan or coverage, respectively—
(A)
shall not impose on such participant or beneficiary a cost-sharing requirement for such items and services so furnished that is greater than the cost-sharing requirement that would apply under such plan or coverage, respectively, had such items or services been furnished by a participating provider (as defined in subsection (a)(3)(G)(ii));
(B)
shall calculate such cost-sharing requirement as if the total amount that would have been charged for such items and services by such participating provider were equal to the recognized amount (as defined in subsection (a)(3)(H)) for such items and services, plan or coverage, and year;
(C)
not later than 30 calendar days after the bill for such items or services is transmitted by such provider, shall send to the provider an initial payment or notice of denial of payment;
(D)
shall pay a total plan or coverage payment directly, in accordance, if applicable, with the timing requirement described in subsection (c)(6), to such provider furnishing such items and services to such participant or beneficiary that is, with application of any initial payment under subparagraph (C), equal to the amount by which the out-of-network rate (as defined in subsection (a)(3)(K)) for such items and services exceeds the cost-sharing amount imposed under the plan or coverage, respectively, for such items and services (as determined in accordance with subparagraphs (A) and (B)) and year; and
(E)
shall count toward any in-network deductible and in-network out-of-pocket maximums (as applicable) applied under the plan or coverage, respectively, any cost-sharing payments made by the participant or beneficiary (and such in-network deductible and out-of-pocket maximums shall be applied) with respect to such items and services so furnished in the same manner as if such cost-sharing payments were with respect to items and services furnished by a participating provider.
(2)

Definitions.—
In this section:
(A)

Participating health care facility.—
(i)

In general.—
The term “participating health care facility” means, with respect to an item or service and a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, a health care facility described in clause (ii) that has a direct or indirect contractual relationship with the plan or issuer, respectively, with respect to the furnishing of such an item or service at the facility.
(ii)

Health care facility described.—
A health care facility described in this clause, with respect to a group health plan or group health insurance coverage, is each of the following:
(I)
A hospital (as defined in 1861(e) of the Social Security Act).
(II)
A hospital outpatient department.
(III)
A critical access hospital (as defined in section 1861(mm)(1) of such Act).
(IV)
An ambulatory surgical center described in section 1833(i)(1)(A) of such Act.
(V)
Any other facility, specified by the Secretary, that provides items or services for which coverage is provided under the plan or coverage, respectively.
(B)

Visit.—
The term “visit” shall, with respect to items and services furnished to an individual at a health care facility, include equipment and devices, telemedicine services, imaging services, laboratory services, preoperative and postoperative services, and such other items and services as the Secretary may specify, regardless of whether or not the provider furnishing such items or services is at the facility.
(c)

Determination of Out-of-network Rates to Be Paid by Health Plans; Independent Dispute Resolution Process.—
(1)

Determination through open negotiation.—
(A)

In general.—
With respect to an item or service furnished in a year by a nonparticipating provider or a nonparticipating facility, with respect to a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, in a State described in subsection (a)(3)(K)(ii) with respect to such plan or coverage and provider or facility, and for which a payment is required to be made by the plan or coverage pursuant to subsection (a)(1) or (b)(1), the provider or facility (as applicable) or plan or coverage may, during the 30-day period beginning on the day the provider or facility receives an initial payment or a notice of denial of payment from the plan or coverage regarding a claim for payment for such item or service, initiate open negotiations under this paragraph between such provider or facility and plan or coverage for purposes of determining, during the open negotiation period, an amount agreed on by such provider or facility, respectively, and such plan or coverage for payment (including any cost-sharing) for such item or service. For purposes of this subsection, the open negotiation period, with respect to an item or service, is the 30-day period beginning on the date of initiation of the negotiations with respect to such item or service.
(B)

Accessing independent dispute resolution process in case of failed negotiations.—
In the case of open negotiations pursuant to subparagraph (A), with respect to an item or service, that do not result in a determination of an amount of payment for such item or service by the last day of the open negotiation period described in such subparagraph with respect to such item or service, the provider or facility (as applicable) or group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage that was party to such negotiations may, during the 4-day period beginning on the day after such open negotiation period, initiate the independent dispute resolution process under paragraph (2) with respect to such item or service. The independent dispute resolution process shall be initiated by a party pursuant to the previous sentence by submission to the other party and to the Secretary of a notification (containing such information as specified by the Secretary) and for purposes of this subsection, the date of initiation of such process shall be the date of such submission or such other date specified by the Secretary pursuant to regulations that is not later than the date of receipt of such notification by both the other party and the Secretary.
(2)

Independent dispute resolution process available in case of failed open negotiations.—
(A)

Establishment.—
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary, jointly with the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Secretary of the Treasury, shall establish by regulation one independent dispute resolution process (referred to in this subsection as the “IDR process”) under which, in the case of an item or service with respect to which a provider or facility (as applicable) or group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage submits a notification under paragraph (1)(B) (in this subsection referred to as a “qualified IDR item or service”), a certified IDR entity under paragraph (4) determines, subject to subparagraph (B) and in accordance with the succeeding provisions of this subsection, the amount of payment under the plan or coverage for such item or service furnished by such provider or facility.
(B)

Authority to continue negotiations.—
Under the independent dispute resolution process, in the case that the parties to a determination for a qualified IDR item or service agree on a payment amount for such item or service during such process but before the date on which the entity selected with respect to such determination under paragraph (4) makes such determination under paragraph (5), such amount shall be treated for purposes of subsection (a)(3)(K)(ii) as the amount agreed to by such parties for such item or service. In the case of an agreement described in the previous sentence, the independent dispute resolution process shall provide for a method to determine how to allocate between the parties to such determination the payment of the compensation of the entity selected with respect to such determination.
(C)

Clarification.—
A nonparticipating provider may not, with respect to an item or service furnished by such provider, submit a notification under paragraph (1)(B) if such provider is exempt from the requirement under subsection (a) of section 2799B–2 of the Public Health Service Act with respect to such item or service pursuant to subsection (b) of such section.
(3)

Treatment of batching of items and services.—
(A)

In general.—
Under the IDR process, the Secretary shall specify criteria under which multiple qualified IDR dispute items and services are permitted to be considered jointly as part of a single determination by an entity for purposes of encouraging the efficiency (including minimizing costs) of the IDR process. Such items and services may be so considered only if—
(i)
such items and services to be included in such determination are furnished by the same provider or facility;
(ii)
payment for such items and services is required to be made by the same group health plan or health insurance issuer;
(iii)
such items and services are related to the treatment of a similar condition; and
(iv)
such items and services were furnished during the 30 day period following the date on which the first item or service included with respect to such determination was furnished or an alternative period as determined by the Secretary, for use in limited situations, such as by the consent of the parties or in the case of low-volume items and services, to encourage procedural efficiency and minimize health plan and provider administrative costs.
(B)

Treatment of bundled payments.—
In carrying out subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall provide that, in the case of items and services which are included by a provider or facility as part of a bundled payment, such items and services included in such bundled payment may be part of a single determination under this subsection.
(4)

Certification and selection of idr entities.—
(A)

In general.—
The Secretary, jointly with the Secretary of Health and Human Services and Secretary of the Treasury, shall establish a process to certify (including to recertify) entities under this paragraph. Such process shall ensure that an entity so certified—
(i)
has (directly or through contracts or other arrangements) sufficient medical, legal, and other expertise and sufficient staffing to make determinations described in paragraph (5) on a timely basis;
(ii)
is not—
(I)
a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, provider, or facility;
(II)
an affiliate or a subsidiary of such a group health plan or health insurance issuer, provider, or facility; or
(III)
an affiliate or subsidiary of a professional or trade association of such group health plans or health insurance issuers or of providers or facilities;
(iii)
carries out the responsibilities of such an entity in accordance with this subsection;
(iv)
meets appropriate indicators of fiscal integrity;
(v)
maintains the confidentiality (in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary) of individually identifiable health information obtained in the course of conducting such determinations;
(vi)
does not under the IDR process carry out any determination with respect to which the entity would not pursuant to subclause (I), (II), or (III) of subparagraph (F)(i) be eligible for selection; and
(vii)
meets such other requirements as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(B)

Period of certification.—
Subject to subparagraph (C), each certification (including a recertification) of an entity under the process described in subparagraph (A) shall be for a 5-year period.
(C)

Revocation.—
A certification of an entity under this paragraph may be revoked under the process described in subparagraph (A) if the entity has a pattern or practice of noncompliance with any of the requirements described in such subparagraph.
(D)

Petition for denial or withdrawal.—
The process described in subparagraph (A) shall ensure that an individual, provider, facility, or group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage may petition for a denial of a certification or a revocation of a certification with respect to an entity under this paragraph for failure of meeting a requirement of this subsection.
(E)

Sufficient number of entities.—
The process described in subparagraph (A) shall ensure that a sufficient number of entities are certified under this paragraph to ensure the timely and efficient provision of determinations described in paragraph (5).
(F)

Selection of certified idr entity.—
The Secretary shall, with respect to the determination of the amount of payment under this subsection of an item or service, provide for a method—
(i)
that allows for the group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage and the nonparticipating provider or the nonparticipating emergency facility (as applicable) involved in a notification under paragraph (1)(B) to jointly select, not later than the last day of the 3-business day period following the date of the initiation of the process with respect to such item or service, for purposes of making such determination, an entity certified under this paragraph that—
(I)
is not a party to such determination or an employee or agent of such a party;
(II)
does not have a material familial, financial, or professional relationship with such a party; and
(III)
does not otherwise have a conflict of interest with such a party (as determined by the Secretary); and
(ii)
that requires, in the case such parties do not make such selection by such last day, the Secretary to, not later than 6 business days after such date of initiation—
(I)
select such an entity that satisfies subclauses (I) through (III) of clause (i)); and
(II)
provide notification of such selection to the provider or facility (as applicable) and the plan or issuer (as applicable) party to such determination.
An entity selected pursuant to the previous sentence to make a determination described in such sentence shall be referred to in this subsection as the “certified IDR entity” with respect to such determination.
(5)

Payment determination.—
(A)

In general.—
Not later than 30 days after the date of selection of the certified IDR entity with respect to a determination for a qualified IDR item or service, the certified IDR entity shall—
(i)
taking into account the considerations specified in subparagraph (C), select one of the offers submitted under subparagraph (B) to be the amount of payment for such item or service determined under this subsection for purposes of subsection (a)(1) or (b)(1), as applicable; and
(ii)
notify the provider or facility and the group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage party to such determination of the offer selected under clause (i).
(B)

Submission of offers.—
Not later than 10 days after the date of selection of the certified IDR entity with respect to a determination for a qualified IDR item or service, the provider or facility and the group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage party to such determination—
(i)
shall each submit to the certified IDR entity with respect to such determination—
(I)
an offer for a payment amount for such item or service furnished by such provider or facility; and
(II)
such information as requested by the certified IDR entity relating to such offer; and
(ii)
may each submit to the certified IDR entity with respect to such determination any information relating to such offer submitted by either party, including information relating to any circumstance described in subparagraph (C)(ii).
(C)

Considerations in determination.—
(i)

In general.—
In determining which offer is the payment to be applied pursuant to this paragraph, the certified IDR entity, with respect to the determination for a qualified IDR item or service shall consider—
(I)
the qualifying payment amounts (as defined in subsection (a)(3)(E)) for the applicable year for items or services that are comparable to the qualified IDR item or service and that are furnished in the same geographic region (as defined by the Secretary for purposes of such subsection) as such qualified IDR item or service; and
(II)
subject to subparagraph (D), information on any circumstance described in clause (ii), such information as requested in subparagraph (B)(i)(II), and any additional information provided in subparagraph (B)(ii).
(ii)

Additional circumstances.—
For purposes of clause (i)(II), the circumstances described in this clause are, with respect to a qualified IDR item or service of a nonparticipating provider, nonparticipating emergency facility, group health plan, or health insurance issuer of group health insurance coverage the following:
(I)
The level of training, experience, and quality and outcomes measurements of the provider or facility that furnished such item or service (such as those endorsed by the consensus-based entity authorized in section 1890 of the Social Security Act).
(II)
The market share held by the nonparticipating provider or facility or that of the plan or issuer in the geographic region in which the item or service was provided.
(III)
The acuity of the individual receiving such item or service or the complexity of furnishing such item or service to such individual.
(IV)
The teaching status, case mix, and scope of services of the nonparticipating facility that furnished such item or service.
(V)
Demonstrations of good faith efforts (or lack of good faith efforts) made by the nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating facility or the plan or issuer to enter into network agreements and, if applicable, contracted rates between the provider or facility, as applicable, and the plan or issuer, as applicable, during the previous 4 plan years.
(D)

Prohibition on consideration of certain factors.—
In determining which offer is the payment to be applied with respect to qualified IDR items and services furnished by a provider or facility, the certified IDR entity with respect to a determination shall not consider usual and customary charges, the amount that would have been billed by such provider or facility with respect to such items and services had the provisions of section 2799B–1 of the Public Health Service Act or 2799B–2 of such Act (as applicable) not applied, or the payment or reimbursement rate for such items and services furnished by such provider or facility payable by a public payor, including under the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, under the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act, under the Children’s Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act, under the TRICARE program under chapter 55 of title 10, United States Code, or under chapter 17 of title 38, United States Code.
(E)

Effects of determination.—
(i)

In general.—
A determination of a certified IDR entity under subparagraph (A)—
(I)
shall be binding upon the parties involved, in the absence of a fraudulent claim or evidence of misrepresentation of facts presented to the IDR entity involved regarding such claim; and
(II)
shall not be subject to judicial review, except in a case described in any of paragraphs (1) through (4) of section 10(a) of title 9, United States Code.
(ii)

Suspension of certain subsequent idr requests.—
In the case of a determination of a certified IDR entity under subparagraph (A), with respect to an initial notification submitted under paragraph (1)(B) with respect to qualified IDR items and services and the two parties involved with such notification, the party that submitted such notification may not submit during the 90-day period following such determination a subsequent notification under such paragraph involving the same other party to such notification with respect to such an item or service that was the subject of such initial notification.
(iii)

Subsequent submission of requests permitted.—
In the case of a notification that pursuant to clause (ii) is not permitted to be submitted under paragraph (1)(B) during a 90-day period specified in such clause, if the end of the open negotiation period specified in paragraph (1)(A), that but for this clause would otherwise apply with respect to such notification, occurs during such 90-day period, such paragraph (1)(B) shall be applied as if the reference in such paragraph to the 4-day period beginning on the day after such open negotiation period were instead a reference to the 30-day period beginning on the day after the last day of such 90-day period.
(iv)

Reports.—
The Secretary, jointly with the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Secretary of the Treasury, shall examine the impact of the application of clause (ii) and whether the application of such clause delays payment determinations or impacts early, alternative resolution of claims (such as through open negotiations), and shall submit to Congress, not later than 2 years after the date of implementation of such clause an interim report (and not later than 4 years after such date of implementation, a final report) on whether any group health plans or health insurance issuers offering group or individual health insurance coverage or types of such plans or coverage have a pattern or practice of routine denial, low payment, or down-coding of claims, or otherwise abuse the 90-day period described in such clause, including recommendations on ways to discourage such a pattern or practice.
(F)

Costs of independent dispute resolution process.—
In the case of a notification under paragraph (1)(B) submitted by a nonparticipating provider, nonparticipating emergency facility, group health plan, or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage and submitted to a certified IDR entity—
(i)
if such entity makes a determination with respect to such notification under subparagraph (A), the party whose offer is not chosen under such subparagraph shall be responsible for paying all fees charged by such entity; and
(ii)
if the parties reach a settlement with respect to such notification prior to such a determination, each party shall pay half of all fees charged by such entity, unless the parties otherwise agree.
(6)

Timing of payment.—
The total plan or coverage payment required pursuant to subsection (a)(1) or (b)(1), with respect to a qualified IDR item or service for which a determination is made under paragraph (5)(A) or with respect to an item or service for which a payment amount is determined under open negotiations under paragraph (1), shall be made directly to the nonparticipating provider or facility not later than 30 days after the date on which such determination is made.
(7)

Publication of information relating to the idr process.—
(A)

Publication of information.—
For each calendar quarter in 2022 and each calendar quarter in a subsequent year, the Secretary shall make available on the public website of the Department of Labor—
(i)
the number of notifications submitted under paragraph (1)(B) during such calendar quarter;
(ii)
the size of the provider practices and the size of the facilities submitting notifications under paragraph (1)(B) during such calendar quarter;
(iii)
the number of such notifications with respect to which a determination was made under paragraph (5)(A);
(iv)
the information described in subparagraph (B) with respect to each notification with respect to which such a determination was so made;
(v)
the number of times the payment amount determined (or agreed to) under this subsection exceeds the qualifying payment amount, specified by items and services;
(vi)
the amount of expenditures made by the Secretary during such calendar quarter to carry out the IDR process;
(vii)
the total amount of fees paid under paragraph (8) during such calendar quarter; and
(viii)
the total amount of compensation paid to certified IDR entities under paragraph (5)(F) during such calendar quarter.
(B)

Information.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the information described in this subparagraph is, with respect to a notification under paragraph (1)(B) by a nonparticipating provider, nonparticipating emergency facility, group health plan, or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage—
(i)
a description of each item and service included with respect to such notification;
(ii)
the geography in which the items and services with respect to such notification were provided;
(iii)
the amount of the offer submitted under paragraph (5)(B) by the group health plan or health insurance issuer (as applicable) and by the nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating emergency facility (as applicable) expressed as a percentage of the qualifying payment amount;
(iv)
whether the offer selected by the certified IDR entity under paragraph (5) to be the payment applied was the offer submitted by such plan or issuer (as applicable) or by such provider or facility (as applicable) and the amount of such offer so selected expressed as a percentage of the qualifying payment amount;
(v)
the category and practice specialty of each such provider or facility involved in furnishing such items and services;
(vi)
the identity of the health plan or health insurance issuer, provider, or facility, with respect to the notification;
(vii)
the length of time in making each determination;
(viii)
the compensation paid to the certified IDR entity with respect to the settlement or determination; and
(ix)
any other information specified by the Secretary.
(C)

IDR entity requirements.—
For 2022 and each subsequent year, an IDR entity, as a condition of certification as an IDR entity, shall submit to the Secretary such information as the Secretary determines necessary to carry out the provisions of this subsection.
(D)

Clarification.—
The Secretary shall ensure the public reporting under this paragraph does not contain information that would disclose privileged or confidential information of a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage or of a provider or facility.
(8)

Administrative fee.—
(A)

In general.—
Each party to a determination under paragraph (5) to which an entity is selected under paragraph (3) in a year shall pay to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner as specified by the Secretary, a fee for participating in the IDR process with respect to such determination in an amount described in subparagraph (B) for such year.
(B)

Amount of fee.—
The amount described in this subparagraph for a year is an amount established by the Secretary in a manner such that the total amount of fees paid under this paragraph for such year is estimated to be equal to the amount of expenditures estimated to be made by the Secretary for such year in carrying out the IDR process.
(9)

Waiver authority.—
The Secretary may modify any deadline or other timing requirement specified under this subsection (other than the establishment date for the IDR process under paragraph (2)(A) and other than under paragraph (6)) in cases of extenuating circumstances, as specified by the Secretary, or to ensure that all claims that occur during a 90-day period described in paragraph (5)(E)(ii), but with respect to which a notification is not permitted by reason of such paragraph to be submitted under paragraph (1)(B) during such period, are eligible for the IDR process.
(d)

Certain Access Fees to Certain Databases.—
In the case of a sponsor of a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage that, pursuant to subsection (a)(3)(E)(iii), uses a database described in such subsection to determine a rate to apply under such subsection for an item or service by reason of having insufficient information described in such subsection with respect to such item or service, such sponsor or issuer shall cover the cost for access to such database.
(e)

Transparency Regarding In-network and Out-of-network Deductibles and Out-of-pocket Limitations.—
A group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage and providing or covering any benefit with respect to items or services shall include, in clear writing, on any physical or electronic plan or insurance identification card issued to the participants or beneficiaries in the plan or coverage the following:
(1)
Any deductible applicable to such plan or coverage.
(2)
Any out-of-pocket maximum limitation applicable to such plan or coverage.
(3)
A telephone number and Internet website address through which such individual may seek consumer assistance information, such as information related to hospitals and urgent care facilities that have in effect a contractual relationship with such plan or coverage for furnishing items and services under such plan or coverage 87
^{87}
Missing period at the end of paragraph (3) is so in law. See amendment made by section 107(b) of division BB of Public Law 116–260.
(f)

Advanced Explanation of Benefits.—
(1)

In general.—
For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2022, each group health plan, or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage shall, with respect to a notification submitted under section 2799B–6 of the Public Health Service Act by a health care provider or health care facility to the plan or issuer for a participant or beneficiary under plan or coverage scheduled to receive an item or service from the provider or facility (or authorized representative of such participant or beneficiary), not later than 1 business day (or, in the case such item or service was so scheduled at least 10 business days before such item or service is to be furnished (or in the case of a request made to such plan or coverage by such participant or beneficiary), 3 business days) after the date on which the plan or coverage receives such notification (or such request), provide to the participant or beneficiary (through mail or electronic means, as requested by the participant or beneficiary) a notification (in clear and understandable language) including the following:
(A)
Whether or not the provider or facility is a participating provider or a participating facility with respect to the plan or coverage with respect to the furnishing of such item or service and—
(i)
in the case the provider or facility is a participating provider or facility with respect to the plan or coverage with respect to the furnishing of such item or service, the contracted rate under such plan for such item or service (based on the billing and diagnostic codes provided by such provider or facility); and
(ii)
in the case the provider or facility is a nonparticipating provider or facility with respect to such plan or coverage, a description of how such individual may obtain information on providers and facilities that, with respect to such plan or coverage, are participating providers and facilities, if any.
(B)
The good faith estimate included in the notification received from the provider or facility (if applicable) based on such codes.
(C)
A good faith estimate of the amount the health plan is responsible for paying for items and services included in the estimate described in subparagraph (B).
(D)
A good faith estimate of the amount of any cost-sharing for which the participant or beneficiary would be responsible for such item or service (as of the date of such notification).
(E)
A good faith estimate of the amount that the participant or beneficiary has incurred toward meeting the limit of the financial responsibility (including with respect to deductibles and out-of-pocket maximums) under the plan or coverage (as of the date of such notification).
(F)
In the case such item or service is subject to a medical management technique (including concurrent review, prior authorization, and step-therapy or fail-first protocols) for coverage under the plan or coverage, a disclaimer that coverage for such item or service is subject to such medical management technique.
(G)
A disclaimer that the information provided in the notification is only an estimate based on the items and services reasonably expected, at the time of scheduling (or requesting) the item or service, to be furnished and is subject to change.
(H)
Any other information or disclaimer the plan or coverage determines appropriate that is consistent with information and disclaimers required under this section.
(2)

Authority to modify timing requirements in the case of specified items and services.—
(A)

In general.—
In the case of a participant or beneficiary scheduled to receive an item or service that is a specified item or service (as defined in subparagraph (B)), the Secretary may modify any timing requirements relating to the provision of the notification described in paragraph (1) to such participant or beneficiary with respect to such item or service. Any modification made by the Secretary pursuant to the previous sentence may not result in the provision of such notification after such participant or beneficiary has been furnished such item or service.
(B)

Specified item or service defined.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “specified item or service” means an item or service that has low utilization or significant variation in costs (such as when furnished as part of a complex treatment), as specified by the Secretary.
SEC. 717.
[1185f]

ENDING SURPRISE AIR AMBULANCE BILLS.
(a)

In General.—
In the case of a participant or beneficiary who is in a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer and who receives air ambulance services from a nonparticipating provider (as defined in section 716(a)(3)(G)) with respect to such plan or coverage, if such services would be covered if provided by a participating provider (as defined in such section) with respect to such plan or coverage—
(1)
the cost-sharing requirement with respect to such services shall be the same requirement that would apply if such services were provided by such a participating provider, and any coinsurance or deductible shall be based on rates that would apply for such services if they were furnished by such a participating provider;
(2)
such cost-sharing amounts shall be counted towards the in-network deductible and in-network out-of-pocket maximum amount under the plan or coverage for the plan year (and such in-network deductible shall be applied) with respect to such items and services so furnished in the same manner as if such cost-sharing payments were with respect to items and services furnished by a participating provider; and
(3)
the group health plan or health insurance issuer, respectively, shall—
(A)
not later than 30 calendar days after the bill for such services is transmitted by such provider, send to the provider, an initial payment or notice of denial of payment; and
(B)
pay a total plan or coverage payment, in accordance with, if applicable, subsection (b)(6), directly to such provider furnishing such services to such participant, beneficiary, or enrollee that is, with application of any initial payment under subparagraph (A), equal to the amount by which the out-of-network rate (as defined in section 716(a)(3)(K)) for such services and year involved exceeds the cost-sharing amount imposed under the plan or coverage, respectively, for such services (as determined in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2)).
(b)

Determination of Out-of-network Rates to Be Paid by Health Plans; Independent Dispute Resolution Process.—
(1)

Determination through open negotiation.—
(A)

In general.—
With respect to air ambulance services furnished in a year by a nonparticipating provider, with respect to a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, and for which a payment is required to be made by the plan or coverage pursuant to subsection (a)(3), the provider or plan or coverage may, during the 30-day period beginning on the day the provider receives a payment or a statement of denial of payment from the plan or coverage regarding a claim for payment for such service, initiate open negotiations under this paragraph between such provider and plan or coverage for purposes of determining, during the open negotiation period, an amount agreed on by such provider, and such plan or coverage for payment (including any cost-sharing) for such service. For purposes of this subsection, the open negotiation period, with respect to air ambulance services, is the 30-day period beginning on the date of initiation of the negotiations with respect to such services.
(B)

Accessing independent dispute resolution process in case of failed negotiations.—
In the case of open negotiations pursuant to subparagraph (A), with respect to air ambulance services, that do not result in a determination of an amount of payment for such services by the last day of the open negotiation period described in such subparagraph with respect to such services, the provider or group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage that was party to such negotiations may, during the 4-day period beginning on the day after such open negotiation period, initiate the independent dispute resolution process under paragraph (2) with respect to such item or service. The independent dispute resolution process shall be initiated by a party pursuant to the previous sentence by submission to the other party and to the Secretary of a notification (containing such information as specified by the Secretary) and for purposes of this subsection, the date of initiation of such process shall be the date of such submission or such other date specified by the Secretary pursuant to regulations that is not later than the date of receipt of such notification by both the other party and the Secretary.
(2)

Independent dispute resolution process available in case of failed open negotiations.—
(A)

Establishment.—
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary, jointly with the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Secretary of the Treasury, shall establish by regulation one independent dispute resolution process (referred to in this subsection as the “IDR process”) under which, in the case of air ambulance services with respect to which a provider or group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage submits a notification under paragraph (1)(B) (in this subsection referred to as a “qualified IDR air ambulance services”), a certified IDR entity under paragraph (4) determines, subject to subparagraph (B) and in accordance with the succeeding provisions of this subsection, the amount of payment under the plan or coverage for such services furnished by such provider.
(B)

Authority to continue negotiations.—
Under the independent dispute resolution process, in the case that the parties to a determination for qualified IDR air ambulance services agree on a payment amount for such services during such process but before the date on which the entity selected with respect to such determination under paragraph (4) makes such determination under paragraph (5), such amount shall be treated for purposes of section 716(a)(3)(K)(ii) as the amount agreed to by such parties for such services. In the case of an agreement described in the previous sentence, the independent dispute resolution process shall provide for a method to determine how to allocate between the parties to such determination the payment of the compensation of the entity selected with respect to such determination.
(C)

Clarification.—
A nonparticipating provider may not, with respect to an item or service furnished by such provider, submit a notification under paragraph (1)(B) if such provider is exempt from the requirement under subsection (a) of section 2799B–2 of the Public Health Service Act with respect to such item or service pursuant to subsection (b) of such section.
(3)

Treatment of batching of services.—
The provisions of section 716(c)(3) shall apply with respect to a notification submitted under this subsection with respect to air ambulance services in the same manner and to the same extent such provisions apply with respect to a notification submitted under section 716(c) with respect to items and services described in such section.
(4)

Idr entities.—
(A)

Eligibility.—
An IDR entity certified under this subsection is an IDR entity certified under section 716(c)(4).
(B)

Selection of certified idr entity.—
The provisions of subparagraph (F) of section 716(c)(4) shall apply with respect to selecting an IDR entity certified pursuant to subparagraph (A) with respect to the determination of the amount of payment under this subsection of air ambulance services in the same manner as such provisions apply with respect to selecting an IDR entity certified under such section with respect to the determination of the amount of payment under section 716(c) of an item or service. An entity selected pursuant to the previous sentence to make a determination described in such sentence shall be referred to in this subsection as the ‘certified IDR entity’ with respect to such determination.
(5)

Payment determination.—
(A)

In general.—
Not later than 30 days after the date of selection of the certified IDR entity with respect to a determination for qualified IDR ambulance services, the certified IDR entity shall—
(i)
taking into account the considerations specified in subparagraph (C), select one of the offers submitted under subparagraph (B) to be the amount of payment for such services determined under this subsection for purposes of subsection (a)(3); and
(ii)
notify the provider or facility and the group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage party to such determination of the offer selected under clause (i).
(B)

Submission of offers.—
Not later than 10 days after the date of selection of the certified IDR entity with respect to a determination for qualified IDR air ambulance services, the provider and the group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage party to such determination—
(i)
shall each submit to the certified IDR entity with respect to such determination—
(I)
an offer for a payment amount for such services furnished by such provider; and
(II)
such information as requested by the certified IDR entity relating to such offer; and
(ii)
may each submit to the certified IDR entity with respect to such determination any information relating to such offer submitted by either party, including information relating to any circumstance described in subparagraph (C)(ii).
(C)

Considerations in determination.—
(i)

In general.—
In determining which offer is the payment to be applied pursuant to this paragraph, the certified IDR entity, with respect to the determination for a qualified IDR air ambulance service shall consider—
(I)
the qualifying payment amounts (as defined in section 716(a)(3)(E)) for the applicable year for items and services that are comparable to the qualified IDR air ambulance service and that are furnished in the same geographic region (as defined by the Secretary for purposes of such subsection) as such qualified IDR air ambulance service; and
(II)
subject to clause (iii), information on any circumstance described in clause (ii), such information as requested in subparagraph (B)(i)(II), and any additional information provided in subparagraph (B)(ii).
(ii)

Additional circumstances.—
For purposes of clause (i)(II), the circumstances described in this clause are, with respect to air ambulance services included in the notification submitted under paragraph (1)(B) of a nonparticipating provider, group health plan, or health insurance issuer the following:
(I)
The quality and outcomes measurements of the provider that furnished such services.
(II)
The acuity of the individual receiving such services or the complexity of furnishing such services to such individual.
(III)
The training, experience, and quality of the medical personnel that furnished such services.
(IV)
Ambulance vehicle type, including the clinical capability level of such vehicle.
(V)
Population density of the pick up location (such as urban, suburban, rural, or frontier).
(VI)
Demonstrations of good faith efforts (or lack of good faith efforts) made by the nonparticipating provider or nonparticipating facility or the plan or issuer to enter into network agreements and, if applicable, contracted rates between the provider and the plan or issuer, as applicable, during the previous 4 plan years.
(iii)

Prohibition on consideration of certain factors.—
In determining which offer is the payment amount to be applied with respect to qualified IDR air ambulance services furnished by a provider, the certified IDR entity with respect to such determination shall not consider usual and customary charges, the amount that would have been billed by such provider with respect to such services had the provisions of section 2799B–5 of the Public Health Service Act not applied, or the payment or reimbursement rate for such services furnished by such provider payable by a public payor, including under the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, under the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act, under the Children’s Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act, under the TRICARE program under chapter 55 of title 10, United States Code, or under chapter 17 of title 38, United States Code.
(D)

Effects of determination.—
The provisions of section 716(c)(5)(E)) shall apply with respect to a determination of a certified IDR entity under subparagraph (A), the notification submitted with respect to such determination, the services with respect to such notification, and the parties to such notification in the same manner as such provisions apply with respect to a determination of a certified IDR entity under section 716(c)(5)(E), the notification submitted with respect to such determination, the items and services with respect to such notification, and the parties to such notification.
(E)

Costs of independent dispute resolution process.—
The provisions of section 716(c)(5)(F) shall apply to a notification made under this subsection, the parties to such notification, and a determination under subparagraph (A) in the same manner and to the same extent such provisions apply to a notification under section 716(c), the parties to such notification and a determination made under section 716(c)(5)(A).
(6)

Timing of payment.—
The total plan or coverage payment required pursuant to subsection (a)(3), with respect to qualified IDR air ambulance services for which a determination is made under paragraph (5)(A) or with respect to air ambulance services for which a payment amount is determined under open negotiations under paragraph (1), shall be made directly to the nonparticipating provider not later than 30 days after the date on which such determination is made.
(7)

Publication of information relating to the idr process.—
(A)

In general.—
For each calendar quarter in 2022 and each calendar quarter in a subsequent year, the Secretary shall publish on the public website of the Department of Labor—
(i)
the number of notifications submitted under the IDR process during such calendar quarter;
(ii)
the number of such notifications with respect to which a final determination was made under paragraph (5)(A);
(iii)
the information described in subparagraph (B) with respect to each notification with respect to which such a determination was so made.
(iv)
the number of times the payment amount determined (or agreed to) under this subsection exceeds the qualifying payment amount;
(v)
the amount of expenditures made by the Secretary during such calendar quarter to carry out the IDR process;
(vi)
the total amount of fees paid under paragraph (8) during such calendar quarter; and
(vii)
the total amount of compensation paid to certified IDR entities under paragraph (5)(E)during such calendar quarter.
(B)

Information with respect to requests.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the information described in this subparagraph is, with respect to a notification under the IDR process of a nonparticipating provider, group health plan, or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage—
(i)
a description of each air ambulance service included in such notification;
(ii)
the geography in which the services included in such notification were provided;
(iii)
the amount of the offer submitted under paragraph (2) by the group health plan or health insurance issuer (as applicable) and by the nonparticipating provider expressed as a percentage of the qualifying payment amount;
(iv)
whether the offer selected by the certified IDR entity under paragraph (5) to be the payment applied was the offer submitted by such plan or issuer (as applicable) or by such provider and the amount of such offer so selected expressed as a percentage of the qualifying payment amount;
(v)
ambulance vehicle type, including the clinical capability level of such vehicle;
(vi)
the identity of the group health plan or health insurance issuer or air ambulance provider with respect to such notification;
(vii)
the length of time in making each determination;
(viii)
the compensation paid to the certified IDR entity with respect to the settlement or determination; and
(ix)
any other information specified by the Secretary.
(C)

IDR entity requirements.—
For 2022 and each subsequent year, an IDR entity, as a condition of certification as an IDR entity, shall submit to the Secretary such information as the Secretary determines necessary for the Secretary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.
(D)

Clarification.—
The Secretary shall ensure the public reporting under this paragraph does not contain information that would disclose privileged or confidential information of a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage or of a provider or facility.
(8)

Administrative fee.—
(A)

In general.—
Each party to a determination under paragraph (5) to which an entity is selected under paragraph (4) in a year shall pay to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner as specified by the Secretary, a fee for participating in the IDR process with respect to such determination in an amount described in subparagraph (B) for such year.
(B)

Amount of fee.—
The amount described in this subparagraph for a year is an amount established by the Secretary in a manner such that the total amount of fees paid under this paragraph for such year is estimated to be equal to the amount of expenditures estimated to be made by the Secretary for such year in carrying out the IDR process.
(9)

Waiver authority.—
The Secretary may modify any deadline or other timing requirement specified under this subsection (other than the establishment date for the IDR process under paragraph (2)(A) and other than under paragraph (6)) in cases of extenuating circumstances, as specified by the Secretary, or to ensure that all claims that occur during a 90-day period applied through paragraph (5)(D), but with respect to which a notification is not permitted by reason of such paragraph to be submitted under paragraph (1)(B) during such period, are eligible for the IDR process.
(c)

Definition.—
For purposes of this section:
(1)

Air ambulance services.—
The term “air ambulance service” means medical transport by helicopter or airplane for patients.
(2)

Qualifying payment amount.—
The term “qualifying payment amount” has the meaning given such term in section 716(a)(3).
(3)

Nonparticipating provider.—
The term “nonparticipating provider” has the meaning given such term in section 716(a)(3).
SEC. 718.
[1185g]

CONTINUITY OF CARE.
(a)

Ensuring Continuity of Care With Respect to Terminations of Certain Contractual Relationships Resulting in Changes in Provider Network Status.—
(1)

In general.—
In the case of an individual with benefits under a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer and with respect to a health care provider or facility that has a contractual relationship with such plan or such issuer (as applicable) for furnishing items and services under such plan or such coverage, if, while such individual is a continuing care patient (as defined in subsection (b)) with respect to such provider or facility—
(A)
such contractual relationship is terminated (as defined in paragraph (b));
(B)
benefits provided under such plan or such health insurance coverage with respect to such provider or facility are terminated because of a change in the terms of the participation of the provider or facility in such plan or coverage; or
(C)
a contract between such group health plan and a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in connection with such plan is terminated, resulting in a loss of benefits provided under such plan with respect to such provider or facility;
the plan or issuer, respectively, shall meet the requirements of paragraph (2) with respect to such individual.
(2)

Requirements.—
The requirements of this paragraph are that the plan or issuer—
(A)
notify each individual enrolled under such plan or coverage who is a continuing care patient with respect to a provider or facility at the time of a termination described in paragraph (1) affecting such provider or facility on a timely basis of such termination and such individual’s right to elect continued transitional care from such provider or facility under this section;
(B)
provide such individual with an opportunity to notify the plan or issuer of the individual’s need for transitional care; and
(C)
permit the patient to elect to continue to have benefits provided under such plan or such coverage, under the same terms and conditions as would have applied and with respect to such items and services as would have been covered under such plan or coverage had such termination not occurred, with respect to the course of treatment furnished by such provider or facility relating to such individual’s status as a continuing care patient during the period beginning on the date on which the notice under subparagraph (A) is provided and ending on the earlier of—
(i)
the 90-day period beginning on such date; or
(ii)
the date on which such individual is no longer a continuing care patient with respect to such provider or facility.
(b)

Definitions.—
In this section:
(1)

Continuing care patient.—
The term “continuing care patient” means an individual who, with respect to a provider or facility—
(A)
is undergoing a course of treatment for a serious and complex condition from the provider or facility;
(B)
is undergoing a course of institutional or inpatient care from the provider or facility;
(C)
is scheduled to undergo nonelective surgery from the provide or facility, including receipt of postoperative care from such provider or facility with respect to such a surgery;
(D)
is pregnant and undergoing a course of treatment for the pregnancy from the provider or facility; or
(E)
is or was determined to be terminally ill (as determined under section 1861(dd)(3)(A) of the Social Security Act) and is receiving treatment for such illness from such provider or facility.
(2)

Serious and complex condition.—
The term “serious and complex condition” means, with respect to a participant or beneficiary under a group health plan or group health insurance coverage—
(A)
in the case of an acute illness, a condition that is serious enough to require specialized medical treatment to avoid the reasonable possibility of death or permanent harm; or
(B)
in the case of a chronic illness or condition, a condition that—
(i)
is life-threatening, degenerative, potentially disabling, or congenital; and
(ii)
requires specialized medical care over a prolonged period of time.
(3)

Terminated.—
The term “terminated” includes, with respect to a contract, the expiration or nonrenewal of the contract, but does not include a termination of the contract for failure to meet applicable quality standards or for fraud.
SEC. 719.
[1185h]

MAINTENANCE OF PRICE COMPARISON TOOL.
A group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage shall offer price comparison guidance by telephone and make available on the Internet website of the plan or issuer a price comparison tool that (to the extent practicable) allows an individual enrolled under such plan or coverage, with respect to such plan year, such geographic region, and participating providers with respect to such plan or coverage, to compare the amount of cost-sharing that the individual would be responsible for paying under such plan or coverage with respect to the furnishing of a specific item or service by any such provider.
SEC. 720.
[1185i]

PROTECTING PATIENTS AND IMPROVING THE ACCURACY OF PROVIDER DIRECTORY INFORMATION.
(a)

Provider Directory Information Requirements.—
(1)

In general.—
For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2022, each group health plan and health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage shall—
(A)
establish the verification process described in paragraph (2);
(B)
establish the response protocol described in paragraph (3);
(C)
establish the database described in paragraph (4); and
(D)
include in any directory (other than the database described in subparagraph (C)) containing provider directory information with respect to such plan or such coverage the information described in paragraph (5).
(2)

Verification process.—
The verification process described in this paragraph is, with respect to a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, a process—
(A)
under which, not less frequently than once every 90 days, such plan or such issuer (as applicable) verifies and updates the provider directory information included on the database described in paragraph (4) of such plan or issuer of each health care provider and health care facility included in such database;
(B)
that establishes a procedure for the removal of such a provider or facility with respect to which such plan or issuer has been unable to verify such information during a period specified by the plan or issuer; and
(C)
that provides for the update of such database within 2 business days of such plan or issuer receiving from such a provider or facility information pursuant to section 2799B–9 of the Public Health Service Act.
(3)

Response protocol.—
The response protocol described in this paragraph is, in the case of an individual enrolled under a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer who requests information through a telephone call or electronic, web-based, or Internet-based means on whether a health care provider or health care facility has a contractual relationship to furnish items and services under such plan or such coverage, a protocol under which such plan or such issuer (as applicable), in the case such request is made through a telephone call—
(A)
responds to such individual as soon as practicable and in no case later than 1 business day after such call is received, through a written electronic or print (as requested by such individual) communication; and
(B)
retains such communication in such individual’s file for at least 2 years following such response.
(4)

Database.—
The database described in this paragraph is, with respect to a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, a database on the public website of such plan or issuer that contains—
(A)
a list of each health care provider and health care facility with which such plan or such issuer has a direct or indirect contractual relationship for furnishing items and services under such plan or such coverage; and
(B)
provider directory information with respect to each such provider and facility.
(5)

Information.—
The information described in this paragraph is, with respect to a print directory containing provider directory information with respect to a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer, a notification that such information contained in such directory was accurate as of the date of publication of such directory and that an individual enrolled under such plan or such coverage should consult the database described in paragraph (4) with respect to such plan or such coverage or contact such plan or the issuer of such coverage to obtain the most current provider directory information with respect to such plan or such coverage.
(6)

Definition.—
For purposes of this subsection, the term “provider directory information” includes, with respect to a group health plan and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, the name, address, specialty, telephone number, and digital contact information of each health care provider or health care facility with which such plan or such issuer has a contractual relationship for furnishing items and services under such plan or such coverage.
(7)

Rule of construction.—
Nothing in this section shall be construed to preempt any provision of State law relating to health care provider directories, to the extent such State law applies to such plan, coverage, or issuer, subject to section 514.
(b)

Cost-sharing for Services Provided Based on Reliance on Incorrect Provider Network Information.—
(1)

In general.—
For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2022, in the case of an item or service furnished to a participant or beneficiary of a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer by a nonparticipating provider or a nonparticipating facility, if such item or service would otherwise be covered under such plan or coverage if furnished by a participating provider or participating facility and if either of the criteria described in paragraph (2) applies with respect to such participant or beneficiary and item or service, the plan or coverage—
(A)
shall not impose on such participant or beneficiary a cost-sharing amount for such item or service so furnished that is greater than the cost-sharing amount that would apply under such plan or coverage had such item or service been furnished by a participating provider; and
(B)
shall apply the deductible or out-of-pocket maximum, if any, that would apply if such services were furnished by a participating provider or a participating facility.
(2)

Criteria described.—
For purposes of paragraph (1), the criteria described in this paragraph, with respect to an item or service furnished to a participant or beneficiary of a group health plan or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer by a nonparticipating provider or a nonparticipating facility, are the following:
(A)
The participant or beneficiary received through a database, provider directory, or response protocol described in subsection (a) information with respect to such item and service to be furnished and such information provided that the provider was a participating provider or facility was a participating facility, with respect to the plan for furnishing such item or service.
(B)
The information was not provided, in accordance with subsection (a), to the participant or beneficiary and the participant or beneficiary requested through the response protocol described in subsection (a)(3) of the plan or coverage information on whether the provider was a participating provider or facility was a participating facility with respect to the plan for furnishing such item or service and was informed through such protocol that the provider was such a participating provider or facility was such a participating facility.
(c)

Disclosure on Patient Protections Against Balance Billing.—
For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2022, each group health plan and health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage shall make publicly available, post on a public website of such plan or issuer, and include on each explanation of benefits for an item or service with respect to which the requirements under section 716 applies—
(1)
information in plain language on—
(A)
the requirements and prohibitions applied under sections 2799B–1 and 2799B–2 of the Public Health Service Act (relating to prohibitions on balance billing in certain circumstances);
(B)
if provided for under applicable State law, any other requirements on providers and facilities regarding the amounts such providers and facilities may, with respect to an item or service, charge a participant or beneficiary of such plan or coverage with respect to which such a provider or facility does not have a contractual relationship for furnishing such item or service under the plan or coverage after receiving payment from the plan or coverage for such item or service and any applicable cost sharing payment from such participant or beneficiary; and
(C)
the requirements applied under section 716; and
(2)
information on contacting appropriate State and Federal agencies in the case that an individual believes that such a provider or facility has violated any requirement described in paragraph (1) with respect to such individual.
[There is no section 721 in law.]
SEC. 722.
[1185k]

OTHER PATIENT PROTECTIONS.
(a)

Choice of Health Care Professional.—
If a group health plan, or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, requires or provides for designation by a participant or beneficiary of a participating primary care provider, then the plan or issuer shall permit each participant and beneficiary to designate any participating primary care provider who is available to accept such individual.
(b)

Access to Pediatric Care.—
(1)

Pediatric care.—
In the case of a person who has a child who is a participant or beneficiary under a group health plan, or group health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer, if the plan or issuer requires or provides for the designation of a participating primary care provider for the child, the plan or issuer shall permit such person to designate a physician (allopathic or osteopathic) who specializes in pediatrics as the child's primary care provider if such provider participates in the network of the plan or issuer.
(2)

Construction.—
Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed to waive any exclusions of coverage under the terms and conditions of the plan or health insurance coverage with respect to coverage of pediatric care.
(c)

Patient Access to Obstetrical and Gynecological Care.—
(1)

General rights.—
(A)

Direct access.—
A group health plan, or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, described in paragraph (2) may not require authorization or referral by the plan, issuer, or any person (including a primary care provider described in paragraph (2)(B)) in the case of a female participant or beneficiary who seeks coverage for obstetrical or gynecological care provided by a participating health care professional who specializes in obstetrics or gynecology. Such professional shall agree to otherwise adhere to such plan's or issuer's policies and procedures, including procedures regarding referrals and obtaining prior authorization and providing services pursuant to a treatment plan (if any) approved by the plan or issuer.
(B)

Obstetrical and gynecological care.—
A group health plan or health insurance issuer described in paragraph (2) shall treat the provision of obstetrical and gynecological care, and the ordering of related obstetrical and gynecological items and services, pursuant to the direct access described under subparagraph (A), by a participating health care professional who specializes in obstetrics or gynecology as the authorization of the primary care provider.
(2)

Application of paragraph.—
A group health plan, or health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, described in this paragraph is a group health plan or coverage that—
(A)
provides coverage for obstetric or gynecologic care; and
(B)
requires the designation by a participant or beneficiary of a participating primary care provider.
(3)

Construction.—
Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed to—
(A)
waive any exclusions of coverage under the terms and conditions of the plan or health insurance coverage with respect to coverage of obstetrical or gynecological care; or
(B)
preclude the group health plan or health insurance issuer involved from requiring that the obstetrical or gynecological provider notify the primary care health care professional or the plan or issuer of treatment decisions.
SEC. 723.
[1185l]

AIR AMBULANCE REPORT REQUIREMENTS.
(a)

In General.—
Each group health plan and health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage shall submit to the Secretary, jointly with the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Secretary of the Treasury—
(1)
not later than the date that is 90 days after the last day of the first calendar year beginning on or after the date on which a final rule is promulgated pursuant to the rulemaking described in section 106(d) of the No Surprises Act, the information described in subsection (b) with respect to such plan year; and
(2)
not later than the date that is 90 days after the last day of the plan year immediately succeeding the calendar year described in paragraph (1), such information with respect to such immediately succeeding plan year.
(b)

Information Described.—
For purposes of subsection (a), information described in this subsection, with respect to a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage, is each of the following:
(1)
Claims data for air ambulance services furnished by providers of such services, disaggregated by each of the following factors:
(A)
Whether such services were furnished on an emergent or nonemergent basis.
(B)
Whether the provider of such services is part of a hospital-owned or sponsored program, municipality-sponsored program, hospital independent partnership (hybrid) program, independent program, or tribally operated program in Alaska.
(C)
Whether the transport in which the services were furnished originated in a rural or urban area.
(D)
The type of aircraft (such as rotor transport or fixed wing transport) used to furnish such services.
(E)
Whether the provider of such services has a contract with the plan or issuer, as applicable, to furnish such services under the plan or coverage, respectively.
(2)
Such other information regarding providers of air ambulance services as the Secretary may specify.
SEC. 724.
[1185m]

INCREASING TRANSPARENCY BY REMOVING GAG CLAUSES ON PRICE AND QUALITY INFORMATION.
(a)

Increasing Price and Quality Transparency for Plan Sponsors and Consumers.—
(1)

In general.—
A group health plan (or an issuer of health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan) may not enter into an agreement with a health care provider, network or association of providers, third-party administrator, or other service provider offering access to a network of providers that would directly or indirectly restrict a group health plan or health insurance issuer offering such coverage from—
(A)
providing provider-specific cost or quality of care information or data, through a consumer engagement tool or any other means, to referring providers, the plan sponsor, participants or beneficiaries, or individuals eligible to become participants or beneficiaries of the plan or coverage;
(B)
electronically accessing de-identified claims and encounter information or data for each participant or beneficiary in the plan or coverage, upon request and consistent with the privacy regulations promulgated pursuant to section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the amendments made by the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, including, on a per claim basis—
(i)
financial information, such as the allowed amount, or any other claim-related financial obligations included in the provider contract;
(ii)
provider information, including name and clinical designation;
(iii)
service codes; or
(iv)
any other data element included in claim or encounter transactions; or
(C)
sharing information or data described in subparagraph (A) or (B), or directing that such data be shared, with a business associate as defined in section 160.103 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regulations), consistent with the privacy regulations promulgated pursuant to section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the amendments made by the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.
(2)

Clarification regarding public disclosure of information.—
Nothing in paragraph (1)(A) prevents a health care provider, network or association of providers, or other service provider from placing reasonable restrictions on the public disclosure of the information described in such paragraph (1).
(3)

Attestation.—
A group health plan (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan) shall annually submit to the Secretary an attestation that such plan or issuer of such coverage is in compliance with the requirements of this subsection.
(4)

Rules of construction.—
Nothing in this section shall be construed to modify or eliminate existing privacy protections and standards under State and Federal law. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to otherwise limit access by a group health plan, plan sponsor, or health insurance issuer to data as permitted under the privacy regulations promulgated pursuant to section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the amendments made by the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.
SEC. 725.
[1185n]

REPORTING ON PHARMACY BENEFITS AND DRUG COSTS.
(a)

In General.—
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, and not later than June 1 of each year thereafter, a group health plan (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan) shall submit to the Secretary, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of the Treasury the following information with respect to the health plan or coverage in the previous plan year:
(1)
The beginning and end dates of the plan year.
(2)
The number of participants and beneficiaries.
(3)
Each State in which the plan or coverage is offered.
(4)
The 50 brand prescription drugs most frequently dispensed by pharmacies for claims paid by the plan or coverage, and the total number of paid claims for each such drug.
(5)
The 50 most costly prescription drugs with respect to the plan or coverage by total annual spending, and the annual amount spent by the plan or coverage for each such drug.
(6)
The 50 prescription drugs with the greatest increase in plan expenditures over the plan year preceding the plan year that is the subject of the report, and, for each such drug, the change in amounts expended by the plan or coverage in each such plan year.
(7)
Total spending on health care services by such group health plan or health insurance coverage, broken down by—
(A)
the type of costs, including—
(i)
hospital costs;
(ii)
health care provider and clinical service costs, for primary care and specialty care separately;
(iii)
costs for prescription drugs; and
(iv)
other medical costs, including wellness services; and
(B)
spending on prescription drugs by—
(i)
the health plan or coverage; and
(ii)
the participants and beneficiaries.
(8)
The average monthly premium—
(A)
paid by employers on behalf of participants and beneficiaries, as applicable; and
(B)
paid by participants and beneficiaries.
(9)
Any impact on premiums by rebates, fees, and any other remuneration paid by drug manufacturers to the plan or coverage or its administrators or service providers, with respect to prescription drugs prescribed to participants or beneficiaries in the plan or coverage, including—
(A)
the amounts so paid for each therapeutic class of drugs; and
(B)
the amounts so paid for each of the 25 drugs that yielded the highest amount of rebates and other remuneration under the plan or coverage from drug manufacturers during the plan year.
(10)
Any reduction in premiums and out-of-pocket costs associated with rebates, fees, or other remuneration described in paragraph (9).
(b)

Report.—
Not later than 18 months after the date on which the first report is required under subsection (a) and biannually thereafter, the Secretary, acting in coordination with the Inspector General of the Department of Labor, shall make available on the internet website of the Department of Labor a report on prescription drug reimbursements under group health plans (or health insurance coverage offered in connection with such a plan), prescription drug pricing trends, and the role of prescription drug costs in contributing to premium increases or decreases under such plans or coverage, aggregated in such a way as no drug or plan specific information will be made public.
(c)

Privacy Protections.—
No confidential or trade secret information submitted to the Secretary under subsection (a) shall be included in the report under subsection (b).
subpart C—

General Provisions
SEC. 731.
[1191]

PREEMPTION; STATE FLEXIBILITY; CONSTRUCTION.
(a)

Continued Applicability of State Law With Respect to Health Insurance Issuers.—
(1)

In General.—
Subject to paragraph (2) and except as provided in subsection (b), this part shall not be construed to supersede any provision of State law which establishes, implements, or continues in effect any standard or requirement solely relating to health insurance issuers in connection with group health insurance coverage except to the extent that such standard or requirement prevents the application of a requirement of this part.
(2)

Continued preemption with respect to group health plans.—
Nothing in this part shall be construed to affect or modify the provisions of section 514 with respect to group health plans.
(b)

Special Rules in Case of Portability Requirements.—
(1)

In general.—
Subject to paragraph (2), the provisions of this part relating to health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer supersede any provision of State law which establishes, implements, or continues in effect a standard or requirement applicable to imposition of a preexisting condition exclusion specifically governed by section 701 which differs from the standards or requirements specified in such section.
(2)

Exceptions.—
Only in relation to health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer, the provisions of this part do not supersede any provision of State law to the extent that such provision—
(A)
substitutes for the reference to “6-month period” in section 701(a)(1) a reference to any shorter period of time;
(B)
substitutes for the reference to “12 months” and “18 months” in section 701(a)(2) a reference to any shorter period of time;
(C)
substitutes for the references to “63 days” in sections 701 (c)(2)(A) and (d)(4)(A) a reference to any greater number of days;
(D)
substitutes for the reference to “30-day period” in sections 701 (b)(2) and (d)(1) a reference to any greater period;
(E)
prohibits the imposition of any preexisting condition exclusion in cases not described in section 701(d) or expands the exceptions described in such section;
(F)
requires special enrollment periods in addition to those required under section 701(f); or
(G)
reduces the maximum period permitted in an affiliation period under section 701(g)(1)(B).
(c)

Rules of Construction.—
Except as provided in section 711, nothing in this part shall be construed as requiring a group health plan or health insurance coverage to provide specific benefits under the terms of such plan or coverage.
(d)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this section—
(1)

State law.—
The term “State law” includes all laws, decisions, rules, regulations, or other State action having the effect of law, of any State. A law of the United States applicable only to the District of Columbia shall be treated as a State law rather than a law of the United States.
(2)

State.—
The term “State” includes a State, the Northern Mariana Islands, any political subdivisions of a State or such Islands, or any agency or instrumentality of either.
SEC. 732.
[1191a]

SPECIAL RULES RELATING TO GROUP HEALTH PLANS.
(a)

General Exception for Certain Small Group Health Plans.—
The requirements of this part (other than section 711) shall not apply to any group health plan (and group health insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan) for any plan year if, on the first day of such plan year, such plan has less than 2 participants who are current employees.
(b)

Exception for Certain Benefits.—
The requirements of this part shall not apply to any group health plan (and group health insurance coverage) in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in section 733(c)(1).
(c)

Exception for Certain Benefits if Certain Conditions Met.—
(1)

Limited, excepted benefits.—
The requirements of this part shall not apply to any group health plan (and group health insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan) in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in section 733(c)(2) if the benefits—
(A)
are provided under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance; or
(B)
are otherwise not an integral part of the plan.
(2)

Noncoordinated, excepted benefits.—
The requirements of this part shall not apply to any group health plan (and group health insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan) in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in section 733(c)(3) if all of the following conditions are met:
(A)
The benefits are provided under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance.
(B)
There is no coordination between the provision of such benefits and any exclusion of benefits under any group health plan maintained by the same plan sponsor.
(C)
Such benefits are paid with respect to an event without regard to whether benefits are provided with respect to such an event under any group health plan maintained by the same plan sponsor.
(3)

Supplemental excepted benefits.—
The requirements of this part shall not apply to any group health plan (and group health insurance coverage) in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in section 733(c)(4) if the benefits are provided under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance.
(d)

Treatment of Partnerships.—
For purposes of this part—
(1)

Treatment as a group health plan.—
Any plan, fund, or program which would not be (but for this subsection) an employee welfare benefit plan and which is established or maintained by a partnership, to the extent that such plan, fund, or program provides medical care (including items and services paid for as medical care) to present or former partners in the partnership or to their dependents (as defined under the terms of the plan, fund, or program), directly or through insurance, reimbursement, or otherwise, shall be treated (subject to paragraph (2)) as an employee welfare benefit plan which is a group health plan.
(2)

Employer.—
In the case of a group health plan, the term “employer” also includes the partnership in relation to any partner.
(3)

Participants of group health plans.—
In the case of a group health plan, the term “participant” also includes—
(A)
in connection with a group health plan maintained by a partnership, an individual who is a partner in relation to the partnership, or
(B)
in connection with a group health plan maintained by a self-employed individual (under which one or more employees are participants), the self-employed individual,
if such individual is, or may become, eligible to receive a benefit under the plan or such individual's beneficiaries may be eligible to receive any such benefit.
SEC. 733.
[1191b]

DEFINITIONS.
(a)

Group Health Plan.—
For purposes of this part—
(1)

In general.—
The term “group health plan” means an employee welfare benefit plan to the extent that the plan provides medical care (as defined in paragraph (2) and including items and services paid for as medical care) to employees or their dependents (as defined under the terms of the plan) directly or through insurance, reimbursement, or otherwise. Such term shall not include any qualified small employer health reimbursement arrangement (as defined in section 9831(d)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986).
(2)

Medical care.—
The term “medical care” means amounts paid for—
(A)
the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, or amounts paid for the purpose of affecting any structure or function of the body,
(B)
amounts paid for transportation primarily for and essential to medical care referred to in subparagraph (A), and
(C)
amounts paid for insurance covering medical care referred to in subparagraphs (A) and (B).
(b)

Definitions Relating to Health Insurance.—
For purposes of this part—
(1)

Health insurance coverage.—
The term “health insurance coverage” means benefits consisting of medical care (provided directly, through insurance or reimbursement, or otherwise and including items and services paid for as medical care) under any hospital or medical service policy or certificate, hospital or medical service plan contract, or health maintenance organization contract offered by a health insurance issuer.
(2)

Health insurance issuer.—
The term “health insurance issuer” means an insurance company, insurance service, or insurance organization (including a health maintenance organization, as defined in paragraph (3)) which is licensed to engage in the business of insurance in a State and which is subject to State law which regulates insurance (within the meaning of section 514(b)(2)). Such term does not include a group health plan.
(3)

Health maintenance organization.—
The term “health maintenance organization” means—
(A)
a federally qualified health maintenance organization (as defined in section 1301(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300e(a))),
(B)
an organization recognized under State law as a health maintenance organization, or
(C)
a similar organization regulated under State law for solvency in the same manner and to the same extent as such a health maintenance organization.
(4)

Group health insurance coverage.—
The term “group health insurance coverage” means, in connection with a group health plan, health insurance coverage offered in connection with such plan.
(c)

Excepted Benefits.—
For purposes of this part, the term “excepted benefits” means benefits under one or more (or any combination thereof) of the following:
(1)

Benefits not subject to requirements.—
(A)
Coverage only for accident, or disability income insurance, or any combination thereof.
(B)
Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
(C)
Liability insurance, including general liability insurance and automobile liability insurance.
(D)
Workers' compensation or similar insurance.
(E)
Automobile medical payment insurance.
(F)
Credit-only insurance.
(G)
Coverage for on-site medical clinics.
(H)
Other similar insurance coverage, specified in regulations, under which benefits for medical care are secondary or incidental to other insurance benefits.
(2)

Benefits not subject to requirements if offered separately.—
(A)
Limited scope dental or vision benefits.
(B)
Benefits for long-term care, nursing home care, home health care, community-based care, or any combination thereof.
(C)
Such other similar, limited benefits as are specified in regulations.
(3)

Benefits not subject to requirements if offered as independent, noncoordinated benefits.—
(A)
Coverage only for a specified disease or illness.
(B)
Hospital indemnity or other fixed indemnity insurance.
(4)

Benefits not subject to requirements if offered as separate insurance policy.—
Medicare supplemental health insurance (as defined under section 1882(g)(1) of the Social Security Act), coverage supplemental to the coverage provided under chapter 55 of title 10, United States Code, and similar supplemental coverage provided to coverage under a group health plan.
(d)

Other Definitions.—
For purposes of this part—
(1)

COBRA continuation provision.—
The term “COBRA continuation provision” means any of the following:
(A)
Part 6 of this subtitle.
(B)
Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, other than subsection (f)(1) of such section insofar as it relates to pediatric vaccines.
(C)
Title XXII of the Public Health Service Act.
(2)

Health status-related factor.—
The term “health status-related factor” means any of the factors described in section 702(a)(1).
(3)

Network plan.—
The term “network plan” means health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer under which the financing and delivery of medical care (including items and services paid for as medical care) are provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of providers under contract with the issuer.
(4)

Placed for adoption.—
The term “placement”, or being “placed”, for adoption, has the meaning given such term in section 609(c)(3)(B).
(5)

Family member.—
The term “family member” means, with respect to an individual—
(A)
a dependent (as such term is used for purposes of section 701(f)(2)) of such individual, and
(B)
any other individual who is a first-degree, second-degree, third-degree, or fourth-degree relative of such individual or of an individual described in subparagraph (A).
(6)

Genetic information.—
(A)

In general.—
The term “genetic information” means, with respect to any individual, information about—
(i)
such individual's genetic tests,
(ii)
the genetic tests of family members of such individual, and
(iii)
the manifestation of a disease or disorder in family members of such individual.
(B)

Inclusion of genetic services and participation in genetic research.—
Such term includes, with respect to any individual, any request for, or receipt of, genetic services, or participation in clinical research which includes genetic services, by such individual or any family member of such individual.
(C)

Exclusions.—
The term “genetic information” shall not include information about the sex or age of any individual.
(7)

Genetic test.—
(A)

In general.—
The term “genetic test” means an analysis of human DNA, RNA, chromosomes, proteins, or metabolites, that detects genotypes, mutations, or chromosomal changes.
(B)

Exceptions.—
The term “genetic test” does not mean—
(i)
an analysis of proteins or metabolites that does not detect genotypes, mutations, or chromosomal changes; or
(ii)
an analysis of proteins or metabolites that is directly related to a manifested disease, disorder, or pathological condition that could reasonably be detected by a health care professional with appropriate training and expertise in the field of medicine involved.
(8)

Genetic services.—
The term “genetic services” means—
(A)
a genetic test;
(B)
genetic counseling (including obtaining, interpreting, or assessing genetic information); or
(C)
genetic education.
(9)

Underwriting purposes.—
The term “underwriting purposes” means, with respect to any group health plan, or health insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan—
(A)
rules for, or determination of, eligibility (including enrollment and continued eligibility) for benefits under the plan or coverage;
(B)
the computation of premium or contribution amounts under the plan or coverage;
(C)
the application of any pre-existing condition exclusion under the plan or coverage; and
(D)
other activities related to the creation, renewal, or replacement of a contract of health insurance or health benefits.
SEC. 734.
[1191c]

REGULATIONS.
The Secretary, consistent with section 104 of the Health Care Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, may promulgate such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this part. The Secretary may promulgate any interim final rules as the Secretary determines are appropriate to carry out this part.
SEC. 735.
[1191d]

STANDARDIZED REPORTING FORMAT.
(a)

In General.—
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this section, the Secretary shall establish (and periodically update) a standardized reporting format for the voluntary reporting, by group health plans to State All Payer Claims Databases, of medical claims, pharmacy claims, dental claims, and eligibility and provider files that are collected from private and public payers, and shall provide guidance to States on the process by which States may collect such data from such plans in the standardized reporting format.
(b)

Consultation.—
(1)

Advisory committee.—
Not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this section, the Secretary shall convene an Advisory Committee (referred to in this section as the “Committee”), consisting of 15 members to advise the Secretary regarding the format and guidance described in paragraph (1).
(2)

Membership.—
(A)

Appointment.—
In accordance with subparagraph (B), not later than 90 days after the date of enactment this section, the Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall appoint under subparagraph (B)(iii), and the Comptroller General of the United States shall appoint under subparagraph (B)(iv), members who have distinguished themselves in the fields of health services research, health economics, health informatics, data privacy and security, or the governance of State All Payer Claims Databases, or who represent organizations likely to submit data to or use the database, including patients, employers, or employee organizations that sponsor group health plans, health care providers, health insurance issuers, or third-party administrators of group health plans. Such members shall serve 3-year terms on a staggered basis. Vacancies on the Committee shall be filled by appointment consistent with this paragraph not later than 3 months after the vacancy arises.
(B)

Composition.—
The Committee shall be comprised of—
(i)
the Assistant Secretary of Employee Benefits and Security Administration of the Department of Labor, or a designee of such Assistant Secretary;
(ii)
the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the Department of Health and Human Services, or a designee of such Assistant Secretary;
(iii)
members appointed by the Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, including—
(I)
1 member to serve as the chair of the Committee;
(II)
1 representative of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services;
(III)
1 representative of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;
(IV)
1 representative of the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services with expertise in data privacy and security;
(V)
1 representative of the National Center for Health Statistics;
(VI)
1 representative of the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology; and
(VII)
1 representative of a State All-Payer Claims Database;
(iv)
members appointed by the Comptroller General of the United States, including—
(I)
1 representative of an employer that sponsors a group health plan;
(II)
1 representative of an employee organization that sponsors a group health plan;
(III)
1 academic researcher with expertise in health economics or health services research;
(IV)
1 consumer advocate; and
(V)
2 additional members.
(3)

Report.—
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this section, the Committee shall report to the Secretary, the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives. Such report shall include recommendations on the establishment of the format and guidance described in subsection (a).
(c)

State All Payer Claims Database.—
In this section, the term “State All Payer Claims Database” means, with respect to a State, a database that may include medical claims, pharmacy claims, dental claims, and eligibility and provider files, which are collected from private and public payers.
(d)

Authorization of Appropriations.—
To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2021, to remain available until expended or, if sooner, until the date described in subsection (e).
(e)

Sunset.—
Beginning on the date on which the report is submitted under subsection (b)(3), subsection (b) shall have no force or effect.
PART 8—

PENSION-LINKED EMERGENCY SAVINGS ACCOUNTS
SEC. 801.
[1193]

PENSION-LINKED EMERGENCY SAVINGS ACCOUNTS.
(a)

In General.—
A plan sponsor of an individual account plan may—
(1)
include in such individual account plan a pension-linked emergency savings account meeting the requirements of subsection (c); and
(2)
(A)
offer to enroll an eligible participant in such pension-linked emergency savings account; or
(B)
automatically enroll an eligible participant in such account pursuant to an automatic contribution arrangement described in paragraph (2) of subsection (c).
(b)

Eligible Participant.—
(1)

In general.—
For purposes of this part, the term “eligible participant”, with regard to an individual account plan, means an individual who—
(A)
meets any age, service, and other eligibility requirements of the plan; and
(B)
is not a highly compensated employee.
(2)

Eligible participant who becomes a highly compensated employee.—
Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(B), an individual who is enrolled in a pension-linked emergency savings account and thereafter becomes a highly compensated employee may not make further contributions to such account, but retains the right to withdraw any account balance of such account in accordance with subsection (c)(1)(A)(ii).
(3)

Definition.—
For purposes of this subsection, the term “highly compensated employee” has the meaning given the term in section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(c)

Account Requirements.—
(1)

In general.—
A pension-linked emergency savings account—
(A)
shall—
(i)
not have a minimum contribution or account balance requirement;
(ii)
allow for withdrawal by the participant of the account balance, in whole or in part at the discretion of the participant, at least once per calendar month and for distribution of such withdrawal to the participant as soon as practicable from the date on which the participant elects to make such withdrawal; and
(iii)
be, as selected by the plan sponsor, held as cash, in an interest-bearing deposit account, or in an investment product—
(I)
designed to—
- (aa)
maintain over the term of the investment, the dollar value that is equal to the amount invested in the product; and
- (bb)
preserve principal and provide a reasonable rate of return, whether or not such return is guaranteed, consistent with the need for liquidity; and
(II)
offered by a State- or federally-regulated financial institution;
(B)
may be subject to, as permitted by the Secretary, reasonable restrictions; and
(C)
(i)
may not, for not less than the first 4 withdrawals of funds from the account in a plan year, be subject to any fees or charges solely on the basis of such a withdrawal; and
(ii)
may, for any subsequent withdrawal in a plan year, be subject to reasonable fees or charges in connection with such a withdrawal, including reasonable reimbursement fees imposed for the incidental costs of handling of paper checks.
(2)

Establishment and termination of account.—
(A)

Establishment of account.—
The pension-linked emergency savings account feature shall be included in the plan document of the individual account plan. Such individual account plan shall—
(i)
separately account for contributions to the pension-linked emergency savings account of the individual account plan and any earnings properly allocable to the contributions;
(ii)
maintain separate recordkeeping with respect to each such pension-linked emergency savings account; and
(iii)
allow withdrawals from such account in accordance with section 402A(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(B)

Termination of account.—
A plan sponsor may terminate the pension-linked emergency savings account feature of an individual account plan at any time.
(d)

Account Contributions.—
(1)

Limitation.—
(A)

In general.—
Subject to subparagraph (B), no contribution shall be accepted to a pension-linked emergency savings account to the extent such contribution would cause the portion of the account balance attributable to participant contributions to exceed the lesser of—
(i)
$2,500; or
(ii)
an amount determined by the plan sponsor of the pension-linked emergency savings account.
In the case of contributions made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2024, the Secretary shall adjust the amount under clause (i) at the same time and in the same manner as the adjustment made by the Secretary of the Treasury under section 415(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, except that the base period shall be the calendar quarter beginning July 1, 2023. Any increase under the preceding sentence which is not a multiple of $100 shall be rounded to the next lowest multiple of $100.
(B)

Excess contributions.—
To the extent any contribution to the pension-linked emergency savings account of a participant for a taxable year would exceed the limitation of subparagraph (A)—
(i)
in the case of a participant with another designated Roth account under the individual account plan, such plan may provide that—
(I)
the participant may elect to increase the participant’s contribution to such other account; and
(II)
in the absence of such a participant election, the participant is deemed to have elected to increase the participant’s contributions to such other account at the rate at which contributions were being made to the pension-linked emergency savings account; and
(ii)
in any other case, such plan shall provide that such excess contributions will not be accepted.
(2)

Automatic contribution arrangement.—
For purposes of this section—
(A)

In general.—
An automatic contribution arrangement described in this paragraph is an arrangement under which an eligible participant is treated as having elected to have the plan sponsor make elective contributions to a pension-linked emergency savings account at a participant contribution rate that is not more than 3 percent of the compensation of the eligible participant, unless the eligible participant, at any time (subject to such reasonable advance notice as is required by the plan administrator), affirmatively elects to—
(i)
make contributions at a different rate or amount; or
(ii)
opt out of such contributions.
(B)

Participant contribution rate.—
For purposes of an automatic contribution arrangement described in subparagraph (A), the plan sponsor—
(i)
shall select a participant contribution rate under such automatic contribution arrangement that meets the requirements of subparagraph (A); and
(ii)
may amend (prior to the plan year in which an amendment would take effect) such rate not more than once annually.
(3)

Disclosure by plan administrator of contributions.—
(A)

In general.—
With respect to an individual account plan with a pension-linked emergency savings account feature, the administrator of the plan shall, not less than 30 days and not more than 90 days prior to date of the first contribution to the pension-linked emergency savings account, including any contribution under an automatic contribution arrangement described in subsection (d)(2), or the date of any adjustment to the participant contribution rate under subsection (d)(2)(B)(ii), and not less than annually thereafter, shall furnish to the participant a notice describing—
(i)
the purpose of the account, which is for short-term, emergency savings;
(ii)
the limits on, and tax treatment of, contributions to the pension-linked emergency savings account of the participant;
(iii)
any fees, expenses, restrictions, or charges associated with such pension-linked emergency savings account;
(iv)
procedures for electing to make contributions to or opting out of the pension-linked emergency savings account, for changing participant contribution rates for such pension-linked emergency savings account, and for making participant withdrawals from such pension-linked emergency savings account, including any limits on frequency;
(v)
as applicable, the amount of the intended contribution to such pension-linked emergency savings account or the change in the percentage of the compensation of the participant of such contribution;
(vi)
the amount in the emergency savings account and the amount or percentage of compensation that a participant has contributed to the pension-linked emergency savings account;
(vii)
the designated investment option under subsection (c)(1)(A)(iii) for amounts contributed to the pension-linked emergency savings account;
(viii)
the options under subsection (e) for the account balance of the pension-linked emergency savings account after termination of the employment of the participant or termination by the plan sponsor of the pension-linked emergency savings account; and
(ix)
the ability of a participant who becomes a highly compensated employee (as such term is defined in paragraph (3) of subsection (b)) to, as described in paragraph (2) of such subsection, withdraw any account balance from a pension-linked emergency savings account and the restriction on the ability of such a participant to make further contributions to the pension-linked emergency savings account.
(B)

Notice requirements.—
A notice furnished to a participant under subparagraph (A) shall be—
(i)
sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to apprise the participant of the rights and obligations of the participant with regard to the pension-linked emergency savings account of the participant; and
(ii)
written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average participant.
(C)

Consolidated notices.—
The required notices under subparagraph (A) may be included with any other notice under this Act, including under section 404(c)(5)(B) or 514(e)(3), or under section 401(k)(13)(E) or 414(w)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, if such other notice is provided to the participant at the time required for such notice.
(4)

Employer matching contributions to an individual account plan for employee contributions to a pension-linked emergency savings account.—
(A)

In general.—
If an employer makes any matching contributions to an individual account plan of which a pension-linked emergency savings account is part, subject to the limitations of paragraph (1)(A), the employer shall make matching contributions on behalf of a participant on account of the contributions by the participant to the pension-linked emergency savings account at the same rate as any other matching contribution on account of an elective contribution by such participant. The matching contributions shall be made to the participant’s account under the individual account plan that is not the pension-linked emergency savings account. Such matching contributions on account of contributions under paragraph (1)(A) shall not exceed the maximum account balance under paragraph (1)(A) for such plan year.
(B)

Coordination rule.—
For purposes of any applicable limitation on matching contributions, any matching contributions made under the plan shall be treated first as attributable to the elective deferrals of the participant other than contributions to a pension-linked emergency savings account.
(C)

Matching contributions.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “matching contribution” has the meaning given such term in section 401(m)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(e)

Account Balance After Termination.—
Upon termination of employment of the participant, or termination by the plan sponsor of the pension-linked emergency savings account, the pension-linked emergency savings account of such participant in an individual account plan shall—
(1)
allow, at the election of the participant, for transfer by the participant of the account balance of such account, in whole or in part, into another designated Roth account of the participant under the individual account plan; and
(2)
for any amounts in such account not transferred under paragraph (1), make such amounts available within a reasonable time to the participant.
(f)

Anti-abuse Rules.—
(1)

In general.—
A plan of which a pension-linked emergency savings account is part—
(A)
may employ reasonable procedures to limit the frequency or amount of matching contributions with respect to contributions to such account, solely to the extent necessary to prevent manipulation of the rules of the plan to cause matching contributions to exceed the intended amounts or frequency; and
(B)
shall not be required to suspend matching contributions following any participant withdrawal of contributions, including elective deferrals and employee contributions, whether or not matched and whether or not made pursuant to an automatic contribution arrangement described in section 402A(e)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(2)

Regulations or other guidance.—
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of Labor, shall issue regulations or other guidance not later than 12 months after the date of the enactment of the SECURE 2.0 Act of 2022 with respect to the anti-abuse rules described in paragraph (1).
SEC. 802.
[1193a]

PREEMPTION OF STATE ANTI-GARNISHMENT LAWS.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, this part shall supersede any law of a State which would directly or indirectly prohibit or restrict the use of an automatic contribution arrangement, described in section 801(d)(2), for a pension-linked emergency savings account. The Secretary may promulgate regulations to establish minimum standards that such an arrangement would be required to satisfy in order for this subsection to apply with respect to such an account.
SEC. 803.
[1193b]

REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS.
The Secretary shall—
(1)
prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to address reporting and disclosure requirements for pension-linked emergency savings accounts; and
(2)
seek to prevent unnecessary reporting and disclosure for such accounts under this Act, including for purposes of any reporting or disclosure related to pension plans required by this title or under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
SEC. 804.
[1193c]

REPORT TO CONGRESS ON EMERGENCY SAVINGS ACCOUNTS.
The Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1)
conduct a study on the use of emergency savings from individual account plan accounts, including emergency savings from a pension-linked emergency savings account regarding—
(A)
whether the amount of the dollar limitation under section 801(d)(1)(A) is sufficient;
(B)
whether the limitation on the contribution rate under section 801(d)(2)(A) is appropriate; and
(C)
the extent to which plan sponsors offer such accounts and participants participate in such accounts and the resulting impact on participant retirement savings, including the impact on retirement savings leakage and the effect of such accounts on retirement plan participation by low- and moderate-income households; and
(2)
not later than 7 years after the date of enactment of the SECURE 2.0 Act of 2022, submit to Congress a report on the findings of the study under paragraph (1).
TITLE II—

AMENDMENTS TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE RELATING TO RETIREMENT PLANS
[Omitted.88]
^{88}
Title II of the Act contained amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 relating to retirement plans and added section 1131 of the Social Security Act (relating to notification of social security claimants by the Secretary of Health and Human Services with respect to deferred vested benefits). For the original text of the amendments, see title II of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (Public Law 93–406; 88 Stat. 898).
* * * * * * *
TITLE III—

JURISDICTION, ADMINISTRATION, ENFORCEMENT; JOINT PENSION TASK FORCE, ETC.89
subtitle A—

Jurisdiction, Administration, and Enforcement

PROCEDURES IN CONNECTION WITH THE ISSUANCE OF CERTAIN DETERMINATION LETTERS BY THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY
Sec. 3001.
[1201]
(a)
Before issuing an advance determination of whether a pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan, a trust which is a part of such a plan, or an annuity or bond purchase plan meets the requirements of part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Secretary of the Treasury shall require the person applying for the determination to provide, in addition to any material and information necessary for such determination, such other material and information as may reasonably be made available at the time such application is made as the Secretary of Labor may require under title I of this Act for the administration of that title. The Secretary of the Treasury shall also require that the applicant provide evidence satisfactory to the Secretary that the applicant has notified each employee who qualifies as an interested party (within the meaning of regulations prescribed under section 7476(b)(1) of such Code (relating to declaratory judgements in connection with the qualification of certain retirement plans)) of the application for a determination.
^{89}
So in original. Caption continues to refer to the Joint Pension Task Force which was subsequently renamed the Joint Pension, Profit Sharing, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan Task Force. See note to the heading of subtitle B of title III (preceding section 3021).
(b)
(1)
Whenever an application is made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a determination of whether a pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan, a trust which is a part of such a plan, or an annuity or bond purchase plan meets the requirements of part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Secretary shall upon request afford an opportunity to comment on the application at any time within 45 days after receipt thereof to—
(A)
any employee or class of employee qualifying as an interested party within the meaning of the regulations referred to in subsection (a).
(B)
the Secretary of Labor, and
(C)
the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
(2)
The Secretary of Labor may not request an opportunity to comment upon such an application unless he has been requested in writing to do so by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or by the lesser of—
(A)
10 employees, or
(B)
10 percent of the employees
who qualify as interested parties within the meaning of the regulations referred to in subsection (a). Upon receiving such a request, the Secretary of Labor shall furnish a copy of the request to the Secretary of the Treasury within 5 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal public holidays (as set forth in section 6103 of title 5, United States Code)).
(3)
Upon receiving such a request from the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Treasury shall furnish to the Secretary of Labor such information held by the Secretary of the Treasury relating to the application as the Secretary of Labor may request.
(4)
The Secretary of Labor shall, within 30 days after receiving a request from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or from the necessary number of employees who qualify as interested parties, notify the Secretary of the Treasury, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and such employees with respect to whether he is going to comment on the application to which the request relates and with respect to any matters raised in such request on which he is not going to comment. If the Secretary of Labor indicates in the notice required under the preceding sentence that he is not going to comment on all or part of the matters raised in such request, the Secretary of the Treasury shall afford the corporation 90, and such employees, an opportunity to comment on the application with respect to any matter on which the Secretary of Labor has declined to comment.
^{90}
The intended reference appears to be to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
(c)
The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and, upon petition of a group of employees referred to in subsection (b)(2), the Secretary of Labor, may intervene in any action brought for declaratory judgment under section 7476 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 in accordance with the provisions of such section. The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation is permitted to bring an action under such section 7476 under such rules as may be prescribed by the United States Tax Court.
(d)
If the Secretary of the Treasury determines that a plan or trust to which this section applies meets the applicable requirements of part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and issues a determination letter to the applicant, the Secretary shall notify the Secretary of Labor of his determination and furnish such information and material relating to the application and determination held by the Secretary of the Treasury as the Secretary of Labor may request for the proper administration of title I of this Act. The Secretary of Labor shall accept the determination of the Secretary of the Treasury as prima facie evidence of initial compliance by the plan with the standards of parts 2, 3, and 4 of subtitle B of title I of this Act. The determination of the Secretary of the Treasury shall not be prima facie evidence on issues relating solely to part 4 of subtitle B of title I. If an application for such a determination is withdrawn, or if the Secretary of the Treasury issues a determination that the plan or trust does not meet the requirements of such part I, the Secretary shall notify the Secretary of Labor of the withdrawal or determination.
(e)
This section does not apply with respect to an application for any plan received by the Secretary of the Treasury before the date on which section 410 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 applies to the plan, or on which such section will apply if the plan is determined by the Secretary to be a qualified plan.

PROCEDURES WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUED COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO PARTICIPATION, VESTING, AND FUNDING STANDARDS
Sec. 3002.
[1202]
(a)
In carrying out the provisions of part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 with respect to whether a plan or a trust meets the requirements of section 410(a) or 411 of such Code (relating to minimum participation standards and minimum vesting standards, respectively), the Secretary of the Treasury shall notify the Secretary of Labor when the Secretary of the Treasury issues a preliminary notice of intent to disqualify related to the plan or trust or, if earlier, at the time of commencing any proceeding to determine whether the plan or trust satisfies such requirements. Unless the Secretary of the Treasury finds that the collection of a tax imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is in jeopardy, the Secretary of the Treasury shall not issue a determination that the plan or trust does not satisfy the requirements of such section until the expiration of a period of 60 days after the date on which he notifies the Secretary of Labor of such review. The Secretary of the Treasury, in his discretion, may extend the 60-day period referred to in the preceding sentence if he determines that such an extension would enable the Secretary of Labor to obtain compliance with such requirements by the plan within the extension period. Except as otherwise provided in this Act, the Secretary of Labor shall not generally apply part 2 of title I of this Act to any plan or trust subject to sections 410(a) and 411 of such Code, but shall refer alleged general violations of the vesting or participation standards to the Secretary of the Treasury. (The preceding sentence shall not apply to matters relating to individuals benefits.)
(b)
Unless the Secretary of the Treasury finds that the collection of a tax is in jeopardy, in carrying out the provisions of section 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to taxes on the failure to meet minimum funding standards), the Secretary of the Treasury shall notify the Secretary of Labor before sending a notice of deficiency with respect to any tax imposed under that section on an employer, and, in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of that section, afford the Secretary of Labor an opportunity to comment on the imposition of the tax in the case. The Secretary of the Treasury may waive the imposition of the tax imposed under section 4971(b) of such Code in appropriate cases. Upon receiving a written request from the Secretary of Labor or from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the Secretary of the Treasury shall cause an investigation to be commenced expeditiously with respect to whether the tax imposed under section 4971 of such Code should be applied with respect to any employer to which the request relates. The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor shall consult with each other from time to time with respect to the provisions of section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to minimum funding standards) and with respect to the funding standards applicable under title I of this Act in order to coordinate the rules applicable under such standards.
(c)
Regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under sections 410(a), 411, and 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to minimum participation standards, minimum vesting standards, and minimum funding standards, respectively) shall also apply to the minimum participation, vesting, and funding standards set forth in parts 2 and 3 of subtitle B of title I of this Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this chapter, the Secretary of Labor shall not prescribe other regulations under such parts, or apply the regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under sections 410(a), 411, 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and applicable to the minimum participation, vesting, and funding standards under such parts in a manner inconsistent with the way such regulations apply under sections 410(a), 411, and 412 of such Code.
(d)
The Secretary of Labor and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, before filing briefs in any case involving the construction or application of minimum participation standards, minimum vesting standards, or minimum funding standards under title I of this Act, shall afford the Secretary of the Treasury a reasonable opportunity to review any such brief. The Secretary of the Treasury shall have the right to intervene in any such case.
(e)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation with respect to any proposed or final regulation authorized by subpart C of part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or by sections 4241 through 4245 of this Act, before publishing any such proposed or final regulation.

PROCEDURES IN CONNECTION WITH PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS
Sec. 3003.
[1203]
(a)
Unless the Secretary of the Treasury finds that the collection of a tax is in jeopardy, in carrying out the provisions of section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to tax on prohibited transactions) the Secretary of the Treasury shall, in accordance with the provisions of subsection (h) of such section, notify the Secretary of Labor before sending a notice of deficiency with respect to the tax imposed by subsection (a) or (b) of such section, and, in accordance with the provisions of subsection (h) of such section, afford the Secretary an opportunity to comment on the imposition of the tax in any case. The Secretary of the Treasury shall have authority to waive the imposition of the tax imposed under section 4975(b) in appropriate cases. Upon receiving a written request from the Secretary of Labor or from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the Secretary of the Treasury shall cause an investigation to be carried out with respect to whether the tax imposed by section 4975 of such Code should be applied to any person referred to in the request.
(b)
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor shall consult with each other from time to time with respect to the provisions of section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to tax on prohibited transactions) and with respect to the provisions of title I of this Act relating to prohibited transactions and exemptions therefrom in order to coordinate the rules applicable under such standards.
(c)
Whenever the Secretary of Labor obtains information indicating that a party-in-interest or disqualified person is violating section 406 of this Act, he shall transmit such information to the Secretary of the Treasury.

COORDINATION BETWEEN THE DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY AND THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
Sec. 3004.
[1204]
(a)
Whenever in this Act or in any provision of law amended by this Act the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor are required to carry out provisions relating to the same subject matter (as determined by them) they shall consult with each other and shall develop rules, regulations, practices, and forms which, to the extent appropriate for the efficient administration of such provisions, are designed to reduce duplication of effort, duplication of reporting, conflicting or overlapping requirements, and the burden of compliance with such provisions by plan administrators, employers, and participants and beneficiaries.
(b)
In order to avoid unnecessary expense and duplication of functions among Government agencies, the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor may make such arrangements or agreements for cooperation or mutual assistance in the performance of their functions under this Act, and the functions of any such agencies as they find to be practicable and consistent with law. The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor may utilize, on a reimbursable or other basis, the facilities or services, of any department, agency, or establishment of the United States or of any State or political subdivision of a State, including the services, of any of its employees, with the lawful consent of such department, agency, or establishment; and each department, agency, or establishment of the United States is authorized and directed to cooperate with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor and, to the extent permitted by law, to provide such information and facilities as they may request for their assistance in the performance of their functions under this Act. The Attorney General or his representative shall receive from the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor for appropriate action such evidence developed in the performance of their functions under this Act as may be found to warrant consideration for criminal prosecution under the provisions of this title or other Federal law.
subtitle B—

Joint Pension, Profit-sharing, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan Task Force; Studies 91
Part 1—

Joint Pension, Profit-Sharing, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan Task Force

ESTABLISHMENT
Sec. 3021.
[1221]
The staffs of the Committee on Ways and Means and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives, the Joint Committee on Internal Revenue Taxation 92, and the Committee on Finance and the Committee on Labor and Public Welfare 93 of the Senate shall carry out the duties assigned under this title to the Joint Pension, Profit-Sharing, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan Task Force. By agreement among the chairmen of such Committees, the Joint Pension, Profit-Sharing, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan Task Force shall be furnished with office space, clerical personnel, and such supplies and equipment as may be necessary for the Joint Pension, Profit-Sharing, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan Task Force to carry out its duties under this title.
^{91}
Heading amended October 4, 1976, P.L. 94–455, title VIII, sec. 803(i)(2)(A), 90 Stat. 1590.
^{92}
So in original. The committee is currently named the Joint Committee on Taxation.
^{93}
So in original. The committee is currently named the Committee on Labor and Human Resources.

DUTIES
Sec. 3022.
[1222]
(a)
The Joint Pension, Profit-Sharing, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan Task Force shall, within 24 months after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], make a full study and review of—
(1)
the effect of the requirements of section 411 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and of section 203 of this Act to determine the extent of discrimination, if any, among employees in various age groups resulting from the application of such requirements;
(2)
means of providing for the portability of pension rights among different pension plans;
(3)
the appropriate treatment under title IV of this Act (relating to termination insurance) of plans established and maintained by small employers;
(4)
the broadening of stock ownership, particularly with regard to employee stock ownership plans (as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and section 407(d)(6) of this Act) and all other alternative methods for broadening stock ownership to the American labor force and others;
(5)
the effects and desirability of the Federal preemption of State and local law with respect to matters relating to pension and similar plans; and
(6)
such other matter as any of the committees referred to in section 3021 may refer to it.
(b)
The Joint Pension, Profit-Sharing, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan Task Force shall report the results of its study and review to each of the committees referred to in section 3021.
Part 2—

Other Studies

CONGRESSIONAL STUDY
Sec. 3031.
[1231]
(a)
The Committee on Education and Labor and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Finance and the Committee on Labor and Public Welfare 94 of the Senate shall study retirement plans established and maintained or financed (directly or indirectly) by the Government of the United States, by any State (including the District of Columbia) or political subdivision thereof, or by any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing. Such study shall include an analysis of—
^{94}
So in original. The committee is currently named the Committee on Labor and Human Resources.
(1)
the adequacy of existing levels of participation, vesting, and financing arrangements,
(2)
existing fiduciary standards, and
(3)
the necessity for Federal legislation and standards with respect to such plans.
In determining whether any such plan is adequately financed, each committee shall consider the necessity for minimum funding standards, as well as the taxing power of the government maintaining the plan.
(b)
Not later than December 31, 1976, the Committee on Education and Labor and the Committee on Ways and Means shall each submit to the House of Representatives the results of the studies conducted under this section, together with such recommendations as they deem appropriate. The Committee on Finance and the Committee on Labor and Public Welfare 95 shall each submit to the Senate the results of the studies conducted under this section together with such recommendations as they deem appropriate not later than such date.
^{95}
So in original. The committee is currently named the Committee on Labor and Human Resources.

PROTECTION FOR EMPLOYEES UNDER FEDERAL PROCUREMENT, CONSTRUCTION, AND RESEARCH CONTRACTS AND GRANTS
Sec. 3032.
[1232]
(a)
The Secretary of Labor shall, during the 2–year period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], conduct a full and complete study and investigation of the steps necessary to be taken to insure that professional, scientific, and technical personnel and others working in associated occupations employed under Federal procurement, construction, or research contracts or grants will, to the extent feasible, be protected against forfeitures of pension or retirement rights or benefits, otherwise provided, as a consequence of job transfers or loss of employment resulting from terminations or modifications of Federal contracts, grants, or procurement policies. The Secretary of Labor shall report the results of his study and investigation to the Congress within 2 years after the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974]. The Secretary of Labor is authorized, to the extent provided by law, to obtain the services of private research institutions and such other persons by contract or other arrangement as he determines necessary in carrying out the provisions of this section.
(b)
In the course of conducting the study and investigation described in subsection (a), and in developing the regulations referred to in subsection (c), the Secretary of Labor shall consult—
(1)
with appropriate professional societies, business organizations, and labor organizations, and
(2)
with the heads of interested Federal departments and agencies.
(c)
Within 1 year after the date on which he submits his report to the Congress under subsection (a), the Secretary of Labor shall, if he determines it to be feasible, develop regulations, which will provide the protection of pension and retirement rights and benefits referred to in subsection (a).
(d)
(1)
Any regulations developed pursuant to subsection (c) shall take effect if, and only if—
(A)
the Secretary of Labor, not later than the day which is 3 years after the date of the enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], delivers a copy of such regulations to the House of Representatives and a copy to the Senate, and
(B)
before the close of the 120–day period which begins on the day on which the copies of such regulations are delivered to the House of Representatives and to the Senate, neither the House of Representatives nor the Senate adopts, by an affirmative vote of a majority of those present and voting in that House, a resolution of disapproval.
(2)
For purposes of this subsection, the term “resolution of disapproval” means only a resolution of either House of Congress, the matter after the resolving clause of which is as follows: “That the ———— does not favor the taking effect of the regulations transmitted to the Congress by the Secretary of Labor on ————”, the first blank space therein being filled with the name of the resolving House and the second blank space therein being filled with the day and year.
(3)
A resolution of disapproval in the House of Representatives shall be referred to the Committee on Education and Labor. A resolution of disapproval in the Senate shall be referred to the Committee on Labor and Public Welfare 96.
^{96}
So in original. The committee is currently named the Committee on Labor and Human Resources.
(4)
(A)
If the committee to which a resolution of disapproval has been referred has not reported it at the end of 7 calendar days after its introduction, it is in order to move either to discharge the committee from further consideration of the resolution or to discharge the committee from further consideration of any other resolution of disapproval which has been referred to the committee.
(B)
A motion to discharge may be made only by an individual favoring the resolution, is highly privileged (except that it may not be made after the committee has reported a resolution of disapproval), and debate thereon shall be limited to not more than 1 hour, to be divided equally between those favoring and those opposing the resolution. An amendment to the motion is not in order, and it is not in order to move to reconsider the vote by which the motion is agreed to or disagreed to.
(C)
If the motion to discharge is agreed to or disagreed to, the motion may not be renewed, nor may another motion to discharge the committee be made with respect to any other resolution of disapproval.
(5)
(A)
When the committee has reported, or has been discharged from further consideration of, a resolution of disapproval, it is at any time thereafter in order (even though a previous motion to the same effect has been disagreed to) to move to proceed to the consideration of the resolution. The motion is highly privileged and is not debatable. An amendment to the motion is not in order, and it is not in order to move to reconsider the vote by which the motion is agreed to or disagreed to.
(B)
Debate on the resolution of disapproval shall be limited to not more than 10 hours, which shall be divided equally between those favoring and those opposing the resolution. A motion further to limit debate is not debatable. An amendment to, or motion to recommit, the resolution is not in order, and it is not in order to move to reconsider the vote by which the resolution is agreed to or disagreed to.
(6)
(A)
Motions to postpone, made with respect to the discharge from committee or the consideration of a resolution of disapproval, and motions to proceed to the consideration of other business, shall be decided without debate.
(B)
Appeals from the decisions of the Chair relating to the application of the rules of the House of Representatives or the Senate, as the case may be, to the procedure relating to any resolution of disapproval shall be decided without debate.
(7)
Whenever the Secretary of Labor transmits copies of the regulations to the Congress, a copy of such regulations shall be delivered to each House of Congress on the same day and shall be delivered to the Clerk of the House of Representatives if the House is not in session and to the Secretary of the Senate if the Senate is not in session.
(8)
The 120 day period referred to in paragraph (1) shall be computed by excluding—
(A)
the days on which either House is not in session because of an adjournment of more than 3 days to a day certain or an adjournment of the Congress sine die, and
(B)
any Saturday and Sunday, not excluded under subparagraph (A), when either House is not in session.
(9)
This subsection is enacted by the Congress—
(A)
as an exercise of the rulemaking power of the House of Representatives and the Senate, respectively, and as such they are deemed a part of the rules of each House, respectively, but applicable only with respect to the procedure to be followed in that House in the case of resolutions of disapproval described in paragraph (2); and they supersede other rules only to the extent that they are inconsistent therewith; and
(B)
with full recognition of the constitutional right of either House to change the rules (so far as relating to the procedures of that House) at any time, in the same manner and to the same extent as in the case of any other rule of that House.
subtitle C—

Enrollment of Actuaries

ESTABLISHMENT OF JOINT BOARD FOR THE ENROLLMENT OF ACTUARIES
Sec. 3041.
[1241]
The Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of the Treasury shall, not later than the last day of the first calendar month beginning after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], establish a Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (hereinafter in this part referred to as the “Joint Board”).

ENROLLMENT BY JOINT BOARD
Sec. 3042.
[1242]
(a)
The Joint Board shall, by regulations, establish reasonable standards and qualifications for persons performing actuarial services with respect to plans in which this Act applies and, upon application by any individual, shall enroll such individual if the Joint Board finds that such individual satisfies such standards and qualifications. With respect to individuals applying for enrollment before January 1, 1976, such standards and qualifications shall include a requirement for an appropriate period of responsible actuarial experience relating to pension plans. With respect to individuals applying for enrollment on or after January 1, 1976, such standards and qualifications shall include—
(1)
education and training in actuarial mathematics and methodology, as evidenced by—
(A)
a degree in actuarial mathematics or its equivalent from an accredited college or university,
(B)
successful completion of an examination in actuarial mathematics and methodology to be given by the Joint Board, or
(C)
successful completion of other actuarial examinations deemed adequate by the Joint Board, and
(2)
an appropriate period of responsible actuarial experience.
Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subsection, the Joint Board may provide for the temporary enrollment for the period ending on January 1, 1976, of actuaries under such interim standards as it deems adequate.
(b)
The Joint Board may, after notice and an opportunity for a hearing, suspend or terminate the enrollment of an individual under this section if the Joint Board finds that such individual—
(1)
has failed to discharge his duties under this Act, or
(2)
does not satisfy the requirements for enrollment as in effect at the time of his enrollment.
The Joint Board may also, after notice and opportunity for hearing, suspend or terminate the temporary enrollment of an individual who fails to discharge his duties under this Act or who does not satisfy the interim enrollment standards.

AMENDMENT OF INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
Sec. 3043.
[Omitted.97]
^{97}
This section added paragraph (35) of section 7701(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to the definition of enrolled actuary).
TITLE IV—

PLAN TERMINATION INSURANCE
subtitle A—

Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation

DEFINITIONS
Sec. 4001.
[1301]
(a)
For purposes of this title, the term—
(1)
“administrator” means the person or persons described in paragraph (16) of section 3 of this Act;
(2)
“substantial employer”, for any plan year of a single-employer plan, means one or more persons—
(A)
who are contributing sponsors of the plan in such plan year,
(B)
who, at any time during such plan year, are members of the same controlled group, and
(C)
whose required contributions to the plan for each plan year constituting one of—
(i)
the two immediately preceding plan years, or
(ii)
the first two of the three immediately preceding plan years,
total an amount greater than or equal to 10 percent of all contributions required to be paid to or under the plan for such plan year;
(3)
“multiemployer plan” means a plan—
(A)
to which more than one employer is required to contribute,
(B)
which is maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements between one or more employee organizations and more than one employer, and
(C)
which satisfies such other requirements as the Secretary of Labor may prescribe by regulation,
except that, in applying this paragraph—
(i)
a plan shall be considered a multiemployer plan on and after its termination date if the plan was a multiemployer plan under this paragraph for the plan year preceding such termination, and
(ii)
for any plan year which began before the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980], the term “multiemployer plan” means a plan described in section 414(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as in effect immediately before such date;
(4)
“corporation”, except where the context clearly requires otherwise, means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established under section 4002;
(5)
“fund” means the appropriate fund established under section 4005;
(6)
“basic benefits” means benefits guaranteed under section 4022 (other than under section 4022(c)), or under section 4022A (other than under section 4022A(g));
(7)
“non-basic benefits” means benefits guaranteed under section 4022(c) or 4022A(g);
(8)
“nonforfeitable benefit” means, with respect to a plan, a benefit for which a participant has satisfied the conditions for entitlement under the plan or the requirements of this Act (other than submission of a formal application, retirement, completion of a required waiting period, or death in the case of a benefit which returns all or a portion of a participant's accumulated mandatory employee contributions upon the participant's death), whether or not the benefit may subsequently be reduced or suspended by a plan amendment, an occurrence of any condition, or operation of this Act or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
[Paragraph (9) repealed by section 108(a)(3)(A) of division O of Public Law 113–235.]
(10)
“plan sponsor” means, with respect to a multiemployer plan—
(A)
the plan's joint board of trustees, or
(B)
if the plan has no joint board of trustees, the plan administrator;
(11)
“contribution base unit” means a unit with respect to which an employer has an obligation to contribute under a multiemployer plan, as defined in regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury;
(12)
“outstanding claim for withdrawal liability” means a plan's claim for the unpaid balance of the liability determined under part 1 of subtitle E for which demand has been made, valued in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation;
(13)
“contributing sponsor”, of a single-employer plan, means a person described in section 302(b)(1) of this Act (without regard to section 302(b)(2) of this Act) or section 412(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (without regard to section 412(b)(2) of such Code).
(14)
in the case of a single-employer plan—
(A)
“controlled group” means, in connection with any person, a group consisting of such person and all other persons under common control with such person;
(B)
the determination of whether two or more persons are under “common control” shall be made under regulations of the corporation which are consistent and coextensive with regulations prescribed for similar purposes by the Secretary of the Treasury under subsections (b) and (c) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and
(C)
(i)
notwithstanding any other provision of this title, during any period in which an individual possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an affected air carrier of which he was an accountable owner, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, the affected air carrier shall be considered to be under common control not only with those persons described in subparagraph (B), but also with all related persons; and
(ii)
for purposes of this subparagraph, the term—
(I)
“affected air carrier” means an air carrier, as defined in section 101(3) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, that holds a certificate of public convenience and necessity under section 401 of such Act for route number 147, as of November 12, 1991;
(II)
“related person” means any person which was under common control (as determined under subparagraph (B)) with an affected air carrier on October 10, 1991, or any successor to such related person;
(III)
“accountable owner” means any individual who on October 10, 1991, owned directly or indirectly through the application of section 318 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 more than 50 percent of the total voting power of the stock of an affected air carrier;
(IV)
“successor” means any person that acquires, directly or indirectly through the application of section 318 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, more than 50 percent of the total voting power of the stock of a related person, more than 50 percent of the total value of the securities (as defined in section 3(20) of this Act) of the related person, more than 50 percent of the total value of the assets of the related person, or any person into which such related person shall be merged or consolidated; and
(V)
“individual” means a living human being;
(15)
“single-employer plan” means any defined benefit plan (as defined in section 3(35)) which is not a multiemployer plan;
(16)
“benefit liabilities” means the benefits of employees and their beneficiaries under the plan (within the meaning of section 401(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986);
(17)
“amount of unfunded guaranteed benefits”, of a participant or beneficiary as of any date under a single-employer plan, means an amount equal to the excess of—
(A)
the actuarial present value (determined as of such date on the basis of assumptions prescribed by the corporation for purposes of section 4044) of the benefits of the participant or beneficiary under the plan which are guaranteed under section 4022, over
(B)
the current value (as of such date) of the assets of the plan which are required to be allocated to those benefits under section 4044;
(18)
“amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” means, as of any date, the excess (if any) of—
(A)
the value of the benefit liabilities under the plan (determined as of such date on the basis of assumptions prescribed by the corporation for purposes of section 4044), over
(B)
the current value (as of such date) of the assets of the plan;
(19)
“outstanding amount of benefit liabilities” means, with respect to any plan, the excess (if any) of—
(A)
the value of the benefit liabilities under the plan (determined as of the termination date on the basis of assumptions prescribed by the corporation for purposes of section 4044), over
(B)
the value of the benefit liabilities which would be so determined by only taking into account benefits which are guaranteed under section 4022 or to which assets of the plan are allocated under section 4044;
(20)
“person” has the meaning set forth in section 3(9);
(21)
“affected party” means, with respect to a plan—
(A)
each participant in the plan,
(B)
each beneficiary under the plan who is a beneficiary of a deceased participant or who is an alternate payee (within the meaning of section 206(d)(3)(K)) under an applicable qualified domestic relations order (within the meaning of section 206(d)(3)(B)(i)),
(C)
each employee organization representing participants in the plan, and
(D)
the corporation,
except that, in connection with any notice required to be provided to the affected party, if an affected party has designated, in writing, a person to receive such notice on behalf of the affected party, any reference to the affected party shall be construed to refer to such person.
(b)
(1)
An individual who owns the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or business is treated as his own employer, and a partnership is treated as the employer of each partner who is an employee within the meaning of section 401(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. For purposes of this title, under regulations prescribed by the corporation, all employees of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control shall be treated as employed by a single employer and all such trades and businesses as a single employer. The regulations prescribed under the preceding sentence shall be consistent and coextensive with regulations prescribed for similar purposes by the Secretary of the Treasury under section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(2)
For purposes of subtitle E—
(A)
except as otherwise provided in subtitle E, contributions or other payments shall be considered made under a plan for a plan year if they are made within the period prescribed under section 412(c)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (determined, in the case of a terminated plan, as if the plan had continued beyond the termination date), and
(B)
the term “Secretary of the Treasury” means the Secretary of the Treasury or such Secretary's delegate.

PENSION BENEFIT GUARANTY CORPORATION
Sec. 4002.
[1302]
(a)
There is established within the Department of Labor a body corporate to be known as the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. In carrying out its functions under this title, the corporation shall be administered by a Director, who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, and who shall act in accordance with the policies established by the board. The purposes of this title, which are to be carried out by the corporation, are—
(1)
to encourage the continuation and maintenance of voluntary private pension plans for the benefit of their participants,
(2)
to provide for the timely and uninterrupted payment of pension benefits to participants and beneficiaries under plans to which this title applies, and
(3)
to maintain premiums established by the corporation under section 4006 at the lowest level consistent with carrying out its obligations under this title.
(b)
To carry out the purposes of this title, the corporation has the powers conferred on a nonprofit corporation under the District of Columbia Nonprofit Corporation Act [chapter 5 (section 29-501 et seq.) of title 29 of the District of Columbia Code] and, in addition to any specific power granted to the corporation elsewhere in this title or under that Act, the corporation has the power—
(1)
to sue and be sued, complain and defend, in its corporate name and through its own counsel, in any court, State or Federal;
(2)
to adopt, alter, and use a corporate seal, which shall be judicially noticed;
(3)
to adopt, amend, and repeal, by the board of directors, bylaws, rules, and regulations relating to the conduct of its business and the exercise of all other rights and powers granted to it by this Act and such other bylaws, rules, and regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this title;
(4)
to conduct its business (including the carrying on of operations and the maintenance of offices) and to exercise all other rights and powers granted to it by this Act in any State or other jurisdiction without regard to qualification, licensing, or other requirements imposed by law in such State or other jurisdiction;
(5)
to lease, purchase, accept gifts or donations of, or otherwise to acquire, to own, hold, improve, use, or otherwise deal in or with, and to sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, lease, exchange, or otherwise dispose of, any property, real, personal, or mixed, or any interest therein wherever situated;
(6)
to appoint and fix the compensation of such officers, attorneys, employees, and agents as may be required, to determine their qualifications, to define their duties, and, to the extent desired by the corporation, require bonds for them and fix the penalty thereof, and to appoint and fix the compensation of experts and consultants in accordance with the provisions of section 3109 of title 5, United States Code;
(7)
to utilize the personnel and facilities of any other agency or department of the United States Government, with or without reimbursement, with the consent of the head of such agency or department; and
(8)
to enter into contracts, to execute instruments, to incur liabilities, and to do any and all others acts and things as may be necessary or incidental to the conduct of its business and the exercise of all other rights and powers granted to the corporation by this Act.
(c)
The Director shall be accountable to the board of directors. The Director shall serve for a term of 5 years unless removed by the President or the board of directors before the expiration of such 5-year term.
(d)
(1)
The board of directors of the corporation consists of the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Labor, and the Secretary of Commerce. Members of the board shall serve without compensation, but shall be reimbursed for travel, subsistence, and other necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their duties as members of the board. The Secretary of Labor is the chairman of the board of directors.
(2)
A majority of the members of the board of directors in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of the majority of the members present and voting at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors.
(3)
Each member of the board of directors shall designate in writing an official, not below the level of Assistant Secretary, to serve as the voting representative of such member on the board. Such designation shall be effective until revoked or until a date or event specified therein. Any such representative may refer for board action any matter under consideration by the designating board member, but such representative shall not count toward establishment of a quorum as described under paragraph (2).
(4)
The Inspector General of the corporation shall report to the board of directors, and not less than twice a year, shall attend a meeting of the board of directors to provide a report on the activities and findings of the Inspector General, including with respect to monitoring and review of the operations of the corporation.
(5)
The General Counsel of the corporation shall—
(A)
serve as the secretary to the board of directors, and advise such board as needed; and
(B)
have overall responsibility for all legal matters affecting the corporation and provide the corporation with legal advice and opinions on all matters of law affecting the corporation, except that the authority of the General Counsel shall not extend to the Office of Inspector General and the independent legal counsel of such Office.
(6)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, the Office of Inspector General and the legal counsel of such Office are independent of the management of the corporation and the General Counsel of the corporation.
(7)
The board of directors may appoint and fix the compensation of employees as may be required to enable the board of directors to perform its duties. The board of directors shall determine the qualifications and duties of such employees and may appoint and fix the compensation of experts and consultants in accordance with the provisions of section 3109 of title 5, United States Code.
(e)
(1)
The board of directors shall meet at the call of its chairman, or as otherwise provided by the bylaws of the corporation, but in no case less than 4 times a year with not fewer than 2 members present. Not less than 1 meeting of the board of directors during each year shall be a joint meeting with the advisory committee under subsection (h).
(2)
(A)
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the chairman of the board of directors shall make available to the public the minutes from each meeting of the board of directors.
(B)
The minutes of a meeting of the board of directors, or a portion thereof, shall not be subject to disclosure under subparagraph (A) if the chairman reasonably determines that such minutes, or portion thereof, contain confidential employer information including information obtained under section 4010, information about the investment activities of the corporation, or information regarding personnel decisions of the corporation.
(C)
The minutes of a meeting, or portion of thereof, exempt from disclosure pursuant to subparagraph (B) shall be exempt from disclosure under section 552(b) of title 5, United States Code. For purposes of such section 552, this subparagraph shall be considered a statute described in subsection (b)(3) of such section 552.
(f)
As soon as practicable, but not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], the board of directors shall adopt initial bylaws and rules relating to the conduct of the business of the corporation. Thereafter, the board of directors may alter, supplement, or repeal any existing bylaw or rule, and may adopt additional bylaws and rules from time to time as may be necessary. The chairman of the board shall cause a copy of the bylaws of the corporation to be published in the Federal Register not less often than once each year.
(g)
(1)
The corporation, its property, its franchise, capital, reserves, surplus, and its income (including, but not limited to, any income of any fund established under section 4005), shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed by the United States (other than taxes imposed under chapter 21 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, relating to Federal Insurance Contributions Act [26 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.], and chapter 23 of such Code, relating to Federal Unemployment Tax Act [(26 U.S.C. 3301 et seq.)], or by any State or local taxing authority, except that any real property and any tangible personal property (other than cash and securities) of the corporation shall be subject to State and local taxation to the same extent according to its value as other real and tangible personal property is taxed.
(2)
The receipts and disbursements of the corporation in the discharge of its functions shall be included in the totals of the budget of the United States Government. The United States is not liable for any obligation or liability incurred by the corporation.
(3)
[Omitted.98]
^{98}
The omitted provision amended section 101 of the Government Corporation Control Act (since recodified at section 9101 of title 31, United States Code) to add the reference to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
(h)
(1)
There is established an advisory committee to the corporation, for the purpose of advising the corporation as to its policies and procedures relating to (A) the appointment of trustees in termination proceedings, (B) investment of moneys, (C) whether plans being terminated should be liquidated immediately or continued in operation under a trustee, (D) such other issues as the corporation may request from time to time, and (E) other issues as determined appropriate by the advisory committee. The advisory committee may also recommend persons for appointment as trustees in termination proceedings, make recommendations with respect to the investment of moneys in the funds, and advise the corporation as to whether a plan subject to being terminated should be liquidated immediately or continued in operation under a trustee. In the event of a vacancy or impending vacancy in the office of the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate established under section 4004, the Advisory Committee shall, in consultation with the Director of the corporation and participant and plan sponsor advocacy groups, nominate at least two but no more than three individuals to serve as the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate.
(2)
The advisory committee consists of seven members appointed, from among individuals recommended by the board of directors, by the President. Of the seven members, two shall represent the interests of employee organizations, two shall represent the interests of employers who maintain pension plans, and three shall represent the interests of the general public. The President shall designate one member as chairman at the time of the appointment of that member.
(3)
Members shall serve for terms of 3 years each, except that, of the members first appointed, one of the members representing the interests of employee organizations, one of the members representing the interests of employers, and one of the members representing the interests of the general public shall be appointed for terms of 2 years each, one of the members representing the interests of the general public shall be appointed for a term of 1 year, and the other members shall be appointed to full 3-year terms. The advisory committee shall meet at least six times each year and at such other times as may be determined by the chairman or requested by any three members of the advisory committee. Not less than 1 meeting of the advisory committee during each year shall be a joint meeting with the board of directors under subsection (e).
(4)
Members shall be chosen on the basis of their experience with employee organizations, with employers who maintain pension plans, with the administration of pension plans, or otherwise on account of outstanding demonstrated ability in related fields. Of the members serving on the advisory committee at any time, no more than four shall be affiliated with the same political party.
(5)
An individual appointed to fill a vacancy occurring other than by the expiration of a term of office shall be appointed only for the unexpired term of the member he succeeds. Any vacancy occurring in the office of a member of the advisory committee shall be filled in the manner in which that office was originally filled.
(6)
The advisory committee shall appoint and fix the compensation of such employees as it determines necessary to discharge its duties, including experts and consultants in accordance with the provisions of section 3109 of title 5, United States Code. The corporation shall furnish to the advisory committee such professional, secretarial, and other services as the committee may request.
(7)
Members of the advisory committee shall, for each day (including traveltime) during which they are attending meetings or conferences of the committee or otherwise engaged in the business of the committee, be compensated at a rate fixed by the corporation which is not in excess of the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay in effect for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule [5 U.S.C. 5332], and while away from their homes or regular places of business they may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5, United States Code.
(8)
Chapter 10 of title 5, United States Code, does not apply to the advisory committee established by this subsection.
(i)

Special Rules Regarding Disasters, Etc.—
In the case of a pension or other employee benefit plan, or any sponsor, administrator, participant, beneficiary, or other person with respect to such plan, affected by a Presidentially declared disaster (as defined in section 1033(h)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) or a terroristic or military action (as defined in section 692(c)(2) of such Code), the corporation may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, prescribe, by notice or otherwise, a period of up to 1 year which may be disregarded in determining the date by which any action is required or permitted to be completed under this Act. No plan shall be treated as failing to be operated in accordance with the terms of the plan solely as the result of disregarding any period by reason of the preceding sentence.
(j)

Conflicts of Interest.—
(1)

In general.—
The Director of the corporation and each member of the board of directors shall not participate in a decision of the corporation in which the Director or such member has a direct financial interest. The Director of the corporation shall not participate in any activities that would present a potential conflict of interest or appearance of a conflict of interest without approval of the board of directors.
(2)

Establishment of policy.—
The board of directors shall establish a policy that will inform the identification of potential conflicts of interests of the members of the board of directors and mitigate perceived conflicts of interest of such members and the Director of the corporation.
(k)

Risk Management Officer.—
The corporation shall have a risk management officer whose duties include evaluating and mitigating the risk that the corporation might experience. The individual in such position shall coordinate the risk management efforts of the corporation, explain risks and controls to senior management and the board of directors of the corporation, and make recommendations.

INVESTIGATORY AUTHORITY; COOPERATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES; CIVIL ACTIONS
Sec. 4003.
[1303]
(a)
The corporation may make such investigations as it deems necessary to enforce any provision of this title or any rule or regulation thereunder, and may require or permit any person to file with it a statement in writing, under oath or otherwise as the corporation shall determine, as to all the facts and circumstances concerning the matter to be investigated. The corporation shall annually audit a statistically significant number of plans terminating under section 4041(b) to determine whether participants and beneficiaries have received their benefit commitments and whether section 4050(a) has been satisfied. Each audit shall include a statistically significant number of participants and beneficiaries.
(b)
For the purpose of any such investigation, or any other proceeding under this title, the Director, any member of the board of directors of the corporation, or any officer designated by the Director or chairman, may administer oaths and affirmations, subpena witnesses, compel their attendance, take evidence, and require the production of any books, papers, correspondence, memoranda, or other records which the corporation deems relevant or material to the inquiry.
(c)
In the case of contumacy by, or refusal to obey a subpena issued to, any person, the corporation may invoke the aid of any court of the United States within the jurisdiction of which such investigation or proceeding is carried on, or where such person resides or carries on business, in requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of books, papers, correspondence, memoranda, and other records. The court may issue an order requiring such person to appear before the corporation, or member or officer designated by the corporation, and to produce records or to give testimony related to the matter under investigation or in question. Any failure to obey such order of the court may be punished by the court as a contempt thereof. All process in any such case may be served in the judicial district in which such person is an inhabitant or may be found.
(d)
In order to avoid unnecessary expense and duplication of functions among government agencies, the corporation may make such arrangements or agreements for cooperation or mutual assistance in the performance of its functions under this title as is practicable and consistent with law. The corporation may utilize the facilities or services of any department, agency, or establishment of the United States or of any State or political subdivision of a State, including the services of any of its employees, with the lawful consent of such department, agency, or establishment. The head of each department, agency, or establishment of the United States shall cooperate with the corporation and, to the extent permitted by law, provide such information and facilities as it may request for its assistance in the performance of its functions under this title. The Attorney General or his representative shall receive from the corporation for appropriate action such evidence developed in the performance of its functions under this title as may be found to warrant consideration for criminal prosecution under the provisions of this or any other Federal law.
(e)
(1)
Civil actions may be brought by the corporation for appropriate relief, legal or equitable or both, to enforce (A) the provisions of this title, and (B) in the case of a plan which is covered under this title (other than a multiemployer plan) and for which the conditions for imposition of a lien described in section 303(k)(1)(A) and (B) or 306(g)(1)(A) and (B) of this Act or section 430(k)(1)(A) and (B) or 433(g)(1)(A) and (B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 have been met, section 302 of this Act and section 412 of such Code.
(2)
Except as otherwise provided in this title, where such an action is brought in a district court of the United States, it may be brought in the district where the plan is administered, where the violation took place, or where a defendant resides or may be found, and process may be served in any other district where a defendant resides or may be found.
(3)
The district courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction of actions brought by the corporation under this title without regard to the amount in controversy in any such action.
[(4)
Repealed.]
(5)
In any action brought under this title, whether to collect premiums, penalties, and interest under section 4007 or for any other purpose, the court may award to the corporation all or a portion of the costs of litigation incurred by the corporation in connection with such action.
(6)
(A)
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), an action under this subsection may not be brought after the later of—
(i)
6 years after the date on which the cause of action arose, or
(ii)
3 years after the applicable date specified in subparagraph (B).
(B)
(i)
Except as provided in clause (ii), the applicable date specified in this subparagraph is the earliest date on which the corporation acquired or should have acquired actual knowledge of the existence of such cause of action.
(ii)
If the corporation brings the action as a trustee, the applicable date specified in this subparagraph is the date on which the corporation became a trustee with respect to the plan if such date is later than the date described in clause (i).
(C)
In the case of fraud or concealment, the period described in subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be extended to 6 years after the applicable date specified in subparagraph (B).
(f)
(1)
Except with respect to withdrawal liability disputes under part 1 of subtitle E, any person who is a plan sponsor, fiduciary, employer, contributing sponsor, member of a contributing sponsor's controlled group, participant, or beneficiary, and is adversely affected by any action of the corporation with respect to a plan in which such person has an interest, or who is an employee organization representing such a participant or beneficiary so adversely affected for purposes of collective bargaining with respect to such plan, may bring an action against the corporation for appropriate equitable relief in the appropriate court.
(2)
For purposes of this subsection, the term “appropriate court” means—
(A)
the United States district court before which proceedings under section 4041 or 4042 are being conducted,
(B)
if no such proceedings are being conducted, the United States district court for the judicial district in which the plan has its principal office, or
(C)
the United States District Court for the District of Columbia.
(3)
In any action brought under this subsection, the court may award all or a portion of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with such action to any party who prevails or substantially prevails in such action.
(4)
This subsection shall be the exclusive means for bringing actions against the corporation under this title, including actions against the corporation in its capacity as a trustee under section 4042 or 4049.99
^{99}
So in original. Section 4049 was repealed December 22, 1987, P.L. 100–203, title IX, section 9312(a), 101 Stat. 1330–361.
(5)
(A)
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), an action under this subsection may not be brought after the later of—
(i)
6 years after the date on which the cause of action arose, or
(ii)
3 years after the applicable date specified in subparagraph (B).
(B)
(i)
Except as provided in clause (ii), the applicable date specified in this subparagraph is the earliest date on which the plaintiff acquired or should have acquired actual knowledge of the existence of such cause of action.
(ii)
In the case of a plaintiff who is a fiduciary bringing the action in the exercise of fiduciary duties, the applicable date specified in this subparagraph is the date on which the plaintiff became a fiduciary with respect to the plan if such date is later than the date specified in clause (i).
(C)
In the case of fraud or concealment, the period described in subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be extended to 6 years after the applicable date specified in subparagraph (B).
(6)
The district courts of the United States have jurisdiction of actions brought under this subsection without regard to the amount in controversy.
(7)
In any suit, action, or proceeding in which the corporation is a party, or intervenes under section 4301, in any State court, the corporation may, without bond or security, remove such suit, action, or proceeding from the State court to the United States district court for the district or division in which such suit, action, or proceeding is pending by following any procedure for removal now or hereafter in effect.
SEC. 4004.
[1304]

PARTICIPANT AND PLAN SPONSOR ADVOCATE.
(a)

In General.—
The board of directors of the corporation shall select a Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate from the candidates nominated by the advisory committee to the corporation under section 4002(h)(1) and without regard to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, relating to appointments in the competitive service or Senior Executive Service.
(b)

Duties.—
The Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate shall—
(1)
act as a liaison between the corporation, sponsors of defined benefit pension plans insured by the corporation, and participants in pension plans trusteed by the corporation;
(2)
advocate for the full attainment of the rights of participants in plans trusteed by the corporation;
(3)
assist pension plan sponsors and participants in resolving disputes with the corporation;
(4)
identify areas in which participants and plan sponsors have persistent problems in dealings with the corporation;
(5)
to the extent possible, propose changes in the administrative practices of the corporation to mitigate problems;
(6)
identify potential legislative changes which may be appropriate to mitigate problems; and
(7)
refer instances of fraud, waste, and abuse, and violations of law to the Office of the Inspector General of the corporation.
(c)

Removal.—
If the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate is removed from office or is transferred to another position or location within the corporation or the Department of Labor, the board of the directors of the corporation shall communicate in writing the reasons for any such removal or transfer to Congress not less than 30 days before the removal or transfer. Nothing in this subsection shall prohibit a personnel action otherwise authorized by law, other than transfer or removal.
(d)

Compensation.—
The annual rate of basic pay for the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate shall be the same rate as the highest rate of basic pay established for the Senior Executive Service under section 5382 of title 5, United States Code, or, if the board of directors of the corporation so determines, at a rate fixed under section 9503 of such title.
(e)

Annual Report.—
(1)

In general.—
Not later than December 31 of each calendar year, the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate shall report to the Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee of the Senate, the Committee on Finance of the Senate, the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives on the activities of the Office of the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate during the fiscal year ending during such calendar year.
(2)

Content.—
Each report submitted under paragraph (1) shall—
(A)
summarize the assistance requests received from participants and plan sponsors and describe the activities, and evaluate the effectiveness, of the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate during the preceding year;
(B)
identify significant problems the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate has identified;
(C)
include specific legislative and regulatory changes to address the problems; and
(D)
identify any actions taken to correct problems identified in any previous report.
(3)

Concurrent submission.—
The Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate shall submit a copy of each report to the Secretary of Labor, the Director of the corporation, and any other appropriate official at the same time such report is submitted to the committees of Congress under paragraph (1).

ESTABLISHMENT OF PENSION BENEFIT GUARANTY FUNDS
Sec. 4005.
[1305]
(a)
There are established on the books of the Treasury of the United States four revolving funds to be used by the corporation in carrying out its duties under this title. One of the funds shall be used with respect to basic benefits guaranteed under section 4022, one of the funds shall be used with respect to basic benefits guaranteed under section 4022A, one of the funds shall be used with respect to nonbasic benefits guaranteed under section 4022 (if any), and the remaining fund shall be used with respect to nonbasic benefits guaranteed under section 4022A (if any), other than subsection (g)(2) thereof (if any). Whenever in this title reference is made to the term “fund” the reference shall be considered to refer to the appropriate fund established under this subsection.
(b)
(1)
Each fund established under this section shall be credited with the appropriate portion of—
(A)
premiums, penalties, interest, and charges collected under this title,
(B)
the value of the assets of a plan administered under section 4042 by a trustee to the extent that they exceed the liabilities of such plan,
(C)
the amount of any employer liability payments under subtitle D, to the extent that such payments exceed liabilities of the plan (taking into account all other plan assets),
(D)
earnings on investments of the fund or on assets credited to the fund under this subsection,
(E)
attorney's fees awarded to the corporation, and
(F)
receipts from any other operations under this title.
(2)
Subject to the provisions of subsection (a), each fund shall be available—
(A)
for making such payments as the corporation determines are necessary to pay benefits guaranteed under section 4022 or 4022A 100,
^{100}
Section 776(b)(2) of P.L. 103–465 (108 Stat. 5048) amended this subparagraph by inserting “or benefits payable under section 4050” after “section 4022A”. The amendment instructions probably should have been to insert after “section 4022 or 4022A”.
(B)
to purchase assets from a plan being terminated by the corporation when the corporation determines such purchase will best protect the interests of the corporation, participants in the plan being terminated, and other insured plans,
(C)
to pay the operational and administrative expenses of the corporation, including reimbursement of the expenses incurred by the Department of the Treasury in maintaining the funds, and the Comptroller General in auditing the corporation, and
(D)
to pay to participants and beneficiaries the estimated amount of benefits which are guaranteed by the corporation under this title and the estimated amount of other benefits to which plan assets are allocated under section 4044, under single-employer plans which are unable to pay benefits when due or which are abandoned.
(3)
(A)
Whenever the corporation determines that the moneys of any fund are in excess of current needs, it may request the investment of such amounts as it determines advisable by the Secretary of the Treasury in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States.
(B)
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A)—
(i)
the amounts of premiums received under section 4006 with respect to the fund to be used for basic benefits under section 4022A in a fiscal year in the period beginning with fiscal year 2016 and ending with fiscal year 2020 shall be placed in a noninterest-bearing account within such fund in the following amounts:
(I)
for fiscal year 2016, $108,000,000;
(II)
for fiscal year 2017, $111,000,000;
(III)
for fiscal year 2018, $113,000,000;
(IV)
for fiscal year 2019, $149,000,000; and
(V)
for fiscal year 2020, $296,000,000;
(ii)
premiums received in fiscal years specified in subclauses (I) through (V) of clause (i) shall be allocated in order first to the noninterest-bearing account in the amount specified and second to any other accounts within such fund; and
(iii)
financial assistance, as provided under section 4261, shall be withdrawn proportionately from the noninterest-bearing and other accounts within the fund.
[Subsection (c) was repealed by section 40234(a) of Division D of Public Law 112–141]
(d)
(1)
A fifth fund shall be established for the reimbursement of uncollectible withdrawal liability under section 4222, and shall be credited with the appropriate—
(A)
premiums, penalties, and interest charges collected under this title, and
(B)
earnings on investments of the fund or on assets credited to the fund.
The fund shall be available to make payments pursuant to the supplemental program established under section 4222, including those expenses and other charges determined to be appropriate by the corporation.
(2)
The corporation may invest amounts of the fund in such obligations as the corporation considers appropriate.
(e)
(1)
A sixth fund shall be established for the supplemental benefit guarantee program provided under section 4022A(g)(2).
(2)
Such fund shall be credited with the appropriate—
(A)
premiums, penalties, and interest charges collected under section 4022A(g)(2), and
(B)
earnings on investments of the fund or on assets credited to the fund.
The fund shall be available for making payments pursuant to the supplemental benefit guarantee program established under section 4022A(g)(2), including those expenses and other charges determined to be appropriate by the corporation.
(3)
The corporation may invest amounts of the fund in such obligations as the corporation considers appropriate.
(f)
(1)
A seventh fund shall be established and credited with—
(A)
premiums, penalties, and interest charges collected under section 4006(a)(3)(A)(i) (not described in subparagraph (B)) to the extent attributable to the amount of the premium in excess of $8.50,
(B)
premiums, penalties, and interest charges collected under section 4006(a)(3)(E), and
(C)
earnings on investments of the fund or on assets credited to the fund.
(2)
Amounts in the fund shall be available for transfer to other funds established under this section with respect to a single-employer plan but shall not be available to pay—
(A)
administrative costs of the corporation, or
(B)
benefits under any plan which was terminated before October 1, 1988,
unless no other amounts are available for such payment.
(3)
The corporation may invest amounts of the fund in such obligations as the corporation considers appropriate.
(g)
(1)
Amounts in any fund established under this section may be used only for the purposes for which such fund was established and may not be used to make loans to (or on behalf of) any other fund or to finance any other activity of the corporation.
(2)
Any repayment to the corporation of any amount paid out of any fund in connection with a multiemployer plan shall be deposited in such fund.
(h)
Any stock in a person liable to the corporation under this title which is paid to the corporation by such person or a member of such person's controlled group in satisfaction of such person's liability under this title may be voted only by the custodial trustees or outside money managers of the corporation.
(i)
(1)
An eighth fund shall be established for special financial assistance to multiemployer pension plans, as provided under section 4262, and to pay for necessary administrative and operating expenses of the corporation relating to such assistance.
(2)
There is appropriated from the general fund such amounts as are necessary for the costs of providing financial assistance under section 4262 and necessary administrative and operating expenses of the corporation. The eighth fund established under this subsection shall be credited with amounts from time to time as the Secretary of the Treasury, in conjunction with the Director of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, determines appropriate, from the general fund of the Treasury, but in no case shall such transfers occur after September 30, 2030.

PREMIUM RATES
Sec. 4006.
[1306]
(a)
(1)
The corporation shall prescribe such schedules of premium rates and bases for the application of those rates as may be necessary to provide sufficient revenue to the fund for the corporation to carry out its functions under this title. The premium rates charged by the corporation for any period shall be uniform for all plans, other than multiemployer plans, insured by the corporation with respect to basic benefits guaranteed by it under section 4022, and shall be uniform for all multiemployer plans with respect to basic benefits guaranteed by it under section 4022A.
(2)
The corporation shall maintain separate schedules of premium rates, and bases for the application of those rates, for—
(A)
basic benefits guaranteed by it under section 4022 for single-employer plans,
(B)
basic benefits guaranteed by it under section 4022A for multiemployer plans,
(C)
nonbasic benefits guaranteed by it under section 4022 for single-employer plans,
(D)
nonbasic benefits guaranteed by it under section 4022A for multiemployer plans, and
(E)
reimbursements of uncollectible withdrawal liability under section 4222.
The corporation may revise such schedules whenever it determines that revised schedules are necessary. Except as provided in section 4022A(f), in order to place a revised schedule described in subparagraph (A) or (B) in effect, the corporation shall proceed in accordance with subsection (b)(1), and such schedule shall apply only to plan years beginning more than 30 days after the date on which a joint resolution approving such revised schedule is enacted.
(3)
(A)
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), the annual premium rate payable to the corporation by all plans for basic benefits guaranteed under this title is—
(i)
in the case of a single-employer plan other than a CSEC plan (as defined in section 210(f)(1)) an amount for each individual who is a participant in such plan during the plan year equal to the sum of the additional premium (if any) determined under subparagraph (E) and—
(I)
for plan years beginning after December 31, 2005, and before January 1, 2013, $30;
(II)
for plan years beginning after December 31, 2012, and before January 1, 2014, $42;
(III)
for plan years beginning after December 31, 2013 and before January 1, 2015,,101 $49.
^{101}
Two commas in subclause (III) so in law.
(IV)
for plan years beginning after December 31, 2014, and before January 1, 2016, $57;
(V)
for plan years beginning after December 31, 2015, and before January 1, 2017, $64;
(VI)102
for plan years beginning after December 31, 2016, and before January 1, 2018, $69;
^{102}
The margins of subclauses (VI)-(VIII) are so in law.
(VII)
for plan years beginning after December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2019, $74; and
(VIII)
for plan years beginning after December 31, 2018, $80.
(ii)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, for the plan year within which the date of enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980] falls, an amount for each individual who is a participant in such plan for such plan year equal to the sum of—
(I)
50 cents, multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of months in such year ending on or before such date and the denominator of which is 12, and
(II)
$1.00, multiplied by a fraction equal to 1 minus the fraction determined under clause (i),
(iii)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, for plan years beginning after the date of enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980], and before January 1, 2006, an amount equal to—
(I)
$1.40 for each participant, for the first, second, third, and fourth plan years,
(II)
$1.80 for each participant, for the fifth and sixth plan years,
(III)
$2.20 for each participant, for the seventh and eighth plan years, and
(IV)
$2.60 for each participant, for the ninth plan year, and for each succeeding plan year,
(iv)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, for plan years beginning after December 31, 2005, and before January 1, 2013, $8.00 for each individual who is a participant in such plan during the applicable plan year,
(v)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, for plan years beginning after December 31, 2012, and before January 1, 2015, $12.00 for each individual who is a participant in such plan during the applicable plan year,
(vi)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, for plan years beginning after December 31, 2014,,103 and before January 1, 2031 $26 for each individual who is a participant in such plan during the applicable plan year,
^{103}
Double comma so in law. See amendment made by section 9704(c)(1)(A)(i) of Public Law 117-2.
(vii)
in the case of a CSEC plan (as defined in section 210(f)(1)), for plan years beginning after December 31, 2018, for each individual who is a participant in such plan during the plan year an amount equal to the sum of—
(I)
the additional premium (if any) determined under subparagraph (E), and
(II)
$19, or
(viii)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, for plan years beginning after December 31, 2030, $52 for each individual who is a participant in such plan during the applicable plan year.
(B)
The corporation may prescribe by regulation the extent to which the rate described in subparagraph (A)(i) applies more than once for any plan year to an individual participating in more than one plan maintained by the same employer, and the corporation may prescribe regulations under which the rate described in clause (iii) or (iv) of subparagraph (A) will not apply to the same participant in any multiemployer plan more than once for any plan year.
(C)
(i)
If the sum of—
(I)
the amounts in any fund for basic benefits guaranteed for multiemployer plans, and
(II)
the value of any assets held by the corporation for payment of basic benefits guaranteed for multiemployer plans,
is for any calendar year less than 2 times the amount of basic benefits guaranteed by the corporation under this title for multiemployer plans which were paid out of any such fund or assets during the preceding calendar year, the annual premium rates under subparagraph (A) shall be increased to the next highest premium level necessary to insure that such sum will be at least 2 times greater than such amount during the following calendar year.
(ii)
If the board of directors of the corporation determines that an increase in the premium rates under subparagraph (A) is necessary to provide assistance to plans which are receiving assistance under section 4261 and to plans the board finds are reasonably likely to require such assistance, the board may order such increase in the premium rates.
(iii)
The maximum annual premium rate which may be established under this subparagraph is $2.60 for each participant.
(iv)
The provisions of this subparagraph shall not apply if the annual premium rate is increased to a level in excess of $2.60 per participant under any other provisions of this title.
(D)
(i)
Not later than 120 days before the date on which an increase under subparagraph (C)(ii) is to become effective, the corporation shall publish in the Federal Register a notice of the determination described in subparagraph (C)(ii), the basis for the determination, the amount of the increase in the premium, and the anticipated increase in premium income that would result from the increase in the premium rate. The notice shall invite public comment, and shall provide for a public hearing if one is requested. Any such hearing shall be commenced not later than 60 days before the date on which the increase is to become effective.
(ii)
The board of directors shall review the hearing record established under clause (i) and shall, not later than 30 days before the date on which the increase is to become effective, determine (after consideration of the comments received) whether the amount of the increase should be changed and shall publish its determination in the Federal Register.
(E)
(i)
Except as provided in subparagraph (I), the additional premium determined under this subparagraph with respect to any plan for any plan year—
(I)
shall be an amount equal to the amount determined under clause (ii) divided by the number of participants in such plan as of the close of the preceding plan year;
(II)
in the case of plan years beginning in a calendar year after 2012 and before 2016, shall not exceed $400 and 104
^{104}
There is no punctuation at the end of subclause (II). It probably should read “$400; and”.
(III)
in the case of plan years beginning in a calendar year after 2015, shall not exceed $500.
(ii)
The amount determined under this clause for any plan year shall be an amount equal to the applicable dollar amount under paragraph (8) for each $1,000 (or fraction thereof) of unfunded vested benefits under the plan as of the close of the preceding plan year.
(iii)
Except as provided in clause (v), for purposes of clause (ii), the term “unfunded vested benefits” means, for a plan year, the excess (if any) of—
(I)
the funding target of the plan as determined under section 303(d) for the plan year by only taking into account vested benefits and by using the interest rate described in clause (iv), over
(II)
the fair market value of plan assets for the plan year which are held by the plan on the valuation date.
(iv)
The interest rate used in valuing benefits for purposes of subclause (I) of clause (iii) shall be equal to the first, second, or third segment rate for the month preceding the month in which the plan year begins, which would be determined under section 303(h)(2)(C) (notwithstanding any regulations issued by the corporation, determined by not taking into account any adjustment under clause (iv) thereof) if section 303(h)(2)(D) were applied by using the monthly yields for the month preceding the month in which the plan year begins on investment grade corporate bonds with varying maturities and in the top 3 quality levels rather than the average of such yields for a 24-month period.
(v)105
For purposes of clause (ii), in the case of a CSEC plan (as defined in section 210(f)(1)), the term “unfunded vested benefits” means, for plan years beginning after December 31, 2018, the excess (if any) of—
(I)
the funding liability of the plan as determined under section 306(j)(5)(C) for the plan year by only taking into account vested benefits, over
(II)
the fair market value of plan assets for the plan year which are held by the plan on the valuation date.
^{105}
Margin of clause (v) is so in law.
(F)
For each plan year beginning in a calendar year after 2006 and before 2013, there shall be substituted for the premium rate specified in clause (i) of subparagraph (A) an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
the product derived by multiplying the premium rate specified in clause (i) of subparagraph (A) by the ratio of—
(I)
the national average wage index (as defined in section 209(k)(1) of the Social Security Act) for the first of the 2 calendar years preceding the calendar year in which such plan year begins, to
(II)
the national average wage index (as so defined) for 2004 (2012 in the case of plan years beginning after calendar year 2014); and
(ii)
the premium rate in effect under clause (i) of subparagraph (A) for plan years beginning in the preceding calendar year.
If the amount determined under this subparagraph is not a multiple of $1, such product shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.
(G)
For each plan year beginning in a calendar year after 2019, there shall be substituted for the premium rate specified in clause (i) of subparagraph (A) an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
the product derived by multiplying the premium rate specified in clause (i) of subparagraph (A) by the ratio of—
(I)
the national average wage index (as defined in section 209(k)(1) of the Social Security Act) for the first of the 2 calendar years preceding the calendar year in which such plan year begins, to
(II)
the national average wage index (as so defined) for 2017; and
(ii)
the premium rate in effect under clause (i) of subparagraph (A) for plan years beginning in the preceding calendar year.
If the amount determined under this subparagraph is not a multiple of $1, such product shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.
(H)
For each plan year beginning in a calendar year after 2006, there shall be substituted for the premium rate specified in clause (iv) of subparagraph (A) an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
the product derived by multiplying the premium rate specified in clause (iv) of subparagraph (A) by the ratio of—
(I)
the national average wage index (as defined in section 209(k)(1) of the Social Security Act) for the first of the 2 calendar years preceding the calendar year in which such plan year begins, to
(II)
the national average wage index (as so defined) for 2004; and
(ii)
the premium rate in effect under clause (iv) of subparagraph (A) for plan years beginning in the preceding calendar year.
If the amount determined under this subparagraph is not a multiple of $1, such product shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.
(I)
(i)
In the case of an employer who has 25 or fewer employees on the first day of the plan year, the additional premium determined under subparagraph (E) for each participant shall not exceed $5 multiplied by the number of participants in the plan as of the close of the preceding plan year.
(ii)
For purposes of clause (i), whether an employer has 25 or fewer employees on the first day of the plan year is determined by taking into consideration all of the employees of all members of the contributing sponsor's controlled group. In the case of a plan maintained by two or more contributing sponsors, the employees of all contributing sponsors and their controlled groups shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the 25-or-fewer-employees limitation has been satisfied.
(J)
For each plan year beginning in a calendar year after 2013, there shall be substituted for the premium rate specified in clause (v) of subparagraph (A) an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
the product derived by multiplying the premium rate specified in clause (v) of subparagraph (A) by the ratio of—
(I)
the national average wage index (as defined in section 209(k)(1) of the Social Security Act) for the first of the 2 calendar years preceding the calendar year in which such plan year begins, to
(II)
the national average wage index (as so defined) for 2011; and
(ii)
the premium rate in effect under clause (v) of subparagraph (A) for plan years beginning in the preceding calendar year.
If the amount determined under this subparagraph is not a multiple of $1, such product shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.
(K)
For each plan year beginning in a calendar year after 2013 and before 2016, there shall be substituted for the dollar amount specified in subclause (II) of subparagraph (E)(i) an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
the product derived by multiplying such dollar amount by the ratio of—
(I)
the national average wage index (as defined in section 209(k)(1) of the Social Security Act) for the first of the 2 calendar years preceding the calendar year in which such plan year begins, to
(II)
the national average wage index (as so defined) for 2011; and
(ii)
such dollar amount for plan years beginning in the preceding calendar year.
If the amount determined under this subparagraph is not a multiple of $1, such product shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.
(L)
For each plan year beginning in a calendar year after 2016, there shall be substituted for the dollar amount specified in subclause (III) of subparagraph (E)(i) an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
the product derived by multiplying such dollar amount by the ratio of—
(I)
the national average wage index (as defined in section 209(k)(1) of the Social Security Act) for the first of the 2 calendar years preceding the calendar year in which such plan year begins, to
(II)
the national average wage index (as so defined) for 2014; and
(ii)
such dollar amount for plan years beginning in the preceding calendar year.
If the amount determined under this subparagraph is not a multiple of $1, such product shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.
(M)
For each plan year beginning in a calendar year after 2015, there shall be substituted for the dollar amount specified in clause (vi) of subparagraph (A) an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
the product derived by multiplying such dollar amount by the ratio of—
(I)
the national average wage index (as defined in section 209(k)(1) of the Social Security Act) for the first of the 2 calendar years preceding the calendar year in which such plan year begins, to
(II)
the national average wage index (as so defined) for 2013; and
(ii)
such dollar amount for plan years beginning in the preceding calendar year.
If the amount determined under this subparagraph is not a multiple of $1, such product shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.
(N)
For each plan year beginning in a calendar year after 2031, there shall be substituted for the dollar amount specified in clause (viii) of subparagraph (A) an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
the product derived by multiplying such dollar amount by the ratio of—
(I)
the national average wage index (as defined in section 209(k)(1) of the Social Security Act) for the first of the 2 calendar years preceding the calendar year in which such plan year begins, to
(II)
the national average wage index (as so defined) for 2029; and
(ii)
such dollar amount for plan years beginning in the preceding calendar year.
If the amount determined under this subparagraph is not a multiple of $1, such product shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.
(4)
The corporation may prescribe, subject to the enactment of a joint resolution in accordance with this section or section 4022A(f), alternative schedules of premium rates, and bases for the application of those rates, for basic benefits guaranteed by it under sections 4022 and 4022A based, in whole or in part, on the risks insured by the corporation in each plan.
(5)
(A)
In carrying out its authority under paragraph (1) to establish schedules of premium rates, and bases for the application of those rates, for nonbasic benefits guaranteed under sections 4022 and 4022A the premium rates charged by the corporation for any period for nonbasic benefits guaranteed shall—
(i)
be uniform by category of nonbasic benefits guaranteed,
(ii)
be based on the risks insured in each category, and
(iii)
reflect the experience of the corporation (including experience which may be reasonably anticipated) in guaranteeing such benefits.
(B)
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), premium rates charged to any multiemployer plan by the corporation for any period for supplemental guarantees under section 4022A(g)(2) may reflect any reasonable considerations which the corporation determines to be appropriate.
(6)
(A)
In carrying out its authority under paragraph (1) to establish premium rates and bases for basic benefits guaranteed under section 4022 with respect to single-employer plans, the corporation shall establish such rates and bases in coverage schedules in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.
(B)
The corporation may establish annual premiums for single-employer plans composed of the sum of—
(i)
a charge based on a rate applicable to the excess, if any, of the present value of the basic benefits of the plan which are guaranteed over the value of the assets of the plan, not in excess of 0.1 percent, and
(ii)
an additional charge based on a rate applicable to the present value of the basic benefits of the plan which are guaranteed.
The rate for the additional charge referred to in clause (ii) shall be set by the corporation for every year at a level which the corporation estimates will yield total revenue approximately equal to the total revenue to be derived by the corporation from the charges referred to in clause (i) of this subparagraph.
(C)
The corporation may establish annual premiums for single-employer plans based on—
(i)
the number of participants in a plan, but such premium rates shall not exceed the rates described in paragraph (3),
(ii)
unfunded basic benefits guaranteed under this title, but such premium rates shall not exceed the limitations applicable to charges referred to in subparagraph (B)(i), or
(iii)
total guaranteed basic benefits, but such premium rates shall not exceed the rates for additional charges referred to in subparagraph (B)(ii).
If the corporation uses two or more of the rate bases described in this subparagraph, the premium rates shall be designed to produce approximately equal amounts of aggregate premium revenue from each of the rate bases used.
(D)
For purposes of this paragraph, the corporation shall by regulation define the terms “value of assets” and “present value of the benefits of the plan which are guaranteed” in a manner consistent with the purposes of this title and the provisions of this section.
(7)

Premium Rate for Certain Terminated Single-Employer Plans.—
(A)

In general.—
If there is a termination of a single-employer plan under clause (ii) or (iii) of section 4041(c)(2)(B) or section 4042, there shall be payable to the corporation, with respect to each applicable 12-month period, a premium at a rate equal to $1,250 multiplied by the number of individuals who were participants in the plan immediately before the termination date. Such premium shall be in addition to any other premium under this section.
(B)

Special rule for plans terminated in bankruptcy reorganization.—
In the case of a single-employer plan terminated under section 4041(c)(2)(B)(ii) or under section 4042 during pendency of any bankruptcy reorganization proceeding under chapter 11 of title 11, United States Code, or under any similar law of a State or a political subdivision of a State (or a case described in section 4041(c)(2)(B)(i) filed by or against such person has been converted, as of such date, to such a case in which reorganization is sought), subparagraph (A) shall not apply to such plan until the date of the discharge or dismissal of such person in such case.
(C)

Applicable 12-month period.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A)—
(i)

In general.—
The term “applicable 12-month period” means—
(I)
the 12-month period beginning with the first month following the month in which the termination date occurs, and
(II)
each of the first two 12-month periods immediately following the period described in subclause (I).
(ii)

Plans terminated in bankruptcy reorganization.—
In any case in which the requirements of subparagraph (B) are met in connection with the termination of the plan with respect to 1 or more persons described in such subparagraph, the 12-month period described in clause (i)(I) shall be the 12-month period beginning with the first month following the month which includes the earliest date as of which each such person is discharged or dismissed in the case described in such clause in connection with such person.
(D)

Coordination with section 4007.—
(i)
Notwithstanding section 4007—
(I)
premiums under this paragraph shall be due within 30 days after the beginning of any applicable 12-month period, and
(II)
the designated payor shall be the person who is the contributing sponsor as of immediately before the termination date.
(ii)
The fifth sentence of section 4007(a) shall not apply in connection with premiums determined under this paragraph.
(8)

Applicable dollar amount for variable rate premium.—
For purposes of paragraph (3)(E)(ii)—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraphs (B), (C), and (E), the applicable dollar amount shall be—
(i)
$9 for plan years beginning in a calendar year before 2015;
(ii)
for plan years beginning in calendar year 2015, the amount in effect for plan years beginning in 2014 (determined after application of subparagraph (C));
(iii)
for plan years beginning after calendar year 2015, the amount in effect for plan years beginning in 2015 (determined after application of subparagraph (C));
(iv)
for plan years beginning after calendar year 2016, the amount in effect for plan years beginning in 2016 (determined after application of subparagraph (C));
(v)
for plan years beginning after calendar year 2017, the amount in effect for plan years beginning in 2017 (determined after application of subparagraph (C));
(vi)
for plan years beginning after calendar year 2018, the amount in effect for plan years beginning in 2018 (determined after application of subparagraph (C));
(vii)
for plan years beginning after calendar year 2019, the amount in effect for plan years beginning in 2019 (determined after application of subparagraph (C)); and
(viii)
for plan years beginning after calendar year 2023, $52.
(B)

Adjustment for inflation.—
For each plan year beginning in a calendar year after 2012 and before 2024, there shall be substituted for the applicable dollar amount specified under subparagraph (A) an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
the product derived by multiplying such applicable dollar amount for plan years beginning in that calendar year by the ratio of—
(I)
the national average wage index (as defined in section 209(k)(1) of the Social Security Act) for the first of the 2 calendar years preceding the calendar year in which such plan year begins, to
(II)
the national average wage index (as so defined) for the base year; and
(ii)
such applicable dollar amount in effect for plan years beginning in the preceding calendar year.
If the amount determined under this subparagraph is not a multiple of $1, such product shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.
(C)

106Additional increases.—
The applicable dollar amount determined under subparagraph (A) (after the application of subparagraph (B)) shall be increased—
(i)
in the case of plan years beginning in calendar year 2014, by $4;
(ii)
in the case of plan years beginning in calendar year 2015, by $10;
(iii)
in the case of plan years beginning in calendar year 2016, by $5;
(iv)
in the case of plan years beginning in calendar year 2017, by $3;
(v)
in the case of plan years beginning in calendar year 2018, by $4; and
(vi)
in the case of plan years beginning in calendar year 2019, by $4.
^{106}
The formatting (or casing) of the amendment made by section 501(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 114–74 to the heading of subparagraph (C) was carried out to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
(D)

Base year.—
For purposes of subparagraph (B), the base year is—
(i)
2010, in the case of plan years beginning in calendar year 2013 or 2014;
(ii)
2012, in the case of plan years beginning in calendar year 2015;
(iii)
2013, in the case of plan years beginning after calendar year 2015;
(iv)
2014, in the case of plan years beginning after calendar year 2016;
(v)
2015, in the case of plan years beginning after calendar year 2017;
(vi)
2016, in the case of plan years beginning after calendar year 2018; and
(vii)
2017, in the case of plan years beginning after calendar year 2019 and before 2024.
(E)

CSEC plans.—
In the case of a CSEC plan (as defined in section 210(f)(1)), the applicable dollar amount shall be $9.
(b)
(1)
In order to place a revised schedule (other than a schedule described in subsection (a)(2)(C), (D), or (E)) in effect, the corporation shall transmit the proposed schedule, its proposed effective date, and the reasons for its proposal to the Committee on Ways and Means and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives, and to the Committee on Finance and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate.
(2)
The succeeding paragraphs of this subsection are enacted by Congress as an exercise of the rulemaking power of the Senate and the House of Representatives, respectively, and as such they shall be deemed a part of the rules of each House, respectively, but applicable only with respect to the procedure to be followed in that House in the case of resolutions described in paragraph (3). They shall supersede other rules only to the extent that they are inconsistent therewith. They are enacted with full recognition of the constitutional right of either House to change the rules (so far as relating to the procedure of that House) at any time, in the same manner and to the same extent as in the case of any rule of that House.
(3)
For the purpose of the succeeding paragraphs of this subsection, “resolution” means only a joint resolution, the matter after the resolving clause of which is as follows: “The proposed revised schedule transmitted to Congress by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on —————— is hereby approved.”, the blank space therein being filled with the date on which the corporation's message proposing the rate was delivered.
(4)
A resolution shall be referred to the Committee on Ways and Means and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives and to the Committee on Finance and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate.
(5)
If a committee to which has been referred a resolution has not reported it before the expiration of 10 calendar days after its introduction, it shall then (but not before) be in order to move to discharge the committee from further consideration of that resolution, or to discharge the committee from further consideration of any other resolution with respect to the proposed adjustment which has been referred to the committee. The motion to discharge may be made only by a person favoring the resolution, shall be highly privileged (except that it may not be made after the committee has reported a resolution with respect to the same proposed rate), and debate thereon shall be limited to not more than 1 hour, to be divided equally between those favoring and those opposing the resolution. An amendment to the motion is not in order, and it is not in order to move to reconsider the vote by which the motion is agreed to or disagreed to. If the motion to discharge is agreed to or disagreed to, the motion may not be renewed, nor may another motion to discharge the committee be made with respect to any other resolution with respect to the same proposed rate.
(6)
When a committee has reported, or has been discharged from further consideration of a resolution, it is at any time thereafter in order (even though a previous motion to the same effect has been disagreed to) to move to proceed to the consideration of the resolution. The motion is highly privileged and is not debatable. An amendment to the motion is not in order, and it is not in order to move to reconsider the vote by which the motion is agreed to or disagreed to. Debate on the resolution shall be limited to not more than 10 hours, which shall be divided equally between those favoring and those opposing the resolution. A motion further to limit debate is not debatable. An amendment to, or motion to recommit, the resolution is not in order, and it is not in order to move to reconsider the vote by which the resolution is agreed to or disagreed to.
(7)
Motions to postpone, made with respect to the discharge from committee, or the consideration of, a resolution and motions to proceed to the consideration of other business shall be decided without debate. Appeals from the decisions of the Chair relating to the application of the rules of the Senate or the House of Representatives, as the case may be, to the procedure relating to a resolution shall be decided without debate.
(c)
(1)
Except as provided in subsection (a)(3), and subject to paragraph (2), the rate for all plans for basic benefits guaranteed under this title with respect to plan years ending after September 2, 1974, is—
(A)
in the case of each plan which was not a multiemployer plan in a plan year—
(i)
with respect to each plan year beginning before January 1, 1978, an amount equal to $1 for each individual who was a participant in such plan during the plan year,
(ii)
with respect to each plan year beginning after December 31, 1977, and before January 1, 1986, an amount equal to $2.60 for each individual who was a participant in such plan during the plan year, and
(iii)
with respect to each plan year beginning after December 31, 1985, and before January 1, 1988, an amount equal to $8.50 for each individual who was a participant in such plan during the plan year, and
(iv)
with respect to each plan year beginning after December 31, 1987, and before January 1, 1991, an amount equal to $16 for each individual who was a participant in such plan during the plan year, and
(B)
in the case of each plan which was a multiemployer plan in a plan year, an amount equal to 50 cents for each individual who was a participant in such plan during the plan year.
(2)
The rate applicable under this subsection for the plan year preceding September 1, 1975, is the product of—
(A)
the rate described in the preceding sentence; and
(B)
a fraction—
(i)
the numerator of which is the number of calendar months in the plan year which ends after September 2, 1974, and before the date on which the new plan year commences, and
(ii)
the denominator of which is 12.

PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS
Sec. 4007.
[1307]
(a)
The designated payor of each plan shall pay the premiums imposed by the corporation under this title with respect to that plan when they are due. Premiums under this title are payable at the time, and on an estimated, advance, or other basis, as determined by the corporation. Premiums imposed by this title on the date of enactment [September 2, 1974] (applicable to that portion of any plan year during which such date occurs) are due within 30 days after such date. Premiums imposed by this title on the first plan year commencing after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] are due within 30 days after such plan year commences. Premiums shall continue to accrue until a plan's assets are distributed pursuant to a termination procedure, or until a trustee is appointed pursuant to section 4042, whichever is earlier. The corporation may waive or reduce premiums for a multiemployer plan for any plan year during which such plan receives financial assistance from the corporation under section 4261, except that any amount so waived or reduced shall be treated as financial assistance under such section.
(b)
(1)
If any basic benefit premium is not paid when it is due the corporation is authorized to assess a late payment charge of not more than 100 percent of the premium payment which was not timely paid. The preceding sentence shall not apply to any payment of premium made within 60 days after the date on which payment is due, if before such date, the designated payor obtains a waiver from the corporation based upon a showing of substantial hardship arising from the timely payment of the premium. The corporation is authorized to grant a waiver under this subsection upon application made by the designated payor, but the corporation may not grant a waiver if it appears that the designated payor will be unable to pay the premium within 60 days after the date on which it is due. If any premium is not paid by the last date prescribed for a payment, interest on the amount of such premium at the rate imposed under section 6601(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to interest on underpayment, nonpayment, or extensions of time for payment of tax) shall be paid for the period from such last date to the date paid.
(2)
The corporation is authorized to pay, subject to regulations prescribed by the corporation, interest on the amount of any overpayment of premium refunded to a designated payor. Interest under this paragraph shall be calculated at the same rate and in the same manner as interest is calculated for underpayments under paragraph (1).
(c)
If any designated payor fails to pay a premium when due, the corporation is authorized to bring a civil action in any district court of the United States within the jurisdiction of which the plan assets are located, the plan is administered, or in which a defendant resides or is found for the recovery of the amount of the premium penalty, and interest, and process may be served in any other district. The district courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction over actions brought under this subsection by the corporation without regard to the amount in controversy.
(d)
The corporation shall not cease to guarantee basic benefits on account of the failure of a designated payor to pay any premium when due.
(e)
(1)
For purposes of this section, the term “designated payor” means—
(A)
the contributing sponsor or plan administrator in the case of a single-employer plan, and
(B)
the plan administrator in the case of a multiemployer plan.
(2)
If the contributing sponsor of any single-employer plan is a member of a controlled group, each member of such group shall be jointly and severally liable for any premiums required to be paid by such contributing sponsor. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “controlled group” means any group treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

REPORT BY THE CORPORATION
Sec. 4008.
[1308]
(a)
As soon as practicable after the close of each fiscal year the corporation shall transmit to the President and the Congress a report relative to the conduct of its business under this title for that fiscal year. The report shall include financial statements setting forth the finances of the corporation at the end of such fiscal year and the result of its operations (including the source and application of its funds) for the fiscal year and shall include an actuarial evaluation of the expected operations and status of the funds established under section 4005 for the next five years (including a detailed statement of the actuarial assumptions and methods used in making such evaluation).
(b)
The report under subsection (a) shall include—
(1)
a summary of the Pension Insurance Modeling System microsimulation model, including the specific simulation parameters, specific initial values, temporal parameters, and policy parameters used to calculate the financial statements for the corporation;
(2)
a comparison of—
(A)
the average return on investments earned with respect to assets invested by the corporation for the year to which the report relates; and
(B)
an amount equal to 60 percent of the average return on investment for such year in the Standard & Poor's 500 Index, plus 40 percent of the average return on investment for such year in the Lehman Aggregate Bond Index (or in a similar fixed income index); and
(3)
a statement regarding the deficit or surplus for such year that the corporation would have had if the corporation had earned the return described in paragraph (2)(B) with respect to assets invested by the corporation.

PORTABILITY ASSISTANCE
Sec. 4009.
[1309]
The corporation shall provide advice and assistance to individuals with respect to evaluating the economic desirability of establishing individual retirement accounts or other forms of individual retirement savings for which a deduction is allowable under section 219 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and with respect to evaluating the desirability, in particular cases, of transferring amounts representing an employee's interest in a qualified plan to such an account upon the employee's separation from service with an employer.
SEC. 4010.
[1310]

AUTHORITY TO REQUIRE CERTAIN INFORMATION.
(a)

Information Required.—
Each person described in subsection (b) shall provide the corporation annually, on or before a date specified by the corporation in regulations, with—
(1)
such records, documents, or other information that the corporation specifies in regulations as necessary to determine the liabilities and assets of plans covered by this title; and
(2)
copies of such person's audited (or, if unavailable, unaudited) financial statements, and such other financial information as the corporation may prescribe in regulations.
(b)

Persons Required To Provide Information.—
The persons covered by subsection (a) are each contributing sponsor, and each member of a contributing sponsor's controlled group, of a single-employer plan covered by this title, if—
(1)
the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in subsection (d)) at the end of the preceding plan year of a plan maintained by the contributing sponsor or any member of its controlled group is less than 80 percent;
(2)
the conditions for imposition of a lien described in section 303(k)(1)(A) and (B) or 306(g)(1)(A) and (B) of this Act or section 430(k)(1)(A) and (B) or 433(g)(1)(A) and (B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 have been met with respect to any plan maintained by the contributing sponsor or any member of its controlled group; or
(3)
minimum funding waivers in excess of $1,000,000 have been granted with respect to any plan maintained by the contributing sponsor or any member of its controlled group, and any portion thereof is still outstanding.
(c)

Information Exempt From Disclosure Requirements.—
Any information or documentary material submitted to the corporation pursuant to this section shall be exempt from disclosure under section 552 of title 5, United States Code, and no such information or documentary material may be made public, except as may be relevant to any administrative or judicial action or proceeding. Nothing in this section is intended to prevent disclosure to either body of Congress or to any duly authorized committee or subcommittee of the Congress.
(d)

Additional Information Required.—
(1)

In general.—
The information submitted to the corporation under subsection (a) shall include—
(A)
the amount of benefit liabilities under the plan determined using the assumptions used by the corporation in determining liabilities;
(B)
the funding target of the plan determined as if the plan has been in at-risk status for at least 5 plan years; and
(C)
the funding target attainment percentage of the plan.
(2)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection:
(A)

Funding target.—
The term “funding target” has the meaning provided under section 303(d)(1).
(B)

Funding target attainment percentage.—
The term “funding target attainment percentage” has the meaning provided under section 303(d)(2).
(C)

At-risk status.—
The term “at-risk status” has the meaning provided in section 303(i)(4).
(3)

Pension stabilization disregarded.—
For purposes of this section, the segment rates used in determining the funding target and funding target attainment percentage shall be determined by not taking into account any adjustment under section 302(h)((2)(C)(iv)107.
^{107}
The extra open parenthesis after “302(h)” is so in law.
(e)

Notice to Congress.—
The corporation shall, on an annual basis, submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Finance of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives, a summary report in the aggregate of the information submitted to the corporation under this section.
Subtitle B—

Coverage

PLANS COVERED
Sec. 4021.
[1321]
(a)
Except as provided in subsection (b), this title applies to any plan (including a successor plan) which, for a plan year—
(1)
is an employee pension benefit plan (as defined in paragraph (2) of section 3 of this Act) established or maintained—
(A)
by an employer engaged in commerce or in any industry or activity affecting commerce, or
(B)
by any employee organization, or organization representing employees, engaged in commerce or in any industry or activity affecting commerce, or
(C)
by both,
which has, in practice, met the requirements of part I of subchapter D of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as in effect for the preceding 5 plan years of the plan) applicable to plans described in paragraph (2) for the preceding 5 plan years; or
(2)
is, or has been determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to be, a plan described in section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or which meets, or has been determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to meet, the requirements of section 404(a)(2) of such Code.
For purposes of this title, a successor plan is considered to be a continuation of a predecessor plan. For this purpose, unless otherwise specifically indicated in this title, a successor plan is a plan which covers a group of employees which includes substantially the same employees as a previously established plan, and provides substantially the same benefits as that plan provided.
(b)
This section does not apply to any plan—
(1)
which is an individual account plan, as defined in paragraph (34) of section 3 of this Act,
(2)
established and maintained for its employees by the Government of the United States, by the government of any State or political subdivision thereof, or by any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or to which the Railroad Retirement Act of 1935 [45 U.S.C. 215 note et seq.] or 1937 [Railroad Retirement Act of 1974 (45 U.S.C. 231 et seq.)]108 applies and which is financed by contributions required under that Act, or which is described in the last sentence of section 3(32)109
^{108}
By reason of the reassignment of functions under Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1978, some references in title I to the ‘‘Secretary’’ are construed to be references to the Secretary of the Treasury.
^{109}
So in law. There is no punctuation at the end of subsection (b)(2).
(3)
which is a church plan as defined in section 414(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, unless that plan has made an election under section 410(d) of such Code, and has notified the corporation in accordance with procedures prescribed by the corporation, that it wishes to have the provisions of this part apply to it,
(4)
(A)
established and maintained by a society, order, or association described in section 501(c)(8) or (9) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, if no part of the contributions to or under the plan is made by employers of participants in the plan, or
(B)
of which a trust described in section 501(c)(18) of such Code is a part;
(5)
which has not at any time after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], provided for employer contributions;
(6)
which is unfunded and which is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees;
(7)
which is established and maintained outside of the United States primarily for the benefit of individuals substantially all of whom are nonresident aliens;
(8)
which is maintained by an employer solely for the purpose of providing benefits for certain employees in excess of the limitations on contributions and benefits imposed by section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 on plans to which that section applies, without regard to whether the plan is funded, and, to the extent that a separable part of a plan (as determined by the corporation) maintained by an employer is maintained for such purpose, that part shall be treated for purposes of this title, as a separate plan which is an excess benefit plan;
(9)
which is established and maintained exclusively for substantial owners;
(10)
of an international organization which is exempt from taxation under the International Organizations Immunities Act [22 U.S.C. 288 et seq.];
(11)
maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen's compensation laws or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws;
(12)
which is a defined benefit plan, to the extent that it is treated as an individual account plan under paragraph (35)(B) of section 3 of this Act; or
(13)
established and maintained by a professional service employer which does not at any time after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] have more than 25 active participants in the plan.
(c)
(1)
For purposes of subsection (b)(1), the term “individual account plan” does not include a plan under which a fixed benefit is promised if the employer or his representative participated in the determination of that benefit.
(2)
For purposes of this paragraph and for purposes of subsection (b)(13)—
(A)
the term “professional service employer” means any proprietorship, partnership, corporation, or other association or organization (i) owned or controlled by professional individuals or by executors or administrators of professional individuals, (ii) the principal business of which is the performance of professional services, and
(B)
the term “professional individuals” includes but is not limited to, physicians, dentists, chiropractors, osteopaths, optometrists, other licensed practitioners of the healing arts, attorneys at law, public accountants, public engineers, architects, draftsmen, actuaries, psychologists, social or physical scientists, and performing artists.
(3)
In the case of a plan established and maintained by more than one professional service employer, the plan shall not be treated as a plan described in subsection (b)(13) if, at any time after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] the plan has more than 25 active participants.
(d)
For purposes of subsection (b)(9), the term “substantial owner” means an individual who, at any time during the 60-month period ending on the date the determination is being made—
(1)
owns the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or business,
(2)
in the case of a partnership, is a partner who owns, directly or indirectly, more than 10 percent of either the capital interest or the profits interest in such partnership, or
(3)
in the case of a corporation, owns, directly or indirectly, more than 10 percent in value of either the voting stock of that corporation or all the stock of that corporation.
For purposes of paragraph (3), the constructive ownership rules of section 1563(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (other than paragraph (3)(C) thereof) shall apply, including the application of such rules under section 414(c) of such Code.

SINGLE-EMPLOYER PLAN BENEFITS GUARANTEED
Sec. 4022.
[1322]
(a)
Subject to the limitations contained in subsection (b), the corporation shall guarantee, in accordance with this section, the payment of all nonforfeitable benefits (other than benefits becoming nonforfeitable solely on account of the termination of a plan) under a single-employer plan which terminates at a time when this title applies to it.
(b)
(1)
Except to the extent provided in paragraph (7)—
(A)
no benefits provided by a plan which has been in effect for less than 60 months at the time the plan terminates shall be guaranteed under this section, and
(B)
any increase in the amount of benefits under a plan resulting from a plan amendment which was made, or became effective, whichever is later, within 60 months before the date on which the plan terminates shall be disregarded.
(2)
For purposes of this subsection, the time a successor plan (within the meaning of section 4021(a)) has been in effect includes the time a previously established plan (within the meaning of section 4021(a)) was in effect. For purposes of determining what benefits are guaranteed under this section in the case of a plan to which section 4021 does not apply on the day after the date of enactment of this Act [the day after September 2, 1974], the 60-month period referred to in paragraph (1) shall be computed beginning on the first date on which such section does apply to the plan.
(3)
The amount of monthly benefits described in subsection (a) provided by a plan, which are guaranteed under this section with respect to a participant, shall not have an actuarial value which exceeds the actuarial value of a monthly benefit in the form of a life annuity commencing at age 65 equal to the lesser of—
(A)
his average monthly gross income from his employer during the 5 consecutive calendar year period (or, if less, during the number of calendar years in such period in which he actively participates in the plan) during which his gross income from that employer was greater than during any other such period with that employer determined by dividing 1⁄12 of the sum of all such gross income by the number of such calendar years in which he had such gross income, or
(B)
$750 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the contribution and benefit base (determined under section 230 of the Social Security Act [42 U.S.C. 430]) in effect at the time the plan terminates and the denominator of which is such contribution and benefit base in effect in the calendar year 1974.
The provisions of this paragraph do not apply to non-basic benefits. The maximum guaranteed monthly benefit shall not be reduced solely on account of the age of a participant in the case of a benefit payable by reason of disability that occurred on or before the termination date, if the participant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the corporation that the Social Security Administration has determined that the participant satisfies the definition of disability under title II or XVI of the Social Security Act, and the regulations thereunder. If a benefit payable by reason of disability is converted to an early or normal retirement benefit for reasons other than a change in the health of the participant, such early or normal retirement benefit shall be treated as a continuation of the benefit payable by reason of disability and this subparagraph shall continue to apply.
(4)
(A)
The actuarial value of a benefit, for purposes of this subsection, shall be determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation.
(B)
For purposes of paragraph (3)—
(i)
the term “gross income” means “earned income” within the meaning of section 911(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (determined without regard to any community property laws),
(ii)
in the case of a participant in a plan under which contributions are made by more than one employer, amounts received as gross income from any employer under that plan shall be aggregated with amounts received from any other employer under that plan during the same period, and
(iii)
any non-basic benefit shall be disregarded.
(5)
(A)
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “majority owner” means an individual who, at any time during the 60-month period ending on the date the determination is being made—
(i)
owns the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or business,
(ii)
in the case of a partnership, is a partner who owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of either the capital interest or the profits interest in such partnership, or
(iii)
in the case of a corporation, owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more in value of either the voting stock of that corporation or all the stock of that corporation.
For purposes of clause (iii), the constructive ownership rules of section 1563(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (other than paragraph (3)(C) thereof) shall apply, including the application of such rules under section 414(c) of such Code.
(B)
In the case of a participant who is a majority owner, the amount of benefits guaranteed under this section shall equal the product of—
(i)
a fraction (not to exceed 1) the numerator of which is the number of years from the later of the effective date or the adoption date of the plan to the termination date, and the denominator of which is 10, and
(ii)
the amount of benefits that would be guaranteed under this section if the participant were not a majority owner.
(6)
(A)
No benefits accrued under a plan after the date on which the Secretary of the Treasury issues notice that he has determined that any trust which is a part of a plan does not meet the requirements of section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or that the plan does not meet the requirements of section 404(a)(2) of such Code, are guaranteed under this section unless such determination is erroneous. This subparagraph does not apply if the Secretary subsequently issues a notice that such trust meets the requirements of section 401(a) of such Code or that the plan meets the requirements of section 404(a)(2) of such Code and if the Secretary determines that the trust or plan has taken action necessary to meet such requirements during the period between the issuance of the notice referred to in the preceding sentence and the issuance of the notice referred to in this sentence.
(B)
No benefits accrued under a plan after the date on which an amendment of the plan is adopted which causes the Secretary of the Treasury to determine that any trust under the plan has ceased to meet the requirements of section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or that the plan has ceased to meet the requirements of section 404(a)(2) of such Code, are guaranteed under this section unless such determination is erroneous. This subparagraph shall not apply if the amendment is revoked as of the date it was first effective or amended to comply with such requirements.
(7)
Benefits described in paragraph (1) are guaranteed only to the extent of the greater of—
(A)
20 percent of the amount which, but for the fact that the plan or amendment has not been in effect for 60 months or more, would be guaranteed under this section, or
(B)
$20 per month,
multiplied by the number of years (but not more than 5) the plan or amendment, as the case may be, has been in effect. In determining how many years a plan or amendment has been in effect for purposes of this paragraph, the first 12 months beginning with the date on which the plan or amendment is made or first becomes effective (whichever is later) constitutes one year, and each consecutive period of 12 months thereafter constitutes an additional year. This paragraph does not apply to benefits payable under a plan unless the corporation finds substantial evidence that the plan was terminated for a reasonable business purpose and not for the purpose of obtaining the payment of benefits by the corporation under this title.
(8)110
If an unpredictable contingent event benefit (as defined in section 206(g)(1)) is payable by reason of the occurrence of any event, this section shall be applied as if a plan amendment had been adopted on the date such event occurred.
^{110}
Margin so in law. Section 403 of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 provides that the provisions are not applicable to certain benefit increases prior to June 30, 2005 under agreements approved by the PBGC prior to June 30, 2005.
(c)
(1)
In addition to benefits paid under the preceding provisions of this section with respect to a terminated plan, the corporation shall pay the portion of the amount determined under paragraph (2) which is allocated with respect to each participant under section 4044(a). Such payment shall be made to such participant or to such participant's beneficiaries (including alternate payees, within the meaning of section 206(d)(3)(K)).
(2)
The amount determined under this paragraph is an amount equal to the product derived by multiplying—
(A)
the outstanding amount of benefit liabilities under the plan (including interest calculated from the termination date), by
(B)
the applicable recovery ratio.
(3)110
(A)111

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), the term “recovery ratio” means the ratio which—
^{111}
So in law. See amendment made by section 408(b)(1) of Public Law 109–280 (120 Stat. 931).
(i)
the sum of the values of all recoveries under section 4062, 4063, or 4064, determined by the corporation in connection with plan terminations described under subparagraph (B), bears to
(ii)
the sum of all unfunded benefit liabilities under such plans as of the termination date in connection with any such prior termination.
(B)
A plan termination described in this subparagraph is a termination with respect to which—
(i)
the corporation has determined the value of recoveries under section 4062, 4063, or 4064, and
(ii)112
notices of intent to terminate were provided (or in the case of a termination by the corporation, a notice of determination under section 4042 was issued) during the 5-Federal fiscal year period ending with the third fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which occurs the date of the notice of intent to terminate (or the notice of determination under section 4042) with respect to the plan termination for which the recovery ratio is being determined.
^{112}
Margin for clause (ii) of section 4022(c)(3)(B) is so in law.
(C)
In the case of a terminated plan with respect to which the outstanding amount of benefit liabilities exceeds $20,000,000, for purposes of this section, the term “recovery ratio” means, with respect to the termination of such plan, the ratio of—
(i)
the value of the recoveries of the corporation under section 4062, 4063, or 4064 in connection with such plan, to
(ii)
the amount of unfunded benefit liabilities under such plan as of the termination date.
(4)
Determinations under this subsection shall be made by the corporation. Such determinations shall be binding unless shown by clear and convincing evidence to be unreasonable.
(d)
The corporation is authorized to guarantee the payment of such other classes of benefits and to establish the terms and conditions under which such other classes of benefits are guaranteed as it determines to be appropriate.
(e)
For purposes of subsection (a), a qualified preretirement survivor annuity (as defined in section 205(e)(1)) with respect to a participant under a terminated single-employer plan shall not be treated as forfeitable solely because the participant has not died as of the termination date.
(f)
For purposes of this section, the effective date of a plan amendment described in section 204(i)(1) shall be the effective date of the plan of reorganization of the employer described in section 204(i)(1) or, if later, the effective date stated in such amendment.
(g)

Bankruptcy Filing Substituted for Termination Date.—
If a contributing sponsor of a plan has filed or has had filed against such person a petition seeking liquidation or reorganization in a case under title 11, United States Code, or under any similar Federal law or law of a State or political subdivision, and the case has not been dismissed as of the termination date of the plan, then this section shall be applied by treating the date such petition was filed as the termination date of the plan.
(h)

Special Rule for Plans Electing Certain Funding Requirements.—
If any plan makes an election under section 402(a)(1) of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and is terminated effective before the end of the 10-year period beginning on the first day of the first applicable plan year—
(1)
this section shall be applied—
(A)
by treating the first day of the first applicable plan year as the termination date of the plan, and
(B)
by determining the amount of guaranteed benefits on the basis of plan assets and liabilities as of such assumed termination date, and
(2)
notwithstanding section 4044(a), plan assets shall first be allocated to pay the amount, if any, by which—
(A)
the amount of guaranteed benefits under this section (determined without regard to paragraph (1) and on the basis of plan assets and liabilities as of the actual date of plan termination), exceeds
(B)
the amount determined under paragraph (1).

MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN BENEFITS GUARANTEED
Sec. 4022A.
[1322a]
(a)
The corporation shall guarantee, in accordance with this section, the payment of all nonforfeitable benefits (other than benefits becoming nonforfeitable solely on account of the termination of a plan) under a multiemployer plan—
(1)
to which this title applies, and
(2)
which is insolvent under section 4245(b) or 4281(d)(2).
(b)
(1)
(A)
For purposes of this section, a benefit or benefit increase which has been in effect under a plan for less than 60 months is not eligible for the corporation's guarantee. For purposes of this paragraph, any month of any plan year during which the plan was insolvent or terminated (within the meaning of section 4041A(a)(2)) shall not be taken into account.
(B)
For purposes of this section, a benefit or benefit increase which has been in effect under a plan for less than 60 months before the first day of the plan year for which an amendment reducing the benefit or the benefit increase is taken into account under section 4244A(a)(2) in determining the minimum contribution requirement for the plan year under section 4243(b) is not eligible for the corporation's guarantee.
(2)
For purposes of this section—
(A)
the date on which a benefit or a benefit increase under a plan is first in effect is the later of—
(i)
the date on which the documents establishing or increasing the benefit were executed, or
(ii)
the effective date of the benefit or benefit increase;
(B)
the period of time for which a benefit or a benefit increase has been in effect under a successor plan includes the period of time for which the benefit or benefit increase was in effect under a previously established plan; and
(C)
in the case of a plan to which section 4021 did not apply on September 3, 1974, the time periods referred to in this section are computed beginning on the date on which section 4021 first applies to the plan.
(c)
(1)
Except as provided in subsection (g), the monthly benefit of a participant or a beneficiary which is guaranteed under this section by the corporation with respect to a plan is the product of—
(A)
100 percent of the accrual rate up to $11, plus 75 percent of the lesser of—
(i)
$33, or
(ii)
the accrual rate, if any, in excess of $11, and
(B)
the number of the participant's years of credited service.
(2)
For purposes of this section, the accrual rate is—
(A)
the monthly benefit of the participant or beneficiary which is described in subsection (a) and which is eligible for the corporation's guarantee under subsection (b), except that such benefit shall be—
(i)
no greater than the monthly benefit which would be payable under the plan at normal retirement age in the form of a single life annuity, and
(ii)
determined without regard to any reduction under section 411(a)(3)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; divided by
(B)
the participant's years of credited service.
(3)
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)
a year of credited service is a year in which the participant completed—
(i)
a full year of participation in the plan, or
(ii)
any period of service before participation which is credited for purposes of benefit accrual as the equivalent of a full year of participation;
(B)
any year for which the participant is credited for purposes of benefit accrual with a fraction of the equivalent of a full year of participation shall be counted as such a fraction of a year of credited service; and
(C)
years of credited service shall be determined by including service which may otherwise be disregarded by the plan under section 411(a)(3)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(4)113
For purposes of subsection (a), in the case of a qualified preretirement survivor annuity (as defined in section 205(e)(1)) payable to the surviving spouse of a participant under a multiemployer plan which becomes insolvent under section 4245(b) or 4281(d)(2) or is terminated, such annuity shall not be treated as forfeitable solely because the participant has not died as of the date on which the plan became so insolvent or the termination date.
^{113}
Margin so in law.
(d)
In the case of a benefit which has been reduced under section 411(a)(3)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the corporation shall guarantee the lesser of—
(1)
the reduced benefit, or
(2)
the amount determined under subsection (c).
(e)
The corporation shall not guarantee benefits under a multiemployer plan which, under section 4022(b)(6), would not be guaranteed under a single-employer plan.
(f)
(1)
No later than 5 years after the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980], and at least every fifth year thereafter, the corporation shall—
(A)
conduct a study to determine—
(i)
the premiums needed to maintain the basic-benefit guarantee levels for multiemployer plans described in subsection (c), and
(ii)
whether the basic-benefit guarantee levels for multiemployer plans may be increased without increasing the basic-benefit premiums for multiemployer plans under this title; and
(B)
report such determinations to the Committee on Ways and Means and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives and to the Committee on Finance and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate.
(2)
(A)
If the last report described in paragraph (1) indicates that a premium increase is necessary to support the existing basic-benefit guarantee levels for multiemployer plans, the corporation shall transmit to the Committee on Ways and Means and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives and to the Committee on Finance and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate by March 31 of any calendar year in which congressional action under this subsection is requested—
(i)
a revised schedule of basic-benefit guarantees for multiemployer plans which would be necessary in the absence of an increase in premiums approved in accordance with section 4006(b),
(ii)
a revised schedule of basic-benefit premiums for multiemployer plans which is necessary to support the existing basic-benefit guarantees for such plans, and
(iii)
a revised schedule of basic-benefit guarantees for multiemployer plans for which the schedule of premiums necessary is higher than the existing premium schedule for such plans but lower than the revised schedule of premiums for such plans specified in clause (ii), together with such schedule of premiums.
(B)
The revised schedule of increased premiums referred to in subparagraph (A)(ii) or (A)(iii) shall go into effect as approved by the enactment of a joint resolution.
(C)
If an increase in premiums is not so enacted, the revised guarantee schedule described in subparagraph (A)(i) shall go into effect on the first day of the second calendar year following the year in which such revised guarantee schedule was submitted to the Congress.
(3)
(A)
If the last report described in paragraph (1) indicates that basic-benefit guarantees for multiemployer plans can be increased without increasing the basic-benefit premiums for multiemployer plans under this title, the corporation shall submit to the Committee on Ways and Means and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives and to the Committee on Finance and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate by March 31 of the calendar year in which congressional action under this paragraph is requested—
(i)
a revised schedule of increases in the basic-benefit guarantees which can be supported by the existing schedule of basic-benefit premiums for multiemployer plans, and
(ii)
a revised schedule of basic-benefit premiums sufficient to support the existing basic-benefit guarantees.
(B)
The revised schedules referred to in subparagraph (A)(i) or subparagraph (A)(ii) shall go into effect as approved by the enactment of a joint resolution.
(4)
(A)
The succeeding subparagraphs of this paragraph are enacted by the Congress as an exercise of the rulemaking power of the Senate and the House of Representatives, respectively, and as such they shall be deemed a part of the rules of each House, respectively, but applicable only with respect to the procedure to be followed in that House in the case of joint resolutions (as defined in subparagraph (B)). Such subparagraphs shall supersede other rules only to the extent that they are inconsistent therewith. They are enacted with full recognition of the constitutional right of either House to change the rules (so far as relating to the procedure of that House) at any time, in the same manner, and to the same extent as in the case of any rule of that House.
(B)
For purposes of this subsection, “joint resolution” means only a joint resolution, the matter after the resolving clause of which is as follows: “The proposed schedule described in transmitted to the Congress by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on is hereby approved.”, the first blank space therein being filled with “section 4022A(f)(2)(A)(ii) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974”, “section 4022A(f)(2)(A)(iii) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974”, “section 4022A(f)(3)(A)(i) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974”, or “section 4022A(f)(3)(A)(ii) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974” (whichever is applicable), and the second blank space therein being filled with the date on which the corporation's message proposing the revision was submitted.
(C)
The procedure for disposition of a joint resolution shall be the procedure described in section 4006(b)(4) through (7).
(g)
(1)
The corporation may guarantee the payment of such other classes of benefits under multiemployer plans, and establish the terms and conditions under which those other classes of benefits are guaranteed, as it determines to be appropriate.
(2)
(A)
The corporation shall prescribe regulations to establish a supplemental program to guarantee benefits under multiemployer plans which would be guaranteed under this section but for the limitations in subsection (c). Such regulations shall be proposed by the corporation no later than the end of the 18th calendar month following the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980]. The regulations shall make coverage under the supplemental program available no later than January 1, 1983. Any election to participate in the supplemental program shall be on a voluntary basis, and a plan electing such coverage shall continue to pay the premiums required under section 4006(a)(2)(B) to the revolving fund used pursuant to section 4005 in connection with benefits otherwise guaranteed under this section. Any such election shall be irrevocable, except to the extent otherwise provided by regulations prescribed by the corporation.
(B)
The regulations prescribed under this paragraph shall provide—
(i)
that a plan must elect coverage under the supplemental program within the time permitted by the regulations;
(ii)
unless the corporation determines otherwise, that a plan may not elect supplemental coverage unless the value of the assets of the plan as of the end of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the election must be made is an amount equal to 114 15 times the total amount of the benefit payments made under the plan for that year; and
^{114}
So in original. Presumably the phrase “amount equal to” is intended to mean “amount equal to at least”.
(iii)
such other reasonable terms and conditions for supplemental coverage, including funding standards and any other reasonable limitations with respect to plans or benefits covered or to means of program financing, as the corporation determines are necessary and appropriate for a feasible supplemental program consistent with the purposes of this title.
(3)
Any benefits guaranteed under this subsection shall be considered nonbasic benefits for purposes of this title.
(4)
(A)
No revised schedule of premiums under this subsection, after the initial schedule, shall go into effect unless—
(i)
the revised schedule is submitted to the Congress, and
(ii)
a joint resolution described in subparagraph (B) is not enacted before the close of the 60th legislative day after such schedule is submitted to the Congress.
(B)
For purposes of subparagraph (A), a joint resolution described in this subparagraph is a joint resolution the matter after the resolving clause of which is as follows: “The revised premium schedule transmitted to the Congress by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under section 4022A(g)(4) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 on is hereby disapproved.”, the blank space therein being filled with the date on which the revised schedule was submitted.
(C)
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “legislative day” means any calendar day other than a day on which either House is not in session because of a sine die adjournment or an adjournment of more than 3 days to a day certain.
(D)
The procedure for disposition of a joint resolution described in subparagraph (B) shall be the procedure described in paragraphs (4) through (7) of section 4006(b).
(5)
Regulations prescribed by the corporation to carry out the provisions of this subsection, may, to the extent provided therein, supersede the requirements of sections 4245, 4261, and 4281, and the requirements of section 418E of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, but only with respect to benefits guaranteed under this subsection.
(h)
(1)
Except as provided in paragraph (3), subsections (b) and (c) shall not apply with respect to the nonforfeitable benefits accrued as of July 29, 1980, with respect to a participant or beneficiary under a multiemployer plan—
(1)
who is in pay status on July 29, 1980, or
^{115}
So in original. Paragraphs (1) and (2) probably should be redesignated as subparagraphs (A) and (B).
(2)
who is within 36 months of the normal retirement age and has a nonforfeitable right to a pension as of that date.
(2)
The benefits described in paragraph (1) shall be guaranteed by the corporation in the same manner and to the same extent as benefits are guaranteed by the corporation under section 4022 (without regard to this section).
(3)
This subsection does not apply with respect to a plan for plan years following a plan year—
(A)
in which the plan has terminated within the meaning of section 4041A(a)(2), or
(B)
in which it is determined by the corporation that substantially all the employers have withdrawn from the plan pursuant to an agreement or arrangement to withdraw.

AGGREGATE LIMIT ON BENEFITS GUARANTEED
Sec. 4022B.
[1322b]
(a)
Notwithstanding sections 4022 and 4022A, no person shall receive from the corporation pursuant to a guarantee by the corporation of basic benefits with respect to a participant under all multiemployer and single employer plans an amount, or amounts, with an actuarial value which exceeds the actuarial value of a monthly benefit in the form of a life annuity commencing at age 65 equal to the amount determined under section 4022(b)(3)(B) as of the date of the last plan termination.
(b)
For purposes of this section—
(1)
the receipt of benefits under a multiemployer plan receiving financial assistance from the corporation shall be considered the receipt of amounts from the corporation pursuant to a guarantee by the corporation of basic benefits except to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the corporation, and
(2)
the date on which a multiemployer plan, whether or not terminated, begins receiving financial assistance from the corporation shall be considered a date of plan termination.

PLAN FIDUCIARIES 116
Sec. 4023.
[1323]
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, a fiduciary of a plan to which section 4021 applies is not in violation of the fiduciary's duties as a result of any act or of any withholding of action required by this title.
^{116}
A prior §4023 (enacted September 2, 1974, P.L. 94–406, title IV, §4023, 88 Stat. 1019) was repealed September 26, 1980, P.L. 96–364, title I, §107, 94 Stat. 1267. The prior section related to contingent liability coverage.
Subtitle C—

Terminations

TERMINATION OF SINGLE-EMPLOYER PLANS
Sec. 4041.
[1341]
(a)

General Rules Governing Single-Employer Plan Terminations.—
(1)

Exclusive means of plan termination.—
Except in the case of a termination for which proceedings are otherwise instituted by the corporation as provided in section 4042, a single-employer plan may be terminated only in a standard termination under subsection (b) or a distress termination under subsection (c).
(2)

60-day notice of intent to terminate.—
Not less than 60 days before the proposed termination date of a standard termination under subsection (b) or a distress termination under subsection (c), the plan administrator shall provide to each affected party (other than the corporation in the case of a standard termination) a written notice of intent to terminate stating that such termination is intended and the proposed termination date. The written notice shall include any related additional information required in regulations of the corporation.
(3)

Adherence to collective bargaining agreements.—
The corporation shall not proceed with a termination of a plan under this section if the termination would violate the terms and conditions of an existing collective bargaining agreement. Nothing in the preceding sentence shall be construed as limiting the authority of the corporation to institute proceedings to involuntarily terminate a plan under section 4042.
(b)

Standard Termination of Single-Employer Plans.—
(1)

General requirements.—
A single-employer plan may terminate under a standard termination only if—
(A)
the plan administrator provides the 60-day advance notice of intent to terminate to affected parties required under subsection (a)(2),
(B)
the requirements of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2) are met,
(C)
the corporation does not issue a notice of noncompliance under subparagraph (C) of paragraph (2), and
(D)
when the final distribution of assets occurs, the plan is sufficient for benefit liabilities (determined as of the termination date).
(2)

Termination procedure.—
(A)

Notice to the corporation.—
As soon as practicable after the date on which the notice of intent to terminate is provided pursuant to subsection (a)(2), the plan administrator shall send a notice to the corporation setting forth—
(i)
certification by an enrolled actuary—
(I)
of the projected amount of the assets of the plan (as of a proposed date of final distribution of assets),
(II)
of the actuarial present value (as of such date) of the benefit liabilities (determined as of the proposed termination date) under the plan, and
(III)
that the plan is projected to be sufficient (as of such proposed date of final distribution) for such benefit liabilities,
(ii)
such information as the corporation may prescribe in regulations as necessary to enable the corporation to make determinations under subparagraph (C), and
(iii)
certification by the plan administrator that—
(I)
the information on which the enrolled actuary based the certification under clause (i) is accurate and complete, and
(II)
the information provided to the corporation under clause (ii) is accurate and complete.
Clause (i) and clause (iii)(I) shall not apply to a plan described in section 412(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.117
^{117}
So in original. The margination is incorrect.
(B)

Notice to participants and beneficiaries of benefit commitments.—
No later than the date on which a notice is sent by the plan administrator under subparagraph (A), the plan administrator shall send a notice to each person who is a participant or beneficiary under the plan—
(i)
specifying the amount of the benefit liabilities (if any) attributable to such person as of the proposed termination date and the benefit form on the basis of which such amount is determined, and
(ii)
including the following information used in determining such benefit liabilities:
(I)
the length of service,
(II)
the age of the participant or beneficiary,
(III)
wages,
(IV)
the assumptions, including the interest rate, and
(V)
such other information as the corporation may require.
Such notice shall be written in such manner as is likely to be understood by the participant or beneficiary and as may be prescribed in regulations of the corporation.
(C)

Notice from the corporation of noncompliance.—
(i)

In general.—
Within 60 days after receipt of the notice under subparagraph (A), the corporation shall issue a notice of noncompliance to the plan administrator if—
(I)
it determines, based on the notice sent under paragraph (2)(A) of subsection (b), that there is reason to believe that the plan is not sufficient for benefit liabilities,
(II)
it otherwise determines, on the basis of information provided by affected parties or otherwise obtained by the corporation, that there is reason to believe that the plan is not sufficient for benefit liabilities, or
(III)
it determines that any other requirement of subparagraph (A) or (B) of this paragraph or of subsection (a)(2) has not been met, unless it further determines that the issuance of such notice would be inconsistent with the interests of participants and beneficiaries.
(ii)

Extension.—
The corporation and the plan administrator may agree to extend the 60-day period referred to in clause (i) by a written agreement signed by the corporation and the plan administrator before the expiration of the 60-day period. The 60-day period shall be extended as provided in the agreement and may be further extended by subsequent written agreements signed by the corporation and the plan administrator made before the expiration of a previously agreed upon extension of the 60-day period. Any extension may be made upon such terms and conditions (including the payment of benefits) as are agreed upon by the corporation and the plan administrator.
(D)

Final distribution of assets in absence of notice of noncompliance.—
The plan administrator shall commence the final distribution of assets pursuant to the standard termination of the plan as soon as practicable after the expiration of the 60-day (or extended) period referred to in subparagraph (C), but such final distribution may occur only if—
(i)
the plan administrator has not received during such period a notice of noncompliance from the corporation under subparagraph (C), and
(ii)
when such final distribution occurs, the plan is sufficient for benefit liabilities (determined as of the termination date).
(3)

Methods of final distribution of assets.—
(A)

In general.—
In connection with any final distribution of assets pursuant to the standard termination of the plan under this subsection, the plan administrator shall distribute the assets in accordance with section 4044. In distributing such assets, the plan administrator shall—
(i)
purchase irrevocable commitments from an insurer to provide all benefit liabilities under the plan, or
(ii)
in accordance with the provisions of the plan and any applicable regulations, otherwise fully provide all benefit liabilities under the plan. A transfer of assets to the corporation in accordance with section 4050 on behalf of a missing participant shall satisfy this subparagraph with respect to such participant.
(B)

Certification to the corporation of final distribution of assets.—
Within 30 days after the final distribution of assets is completed pursuant to the standard termination of the plan under this subsection, the plan administrator shall send a notice to the corporation certifying that the assets of the plan have been distributed in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (A) so as to pay all benefit liabilities under the plan.
(4)

Continuing authority.—
Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the continued exercise by the corporation, after the termination date of a plan terminated in a standard termination under this subsection, of its authority under section 4003 with respect to matters relating to the termination. A certification under paragraph (3)(B) shall not affect the corporation's obligations under section 4022.
(5)

Special rule for certain plans where cessation or change in membership of a controlled group.—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (D), if—
(i)
there is transaction or series of transactions which result in a person ceasing to be a member of a controlled group, and
(ii)
such person immediately before the transaction or series of transactions maintained a single-employer plan which is a defined benefit plan which is fully funded,
then the interest rate used in determining whether the plan is sufficient for benefit liabilities or to otherwise assess plan liabilities for purposes of this subsection or section 4042(a)(4) shall be not less than the interest rate used in determining whether the plan is fully funded.
(B)

Limitations.—
Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any transaction or series of transactions unless—
(i)
any employer maintaining the plan immediately before or after such transaction or series of transactions—
(I)
has an outstanding senior unsecured debt instrument which is rated investment grade by each of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations for corporate bonds that has issued a credit rating for such instrument, or
(II)
if no such debt instrument of such employer has been rated by such an organization but 1 or more of such organizations has made an issuer credit rating for such employer, all such organizations which have so rated the employer have rated such employer investment grade, and
(ii)
the employer maintaining the plan after the transaction or series of transactions employs at least 20 percent of the employees located in the United States who were employed by such employer immediately before the transaction or series of transactions.
(C)

Fully funded.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), a plan shall be treated as fully funded with respect to any transaction or series of transactions if—
(i)
in the case of a transaction or series of transactions which occur in a plan year beginning before January 1, 2008, the funded current liability percentage determined under section 302(d) for the plan year is at least 100 percent, and
(ii)
in the case of a transaction or series of transactions which occur in a plan year beginning on or after such date, the funding target attainment percentage determined under section 303 is, as of the valuation date for such plan year, at least 100 percent.
(D)

2 year limitation.—
Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any transaction or series of transactions if the plan referred to in subparagraph (A)(ii) is terminated under section 4041(c) or 4042 after the close of the 2-year period beginning on the date on which the first such transaction occurs.
(c)

Distress Termination of Single-Employer Plans.—
(1)

In general.—
A single-employer plan may terminate under a distress termination only if—
(A)
the plan administrator provides the 60-day advance notice of intent to terminate to affected parties required under subsection (a)(2),
(B)
the requirements of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) are met, and
(C)
the corporation determines that the requirements of subparagraphs (B) and (D) of paragraph (2) are met.
(2)

Termination requirements.—
(A)

Information submitted to the corporation.—
As soon as practicable after the date on which the notice of intent to terminate is provided pursuant to subsection (a)(2), the plan administrator shall provide the corporation, in such form as may be prescribed by the corporation in regulations, the following information:
(i)
such information as the corporation may prescribe by regulation as necessary to make determinations under subparagraph (B) and paragraph (3);
(ii)
unless the corporation determines the information is not necessary for purposes of paragraph (3)(A) or section 4062, certification by an enrolled actuary of—
(I)
the amount (as of the proposed termination date and, if applicable, the proposed distribution date) of the current value of the assets of the plan,
(II)
the actuarial present value (as of such dates) of the benefit liabilities under the plan,
(III)
whether the plan is sufficient for benefit liabilities as of such dates,
(IV)
the actuarial present value (as of such dates) of benefits under the plan guaranteed under section 4022, and
(V)
whether the plan is sufficient for guaranteed benefits as of such dates;
(iii)
in any case in which the plan is not sufficient for benefit liabilities as of such date—
(I)
the name and address of each participant and beneficiary under the plan as of such date, and
(II)
such other information as shall be prescribed by the corporation by regulation as necessary to enable the corporation to be able to make payments to participants and beneficiaries as required under section 4022(c); and
(iv)
certification by the plan administrator that—
(I)
the information on which the enrolled actuary based the certifications under clause (ii) is accurate and complete, and
(II)
the information provided to the corporation under clauses (i) and (iii) is accurate and complete.
Clause (ii) and clause (iv)(I) shall not apply to a plan described in section 412(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.118
^{118}
So in original. The margination is incorrect.
(B)

Determination by the corporation of necessary distress criteria.—
Upon receipt of the notice of intent to terminate required under subsection (a)(2) and the information required under subparagraph (A), the corporation shall determine whether the requirements of this subparagraph are met as provided in clause (i), (ii), or (iii). The requirements of this subparagraph are met if each person who is (as of the proposed termination date) a contributing sponsor of such plan or a member of such sponsor's controlled group meets the requirements of any of the following clauses:
(i)

Liquidation in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings.—
The requirements of this clause are met by a person if—
(I)
such person has filed or has had filed against such person, as of the proposed termination date, a petition seeking liquidation in a case under title 11, United States Code, or under any similar Federal law or law of a State or political subdivision of a State (or a case described in clause (ii) filed by or against such person has been converted, as of such date, to a case in which liquidation is sought), and
(II)
such case has not, as of the proposed termination date, been dismissed.
(ii)

Reorganization in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings.—
The requirements of this clause are met by a person if—
(I)
such person has filed, or has had filed against such person, as of the proposed termination date, a petition seeking reorganization in a case under title 11, United States Code, or under any similar law of a State or political subdivision of a State (or a case described in clause (i) filed by or against such person has been converted, as of such date, to such a case in which reorganization is sought),
(II)
such case has not, as of the proposed termination date, been dismissed,
(III)
such person timely submits to the corporation any request for the approval of the bankruptcy court (or other appropriate court in a case under such similar law of a State or political subdivision) of the plan termination, and
(IV)
the bankruptcy court (or such other appropriate court) determines that, unless the plan is terminated, such person will be unable to pay all its debts pursuant to a plan of reorganization and will be unable to continue in business outside the chapter 11 reorganization process 119 and approves the termination.
^{119}
The intended reference appears to include a reference to “a similar process under such similar law of a State or political subdivision”.
(iii)

Termination required to enable payment of debts while staying in business or to avoid unreasonably burdensome pension costs caused by declining workforce.—
The requirements of this clause are met by a person if such person demonstrates to the satisfaction of the corporation that—
(I)
unless a distress termination occurs, such person will be unable to pay such person's debts when due and will be unable to continue in business, or
(II)
the costs of providing pension coverage have become unreasonably burdensome to such person, solely as a result of a decline of such person's workforce covered as participants under all single-employer plans of which such person is a contributing sponsor.
(C)

Notification of determinations by the corporation.—
The corporation shall notify the plan administrator as soon as practicable of its determinations made pursuant to subparagraph (B).
(D)

Disclosure of termination information.—
(i)

In general.—
A plan administrator that has filed a notice of intent to terminate under subsection (a)(2) shall provide to an affected party any information provided to the corporation under subparagraph (A) or the regulations under subsection (a)(2) not later than 15 days after—
(I)
receipt of a request from the affected party for the information; or
(II)
the provision of new information to the corporation relating to a previous request.
(ii)

Confidentiality.—
(I)

In general.—
The plan administrator shall not provide information under clause (i) in a form that includes any information that may directly or indirectly be associated with, or otherwise identify, an individual participant or beneficiary.
(II)

Limitation.—
A court may limit disclosure under this subparagraph of confidential information described in section 552(b) of title 5, United States Code, to any authorized representative of the participants or beneficiaries that agrees to ensure the confidentiality of such information.
(iii)

Form and manner of information; charges.—
(I)

Form and manner.—
The corporation may prescribe the form and manner of the provision of information under this subparagraph, which shall include delivery in written, electronic, or other appropriate form to the extent that such form is reasonably accessible to individuals to whom the information is required to be provided.
(II)

Reasonable charges.—
A plan administrator may charge a reasonable fee for any information provided under this subparagraph in other than electronic form.
(iv)

Authorized representative.—
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “authorized representative” means any employee organization representing participants in the pension plan.
(3)

Termination procedure.—
(A)

Determinations by the corporation relating to plan sufficiency for guaranteed benefits and for benefit liabilities.—
If the corporation determines that the requirements for a distress termination set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) are met, the corporation shall—
(i)
determine that the plan is sufficient for guaranteed benefits (as of the termination date) or that the corporation is unable to make such determination on the basis of information made available to the corporation,
(ii)
determine that the plan is sufficient for benefit liabilities (as of the termination date) or that the corporation is unable to make such determination on the basis of information made available to the corporation, and
(iii)
notify the plan administrator of the determinations made pursuant to this subparagraph as soon as practicable.
(B)

Implementation of termination.—
After the corporation notifies the plan administrator of its determinations under subparagraph (A), the termination of the plan shall be carried out as soon as practicable, as provided in clause (i), (ii), or (iii).
(i)

Cases of sufficiency for benefit liabilities.—
In any case in which the corporation determines that the plan is sufficient for benefit liabilities, the plan administrator shall proceed to distribute the plan's assets, and make certification to the corporation with respect to such distribution, in the manner described in subsection (b)(3), and shall take such other actions as may be appropriate to carry out the termination of the plan.
(ii)

Cases of sufficiency for guaranteed benefits without a finding of sufficiency for benefit liabilities.—
In any case in which the corporation determines that the plan is sufficient for guaranteed benefits, but further determines that it is unable to determine that the plan is sufficient for benefit liabilities on the basis of the information made available to it, the plan administrator shall proceed to distribute the plan's assets in the manner described in subsection (b)(3), make certification to the corporation that the distribution has occurred, and take such actions as may be appropriate to carry out the termination of the plan.
(iii)

Cases without any finding of sufficiency.—
In any case in which the corporation determines that it is unable to determine that the plan is sufficient for guaranteed benefits on the basis of the information made available to it, the corporation shall commence proceedings in accordance with section 4042.
(C)

Finding after authorized commencement of termination that plan is unable to pay benefits.—
(i)

Finding with respect to benefit liabilities which are not guaranteed benefits.—
If, after the plan administrator has begun to terminate the plan as authorized under subparagraph (B)(i), the plan administrator finds that the plan is unable, or will be unable, to pay benefit liabilities which are not benefits guaranteed by the corporation under section 4022, the plan administrator shall notify the corporation of such finding as soon as practicable thereafter.
(ii)

Finding with respect to guaranteed benefits.—
If, after the plan administrator has begun to terminate the plan as authorized by subparagraph (B) (i) or (ii), the plan administrator finds that the plan is unable, or will be unable, to pay all benefits under the plan which are guaranteed by the corporation under section 4022, the plan administrator shall notify the corporation of such finding as soon as practicable thereafter. If the corporation concurs in the finding of the plan administrator (or the corporation itself makes such a finding), the corporation shall institute appropriate proceedings under section 4042.
(D)

Administration of the plan during interim period.—
(i)

In general.—
The plan administrator shall—
(I)
meet the requirements of clause (ii) for the period commencing on the date on which the plan administrator provides a notice of distress termination to the corporation under subsection (a)(2) and ending on the date on which the plan administrator receives notification from the corporation of its determinations under subparagraph (A), and
(II)
meet the requirements of clause (ii) commencing on the date on which the plan administrator or the corporation makes a finding under subparagraph (C)(ii).
(ii)

Requirements.—
The requirements of this clause are met by the plan administrator if the plan administrator—
(I)
refrains from distributing assets or taking any other actions to carry out the proposed termination under this subsection,
(II)
pays benefits attributable to employer contributions, other than death benefits, only in the form of an annuity,
(III)
does not use plan assets to purchase irrevocable commitments to provide benefits from an insurer, and
(IV)
continues to pay all benefit liabilities under the plan, but, commencing on the proposed termination date, limits the payment of benefits under the plan to those benefits which are guaranteed by the corporation under section 4022 or to which assets are required to be allocated under section 4044.
In the event the plan administrator is later determined not to have met the requirements for distress termination, any benefits which are not paid solely by reason of compliance with subclause (IV) shall be due and payable immediately (together with interest, at a reasonable rate, in accordance with regulations of the corporation).
(d)

Sufficiency.—
For purposes of this section—
(1)

Sufficiency for benefit commitments 120.—
A single-employer plan is sufficient for benefit liabilities if there is no amount of unfunded benefit liabilities under the plan.
^{120}
So in original. Section 7881(g)(1) of P.L. 101–239 amended the text to substitute “benefit liabilities” for “benefit commitments” but did not conform the heading accordingly.
(2)

Sufficiency for guaranteed benefits.—
A single-employer plan is sufficient for guaranteed benefits if there is no amount of unfunded guaranteed benefits under the plan.
(e)

Limitation on the Conversion of a Defined Benefit Plan to a Defined Contribution Plan.—
The adoption of an amendment to a plan which causes the plan to become a plan described in section 4021(b)(1) constitutes a termination of the plan. Such an amendment may take effect only after the plan satisfies the requirements for standard termination under subsection (b) or distress termination under subsection (c).

TERMINATION OF MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS
Sec. 4041A.
[1341a]
(a)
Termination of a multiemployer plan under this section occurs as a result of—
(1)
the adoption after the date of enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980] of a plan amendment which provides that participants will receive no credit for any purpose under the plan for service with any employer after the date specified by such amendment;
(2)
the withdrawal of every employer from the plan, within the meaning of section 4203, or the cessation of the obligation of all employers to contribute under the plan; or
(3)
the adoption of an amendment to the plan which causes the plan to become a plan described in section 4021(b)(1).
(b)
(1)
The date on which a plan terminates under paragraph (1) or (3) of subsection (a) is the later of—
(A)
the date on which the amendment is adopted, or
(B)
the date on which the amendment takes effect.
(2)
The date on which a plan terminates under paragraph (2) of subsection (a) is the earlier of—
(A)
the date on which the last employer withdraws, or
(B)
the first day of the first plan year for which no employer contributions were required under the plan.
(c)
Except as provided in subsection (f)(1), the plan sponsor of a plan which terminates under paragraph (2) of subsection (a) shall—
(1)
limit the payment of benefits to benefits which are nonforfeitable under the plan as of the date of the termination, and
(2)
pay benefits attributable to employer contributions, other than death benefits, only in the form of an annuity, unless the plan assets are distributed in full satisfaction of all nonforfeitable benefits under the plan.
(d)
The plan sponsor of a plan which terminates under paragraph (2) of subsection (a) shall reduce benefits and suspend benefit payments in accordance with section 4281.
(e)
In the case of a plan which terminates under paragraph (1) or (3) of subsection (a), the rate of an employer's contributions under the plan for each plan year beginning on or after the plan termination date shall equal or exceed the highest rate of employer contributions at which the employer had an obligation to contribute under the plan in the 5 preceding plan years ending on or before the plan termination date, unless the corporation approves a reduction in the rate based on a finding that the plan is or soon will be fully funded.
(f)
(1)
The plan sponsor of a terminated plan may authorize the payment other than in the form of an annuity of a participant's entire nonforfeitable benefit attributable to employer contributions, other than a death benefit, if the value of the entire nonforfeitable benefit does not exceed $1,750. The corporation may authorize the payment of benefits under the terms of a terminated plan other than nonforfeitable benefits, or the payment other than in the form of an annuity of benefits having a value greater than $1,750, if the corporation determines that such payment is not adverse to the interest of the plan's participants and beneficiaries generally and does not unreasonably increase the corporation's risk of loss with respect to the plan.
(2)
The corporation may prescribe reporting requirements for terminated plans, and rules and standards for the administration of such plans, which the corporation considers appropriate to protect the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries or to prevent unreasonable loss to the corporation.

INSTITUTION OF TERMINATION PROCEEDINGS BY THE CORPORATION
Sec. 4042.
[1342]
(a)
The corporation may institute proceedings under this section to terminate a plan whenever it determines that—
(1)
the plan has not met the minimum funding standard required under section 412 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or has been notified by the Secretary of the Treasury that a notice of deficiency under section 6212 of such Code has been mailed with respect to the tax imposed under section 4971(a) of such Code,
(2)
the plan will be unable to pay benefits when due,
(3)
the reportable event described in section 4043(c)(7) has occurred, or
(4)
the possible long-run loss of the corporation with respect to the plan may reasonably be expected to increase unreasonably if the plan is not terminated.
The corporation shall as soon as practicable institute proceedings under this section to terminate a single-employer plan whenever the corporation determines that the plan does not have assets available to pay benefits which are currently due under the terms of the plan. The corporation may prescribe a simplified procedure to follow in terminating small plans as long as that procedure includes substantial safeguards for the rights of the participants and beneficiaries under the plans, and for the employers who maintain such plans (including the requirement for a court decree under subsection (c)). Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, the corporation is authorized to pool assets of terminated plans for purposes of administration, investment, payment of liabilities of all such terminated plans, and such other purposes as it determines to be appropriate in the administration of this title.
(b)
(1)
Whenever the corporation makes a determination under subsection (a) with respect to a plan or is required under subsection (a) to institute proceedings under this section, it may, upon notice to the plan, apply to the appropriate United States district court for the appointment of a trustee to administer the plan with respect to which the determination is made pending the issuance of a decree under subsection (c) ordering the termination of the plan. If within 3 business days after the filing of an application under this subsection, or such other period as the court may order, the administrator of the plan consents to the appointment of a trustee, or fails to show why a trustee should not be appointed, the court may grant the application and appoint a trustee to administer the plan in accordance with its terms until the corporation determines that the plan should be terminated or that termination is unnecessary. The corporation may request that it be appointed as trustee of a plan in any case.
(2)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this title—
(A)
upon the petition of a plan administrator or the corporation, the appropriate United States district court may appoint a trustee in accordance with the provisions of this section if the interests of the plan participants would be better served by the appointment of the trustee, and
(B)
upon the petition of the corporation, the appropriate United States district court shall appoint a trustee proposed by the corporation for a multiemployer plan which is in reorganization or to which section 4041A(d) applies, unless such appointment would be adverse to the interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries in the aggregate.
(3)
The corporation and plan administrator may agree to the appointment of a trustee without proceeding in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2).
(c)
(1)
If the corporation is required under subsection (a) of this section to commence proceedings under this section with respect to a plan or, after issuing a notice under this section to a plan administrator, has determined that the plan should be terminated, it may, upon notice to the plan administrator, apply to the appropriate United States district court for a decree adjudicating that the plan must be terminated in order to protect the interests of the participants or to avoid any unreasonable deterioration of the financial condition of the plan or any unreasonable increase in the liability of the fund. If the trustee appointed under subsection (b) disagrees with the determination of the corporation under the preceding sentence he may intervene in the proceeding relating to the application for the decree, or make application for such decree himself. Upon granting a decree for which the corporation or trustee has applied under this subsection the court shall authorize the trustee appointed under subsection (b) (or appoint a trustee if one has not been appointed under such subsection and authorize him) to terminate the plan in accordance with the provisions of this subtitle. If the corporation and the plan administrator agree that a plan should be terminated and agree to the appointment of a trustee without proceeding in accordance with the requirements of this subsection (other than this sentence) the trustee shall have the power described in subsection (d)(1) of this section and, in addition to any other duties imposed on the trustee under law or by agreement between the corporation and the plan administrator, the trustee is subject to the duties described in subsection (d)(3). Whenever a trustee appointed under this title is operating a plan with discretion as to the date upon which final distribution of the assets is to be commenced, the trustee shall notify the corporation at least 10 days before the date on which he proposes to commence such distribution.
(2)
In the case of a proceeding initiated under this section, the plan administrator shall provide the corporation, upon the request of the corporation, the information described in clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) of section 4041(c)(2)(A).
(3)

Disclosure of termination information.—
(A)

In general.—
(i)

Information from plan sponsor or administrator.—
A plan sponsor or plan administrator of a single-employer plan that has received a notice from the corporation of a determination that the plan should be terminated under this section shall provide to an affected party any information provided to the corporation in connection with the plan termination.
(ii)

Information from corporation.—
The corporation shall provide a copy of the administrative record, including the trusteeship decision record of a termination of a plan described under clause (i).
(B)

Timing of disclosure.—
The plan sponsor, plan administrator, or the corporation, as applicable, shall provide the information described in subparagraph (A) not later than 15 days after—
(i)
receipt of a request from an affected party for such information; or
(ii)
in the case of information described under subparagraph (A)(i), the provision of any new information to the corporation relating to a previous request by an affected party.
(C)

Confidentiality.—
(i)

In general.—
The plan administrator, the plan sponsor, or the corporation shall not provide information under subparagraph (A) in a form which includes any information that may directly or indirectly be associated with, or otherwise identify, an individual participant or beneficiary.
(ii)

Limitation.—
A court may limit disclosure under this paragraph of confidential information described in section 552(b) of title 5, United States Code, to authorized representatives (within the meaning of section 4041(c)(2)(D)(iv)) of the participants or beneficiaries that agree to ensure the confidentiality of such information.
(D)

Form and manner of information; charges.—
(i)

Form and manner.—
The corporation may prescribe the form and manner of the provision of information under this paragraph, which shall include delivery in written, electronic, or other appropriate form to the extent that such form is reasonably accessible to individuals to whom the information is required to be provided.
(ii)

Reasonable charges.—
A plan sponsor may charge a reasonable fee for any information provided under this paragraph in other than electronic form.
(d)
(1)
(A)
A trustee appointed under subsection (b) shall have the power—
(i)
to do any act authorized by the plan or this title to be done by the plan administrator or any trustee of the plan;
(ii)
to require the transfer of all (or any part) of the assets and records of the plan to himself as trustee;
(iii)
to invest any assets of the plan which he holds in accordance with the provisions of the plan, regulations of the corporation, and applicable rules of law;
(iv)
to limit payment of benefits under the plan to basic benefits or to continue payment of some or all of the benefits which were being paid prior to his appointment;
(v)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, to reduce benefits or suspend benefit payments under the plan, give appropriate notices, amend the plan, and perform other acts required or authorized by subtitle (E)121 to be performed by the plan sponsor or administrator;
^{121}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to subtitle E.
(vi)
to do such other acts as he deems necessary to continue operation of the plan without increasing the potential liability of the corporation, if such acts may be done under the provisions of the plan; and
(vii)
to require the plan sponsor, the plan administrator, any contributing or withdrawn employer, and any employee organization representing plan participants to furnish any information with respect to the plan which the trustee may reasonably need in order to administer the plan.
If the court to which application is made under subsection (c) dismisses the application with prejudice, or if the corporation fails to apply for a decree under subsection (c) within 30 days after the date on which the trustee is appointed under subsection (b), the trustee shall transfer all assets and records of the plan held by him to the plan administrator within 3 business days after such dismissal or the expiration of such 30-day period, and shall not be liable to the plan or any other person for his acts as trustee except for willful misconduct, or for conduct in violation of the provisions of part 4 of subtitle B of title I of this Act (except as provided in subsection (d)(1)(A)(v)). The 30-day period referred to in this subparagraph may be extended as provided by agreement between the plan administrator and the corporation or by court order obtained by the corporation.
(B)
If the court to which an application is made under subsection (c) issues the decree requested in such application, in addition to the powers described in subparagraph (A), the trustee shall have the power—
(i)
to pay benefits under the plan in accordance with the allocation requirements of this title;
(ii)
to collect for the plan any amounts due the plan, including but not limited to the power to collect from the persons obligated to meet the requirements of section 302 or the terms of the plan;
(iii)
to receive any payment made by the corporation to the plan under this title;
(iv)
to commence, prosecute, or defend on behalf of the plan any suit or proceeding involving the plan;
(v)
to issue, publish, or file such notices, statements, and reports as may be required by the corporation or any order of the court;
(vi)
to liquidate the plan assets;
(vii)
to recover payments under section 4045(a); and
(viii)
to do such other acts as may be necessary to comply with this title or any order of the court and to protect the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries.
(2)
As soon as practicable after his appointment, the trustee shall give notice to interested parties of the institution of proceedings under this title to determine whether the plan should be terminated or to terminate the plan, whichever is applicable. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “interested party” means—
(A)
the plan administrator,
(B)
each participant in the plan and each beneficiary of a deceased participant,
(C)
each employer who may be subject to liability under section 4062, 4063, or 4064,
(D)
each employer who is or may be liable to the plan under section part 1 of subtitle E,
(E)
each employer who has an obligation to contribute, within the meaning of section 4212(a), under a multiemployer plan, and
(F)
each employee organization which, for purposes of collective bargaining, represents plan participants employed by an employer described in subparagraph (C), (D), or (E).
(3)
Except to the extent inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, or as may be otherwise ordered by the court, a trustee appointed under this section shall be subject to the same duties as those of a trustee under section 704 of title 11, United States Code, and shall be, with respect to the plan, a fiduciary within the meaning of paragraph (21) of section 3 of this Act and under section 4975(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (except to the extent that the provisions of this title are inconsistent with the requirements applicable under part 4 of subtitle B of title I of this Act and of such section 4975).
(e)
An application by the corporation under this section may be filed notwithstanding the pendency in the same or any other court of any bankruptcy, mortgage foreclosure, or equity receivership proceeding, or any proceeding to reorganize, conserve, or liquidate such plan or its property, or any proceeding to enforce a lien against property of the plan.
(f)
Upon the filing of an application for the appointment of a trustee or the issuance of a decree under this section, the court to which an application is made shall have exclusive jurisdiction of the plan involved and its property wherever located with the powers, to the extent consistent with the purposes of this section, of a court of the United States having jurisdiction over cases under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code. Pending an adjudication under subsection (c) such court shall stay, and upon appointment by it of a trustee, as provided in this section such court shall continue the stay of, any pending mortgage foreclosure, equity receivership, or other proceeding to reorganize, conserve, or liquidate the plan or its property and any other suit against any receiver, conservator, or trustee of the plan or its property. Pending such adjudication and upon the appointment by it of such trustee, the court may stay any proceeding to enforce a lien against property of the plan or any other suit against the plan.
(g)
An action under this subsection may be brought in the judicial district where the plan administrator resides or does business or where any asset of the plan is situated. A district court in which such action is brought may issue process with respect to such action in any other judicial district.
(h)
(1)
The amount of compensation paid to each trustee appointed under the provisions of this title shall require the prior approval of the corporation, and, in the case of a trustee appointed by a court, the consent of that court.
(2)
Trustees shall appoint, retain, and compensate accountants, actuaries, and other professional service personnel in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation.

REPORTABLE EVENTS
Sec. 4043.
[1343]
(a)
Within 30 days after the plan administrator or the contributing sponsor knows or has reason to know that a reportable event described in subsection (c) has occurred, he shall notify the corporation that such event has occurred, unless a notice otherwise required under this subsection has already been provided with respect to such event. The corporation is authorized to waive the requirement of the preceding sentence with respect to any or all reportable events with respect to any plan, and to require the notification to be made by including the event in the annual report made by the plan.
(b)
(1)
The requirements of this subsection shall be applicable to a contributing sponsor if, as of the close of the preceding plan year—
(A)
the aggregate unfunded vested benefits (as determined under section 4006(a)(3)(E)(iii)) of plans subject to this title which are maintained by such sponsor and members of such sponsor's controlled groups (disregarding plans with no unfunded vested benefits) exceed $50,000,000, and
(B)
the funded vested benefit percentage for such plans is less than 90 percent.
For purposes of subparagraph (B), the funded vested benefit percentage means the percentage which the aggregate value of the assets of such plans bears to the aggregate vested benefits of such plans (determined in accordance with section 4006(a)(3)(E)(iii)).
(2)
This subsection shall not apply to an event if the contributing sponsor, or the member of the contributing sponsor's controlled group to which the event relates, is—
(A)
a person subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or
(B)
a subsidiary (as defined for purposes of such Act) of a person subject to such reporting requirements.
(3)
No later than 30 days prior to the effective date of an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12), or (13) of subsection (c), a contributing sponsor to which the requirements of this subsection apply shall notify the corporation that the event is about to occur.
(4)
The corporation may waive the requirement of this subsection with respect to any or all reportable events with respect to any contributing sponsor.
(c)
For purposes of this section a reportable event occurs—
(1)
when the Secretary of the Treasury issues notice that a plan has ceased to be a plan described in section 4021(a)(2), or when the Secretary of Labor determines the plan is not in compliance with title I of this Act;
(2)
when an amendment of the plan is adopted if, under the amendment, the benefit payable with respect to any participant may be decreased;
(3)
when the number of active participants is less than 80 percent of the number of such participants at the beginning of the plan year, or is less than 75 percent of the number of such participants at the beginning of the previous plan year;
(4)
when the Secretary of the Treasury determines that there has been a termination or partial termination of the plan within the meaning of section 411(d)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, but the occurrence of such a termination or partial termination does not, by itself, constitute or require a termination of a plan under this title;
(5)
when the plan fails to meet the minimum funding standards under section 412 of such Code (without regard to whether the plan is a plan described in section 4021(a)(2) of this Act) or under section 302 of this Act;
(6)
when the plan is unable to pay benefits thereunder when due;
(7)
when there is a distribution under the plan to a participant who is a substantial owner as defined in section 4021(d) if—
(A)
such distribution has a value of $10,000 or more;
(B)
such distribution is not made by reason of the death of the participant; and
(C)
immediately after the distribution, the plan has nonforfeitable benefits which are not funded;
(8)
when a plan merges, consolidates, or transfers its assets under section 208 of this Act, or when an alternative method of compliance is prescribed by the Secretary of Labor under section 110 of this Act;
(9)
when, as a result of an event, a person ceases to be a member of the controlled group;
(10)
when a contributing sponsor or a member of a contributing sponsor's controlled group liquidates in a case under title 11, United States Code, or under any similar Federal law or law of a State or political subdivision of a State;
(11)
when a contributing sponsor or a member of a contributing sponsor's controlled group declares an extraordinary dividend (as defined in section 1059(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) or redeems, in any 12-month period, an aggregate of 10 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or an aggregate of 10 percent or more of the total value of shares of all classes of stock, of a contributing sponsor and all members of its controlled group;
(12)
when, in any 12-month period, an aggregate of 3 percent or more of the benefit liabilities of a plan covered by this title and maintained by a contributing sponsor or a member of its controlled group are transferred to a person that is not a member of the controlled group or to a plan or plans maintained by a person or persons that are not such a contributing sponsor or a member of its controlled group; or
(13)
when any other event occurs that may be indicative of a need to terminate the plan and that is prescribed by the corporation in regulations.
For purposes of paragraph (7), all distributions to a participant within any 24-month period are treated as a single distribution.
(d)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall notify the corporation—
(1)
whenever a reportable event described in paragraph (1), (4), or (5) of subsection (c) occurs, or
(2)
whenever any other event occurs which the Secretary of the Treasury believes indicates that the plan may not be sound.
(e)
The Secretary of Labor shall notify the corporation—
(1)
whenever a reportable event described in paragraph (1), (5), or (8) of subsection (c) occurs, or
(2)
whenever any other event occurs which the Secretary of Labor believes indicates that the plan may not be sound.
(f)
Any information or documentary material submitted to the corporation pursuant to this section shall be exempt from disclosure under section 552 of title 5, United States Code, and no such information or documentary material may be made public, except as may be relevant to any administrative or judicial action or proceeding. Nothing in this section is intended to prevent disclosure to either body of Congress or to any duly authorized committee or subcommittee of the Congress.

ALLOCATION OF ASSETS
Sec. 4044.
[1344]
(a)
In the case of the termination of a single-employer plan, the plan administrator shall allocate the assets of the plan (available to provide benefits) among the participants and beneficiaries of the plan in the following order:
(1)
First, to that portion of each individual's accrued benefit which is derived from the participant's contributions to the plan which were not mandatory contributions.
(2)
Second, to that portion of each individual's accrued benefit which is derived from the participant's mandatory contributions.
(3)
Third, in the case of benefits payable as an annuity—
(A)
in the case of the benefit of a participant or beneficiary which was in pay status as of the beginning of the 3-year period ending on the termination date of the plan, to each such benefit, based on the provisions of the plan (as in effect during the 5-year period ending on such date) under which such benefit would be the least,
(B)
in the case of a participant's or beneficiary's benefit (other than a benefit described in subparagraph (A)) which would have been in pay status as of the beginning of such 3-year period if the participant had retired prior to the beginning of the 3-year period and if his benefits had commenced (in the normal form of annuity under the plan) as of the beginning of such period, to each such benefit based on the provisions of the plan (as in effect during the 5-year period ending on such date) under which such benefit would be the least.
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the lowest benefit in pay status during a 3-year period shall be considered the benefit in pay status for such period.
(4)
Fourth—
(A)
to all other benefits (if any) of individuals under the plan guaranteed under this title (determined without regard to section 4022B(a)), and
(B)
to the additional benefits (if any) which would be determined under subparagraph (A) if section 4022(b)(5)(B) did not apply.
For purposes of this paragraph, section 4021 shall be applied without regard to subsection (c) thereof.
(5)
Fifth, to all other nonforfeitable benefits under the plan.
(6)
Sixth, to all other benefits under the plan.
(b)
For purposes of subsection (a)—
(1)
The amount allocated under any paragraph of subsection (a) with respect to any benefit shall be properly adjusted for any allocation of assets with respect to that benefit under a prior paragraph of subsection (a).
(2)
If the assets available for allocation under any paragraph of subsection (a) (other than paragraphs (4), (5), and (6)) are insufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of all individuals which are described in that paragraph, the assets shall be allocated pro rata among such individuals on the basis of the present value (as of the termination date) of their respective benefits described in that paragraph.
(3)
If assets available for allocation under paragraph (4) of subsection (a) are insufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of all individuals who are described in that paragraph, the assets shall be allocated first to benefits described in subparagraph (A) of that paragraph. Any remaining assets shall then be allocated to benefits described in subparagraph (B) of that paragraph. If assets allocated to such subparagraph (B) are insufficient to satisfy in full the benefits described in that subparagraph, the assets shall be allocated pro rata among individuals on the basis of the present value (as of the termination date) of their respective benefits described in that subparagraph.
(4)
This paragraph applies if the assets available for allocation under paragraph (5) of subsection (a) are not sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of individuals described in that paragraph.
(A)
If this paragraph applies, except as provided in subparagraph (B), the assets shall be allocated to the benefits of individuals described in such paragraph (5) on the basis of the benefits of individuals which would have been described in such paragraph (5) under the plan as in effect at the beginning of the 5-year period ending on the date of plan termination.
(B)
If the assets available for allocation under subparagraph (A) are sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits described in such subparagraph (without regard to this subparagraph), then for purposes of subparagraph (A), benefits of individuals described in such subparagraph shall be determined on the basis of the plan as amended by the most recent plan amendment effective during such 5-year period under which the assets available for allocation are sufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of individuals described in subparagraph (A) and any assets remaining to be allocated under such subparagraph shall be allocated under subparagraph (A) on the basis of the plan as amended by the next succeeding plan amendment effective during such period.
(5)
If the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the allocation made pursuant to this section (without regard to this paragraph) results in discrimination prohibited by section 401(a)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 then, if required to prevent the disqualification of the plan (or any trust under the plan) under section 401(a) or 403(a) of such Code, the assets allocated under subsections (a)(4)(B), (a)(5), and (a)(6) shall be reallocated to the extent necessary to avoid such discrimination.
(6)
The term “mandatory contributions” means amounts contributed to the plan by a participant which are required as a condition of employment, as a condition of participation in such plan, or as a condition of obtaining benefits under the plan attributable to employer contributions. For this purpose, the total amount of mandatory contributions of a participant is the amount of such contributions reduced (but not below zero) by the sum of the amounts paid or distributed to him under the plan before its termination.
(7)
A plan may establish subclasses and categories within the classes described in paragraphs (1) through (6) of subsection (a) in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation.
(c)
Any increase or decrease in the value of the assets of a single-employer plan occurring during the period beginning on the later of (1) the date a trustee is appointed under section 4042(b) or (2) the date on which the plan is terminated is to be allocated between the plan and the corporation in the manner determined by the court (in the case of a court-appointed trustee) or as agreed upon by the corporation and the plan administrator in any other case. Any increase or decrease in the value of the assets of a single-employer plan occurring after the date on which the plan is terminated shall be credited to, or suffered by, the corporation.
(d)
(1)
Subject to paragraph (3), any residual assets of a single-employer plan may be distributed to the employer if—
(A)
all liabilities of the plan to participants and their beneficiaries have been satisfied,
(B)
the distribution does not contravene any provision of law, and
(C)
the plan provides for such a distribution in these circumstances.
(2)
(A)
In determining the extent to which a plan provides for the distribution of plan assets to the employer for purposes of paragraph (1)(C), any such provision, and any amendment increasing the amount which may be distributed to the employer, shall not be treated as effective before the end of the fifth calendar year following the date of the adoption of such provision or amendment.
(B)
A distribution to the employer from a plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph if the plan has been in effect for fewer than 5 years and the plan has provided for such a distribution since the effective date of the plan.
(C)
Except as otherwise provided in regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury, in any case in which a transaction described in section 208 occurs, subparagraph (A) shall continue to apply separately with respect to the amount of any assets transferred in such transaction.
(D)
For purposes of this subsection, the term “employer” includes any member of the controlled group of which the employer is a member. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “controlled group” means any group treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m) or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(3)
(A)
Before any distribution from a plan pursuant to paragraph (1), if any assets of the plan attributable to employee contributions remain after satisfaction of all liabilities described in subsection (a), such remaining assets shall be equitably distributed to the participants who made such contributions or their beneficiaries (including alternate payees, within the meaning of section 206(d)(3)(K)).
(B)
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the portion of the remaining assets which are attributable to employee contributions shall be an amount equal to the product derived by multiplying—
(i)
the market value of the total remaining assets, by
(ii)
a fraction—
(I)
the numerator of which is the present value of all portions of the accrued benefits with respect to participants which are derived from participants' mandatory contributions (referred to in subsection (a)(2)), and
(II)
the denominator of which is the present value of all benefits with respect to which assets are allocated under paragraphs (2) through (6) of subsection (a).
(C)
For purposes of this paragraph, each person who is, as of the termination date—
(i)
a participant under the plan, or
(ii)
an individual who has received, during the 3-year period ending with the termination date, a distribution from the plan of such individual's entire nonforfeitable benefit in the form of a single sum distribution in accordance with section 203(e) or in the form of irrevocable commitments purchased by the plan from an insurer to provide such nonforfeitable benefit,
shall be treated as a participant with respect to the termination, if all or part of the nonforfeitable benefit with respect to such person is or was attributable to participants' mandatory contributions (referred to in subsection (a)(2)).
(4)
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to limit the requirements of section 4980(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as in effect immediately after the enactment of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990) or section 404(d) of this Act with respect to any distribution of residual assets of a single-employer plan to the employer.
(e)

Bankruptcy Filing Substituted for Termination Date.—
If a contributing sponsor of a plan has filed or has had filed against such person a petition seeking liquidation or reorganization in a case under title 11, United States Code, or under any similar Federal law or law of a State or political subdivision, and the case has not been dismissed as of the termination date of the plan, then subsection (a)(3) shall be applied by treating the date such petition was filed as the termination date of the plan.
(f)

Valuation of Section 4062(c) Liability for Determining Amounts Payable by Corporation to Participants and Beneficiaries.—
(1)

In general.—
In the case of a terminated plan, the value of the recovery of liability under section 4062(c) allocable as a plan asset under this section for purposes of determining the amount of benefits payable by the corporation shall be determined by multiplying—
(A)
the amount of liability under section 4062(c) as of the termination date of the plan, by
(B)
the applicable section 4062(c) recovery ratio.
(2)

Section 4062(c) recovery ratio.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), the term “section 4062(c) recovery ratio” means the ratio which—
(i)
the sum of the values of all recoveries under section 4062(c) determined by the corporation in connection with plan terminations described under subparagraph (B), bears to
(ii)
the sum of all the amounts of liability under section 4062(c) with respect to such plans as of the termination date in connection with any such prior termination.
(B)

Prior terminations.—
A plan termination described in this subparagraph is a termination with respect to which—
(i)
the value of recoveries under section 4062(c) have been determined by the corporation, and
(ii)
notices of intent to terminate were provided (or in the case of a termination by the corporation, a notice of determination under section 4042 was issued) during the 5-Federal fiscal year period ending with the third fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which occurs the date of the notice of intent to terminate (or the notice of determination under section 4042) with respect to the plan termination for which the recovery ratio is being determined.
(C)

Exception.—
In the case of a terminated plan with respect to which the outstanding amount of benefit liabilities exceeds $20,000,000, the term “section 4062(c) recovery ratio” means, with respect to the termination of such plan, the ratio of—
(i)
the value of the recoveries on behalf of the plan under section 4062(c), to
(ii)
the amount of the liability owed under section 4062(c) as of the date of plan termination to the trustee appointed under section 4042 (b) or (c).
(3)

Subsection not to apply.—
This subsection shall not apply with respect to the determination of—
(A)
whether the amount of outstanding benefit liabilities exceeds $20,000,000, or
(B)
the amount of any liability under section 4062 to the corporation or the trustee appointed under section 4042 (b) or (c).
(4)

Determinations.—
Determinations under this subsection shall be made by the corporation. Such determinations shall be binding unless shown by clear and convincing evidence to be unreasonable.

RECAPTURE OF CERTAIN PAYMENTS
Sec. 4045.
[1345]
(a)
Except as provided in subsection (c), the trustee is authorized to recover for the benefit of a plan from a participant the recoverable amount (as defined in subsection (b)) of all payments from the plan to him which commenced within the 3-year period immediately preceding the time the plan is terminated.
(b)
For purposes of subsection (a) the recoverable amount is the excess of the amount determined under paragraph (1) over the amount determined under paragraph (2).
(1)
The amount determined under this paragraph is the sum of the amount of the actual payments received by the participant within the 3-year period.
(2)
The amount determined under this paragraph is the sum of—
(A)
the sum of the amount such participant would have received during each consecutive 12-month period within the 3 years if the participant received the benefit in the form described in paragraph (3),
(B)
the sum for each of the consecutive 12-month periods of the lesser of—
(i)
the excess, if any, of $10,000 over the benefit in the form described in paragraph (3), or
(ii)
the excess of the actual payment, if any, over the benefit in the form described in paragraph (3), and
(C)
the present value at the time of termination of the participant's future benefits guaranteed under this title as if the benefits commenced in the form described in paragraph (3).
(3)
The form of benefit for purposes of this subsection shall be the monthly benefit the participant would have received during the consecutive 12-month period, if he had elected at the time of the first payment made during the 3-year period, to receive his interest in the plan as a monthly benefit in the form of a life annuity commencing at the time of such first payment.
(c)
(1)
In the event of a distribution described in section 4043(b)(7) the 3-year period referred to in subsection (b) shall not end sooner than the date on which the corporation is notified of the distribution.
(2)
The trustee shall not recover any payment made from a plan after or on account of the death of a participant, or to a participant who is disabled (within the meaning of section 72(m)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986).
(3)
The corporation is authorized to waive, in whole or in part, the recovery of any amount which the trustee is authorized to recover for the benefit of a plan under this section in any case in which it determines that substantial economic hardship would result to the participant or his beneficiaries from whom such amount is recoverable.

REPORTS TO TRUSTEE
Sec. 4046.
[1346]
The corporation and the plan administrator of any plan to be terminated under this subtitle shall furnish to the trustee such information as the corporation or the plan administrator has and, to the extent practicable, can obtain regarding—
(1)
the amount of benefits payable with respect to each participant under a plan to be terminated,
(2)
the amount of basic benefits guaranteed under section 4022 or 4022A which are payable with respect to each participant in the plan,
(3)
the present value, as of the time of termination, of the aggregate amount of basic benefits payable under section 4022 or 4022A (determined without regard to section 4022B),
(4)
the fair market value of the assets of the plan at the time of termination,
(5)
the computations under section 4044, and all actuarial assumptions under which the items described in paragraphs (1) through (4) were computed, and
(6)
any other information with respect to the plan the trustee may require in order to terminate the plan.

RESTORATION OF PLANS
Sec. 4047.
[1347]
Whenever the corporation determines that a plan which is to be terminated under section 4041 or 4042, or which is in the process of being terminated under section 4041 or 4042, should not be terminated under section 4041 or 4042 as a result of such circumstances as the corporation determines to be relevant, the corporation is authorized to cease any activities undertaken to terminate the plan, and to take whatever action is necessary and within its power to restore the plan to its status prior to the determination that the plan was to be terminated under section 4041 or 4042. In the case of a plan which has been terminated under section 4041 or 4042 the corporation is authorized in any such case in which the corporation determines such action to be appropriate and consistent with its duties under this title, to take such action as may be necessary to restore the plan to its pretermination status, including, but not limited to, the transfer to the employer or a plan administrator of control of part or all of the remaining assets and liabilities of the plan.

DATE OF TERMINATION
Sec. 4048.
[1348]
(a)
For purposes of this title the termination date of a single-employer plan is—
(1)
in the case of a plan terminated in a standard termination in accordance with the provisions of section 4041(b), the termination date proposed in the notice provided under section 4041(a)(2),
(2)
in the case of a plan terminated in a distress termination in accordance with the provisions of section 4041(c), the date established by the plan administrator and agreed to by the corporation,
(3)
in the case of a plan terminated in accordance with the provisions of section 4042, the date established by the corporation and agreed to by the plan administrator, or
(4)
in the case of a plan terminated under section 4041(c) or 4042 in any case in which no agreement is reached between the plan administrator and the corporation (or the trustee), the date established by the court.
(b)
For purposes of this title, the date of termination of a multiemployer plan is—
(1)
in the case of a plan terminated in accordance with the provisions of section 4041A, the date determined under subsection (b) of that section; or
(2)
in the case of a plan terminated in accordance with the provisions of section 4042, the date agreed to between the plan administrator and the corporation (or the trustee appointed under section 4042(b)(2), if any), or, if no agreement is reached, the date established by the court.
Sec. 4049.
Repealed.122
^{122}
Section 4049 provided for distribution of liability payments to “section 4049 trusts” established in connection with distress terminations.
SEC. 4050.
[1350]

MISSING PARTICIPANTS.
(a)

General Rule.—
(1)

Payment to the corporation.—
A plan administrator satisfies section 4041(b)(3)(A) in the case of a missing participant only if the plan administrator—
(A)
transfers the participant's designated benefit to the corporation or purchases an irrevocable commitment from an insurer in accordance with clause (i) of section 4041(b)(3)(A), and
(B)
provides the corporation such information and certifications with respect to such designated benefits or irrevocable commitments as the corporation shall specify.
(2)

Treatment of transferred assets.—
A transfer to the corporation under this section shall be treated as a transfer of assets from a terminated plan to the corporation as trustee, and shall be held with assets of terminated plans for which the corporation is trustee under section 4042, subject to the rules set forth in that section.
(3)

Payment by the corporation.—
After a missing participant whose designated benefit was transferred to the corporation is located—
(A)
in any case in which the plan could have distributed the benefit of the missing participant in a single sum without participant or spousal consent under section 205(g), the corporation shall pay the participant or beneficiary a single sum benefit equal to the designated benefit paid the corporation plus interest as specified by the corporation, and
(B)
in any other case, the corporation shall pay a benefit based on the designated benefit and the assumptions prescribed by the corporation at the time that the corporation received the designated benefit.
The corporation shall make payments under subparagraph (B) available in the same forms and at the same times as a guaranteed benefit under section 4022 would be available to be paid, except that the corporation may make a benefit available in the form of a single sum if the plan provided a single sum benefit (other than a single sum described in subsection (b)(2)(A)).
(b)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this section—
(1)

Missing participant.—
The term “missing participant” means a participant or beneficiary under a terminating plan whom the plan administrator cannot locate after a diligent search.
(2)

Designated benefit.—
The term “designated benefit” means the single sum benefit the participant would receive—
(A)
under the plan's assumptions, in the case of a distribution that can be made without participant or spousal consent under section 205(g);
(B)
under the assumptions of the corporation in effect on the date that the designated benefit is transferred to the corporation, in the case of a plan that does not pay any single sums other than those described in subparagraph (A); or
(C)
under the assumptions of the corporation or of the plan, whichever provides the higher single sum, in the case of a plan that pays a single sum other than those described in subparagraph (A).
(c)

Multiemployer Plans.—
The corporation shall prescribe rules similar to the rules in subsection (a) for multiemployer plans covered by this title that terminate under section 4041A.
(d)

Plans Not Otherwise Subject to Title.—
(1)

Transfer to corporation.—
The plan administrator of a plan described in paragraph (4) may elect to transfer a missing participant's benefits to the corporation upon termination of the plan.
(2)

Information to the corporation.—
To the extent provided in regulations, the plan administrator of a plan described in paragraph (4) shall, upon termination of the plan, provide the corporation information with respect to benefits of a missing participant if the plan transfers such benefits—
(A)
to the corporation, or
(B)
to an entity other than the corporation or a plan described in paragraph (4)(B)(ii).
(3)

Payment by the corporation.—
If benefits of a missing participant were transferred to the corporation under paragraph (1), the corporation shall, upon location of the participant or beneficiary, pay to the participant or beneficiary the amount transferred (or the appropriate survivor benefit) either—
(A)
in a single sum (plus interest), or
(B)
in such other form as is specified in regulations of the corporation.
(4)

Plans described.—
A plan is described in this paragraph if—
(A)
the plan is a pension plan (within the meaning of section 3(2))—
(i)
to which the provisions of this section do not apply (without regard to this subsection),
(ii)
which is not a plan described in paragraph (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), or (11) of section 4021(b), and
(iii)
which, was a plan described in section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 which includes a trust exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code, and
(B)
at the time the assets are to be distributed upon termination, the plan—
(i)
has missing participants, and
(ii)
has not provided for the transfer of assets to pay the benefits of all missing participants to another pension plan (within the meaning of section 3(2)).
(5)

Certain provisions not to apply.—
Subsections (a)(1) and (a)(3) shall not apply to a plan described in paragraph (4).
(e)

Regulatory Authority.—
The corporation shall prescribe such regulations as are necessary to carry out the purposes of this section, including rules relating to what will be considered a diligent search, the amount payable to the corporation, and the amount to be paid by the corporation.
Subtitle D—

Liability

AMOUNTS PAYABLE BY THE CORPORATION
Sec. 4061.
[1361]
The corporation shall pay benefits under a single-employer plan terminated under this title subject to the limitations and requirements of subtitle B of this title. The corporation shall provide financial assistance to pay benefits under a multiemployer plan which is insolvent under section 4245 or 4281(d)(2)(A), subject to the limitations and requirements of subtitles B, C, and E of this title. Amounts guaranteed by the corporation under sections 4022 and 4022A shall be paid by the corporation only out of the appropriate fund. The corporation shall make payments under the supplemental program to reimburse multiemployer plans for uncollectible withdrawal liability only out of the fund established under section 4005(e).

LIABILITY FOR TERMINATION OF SINGLE-EMPLOYER PLANS UNDER A DISTRESS TERMINATION OR A TERMINATION BY THE CORPORATION
Sec. 4062.
[1362]
(a)

In General.—
In any case in which a single-employer plan is terminated in a distress termination under section 4041(c) or a termination otherwise instituted by the corporation under section 4042, any person who is, on the termination date, a contributing sponsor of the plan or a member of such a contributing sponsor's controlled group shall incur liability under this section. The liability under this section of all such persons shall be joint and several. The liability under this section consists of—
(1)
liability to the corporation, to the extent provided in subsection (b), and
(2)
liability to the trustee appointed under subsection (b) or (c) of section 4042, to the extent provided in subsection (c).
(b)

Liability to the Corporation.—
(1)

Amount of liability.—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the liability to the corporation of a person described in subsection (a) shall be the total amount of the unfunded benefit liabilities (as of the termination date) to all participants and beneficiaries under the plan, together with interest (at a reasonable rate) calculated from the termination date in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation.
(B)

Special rule in case of subsequent insufficiency.—
For purposes of subparagraph (A), in any case described in section 4041(c)(3)(C)(ii), actuarial present values shall be determined as of the date of the notice to the corporation (or the finding by the corporation) described in such section.
(2)

Payment of liability.—
(A)

In general.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the liability to the corporation under this subsection shall be due and payable to the corporation as of the termination date, in cash or securities acceptable to the corporation.
(B)

Special rule.—
Payment of so much of the liability under paragraph (1)(A) as exceeds 30 percent of the collective net worth of all persons described in subsection (a) (including interest) shall be made under commercially reasonable terms prescribed by the corporation. The parties involved shall make a reasonable effort to reach agreement on such commercially reasonable terms. Any such terms prescribed by the corporation shall provide for deferral of 50 percent of any amount of liability otherwise payable for any year under this subparagraph if a person subject to such liability demonstrates to the satisfaction of the corporation that no person subject to such liability has any individual pre-tax profits for such person's fiscal year ending during such year.
(3)

Alternative arrangements.—
The corporation and any person liable under this section may agree to alternative arrangements for the satisfaction of liability to the corporation under this subsection.
(c)

Liability to Section 4042 Trustee.—
A person described in subsection (a) shall be subject to liability under this subsection to the trustee appointed under subsection (b) or (c) of section 4042. The liability of such person under this subsection shall consist of—
(1)
the sum of the shortfall amortization charge (within the meaning of section 303(c)(1) of this Act and 430(d)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) with respect to the plan (if any) for the plan year in which the termination date occurs, plus the aggregate total of shortfall amortization installments (if any) determined for succeeding plan years under section 303(c)(2) of this Act and section 430(d)(2) of such Code (which, for purposes of this subparagraph, shall include any increase in such sum which would result if all applications for waivers of the minimum funding standard under section 302(c) of this Act and section 412(c) of such Code which are pending with respect to such plan were denied and if no additional contributions (other than those already made by the termination date) were made for the plan year in which the termination date occurs or for any previous plan year), and
(2)
the sum of the waiver amortization charge (within the meaning of section 303(e)(1) of this Act and 430(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) with respect to the plan (if any) for the plan year in which the termination date occurs, plus the aggregate total of waiver amortization installments (if any) determined for succeeding plan years under section 303(e)(2) of this Act and section 430(e)(2) of such Code,
together with interest (at a reasonable rate) calculated from the termination date in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation. The liability under this subsection shall be due and payable to such trustee as of the termination date, in cash or securities acceptable to such trustee.
(d)

Definitions.—
(1)

Collective net worth of persons subject to liability.—
(A)

In general.—
The collective net worth of persons subject to liability in connection with a plan termination consists of the sum of the individual net worths of all persons who—
(i)
have individual net worths which are greater than zero, and
(ii)
are (as of the termination date) contributing sponsors of the terminated plan or members of their controlled groups.
(B)

Determination of net worth.—
For purposes of this paragraph, the net worth of a person is—
(i)
determined on whatever basis best reflects, in the determination of the corporation, the current status of the person's operations and prospects at the time chosen for determining the net worth of the person, and
(ii)
increased by the amount of any transfers of assets made by the person which are determined by the corporation to be improper under the circumstances, including any such transfers which would be inappropriate under title 11, United States Code, if the person were a debtor in a case under chapter 7 of such title.
(C)

Timing of determination.—
For purposes of this paragraph, determinations of net worth shall be made as of a day chosen by the corporation (during the 120-day period ending with the termination date) and shall be computed without regard to any liability under this section.
(2)

Pre-tax profits.—
The term “pre-tax profits” means—
(A)
except as provided in subparagraph (B), for any fiscal year of any person, such person's consolidated net income (excluding any extraordinary charges to income and including any extraordinary credits to income) for such fiscal year, as shown on audited financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or
(B)
for any fiscal year of an organization described in section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the excess of income over expenses (as such terms are defined for such organizations under generally accepted accounting principles),
before provision for or deduction of Federal or other income tax, any contribution to any single-employer plan of which such person is a contributing sponsor at any time during the period beginning on the termination date and ending with the end of such fiscal year, and any amounts required to be paid for such fiscal year under this section. The corporation may by regulation require such information to be filed on such forms as may be necessary to determine the existence and amount of such pre-tax profits.
(e)

Treatment of Substantial Cessation of Operations.—
(1)

General rule.—
Except as provided in paragraphs (3) and (4), if there is a substantial cessation of operations at a facility in any location, the employer shall be treated with respect to any single employer plan established and maintained by the employer covering participants at such facility as if the employer were a substantial employer under a plan under which more than one employer makes contributions and the provisions of sections 4063, 4064, and 4065 shall apply.
(2)

Substantial cessation of operations.—
For purposes of this subsection:
(A)

In general.—
The term “substantial cessation of operations” means a permanent cessation of operations at a facility which results in a workforce reduction of a number of eligible employees at the facility equivalent to more than 15 percent of the number of all eligible employees of the employer, determined immediately before the earlier of—
(i)
the date of the employer's decision to implement such cessation, or
(ii)
in the case of a workforce reduction which includes 1 or more eligible employees described in paragraph (6)(B), the earliest date on which any such eligible employee was separated from employment.
(B)

Workforce reduction.—
Subject to subparagraphs (C) and (D), the term “workforce reduction” means the number of eligible employees at a facility who are separated from employment by reason of the permanent cessation of operations of the employer at the facility.
(C)

Relocation of workforce.—
An eligible employee separated from employment at a facility shall not be taken into account in computing a workforce reduction if, within a reasonable period of time, the employee is replaced by the employer, at the same or another facility located in the United States, by an employee who is a citizen or resident of the United States.
(D)

Dispositions.—
If, whether by reason of a sale or other disposition of the assets or stock of a contributing sponsor (or any member of the same controlled group as such a sponsor) of the plan relating to operations at a facility or otherwise, an employer (the “transferee employer”) other than the employer which experiences the substantial cessation of operations (the “transferor employer”) conducts any portion of such operations, then—
(i)
an eligible employee separated from employment with the transferor employer at the facility shall not be taken into account in computing a workforce reduction if—
(I)
within a reasonable period of time, the employee is replaced by the transferee employer by an employee who is a citizen or resident of the United States; and
(II)
in the case of an eligible employee who is a participant in a single employer plan maintained by the transferor employer, the transferee employer, within a reasonable period of time, maintains a single employer plan which includes the assets and liabilities attributable to the accrued benefit of the eligible employee at the time of separation from employment with the transferor employer; and
(ii)
an eligible employee who continues to be employed at the facility by the transferee employer shall not be taken into account in computing a workforce reduction if—
(I)
the eligible employee is not a participant in a single employer plan maintained by the transferor employer, or
(II)
in any other case, the transferee employer, within a reasonable period of time, maintains a single employer plan which includes the assets and liabilities attributable to the accrued benefit of the eligible employee at the time of separation from employment with the transferor employer.
(3)

Exemption for plans with limited underfunding.—
Paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to a single employer plan if, for the plan year preceding the plan year in which the cessation occurred—
(A)
there were fewer than 100 participants with accrued benefits under the plan as of the valuation date of the plan for the plan year (as determined under section 303(g)(2)); or
(B)
the ratio of the market value of the assets of the plan to the funding target of the plan for the plan year was 90 percent or greater.
(4)

Election to make additional contributions to satisfy liability.—
(A)

In general.—
An employer may elect to satisfy the employer's liability with respect to a plan by reason of paragraph (1) by making additional contributions to the plan in the amount determined under subparagraph (B) for each plan year in the 7-plan-year period beginning with the plan year in which the cessation occurred. Any such additional contribution for a plan year shall be in addition to any minimum required contribution under section 303 for such plan year and shall be paid not later than the earlier of—
(i)
the due date for the minimum required contribution for such year under section 303(j); or
(ii)
in the case of the first such contribution, the date that is 1 year after the date on which the employer notifies the Corporation of the substantial cessation of operations or the date the Corporation determines a substantial cessation of operations has occurred, and in the case of subsequent contributions, the same date in each succeeding year.
(B)

Amount determined.—
(i)

In general.—
Except as provided in clause (iii), the amount determined under this subparagraph with respect to each plan year in the 7-plan-year period is the product of—
(I)
⅐ of the unfunded vested benefits determined under section 4006(a)(3)(E) as of the valuation date of the plan (as determined under section 303(g)(2)) for the plan year preceding the plan year in which the cessation occurred; and
(II)
the reduction fraction.
(ii)

Reduction fraction.—
For purposes of clause (i), the reduction fraction of a single employer plan is equal to—
(I)
the number of participants with accrued benefits in the plan who were included in computing the workforce reduction under paragraph (2)(B) as a result of the cessation of operations at the facility; divided by
(II)
the number of eligible employees of the employer who are participants with accrued benefits in the plan, determined as of the same date the determination under paragraph (2)(A) is made.
(iii)

Limitation.—
The additional contribution under this subparagraph for any plan year shall not exceed the excess, if any, of—
(I)
25 percent of the difference between the market value of the assets of the plan and the funding target of the plan for the preceding plan year; over
(II)
the minimum required contribution under section 303 for the plan year.
(C)

Permitted cessation of annual installments when plan becomes sufficiently funded.—
An employer's obligation to make additional contributions under this paragraph shall not apply to—
(i)
the first plan year (beginning on or after the first day of the plan year in which the cessation occurs) for which the ratio of the market value of the assets of the plan to the funding target of the plan for the plan year is 90 percent or greater, or
(ii)
any plan year following such first plan year.
(D)

Coordination with funding waivers.—
(i)

In general.—
If the Secretary of the Treasury issues a funding waiver under section 302(c) with respect to the plan for a plan year in the 7-plan-year period under subparagraph (A), the additional contribution with respect to such plan year shall be permanently waived.
(ii)

Notice.—
An employer maintaining a plan with respect to which such a funding waiver has been issued or a request for such a funding waiver is pending shall provide notice to the Secretary of the Treasury, in such form and at such time as the Secretary of the Treasury shall provide, of a cessation of operations to which paragraph (1) applies.
(E)

Enforcement.—
(i)

Notice.—
An employer making the election under this paragraph shall provide notice to the Corporation, in accordance with rules prescribed by the Corporation, of—
(I)
such election, not later than 30 days after the earlier of the date the employer notifies the Corporation of the substantial cessation of operations or the date the Corporation determines a substantial cessation of operations has occurred;
(II)
the payment of each additional contribution, not later than 10 days after such payment;
(III)
any failure to pay the additional contribution in the full amount for any year in the 7-plan-year period, not later than 10 days after the due date for such payment;
(IV)
the waiver under subparagraph (D)(i) of the obligation to make an additional contribution for any year, not later than 30 days after the funding waiver described in such subparagraph is granted; and
(V)
the cessation of any obligation to make additional contributions under subparagraph (C), not later than 10 days after the due date for payment of the additional contribution for the first plan year to which such cessation applies.
(ii)

Acceleration of liability to the plan for failure to pay.—
If an employer fails to pay the additional contribution in the full amount for any year in the 7-plan-year period by the due date for such payment, the employer shall, as of such date, be liable to the plan in an amount equal to the balance which remains unpaid as of such date of the aggregate amount of additional contributions required to be paid by the employer during such 7-year-plan period. The Corporation may waive or settle the liability described in the preceding sentence, at the discretion of the Corporation.
(iii)

Civil action.—
The Corporation may bring a civil action in the district courts of the United States in accordance with section 4003(e) to compel an employer making such election to pay the additional contributions required under this paragraph.
(5)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this subsection:
(A)

Eligible employee.—
The term “eligible employee” means an employee who is eligible to participate in an employee pension benefit plan (as defined in section 3(2)) established and maintained by the employer.
(B)

Funding target.—
The term “funding target” means, with respect to any plan year, the funding target as determined under section 4006(a)(3)(E)(iii)(I) for purposes of determining the premium paid to the Corporation under section 4007 for the plan year.
(C)

Market value.—
The market value of the assets of a plan shall be determined in the same manner as for purposes of section 4006(a)(3)(E).
(6)

Special rules.—
(A)

Change in operation of certain facilities and property.—
For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), an employer shall not be treated as ceasing operations at a qualified lodging facility (as defined in section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) if such operations are continued by an eligible independent contractor (as defined in section 856(d)(9)(A) of such Code) pursuant to an agreement with the employer.
(B)

Aggregation of prior separations.—
The workforce reduction under paragraph (2) with respect to any cessation of operations shall be determined by taking into account any separation from employment of any eligible employee at the facility (other than a separation which is not taken into account as workforce reduction by reason of subparagraph (C) or (D) of paragraph (2)) which—
(i)
is related to the permanent cessation of operations of the employer at the facility, and
(ii)
occurs during the 3-year period preceding such cessation.
(C)

No addition to prefunding balance.—
For purposes of section 303(f)(6)(B) and section 430(f)(6)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any additional contribution made under paragraph (4) shall be treated in the same manner as a contribution an employer is required to make in order to avoid a benefit reduction under paragraph (1), (2), or (4) of section 206(g) or subsection (b), (c), or (e) of section 436 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for the plan year.

LIABILITY OF SUBSTANTIAL EMPLOYER FOR WITHDRAWAL FROM SINGLE-EMPLOYER PLANS UNDER MULTIPLE CONTROLLED GROUPS.
Sec. 4063.
[1363]
(a)
Except as provided in subsection (d), the plan administrator of a single-employer plan which has two or more contributing sponsors at least two of whom are not under common control—
(1)
shall notify the corporation of the withdrawal during a plan year of a substantial employer for such plan year from the plan, within 60 days after such withdrawal, and
(2)
request that the corporation determine the liability of all persons with respect to the withdrawal of the substantial employer.
The corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, determine whether there is liability resulting from the withdrawal of the substantial employer and notify the liable persons of such liability.
(b)
Except as provided in subsection (c), any one or more contributing sponsors who withdraw, during a plan year for which they constitute a substantial employer, from a single-employer plan which has two or more contributing sponsors at least two of whom are not under common control, shall, upon notification of such contributing sponsors by the corporation as provided by subsection (a), be liable, together with the members of their controlled groups, to the corporation in accordance with the provisions of section 4062 and this section. The amount of liability shall be computed on the basis of an amount determined by the corporation to be the amount described in section 4062 for the entire plan, as if the plan had been terminated by the corporation on the date of the withdrawal referred to in subsection (a)(1), multiplied by a fraction—
(1)
the numerator of which is the total amount required to be contributed to the plan by such contributing sponsors for the last 5 years ending prior to the withdrawal, and
(2)
the denominator of which is the total amount required to be contributed to the plan by all contributing sponsors for such last 5 years.
In addition to and in lieu of the manner prescribed in the preceding sentence, the corporation may also determine such liability on any other equitable basis prescribed by the corporation in regulations. Any amount collected by the corporation under this subsection shall be held in escrow subject to disposition in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (c).
(c)
(1)
In lieu of payment of a contributing sponsor's liability under this section, the contributing sponsor may be required to furnish a bond to the corporation in an amount not exceeding 150 percent of his liability to insure payment of his liability under this section. The bond shall have as surety thereon a corporate surety company which is an acceptable surety on Federal bonds under authority granted by the Secretary of the Treasury under sections 6 through 13 of title 6, United States Code. Any such bond shall be in a form or of a type approved by the Secretary including individual bonds or schedule or blanket forms of bonds which cover a group or class.
(2)
If the plan is not terminated under section 4041(c) or 4042 within the 5-year period commencing on the day of withdrawal, the liability is abated and any payment held in escrow shall be refunded without interest (or the bond cancelled) in accordance with bylaws or rules prescribed by the corporation.
(3)
If the plan terminates under section 4041(c) or 4042 within the 5-year period commencing on the day of withdrawal, the corporation shall—
(A)
demand payment or realize on the bond and hold such amount in escrow for the benefit of the plan;
(B)
treat any escrowed payments under this section as if they were plan assets and apply them in a manner consistent with this subtitle; and
(C)
refund any amount to the contributing sponsor which is not required to meet any obligation of the corporation with respect to the plan.
(d)
The provisions of this subsection apply in the case of a withdrawal described in subsection (a), and the provisions of subsections (b) and (c) shall not apply, if the corporation determines that the procedure provided for under this subsection is consistent with the purposes of this section and section 4064 and is more appropriate in the particular case. Upon a showing by the plan administrator of the plan that the withdrawal from the plan by one or more contributing sponsors has resulted, or will result, in a significant reduction in the amount of aggregate contributions to or under the plan, the corporation may—
(1)
require the plan fund to be equitably allocated between those participants no longer working in covered service under the plan as a result of the withdrawal, and those participants who remain in covered service under the plan;
(2)
treat that portion of the plan funds allocable under paragraph (1) to participants no longer in covered service as a plan terminated under section 4042; and
(3)
treat that portion of the plan fund allocable to participants remaining in covered service as a separate plan.
(e)
The corporation is authorized to waive the application of the provisions of subsections (b), (c), and (d) of this section whenever it determines that there is an indemnity agreement in effect among contributing sponsors under the plan which is adequate to satisfy the purposes of this section and of section 4064.

LIABILITY ON TERMINATION OF SINGLE-EMPLOYER PLANS UNDER MULTIPLE CONTROLLED GROUPS
Sec. 4064.
[1364]
(a)
This section applies to all contributing sponsors of a single-employer plan which has two or more contributing sponsors at least two of whom are not under common control at the time such plan is terminated under section 4041(c) or 4042, or who, at any time within the 5 plan years preceding the date of termination, made contributions under the plan.
(b)
The corporation shall determine the liability with respect to each contributing sponsor and each member of its controlled group in a manner consistent with section 4062, except that the amount of liability determined under section 4062(b)(1) with respect to the entire plan shall be allocated to each controlled group by multiplying such amount by a fraction—
(1)
the numerator of which is the amount required to be contributed to the plan for the last 5 plan years ending prior to the termination date by persons in such controlled group as contributing sponsors, and
(2)
the denominator of which is the total amount required to be contributed to the plan for such last 5 plan years by all persons as contributing sponsors,
and section 4068(a) shall be applied separately with respect to each controlled group. The corporation may also determine the liability of each such contributing sponsor and member of its controlled group on any other equitable basis prescribed by the corporation in regulations.

ANNUAL REPORT OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
Sec. 4065.
[1365]
For each plan year for which section 4021 applies to a plan, the plan administrator shall file with the corporation, on a form prescribed by the corporation, an annual report which identifies the plan and plan administrator and which includes—
(1)
a copy of each notification required under section 4063 with respect to such year,
(2)
a statement disclosing whether any reportable event (described in section 4043(b)) occurred during the plan year except to the extent the corporation waives such requirement, and
(3)
in the case of a multiemployer plan, information with respect to such plan which the corporation determines is necessary for the enforcement of subtitle E and requires by regulation, which may include—
(A)
a statement certified by the plan's enrolled actuary of—
(i)
the value of all vested benefits under the plan as of the end of the plan year, and
(ii)
the value of the plan's assets as of the end of the plan year;
(B)
a statement certified by the plan sponsor of each claim for outstanding withdrawal liability (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(12)) and its value as of the end of that plan year and as of the end of the preceding plan year; and
(C)
the number of employers having an obligation to contribute to the plan and the number of employers required to make withdrawal liability payments.
The report shall be filed within 6 months after the close of the plan year to which it relates. The corporation shall cooperate with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor in an endeavor to coordinate the timing and content, and possibly obtain the combination, of reports under this section with reports required to be made by plan administrators to such Secretaries.

ANNUAL NOTIFICATION TO SUBSTANTIAL EMPLOYERS
Sec. 4066.
[1366]
The plan administrator of each single-employer plan which has at least two contributing sponsors at least two of whom are not under common control shall notify, within 6 months after the close of each plan year, any contributing sponsor of the plan who is described in section 4001(a)(2) that such contributing sponsor (alone or together with members of such contributing sponsor's controlled group) constitutes a substantial employer for that year.

RECOVERY OF LIABILITY FOR PLAN TERMINATION
Sec. 4067.
[1367]
The corporation is authorized to make arrangements with contributing sponsors and members of their controlled groups who are or may become liable under section 4062, 4063, or 4064 for payment of their liability, including arrangements for deferred payment of amounts of liability to the corporation accruing as of the termination date on such terms and for such periods as the corporation deems equitable and appropriate.

LIEN FOR LIABILITY
Sec. 4068.
[1368]
(a)
If any person liable to the corporation under section 4062, 4063, or 4064 neglects or refuses to pay, after demand, the amount of such liability (including interest), there shall be a lien in favor of the corporation in the amount of such liability (including interest) upon all property and rights to property, whether real or personal, belonging to such person, except that such lien may not be in an amount in excess of 30 percent of the collective net worth of all persons described in section 4062(a)123
^{123}
So in original. The provision is lacking a period.
(b)
The lien imposed by subsection (a) arises on the date of termination of a plan, and continues until the liability imposed under section 4062, 4063, or 4064 is satisfied or becomes unenforceable by reason of lapse of time.
(c)
(1)
Except as otherwise provided under this section, the priority of a lien imposed under subsection (a) shall be determined in the same manner as under section 6323 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as in effect on the date of the enactment of the Single-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1986 [April 7, 1986]). Such section 6323 shall be applied for purposes of this section by disregarding subsection (g)(4) and by substituting—
(A)
“lien imposed by section 4068 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974” for “lien imposed by section 6321” each place it appears in subsections (a), (b), (c)(1), (c)(4)(B), (d), (e), and (h)(5);
(B)
“the corporation” for “the Secretary” in subsections (a) and (b)(9)(C);
(C)
“the payment of the amount on which the section 4068(a) lien is based” for “the collection of any tax under this title” in subsection (b)(3);
(D)
“a person whose property is subject to the lien” for “the taxpayer” in subsections (b)(8), (c)(2)(A)(i) (the first place it appears), (c)(2)(A)(ii), (c)(2)(B), (c)(4)(B), and (c)(4)(C) (in the matter preceding clause (i));
(E)
“such person” for “the taxpayer” in subsections (c)(2)(A)(i) (the second place it appears) and (c)(4)(C)(ii);
(F)
“payment of the loan value of the amount on which the lien is based is made to the corporation” for “satisfaction of a levy pursuant to section 6332(b)” in subsection (b)(9)(C);
(G)
“section 4068(a) lien” for “tax lien” each place it appears in subsections (c)(1), (c)(2)(A), (c)(2)(B), (c)(3)(B)(iii), (c)(4)(B), (d), and (h)(5); and
(H)
“the date on which the lien is first filed” for “the date of the assessment of the tax” in subsection (g)(3)(A).
(2)
In a case under title 11 of the United States Code or in insolvency proceedings, the lien imposed under subsection (a) shall be treated in the same manner as a tax due and owing to the United States for purposes of title 11 of the United States Code or section 3713 of title 31 of the United States Code.
(3)
For purposes of applying section 6323(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to determine the priority between the lien imposed under subsection (a) and a Federal tax lien, each lien shall be treated as a judgment lien arising as of the time notice of such lien is filed.
(4)
For purposes of this subsection, notice of the lien imposed by subsection (a) shall be filed in the same manner as under section 6323(f) and (g) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(d)
(1)
In any case where there has been a refusal or neglect to pay the liability imposed under section 4062, 4063, or 4064, the corporation may bring civil action in a district court of the United States to enforce the lien of the corporation under this section with respect to such liability or to subject any property, of whatever nature, of the liable person, or in which he has any right, title, or interest to the payment of such liability.
(2)
The liability imposed by section 4062, 4063, or 4064 may be collected by a proceeding in court if the proceeding is commenced within 6 years after the date upon which the plan was terminated or prior to the expiration of any period for collection agreed upon in writing by the corporation and the liable person before the expiration of such 6-year period. The period of limitations provided under this paragraph shall be suspended for the period the assets of the liable person are in the control or custody of any court of the United States, or of any State, or of the District of Columbia, and for 6 months thereafter, and for any period during which the liable person is outside the United States if such period of absence is for a continuous period of at least 6 months.
(e)
If the corporation determines that release of the lien or subordination of the lien to any other creditor of the liable person would not adversely affect the collection of the liability imposed under section 4062, 4063, or 4064, or that the amount realizable by the corporation from the property to which the lien attaches will ultimately be increased by such release or subordination, and that the ultimate collection of the liability will be facilitated by such release or subordination, the corporation may issue a certificate of release or subordination of the lien with respect to such property, or any part thereof.
(f)

Definitions.—
For purposes of this section—
(1)
The collective net worth of persons subject to liability in connection with a plan termination shall be determined as provided in section 4062(d)(1).
(2)
The term “pre-tax profits” has the meaning provided in section 4062(d)(2).

TREATMENT OF TRANSACTIONS TO EVADE LIABILITY; EFFECT OF CORPORATE REORGANIZATION
Sec. 4069.
[1369]
(a)

Treatment of Transactions to Evade Liability.—
If a principal purpose of any person in entering into any transaction is to evade liability to which such person would be subject under this subtitle and the transaction becomes effective within five years before the termination date of the termination on which such liability would be based, then such person and the members of such person's controlled group (determined as of the termination date) shall be subject to liability under this subtitle in connection with such termination as if such person were a contributing sponsor of the terminated plan as of the termination date. This subsection shall not cause any person to be liable under this subtitle in connection with such plan termination for any increases or improvements in the benefits provided under the plan which are adopted after the date on which the transaction referred to in the preceding sentence becomes effective.
(b)

Effect of Corporate Reorganization.—
For purposes of this subtitle, the following rules apply in the case of certain corporate reorganizations:
(1)

Change of identity, form, etc.—
If a person ceases to exist by reason of a reorganization which involves a mere change in identity, form, or place of organization, however effected, a successor corporation resulting from such reorganization shall be treated as the person to whom this subtitle applies.
(2)

Liquidation into parent corporation.—
If a person ceases to exist by reason of liquidation into a parent corporation, the parent corporation shall be treated as the person to whom this subtitle applies.
(3)

Merger, consolidation, or division.—
If a person ceases to exist by reason of a merger, consolidation, or division, the successor corporation or corporations shall be treated as the person to whom this subtitle applies.

ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITY RELATING TO TERMINATIONS OF SINGLE-EMPLOYER PLANS
Sec. 4070.
[1370]
(a)

In General.—
Any person who is with respect to a single-employer plan a fiduciary, contributing sponsor, member of a contributing sponsor's controlled group, participant, or beneficiary, and is adversely affected by an act or practice of any party (other than the corporation) in violation of any provision of section 4041, 4042, 4062, 4063, 4064, or 4069, or who is an employee organization representing such a participant or beneficiary so adversely affected for purposes of collective bargaining with respect to such plan, may bring an action—
(1)
to enjoin such act or practice, or
(2)
to obtain other appropriate equitable relief (A) to redress such violation or (B) to enforce such provision.
(b)

Status of Plan as Party to Action and With Respect to Legal Process.—
A single-employer plan may be sued under this section as an entity. Service of summons, subpoena, or other legal process of a court upon a trustee or an administrator of a single-employer plan in such trustee's or administrator's capacity as such shall constitute service upon the plan. If a plan has not designated in the summary plan description of the plan an individual as agent for the service of legal process, service upon any contributing sponsor of the plan shall constitute such service. Any money judgment under this section against a single-employer plan shall be enforceable only against the plan as an entity and shall not be enforceable against any other person unless liability against such person is established in such person's individual capacity.
(c)

Jurisdiction and Venue.—
The district courts of the United States shall have exclusive jurisdiction of civil actions under this section. Such actions may be brought in the district where the plan is administered, where the violation took place, or where a defendant resides or may be found, and process may be served in any other district where a defendant resides or may be found. The district courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction, without regard to the amount in controversy or the citizenship of the parties, to grant the relief provided for in subsection (a) in any action.
(d)

Right of Corporation to Intervene.—
A copy of the complaint or notice of appeal in any action under this section shall be served upon the corporation by certified mail. The corporation shall have the right in its discretion to intervene in any action.
(e)

Awards of Costs and Expenses.—
(1)

General rule.—
In any action brought under this section, the court in its discretion may award all or a portion of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with such action, including reasonable attorney's fees, to any party who prevails or substantially prevails in such action.
(2)

Exemption for plans.—
Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subsection, no plan shall be required in any action to pay any costs and expenses (including attorney's fees).
(f)

Limitation on Actions.—
(1)

In general.—
Except as provided in paragraph (3), an action under this section may not be brought after the later of—
(A)
6 years after the date on which the cause of action arose, or
(B)
3 years after the applicable date specified in paragraph (2).
(2)

Applicable date.—
(A)

General rule.—
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the applicable date specified in this paragraph is the earliest date on which the plaintiff acquired or should have acquired actual knowledge of the existence of such cause of action.
(B)

Special rule for plaintiffs who are fiduciaries.—
In the case of a plaintiff who is a fiduciary bringing the action in the exercise of fiduciary duties, the applicable date specified in this paragraph is the date on which the plaintiff became a fiduciary with respect to the plan if such date is later than the date described in subparagraph (A).
(3)

Cases of fraud or concealment.—
In the case of fraud or concealment, the period described in paragraph (1)(B) shall be extended to 6 years after the applicable date specified in paragraph (2).

penalty for failure to timely provide required information
Sec. 4071.
[1371]
The corporation may assess a penalty, payable to the corporation, against any person who fails to provide any notice or other material information required under this subtitle, subtitle A, B, or C, or section 303(k)(4) or 306(g)(4), or any regulations prescribed under any such subtitle or such section, within the applicable time limit specified therein. Such penalty shall not exceed $1,000 for each day for which such failure continues.
SUBTITLE E—

SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS
PART 1—

EMPLOYER WITHDRAWALS 124

WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY ESTABLISHED
Sec. 4201.
[1381]
(a)
If an employer withdraws from a multiemployer plan in a complete withdrawal or a partial withdrawal, then the employer is liable to the plan in the amount determined under this part to be the withdrawal liability.
^{124}
Various related transitional rules are found at subsections (c), (d), and (e) of section 108 of Public Law 96–364 (94 Stat. 1268).
(b)
For purposes of subsection (a)—
(1)
The withdrawal liability of an employer to a plan is the amount determined under section 4211 to be the allocable amount of unfunded vested benefits, adjusted—
(A)
first, by any de minimis reduction applicable under section 4209,
(B)
next, in the case of a partial withdrawal, in accordance with section 4206,
(C)
then, to the extent necessary to reflect the limitation on annual payments under section 4219(c)(1)(B), and
(D)
finally, in accordance with section 4225.
(2)
The term “complete withdrawal” means a complete withdrawal described in section 4203.
(3)
The term “partial withdrawal” means a partial withdrawal described in section 4205.

DETERMINATION AND COLLECTION OF LIABILITY; NOTIFICATION OF EMPLOYER
Sec. 4202.
[1382]
When an employer withdraws from a multiemployer plan, the plan sponsor, in accordance with this part, shall—
(1)
determine the amount of the employer's withdrawal liability,
(2)
notify the employer of the amount of the withdrawal liability, and
(3)
collect the amount of the withdrawal liability from the employer.

COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL
Sec. 4203.
[1382]
(a)
For purposes of this part, a complete withdrawal from a multiemployer plan occurs when an employer—
(1)
permanently ceases to have an obligation to contribute under the plan, or
(2)
permanently ceases all covered operations under the plan.
(b)
(1)
Notwithstanding subsection (a), in the case of an employer that has an obligation to contribute under a plan for work performed in the building and construction industry, a complete withdrawal occurs only as described in paragraph (2), if—
(A)
substantially all the employees with respect to whom the employer has an obligation to contribute under the plan perform work in the building and construction industry, and
(B)
the plan—
(i)
primarily covers employees in the building and construction industry, or
(ii)
is amended to provide that this subsection applies to employers described in this paragraph.
(2)
A withdrawal occurs under this paragraph if—
(A)
an employer ceases to have an obligation to contribute under the plan, and
(B)
the employer—
(i)
continues to perform work in the jurisdiction of the collective bargaining agreement of the type for which contributions were previously required, or
(ii)
resumes such work within 5 years after the date on which the obligation to contribute under the plan ceases, and does not renew the obligation at the time of the resumption.
(3)
In the case of a plan terminated by mass withdrawal (within the meaning of section 4041A(a)(2)), paragraph (2) shall be applied by substituting “3 years” for “5 years” in subparagraph (B)(ii).125
^{125}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to paragraph (2)(B)(ii).
(c)
(1)
Notwithstanding subsection (a), in the case of an employer that has an obligation to contribute under a plan for work performed in the entertainment industry, primarily on a temporary or project-by-project basis, if the plan primarily covers employees in the entertainment industry, a complete withdrawal occurs only as described in subsection (b)(2) applied by substituting “plan” for “collective bargaining agreement” in subparagraph (B)(i) thereof.
(2)
For purposes of this subsection, the term “entertainment industry” means—
(A)
theater, motion picture (except to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the corporation), radio, television, sound or visual recording, music, and dance, and
(B)
such other entertainment activities as the corporation may determine to be appropriate.
(3)
The corporation may by regulation exclude a group or class of employers described in the preceding sentence 126 from the application of this subsection if the corporation determines that such exclusion is necessary—
^{126}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to paragraph (2).
(A)
to protect the interest of the plan's participants and beneficiaries, or
(B)
to prevent a significant risk of loss to the corporation with respect to the plan.
(4)
A plan may be amended to provide that this subsection shall not apply to a group or class of employers under the plan.
(d)
(1)
Notwithstanding subsection (a), in the case of an employer who—
(A)
has an obligation to contribute under a plan described in paragraph (2) primarily for work described in such paragraph, and
(B)
does not continue to perform work within the jurisdiction of the plan,
a complete withdrawal occurs only as described in paragraph (3).
(2)
A plan is described in this paragraph if substantially all of the contributions required under the plan are made by employers primarily engaged in the long and short haul trucking industry, the household goods moving industry, or the public warehousing industry.
(3)
A withdrawal occurs under this paragraph if—
(A)
an employer permanently ceases to have an obligation to contribute under the plan or permanently ceases all covered operations under the plan, and
(B)
either—
(i)
the corporation determines that the plan has suffered substantial damage to its contribution base as a result of such cessation, or
(ii)
the employer fails to furnish a bond issued by a corporate surety company that is an acceptable surety for purposes of section 412, or an amount held in escrow by a bank or similar financial institution satisfactory to the plan, in an amount equal to 50 percent of the withdrawal liability of the employer.
(4)
If, after an employer furnishes a bond or escrow to a plan under paragraph (3)(B)(ii), the corporation determines that the cessation of the employer's obligation to contribute under the plan (considered together with any cessations by other employers), or cessation of covered operations under the plan, has resulted in substantial damage to the contribution base of the plan, the employer shall be treated as having withdrawn from the plan on the date on which the obligation to contribute or covered operations ceased, and such bond or escrow shall be paid to the plan. The corporation shall not make a determination under this paragraph more than 60 months after the date on which such obligation to contribute or covered operations ceased.
(5)
If the corporation determines that the employer has no further liability under the plan either—
(A)
because it determines that the contribution base of the plan has not suffered substantial damage as a result of the cessation of the employer's obligation to contribute or cessation of covered operations (considered together with any cessation of contribution obligation, or of covered operations, with respect to other employers), or
(B)
because it may not make a determination under paragraph (4) because of the last sentence thereof,
then the bond shall be cancelled or the escrow refunded.
(6)
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a limitation on the amount of the withdrawal liability of any employer.
(e)
For purposes of this part, the date of a complete withdrawal is the date of the cessation of the obligation to contribute or the cessation of covered operations.127
^{127}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to whichever first occurs.
(f)
(1)
The corporation may prescribe regulations under which plans in industries other than the construction or entertainment industries may be amended to provide for special withdrawal liability rules similar to the rules described in subsections (b) and (c) of this section.
(2)
Regulations under paragraph (1) shall permit use of special withdrawal liability rules—
(A)
only in industries (or portions thereof) in which, as determined by the corporation, the characteristics that would make use of such rules appropriate are clearly shown, and
(B)
only if the corporation determines, in each instance in which special withdrawal liability rules are permitted, that use of such rules will not pose a significant risk to the corporation under this title.

SALE OF ASSETS
Sec. 4204.
[1384]
(a)
(1)
A complete or partial withdrawal of an employer (hereinafter in this section referred to as the “seller”) under this section 128 does not occur solely because, as a result of a bona fide, arm's-length sale of assets to an unrelated party (hereinafter in this section referred to as the “purchaser”), the seller ceases covered operations or ceases to have an obligation to contribute for such operations, if—
^{128}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to this part.
(A)
the purchaser has an obligation to contribute to the plan with respect to the operations for substantially the same number of contribution base units for which the seller had an obligation to contribute to the plan;
(B)
the purchaser provides to the plan for a period of 5 plan years commencing with the first plan year beginning after the sale of assets, a bond issued by a corporate surety company that is an acceptable surety for purposes of section 412 of this Act, or an amount held in escrow by a bank or similar financial institution satisfactory to the plan, in an amount equal to the greater of—
(i)
the average annual contribution required to be made by the seller with respect to the operations under the plan for the 3 plan years preceding the plan year in which the sale of the employer's assets occurs, or
(ii)
the annual contribution that the seller was required to make with respect to the operations under the plan for the last plan year before the plan year in which the sale of the assets occurs,
which bond or escrow shall be paid to the plan if the purchaser withdraws from the plan, or fails to make a contribution to the plan when due, at any time during the first 5 plan years beginning after the sale; and
(C)
the contract for sale provides that, if the purchaser withdraws in a complete withdrawal, or a partial withdrawal with respect to operations, during such first 5 plan years, the seller is secondarily liable for any withdrawal liability it would have had to the plan with respect to the operations (but for this section) if the liability of the purchaser with respect to the plan is not paid.
(2)
If the purchaser—
(A)
withdraws before the last day of the fifth plan year beginning after the sale, and
(B)
fails to make any withdrawal liability payment when due,
then the seller shall pay to the plan an amount equal to the payment that would have been due from the seller but for this section.
(3)
(A)
If all, or substantially all, of the seller's assets are distributed, or if the seller is liquidated before the end of the 5 plan year period described in paragraph (1)(C), then the seller shall provide a bond or amount in escrow equal to the present value of the withdrawal liability the seller would have had but for this subsection.
(B)
If only a portion of the seller's assets are distributed during such period, then a bond or escrow shall be required, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation, in a manner consistent with subparagraph (A).
(4)
The liability of the party furnishing a bond or escrow under this subsection shall be reduced, upon payment of the bond or escrow to the plan, by the amount thereof.
(b)
(1)
For the purposes of this part, the liability of the purchaser shall be determined as if the purchaser had been required to contribute to the plan in the year of the sale and the 4 plan years preceding the sale the amount the seller was required to contribute for such operations for such 5 plan years.
(2)
If the plan is in reorganization in the plan year in which the sale of assets occurs, the purchaser shall furnish a bond or escrow in an amount equal to 200 percent of the amount described in subsection (a)(1)(B).
(c)
The corporation may by regulation vary the standards in subparagraphs (B) and (C) of subsection (a)(1) if the variance would more effectively or equitably carry out the purposes of this title. Before it promulgates such regulations, the corporation may grant individual or class variances or exemptions from the requirements of such subparagraphs if the particular case warrants it. Before granting such an individual or class variance or exemption, the corporation—
(1)
shall publish notice in the Federal Register of the pendency of the variance or exemption,
(2)
shall require that adequate notice be given to interested persons, and
(3)
shall afford interested persons an opportunity to present their views.
(d)
For purposes of this section, the term “unrelated party” means a purchaser or seller who does not bear a relationship to the seller or purchaser, as the case may be, that is described in section 267(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or that is described in regulations prescribed by the corporation applying principles similar to the principles of such section.

PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS
Sec. 4205.
[1385]
(a)
Except as otherwise provided in this section, there is a partial withdrawal by an employer from a plan on the last day of a plan year if for such plan year—
(1)
there is a 70-percent contribution decline, or
(2)
there is a partial cessation of the employer's contribution obligation.
(b)
For purposes of subsection (a)—
(1)
(A)
There is a 70-percent contribution decline for any plan year if during each plan year in the 3-year testing period the employer's contribution base units do not exceed 30 percent of the employer's contribution base units for the high base year.
(B)
For purposes of subparagraph (A)—
(i)
The term “3-year testing period” means the period consisting of the plan year and the immediately preceding 2 plan years.
(ii)
The number of contribution base units for the high base year is the average number of such units for the 2 plan years for which the employer's contribution base units were the highest within the 5 plan years immediately preceding the beginning of the 3-year testing period.
(2)
(A)
There is a partial cessation of the employer's contribution obligation for the plan year if, during such year—
(i)
the employer permanently ceases to have an obligation to contribute under one or more but fewer than all collective bargaining agreements under which the employer has been obligated to contribute under the plan but continues to perform work in the jurisdiction of the collective bargaining agreement of the type for which contributions were previously required or transfers such work to another location or to an entity or entities owned or controlled by the employer, or
(ii)
an 129 employer permanently ceases to have an obligation to contribute under the plan with respect to work performed at one or more but fewer than all of its facilities, but continues to perform work at the facility of the type for which the obligation to contribute ceased.
^{129}
So in original. The intended article appears to be “the” rather than “an”.
(B)
For purposes of subparagraph (A), a cessation of obligations under a collective bargaining agreement shall not be considered to have occurred solely because, with respect to the same plan, one agreement that requires contributions to the plan has been substituted for another agreement.
(c)
(1)
In the case of a plan in which a majority of the covered employees are employed in the retail food industry, the plan may be amended to provide that this section shall be applied with respect to such plan—
(A)
by substituting “35 percent” for “70 percent” in subsections (a) and (b), and
(B)
by substituting “65 percent” for “30 percent” in subsection (b).
(2)
Any amendment adopted under paragraph (1) shall provide rules for the equitable reduction of withdrawal liability in any case in which the number of the plan's contribution base units, in the 2 plan years following the plan year of withdrawal of the employer, is higher than such number immediately after the withdrawal.
(3)
Section 4208 shall not apply to a plan which has been amended under paragraph (1).
(d)
In the case of a plan described in section 404(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or a continuation thereof, the plan may be amended to provide rules setting forth other conditions consistent with the purposes of this Act under which an employer has liability for partial withdrawal.

ADJUSTMENT FOR PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL
Sec. 4206.
[1386]
(a)
The amount of an employer's liability for a partial withdrawal, before the application of sections 4219(c)(1) and 4225, is equal to the product of—
(1)
the amount determined under section 4211, and adjusted under section 4209 if appropriate, determined as if the employer had withdrawn from the plan in a complete withdrawal—
(A)
on the date of the partial withdrawal, or
(B)
in the case of a partial withdrawal described in section 4205(a)(1) (relating to 70-percent contribution decline), on the last day of the first plan year in the 3-year testing period,
multiplied by
(2)
a fraction which is 1 minus a fraction—
(A)
the numerator of which is the employer's contribution base units for the plan year following the plan year in which the partial withdrawal occurs, and
(B)
the denominator of which is the average of the employer's contribution base units for—
(i)
except as provided in clause (ii), the 5 plan years immediately preceding the plan year in which the partial withdrawal occurs, or
(ii)
in the case of a partial withdrawal described in section 4205(a)(1) (relating to 70-percent contribution decline), the 5 plan years immediately preceding the beginning of the 3-year testing period.
(b)
(1)
In the case of an employer that has withdrawal liability for a partial withdrawal from a plan, any withdrawal liability of that employer for a partial or complete withdrawal from that plan in a subsequent plan year 130 shall be reduced by the amount of any partial withdrawal liability (reduced by any abatement or reduction of such liability) of the employer with respect to the plan for a previous plan year.
^{130}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to “any plan year”.
(2)
The corporation shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to provide for proper adjustments in the reduction provided by paragraph (1) for—
(A)
changes in unfunded vested benefits arising after the close of the prior year 131 for which partial withdrawal liability was determined,
^{131}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to “any plan year”.
(B)
changes in contribution base units occurring after the close of the prior year 132 for which partial withdrawal liability was determined, and
^{132}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to “any plan year”.
(C)
any other factors for which it determines adjustment to be appropriate,
so that the liability for any complete or partial withdrawal in any subsequent year (after the application of the reduction) properly reflects the employer's share of liability with respect to the plan.

REDUCTION OR WAIVER OF COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY
Sec. 4207.
[1387]
(a)
The corporation shall provide by regulation for the reduction or waiver of liability for a complete withdrawal in the event that an employer who has withdrawn from a plan subsequently resumes covered operations under the plan or renews an obligation to contribute under the plan, to the extent that the corporation determines that reduction or waiver of withdrawal liability is consistent with the purposes of this Act.
(b)
The corporation shall prescribe by regulation a procedure and standards for the amendment of plans to provide alternative rules for the reduction or waiver of liability for a complete withdrawal in the event that an employer who has withdrawn from the plan subsequently resumes covered operations or renews an obligation to contribute under the plan. The rules may apply only to the extent that the rules are consistent with the purposes of this Act.

REDUCTION OF PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY
Sec. 4208.
[1388]
(a)
(1)
If, for any 2 consecutive plan years following the plan year in which an employer has partially withdrawn from a plan under section 4205(a)(1) (referred to elsewhere in this section as the “partial withdrawal year”), the number of contribution base units with respect to which the employer has an obligation to contribute under the plan for each such year is not less than 90 percent of the total number of contribution base units with respect to which the employer had an obligation to contribute under the plan for the high base year (within the meaning of section 4205(b)(1)(B)(ii)), then the employer shall have no obligation to make payments with respect to such partial withdrawal (other than delinquent payments) for plan years beginning after the second consecutive plan year following the partial withdrawal year.
(2)
(A)
For any plan year for which the number of contribution base units with respect to which an employer who has partially withdrawn under section 4205(a)(1) has an obligation to contribute under the plan equals or exceeds the number of units for the highest year determined under paragraph (1) without regard to “90 percent of”, the employer may furnish (in lieu of payment of the partial withdrawal liability determined under section 4206) a bond to the plan in the amount determined by the plan sponsor (not exceeding 50 percent of the annual payment otherwise required).
(B)
If the plan sponsor determines under paragraph (1) that the employer has no further liability to the plan for the partial withdrawal, then the bond shall be cancelled.
(C)
If the plan sponsor determines under paragraph (1) that the employer continues to have liability to the plan for the partial withdrawal, then—
(i)
the bond shall be paid to the plan,
(ii)
the employer shall immediately be liable for the outstanding amount of liability due with respect to the plan year for which the bond was posted, and
(iii)
the employer shall continue to make the partial withdrawal liability payments as they are due.
(b)
If—
(1)
for any 2 consecutive plan years following a partial withdrawal under section 4205(a)(1), the number of contribution base units with respect to which the employer has an obligation to contribute for each such year exceeds 30 percent of the total number of contribution base units with respect to which the employer had an obligation to contribute for the high base year (within the meaning of section 4205(b)(1)(B)(ii)133, and
^{133}
So in original. There is no closing parenthesis.
(2)
the total number of contribution base units with respect to which all employers under the plan have obligations to contribute in each of such 2 consecutive years is not less than 90 percent of the total number of contribution base units for which all employers had obligations to contribute in the partial withdrawal plan year;
then, the employer shall have no obligation to make payments with respect to such partial withdrawal (other than delinquent payments) for plan years beginning after the second such consecutive plan year.
(c)
In any case in which, in any plan year following a partial withdrawal under section 4205(a)(1), the number of contribution base units with respect to which the employer has an obligation to contribute for such year equals or exceeds 110 percent (or such other percentage as the plan may provide by amendment and which is not prohibited under regulations prescribed by the corporation) of the number of contribution base units with respect to which the employer had an obligation to contribute in the partial withdrawal year, then the amount of the employer's partial withdrawal liability payment for such year shall be reduced pro rata, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation.
(d)
(1)
An employer to whom section 4202(b)134 (relating to the building and construction industry) applies is liable for a partial withdrawal only if the employer's obligation to contribute under the plan is continued for no more than an insubstantial portion of its work in the craft and area jurisdiction of the collective bargaining agreement of the type for which contributions are required.
^{134}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to section 4203(b).
(2)
An employer to whom section 4202(c)135 (relating to the entertainment industry) applies shall have no liability for a partial withdrawal except under the conditions and to the extent prescribed by the corporation by regulation.
^{135}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to section 4203(c).
(e)
(1)
The corporation may prescribe regulations providing for the reduction or elimination of partial withdrawal liability under any conditions with respect to which the corporation determines that reduction or elimination of partial withdrawal liability is consistent with the purposes of this Act.
(2)
Under such regulations, reduction of withdrawal liability shall be provided only with respect to subsequent changes in the employer's contributions for the same operations, or under the same collective bargaining agreement, that gave rise to the partial withdrawal, and changes in the employer's contribution base units with respect to other facilities or other collective bargaining agreements shall not be taken into account.
(3)
The corporation shall prescribe by regulation a procedure by which a plan may by amendment adopt rules for the reduction or elimination of partial withdrawal liability under any other conditions, subject to the approval of the corporation based on its determination that adoption of such rules by the plan is consistent with the purposes of this Act.

DE MINIMIS RULE
Sec. 4209.
[1389]
(a)
Except in the case of a plan amended under subsection (b), the amount of the unfunded vested benefits allocable under section 4211 to an employer who withdraws from a plan shall be reduced by the smaller of—
(1)
3/4 of 1 percent of the plan's unfunded vested obligations (determined as of the end of the plan year ending before the date of withdrawal), or
(2)
$50,000,
reduced by the amount, if any, by which the unfunded vested benefits allowable to the employer, determined without regard to this subsection, exceeds $100,000.
(b)
A plan may be amended to provide for the reduction of the amount determined under section 4211 by not more than the greater of—
(1)
the amount determined under subsection (a), or
(2)
the lesser of—
(A)
the amount determined under subsection (a)(1), or
(B)
$100,000,
reduced by the amount, if any, by which the amount determined under section 4211 for the employer, determined without regard to this subsection, exceeds $150,000.
(c)
This section does not apply—
(1)
to an employer who withdraws in a plan year in which substantially all employers withdraw from the plan, or
(2)
in any case in which substantially all employers withdraw from the plan during a period of one or more plan years pursuant to an agreement or arrangement to withdraw, to an employer who withdraws pursuant to such agreement or arrangement.
(d)
In any action or proceeding to determine or collect withdrawal liability, if substantially all employers have withdrawn from a plan within a period of 3 plan years, an employer who has withdrawn from such plan during such period shall be presumed to have withdrawn from the plan pursuant to an agreement or arrangement, unless the employer proves otherwise by a preponderance of the evidence.

NO WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY FOR CERTAIN TEMPORARY CONTRIBUTION OBLIGATION PERIODS
Sec. 4210.
[1390]
(a)
An employer who withdraws from a plan in complete or partial withdrawal is not liable to the plan if the employer—
(1)
first had an obligation to contribute to the plan after the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980],
(2)
had an obligation to contribute to the plan for no more than the lesser of—
(A)
6 consecutive plan years preceding the date on which the employer withdraws, or
(B)
the number of years required for vesting under the plan,
(3)
was required to make contributions to the plan for each such plan year in an amount equal to less than 2 percent of the sum of all employer contributions made to the plan for each such year, and
(4)
has never avoided withdrawal liability because of the application of this section with respect to the plan.
(b)
Subsection (a) shall apply to an employer with respect to a plan only if—
(1)
the plan is amended to provide that subsection (a) applies;
(2)
the plan provides, or is amended to provide, that the reduction under section 411(a)(3)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 applies with respect to the employees of the employer; and
(3)
the ratio of the assets of the plan for the plan year preceding the first plan year for which the employer was required to contribute to the plan to the benefit payments made during that plan year was at least 8 to 1.

METHODS FOR COMPUTING WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY
Sec. 4211.
[1391]
(a)
The amount of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to an employer that withdraws from a plan shall be determined in accordance with subsection (b), (c), or (d) of this section.
(b)
(1)
Except as provided in subsections (c) and (d), the amount of unfunded vested benefits allocable to an employer that withdraws is the sum of—
(A)
the employer's proportional share of the unamortized amount of the change in the plan's unfunded vested benefits for plan years ending after September 25, 1980, as determined under paragraph (2),
(B)
the employer's proportional share, if any, of the unamortized amount of the plan's unfunded vested benefits at the end of the plan year ending before September 26, 1980, as determined under paragraph (3); and
(C)
the employer's proportional share of the unamortized amounts of the reallocated unfunded vested benefits (if any) as determined under paragraph (4).
If the sum of the amounts determined with respect to an employer under paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) is negative, the unfunded vested benefits allocable to the employer shall be zero.
(2)
(A)
An employer's proportional share of the unamortized amount of the change in the plan's unfunded vested benefits for plan years ending after September 25, 1980, is the sum of the employer's proportional shares of the unamortized amount of the change in unfunded vested benefits for each plan year in which the employer has an obligation to contribute under the plan ending—
(i)
after such date, and
(ii)
before the plan year in which the withdrawal of the employer occurs.
(B)
The change in a plan's unfunded vested benefits for a plan year is the amount by which—
(i)
the unfunded vested benefits at the end of the plan year; exceeds
(ii)
the sum of—
(I)
the unamortized amount of the unfunded vested benefits for the last plan year ending before September 26, 1980, and
(II)
the sum of the unamortized amounts of the change in unfunded vested benefits for each plan year ending after September 25, 1980, and preceding the plan year for which the change is determined.
(C)
The unamortized amount of the change in a plan's unfunded vested benefits with respect to a plan year is the change in unfunded vested benefits for the plan year, reduced by 5 percent of such change for each succeeding plan year.
(D)
The unamortized amount of the unfunded vested benefits for the last plan year ending before September 26, 1980, is the amount of the unfunded vested benefits as of the end of that plan year reduced by 5 percent of such amount for each succeeding plan year.
(E)
An employer's proportional share of the unamortized amount of a change in unfunded vested benefits is the product of—
(i)
the unamortized amount of such change (as of the end of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws); multiplied by
(ii)
a fraction—
(I)
the numerator of which is the sum of the contributions required to be made under the plan by the employer for the year in which such change arose and for the 4 preceding plan years, and
(II)
the denominator of which is the sum for the plan year in which such change arose and the 4 preceding plan years of all contributions made by employers who had an obligation to contribute under the plan for the plan year in which such change arose reduced by the contributions made in such years by employers who had withdrawn from the plan in the year in which the change arose.
(3)
An employer's proportional share of the unamortized amount of the plan's unfunded vested benefits for the last plan year ending before September 26, 1980, is the product of—
(A)
such unamortized amount; multiplied by—
(B)
a fraction—
(i)
the numerator of which is the sum of all contributions required to be made by the employer under the plan for the most recent 5 plan years ending before September 26, 1980, and
(ii)
the denominator of which is the sum of all contributions made for the most recent 5 plan years ending before September 26, 1980, by all employers—
(I)
who had an obligation to contribute under the plan for the first plan year ending on or after such date, and
(II)
who had not withdrawn from the plan before such date.
(4)
(A)
An employer's proportional share of the unamortized amount of the reallocated unfunded vested benefits is the sum of the employer's proportional shares of the unamortized amount of the reallocated unfunded vested benefits for each plan year ending before the plan year in which the employer withdrew from the plan.
(B)
Except as otherwise provided in regulations prescribed by the corporation, the reallocated unfunded vested benefits for a plan year is the sum of—
(i)
any amount which the plan sponsor determines in that plan year to be uncollectible 136 for reasons arising out of cases or proceedings under title 11, United States Code, or similar proceedings.137
^{136}
So in original. The intended phrase appears to be “determines to be uncollectible in that plan year”.
^{137}
So in original. The period should probably be a comma.
(ii)
any amount which the plan sponsor determines in that plan year will not be assessed 138 as a result of the operation of section 4209, 4219(c)(1)(B), or section 4225 against an employer to whom a notice described in section 4219139 has been sent, and
^{138}
So in original. The intended phrase appears to be “determines will not be asessed in that plan year”.
^{139}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to section 4219(b)(1)(A).
(iii)
any amount which the plan sponsor determines to be uncollectible or unassessable in that plan year for other reasons under standards not inconsistent with regulations prescribed by the corporation.
(C)
The unamortized amount of the reallocated unfunded vested benefits with respect to a plan year is the reallocated unfunded vested benefits for the plan year, reduced by 5 percent of such reallocated unfunded vested benefits for each succeeding plan year.
(D)
An employer's proportional share of the unamortized amount of the reallocated unfunded vested benefits with respect to a plan year is the product of—
(i)
the unamortized amount of the reallocated unfunded vested benefits (as of the end of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws); multiplied by
(ii)
the fraction defined in paragraph (2)(E)(ii).
(c)
(1)
A multiemployer plan, other than a plan which primarily covers employees in the building and construction industry, may be amended to provide that the amount of unfunded vested benefits allocable to an employer that withdraws from the plan is an amount determined under paragraph (2), (3), (4), or (5) of this subsection, rather than under subsection (b) or (d). A plan described in section 4203(b)(1)(B)(i) (relating to the building and construction industry) may be amended, to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the corporation, to provide that the amount of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to an employer not described in section 4203(b)(1)(A) shall be determined in a manner different from that provided in subsection (b).
(2)
(A)
The amount of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to any employer under this paragraph is the sum of the amounts determined under subparagraphs (B) and (C).
(B)
The amount determined under this subparagraph is the product of—
(i)
the plan's unfunded vested benefits as of the end of the last plan year ending before September 26, 1980, reduced as if those obligations were being fully amortized in level annual installments over 15 years beginning with the first plan year ending on or after such date; multiplied by
(ii)
a fraction—
(I)
the numerator of which is the sum of all contributions required to be made by the employer under the plan for the last 5 plan years ending before September 26, 1980, and
(II)
the denominator of which is the sum of all contributions made for the last 5 plan years ending before September 26, 1980, by all employers who had an obligation to contribute under the plan for the first plan year ending after September 25, 1980, and who had not withdrawn from the plan before such date.
(C)
The amount determined under this subparagraph is the product of—
(i)
an amount equal to—
(I)
the plan's unfunded vested benefits as of the end of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws, less
(II)
the sum of the value as of such date of all outstanding claims for withdrawal liability which can reasonably be expected to be collected, with respect to employers withdrawing before such plan year, and that portion of the amount determined under subparagraph (B)(i) which is allocable to employers who have an obligation to contribute under the plan in the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws and who also had an obligation to contribute under the plan for the first plan year ending after September 25, 1980; multiplied by
(ii)
a fraction—
(I)
the numerator of which is the total amount required to be contributed under the plan by the employer for the last 5 plan years ending before the date on which the employer withdraws, and
(II)
the denominator of which is the total amount contributed under the plan by all employers for the last 5 plan years ending before the date on which the employer withdraws, increased by the amount of any employer contributions owed with respect to earlier periods which were collected in those plan years, and decreased by any amount contributed by an employer who withdrew from the plan under this part during those plan years.
(D)
The corporation may by regulation permit adjustments in any denominator under this section, consistent with the purposes of this title, where such adjustment would be appropriate to ease administrative burdens of plan sponsors in calculating such denominators.
(3)
The amount of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to an employer under this paragraph is the product of—
(A)
the plan's unfunded vested benefits as of the end of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws, less the value as of the end of such year of all outstanding claims for withdrawal liability which can reasonably be expected to be collected from employers withdrawing before such year; multiplied by
(B)
a fraction—
(i)
the numerator of which is the total amount required to be contributed by the employer under the plan for the last 5 plan years ending before the withdrawal, and
(ii)
the denominator of which is the total amount contributed under the plan by all employers for the last 5 plan years ending before the withdrawal, increased by any employer contributions owed with respect to earlier periods which were collected in those plan years, and decreased by any amount contributed to the plan during those plan years by employers who withdrew from the plan under this section during those plan years.
(4)
(A)
The amount of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to an employer under this paragraph is equal to the sum of—
(i)
the plan's unfunded vested benefits which are attributable to participants' service with the employer (determined as of the end of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws), and
(ii)
the employer's proportional share of any unfunded vested benefits which are not attributable to service with the employer or other employers who are obligated to contribute under the plan in the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws (determined as of the end of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws).
(B)
The plan's unfunded vested benefits which are attributable to participants' service with the employer is the amount equal to the value of nonforfeitable benefits under the plan which are attributable to participants' service with such employer (determined under plan rules not inconsistent with regulations of the corporation) decreased by the share of plan assets determined under subparagraph (C) which is allocated to the employer as provided under subparagraph (D).
(C)
The value of plan assets determined under this subparagraph is the value of plan assets allocated to nonforfeitable benefits which are attributable to service with the employers who have an obligation to contribute under the plan in the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws, which is determined by multiplying—
(i)
the value of the plan assets as of the end of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws, by
(ii)
a fraction—
(I)
the numerator of which is the value of nonforfeitable benefits which are attributable to service with such employers, and
(II)
the denominator of which is the value of all nonforfeitable benefits under the plan
as of the end of the plan year.
(D)
The share of plan assets, determined under subparagraph (C), which is allocated to the employer shall be determined in accordance with one of the following methods which shall be adopted by the plan by amendment:
(i)
by multiplying the value of plan assets determined under subparagraph (C) by a fraction—
(I)
the numerator of which is the value of the nonforfeitable benefits which are attributable to service with the employer, and
(II)
the denominator of which is the value of the nonforfeitable benefits which are attributable to service with all employers who have an obligation to contribute under the plan in the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws;
(ii)
by multiplying the value of plan assets determined under subparagraph (C) by a fraction—
(I)
the numerator of which is the sum of all contributions (accumulated with interest) which have been made to the plan by the employer for the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws and all preceding plan years; and
(II)
the denominator of which is the sum of all contributions (accumulated with interest) which have been made to the plan (for the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws and all preceding plan years) by all employers who have an obligation to contribute to the plan for the plan year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws; or
(iii)
by multiplying the value of plan assets under subparagraph (C) by a fraction—
(I)
the numerator of which is the amount determined under clause (ii)(I) of this subparagraph, less the sum of benefit payments (accumulated with interest) made to participants (and their beneficiaries) for the plan years described in such clause (ii)(I) which are attributable to service with the employer; and
(II)
the denominator of which is the amount determined under clause (ii)(II) of this subparagraph, reduced by the sum of benefit payments (accumulated with interest) made to participants (and their beneficiaries) for the plan years described in such clause (ii)(II) which are attributable to service with respect to the employers described in such clause (ii)(II).
(E)
The amount of the plan's unfunded vested benefits for a plan year preceding the plan year in which an employer withdraws, which is not attributable to service with employers who have an obligation to contribute under the plan in the plan year preceding the plan year in which such employer withdraws, is equal to—
(i)
an amount equal to—
(I)
the value of all nonforfeitable benefits under the plan at the end of such plan year, reduced by
(II)
the value of nonforfeitable benefits under the plan at the end of such plan year which are attributable to participants' service with employers who have an obligation to contribute under the plan for such plan year; reduced by
(ii)
an amount equal to—
(I)
the value of the plan assets as of the end of such plan year, reduced by
(II)
the value of plan assets as of the end of such plan year as determined under subparagraph (C); reduced by
(iii)
the value of all outstanding claims for withdrawal liability which can reasonably be expected to be collected with respect to employers withdrawing before the year preceding the plan year in which the employer withdraws.
(F)
The employer's proportional share described in subparagraph (A)(ii) for a plan year is the amount determined under subparagraph (E) for the employer, but not in excess of an amount which bears the same ratio to the sum of the amounts determined under subparagraph (E) for all employers under the plan as the amount determined under subparagraph (C) for the employer bears to the sum of the amounts determined under subparagraph (C) for all employers under the plan.
(G)
The corporation may prescribe by regulation other methods which a plan may adopt for allocating assets to determine the amount of the unfunded vested benefits attributable to service with the employer and to determine the employer's share of unfunded vested benefits not attributable to service with employers who have an obligation to contribute under the plan in the plan year in which the employer withdraws.
(5)
(A)
The corporation shall prescribe by regulation a procedure by which a plan may, by amendment, adopt any other alternative method for determining an employer's allocable share of unfunded vested benefits under this section, subject to the approval of the corporation based on its determination that adoption of the method by the plan would not significantly increase the risk of loss to plan participants and beneficiaries or to the corporation.
(B)
The corporation may prescribe by regulation standard approaches for alternative methods, other than those set forth in the preceding paragraphs of this subsection, which a plan may adopt under subparagraph (A), for which the corporation may waive or modify the approval requirements of subparagraph (A). Any alternative method shall provide for the allocation of substantially all of a plan's unfunded vested benefits among employers who have an obligation to contribute under the plan.
(C)
Unless the corporation by regulation provides otherwise, a plan may be amended to provide that a period of more than 5 but not more than 10 plan years may be used for determining the numerator and denominator of any fraction which is used under any method authorized under this section for determining an employer's allocable share of unfunded vested benefits under this section.
(D)
The corporation may by regulation permit adjustments in any denominator under this section, consistent with the purposes of this title, where such adjustment would be appropriate to ease administrative burdens of plan sponsors in calculating such denominators.
(E)

Fresh start option.—
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a plan may be amended to provide that the withdrawal liability method described in subsection (b) shall be applied by substituting the plan year which is specified in the amendment and for which the plan has no unfunded vested benefits for the plan year ending before September 26, 1980.
(d)
(1)
The method of calculating an employer's allocable share of unfunded vested benefits set forth in subsection (c)(3) shall be the method for calculating an employer's allocable share of unfunded vested benefits under a plan to which section 404(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or a continuation of such a plan, applies, unless the plan is amended to adopt another method authorized under subsection (b) or (c).
(2)
Sections 4204, 4209, 4219(c)(1)(B), and 4225 shall not apply with respect to the withdrawal of an employer from a plan described in paragraph (1) unless the plan is amended to provide that any of such sections apply.
(e)
In the case of a transfer of liabilities to another plan incident to an employer's withdrawal or partial withdrawal, the withdrawn employer's liability under this part shall be reduced in an amount equal to the value, as of the end of the last plan year ending on or before the date of the withdrawal, of the transferred unfunded vested benefits.
(f)
In the case of a withdrawal following a merger of multiemployer plans, subsection (b), (c), or (d) shall be applied in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation; except that, if a withdrawal occurs in the first plan year beginning after a merger of multiemployer plans, the determination under this section shall be made as if each of the multiemployer plans had remained separate plans.

OBLIGATION TO CONTRIBUTE; SPECIAL RULES
Sec. 4212.
[1392]
(a)
For purposes of this part, the term “obligation to contribute” means an obligation to contribute arising—
(1)
under one or more collective bargaining (or related) agreements, or
(2)
as a result of a duty under applicable labor-management relations law, but
does not include an obligation to pay withdrawal liability under this section or to pay delinquent contributions.
(b)
Payments of withdrawal liability under this part shall not be considered contributions for purposes of this part.
(c)
If a principal purpose of any transaction is to evade or avoid liability under this part, this part shall be applied (and liability shall be determined and collected) without regard to such transaction.

ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS, ETC.
Sec. 4213.
[1393]
(a)
The corporation may prescribe by regulation actuarial assumptions which may be used by a plan actuary in determining the unfunded vested benefits of a plan for purposes of determining an employer's withdrawal liability under this part. Withdrawal liability under this part shall be determined by each plan on the basis of—
(1)
actuarial assumptions and methods which, in the aggregate, are reasonable (taking into account the experience of the plan and reasonable expectations) and which, in combination, offer the actuary's best estimate of anticipated experience under the plan, or
(2)
actuarial assumptions and methods set forth in the corporation's regulations for purposes of determining an employer's withdrawal liability.
(b)
In determining the unfunded vested benefits of a plan for purposes of determining an employer's withdrawal liability under this part, the plan actuary may—
(1)
rely on the most recent complete actuarial valuation used for purposes of section 412 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and reasonable estimates for the interim years of the unfunded vested benefits, and
(2)
in the absence of complete data, rely on the data available or on data secured by a sampling which can reasonably be expected to be representative of the status of the entire plan.
(c)
For purposes of this part, the term “unfunded vested benefits” means with respect to a plan, an amount equal to—
(A)
the value of nonforfeitable benefits under the plan, less
^{140}
So in original. Subparagraphs (A) and (B) probably should be redesignated as paragraphs (1) and (2).
(B)
the value of the assets of the plan.

APPLICATION OF PLAN AMENDMENTS
Sec. 4214.
[1394]
(a)
No plan rule or amendment adopted after January 31, 1981, under section 4209 or 4211(c) may be applied without the employer's consent with respect to liability for a withdrawal or partial withdrawal which occurred before the date on which the rule or amendment was adopted.
(b)
All plan rules and amendments authorized under this part shall operate and be applied uniformly with respect to each employer, except that special provisions may be made to take into account the creditworthiness of an employer. The plan sponsor shall give notice to all employers who have an obligation to contribute under the plan and to all employee organizations representing employees covered under the plan of any plan rules or amendments adopted pursuant to this section.

PLAN NOTIFICATION TO CORPORATION OF POTENTIALLY SIGNIFICANT WITHDRAWALS
Sec. 4215.
[1395]
The corporation may, by regulation, require the plan sponsor of a multiemployer plan to provide notice to the corporation when the withdrawal from the plan by any employer has resulted, or will result, in a significant reduction in the amount of aggregate contributions under the plan made by employers.

SPECIAL RULES FOR PLANS UNDER SECTION 404(C) PLANS
Sec. 4216.
[1396]
(a)
In the case of a plan described in subsection (b)—
(1)
if an employer withdraws prior to a termination described in section 4041A(a)(2), the amount of withdrawal liability to be paid in any year 141 by such employer shall be an amount equal to the greater of—
^{141}
So in original. The intended phrase appears to be “for any year”.
(A)
the amount determined under section 4219(c)(1)(C)(i), or
(B)
the product of—
(i)
the number of contribution base units for which the employer would have been required to make contributions for the prior plan year if the employer had not withdrawn, multiplied by
(ii)
the contribution rate for the plan year which would be required to meet the amortization schedules contained in section 4243(d)(3)(B)(ii)142 (determined without regard to any limitation on such rate otherwise provided by this title)
^{142}
So in original. The intended reference appears to be to section 4243(d)(3)(B)(i).
except that an employer shall not be required to pay an amount in excess of the withdrawal liability computed with interest; and
(2)
the withdrawal liability of an employer who withdraws after December 31, 1983, as a result of a termination described in section 4041A(a)(2) which is agreed to by the labor organization that appoints the employee representative on the joint board of trustees which sponsors the plan, shall be determined under subsection (c) if—
(A)
as a result of prior employer withdrawals in any plan year commencing after January 1, 1980, the number of contribution base units is reduced to less than 67 percent of the average number of such units for the calendar years 1974 through 1979; and
(B)
at least 50 percent of the withdrawal liability attributable to the first 33 percent decline described in subparagraph (A) has been determined by the plan sponsor to be uncollectible within the meaning of regulations of the corporation of general applicability; and
(C)
the rate of employer contributions under the plan for each plan year following the first plan year beginning after the date of enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980] and preceding the termination date equals or exceeds the rate described in section 4243(d)(3).
(b)
A plan is described in this subsection if—
(1)
it is a plan described in section 404(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or a continuation thereof; and
(2)
participation in the plan is substantially limited to individuals who retired prior to January 1, 1976.
(c)
(1)
The amount of an employer's liability under this paragraph is the product of—
(A)
the amount of the employer's withdrawal liability determined without regard to this section, and
(B)
the greater of 90 percent, or a fraction—
(i)
the numerator of which is an amount equal to the portion of the plan's unfunded vested benefits that is attributable to plan participants who have a total of 10 or more years of signatory service, and
(ii)
the denominator of which is an amount equal to the total unfunded vested benefits of the plan.
(2)
For purposes of paragraph (1), the term “a year of signatory service”143 means a year during any portion of which a participant was employed for an employer who was obligated to contribute in that year, or who was subsequently obligated to contribute.
^{143}
So in original. The term intended to be defined appears to be “year of signatory service”.

APPLICATION OF PART IN CASE OF CERTAIN PRE-1980 WITHDRAWALS
Sec. 4217.
[1397]
(a)
For the purpose of determining the amount of unfunded vested benefits allocable to an employer for a partial or complete withdrawal from a plan which occurs after September 25, 1980, and for the purpose of determining whether there has been a partial withdrawal after such date, the amount of contributions, and the number of contribution base units, of such employer properly allocable—
(1)
to work performed under a collective bargaining agreement for which there was a permanent cessation of the obligation to contribute before September 26, 1980, or
(2)
to work performed at a facility at which all covered operations permanently ceased before September 26, 1980, or for which there was a permanent cessation of the obligation to contribute before that date,
shall not be taken into account.
(b)
A plan may, in a manner not inconsistent with regulations, which shall be prescribed by the corporation, adjust the amount of unfunded vested benefits allocable to other employers under a plan maintained by an employer described in subsection (a).

WITHDRAWAL NOT TO OCCUR MERELY BECAUSE OF CHANGE IN BUSINESS FORM OR SUSPENSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS DURING LABOR DISPUTE
Sec. 4218.
[1398]
Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, an employer shall not be considered to have withdrawn from a plan solely because—
(1)
an employer ceases to exist by reason of—
(A)
a change in corporate structure described in section 4069(b), or
(B)
a change to an unincorporated form of business enterprise,
if the change causes no interruption in employer contributions or obligations to contribute under the plan, or
(2)
an employer suspends contributions under the plan during a labor dispute involving its employees.
For purposes of this part, a successor or parent corporation or other entity resulting from any such change shall be considered the original employer.

NOTICE, COLLECTION, ETC., OF WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY
Sec. 4219.
[1399]
(a)
An employer shall, within 30 days after a written request from the plan sponsor, furnish such information as the plan sponsor reasonably determines to be necessary to enable the plan sponsor to comply with the requirements of this part.
(b)
(1)
As soon as practicable after an employer's complete or partial withdrawal, the plan sponsor shall—
(A)
notify the employer of—
(i)
the amount of the liability, and
(ii)
the schedule for liability payments, and
(B)
demand payment in accordance with the schedule.
(2)
(A)
No later than 90 days after the employer receives the notice described in paragraph (1), the employer—
(i)
may ask the plan sponsor to review any specific matter relating to the determination of the employer's liability and the schedule of payments,
(ii)
may identify any inaccuracy in the determination of the amount of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to the employer, and
(iii)
may furnish any additional relevant information to the plan sponsor.
(B)
After a reasonable review of any matter raised, the plan sponsor shall notify the employer of—
(i)
the plan sponsor's decision,
(ii)
the basis for the decision, and
(iii)
the reason for any change in the determination of the employer's liability or schedule of liability payments.
(c)
(1)
(A)
(i)
Except as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (D) of this paragraph and in paragraphs (4) and (5), an employer shall pay the amount determined under section 4211, adjusted if appropriate first under section 4209 and then under section 4206 over the period of years necessary to amortize the amount in level annual payments determined under subparagraph (C), calculated as if the first payment were made on the first day of the plan year following the plan year in which the withdrawal occurs and as if each subsequent payment were made on the first day of each subsequent plan year. Actual payment shall commence in accordance with paragraph (2).
(ii)
The determination of the amortization period described in clause (i) shall be based on the assumptions used for the most recent actuarial valuation for the plan.
(B)
In any case in which the amortization period described in subparagraph (A) exceeds 20 years, the employer's liability shall be limited to the first 20 annual payments determined under subparagraph (C).
(C)
(i)
Except as provided in subparagraph (E), the amount of each annual payment shall be the product of—
(I)
the average annual number of contribution base units for the period of 3 consecutive plan years, during the period of 10 consecutive plan years ending before the plan year in which the withdrawal occurs, in which the number of contribution base units for which the employer had an obligation to contribute under the plan is the highest, and
(II)
the highest contribution rate at which the employer had an obligation to contribute under the plan during the 10 plan years ending with the plan year in which the withdrawal occurs.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, a partial withdrawal described in section 4205(a)(1) shall be deemed to occur on the last day of the first year of the 3-year testing period described in section 4205(b)(1)(B)(i).
(ii)
(I)
A plan may be amended to provide that for any plan year ending before 1986 the amount of each annual payment shall be (in lieu of the amount determined under clause (i)) the average of the required employer contributions under the plan for the period of 3 consecutive plan years (during the period of 10 consecutive plan years ending with the plan year preceding the plan year in which the withdrawal occurs) for which such required contributions were the highest.
(II)
Subparagraph (B) shall not apply to any plan year to which this clause applies.
(III)
This clause shall not apply in the case of any withdrawal described in subparagraph (D).
(IV)
If under a plan this clause applies to any plan year but does not apply to the next plan year, this clause shall not apply to any plan year after such next plan year.
(V)
For purposes of this clause, the term “required contributions” means, for any period, the amounts which the employer was obligated to contribute for such period (not taking into account any delinquent contribution for any other period).
(iii)
A plan may be amended to provide that for the first plan year ending on or after September 26, 1980, the number “5” shall be substituted for the number “10” each place it appears in clause (i) or clause (ii) (whichever is appropriate). If the plan is so amended, the number “5” shall be increased by one for each succeeding plan year until the number “10” is reached.
(D)
In any case in which a multiemployer plan terminates by the withdrawal of every employer from the plan, or in which substantially all the employers withdraw from a plan pursuant to an agreement or arrangement to withdraw from the plan—
(i)
the liability of each such employer who has withdrawn shall be determined (or redetermined) under this paragraph without regard to subparagraph (B), and
(ii)
notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the total unfunded vested benefits of the plan shall be fully allocated among all such employers in a manner not inconsistent with regulations which shall be prescribed by the corporation.
Withdrawal by an employer from a plan, during a period of 3 consecutive plan years within which substantially all the employers who have an obligation to contribute under the plan withdraw, shall be presumed to be a withdrawal pursuant to an agreement or arrangement, unless the employer proves otherwise by a preponderance of the evidence.
(E)
In the case of a partial withdrawal described in section 4205(a), the amount of each annual payment shall be the product of—
(i)
the amount determined under subparagraph (C) (determined without regard to this subparagraph), multiplied by
(ii)
the fraction determined under section 4206(a)(2).
(2)
Withdrawal liability shall be payable in accordance with the schedule set forth by the plan sponsor under subsection (b)(1) beginning no later than 60 days after the date of the demand notwithstanding any request for review or appeal of determinations of the amount of such liability or of the schedule.
(3)
Each annual payment determined under paragraph (1)(C) shall be payable in 4 equal installments due quarterly, or at other intervals specified by plan rules. If a payment is not made when due, interest on the payment shall accrue from the due date until the date on which the payment is made.
(4)
The employer shall be entitled to prepay the outstanding amount of the unpaid annual withdrawal liability payments determined under paragraph (1)(C), plus accrued interest, if any, in whole or in part, without penalty. If the prepayment is made pursuant to a withdrawal which is later determined to be part of a withdrawal described in paragraph (1)(D), the withdrawal liability of the employer shall not be limited to the amount of the prepayment.
(5)
In the event of a default, a plan sponsor may require immediate payment of the outstanding amount of an employer's withdrawal liability, plus accrued interest on the total outstanding liability from the due date of the first payment which was not timely made. For purposes of this section, the term “default” means—
(A)
the failure of an employer to make, when due, any payment under this section, if the failure is not cured within 60 days after the employer receives written notification from the plan sponsor of such failure, and
(B)
any other event defined in rules adopted by the plan which indicates a substantial likelihood that an employer will be unable to pay its withdrawal liability.
(6)
Except as provided in paragraph (1)(A)(ii), interest under this subsection shall be charged at rates based on prevailing market rates for comparable obligations, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation.
(7)
A multiemployer plan may adopt rules for other terms and conditions for the satisfaction of an employer's withdrawal liability if such rules—
(A)
are consistent with this Act, and
(B)
are not inconsistent with regulations of the corporation.
(8)
In the case of a terminated multiemployer plan, an employer's obligation to make payments under this section ceases at the end of the plan year in which the assets of the plan (exclusive of withdrawal liability claims) are sufficient to meet all obligations of the plan, as determined by the corporation.
(d)
The prohibitions provided in section 406(a) do not apply to any action required or permitted under this partor to any arrangement relating to withdrawal liability involving the plan.

APPROVAL OF AMENDMENTS
Sec. 4220.
[1400]
(a)
Except as provided in subsection (b), if an amendment to a multiemployer plan authorized by any preceding section of this part is adopted more than 36 months after the effective date of this section [September 26, 1980], the amendment shall be effective only if the corporation approves the amendment, or, within 90 days after the corporation receives notice and a copy of the amendment from the plan sponsor, fails to disapprove the amendment.
(b)
An amendment permitted by section 4211(c)(5) may be adopted only in accordance with that section.
(c)
The corporation shall disapprove an amendment referred to in subsection (a) or (b) only if the corporation determines that the amendment creates an unreasonable risk of loss to plan participants and beneficiaries or to the corporation.

RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
Sec. 4221.
[1401]
(a)
(1)
Any dispute between an employer and the plan sponsor of a multiemployer plan concerning a determination made under sections 4201 through 4219144 shall be resolved through arbitration. Either party may initiate the arbitration proceeding within a 60-day period after the earlier of—
^{144}
So in original. There is no reference to section 4225 in paragraph (1) despite the reference made to that section in paragraph (3)(A).
(A)
the date of notification to the employer under section 4219(b)(2)(B), or
(B)
120 days after the date of the employer's request under section 4219(b)(2)(A).
The parties may jointly initiate arbitration within the 180-day period after the date of the plan sponsor's demand under section 4219(b)(1).
(2)
An arbitration proceeding under this section shall be conducted in accordance with fair and equitable procedures to be promulgated by the corporation. The plan sponsor may purchase insurance to cover potential liability of the arbitrator. If the parties have not provided for the costs of the arbitration, including arbitrator's fees, by agreement, the arbitrator shall assess such fees. The arbitrator may also award reasonable attorney's fees.
(3)
(A)
For purposes of any proceeding under this section, any determination made by a plan sponsor under sections 4201 through 4219 and section 4225 is presumed correct unless the party contesting the determination shows by a preponderance of the evidence that the determination was unreasonable or clearly erroneous.
(B)
In the case of the determination of a plan's unfunded vested benefits for a plan year, the determination is presumed correct unless a party contesting the determination shows by a preponderance of evidence that—
(i)
the actuarial assumptions and methods used in the determination were, in the aggregate, unreasonable (taking into account the experience of the plan and reasonable expectations), or
(ii)
the plan's actuary made a significant error in applying the actuarial assumptions or methods.
(b)
(1)
If no arbitration proceeding has been initiated pursuant to subsection (a), the amounts demanded by the plan sponsor under section 4219(b)(1) shall be due and owing on the schedule set forth by the plan sponsor. The plan sponsor may bring an action in a State or Federal court of competent jurisdiction for collection.
(2)
Upon completion of the arbitration proceedings in favor of one of the parties, any party thereto may bring an action, no later than 30 days after the issuance of an arbitrator's award, in an appropriate United States district court in accordance with section 4301 to enforce, vacate, or modify the arbitrator's award.
(3)
Any arbitration proceedings under this section shall, to the extent consistent with this title, be conducted in the same manner, subject to the same limitations, carried out with the same powers (including subpena power), and enforced in United States courts as an arbitration proceeding carried out under title 9, United States Code.
(c)
In any proceeding under subsection (b), there shall be a presumption, rebuttable only by a clear preponderance of the evidence, that the findings of fact made by the arbitrator were correct.
(d)
Payments shall be made by an employer in accordance with the determinations made under this part until the arbitrator issues a final decision with respect to the determination submitted for arbitration, with any necessary adjustments in subsequent payments for overpayments or underpayments arising out of the decision of the arbitrator with respect to the determination. If the employer fails to make timely payment in accordance with such final decision, the employer shall be treated as being delinquent in the making of a contribution required under the plan (within the meaning of section 515).
(e)

Procedures Applicable to Certain Disputes.—
(1)

In general.—
If—
(A)
a plan sponsor of a plan determines that—
(i)
a complete or partial withdrawal of an employer has occurred, or
(ii)
an employer is liable for withdrawal liability payments with respect to the complete or partial withdrawal of an employer from the plan,
(B)
such determination is based in whole or in part on a finding by the plan sponsor under section 4212(c) that a principal purpose of a transaction that occurred before January 1, 1999, was to evade or avoid withdrawal liability under this subtitle, and
(C)
such transaction occurred at least 5 years before the date of the complete or partial withdrawal,
then the special rules under paragraph (2) shall be used in applying subsections (a) and (d) of this section and section 4219(c) to the employer.
(2)

Special rules.—
(A)

Determination.—
Notwithstanding subsection (a)(3)—
(i)
a determination by the plan sponsor under paragraph (1)(B) shall not be presumed to be correct, and
(ii)
the plan sponsor shall have the burden to establish, by a preponderance of the evidence, the elements of the claim under section 4212(c) that a principal purpose of the transaction was to evade or avoid withdrawal liability under this subtitle.
Nothing in this subparagraph shall affect the burden of establishing any other element of a claim for withdrawal liability under this subtitle.
(B)

Procedure.—
Notwithstanding subsection (d) and section 4219(c), if an employer contests the plan sponsor's determination under paragraph (1) through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to subsection (a), or through a claim brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, the employer shall not be obligated to make any withdrawal liability payments until a final decision in the arbitration proceeding, or in court, upholds the plan sponsor's determination.
(f)145

Procedures Applicable to Certain Disputes.—
^{145}
Section 204(d) of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 applies the provisions to notifications after date of enactment with respect to transactions after December 31, 1998.
(1)

In general.—
If—
(A)
a plan sponsor of a plan determines that—
(i)
a complete or partial withdrawal of an employer has occurred, or
(ii)
an employer is liable for withdrawal liability payments with respect to such complete or partial withdrawal, and
(B)
such determination is based in whole or in part on a finding by the plan sponsor under section 4212(c) that a principal purpose of any transaction which occurred after December 31, 1998, and at least 5 years (2 years in the case of a small employer) before the date of the complete or partial withdrawal was to evade or avoid withdrawal liability under this subtitle,
then the person against which the withdrawal liability is assessed based solely on the application of section 4212(c) may elect to use the special rule under paragraph (2) in applying subsection (d) of this section and section 4219(c) to such person.
(2)

Special rule.—
Notwithstanding subsection (d) and section 4219(c), if an electing person contests the plan sponsor's determination with respect to withdrawal liability payments under paragraph (1) through an arbitration proceeding pursuant to subsection (a), through an action brought in a court of competent jurisdiction for review of such an arbitration decision, or as otherwise permitted by law, the electing person shall not be obligated to make the withdrawal liability payments until a final decision in the arbitration proceeding, or in court, upholds the plan sponsor's determination, but only if the electing person—
(A)
provides notice to the plan sponsor of its election to apply the special rule in this paragraph within 90 days after the plan sponsor notifies the electing person of its liability by reason of the application of section 4212(c); and
(B)
if a final decision in the arbitration proceeding, or in court, of the withdrawal liability dispute has not been rendered within 12 months from the date of such notice, the electing person provides to the plan, effective as of the first day following the 12-month period, a bond issued by a corporate surety company that is an acceptable surety for purposes of section 412 of this Act, or an amount held in escrow by a bank or similar financial institution satisfactory to the plan, in an amount equal to the sum of the withdrawal liability payments that would otherwise be due under subsection (d) and section 4219(c) for the 12-month period beginning with the first anniversary of such notice. Such bond or escrow shall remain in effect until there is a final decision in the arbitration proceeding, or in court, of the withdrawal liability dispute, at which time such bond or escrow shall be paid to the plan if such final decision upholds the plan sponsor's determination.
(3)

Definition of small employer.—
For purposes of this subsection—
(A)

In general.—
The term “small employer” means any employer which, for the calendar year in which the transaction referred to in paragraph (1)(B) occurred and for each of the 3 preceding years, on average—
(i)
employs not more than 500 employees, and
(ii)
is required to make contributions to the plan for not more than 250 employees.
(B)

Controlled group.—
Any group treated as a single employer under subsection (b)(1) of section 4001, without regard to any transaction that was a basis for the plan's finding under section 4212, shall be treated as a single employer for purposes of this subparagraph.
(4)

Additional security pending resolution of dispute.—
If a withdrawal liability dispute to which this subsection applies is not concluded by 12 months after the electing person posts the bond or escrow described in paragraph (2), the electing person shall, at the start of each succeeding 12-month period, provide an additional bond or amount held in escrow equal to the sum of the withdrawal liability payments that would otherwise be payable to the plan during that period.
(5)
The liability of the party furnishing a bond or escrow under this subsection shall be reduced, upon the payment of the bond or escrow to the plan, by the amount thereof.

REIMBURSEMENTS FOR UNCOLLECTIBLE WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY
Sec. 4222.
[1402]
(a)
By May 1, 1982, the corporation shall establish by regulation a supplemental program to reimburse multiemployer plans for withdrawal liability payments which are due from employers and which are determined to be uncollectible for reasons arising out of cases or proceedings involving the employers under title 11, United States Code, or similar cases or proceedings. Participation in the supplemental program shall be on a voluntary basis, and a plan which elects coverage under the program shall pay premiums to the corporation in accordance with a premium schedule which shall be prescribed from time to time by the corporation. The premium schedule shall contain such rates and bases for the application of such rates as the corporation considers to be appropriate.
(b)
The corporation may provide under the program for reimbursement of amounts of withdrawal liability determined to be uncollectible for any other reasons the corporation considers appropriate.
(c)
The cost of the program (including such administrative and legal costs as the corporation considers appropriate) may be paid only out of premiums collected under such program.
(d)
The supplemental program may be offered to eligible plans on such terms and conditions, and with such limitations with respect to the payment of reimbursements (including the exclusion of de minimis amounts of uncollectible employer liability, and the reduction or elimination of reimbursements which cannot be paid from collected premiums) and such restrictions on withdrawal from the program, as the corporation considers necessary and appropriate.
(e)
The corporation may enter into arrangements with private insurers to carry out in whole or in part the program authorized by this section and may require plans which elect coverage under the program to elect coverage by those private insurers.

WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY PAYMENT FUND
Sec. 4223.
[1403]
(a)
The plan sponsors of multiemployer plans may establish or participate in a withdrawal liability payment fund.
(b)
For purposes of this section, the term “withdrawal liability payment fund”, and the term “fund”, mean a trust which—
(1)
is established and maintained under section 501(c)(22) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
(2)
maintains agreements which cover a substantial portion of the participants who are in multiemployer plans which (under the rules of the trust instrument) are eligible to participate in the fund,
(3)
is funded by amounts paid by the plans which participate in the fund, and
(4)
is administered by a Board of Trustees, and in the administration of the fund there is equal representation of—
(A)
trustees representing employers who are obligated to contribute to the plans participating in the fund, and
(B)
trustees representing employees who are participants in plans which participate in the fund.
(c)
(1)
If an employer withdraws from a plan which participates in a withdrawal liability payment fund, then, to the extent provided in the trust, the fund shall pay to that plan—
(A)
the employer's unattributable liability,
(B)
the employer's withdrawal liability payments which would have been due but for section 4208, 4209, 4219, or 4225,146
^{146}
So in original. The word “and” appears to be intended here.
(C)
the employer's withdrawal liability payments to the extent they are uncollectible.
(2)
The fund may provide for the payment of the employer's attributable liability if the fund—
(A)
provides for the payment of both the attributable and the unattributable liability of the employer in a single payment, and
(B)
is subrogated to all rights of the plan against the employer.
(3)
For purposes of this section, the term—
(A)
“attributable liability” means the excess, if any, determined under the provisions of a plan not inconsistent with regulations of the corporation, of—
(i)
the value of vested benefits accrued as a result of service with the employer, over
(ii)
the value of plan assets attributed to the employer, and
(B)
“unattributable liability” means the excess of withdrawal liability over attributable liability.
Such terms may be further defined, and the manner in which they shall be applied may be prescribed, by the corporation by regulation.
(4)
(A)
The trust of a fund shall be maintained for the exclusive purpose of paying—
(i)
any amount described in paragraph (1) and 147 paragraph (2), and
^{147}
So in original. The intended conjunction appears to be “or”.
(ii)
reasonable and necessary administrative expenses in connection with the establishment and operation of the trust and the processing of claims against the fund.
(B)
The amounts paid by a plan to a fund shall be deemed a reasonable expense of administering the plan under sections 403(c)(1) and 404(a)(1)(A)(ii), and the payments made by a fund to a participating plan shall be deemed services necessary for the operation of the plan within the meaning of section 408(b)(2) or within the meaning of section 4975(d)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(d)
(1)
For purposes of this part—
(A)
only amounts paid by the fund to a plan under subsection (c)(1)(A) shall be credited to withdrawal liability otherwise payable by the employer, unless the plan otherwise provides, and
(B)
any amounts paid by the fund under subsection (c) to a plan shall be treated by the plan as a payment of withdrawal liability to such plan.
(2)
For purposes of applying provisions relating to the funding standard accounts (and minimum contribution requirements), amounts paid from the plan to fund shall be applied to reduce the amount treated as contributed to the plan.
(e)
The fund shall be subrogated to the rights of the plan against the employer that has withdrawn from the plan for amounts paid by a fund to a plan under—
(1)
subsection (c)(1)(A), to the extent not credited under subsection (d)(1)(A), and
(2)
subsection (c)(1)(C).
(f)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, a fiduciary of the fund shall discharge the fiduciary's duties with respect to the fund in accordance with the standards for fiduciaries prescribed by this Act (to the extent not inconsistent with the purposes of this section), and in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the fund insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of this Act (to the extent not inconsistent with the purposes of this section). The provisions of the preceding sentence shall supersede any and all State laws relating to fiduciaries insofar as they may now or hereafter relate to a fund to which this section applies.
(g)
No payments shall be made from a fund to a plan on the occasion of a withdrawal or partial withdrawal of an employer from such plan if the employees representing the withdrawn contribution base units continue, after such withdrawal, to be represented under section 9 of the National Labor Relations Act [29 U.S.C. 159] (or other applicable labor laws) in negotiations with such employer by the labor organization which represented such employees immediately preceding such withdrawal.
(h)
Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit the purchase of insurance by an employer from any other person, to limit the circumstances under which such insurance would be payable, or to limit in any way the terms and conditions of such insurance.
(i)
The corporation may provide by regulation rules not inconsistent with this section governing the establishment and maintenance of funds, but only to the extent necessary to carry out the purposes of this part (other than section 4222).

ALTERNATIVE METHOD OF WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY PAYMENTS
Sec. 4224.
[1404]
A multiemployer plan may adopt rules providing for other terms and conditions for the satisfaction of an employer's withdrawal liability if such rules are consistent with this Act and with such regulations as may be prescribed by the corporation.

LIMITATION ON WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY
Sec. 4225.
[1405]
(a)
(1)
In the case of bona fide sale of all or substantially all of the employer's assets in an arm's-length transaction to an unrelated party (within the meaning of section 4204(d)), the unfunded vested benefits allocable to an employer (after the application of all sections of this part having a lower number designation than this section), other than an employer undergoing reorganization under title 11, United States Code, or similar provisions of State law, shall not exceed the greater of—
(A)
a portion (determined under paragraph (2)) of the liquidation or dissolution value of the employer (determined after the sale or exchange of such assets), or
(B)148
in the case of a plan using the attributable method of allocating withdrawal liability, the unfunded vested benefits attributable to employees of the employer.
^{148}
Margin for subparagraph (B) of section 4225(a)(1) is so in law.
(2)
For purposes of paragraph (1), the portion shall be determined in accordance with the following table:
If the liquidation or distribution value of the employer after the sale or exchange is— | The portion is—
Not more than $5,000,000 | 30 percent of the amount.
More than $5,000,000, but not more than $10,000,000 | $1,500,000, plus 35 percent of the amount in excess of $5,000,000.
More than $10,000,000, but not more than $15,000,000 | $3,250,000, plus 40 percent of the amount in excess of $10,000,000.
More than $15,000,000, but not more than $17,500,000 | $5,250,000, plus 45 percent of the amount in excess of $15,000,000.
More than $17,500,000, but not more than $20,000,000 | $6,375,000, plus 50 percent of the amount in excess of $17,500,000.
More than $20,000,000, but not more than $22,500,000 | $7,625,000, plus 60 percent of the amount in excess of $20,000,000.
More than $22,500,000, but not more than $25,000,000 | $9,125,000, plus 70 percent of the amount in excess of $22,500,000.
More than $25,000,000 | $10,875,000, plus 80 percent of the amount in excess of $25,000,000.
(b)
In the case of an insolvent employer undergoing liquidation or dissolution, the unfunded vested benefits allocable to that employer shall not exceed an amount equal to the sum of—
(1)
50 percent of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to the employer (determined without regard to this section), and
(2)
that portion of 50 percent of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to the employer (as determined under paragraph (1)) which does not exceed the liquidation or dissolution value of the employer determined—
(A)
as of the commencement of liquidation or dissolution, and
(B)
after reducing the liquidation or dissolution value of the employer by the amount determined under paragraph (1).
(c)
To the extent that the withdrawal liability of an employer is attributable to his obligation to contribute to or under a plan as an individual (whether as a sole proprietor or as a member of a partnership), property which may be exempt from the estate under section 522 of title 11, United States Code or under similar provisions of law, shall not be subject to enforcement of such liability.
(d)
For purposes of this section—
(1)
an employer is insolvent if the liabilities of the employer, including withdrawal liability under the plan (determined without regard to subsection (b), exceed the assets of the employer (determined as of the commencement of the liquidation or dissolution), and
(2)
the liquidation or dissolution value of the employer shall be determined without regard to such withdrawal liability.
(e)
In the case of one or more withdrawals of an employer attributable to the same sale, liquidation, or dissolution, under regulations prescribed by the corporation—
(1)
all such withdrawals shall be treated as a single withdrawal for the purpose of applying this section, and
(2)
the withdrawal liability of the employer to each plan shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the present value of the withdrawal liability payments to all plans (after the application of the preceding provisions of this section) as the withdrawal liability of the employer to such plan (determined without regard to this section) bears to the withdrawal liability of the employer to all such plans (determined without regard to this section).
Part 2—

Merger or Transfer of Plan Assets or Liabilities 149

MERGERS AND TRANSFERS BETWEEN MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS
Sec. 4231.
[1411]
(a)
Unless otherwise provided in regulations prescribed by the corporation, a plan sponsor may not cause a multiemployer plan to merge with one or more multiemployer plans, or engage in a transfer of assets and liabilities to or from another multiemployer plan, unless such merger or transfer satisfies the requirements of subsection (b).
^{149}
Several related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 were originally enacted in title II of Public Law 96–364 (94 Stat. 1271 et seq.).
(b)
A merger or transfer satisfies the requirements of this section if—
(1)
in accordance with regulations of the corporation, the plan sponsor of a multiemployer plan notifies the corporation of a merger with or transfer of plan assets or liabilities to another multiemployer plan at least 120 days before the effective date of the merger or transfer;
(2)
no participant's or beneficiary's accrued benefit will be lower immediately after the effective date of the merger or transfer than the benefit immediately before that date;
(3)
the benefits of participants and beneficiaries are not reasonably expected to be subject to suspension under section 4245; and
(4)
an actuarial valuation of the assets and liabilities of each of the affected plans has been performed during the plan year preceding the effective date of the merger or transfer, based upon the most recent data available as of the day before the start of that plan year, or other valuation of such assets and liabilities performed under such standards and procedures as the corporation may prescribe by regulation.
(c)
The merger of multiemployer plans or the transfer of assets or liabilities between multiemployer plans, shall be deemed not to constitute a violation of the provisions of section 406(a) or section 406(b)(2) if the corporation determines that the merger or transfer otherwise satisfies the requirements of this section.
(d)
A plan to which liabilities are transferred under this section is a successor plan for purposes of section 4022A(b)(2)(B).
(e)

Facilitated Mergers.—
(1)

In general.—
When requested to do so by the plan sponsors, the corporation may take such actions as it deems appropriate to promote and facilitate the merger of two or more multiemployer plans if it determines, after consultation with the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate selected under section 4004, that the transaction is in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of at least one of the plans and is not reasonably expected to be adverse to the overall interests of the participants and beneficiaries of any of the plans. Such facilitation may include training, technical assistance, mediation, communication with stakeholders, and support with related requests to other government agencies.
(2)

Financial assistance.—
In order to facilitate a merger which it determines is necessary to enable one or more of the plans involved to avoid or postpone insolvency, the corporation may provide financial assistance (within the meaning of section 4261) to the merged plan if—
(A)
one or more of the multiemployer plans participating in the merger is in critical and declining status (as defined in section 305(b)(4));
(B)
the corporation reasonably expects that—
(i)
such financial assistance will reduce the corporation’s expected long-term loss with respect to the plans involved; and
(ii)
such financial assistance is necessary for the merged plan to become or remain solvent;
(C)
the corporation certifies that its ability to meet existing financial assistance obligations to other plans will not be impaired by such financial assistance; and
(D)
such financial assistance is paid exclusively from the fund for basic benefits guaranteed for multiemployer plans.
Not later than 14 days after the provision of such financial assistance, the corporation shall provide notice of such financial assistance to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Finance of the Senate, and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate.

TRANSFERS BETWEEN A MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN AND A SINGLE-EMPLOYER PLAN
Sec. 4232.
[1412]
(a)
A transfer of assets or liabilities between, or a merger of, a multiemployer plan and a single-employer plan shall satisfy the requirements of this section.
(b)
No accrued benefit of a participant or beneficiary may be lower immediately after the effective date of a transfer or merger described in subsection (a) than the benefit immediately before that date.
(c)
(1)
Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), a multiemployer plan which transfers liabilities to a single-employer plan shall be liable to the corporation if the single-employer plan terminates within 60 months after the effective date of the transfer. The amount of liability shall be the lesser of—
(A)
the amount of the plan asset insufficiency of the terminated single-employer plan, less 30 percent of the net worth of the employer who maintained the single-employer plan, determined in accordance with section 4062 or 4064, or 150
^{150}
So in original. The provisions of section 4232(c)(1)(A) have not been amended to conform with amendments to sections 4062 and 4064 made since its enactment on September 26, 1980.
(B)
the value, on the effective date of the transfer, of the unfunded benefits transferred to the single-employer plan which are guaranteed under section 4022.150
(2)
A multiemployer plan shall be liable to the corporation as provided in paragraph (1) unless, within 180 days after the corporation receives an application (together with such information as the corporation may reasonably require for purposes of such application) from the multiemployer plan sponsor for a determination under this paragraph—
(A)
the corporation determines that the interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries and of the corporation are adequately protected, or
(B)
fails to make any determination regarding the adequacy with which such interests are protected with respect to such transfer of liabilities.
If, after the receipt of such application, the corporation requests from the plan sponsor additional information necessary for the determination, the running of the 180-day period shall be suspended from the date of such request until the receipt by the corporation of the additional information requested. The corporation may by regulation prescribe procedures and standards for the issuance of determinations under this paragraph. This paragraph shall not apply to any application submitted less than 180 days after the date of enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980].
(3)
A multiemployer plan shall not be liable to the corporation as provided in paragraph (1) in the case of a transfer from the multiemployer plan to a single-employer plan of liabilities which accrued under a single-employer plan which merged with the multiemployer plan, if,151 the value of liabilities transferred to the single-employer plan does not exceed the value of the liabilities for benefits which accrued before the merger, and the value of the assets transferred to the single-employer plan is substantially equal to the value of the assets which would have been in the single-employer plan if the employer had maintained and funded it as a separate plan under which no benefits accrued after the date of the merger.
^{151}
So in original. The comma does not appear to have been intended here.
(4)
The corporation may make equitable arrangements with multiemployer plans which are liable under this subsection for satisfaction of their liability.
(d)
Benefits under a single-employer plan to which liabilities are transferred in accordance with this section are guaranteed under section 4022 to the extent provided in that section as of the effective date of the transfer and the plan is a successor plan.
(e)
(1)
Except as provided in paragraph (2), a multiemployer plan may not transfer liabilities to a single-employer plan unless the plan sponsor of the plan to which the liabilities would be transferred agrees to the transfer.
(2)
In the case of a transfer described in subsection (c)(3), paragraph (1) of this subsection is satisfied by the advance agreement to the transfer by the employer who will be obligated to contribute to the single-employer plan.
(f)
(1)
The corporation may prescribe by regulation such additional requirements with respect to the transfer of assets or liabilities as may be necessary to protect the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries and the corporation.
(2)
Except as otherwise determined by the corporation, a transfer of assets or liabilities to a single-employer plan from a plan in reorganization under section 4241 is not effective unless the corporation approves such transfer.
(3)
No transfer to which this section applies, in connection with a termination described in section 4041A(a)(2)152 shall be effective unless the transfer meets such requirements as may be established by the corporation to prevent an increase in the risk of loss to the corporation.
^{152}
So in original. A comma appears to have been intended here.
SEC. 4233.
[1413]

PARTITIONS OF ELIGIBLE MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS.
(a)
(1)
Upon the application by the plan sponsor of an eligible multiemployer plan for a partition of the plan, the corporation may order a partition of the plan in accordance with this section. The corporation shall make a determination regarding the application not later than 270 days after the date such application was filed (or, if later, the date such application was completed) in accordance with regulations promulgated by the corporation.
(2)
Not later than 30 days after submitting an application for partition of a plan under paragraph (1), the plan sponsor of the plan shall notify the participants and beneficiaries of such application, in the form and manner prescribed by regulations issued by the corporation.
(b)
For purposes of this section, a multiemployer plan is an eligible multiemployer plan if—
(1)
the plan is in critical and declining status (as defined in section 305(b)(4));
(2)
the corporation determines, after consultation with the Participant and Plan Sponsor Advocate selected under section 4004, that the plan sponsor has taken (or is taking concurrently with an application for partition) all reasonable measures to avoid insolvency, including the maximum benefit suspensions under section 305(e)(9), if applicable;
(3)
the corporation reasonably expects that—
(A)
a partition of the plan will reduce the corporation’s expected long-term loss with respect to the plan; and
(B)
a partition of the plan is necessary for the plan to remain solvent;
(4)
the corporation certifies to Congress that its ability to meet existing financial assistance obligations to other plans (including any liabilities associated with multiemployer plans that are insolvent or that are projected to become insolvent within 10 years) will not be impaired by such partition; and
(5)
the cost to the corporation arising from such partition is paid exclusively from the fund for basic benefits guaranteed for multiemployer plans.
(c)
The corporation's partition order shall provide for a transfer to the plan referenced in subsection (d)(1) of the minimum amount of the plan’s liabilities necessary for the plan to remain solvent.
(d)
(1)
The plan created by the partition order is a successor plan to which section 4022A applies.
(2)
The plan sponsor of an eligible multiemployer plan prior to the partition and the administrator of such plan shall be the plan sponsor and the administrator, respectively, of the plan created by the partition order.
(3)
In the event an employer withdraws from the plan that was partitioned within ten years following the date of the partition order, withdrawal liability shall be computed under section 4201 with respect to both the plan that was partitioned and the plan created by the partition order. If the withdrawal occurs more than ten years after the date of the partition order, withdrawal liability shall be computed under section 4201 only with respect to the plan that was partitioned (and not with respect to the plan created by the partition order).
(e)
(1)
For each participant or beneficiary of the plan whose benefit was transferred to the plan created by the partition order pursuant to a partition, the plan that was partitioned shall pay a monthly benefit to such participant or beneficiary for each month in which such benefit is in pay status following the effective date of such partition in an amount equal to the excess of—
(A)
the monthly benefit that would be paid to such participant or beneficiary for such month under the terms of the plan (taking into account benefit suspensions under section 305(e)(9) and any plan amendments following the effective date of such partition) if the partition had not occurred, over
(B)
the monthly benefit for such participant or beneficiary which is guaranteed under section 4022A.
(2)
In any case in which a plan provides a benefit improvement (as defined in section 305(e)(9)(E)(vi)) that takes effect after the effective date of the partition, the plan shall pay to the corporation for each year during the 10-year period following the partition effective date, an annual amount equal to the lesser of—
(A)
the total value of the increase in benefit payments for such year that is attributable to the benefit improvement, or
(B)
the total benefit payments from the plan created by the partition for such year.
Such payment shall be made at the time of, and in addition to, any other premium imposed by the corporation under this title.
(3)
The plan that was partitioned shall pay the premiums imposed by the corporation under this title with respect to participants whose benefits were transferred to the plan created by the partition order for each year during the 10-year period following the partition effective date.
(f)
Not later than 14 days after the partition order, the corporation shall provide notice of such order to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Finance of the Senate, the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and any affected participants or beneficiaries.

ASSET TRANSFER RULES
Sec. 4234.
[1414]
(a)
A transfer of assets from a multiemployer plan to another plan shall comply with asset-transfer rules which shall be adopted by the multiemployer plan and which—
(1)
do not unreasonably restrict the transfer of plan assets in connection with the transfer of plan liabilities, and
(2)
operate and are applied uniformly with respect to each proposed transfer, except that the rules may provide for reasonable variations taking into account the potential financial impact of a proposed transfer on the multiemployer plan.
Plan rules authorizing asset transfers consistent with the requirements of section 4232(c)(3) shall be considered to satisfy the requirements of this subsection.
(b)
The corporation shall prescribe regulations which exempt de minimis transfers of assets from the requirements of this part.
(c)
This part shall not apply to transfers of assets pursuant to written reciprocity agreements, except to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the corporation.

TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO CHANGE IN BARGAINING REPRESENTATIVE
Sec. 4235.
[1415]
(a)
In any case in which an employer has completely or partially withdrawn from a multiemployer plan (hereafter in this section referred to as the “old plan”) as a result of a certified change of collective bargaining representative occurring after September 25, 1980, if participants of the old plan who are employed by the employer will, as a result of that change, participate in another multiemployer plan (hereafter in this section referred to as the “new plan”), the old plan shall transfer assets and liabilities to the new plan in accordance with this section.
(b)
(1)
The employer shall notify the plan sponsor of the old plan of a change in multiemployer plan participation described in subsection (a) no later than 30 days after the employer determines that the change will occur.
(2)
The plan sponsor of the old plan shall—
(A)
notify the employer of—
(i)
the amount of the employer's withdrawal liability determined under part 1 with respect to the withdrawal,
(ii)
the old plan's intent to transfer to the new plan the nonforfeitable benefits of the employees who are no longer working in covered service under the old plan as a result of the change of bargaining representative, and
(iii)
the amount of assets and liabilities which are to be transferred to the new plan, and
(B)
notify the plan sponsor of the new plan of the benefits, assets, and liabilities which will be transferred to the new plan.
(3)
Within 60 days after receipt of the notice described in paragraph (2)(B), the new plan may file an appeal with the corporation to prevent the transfer. The transfer shall not be made if the corporation determines that the new plan would suffer substantial financial harm as a result of the transfer. Upon notification described in paragraph (2), if—
(A)
the employer fails to object to the transfer within 60 days after receipt of the notice described in paragraph (2)(A), or
(B)
the new plan either—
(i)
fails to file such an appeal, or
(ii)
the corporation, pursuant to such an appeal, fails to find that the new plan would suffer substantial financial harm as a result of the transfer described in the notice under paragraph (2)(B) within 180 days after the date on which the appeal is filed,
then the plan sponsor of the old plan shall transfer the appropriate amount of assets and liabilities to the new plan.
(c)
If the plan sponsor of the old plan transfers the appropriate amount of assets and liabilities under this section to the new plan, then the amount of the employer's withdrawal liability (as determined under section 4201(b) without regard to such transfer and this section) with respect to the old plan shall be reduced by the amount by which—
(1)
the value of the unfunded vested benefits allocable to the employer which were transferred by the plan sponsor of the old plan to the new plan, exceeds
(2)
the value of the assets transferred.
(d)
In any case in which there is a complete or partial withdrawal described in subsection (a), if—
(1)
the new plan files an appeal with the corporation under subsection (b)(3), and
(2)
the employer is required by section 4219 to begin making payments of withdrawal liability before the earlier of—
(A)
the date on which the corporation finds that the new plan would not suffer substantial financial harm as a result of the transfer, or
(B)
the last day of the 180-day period beginning on the date on which the new plan files its appeal,
then the employer shall make such payments into an escrow held by a bank or similar financial institution satisfactory to the old plan. If the transfer is made, the amounts paid into the escrow shall be returned to the employer. If the transfer is not made, the amounts paid into the escrow shall be paid to the old plan and credited against the employer's withdrawal liability.
(e)
(1)
Notwithstanding subsection (b), the plan sponsor shall not transfer any assets to the new plan if—
(A)
the old plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of section 4241(a)), or
(B)
the transfer of assets would cause the old plan to go into reorganization (within the meaning of section 4241(a)).
(2)
In any case in which a transfer of assets from the old plan to the new plan is prohibited by paragraph (1), the plan sponsor of the old plan shall transfer 153—
^{153}
The required transfer appears to be intended to be a transfer to the new plan.
(A)
all nonforfeitable benefits described in subsection (b)(2), if the value of such benefits does not exceed the withdrawal liability of the employer with respect to such withdrawal, or
(B)
such nonforfeitable benefits having a value equal to the withdrawal liability of the employer, if the value of such benefits exceeds the withdrawal liability of the employer.
(f)
(1)
Notwithstanding subsections (b) and (e), the plan sponsors of the old plan and the new plan may agree to a transfer of assets and liabilities that complies with sections 4231 and 4234, rather than this section, except that the employer's liability with respect to the withdrawal from the old plan shall be reduced under subsection (c) as if assets and liabilities had been transferred in accordance with this section.
(2)
If the employer withdraws from the new plan within 240 months after the effective date of a transfer of assets and liabilities described in this section, the amount of the employer's withdrawal liability to the new plan shall be the greater of—
(A)
the employer's withdrawal liability determined under part 1 with respect to the new plan, or
(B)
the amount by which the employer's withdrawal liability to the old plan was reduced under subsection (c), reduced by 5 percent for each 12-month period following the effective date of the transfer and ending before the date of the withdrawal from the new plan.
(g)
For purposes of this section—
(1)
“appropriate amount of assets” means the amount by which the value of the nonforfeitable benefits to be transferred exceeds the amount of the employer's withdrawal liability to the old plan (determined under part 1 without regard to section 4211(e)), and
(2)
“certified change of collective bargaining representative” means a change of collective bargaining representative certified under the Labor-Management Relations Act, 1947 [29 U.S.C. 141 et seq.], or the Railway Labor Act [(45 U.S.C. 151 et seq.)].
PART 3—

REORGANIZATION; MINIMUM CONTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS FOR MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS 154
^{154}
Several related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 were originally enacted in title II of Public Law 96–364 (94 Stat. 1271 et seq.).
Section 108(a)(3)(C) of division O of Public Law 113–235 provides for an amendment to part 3 of subtitle D of title IV to strike the heading and insert “INSOLVENT PLANS”. The amendment was not carried out because it should have been made to part 3 of subtitle E of title IV.
Section 108(a)(1) of division O of Public Law 113–235 provides for an amendment to strike sections 4241 through 4244A.

INSOLVENT PLANS
Sec. 4245.
[1426]
(a)
Notwithstanding sections 203 and 204, in any case in which benefit payments under an insolvent multiemployer plan exceed the resource benefit level, any such payments of benefits which are not basic benefits shall be suspended, in accordance with this section, to the extent necessary to reduce the sum of such payments and the payments of such basic benefits to the greater of the resource benefit level or the level of basic benefits, unless an alternative procedure is prescribed by the corporation under section 4022A(g)(5).
(b)
For purposes of this section, for a plan year—
(1)
a multiemployer plan is insolvent if the plan's available resources are not sufficient to pay benefits under the plan when due for the plan year, or if the plan is determined to be insolvent under subsection (d);
(2)
“resource benefit level” means the level of monthly benefits determined under subsections (c)(1) and (3) and (d)(3) to be the highest level which can be paid out of the plan's available resources;
(3)
“available resources” means the plan's cash, marketable assets, contributions, withdrawal liability payments, and earnings, less reasonable administrative expenses and amounts owed for such plan year to the corporation under section 4261(b)(2); and
(4)
“insolvency year” means a plan year in which a plan is insolvent.
(c)
(1)
The plan sponsor of a plan in critical status, as described in subsection 305(b)(2), shall determine in writing the plan's resource benefit level for each insolvency year, based on the plan sponsor's reasonable projection of the plan's available resources and the benefits payable under the plan.
(2)
(A)
The suspension of benefit payments under this section shall, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, apply in substantially uniform proportions to the benefits of all persons in pay status under the plan, except that the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe rules under which benefit suspensions for different participant groups may be varied equitably to reflect variations in contribution rates and other relevant factors including differences in negotiated levels of financial support for plan benefit obligations.
(B)
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i)
the term “person in pay status” means—
(I)
a participant or beneficiary on the last day of the base plan year who, at any time during such year, was paid an early, late, normal, or disability retirement benefit (or a death benefit related to a retirement benefit), and
(II)
to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, any other person who is entitled to such a benefit under the plan.155
^{155}
The punctuation is so in law. See amendment made by section 108(a)(2)(B)(iii) of division O of Public Law 113–235.
(ii)
the base plan year for any plan year is—
(I)
if there is a relevant collective bargaining agreement, the last plan year ending at least 6 months before the relevant effective date, or
(II)
if there is no relevant collective bargaining agreement, the last plan year ending at least 12 months before the beginning of the plan year.155
(iii)
a relevant collective bargaining agreement is a collective bargaining agreement—
(I)
which is in effect for at least 6 months during the plan year, and
(II)
which has not been in effect for more than 36 months as of the end of the plan year.155
(iv)
the relevant effective date is the earliest of the effective dates for the relevant collective bargaining agreements.
(3)
Notwithstanding paragraph (2), if a plan sponsor determines in writing a resource benefit level for a plan year which is below the level of basic benefits, the payment of all benefits other than basic benefits must be suspended for that plan year.
(4)
(A)
If, by the end of an insolvency year, the plan sponsor determines in writing that the plan's available resources in that insolvency year could have supported benefit payments above the resource benefit level for that insolvency year, the plan sponsor shall distribute the excess resources to the participants and beneficiaries who received benefit payments from the plan in that insolvency year, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(B)
For purposes of this paragraph, the term “excess resources” means available resources above the amount necessary to support the resource benefit level, but no greater than the amount necessary to pay benefits for the plan year at the benefit levels under the plan.
(5)
If, by the end of an insolvency year, any benefit has not been paid at the resource benefit level, amounts up to the resource benefit level which were unpaid shall be distributed to the participants and beneficiaries, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, to the extent possible taking into account the plan's total available resources in that insolvency year.
(6)
Except as provided in paragraph (4) or (5), a plan is not required to make retroactive benefit payments with respect to that portion of a benefit which was suspended under this section.
(d)
(1)
As of the end of the first plan year in which a plan is in critical status, as described in subsection 305(b)(2),,156 and at least every 3 plan years thereafter (unless the plan is no longer in critical status, as described in subsection 305(b)(2),)156, the plan sponsor shall compare the value of plan assets for that plan year with the total amount of benefit payments made under the plan for that plan year. Unless the plan sponsor determines that the value of plan assets exceeds 3 times the total amount of benefit payments, the plan sponsor shall determine whether the plan will be insolvent in any of the next 5 plan years. If the plan sponsor makes such a determination that the plan will be insolvent in any of the next 5 plan years, the plan sponsor shall make the comparison under this paragraph at least annually until the plan sponsor makes a determination that the plan will not be insolvent in any of the next 5 plan years.
^{156}
So in law. See global amendment made by section 108(a)(2)(A) of division O of Public Law 113–235.
(2)
If, at any time, the plan sponsor of a plan in critical status, as described in subsection 305(b)(2), reasonably determines, taking into account the plan's recent and anticipated financial experience, that the plan's available resources are not sufficient to pay benefits under the plan when due for the next plan year, the plan sponsor shall make such determination available to interested parties.
(3)
The plan sponsor of a plan in critical status, as described in subsection 305(b)(2), shall determine in writing for each insolvency year the resource benefit level and the level of basic benefits no later than 3 months before the insolvency year.
(4)
For purposes of this subsection, the value of plan assets shall be the value of the available plan assets determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(e)
(1)
If the plan sponsor of a plan in critical status, as described in subsection 305(b)(2), determines under subsection (d)(1) or (2) that the plan may become insolvent (within the meaning of subsection (b)(1)), the plan sponsor shall—
(A)
notify the Secretary of the Treasury, the parties described in section 101(f)(1) of that determination, and
(B)
inform the parties described in section 101(f)(1) that if insolvency occurs certain benefit payments will be suspended, but that basic benefits will continue to be paid.
(2)
No later than 2 months before the first day of each insolvency year, the plan sponsor of a plan in critical status, as described in subsection 305(b)(2), shall notify the Secretary of the Treasury, the corporation, and the parties described in paragraph (1)(B) of the resource benefit level determined in writing for that insolvency year.
(3)
In any case in which the plan sponsor anticipates that the resource benefit level for an insolvency year may not exceed the level of basic benefits, the plan sponsor shall notify the corporation.
(4)
Notice required by this subsection shall be given in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation, except that notice to the Secretary of the Treasury shall be given in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(5)
The corporation may prescribe a time other than the time prescribed by this section for the making of a determination or the filing of a notice under this section.
(f)
(1)
If the plan sponsor of an insolvent plan, for which the resource benefit level is above the level of basic benefits, anticipates that, for any month in an insolvency year, the plan will not have funds sufficient to pay basic benefits, the plan sponsor may apply for financial assistance from the corporation under section 4261.
(2)
A plan sponsor who has determined a resource benefit level for an insolvency year which is below the level of basic benefits shall apply for financial assistance from the corporation under section 4261.
(g)
Subsections (a) and (c) shall not apply to a plan that, for the plan year, is operating under section 305(e)(9), regarding benefit suspensions by certain multiemployer plans in critical and declining status.
Part 4—

Financial Assistance

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Sec. 4261.
[1431]
(a)
If, upon receipt of an application for financial assistance under section 4245(f) or section 4281(d), the corporation verifies that the plan is or will be insolvent and unable to pay basic benefits when due, the corporation shall provide the plan financial assistance in an amount sufficient to enable the plan to pay basic benefits under the plan.
(b)
(1)
Financial assistance shall be provided under such conditions as the corporation determines are equitable and are appropriate to prevent unreasonable loss to the corporation with respect to the plan.
(2)
A plan which has received financial assistance shall repay the amount of such assistance to the corporation on reasonable terms consistent with regulations prescribed by the corporation.
(c)
Pending determination of the amount described in subsection (a), the corporation may provide financial assistance in such amounts as it considers appropriate in order to avoid undue hardship to plan participants and beneficiaries.
SEC. 4262.
[1432]

SPECIAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE BY THE CORPORATION.
(a)

Special Financial Assistance.—
(1)

In general.—
The corporation shall provide special financial assistance to an eligible multiemployer plan under this section, upon the application of a plan sponsor of such a plan for such assistance.
(2)

Inapplicability of certain repayment obligation.—
A plan receiving special financial assistance pursuant to this section shall not be subject to repayment obligations with respect to such special financial assistance.
(b)

Eligible Multiemployer Plans.—
(1)

In general.—
For purposes of this section, a multiemployer plan is an eligible multiemployer plan if—
(A)
the plan is in critical and declining status (within the meaning of section 305(b)(6)) in any plan year beginning in 2020 through 2022;
(B)
a suspension of benefits has been approved with respect to the plan under section 305(e)(9) as of the date of the enactment of this section;
(C)
in any plan year beginning in 2020 through 2022, the plan is certified by the plan actuary to be in critical status (within the meaning of section 305(b)(2)), has a modified funded percentage of less than 40 percent, and has a ratio of active to inactive participants which is less than 2 to 3; or
(D)
the plan became insolvent for purposes of section 418E of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 after December 16, 2014, and has remained so insolvent and has not been terminated as of the date of enactment of this section.
(2)

Modified funded percentage.—
For purposes of paragraph (1)(C), the term “modified funded percentage” means the percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is current value of plan assets (as defined in section 3(26) of such Act) and the denominator of which is current liabilities (as defined in section 431(c)(6)(D) of such Code and section 304(c)(6)(D) of such Act).
(c)

Applications for Special Financial Assistance.—
Within 120 days of the date of enactment of this section, the corporation shall issue regulations or guidance setting forth requirements for special financial assistance applications under this section. In such regulations or guidance, the corporation shall—
(1)
limit the materials required for a special financial assistance application to the minimum necessary to make a determination on the application;
(2)
specify effective dates for transfers of special financial assistance following approval of an application, based on the effective date of the supporting actuarial analysis and the date on which the application is submitted; and
(3)
provide for an alternate application for special financial assistance under this section, which may be used by a plan that has been approved for a partition under section 4233 before the date of enactment of this section.
(d)

Temporary Priority Consideration of Applications.—
(1)

In general.—
The corporation may specify in regulations or guidance under subsection (c) that, during a period no longer than the first 2 years following the date of enactment of this section, applications may not be filed by an eligible multiemployer plan unless—
(A)
the eligible multiemployer plan is insolvent or is likely to become insolvent within 5 years of the date of enactment of this section;
(B)
the corporation projects the eligible multiemployer plan to have a present value of financial assistance payments under section 4261 that exceeds $1,000,000,000 if the special financial assistance is not ordered;
(C)
the eligible multiemployer plan has implemented benefit suspensions under section 305(e)(9) as of the date of the enactment of this section; or
(D)
the corporation determines it appropriate based on other similar circumstances.
(e)

Actuarial Assumptions.—
(1)

Eligibility.—
For purposes of determining eligibility for special financial assistance, the corporation shall accept assumptions incorporated in a multiemployer plan’s determination that it is in critical status or critical and declining status (within the meaning of section 305(b)) for certifications of plan status completed before January 1, 2021, unless such assumptions are clearly erroneous. For certifications of plan status completed after December 31, 2020, a plan shall determine whether it is in critical or critical and declining status for purposes of eligibility for special financial assistance by using the assumptions that the plan used in its most recently completed certification of plan status before January 1, 2021, unless such assumptions (excluding the plan’s interest rate) are unreasonable.
(2)

Amount of financial assistance.—
In determining the amount of special financial assistance in its application, an eligible multiemployer plan shall—
(A)
use the interest rate used by the plan in its most recently completed certification of plan status before January 1, 2021, provided that such interest rate may not exceed the interest rate limit; and
(B)
for other assumptions, use the assumptions that the plan used in its most recently completed certification of plan status before January 1, 2021, unless such assumptions are unreasonable.
(3)

Interest rate limit.—
The interest rate limit for purposes of this subsection is the rate specified in section 303(h)(2)(C)(iii) (disregarding modifications made under clause (iv) of such section) for the month in which the application for special financial assistance is filed by the eligible multiemployer plan or the 3 preceding months, with such specified rate increased by 200 basis points.
(4)

Changes in assumptions.—
If a plan determines that use of one or more prior assumptions is unreasonable, the plan may propose in its application to change such assumptions, provided that the plan discloses such changes in its application and describes why such assumptions are no longer reasonable. The corporation shall accept such changed assumptions unless it determines the changes are unreasonable, individually or in the aggregate. The plan may not propose a change to the interest rate otherwise required under this subsection for eligibility or financial assistance amount.
(f)

Application Deadline.—
Any application by a plan for special financial assistance under this section shall be submitted to the corporation (and, in the case of a plan to which section 432(k)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 applies, to the Secretary of the Treasury) no later than December 31, 2025, and any revised application for special financial assistance shall be submitted no later than December 31, 2026.
(g)

Determinations on Applications.—
A plan’s application for special financial assistance under this section that is timely filed in accordance with the regulations or guidance issued under subsection (c) shall be deemed approved unless the corporation notifies the plan within 120 days of the filing of the application that the application is incomplete, any proposed change or assumption is unreasonable, or the plan is not eligible under this section. Such notice shall specify the reasons the plan is ineligible for special financial assistance, any proposed change or assumption is unreasonable, or information is needed to complete the application. If a plan is denied assistance under this subsection, the plan may submit a revised application under this section. Any revised application for special financial assistance submitted by a plan shall be deemed approved unless the corporation notifies the plan within 120 days of the filing of the revised application that the application is incomplete, any proposed change or assumption is unreasonable, or the plan is not eligible under this section. Special financial assistance issued by the corporation shall be effective on a date determined by the corporation, but no later than 1 year after a plan’s special financial assistance application is approved by the corporation or deemed approved. The corporation shall not pay any special financial assistance after September 30, 2030.
(h)

Manner of Payment.—
The payment made by the corporation to an eligible multiemployer plan under this section shall be made as a single, lump sum payment.
(i)

Amount and Manner of Special Financial Assistance.—
(1)

In general.—
Special financial assistance under this section shall be a transfer of funds in the amount necessary as demonstrated by the plan sponsor on the application for such special financial assistance, in accordance with the requirements described in subsection (j). Special financial assistance shall be paid to such plan as soon as practicable upon approval of the application by the corporation.
(2)

No cap.—
Special financial assistance granted by the corporation under this section shall not be capped by the guarantee under 4022A.
(j)

Determination of Amount of Special Financial Assistance.—
(1)

In general.—
The amount of financial assistance provided to a multiemployer plan eligible for financial assistance under this section shall be such amount required for the plan to pay all benefits due during the period beginning on the date of payment of the special financial assistance payment under this section and ending on the last day of the plan year ending in 2051, with no reduction in a participant’s or beneficiary’s accrued benefit as of the date of enactment of this section, except to the extent of a reduction in accordance with section 305(e)(8) adopted prior to the plan’s application for special financial assistance under this section, and taking into account the reinstatement of benefits required under subsection (k).
(2)

Projections.—
The funding projections for purposes of this section shall be performed on a deterministic basis.
(k)

Reinstatement of Suspended Benefits.—
The Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of the Treasury, shall ensure that an eligible multiemployer plan that receives special financial assistance under this section—
(1)
reinstates any benefits that were suspended under section 305(e)(9) or section 4245(a) in accordance with guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to section 432(k)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, effective as of the first month in which the effective date for the special financial assistance occurs, for participants and beneficiaries as of such month; and
(2)
provides payments equal to the amount of benefits previously suspended under section 305(e)(9) or 4245(a) to any participants or beneficiaries in pay status as of the effective date of the special financial assistance, payable, as determined by the eligible multiemployer plan—
(A)
as a lump sum within 3 months of such effective date; or
(B)
in equal monthly installments over a period of 5 years, commencing within 3 months of such effective date, with no adjustment for interest.
(l)

Restrictions on the Use of Special Financial Assistance.—
Special financial assistance received under this section and any earnings thereon may be used by an eligible multiemployer plan to make benefit payments and pay plan expenses. Special financial assistance and any earnings on such assistance shall be segregated from other plan assets. Special financial assistance shall be invested by plans in investment-grade bonds or other investments as permitted by the corporation.
(m)

Conditions on Plans Receiving Special Financial Assistance.—
(1)

In general.—
The corporation, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, may impose, by regulation or other guidance, reasonable conditions on an eligible multiemployer plan that receives special financial assistance relating to increases in future accrual rates and any retroactive benefit improvements, allocation of plan assets, reductions in employer contribution rates, diversion of contributions to, and allocation of expenses to, other benefit plans, and withdrawal liability.
(2)

Limitation.—
The corporation shall not impose conditions on an eligible multiemployer plan as a condition of, or following receipt of, special financial assistance under this section relating to—
(A)
any prospective reduction in plan benefits (including benefits that may be adjusted pursuant to section 305(e)(8));
(B)
plan governance, including selection of, removal of, and terms of contracts with, trustees, actuaries, investment managers, and other service providers; or
(C)
any funding rules relating to the plan receiving special financial assistance under this section.
(3)

Payment of premiums.—
An eligible multiemployer plan receiving special financial assistance under this section shall continue to pay all premiums due under section 4007 for participants and beneficiaries in the plan.
(4)

Assistance not considered for certain purposes.—
An eligible multiemployer plan that receives special financial assistance shall be deemed to be in critical status within the meaning of section 305(b)(2) until the last plan year ending in 2051.
(5)

Insolvent plans.—
An eligible multiemployer plan receiving special financial assistance under this section that subsequently becomes insolvent will be subject to the current rules and guarantee for insolvent plans.
(6)

Ineligibility for other assistance.—
An eligible multiemployer plan that receives special financial assistance under this section is not eligible to apply for a new suspension of benefits under section 305(e)(9)(G).
(n)

Coordination With Secretary of the Treasury.—
In prescribing the application process for eligible multiemployer plans to receive special financial assistance under this section and reviewing applications of such plans, the corporation shall coordinate with the Secretary of the Treasury in the following manner:
(1)
In the case of a plan which has suspended benefits under section 305(e)(9)—
(A)
in determining whether to approve the application, the corporation shall consult with the Secretary of the Treasury regarding the plan’s proposed method of reinstating benefits, as described in the plan’s application and in accordance with guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury, and
(B)
the corporation shall consult with the Secretary of the Treasury regarding the amount of special financial assistance needed based on the projected funded status of the plan as of the last day of the plan year ending in 2051, whether the plan proposes to repay benefits over 5 years or as a lump sum, as required by subsection (k)(2), and any other relevant factors, as determined by the corporation in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, to ensure the amount of assistance is sufficient to meet such requirement and is sufficient to pay benefits as required in subsection (j)(1).
(2)
In the case of any plan which proposes in its application to change the assumptions used, as provided in subsection (e)(4), the corporation shall consult with the Secretary of the Treasury regarding such proposed change in assumptions.
(3)
If the corporation specifies in regulations or guidance that temporary priority consideration is available for plans which are insolvent within the meaning of section 418E of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or likely to become so insolvent or for plans which have suspended benefits under section 305(e)(9), or that availability is otherwise based on the funded status of the plan under section 305, as permitted by subsection (d), the corporation shall consult with the Secretary of the Treasury regarding any granting of priority consideration to such plans.
PART 5—

BENEFITS AFTER TERMINATION

BENEFITS UNDER CERTAIN TERMINATED PLANS
Sec. 4281.
[1441]
(a)
Notwithstanding sections 203 and 204, the plan sponsor of a terminated multiemployer plan to which section 4041A(d) applies shall amend the plan to reduce benefits, and shall suspend benefit payments, as required by this section.
(b)
(1)
The value of nonforfeitable benefits under a terminated plan referred to in subsection (a), and the value of the plan's assets, shall be determined in writing, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation, as of the end of the plan year during which section 4041A(d) becomes applicable to the plan, and each plan year thereafter.
(2)
For purposes of this section, plan assets include outstanding claims for withdrawal liability (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(12)).
(c)
(1)
If, according to the determination made under subsection (b), the value of nonforfeitable benefits exceeds the value of the plan's assets, the plan sponsor shall amend the plan to reduce benefits under the plan to the extent necessary to ensure that the plan's assets are sufficient, as determined and certified in accordance with regulations prescribed by the corporation, to discharge when due all of the plan's obligations with respect to nonforfeitable benefits.
(2)
Any plan amendment required by this subsection shall, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury—
(A)
reduce benefits only to the extent necessary to comply with paragraph (1);
(B)
reduce accrued benefits only to the extent that those benefits are not eligible for the corporation's guarantee under section 4022A(b);
(C)
comply with the rules for and limitations on benefit reductions under a plan in reorganization, as prescribed in section 4244A, except to the extent that the corporation prescribes other rules and limitations in regulations under this section; and
(D)
take effect no later than 6 months after the end of the plan year for which it is determined that the value of nonforfeitable benefits exceeds the value of the plan's assets.
(d)
(1)
In any case in which benefit payments under a plan which is insolvent under paragraph (2)(A) exceed the resource benefit level, any such payments which are not basic benefits shall be suspended, in accordance with this subsection, to the extent necessary to reduce the sum of such payments and such basic benefits to the greater of the resource benefit level or the level of basic benefits, unless an alternative procedure is prescribed by the corporation in connection with a supplemental guarantee program established under section 4022A(g)(2).
(2)
For purposes of this subsection, for a plan year—
(A)
a plan is insolvent if—
(i)
the plan has been amended to reduce benefits to the extent permitted by subsection (c), and
(ii)
the plan's available resources are not sufficient to pay benefits under the plan when due for the plan year; and
(B)
“resource benefit level” and “available resources” have the meanings set forth in paragraphs (2) and (3), respectively, of section 4245(b).
(3)
The plan sponsor of a plan which is insolvent (within the meaning of paragraph (2)(A)) shall have the powers and duties of the plan sponsor of a plan in reorganization which is insolvent (within the meaning of section 4245(b)(1)), except that regulations governing the plan sponsor's exercise of those powers and duties under this section shall be prescribed by the corporation, and the corporation shall prescribe by regulation notice requirements which assure that plan participants and beneficiaries receive adequate notice of benefit suspensions.
(4)
A plan is not required to make retroactive benefit payments with respect to that portion of a benefit which was suspended under this subsection, except that the provisions of section 4245(c)(4) and (5) shall apply in the case of plans which are insolvent under paragraph (2)(A), in connection with the plan year during which such section 4041A(d) first became applicable to the plan and every year thereafter, in the same manner and to the same extent as such provisions apply to insolvent plans in reorganization under section 4245, in connection with insolvency years under such section 4245.
PART 6—

ENFORCEMENT

CIVIL ACTIONS
Sec. 4301.
[1451]
(a)
(1)
A plan fiduciary, employer, plan participant, or beneficiary, who is adversely affected by the act or omission of any party under this subtitle with respect to a multiemployer plan, or an employee organization which represents such a plan participant or beneficiary for purposes of collective bargaining, may bring an action for appropriate legal or equitable relief, or both.
(2)
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), this section does not authorize an action against the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Labor, or the corporation.
(b)
In any action under this section to compel an employer to pay withdrawal liability, any failure of the employer to make any withdrawal liability payment within the time prescribed shall be treated in the same manner as a delinquent contribution (within the meaning of section 515).
(c)
The district courts of the United States shall have exclusive jurisdiction of an action under this section without regard to the amount in controversy, except that State courts of competent jurisdiction shall have concurrent jurisdiction over an action brought by a plan fiduciary to collect withdrawal liability.
(d)
An action under this section may be brought in the district where the plan is administered or where a defendant resides or does business, and process may be served in any district where a defendant resides, does business, or may be found.
(e)
In any action under this section, the court may award all or a portion of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with such action, including reasonable attorney's fees, to the prevailing party.
(f)
An action under this section may not be brought after the later of—
(1)
6 years after the date on which the cause of action arose, or
(2)
3 years after the earliest date on which the plaintiff acquired or should have acquired actual knowledge of the existence of such cause of action; except that in the case of fraud or concealment, such action may be brought not later than 6 years after the date of discovery of the existence of such cause of action.
(g)
A copy of the complaint in any action under this section or section 4221 shall be served upon the corporation by certified mail. The corporation may intervene in any such action.

PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO PROVIDE NOTICE
Sec. 4302.
[1452]
Any person who fails, without reasonable cause, to provide a notice required under this subtitle or any implementing regulations shall be liable to the corporation in an amount up to $100 for each day for which such failure continues. The corporation may bring a civil action against any such person in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia or in any district court of the United States within the jurisdiction of which the plan assets are located, the plan is administered, or a defendant resides or does business, and process may be served in any district where a defendant resides, does business, or may be found.
Subtitle F—

Transition Rules and Effective Dates 157

AMENDMENTS TO INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
Sec. 4401.
[Omitted.158]
^{157}
The subtitle heading was amended to read as indicated September 26, 1980, P.L. 96–364, title I, §104(1), 94 Stat. 1217.
^{158}
The omitted provisions were originally section 4081, before redesignation by section 108(a) of P.L. 96–364, 94 Stat. 1267. The provisions consist of amendments adding a subsection (g) to section 404 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, relating to certain employer liability payments considered as contributions and adding a paragraph (8) to section 6511(d) of such Code, relating to special period of limitation with respect to amounts included in income subsequently recaptured under qualified plan termination. Both added provisions have since received further amendment.

EFFECTIVE DATE; SPECIAL RULES
Sec. 4402.
[1461]
(a)
The provisions of this title take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974].
(b)
Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a), the corporation shall pay benefits guaranteed under this title with respect to any plan—
(1)
which is not a multiemployer plan,
(2)
which terminates after June 30, 1974, and before the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974],
(3)
to which section 4021 would apply if that section were effective beginning on July 1, 1974, and
(4)
with respect to which a notice is filed with the Secretary of Labor and received by him not later than 10 days after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974], except that, for reasonable cause shown, such notice may be filed with the Secretary of Labor and received by him not later than October 31, 1974, stating that the plan is a plan described in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3).
The corporation shall not pay benefits guaranteed under this title with respect to a plan described in the preceding sentence unless the corporation finds substantial evidence that the plan was terminated for a reasonable business purpose and not for the purpose of obtaining the payment of benefits by the corporation under this title or for the purpose of avoiding the liability which might be imposed under subtitle D if the plan terminated on or after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974]. The provisions of subtitle D do not apply in the case of such a plan which terminates before the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974]. For purposes of determining whether a plan is a plan described in paragraph (2), the provisions of section 4048 shall not apply, but the corporation shall make the determination on the basis of the date on which benefits ceased to accrue or on any other reasonable basis consistent with the purposes of this subsection.
(c)
(1)
Except as provided in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4), the corporation shall not pay benefits guaranteed under this title with respect to a multiemployer plan which terminates before August 1, 1980. Whenever the corporation exercises the authority granted under paragraph (2) or (3), the corporation shall notify the Committee on Education and Labor and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Labor and Public Welfare 159 and the Committee on Finance of the Senate.
^{159}
So in original. The committee's name has since been changed to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources.
(2)
The corporation may, in its discretion, pay benefits guaranteed under this title with respect to a multiemployer plan which terminates after the date of enactment of this Act [September 2, 1974] and before August 1, 1980, if—
(A)
the plan was maintained during the 60 months immediately preceding the date on which the plan terminates, and
(B)
the corporation determines that the payment by the corporation of benefits guaranteed under this title with respect to that plan will not jeopardize the payments the corporation anticipates it may be required to make in connection with benefits guaranteed under this title with respect to multiemployer plans which terminate after July 31, 1980.
(3)
Notwithstanding any provision of section 4021 or 4022 which would prevent such payments, the corporation, in carrying out its authority under paragraph (2), may pay benefits guaranteed under this title with respect to a multiemployer plan described in paragraph (2) in any case in which those benefits would otherwise not be payable if—
(A)
the plan has been in effect for at least 5 years,
(B)
the plan has been in substantial compliance with the funding requirements for a qualified plan with respect to the employees and former employees in those employment units on the basis of which the participating employers have contributed to the plan for the preceding 5 years, and
(C)
the participating employers and employee organization or organizations had no reasonable recourse other than termination.
(4)
If the corporation determines, under paragraph (2) or (3), that it will pay benefits guaranteed under this title with respect to a multiemployer plan which terminates before August 1, 1980, the corporation—
(A)
may establish requirements for the continuation of payments which commenced before January 2, 1974, with respect to retired participants under the plan,
(B)
may not, notwithstanding any other provision of this title, make payments with respect to any participant under such a plan who, on January 1, 1974, was receiving payment of retirement benefits, in excess of the amounts and rates payable with respect to such participant on that date,
(C)
shall review from time to time payments made under the authority granted to it by paragraphs (2) and (3), and reduce or terminate such payments to the extent necessary to avoid jeopardizing the ability of the corporation to make payments of benefits guaranteed under this title in connection with multiemployer plans which terminate after July 31, 1980, without increasing premium rates for such plans.
(d)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, guaranteed benefits payable by the corporation pursuant to its discretionary authority under this section shall continue to be paid at the level guaranteed under section 4022, without regard to any limitation on payment under subparagraph (C) of subsection (c)(4).
(e)
(1)
Except as provided in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4), the amendments to this Act made by the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 shall take effect on the date of enactment of that Act [September 26, 1980].
(2)
(A)
Except as provided in this paragraph, part 1 of subtitle E, relating to withdrawal liability, takes effect on September 26, 1980.
(B)
For purposes of determining withdrawal liability under part 1 of subtitle E, an employer who has withdrawn from a plan shall be considered to have withdrawn from a multiemployer plan if, at the time of the withdrawal, the plan was a multiemployer plan as defined in section 4001(a)(3) as in effect at the time of the withdrawal.
(3)
Sections 4241 through 4245, relating to multiemployer plan reorganization, shall take effect, with respect to each plan, on the first day of the first plan year beginning on or after the earlier of—
(A)
the date on which the last collective bargaining agreement providing for employer contributions under the plan, which was in effect on the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980], expires, without regard to extensions agreed to on or after the date of enactment of that Act [September 26, 1980], or
(B)
3 years after the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980].
(4)
Section 4235 shall take effect on September 26, 1980.
(f)
(1)
In the event that before the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980], the corporation has determined that—
(A)
an employer has withdrawn from a multiemployer plan under section 4063, and
(B)
the employer is liable to the corporation under such section,
the corporation shall retain the amount of liability paid to it or furnished in the form of a bond and shall pay such liability to the plan in the event the plan terminates in accordance with section 4041A(a)(2) before the earlier of September 26, 1985, or the day after the 5-year period commencing on the date of such withdrawal.
(2)
In any case in which the plan is not so terminated within the period described in paragraph (1), the liability of the employer is abated and any payment held in escrow shall be refunded without interest to the employer or the employer's bond shall be cancelled.
(g)
(1)
In any case in which an employer or employers withdrew from a multiemployer plan before the effective date of part 1 of subtitle E, the corporation may—
(A)
apply section 4063(d), as in effect before the amendments made by the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, to such plan,
(B)
assess liability against the withdrawn employer with respect to the resulting terminated plan,
(C)
guarantee benefits under the terminated plan under section 4022, as in effect before such amendments, and
(D)
if necessary, enforce such action through suit brought under section 4003.
(2)
The corporation shall use the revolving fund used by the corporation with respect to basic benefits guaranteed under section 4022A in guaranteeing benefits under a terminated plan described in this subsection.
(h)
(1)
In the case of an employer who entered into a collective bargaining agreement—
(A)
which was effective on January 12, 1979, and which remained in effect through May 15, 1982, and
(B)
under which contributions to a multiemployer plan were to cease on January 12, 1982,
any withdrawal liability incurred by the employer pursuant to part 1 of subtitle E as a result of the complete or partial withdrawal of the employer from the multiemployer plan before January 16, 1982, shall be void.
(2)
In any case in which—
(A)
an employer engaged in the grocery wholesaling business—
(i)
had ceased all covered operations under a multiemployer plan before June 30, 1981, and had relocated its operations to a new facility in another State, and
(ii)
had notified a local union representative on May 14, 1980, that the employer had tentatively decided to discontinue operations and relocate to a new facility in another State, and
(B)
all State and local approvals with respect to construction of and commencement of operations at the new facility had been obtained, a contract for construction had been entered into, and construction of the new facility had begun before September 26, 1980,
any withdrawal liability incurred by the employer pursuant to part 1 of subtitle E as a result of the complete or partial withdrawal of the employer from the multiemployer plan before June 30, 1981, shall be void.
(i)
The preceding provisions of this section shall not apply with respect to amendments made to this title in provisions enacted after the date of the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

ELECTION OF PLAN STATUS
Sec. 4303.160
[1453]
(a)
Within one year after the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980], a multiemployer plan may irrevocably elect, pursuant to procedures established by the corporation, that the plan shall not be treated as a multiemployer plan for any purpose under this Act or the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, if for each of the last 3 plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980161—
^{160}
So in original. The section is so designated despite its placement at the end of subtitle F of title IV.
^{161}
See section 4402.
(1)
the plan was not a multiemployer plan because the plan was not a plan described in section 3(37)(A)(iii) of this Act and section 414(f)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (as such provisions were in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980]); and
(2)
the plan had been identified as a plan that was not a multiemployer plan in substantially all its filings with the corporation, the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of the Treasury.
(b)
An election described in subsection (a) shall be effective only if—
(1)
the plan is amended to provide that it shall not be treated as a multiemployer plan for all purposes under this Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, and
(2)
written notice of the amendment is provided to the corporation within 60 days after the amendment is adopted.
(c)
An election described in subsection (a) shall be treated as being effective as of the date of the enactment of the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 [September 26, 1980].